Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Talend S.A. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 28, 2016.

Registration No. 333-              


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
The Securities Act of 1933



Talend S.A.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)



France
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  7372
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  Not applicable
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

9, rue Pages, 92150 Suresnes, France
+33 (0) 1 46 25 06 00
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of Registrant's principal executive office)



Talend, Inc.
800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 200
Redwood City, CA 94065
(650) 539-3200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Mark B. Baudler
Steven V. Bernard
Andrew D. Hoffman
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, CA 94304
(650) 493-9300

 

Renaud Bonnet
Jones Day
2 rue Saint-Florentin
75001 Paris France
+33 (0) 1 56 59 39 39

 

Richard A. Kline
Anthony J. McCusker
Andrew T. Hill
Goodwin Procter LLP
135 Commonwealth Drive
Menlo Park, CA 94025
(650) 752-3100

 

Jean-Marc Desaché
Arnaud Duhamel
Gide Loyrette Nouel A.A.R.P.I.
22, cours Albert 1er
75008 Paris France
+33 (0) 1 40 75 60 00



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

            If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o

            If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

            If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

            If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

            Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer", "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price (1)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

 
Ordinary Shares, nominal value €0.08 per share (2)(3)   $86,250,000   $8,686
 
(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)
American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, issuable upon deposit of the ordinary shares registered hereby are being registered pursuant to a separate Registration Statement on Form F-6. Each ADS represents one ordinary share.

(3)
Includes the additional ordinary shares represented by ADSs, which the underwriters have an option to purchase.



             The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED                                          , 2016

                          American Depositary Shares

LOGO

Talend S.A.

Representing                  Ordinary Shares



          This is an initial public offering of American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, each representing one of our ordinary shares, nominal value €0.08 per share of Talend S.A.

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares or ADSs. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be between $             and $             per ADS. We have applied to list our ADSs on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "TLND".

          We are an "emerging growth company" as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, have elected to comply with reduced public company reporting requirements.

           See "Risk Factors" on page 15 to read about factors you should consider before buying our ADSs.

           Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.



 
Per ADS
 
Total
 

Initial public offering price

  $   $  

Underwriting discounts (1)

  $   $  

Proceeds before expenses, to us

  $   $  

(1)
See "Underwriting" for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

          To the extent that the underwriters sell more than                          ADSs, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional                          ADSs from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

          The underwriters expect to deliver the ADSs against payment in New York, New York on                          , 2016.



Goldman, Sachs & Co.   J.P. Morgan   Barclays   Citigroup

William Blair



Prospectus dated                          , 2016


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page  

Prospectus Summary

    1  

Risk Factors

    15  

Forward-Looking Statements

    55  

Industry and Market Data

    57  

Currency Exchange Rates

    58  

Use of Proceeds

    59  

Dividend Policy

    60  

Capitalization

    61  

Dilution

    63  

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

    66  

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    69  

Business

    94  

Management

    113  

Principal Shareholders

    129  

Related Party Transactions

    132  

Description of Share Capital

    136  

Limitations Affecting Shareholders of a French Company

    162  

Description of American Depositary Shares

    164  

Shares and ADSs Eligible for Future Sale

    178  

Taxation

    181  

Underwriting

    190  

Expenses Relating to This Offering

    197  

Legal Matters

    197  

Experts

    197  

Enforcement of Civil Liabilities

    197  

Where You Can Find More Information

    198  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-1  



          You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any related free-writing prospectus that we authorize to be distributed to you. We and the underwriters have not authorized any person to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus or any related free-writing prospectus that we authorize to be distributed to you. This prospectus is not an offer to sell, nor is it seeking an offer to buy, these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information in this prospectus speaks only as of the date of this prospectus unless the information specifically indicates that another date applies, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the securities offered hereby.

          Unless otherwise indicated, all references in this prospectus to "Talend", "we", "us", or "company" refer to Talend S.A. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

          No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of the American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of the prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

i


Table of Contents


TRADEMARKS

          We own or have rights to trademarks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business, including our corporate name, logos, product names and website names. Other trademarks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for your convenience, some of the trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are listed without the ® and TM symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to our trademarks and trade names.


CONVENTIONS THAT APPLY TO THIS PROSPECTUS

          Unless otherwise indicated, the consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus have been presented in U.S. dollars and also comply with the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IFRS. For us and our subsidiaries that use a functional currency that is not U.S. dollars, the assets and liabilities have been translated at the closing exchange rate as of the relevant balance sheet date, while the income and expenses have been translated at the average exchange rate for the month in which the transaction occurred. The resulting exchange differences are recognized in our consolidated statement of comprehensive income. See Note 3 in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

          Certain information in this prospectus is expressed in Euros, such as share option exercise prices and transaction values in "Related Party Transactions", among others. The noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the Euro on June 17, 2016 was €1.00 to $1.1256. We make no representation that the Euro or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been converted into U.S. dollars or Euros, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. See "Risk Factors—We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations".

ii


Table of Contents



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

           This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our ADSs. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including "Risk Factors", "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision.


Company Overview

          Our mission is to enable every organization to harness the power of their data. Our software platform, Talend Data Fabric, integrates data and applications in real time across modern big data and cloud environments, as well as traditional systems, allowing organizations to develop a unified view of their business and customers across organizational and technology silos. Effective and strategic use of data to optimize every aspect of business is a competitive advantage. Talend is a key enabler of the data-driven enterprise where data is becoming a strategic asset. Talend Data Fabric allows customers in any industry to improve business performance by using their data to create new insights and to automate business processes. Our customers rely on our software to better understand their customers, improve customer service, detect fraud, and predict equipment maintenance needs.

          The amount of data available for decision making is increasing exponentially, and the technology to analyze and act on that data is becoming dramatically more capable and cost-effective, and ubiquitous. As a result, IT infrastructure is undergoing an industrywide, transformative shift toward new big data and cloud platforms. At the same time, the increasing pace of business is driving the need for more real-time data processing and the need to make data-driven decisions throughout every organization is creating demand for self-service business and analytical applications. The growth in data sources such as mobile and social, and the rise of new big data and cloud platforms to analyze this data, combine to create major growth engines for the data integration market. We believe our products immediately address the markets for Data Integration and Access Software, Master Data Management, and Integration and Orchestration Middleware, which International Data Corporation, or IDC, estimates combined were $16 billion in 2015 and are forecasted to reach $21 billion in 2019. Within those large markets, demand for big data integration and cloud integration is growing particularly quickly due to growth in their underlying markets. The markets for big data technology and services and public IT cloud services are expected to grow at compound annual growth rates, or CAGRs, of 23% and 19%, respectively, from 2015 to 2019 according to IDC estimates.

          Talend Data Fabric provides a comprehensive, flexible platform to address IT integration needs across industries. Our platform works seamlessly at the speed and scale of modern big data architectures and across on-premise and cloud environments to connect both traditional and big data environments. Organizations can quickly integrate all forms of data across systems and applications at scale, with significantly improved performance and lower total cost of ownership than traditional data integration approaches. Our platform interoperates with modern big data technologies, such as Hadoop, Spark, and Spark Streaming, and our flexible product architecture enables us to rapidly adopt new technologies as they emerge. Our technology allows our customers to manage both batch and real-time data processing and incorporate machine learning to leverage data for the automation of operational workflows. Our flexible cloud architecture allows organizations to operate in a cloud-based environment such as Amazon Web Services, Google Compute Engine, or Microsoft Azure, in their on-premise datacenter, in private clouds, or in any hybrid combination. Our Talend Big Data Integration solution can run up to seven times faster on

1


Table of Contents

big data platforms than a certain large competitor's product, according to a McKnight Consulting Group, or MCG, study we commissioned.

          We offer Talend Data Fabric as a subscription license based primarily on the number of users of our platform. Individual developers often discover Talend through our open source offerings and introduce our solutions more broadly within their organizations. Many of these organizations choose to license our commercial products for enterprise deployment. After an initial deployment, organizations often purchase additional subscriptions or expand their usage to additional modules within Talend Data Fabric. The unified code base and modularity of our products allows organizations to enable additional functionality with just a license key, significantly reducing software deployment and training costs.

          We have a broad, global customer base that includes Allianz, Citi, General Electric, Lenovo and Siemens and spans a broad range of industries, including financial services, technology, telecommunications, healthcare, manufacturing, and retail. We have developed an ecosystem of over 120 partners including Cloudera, Hortonworks, MapR, and Amazon Web Services, as well as many leading systems integrators such as Accenture and Capgemini. This ecosystem extends the capabilities of our platform, enhances our sales reach and market penetration, and maximizes the value of our solutions for our customers.

          For the year ended December 31, 2015, our total revenue was $76.0 million, including $62.7 million of subscription revenue that grew 39% year-over-year on a constant currency basis (27% year-over-year on an actual currency basis). We experienced net losses of $22.0 million and negative free cash flow of $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as we continued to invest in growing our business. For the quarter ended March 31, 2016, our total revenue was $22.8 million, including $19.3 million of subscription revenue that grew 42% year-over-year on a constant currency basis (40% year-over-year on an actual currency basis). We experienced a net loss of $5.3 million and positive free cash flow of $1.7 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2016.


Industry Overview

          We are in the early stages of four disruptive trends that are reshaping the IT industry and creating an increasing number of new opportunities for organizations to be data driven.

          The Data-Driven Imperative:     The rise of social media, proliferation of mobile and Internet of Things, or IoT, devices, and growing adoption of cloud-based IT infrastructure is producing massive quantities of new data for organizations. IDC estimates that the quantity of data will double every two years through 2020 to reach 44 trillion gigabytes. The proliferation of digital information provides new opportunities for organizations to leverage data to enhance their business, making its effective and strategic use a key competitive advantage. According to Accenture, 84% of executives expect big data to shift their competitive landscape within a year. For example, organizations can tailor product offerings to a customer in real time based on online shopping behavior while the customer is still online, increasing the likelihood of a transaction. In a business environment where data is available and actionable, data-driven decision making is now a competitive necessity.

          Generational Shift to Big Data Technology:     To accommodate the enormous increase in data, IT infrastructure is in the midst of a transformative shift towards next generation big data technology. Technologies such as Hadoop, Spark, and NoSQL enable organizations to manage and process far greater amounts of data in real time and at significantly lower costs. Forrester estimates that 100% of large enterprises will adopt Hadoop and/or related big data technologies such as Spark by 2018. As organizations become familiar with these new technologies and better understand their capabilities, they increasingly choose big data technologies for new projects they initiate.

2


Table of Contents

          Cloud Adoption Becomes Mainstream:     IT infrastructure is undergoing a shift as organizations extend their infrastructure with cloud-based solutions. The traditional information technology framework of standalone hardware running on-premise software, which is deployed and maintained by IT departments, is shifting rapidly toward a virtualized, cloud-based infrastructure that reduces upfront investment, ongoing maintenance and support costs, and increases agility. This evolution of IT infrastructure also requires organizations to support hybrid environments, as some of their systems and data remain on-premise while others move to the cloud. As a result, organizations seek solutions that enable simultaneous integration across both traditional and cloud architectures.

          Demand for Self-Service Technology:     The proliferation of data, coupled with its strategic importance, has significantly increased business users' demand for tools to access the data themselves. In many cases IT controls the data but does not deliver it in a format easily analyzed or used by the business. This has led to demand for a new wave of self-service tools that allow both IT and business users to access, merge, cleanse, and analyze data more quickly than before. By removing the IT bottleneck in accessing data, organizations empower key business stakeholders to leverage all of their data quickly to create new insights and implement operational changes.


Limitations of Traditional Approaches

          Historically, data integration has been performed through two different approaches: hand-coded integrations manually created by developers or legacy Extract, Transform, and Load, or ETL, software. Hand coding requires developers to write unique code manually for each specific data integration workflow. Legacy ETL software extracts data from various databases, blends it together, transforms it into a unified data model, and subsequently loads it into a data warehouse. Both traditional approaches have significant limitations, including:

    Limitations of Hand Coding:

    Scarcity of technical talent.   Many organizations are unable to find and retain developers with the expertise required for hand coding, especially in rapidly evolving big data and cloud technologies.

    Requires significant time from developers.   Hand coding is a costly, resource-intensive, and inflexible approach.

    Lacks governance and control.   Governance of data using hand coding methods relies on time-consuming manual developer documentation, which can be error prone, incomplete, out of date, or nonexistent.

    Not adaptable to new technologies.   Hand coding requires manual integration between systems using technology-specific code, impeding flexibility to migrate to new technologies or integrate multiple systems, especially if documentation is incomplete or there has been developer turnover.

    Limitations of Legacy ETL Software:

    Not designed for big data architectures.   Legacy ETL software was built primarily to integrate structured data from on-premise applications and relational databases into data warehouses, and is not designed for big data platforms such as Hadoop and Spark.

    Poorly integrated cloud solutions.   Legacy ETL software is not designed to work effectively with modern data infrastructures that are cloud-based or that have a mix of both on-premise and cloud systems.

3


Table of Contents

    Lack real-time insight.   ETL software typically uses a bulk or batch processing approach that processes data on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis for use in post-transaction analytics and reporting. It lacks predictive and real-time capabilities.

    Complex and difficult to deploy.   Legacy ETL software has been built and modified over decades, making it difficult to use and cumbersome to deploy.


Our Solution

          Talend Data Fabric is a modern, unified platform designed to meet integration needs of both developers and business users. It works seamlessly across on-premise, cloud, and hybrid environments, and integrates data in real time from both traditional and big data platforms. The benefits of our solution include:

    Designed for big data technologies.   Our solution was purpose-built to work with modern big data architectures, allowing organizations to integrate their data seamlessly in any environment. Our product architecture generates code that runs natively in Hadoop and Spark to take full advantage of the scale and speed of big data technologies.

    Integrated cloud solution.   We provide a single integration solution that can be deployed on-premise, in the cloud, or in a hybrid environment. Because our solution is designed for seamless integration between cloud and on-premise environments, organizations have access to identical architecture and functionality across all potential use cases.

    Powerful real-time integration and machine learning.   We enable organizations to unlock the value of their data to create real-time, predictive insights. With Talend, customers can create intelligent data flows with machine learning algorithms that can process both batch and real-time streaming data.

    Self-service functionality.   Our solution enables anyone in IT or a business role to access, cleanse, enrich, and integrate data with an easy-to-use, web-based user interface. This empowers business users to conduct more data preparation on their own, without waiting for IT resources.

    Rapid deployment and agility.   We have simplified the complexities of connecting big data and traditional architectures across cloud and on-premise environments which accelerates development and reduces cost. Our solution can be deployed and in production in a matter of hours, due to its lightweight architecture and intuitive functionality.

    Robust governance and management capabilities.   Our solution provides organizations with powerful governance and management capabilities for their data assets. We provide visibility into data flows, lineage and stewardship that continuously updates as developers change integrations.


Competitive Strengths

          We believe we have a number of competitive advantages that will enable us to maintain and extend our leadership position in next-generation data integration. Our competitive strengths include:

    Differentiated performance and scalability.   Talend Big Data Integration builds data integration flows that run natively within Hadoop platforms and leverage the latest technologies to run up to seven times faster than a certain large competitor's product, according to an MCG study we commissioned.

4


Table of Contents

    Flexible pricing model providing a compelling value proposition.   We offer our commercial products primarily based on a flexible, per-user annual subscription pricing model that allows for wide adoption within an organization at significantly lower upfront and total cost of ownership compared to the cost of legacy data integration tools that are priced per-CPU core or per-node and require proprietary run times.

    Open source model providing go-to-market leverage.   Our free open source solution generates qualified leads for the licensing of our enterprise-grade subscription solution. Our open source products have been downloaded more than two million times.

    Adaptable and extensible architecture.   We continuously update our solution to work with existing and new technologies and data frameworks. Talend's architecture separates the design of integration jobs from the actual code, which enables our platform to work with new technologies as they emerge, such as Hadoop and Spark. We believe that technologies and frameworks will continue to evolve and our ability to adapt to these changes is a key competitive advantage.

    Powerful network effects from our Talend Data Fabric Platform.   With over one thousand pre-built connectors and components, the breadth of our platform continues to attract new developers to our community, who in turn develop new connectors and components that they contribute back to our open source community. Our pre-built connectors enable our customers to easily integrate data from various data sources and applications without expert knowledge about each data system and without hand coding a connector to access data. Easy integration with a broad range of systems is a critical decision factor for potential customers as it allows our solution to address a wide variety of data use cases. This creates a powerful network effect whereby we and our community keep each other at the forefront of innovation.


Our Growth Strategy

          Key drivers of our growth strategy include:

    Maintain our technology leadership.   We intend to continue to invest in our Talend Data Fabric platform, and innovate and develop new features, functionality, and product modules.

    Grow our customer base.   We plan to grow our customer base by continuing to expand our sales organization, develop our channel relationships, and convert open source users into paying customers.

    Further expand within our existing customer base.   We have had success in upselling customers from a single project and smaller deployments to expanded deployments over time. We plan to further enhance our land-and-expand sales approach.

    Expand our ecosystem of partners.   We will continue to invest in and grow our strong ecosystem of partners spanning big data vendors, cloud application providers, analytical software providers, commercial use/or original equipment manufacturer, or OEM, partners, systems integrators, and value added resellers.

    Continue to grow internationally.   Although the United States is one of Talend's fastest-growing markets, we expect to experience balanced growth across the United States and the rest of the world as we expand our global presence.

    Cultivate our open source community.   We will continue to release open source versions of our product to increase our exposure among developers and enhance our community to develop additional components and connectors for our integration platform, some of which we will commercialize.

5


Table of Contents


Risk Factors Summary

          Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in "Risk Factors" immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

    Our business and operations have experienced rapid growth, and if we do not appropriately manage any future growth or are unable to improve our systems and processes, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be adversely affected.

    If we are unable to increase sales of our solution to new customers and sell additional products to our existing customers, our future revenue and operating results will be harmed.

    If our existing customers terminate or do not renew their subscriptions, it could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

    We rely significantly on revenue from subscriptions, which may decline and, because we recognize revenue from subscriptions over the term of the relevant subscription period, downturns or upturns in sales are not immediately reflected in full in our results of operations.

    One of our marketing strategies is to offer free open source and trial versions of our products, and we may not be able to realize the benefits of this strategy.

    The market for our big data and cloud integration products is new, unproven and evolving, and our future success depends on the growth and expansion of such market and our ability to adapt and respond effectively to an evolving market.

    Our relatively limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and prospects and may increase the risks associated with your investment.

    We have a history of losses and may not be able to achieve profitability or positive cash flows on a consistent basis. If we cannot achieve profitability or positive cash flows, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may suffer.

    We face intense competition in our market, especially from larger well-established companies, and we may lack sufficient financial or other resources to maintain or improve our competitive position.

    Because of the characteristics of open source software, there are few technological barriers to entry into the open source market by new competitors and it may be relatively easy for competitors, some of whom may have greater resources than we have, to enter our markets and compete with us.


Our Corporate Information

          We were organized as a société par actions simplifiée , or S.A.S., under the laws of the French Republic on September 19, 2005 and subsequently converted into a société anonyme , or S.A., on April 14, 2006. We are registered with the French Commerce and Companies Register under the number 484 175 252 RCS Nanterre. Our registered office is located at 9, rue Pages, 92150 Suresnes, France. Our telephone number at this address is +33 (0) 1 46 25 06 00. Our main place of business in the United States is located at 800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 200, Redwood City, CA 94065. Our telephone number at this address is (650) 539-3200. Our website is www.talend.com . Information contained on our website is not part of this prospectus. Our agent for service of process in the United States is our wholly owned subsidiary, Talend, Inc., a Delaware corporation, located at 800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 200, Redwood City, CA 94065.

6


Table of Contents


Implications of Being a Foreign Private Issuer

          We will qualify as a "foreign private issuer" as defined in Section 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from certain rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, that impose disclosure requirements as well as procedural requirements for proxy solicitations under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and "short-swing" profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, as frequently or as promptly as a company that files as a domestic issuer whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, nor are we generally required to comply with the SEC's Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material non-public information. We intend to take advantage of these exemptions as a foreign private issuer. See "Risk Factors—As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from a number of rules under the U.S. securities laws and are permitted to file less information with the SEC than a U.S. company. In addition, our ordinary shares are not listed, and we do not intend to list our shares, on any market in France, our home country. This may limit the information available to holders of the ADSs".


Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

          We are an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These reduced reporting requirements include:

    An exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting;

    Reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and

    An exemption from the requirements to obtain a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or stockholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements.

          We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: (i) the first fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenue is $1.0 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) as of the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

          We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available benefits under the JOBS Act. We will not take advantage of the extended transition period under Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We prepare our financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IFRS, which make no distinction between public or private companies for purposes of compliance with new or revised accounting standards. As a result, the requirements of our compliance as a private company and as a public company are the same. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock. See "Risk Factors—We are an "emerging growth company" and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make the ADSs less attractive to investors".

7


Table of Contents

 


THE OFFERING

ADSs offered by us

             ADSs

ADSs to be outstanding immediately after this offering

 

           ADSs, or           ADSs if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in full

Ordinary shares to be outstanding immediately after this offering

 

             ordinary shares, or                  ordinary shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in full.

Option to purchase additional ADSs

 

We have granted the underwriters an option, which is exercisable within 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                  additional ADSs from us at the public offering price less the underwriting discount.

The ADSs

 

Each ADS represents one ordinary share. The ADSs are evidenced by ADRs issued by the depositary.

 

The depositary will be the holder of the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs and you will have the rights of an ADS holder as provided in the deposit agreement among us, the depositary and owners and beneficial owners of ADSs from time to time.

 

You may surrender your ADSs to the depositary to withdraw the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. The depositary will charge you a fee for such an exchange.

 

We may amend or terminate the deposit agreement for any reason without your consent. If an amendment becomes effective, you will be bound by the deposit agreement as amended if you continue to hold your ADSs.

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be $        million, or $        million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in full, at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per ADS (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

8


Table of Contents

 

We currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, research and development activities, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures, as well as to pay the outstanding balance under our credit facility. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to make complementary acquisitions or investments. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions or investments at this time. See "Use of Proceeds".

Depositary

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

Concentration of ownership

 

Upon the completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and shareholders holding more than 5% of our outstanding shares, and their affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately    % of our outstanding shares.

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market trading symbol

 

"TLND"

Shareholder Agreement

 

Prior to the closing of this offering, we will enter into a Shareholder Agreement with entities affiliated with certain of our shareholders. For a description of our Shareholder Agreement, see "Risk Factors—After the offering, share ownership will remain concentrated in the hands of our principal shareholders and management, who will continue to be able to exercise a direct or indirect controlling influence on us" and "Related Party Transactions—Shareholder Agreement".

          Unless otherwise indicated, the number of ordinary shares to be outstanding following the offering (after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding preferred shares into an aggregate of 18,732,413 ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering) is based on 22,721,855 fully paid shares outstanding at March 31, 2016, and excludes:

    486,419 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of employee warrants ( bons de souscription de parts de créateur d'entreprise , or BSPCE ) outstanding as of March 31, 2016, at a weighted average exercise price of €5.28 per share, of which none have been issued after March 31, 2016 upon exercise of vested employee warrants;

    2,171,432 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of share options ( options de souscription d'actions ) outstanding as of March 31, 2016, at a weighted average exercise price of €6.60 per share, of which 546 have been issued after March 31, 2016 upon exercise of vested share options;

    37,500 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of employee warrants ( bons de souscription d'actions , or BSA ) outstanding as of March 31, 2016 at a weighted average exercise price of €11.12 per share;

9


Table of Contents

    28,312 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of employee warrants ( bons de souscription de parts de créateur d'entreprise ) granted by our board of directors subsequent to March 31, 2016;

    116,062 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of share options ( options de souscription d'actions ) granted by our board of directors, subsequent to March 31, 2016;

    2,300,000 ordinary shares reserved pursuant to delegations of authority from our shareholders approved on June 1, 2016 for grants, after this offering, of stock options, employee warrants (BSPCE), employee warrants (BSA) and free shares to our directors, executive officers, employees, board observers, consultants and advisors; and

    8,500,000 ordinary shares reserved pursuant to delegations of authority from our shareholders for future share capital increases by us, up to an aggregate maximum nominal amount equal to €680,000, through rights issuances and public and private offerings.

          Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes:

    the effectiveness of our amended and restated by-laws upon the completion of this offering;

    the automatic conversion of all outstanding preferred shares into an aggregate of 18,732,413 ordinary shares effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

    except for 4,937 employee warrants ( bons de souscription de parts de créateur d'entreprise ) and 11,781 share options ( options de souscription d'actions ) which have elapsed after March 31, 2016, none of the unexercised share options and employee warrants listed above have lapsed after such date pursuant to their terms and conditions (including in case of departure of any holder of any such options or warrants); and

    no exercise by the underwriters of their right to purchase up to an additional             ADSs.

          Except as otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus gives effect to the following:

    The hundred-for-one share split of our ordinary shares that occurred on April 14, 2006;

    A six-for-one share split of our ordinary shares and preferred shares that occurred on June 10, 2010;

    The conversion of 3 preferred shares into 3 ordinary shares that occurred on May 13, 2016; and

    A one-for-eight reverse share split of our ordinary shares and preferred shares that occurred on June 18, 2016. Under applicable French law, during the two-year period following the effectiveness of the reverse share split, shareholders who have received fractional shares in connection with the reverse share split are entitled to purchase additional fractional shares from, or to sell such fractional shares to, other shareholders of the company in order to obtain a whole number of shares. Such transactions amongst our shareholders during the mandated two-year period may impact the share figures set forth in this prospectus.

          To give effect to the one-for-eight reverse share split, all figures in this prospectus referring to shares, share options ( options de souscription d'actions ), employee warrants ( bons de souscription de parts de créateur d'entreprise ) and employee warrants ( bons de souscription d'actions ) have been divided by eight and rounded down to the nearest whole number as if the reverse share split had occured on March 31, 2016. The impact of the one-for-eight reverse share split on the Company's share options, employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee warrants (BSA) was a change to the conversion rate, whereby holders of share options, employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee warrants (BSA) will exercise eight options or warrants for one of the Company's ordinary shares. The number of outstanding share options, employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee warrants (BSA) has not changed due to the one-for-eight reverse share split. The exercise price for each option or warrant that has been granted has also not changed.

10


Table of Contents

 


SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

          The following tables summarize our consolidated financial and other data. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014, and 2015 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and the consolidated statement of financial position data as of March 31, 2016 from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS which includes all standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB, and related interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee. Our historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods. You should read the following summary consolidated financial data in conjunction with "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data", "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", "Currency Exchange Rates", and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                               

Revenue

                               

Subscriptions

  $ 38,215   $ 49,290   $ 62,722   $ 13,761   $ 19,297  

Professional services

    14,865     13,291     13,238     3,280     3,459  

Total revenue

    53,080     62,581     75,960     17,041     22,756  

Cost of revenue (1)

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Subscriptions

    3,350     4,542     8,283     2,004     2,494  

Professional services

    12,545     11,616     10,425     2,803     2,794  

Total cost of revenue

    15,895     16,158     18,708     4,807     5,288  

Gross profit

    37,185     46,423     57,252     12,234     17,468  

Operating expenses (1)

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Sales and marketing

    35,769     42,851     49,169     11,488     14,876  

Research and development          

    9,110     13,242     15,075     3,525     4,278  

General and administrative          

    10,219     13,086     14,453     3,334     4,259  

Total operating expenses

    55,098     69,179     78,697     18,347     23,413  

Loss from operations

    (17,913 )   (22,756 )   (21,445 )   (6,113 )   (5,945 )

Finance income

    207     515     21     230     859  

Finance expense

    (1,974 )   (81 )   (589 )   (9 )   (156 )

Loss before income tax

    (19,680 )   (22,322 )   (22,013 )   (5,892 )   (5,242 )

Income tax (expense) benefit          

    (9 )   (199 )   7     2     (25 )

Net loss for the period (2)

  $ (19,689 ) $ (22,521 ) $ (22,006 ) $ (5,890 ) $ (5,267 )

Net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders:

                               

Basic and diluted net loss per share

  $ (6.40 ) $ (6.09 ) $ (5.79 ) $ (1.58 ) $ (1.34 )

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders:

                               

Shares used in basic and diluted net loss per share

    3,075     3,696     3,803     3,735     3,918  

11


Table of Contents


(1)
Amounts include share-based payment expense, as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
  Three
Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cost of revenue—subscriptions

  $   $ 2   $ 78   $ 16   $ 17  

Cost of revenue—professional services

        26     61     12     15  

Sales and marketing

        178     793     148     179  

Research and development

        31     302     37     113  

General and administrative

    263     1,021     1,123     200     307  

Total share-based compensation expense

  $ 263   $ 1,258   $ 2,357   $ 413   $ 631  
(2)
The loss for the year/period is wholly attributable to the owners of the company.

Key Business Metrics

          We review a number of metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans and make strategic decisions. These key business metrics include the following:

    Subscription Revenue Growth Rate

          The table below shows our subscription revenue growth rate on both an actual and constant currency basis for each quarter in the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the quarter ended March 31, 2016 calculated against the corresponding quarter in the prior year, as well as for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015. We calculate revenue on a constant currency basis by applying the average monthly currency rate for each month in the comparative period to the corresponding month in the current period. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics—Subscription Revenue Growth Rate" for more information on the uses and limitations of subscription revenue growth rate.

 
  Year Ended   Three Months Ended  
 
  Dec. 31,
2014
  Dec. 31,
2015
  Mar. 31,
2015
  Jun. 30,
2015
  Sep. 30,
2015
  Dec. 31,
2015
  Mar. 31,
2016
 

Actual FX rates

    29 %   27 %   19 %   27 %   29 %   32 %   40 %

Constant currency

    29 %   39 %   32 %   42 %   41 %   40 %   42 %

    Dollar-Based Net Expansion Rate

          We calculate our dollar-based net expansion rate by dividing our recurring customer revenue by our base revenue. We define base revenue as the subscription revenue we recognized from all customers during the four quarters ended one year prior to the date of measurement. We define our recurring customer revenue as the subscription revenue we recognized during the four quarters ended on the date of measurement from the same customer base included in our measure of base revenue, including revenue resulting from additional sales to those customers. This analysis excludes revenue derived from our OEM sales. We expect our dollar-based net expansion rate to potentially decline as we scale our business. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics—Dollar-Based Net Expansion Rate" for more information on the uses and limitations of dollar-based net expansion rate.

12


Table of Contents

          The following table summarizes our quarterly dollar-based net expansion rate since January 1, 2014 on both an actual and constant currency basis.

Dollar-based net expansion rate
  Mar. 31,
2014
  Jun. 30,
2014
  Sep. 30,
2014
  Dec. 31,
2014
  Mar. 31,
2015
  Jun. 30,
2015
  Sep. 30,
2015
  Dec. 31,
2015
  Mar. 31,
2016
 

Actual FX rates

    121 %   123 %   124 %   129 %   124 %   114 %   112 %   114 %   115 %

Constant currency

    119 %   121 %   123 %   130 %   129 %   122 %   123 %   124 %   123 %

    Free Cash Flow

          We define free cash flow as net cash from (used in) operating activities less net cash used in investing activities for purchases of property and equipment and intangible assets. The table below shows our free cash flow for each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, as well as for each of the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, and a reconciliation to the most directly comparable IFRS measure for each such period. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics—Free Cash Flow" for more information on the uses and limitations of free cash flow.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (in thousands)
  (in thousands)
 

Net cash from (used in) operating activities

  $ (8,163 ) $ (14,291 ) $ (9,979 ) $ 399   $ 2,212  

Less: Acquisition of property and equipment

    570     2,593     788     100     477  

Free cash flow

  $ (8,733 ) $ (16,884 ) $ (10,767 ) $ 299   $ 1,735  

          Our consolidated financial position data as of March 31, 2016 is presented on:

    An actual basis; and

    A pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect: (1) the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares into ordinary shares, which will occur automatically immediately prior to the completion of this offering (2) the issuance and sale of                    ADSs by us in this offering and our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from such issuance and sale based on an assumed initial public offering price of $                    per ADS (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and (3) the repayment of the $11.0 million facility with Square 1 as described under "Use of Proceeds".

13


Table of Contents

          The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 
  As of
March 31, 2016
 
 
  Actual   Pro forma,
as adjusted (1)
 
 
  $   $  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Data:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 9,429   $   (3)

Working capital (2)

    11,149        

Total assets

    45,272        

Deferred revenue

    77,044     77,044  

Borrowings

    11,224       (3)

Total liabilities

    103,735       (3)

Total shareholders' equity (deficit)

    (58,463 )      

(1)
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per ADS (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total shareholders' equity (deficit) by $              million payable by us and assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional ADSs. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million ADSs offered by us would increase (decrease) each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total shareholders' equity (deficit) by $              million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $             per ADS (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us and assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional ADSs.

(2)
Calculated as trade receivables, net, plus other current assets minus trade and other payables and current provisions.

(3)
Gives effect to the repayment in full of the Square 1 credit facility with $              million of the net proceeds from this offering. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Square 1 Bank Loan and Security Agreement".

14


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

           You should carefully consider the risks described below and all other information contained in this prospectus before making an investment decision. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of the ADSs could decline, and you may lose part or all of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking information that involves risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including the risks described below and elsewhere in this prospectus.


Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our business and operations have experienced rapid growth, and if we do not appropriately manage any future growth or are unable to improve our systems and processes, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be adversely affected.

          We have experienced rapid growth and increased demand for our products over the last few years. Our employee headcount and number of customers have increased significantly, and we expect to continue to grow our headcount significantly over the next year. For example, our employee base has grown from 375 employees as of December 31, 2013 to 524 employees as of December 31, 2015 to 566 employees as of March 31, 2016. The growth and expansion of our business and product offerings places a continuous significant strain on our management, operational, and financial resources. As we have grown, we have managed more complex deployments of our subscriptions with enterprise customers. We must continue to improve and expand our information technology and financial infrastructure, our operating and administrative systems, and our ability to manage headcount, capital, and processes in an efficient manner to manage our growth to date and any future growth effectively.

          We may not be able to scale improvements successfully to our product offering or implement our other systems, processes, and controls in an efficient or timely manner or in a manner that does not negatively affect our results of operations. In addition, our existing systems, processes, and controls may not prevent or detect all errors, omissions, or fraud. We may experience difficulties in managing improvements to our systems, processes, and controls or in connection with third-party software, which could disrupt existing customer relationships, cause us to lose customers, limit us to smaller deployments of our products, or increase our technical support costs. Our failure to improve our systems, processes, and controls, or their failure to operate in the intended manner, may result in our inability to manage the growth of our business and to forecast our revenue, expenses, and earnings accurately, or to prevent certain losses. For example, we are implementing certain new enterprise management systems and any failure to implement these systems may disrupt our operations and our operating expenses could increase. Additionally, our productivity and the quality of our products and services may be adversely affected if we do not integrate and train our new employees quickly and effectively. Any future growth would add complexity to our organization and require effective coordination throughout our organization. Failure to manage any future growth effectively could result in increased costs, negatively affect our customers' satisfaction with our products and services, and harm our results of operations.

If we are unable to increase sales of our solution to new customers and sell additional products to our existing customers, our future revenue and results of operations will be harmed.

          Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to sell our subscriptions to new customers and to expand the deployment of our platform with existing customers by selling additional

15


Table of Contents

subscriptions. This may require increasingly sophisticated and costly sales efforts that may not result in additional sales. In addition, the rate at which our customers purchase additional subscriptions depends on a number of factors, including the perceived need for additional data integration products as well as general economic conditions. If our efforts to sell additional subscriptions to our customers are not successful, our business may suffer.

If our existing customers terminate or do not renew their subscriptions, it could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

          We expect to derive a significant portion of our revenue from renewals of existing subscription agreements. In the year ended December 31, 2015, approximately half of our subscription bookings were generated from the renewals of existing subscription agreements. As a result, achieving a high renewal rate of our subscription agreements will be critical to our business. Our existing customers that purchase our subscription services have no contractual obligation to renew their contracts after the completion of their initial subscription term, which is typically one year, and some customers may have a right to terminate during the subscription term. As a result, we may not accurately predict future revenue from existing customers. Our customers' renewal rates may decline or fluctuate, and termination rates may increase or fluctuate, as a result of a number of factors, including their satisfaction with our platform and our customer support, our products' ability to integrate with new and changing technologies, the frequency and severity of subscription outages, our product uptime or latency, and the pricing of our, or competing, products. If our customers renew their subscriptions, they may renew for shorter subscription terms or on other terms that are less economically beneficial to us. We have limited historical data with respect to rates of customer terminations or renewals, so we may not accurately predict future renewal trends. We cannot be certain that our customers will renew their subscriptions. If our customers terminate or do not renew their subscriptions, or renew on less favorable terms, our revenue may grow more slowly than expected or decline and our dollar-based net expansion rate, a key metric we use to track the growth of our business, may decline.

We rely significantly on revenue from subscriptions, which may decline and, because we recognize revenue from subscriptions over the term of the relevant subscription period, downturns or upturns in sales are not immediately reflected in full in our results of operations.

          Subscription revenue accounts for a significant portion of our revenue, comprising 79% of total revenue in the year ended December 31, 2014, 83% of total revenue in the year ended December 31, 2015 and 85% of total revenue in the quarter ended March 31, 2016. Sales of new or renewal subscription contracts may decline and fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including customers' level of satisfaction with our products, the prices of our products, the prices of products affected by our competitors, and reductions in our customers' spending levels. If our sales of new or renewal subscription contracts decline, our total revenue and revenue growth rate may decline and our business will suffer.

          In addition, we recognize subscription revenue monthly over the term of the relevant time period, which is typically one year and can be up to five years. As a result, much of the subscription revenue we report each fiscal quarter is the recognition of deferred revenue from subscription contracts entered into during previous fiscal quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed subscription contracts in any one fiscal quarter will not be fully or immediately reflected in revenue in that fiscal quarter but will negatively affect our revenue in future fiscal quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in new or renewed sales of our subscriptions is not reflected in full in our results of operations until future periods. Also, it is difficult for us to increase our subscription revenue rapidly through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new and renewal subscription contracts must be recognized over the applicable period. Furthermore, any

16


Table of Contents

increase in the average term of subscription contracts would result in revenue for such contracts being recognized over longer periods of time.

          We also pre-bill subscription orders and offer larger discounts to customers willing to pre-pay for longer, multi-year subscription contracts. Since 2014, we have decreased the average pre-billed duration of our subscriptions, which has directly reduced billing while decreasing the average discount related to longer-duration contracts. If we are unable to decrease the average pre-billed subscription duration and move to a model where customers commit to multi-year subscriptions with annual payment schedules, we may be unable to reduce the discounts generally required with multi-year billings, and may increase deferred revenue and decrease revenue over time.

One of our marketing strategies is to offer free open source and trial versions of our products, and we may not be able to realize the benefits of this strategy.

          We are dependent upon lead generation strategies, including our marketing strategy of offering free open source and trial versions of our products, to generate sales opportunities. These strategies may not be successful in continuing to generate sufficient sales opportunities necessary to increase our revenue. Many users never convert from the free open source or trial versions to the paid versions of our products. To the extent that users do not become, or we are unable to successfully attract, paying customers, we will not realize the intended benefits of these marketing strategies and our ability to grow our revenue will be adversely affected.

The market for our big data and cloud integration products is new, unproven and evolving, and our future success depends on the growth and expansion of such market and our ability to adapt and respond effectively to an evolving market.

          The market for big data and cloud integration is relatively new, rapidly evolving and unproven. Our future success will depend in large part on our big data and cloud integration solutions' ability to penetrate the existing market for data integration and management platforms, as well as the continued growth and expansion of the market for data integration and management platforms. It is difficult to predict subscription customer adoption and renewals, subscription customers' demand for our offerings, the size, growth rate and expansion of these markets, the entry of competitive products or the success of existing competitive products. Our ability to penetrate the existing market and any expansion of the market depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance and perceived value associated with our offerings, as well as subscription customers' willingness to adopt an alternative approach to data integration and management platforms. Additionally, demand for our big data and cloud integration products will depend in large part on the adoption and scale-out deployments of Hadoop and other big data technologies. Furthermore, many potential subscription customers have made significant investments in hand coding or legacy ETL software and may be unwilling to invest in a new solution. If the market for big data integration and management platforms fails to grow or decreases in size, or if we fail to adapt to any changes in the industry, our business would be harmed.

Our relatively limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and prospects and may increase the risks associated with your investment.

          We were founded in 2005, launched our first product in 2006, and began offering our platform on a subscription basis in 2007. Our relatively limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and our future prospects, including our ability to plan for and model future growth. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by rapidly growing companies in constantly evolving industries, including the risks described in this prospectus. If we do not address these risks successfully, our business and results of operations will be adversely affected, and the market price of our ADSs could decline.

17


Table of Contents

Further, we have limited historical financial data and we operate in a rapidly evolving market. As such, any predictions about our future revenue and expenses may not be as accurate as they would be if we had a longer operating history or operated in a more predictable market.

We have a history of losses and may not be able to achieve profitability or positive cash flows on a consistent basis. If we cannot achieve profitability or positive cash flows, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may suffer.

          We have incurred losses in all years since our inception. We incurred a net loss of $5.3 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2016, $22.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 and $22.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. As a result, we had accumulated losses of $170.1 million as of March 31, 2016. We anticipate that our operating expenses will increase substantially in the foreseeable future as we continue to enhance our product and service offerings, broaden our installed customer base, expand our sales channels, expand our operations, hire additional employees, and continue to develop our technology. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently, or at all, to offset these higher expenses. Revenue growth may slow or revenue may decline for a number of possible reasons, including slowing demand for our products or services, increasing competition, a decrease in the growth of our overall market, or a failure to capitalize on growth opportunities. Any failure to increase our revenue as we grow our business could prevent us from achieving profitability or maintaining or increasing cash flow on a consistent basis. If we are unable to meet these risks and challenges as we encounter them, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may suffer.

We face intense competition in our market, especially from larger, well-established companies, and we may lack sufficient financial or other resources to maintain or improve our competitive position.

          The market for our products is highly competitive, quickly evolving, and subject to rapid changes in technology, which may expand the alternatives to our customers for their data integration requirements. Our current primary competitors generally fall into four categories:

    Diversified technology companies that offer data integration solutions, including: IBM, Microsoft, Oracle, and SAP;

    Pure-play data integration vendors, including: Ab Initio, Informatica, and Tibco;

    Early-stage, niche data integration technologies; and

    Hand-coded, custom data integration solutions built internally by organizations that we target as potential customers.

          Many of our existing competitors have, and some of our potential competitors could have, substantial competitive advantages such as:

    Greater name recognition and longer operating histories;

    Larger sales and marketing budgets and resources;

    Broader distribution and established relationships with distribution partners and customers;

    Greater customer support resources;

    Greater resources to make acquisitions;

    Lower labor and development costs;

    Larger and more mature intellectual property portfolios; and

    Substantially greater financial, technical, and other resources.

18


Table of Contents

          In addition, some of our larger competitors have substantially broader and more diverse product offerings and leverage their relationships based on other products or incorporate functionality into existing products to gain business in a manner that discourages users from purchasing our products, including through selling at zero or negative margins, product bundling, or closed technology platforms. Potential customers may also prefer to purchase from their existing suppliers rather than a new supplier regardless of product performance or features. These larger competitors often have broader market focus and may therefore not be as susceptible to downturns in a particular market. Many of our smaller competitors that specialize in niche data integration technologies may introduce new products which are disruptive to our solution. Conditions in our market could change rapidly and significantly as a result of technological advancements, partnering by our competitors, or continuing market consolidation. New start-up companies that innovate and large competitors that are making significant investments in research and development may invent similar or superior products and technologies that compete with our products and technology. Our current and potential competitors may also establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties that may further enhance their resources. While we endeavor to engage customers on our standard form agreements, in order to successfully engage larger customers in a highly competitive environment we may be required to negotiate our standard terms or transact on our customers' forms, which may result in accepting more onerous terms and obligations, and greater liability exposure, than we do in our standard forms.

          Some of our competitors have made or could make acquisitions of businesses that may allow them to offer more directly competitive and comprehensive solutions than they had previously offered. As a result of such acquisitions, our current or potential competitors might be able to adapt more quickly to new technologies and customer needs, devote greater resources to the promotion or sale of their products and services, initiate or withstand substantial price competition, take advantage of acquisitions or other opportunities more readily, or develop and expand their product offerings more quickly than we do. Due to various reasons, organizations may be more willing to add solutions incrementally to their existing data management infrastructure from competitors than to replace it with our solution. These competitive pressures in our market or our failure to compete effectively may result in price reductions, fewer orders, reduced revenue and gross margins, and loss of market share. Any failure to meet and address these factors could seriously harm our business and results of operations.

Because of the characteristics of open source software, there are few technological barriers to entry into the open source market by new competitors and it may be relatively easy for competitors, some of whom may have greater resources than we have, to enter our markets and compete with us.

          One of the characteristics of open source software is that anyone may obtain access to the source code for our open source products and then modify and redistribute the existing open source software and use it to compete in the marketplace. Such competition can develop without the degree of overhead and lead time required by traditional proprietary software companies. It is possible for competitors to develop their own software, including software based on Talend Open Studio, potentially reducing the demand for our solution and putting price pressure on our subscription offerings. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors or that competitive pressure or the availability of new open source software will not result in price reductions, reduced operating margins and loss of market share, any one of which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

19


Table of Contents

We may be unable to predict the future course of open source technology development, which could reduce the market appeal of our offerings, damage our reputation and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

          We do not exercise control over many aspects of the development of open source technology. Different groups of open source software programmers compete with one another to develop new technology. Typically, the technology developed by one group will become more widely used than that developed by others. If we acquire or adopt new technology and incorporate it into our offerings but competing technology becomes more widely used or accepted, the market appeal of our offerings may be reduced, which could harm our reputation, diminish our brands and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

If we do not accurately predict, prepare for, and respond promptly to the rapidly evolving technological and market developments and changing customer needs in our market, our competitive position and prospects will be harmed.

          The market for our products is characterized by continuing rapid technological development, the emergence of new technologies, evolving industry standards, changing customer needs, and frequent new product introductions and enhancements. The introduction of products by our direct competitors or others incorporating new technologies, the emergence of new industry standards, or changes in customer requirements could render our existing products obsolete, unmarketable, or less competitive. In addition, industry-wide adoption or increased use of hand-coding, open source standards or other uniform open standards across heterogeneous applications could minimize the importance of the integration functionality of our products and materially adversely affect the competitiveness and market acceptance of our products. Furthermore, the standards on which we choose to develop new products or enhancements may not allow us to compete effectively for business opportunities.

          Our success depends upon our ability to enhance existing products, respond to changing customer requirements, and develop and introduce in a timely manner new products that keep pace with technological and competitive developments and emerging industry standards. We have in the past experienced delays in releasing new products and product enhancements and may experience similar delays in the future. As a result, in the past, some of our customers deferred purchasing our products until the next upgrade was released. Additionally, the success of new product introductions depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, timely and successful product development, market acceptance, our ability to manage the risks associated with new product releases, the availability of software components for new products, the effective management of development and other spending in connection with anticipated demand for new products, the availability of newly developed products, and the risk that new products may have bugs, errors or other defects or deficiencies in the early stages of introduction. Future delays or problems in the installation or implementation of our new releases may cause customers to forgo purchases of our products and purchase those of our competitors instead. Additionally, even if we are able to develop new products and product enhancements, we cannot ensure that they will achieve market acceptance.

Delivering certain of our products via the cloud increases our expenses and may pose other challenges to our business.

          We offer and sell our products via both the cloud and on premise using the customer's own infrastructure. Our cloud offering enables quick setup and subscription pricing. Historically, our products were developed in the context of the on premise offering, and we have less operating experience offering and selling our products via our cloud offering. Although a majority of our revenue has historically been generated from customers using our on premise products, we believe

20


Table of Contents

that over time more customers will move to the cloud offering. As more of our customers transition to the cloud, we may be subject to additional contractual obligations with respect to privacy and data protection, as well as competitive pressures and higher operating costs, any of which may harm our business. If our cloud offering does not develop as quickly as we expect, or if we are unable to continue to scale our systems to meet the requirements of a large cloud offering, our business may be harmed. We are directing a significant portion of our financial and operating resources to implement a robust cloud offering for our products, but even if we continue to make these investments, we may be unsuccessful in growing or implementing our cloud offering competitively, and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

Incorrect implementation or use of our software could result in customer dissatisfaction and negatively affect our business, operations, financial results and growth prospects.

          Our platform is designed to be operated in a self-service manner by our customers who subscribe to our cloud-based solution. In addition, our platform may be deployed in large scale, complex IT environments of our customers. Our customers and channel partners require training and experience in the proper use of and the variety of benefits that can be derived from our platform to maximize its potential. If our platform is not implemented or used correctly or as intended, inadequate performance or security vulnerabilities may result. Because our customers rely on our software to manage a wide range of operations, the incorrect implementation or use of our software or our failure to train customers on how to use our software productively may result in customer dissatisfaction, negative publicity and may adversely affect our reputation and brand. Failure by us to provide these training and implementation services to our customers would result in lost opportunities for follow-on sales to these customers and adoption of our platform by new customers, and adversely affect our business and growth prospects.

          In cases where our platform has been deployed on-premise within a customer's IT environment, if we or our customers are unable to configure or implement our software properly, or unable to do so in a timely manner, customer perceptions of our platform may be impaired, our reputation and brand may suffer, and customers may choose not to increase their use of our platform or to discontinue its use. In addition, our on-premise solution imposes server load and data storage requirements for implementation. If our customers do not have the server load capacity or the storage capacity required, they may not be able to implement and use our platform effectively and, therefore, may choose to discontinue their use of our platform or not increase their use.

Our ability to increase sales of our solution is highly dependent on the quality of our customer support, and our failure to offer high quality support would have an adverse effect on our business, reputation and results of operations.

          After our products are deployed within our customers' IT environments, our customers depend on our technical support services, as well as the support of our channel partners, including value-added resellers, to resolve issues relating to our products. Our channel partners often provide similar technical support for third parties' products, and may therefore have fewer resources to dedicate to the support of our products. If we or our channel partners do not succeed in helping our customers quickly resolve post-deployment issues or provide effective ongoing support, our ability to sell additional subscriptions to existing customers would be adversely affected and our reputation with potential customers could be damaged. Many larger enterprise and government entity customers have more complex IT environments and require higher levels of support than smaller customers. If we or our channel partners fail to meet the requirements of these enterprise customers, it may be more difficult to grow sales with enterprise customers.

21


Table of Contents

          Additionally, if our channel partners do not effectively provide support to the satisfaction of our customers, we may be required to provide direct support to such customers, which would require us to hire additional personnel and to invest in additional resources. It can take several months to recruit, hire, and train qualified technical support employees. We may not be able to hire such resources fast enough to keep up with unexpected demand, particularly if the sales of our products exceed our internal forecasts. To the extent that we or our channel partners are unsuccessful in hiring, training, and retaining adequate support resources, our and our channel partners' ability to provide adequate and timely support to our customers, and our customers' satisfaction with our products and services, will be adversely affected. Additionally, to the extent that we may need to rely on our sales engineers to provide post-sales support while we are ramping our support resources, our sales productivity will be negatively affected, which would harm our revenue. Our or our channel partners' failure to provide and maintain high-quality support services would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

A significant defect, security vulnerability, error or performance failure in our software could cause us to lose revenue and expose us to liability.

          The software and professional services we offer are inherently complex and, despite extensive testing and quality control, have in the past and may in the future contain defects or errors, especially when first introduced, or not perform as contemplated. These defects, security vulnerabilities, errors or performance failures could cause damage to our reputation, loss of customers or revenue, product returns, order cancellations, service terminations, or lack of market acceptance of our software. As the use of our solution, including products that were recently acquired or developed, expands to more sensitive, secure, or mission critical uses by our customers, we may be subject to increased scrutiny, potential reputational risk, or potential liability should our software fail to perform as contemplated in such deployments. We have in the past and may in the future need to issue corrective releases of our software to fix these defects, errors or performance failures, which could require us to allocate significant research and development and customer support resources to address these problems.

          Our standard form agreements with our customers typically contain provisions intended to limit both the types of claims for which we would be liable and the maximum amount of our liability. However, some of our customers require us to accept contract terms that do not include the same limitations. However, any limitation of liability provisions that may be contained in our license agreements may not be effective as a result of existing or future national, federal, state, or local laws or ordinances or unfavorable judicial decisions. Although we have not experienced any liability claims to date, the sale and support of our products entail the risk of such claims, which could be substantial in light of the use of our products in enterprise-wide environments. In addition, our insurance against this liability may not be adequate to cover a potential claim.

Interruptions or performance problems associated with our technology and infrastructure, and our reliance on technologies from third parties, may adversely affect our business operations and financial results.

          Our website and internal technology infrastructure may experience performance issues due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, website or third-party hosting disruptions or capacity constraints due to a number of potential causes, including technical failures, natural disasters or fraud or security attacks. Our use and distribution of open source software may increase this risk. If our website is unavailable or our users are unable to download our tools or order subscription offerings or professional services within a reasonable amount of time or at all, our business could be harmed. Similarly, while we have taken measures to protect the confidential information that we have access to, including confidential information we

22


Table of Contents

may obtain through customer usage of our cloud-based services, our security measures could be breached. Any compromise of our security or any unauthorized access to or breaches of the security of our systems or of our product offerings, could result in the loss of data, loss of intellectual property or trade secrets, loss of business, reputational damage, regulatory investigations and orders, litigation, indemnity obligations, damages for contract breach, penalties for violation of applicable laws, regulations, or contractual obligations, and significant costs, fees and other monetary payments for remediation. We expect to continue to make significant investments to maintain and improve website performance and to enable rapid releases of new features and applications for Talend Data Fabric and Talend Open Studio. To the extent that we do not effectively upgrade our systems as needed and continually develop our technology to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business and results of operations may be harmed.

          In addition, we rely on cloud technologies from third parties in order to operate critical functions of our business, including financial management services, relationship management services and lead generation management services. We also host our Talend Integration Cloud services on third-party cloud platforms. If these services become unavailable due to extended outages or interruptions or because they are no longer available on commercially reasonable terms or prices, our expenses could increase, our ability to manage our finances could be interrupted, our processes for managing sales of our subscription offerings and professional services and supporting our customers could be impaired, and our ability to generate and manage sales leads could be weakened until equivalent services, if available, are identified, obtained and implemented, all of which could harm our business and results of operations.

The competitive position of our product offerings depends in part on their ability to operate with third-party products and services and our customers' existing infrastructure.

          The competitive position of our product offering depends in part on their ability to operate with products and services of third parties, including companies that offer big data solutions, cloud based solutions, software services and infrastructure, and our products must be continuously modified and enhanced to adapt to changes in hardware, software, networking, browser and database technologies. In the future, one or more technology companies, whether our partners or otherwise, may choose not to support the operation of their software, software services and infrastructure with our product offerings. In addition, to the extent that a third party were to develop software or services that compete with ours, that provider may choose not to support our product offering. We intend to facilitate the compatibility of our solution with various third-party software, big data solutions, cloud-based solutions, software services and infrastructure offerings by maintaining and expanding our business and technical relationships. If we are not successful in achieving this goal, our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

          Additionally, our products must interoperate with our customers' existing infrastructure, which often have different specifications, deploy products from multiple vendors, and contain multiple generations of products that have been added over time. As a result, when problems occur, it may be difficult to identify the sources of these problems. If we find errors in the existing software that create integration errors or problems in our customers' IT environments, as we have in the past, we may have to issue software updates as part of our normal maintenance process. Any delays in identifying the sources of problems or in providing necessary modifications to our software could have a negative impact on our reputation and our customers' satisfaction with our products and services, and our ability to sell products and services could be adversely affected. In addition, governments and other customers may require our products to comply with certain security or other certifications and standards.

23


Table of Contents

We depend on our executive officers and other key employees, and the loss of one or more of these employees or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could harm our business.

          Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to attract and retain highly skilled personnel. The loss of the services of any of our key personnel, the inability to attract or retain qualified personnel, or delays in hiring required personnel, particularly in engineering and sales, may seriously harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Although we have entered into employment offer letters with our key personnel, these agreements have no specific duration and constitute at-will employment. We are also substantially dependent on the continued service of our existing engineering personnel because of the complexity of our platform.

          Any failure to hire, train, and adequately incentivize our sales personnel could negatively affect our growth. In particular, we have recently implemented a new incentive model for our sales team, whereby our insides sales team members are grouped with members of our outside sales team members in "pods". Each pod shares a common quota and is encouraged to work together to identify, qualify and close sales opportunities. If our sales model is not successful, our business could be adversely affected. Further, the inability of our recently hired sales personnel to effectively ramp up to target productivity levels could negatively affect our operating margins. In addition, if we are not effective in managing any leadership transition in our sales organization, our business could be adversely affected and our results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

          Competition for highly skilled personnel is often intense, especially in the San Francisco Bay Area, the United Kingdom and France, where we have substantial presence and need for highly skilled personnel. Additionally, the industry in which we operate generally experiences high employee attrition. We may not be successful in attracting, integrating, or retaining qualified personnel to fulfill our current or future needs. Also, to the extent we hire personnel from competitors, we may be subject to allegations that they have been improperly solicited, that they have divulged proprietary or other confidential information, or that their former employers own their inventions or other work product.

          Our future performance also depends on the continued services and continuing contributions of our senior management to execute on our business plan and to identify and pursue new opportunities and product innovations. The loss of services of senior management could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our development and strategic objectives, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

          Our employees do not have employment arrangements that require them to continue to work for us for any specified period, and therefore, they could terminate their employment with us at any time. We do not maintain key person life insurance policies on any of our employees. The loss of one or more of our key employees could seriously harm our business.

If we do not effectively expand and train our sales force, we may be unable to add new customers or increase sales to our existing customers and our business will be adversely affected.

          We continue to be substantially dependent on our sales force to obtain new customers and to drive additional usage and sales among our existing customers. We believe that there is significant competition for sales personnel, including enterprise sales representatives and sales engineers, with the skills and technical knowledge that we require. In particular, there is significant demand for sales engineers with big data and cloud-based software expertise. Our ability to achieve significant revenue growth will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training and retaining sufficient numbers of sales personnel to support our growth. New hires require significant training and may take significant time before they achieve full productivity. Our recent hires and planned

24


Table of Contents

hires may not become productive as quickly as we expect, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the markets where we do business or plan to do business. In addition, as we continue to grow rapidly, a large percentage of our sales force will have relatively little experience working with us, our subscription offerings, and our business model. If we are unable to hire and train sufficient numbers of effective sales personnel, or our sales personnel are not successful in obtaining new customers or increasing sales to our existing customer base, our business will be harmed.

Employment laws in some of the countries in which we operate are stringent, which could restrict our ability to react to market changes and cause us to incur higher expenses.

          As of March 31, 2016, we had 566 full-time employees, of whom approximately 35% were located in the United States, 22% were located in France, 16% were located in China, and 12% were located in Germany. In some of the countries in which we operate, employment laws may grant significant job protection to certain employees, including rights on termination of employment and setting maximum number of hours and days per week a particular employee is permitted to work. In addition, in certain countries in which we operate, we are often required to consult and seek the advice of employee representatives and unions. These laws, coupled with the requirement to consult with any relevant employee representatives and unions, could affect our ability to react to market changes and the needs of our business, and cause us to incur higher expenses.

Any unauthorized, and potentially improper, actions of our sales personnel could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

          The recognition of our revenue depends on, among other things, the terms negotiated in our contracts with our customers. Our sales personnel may act outside of their authority and negotiate additional terms without our knowledge. We have implemented policies to help prevent and discourage such conduct, but there can be no assurance that such policies will be followed. For instance, in the event that our sales personnel negotiate terms that do not appear in the contract and of which we are unaware, whether such additional terms are written or verbal, we could be prevented from recognizing revenue in accordance with our plans. Furthermore, depending on when we learn of unauthorized actions and the size of the transactions involved, we may have to restate revenue for a previously reported period, which would seriously harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We rely on channel partners to execute a portion of our sales; if our channel partners fail to perform, our ability to sell our solution will be limited, and, if we fail to optimize our channel partner model going forward, our results of operations will be harmed.

          A portion of our revenue is generated by sales through our channel partners, especially in international markets. As we grow our business into new and existing international markets, we expect that our reliance on channel partners to generate sales will also grow. We provide our channel partners with specific training and programs to assist them in selling our products, but there can be no assurance that these steps will be effective. In addition, our channel partners may be unsuccessful in marketing, selling, and supporting our products. If we are unable to develop and maintain effective sales incentive programs for our channel partners, we may not be able to incentivize these partners to sell our products to customers and, in particular, to large enterprises. These partners may also market, sell, and support products and services that are competitive with ours and may devote more resources to the marketing, sales, and support of such competitive products. These partners may have incentives to promote our competitors' products to the detriment of our own or may cease selling our products altogether. Our agreements with our channel partners may generally be terminated for any reason by either party with advance notice

25


Table of Contents

prior to each annual renewal date. We cannot assure you that we will retain these channel partners or that we will be able to secure additional or replacement channel partners. The loss of one or more of our significant channel partners or a decline in the number or size of orders from any of them could harm our results of operations. In addition, any new channel partner requires extensive training and may take several months or more to achieve productivity. Our channel partner sales structure could subject us to lawsuits, potential liability, and reputational harm if, for example, any of our channel partners misrepresents the functionality of our products or services to customers or violates laws or our corporate policies. If we fail to effectively manage our existing sales channels, if our channel partners are unsuccessful in fulfilling the orders for our products, or if we are unable to enter into arrangements with, and retain a sufficient number of, high quality channel partners in each of the regions in which we sell products and services and keep them motivated to sell our products, our ability to sell our products and results of operations will be harmed.

If we are unable to maintain successful relationships with our strategic partners, our business operations, financial results and growth prospects could be adversely affected.

          In addition to our direct sales force and channel partners, we maintain strategic relationships with a variety of strategic partners, including systems integrators and big data, cloud application and analytical software vendors, to jointly market and sell our subscription offerings. We expect that sales through our strategic partners will continue to grow as a proportion of our revenue for the foreseeable future.

          Our agreements with our strategic partners are generally non-exclusive, meaning our strategic partners may offer customers the products and services of several different companies, including products and services that compete with ours, or may themselves be or become competitors. If our strategic partners do not effectively market and sell our subscription offerings, choose to use greater efforts to market and sell their own products and services or those of our competitors, or fail to meet the needs of our customers, our ability to grow our business and sell our subscription offerings may be harmed. Our strategic partners may cease marketing our subscription offerings with limited or no notice and with little or no penalty. The loss of a substantial number of our strategic partners, our possible inability to replace them, or the failure to recruit additional strategic partners could harm our results of operations.

          Our ability to achieve revenue growth in the future will depend in part on our success in maintaining successful relationships with our strategic partners, and in helping our partners enhance their ability to market and sell our subscription offerings. If we are unable to maintain our relationships with these strategic partners, our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows could be harmed.

If we are not successful in sustaining and expanding our international business, we may incur additional losses and our revenue growth could be harmed.

          Our future results depend, in part, on our ability to sustain and expand our penetration of the international markets in which we currently operate and to expand into additional international markets. We depend on direct sales and our channel partner relationships to sell our subscription offerings and professional services in international markets. Our ability to expand internationally will depend upon our ability to deliver functionality and foreign language translations that reflect the needs of the international clients that we target. Our ability to expand internationally involves various risks, including the need to invest significant resources in such expansion, and the possibility that returns on such investments will not be achieved in the near future or at all in these less familiar competitive environments. We may also choose to conduct our international business through strategic alliances. If we are unable to identify strategic alliance partners or negotiate favorable alliance terms, our international growth may be harmed. In addition, we have incurred

26


Table of Contents

and may continue to incur significant expenses in advance of generating material revenue as we attempt to establish our presence in particular international markets.

          Sustaining and expanding our international business will also require significant attention from our management and will require us to add additional management and other resources in these new markets. Our ability to expand our business, attract talented employees and enter into channel partnerships in an increasing number of international markets requires considerable management attention and resources and is subject to the particular challenges of supporting a rapidly growing business in an environment of multiple languages, cultures, customs, legal systems, alternative dispute systems, regulatory systems, commercial infrastructures and technology infrastructure. If we are unable to grow our international operations in a timely and effective manner, we may incur additional losses and our revenue growth could be harmed.

If we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

          We believe that the brand identities that we have developed have contributed significantly to the success of our business. We also believe that maintaining and enhancing our brands is important to expanding our customer base and attracting talented employees. In order to maintain and enhance our brands, we may be required to make further investments that may not be successful. Maintaining our brands will depend in part on our ability to remain a leader in data integration and management technology and our ability to continue to provide high-quality offerings. If we fail to promote and maintain our brands, or if we incur excessive costs in doing so, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be harmed.

Our business is substantially dependent on sales leads from digital marketing efforts and if we are unable to generate significant volumes of such leads, traffic to our websites and our revenue may decrease.

          We utilize digital marketing channels, such as paid and free online search, display advertising, email and social media, in order to direct potential customers interested in our solution to our websites and generate sales leads. Many of these potential customers find our websites by searching for data integration solutions through Internet search engines, particularly Google. A critical factor in attracting potential customers to our websites is how prominently our websites are displayed in response to search inquiries. If we are listed less prominently or fail to appear in search result listings for any reason, visits to our websites by customers and potential customers could decline significantly and we may not be able to replace this traffic. Furthermore, if the costs associated with our digital marketing channels increase we may be required to increase our sales and marketing expenses, which may not be offset by additional revenue, and our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We derived approximately 44% of our subscription revenue in the year ended December 31, 2015 from our Talend Data Integration solution and failure of this solution to satisfy customer demands or to achieve increased market acceptance would harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

          We derived approximately 44% of our subscription revenue in the year ended December 31, 2015, and expect to continue to derive a significant portion of our subscription revenue from our Talend Data Integration solution. Demand for Talend Data Integration is affected by a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including market acceptance of our solutions by referenceable accounts for existing and new use cases, the timing of development and release of new products by our competitors and additional capabilities and functionality by us, technological change, and growth or contraction in the market in which we compete. We expect the proliferation

27


Table of Contents

of data to lead to an increase in the IT integration needs of our customers, and Talend Data Integration may not be able to perform to meet those demands. If we are unable to continue to meet our subscription customer requirements, to achieve more widespread market acceptance of Talend Data Integration, or to increase demand for this solution, our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects will be harmed.

The sales prices of our products may decrease, which may reduce our gross profits and adversely affect our financial results.

          The sales prices for our subscription offerings and professional services may decline for a variety of reasons, including competitive pricing pressures, discounts, a change in our mix of subscription offerings and professional services and their respective margins, anticipation of the introduction of new subscription offerings or professional services, or promotional programs. Competition continues to increase in the market segments in which we participate, and we expect competition to further increase in the future, thereby leading to increased pricing pressures. Larger competitors with more diverse product and service offerings may reduce the price of products or services that compete with ours or may bundle them with other products and services. Additionally, currency fluctuations in certain countries and regions may negatively impact actual prices that channel partners and customers are willing to pay in those countries and regions. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in developing and introducing new subscription offerings with enhanced functionality on a timely basis, or that any such new subscription offerings, if introduced, will enable us to maintain our prices and gross profits at levels that will allow us to achieve and maintain profitability.

Our sales cycle can be long and unpredictable, particularly with respect to sales through our channel partners or sales to enterprise customers, and our sales efforts require considerable time and expense.

          Our results of operations may fluctuate, in part, because of the resource-intensive nature of our sales efforts, the length and variability of the sales cycle of our subscription offerings and the difficulty in making short-term adjustments to our operating expenses. Our results of operations depend in part on sales to larger subscription customers and increasing sales to existing customers. The length of our sales cycle, from initial contact with our sales team to contractually committing to our subscription offerings, generally averages six months, but can vary substantially from customer to customer based on deal complexity as well as whether a sale is made directly by us or through a channel partner. Our sales cycle can extend to more than a year for some customers. It is difficult to predict exactly when, or even if, we will make a sale to a potential customer or if we can increase sales to our existing customers. As a result, large individual sales have, in some cases, occurred in quarters subsequent to those we anticipated, or have not occurred at all. The loss or delay of one or more large transactions in a quarter could affect our cash flows and results of operations for that quarter and our revenue for any future quarters. Because a substantial proportion of our expenses are relatively fixed in the short term, our results of operations will suffer if revenue falls below our expectations in a particular quarter, which could cause the price of the ADSs to decline.

Reliance on sales at the end of the quarter could cause our revenue for the applicable period to fall below expected levels.

          As a result of customer buying patterns, we have historically received a substantial portion of subscriptions during the last month or later of each fiscal quarter. If expected sales at the end of any fiscal quarter is delayed for any reason, including the failure of anticipated purchase orders to materialize, our inability to release new products on schedule, any failure of our systems related to

28


Table of Contents

order review and processing, or any delays in order fulfillment based on trade compliance requirements, our cash flows and results of operations for that quarter, and our revenue for subsequent periods could fall below our expectations and the estimates of analysts, which could adversely impact our business and results of operations and cause a decline in the market price of the ADSs.

The seasonality of our business can create variance in our quarterly bookings, subscription revenue and cash flows from operations.

          We operate on a December 31 fiscal year end and believe that there are seasonal factors which may cause us to experience lower levels of sales in our first fiscal quarter ending March 31 as compared with other quarters. We believe that this seasonality results from a number of factors, including:

    Companies using their IT budget at the end of the calendar year resulting in higher sales activity in the quarter ending December 31;

    Sales personnel being compensated on annual plans and finalizing sales transactions in the quarter ending December 31, thereby exhausting most of their sales pipeline for the quarter ending March 31; and

    Recruiting sales personnel primarily in the first and second quarters, which leads to greater sales productivity in the second half of the fiscal year.

          We believe that these seasonal trends have been masked in recent periods due to our growth, but we anticipate that they may be more pronounced in future periods.

Our future quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely affect the trading price of our ADSs.

          Our results of operations, including the levels of our revenue, cost of revenue, gross margin, operating expenses, cash flow and deferred revenue, have fluctuated from quarter-to-quarter in the past and may continue to vary significantly in the future so that period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations may not be meaningful. Accordingly, our financial results in any one quarter should not be relied upon as indicative of future performance. Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, may be difficult to predict, and may or may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business. Because the timing and amount of our revenue is difficult to forecast and because our operating costs and expenses are relatively fixed in the short term, if our revenue does not meet our expectations, we are unlikely to be able to adjust our spending to levels commensurate with our revenue. As a result, the effect of revenue shortfalls on our results of operations may be more accentuated, and these and other fluctuations in quarterly results may negatively affect the market price of our ADSs. Among the factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly financial results are those listed below:

    Our ability to attract and retain new customers;

    The addition or loss of enterprise customers;

    Our ability to successfully expand our business domestically and internationally;

    Our ability to gain new channel partners and retain existing channel partners;

    Fluctuations in the growth rate of the overall market that our solution addresses;

    Fluctuations in the mix of our revenue;

29


Table of Contents

    The unpredictability of the timing of our receipt of orders for perpetual licenses, the revenue for which we typically recognize upfront;

    The amount and timing of operating expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business and operations, including continued investments in sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative resources;

    Network outages or performance degradation of our cloud service;

    Information security breaches;

    General economic, industry and market conditions;

    Customer renewal rates;

    Increases or decreases in the number of elements of our subscription offerings or pricing changes upon any renewals of customer agreements;

    Changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

    The budgeting cycles and purchasing practices of customers;

    Decisions by potential customers to purchase alternative solutions from larger, more established vendors, including from their primary software vendors;

    Decisions by potential customers to develop in-house solutions as alternatives to our platform;

    Insolvency or credit difficulties confronting our customers, which could adversely affect their ability to purchase or pay for our software and services;

    Delays in our ability to fulfill our customers' orders;

    Seasonal variations in sales of our solution;

    The cost and potential outcomes of future litigation or other disputes;

    Future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies;

    Our overall effective tax rate, including impacts caused by any reorganization in our corporate tax structure and any new legislation or regulatory developments;

    Fluctuations in stock-based compensation expense;

    Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;

    The timing and success of new products and service introductions by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors, customers or strategic partners;

    The timing of expenses related to the development or acquisition of technologies or businesses and potential future charges for impairment of goodwill from acquired companies; and

    Other risk factors described in this prospectus.

30


Table of Contents

Our current research and development efforts may not produce successful products or features that result in significant revenue, cost savings or other benefits in the near future, if at all.

          Developing our products and related enhancements is expensive. Our investments in research and development may not result in significant design improvements, marketable products or features, or may result in products that are more expensive than anticipated. Additionally, we may not achieve the cost savings or the anticipated performance improvements we expect, and we may take longer to generate revenue, or generate less revenue, than we anticipate. Our future plans include significant investments in research and development and related product opportunities. We believe that we must continue to dedicate a significant amount of resources to our research and development efforts to maintain our competitive position. However, we may not receive significant revenue from these investments in the near future, if at all, or these investments may not yield the expected benefits, either of which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Failure to protect our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights could substantially harm our business and results of operations.

          Our success depends to a significant degree on our ability to protect our proprietary technology, methodologies, know-how and our brand. We rely on a combination of trademarks, copyrights, contractual restrictions, and other intellectual property laws and confidentiality procedures to establish and protect our proprietary rights. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may be inadequate. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property. If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights adequately, our competitors may gain access to our technology and our business may be harmed. In addition, defending our intellectual property rights might entail significant expense. Any patents, trademarks, or other intellectual property rights that we have or may obtain may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. As of March 31, 2016, we did not have any pending patent applications or issued patents. Even if we decide to seek patent protection in the future, we may be unable to obtain any patent protection for our technology. In addition, any patents issued in the future may not provide us with competitive advantages, or may be successfully challenged by third parties. Furthermore, legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability, and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our products and use information that we regard as proprietary to create products and services that compete with ours. Effective patent, trademark, copyright, and trade secret protection may not be available to us in every country in which our products are available. We may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names or trademarks that are similar to, infringe upon, or diminish the value of our trademarks and other proprietary rights. The laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States, and mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be inadequate. As we expand our international activities, our exposure to unauthorized copying and use of our products and proprietary information will likely increase. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property.

          We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and enter into confidentiality agreements with other parties. No assurance can be given that these agreements will be effective in controlling access to and distribution of our proprietary information. Further, these agreements may not prevent our competitors from independently developing technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our products.

31


Table of Contents

          In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property rights. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights and to protect our trade secrets. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming, and distracting to management, and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Further, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims, and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Our inability to protect our proprietary technology against unauthorized copying or use, as well as any costly litigation or diversion of our management's attention and resources, could delay further sales or the implementation of our products, impair the functionality of our products, delay introductions of new products, result in our substituting inferior or more costly technologies into our products, or injure our reputation.

We could incur substantial costs as a result of any claim of infringement of another party's intellectual property rights.

          In recent years, there has been significant litigation involving patents and other intellectual property rights in the software industry. Companies providing software are increasingly bringing and becoming subject to suits alleging infringement of proprietary rights, particularly patent rights, and to the extent we gain greater market visibility, we face a higher risk of being the subject of intellectual property infringement claims. We do not currently have a patent portfolio, which could prevent us from deterring patent infringement claims through our own patent portfolio, and our competitors and others may now and in the future have significantly larger and more mature patent portfolios than we have. The risk of patent litigation has been amplified by the increase in the number of a type of patent holder, which we refer to as a non-practicing entity, whose sole business is to assert such claims and against whom our own intellectual property portfolio may provide little deterrent value. We could incur substantial costs in prosecuting or defending any intellectual property litigation. If we sue to enforce our rights or are sued by a third party that claims that our solution infringes its rights, the litigation could be expensive and could divert our management resources. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not received any written notice of an infringement claim, invitation to license, or other intellectual property infringement action.

          Any intellectual property litigation to which we might become a party, or for which we are required to provide indemnification, may require us to do one or more of the following:

    Cease selling or using products that incorporate the intellectual property that we allegedly infringe;

    Make substantial payments for legal fees, settlement payments or other costs or damages;

    Obtain a license, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all, to sell or use the relevant technology; or

    Redesign the allegedly infringing products to avoid infringement, which could be costly, time-consuming or impossible.

          If we are required to make substantial payments or undertake any of the other actions noted above as a result of any intellectual property infringement claims against us or any obligation to indemnify our customers for such claims, such payments or actions could harm our business.

Our use of open source software could negatively affect our ability to sell our solution and subject us to possible litigation.

          A portion of our technologies incorporate open source software, and we expect to continue to incorporate open source software in our solution in the future. Few of the licenses applicable to

32


Table of Contents

open source software have been interpreted by courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a manner that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products. Moreover, we cannot assure you that we have not incorporated additional open source software in our software in a manner that is inconsistent with the terms of the applicable license or our current policies and procedures. If we fail to comply with these licenses, we may be subject to certain requirements, including requirements that we offer our solutions that incorporate the open source software for no cost, that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open source software and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of applicable open source licenses. If an author or other third party that distributes such open source software were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of one or more of these licenses, we could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending against such allegations and could be subject to significant damages, enjoined from the sale of our solutions that contained the open source software and required to comply with onerous conditions or restrictions on these solutions, which could disrupt the distribution and sale of these solutions. In addition, there have been claims challenging the ownership rights in of open source software against companies that incorporate open source software into their products, and the licensors of such open source software provide no warranties or indemnities with respect to such claims. In any of these events, we and our customers could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our products, and to re-engineer our products or discontinue the sale of our products in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis. We and our customers may also be subject to suits by parties claiming infringement due to the reliance by our solutions on certain open source software, and such litigation could be costly for us to defend or subject us to an injunction. Any of the foregoing could require us to devote additional research and development resources to re-engineer our solutions, could result in customer dissatisfaction, and may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our failure to protect personal information adequately could have an adverse effect on our business.

          A wide variety of provincial, state, national, and international laws and regulations apply to the collection, use, retention, protection, disclosure, transfer, and other processing of personal data. These data protection and privacy-related laws and regulations are evolving and being tested in courts and may result in ever-increasing regulatory and public scrutiny as well as escalating levels of enforcement and sanctions. Any actual or perceived loss, improper retention or misuse of certain information or alleged violations of laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection and data security, and any relevant claims, could result in enforcement action against us, including fines, imprisonment of company officials and public censure, claims for damages by customers and other affected individuals, damage to our reputation and loss of goodwill (both in relation to existing customers and prospective customers), any of which could have an adverse effect on our operations, financial performance, and business. Evolving and changing definitions of personal data and personal information, within the European Union, the United States, and elsewhere, especially relating to classification of IP addresses, machine identification, location data, and other information, may limit or inhibit our ability to operate or expand our business, including limiting strategic partnerships that may involve the sharing of data. Any perception of privacy or security concerns or an inability to comply with applicable laws, regulations, policies, industry standards, contractual obligations or other legal obligations, even if unfounded, may result in additional cost and liability to us, harm our reputation and inhibit adoption of our products by current and future customers, and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results.

          We have implemented and maintain security measures intended to protect personally identifiable information. However, our security measures remain vulnerable to various threats posed by hackers and criminals. If our security measures are overcome and any personally identifiable

33


Table of Contents

information that we collect or store becomes subject to unauthorized access, we may be required to comply with costly and burdensome breach notification obligations. We may also be subject to investigations, enforcement actions and private lawsuits. In addition, any data security incident is likely to generate negative publicity and have a negative effect on our business.

In connection with the operation of our business, we collect, store, transfer and otherwise process certain personally identifiable information. As a result, our business is subject to a variety of federal, state, foreign government and industry regulations, as well as self-regulation, related to privacy, data security and data protection.

          Privacy, data protection and security have become significant issues in the United States, Europe, and in other jurisdictions where we offer our products. The regulatory frameworks for privacy, data protection and information security issues worldwide are rapidly evolving and are likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. Federal, state, or foreign government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, new laws and regulations or may make amendments to existing laws and regulations affecting data protection, data privacy and/or information security and/or regulating the use of the Internet as a commercial medium. Industry organizations also regularly adopt and advocate for new standards in these areas. If we fail to comply with any of these laws or standards, we may be subject to investigations, enforcement actions, civil litigation, fines and other penalties, all of which may generate negative publicity and have a negative impact on our business.

          In the United States, we may be subject to investigation and/or enforcement actions brought by federal agencies and state attorneys general and consumer protection agencies. We publicly post policies and other documentation regarding our practices concerning the processing, use and disclosure of personally identifiable information. Although we endeavor to comply with our published policies and documentation, we may at times fail to do so. The publication of our privacy policy and other documentation that provide promises and assurances about privacy and security can subject us to potential state and federal action if they are found to be deceptive, unfair, or misrepresentative of our actual practices.

          Internationally, virtually every jurisdiction in which we operate has established its own data security, privacy and data protection legal frameworks with which we or our customers must comply. European, Union Directive 95/46/EC, or the Directive, required European Union member states to implement data protection laws in accordance with the privacy requirements of the Directive.

          Among other requirements, the Directive regulates transfers of personal data subject to the Directive to third countries that have not been found to provide adequate protection to such personal data, including the United States. We have undertaken certain efforts to conform transfers of personal data from the European Economic Area, or EEA, to the United States and other jurisdictions based on our understanding of current regulatory obligations and the guidance of data protection authorities. Despite this, we may be unsuccessful in establishing conforming means of transferring such data from the EEA, in particular as a result of continued legal and legislative activity within the European Union that has challenged or called into question the legal basis for existing means of data transfers to countries that have not been found to provide adequate protection for personal data.

          We may also experience hesitancy, reluctance, or refusal by European or multi-national customers to continue to use our platform due to the potential risk exposure to such customers as a result of shifting business sentiment in the EEA regarding international data transfers and the current data protection obligations imposed on them by certain data protection authorities. We may find it necessary to establish systems to maintain personal data originating from the EEA in the EEA, which may involve substantial expense and may cause us to need to divert resources from

34


Table of Contents

other aspects of our business, all of which may adversely affect our business. We and our customers may face a risk of enforcement actions taken by European data protection authorities until the time, if any, that personal data transfers to us and by us from the EEA are legitimized under European law.

          The Directive is expected to be replaced in time with the pending European General Data Protection Regulation, which may impose additional obligations and risk upon our business and which may increase substantially the penalties to which we could be subject in the event of any non-compliance. We may incur substantial expense in complying with the new obligations to be imposed by the European General Data Protection Regulation and we may be required to make significant changes in our business operations, all of which may adversely affect our revenue and our business overall.

          In addition to government regulation, privacy advocates and industry groups may propose new and different self-regulatory standards that may legally or contractually apply to us. One example of such self-regulatory standards to which we may be contractually bound is the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, or PCI DSS, which relates to the processing of payment card information. In the event we fail to comply with the PCI DSS, fines and other penalties could result, and we may suffer reputational harm and damage to our business. We also expect that there will continue to be changes in interpretations of existing laws and regulations, or new proposed laws and regulations concerning privacy, data protection and information security, which could impair our or our customers' ability to collect, use or disclose information relating to consumers, which could decrease demand for our platform, increase our costs and impair our ability to maintain and grow our customer base and increase our revenue.

          Because the interpretation and application of many laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection and information security, along with mandatory industry standards, are uncertain, it is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing data management practices or the features of our products, and we could face fines, lawsuits, and other claims and penalties, and we could be required to fundamentally change our business, which could have an adverse effect on our business. Any inability to adequately address privacy, data protection and data security concerns, even if unfounded, or comply with applicable privacy, data protection and data security laws, regulations, and policies, could result in additional cost and liability to us, damage our reputation, inhibit sales, and adversely affect our business. Furthermore, the costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, the laws, regulations, and policies that are applicable to the businesses of our customers may limit the use and adoption of, and reduce the overall demand for, our products. Privacy, data protection and data security concerns, whether valid or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our products, particularly in certain industries and foreign countries. If we are not able to adjust to changing laws, regulations, and standards related to the Internet, our business may be harmed.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets or subject us to liability if we violate these controls.

          Because our products use encryption, certain of our products are subject to U.S. export controls and may be exported outside the United States only with the required export license or through an export license exception. Obtaining the necessary export license for a particular sale may be time-consuming and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Even though we take precautions to ensure that we and our channel partners comply with all relevant regulations, it has come to our attention that we may inadvertently have violated certain export control and sanctions regulations in the past. In light of this, we have voluntarily notified the U.S. Department of Commerce's Bureau of Industry and Security and the U.S. Department of Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Controls of these potential violations and that we are conducting a further voluntary review regarding our compliance with the regulations. At this time, we believe that we exported

35


Table of Contents

certain encryption software prior to having the required authorization and that downloads of free trials of our software may have been made by persons in countries subject to an embargo by the United States. We have implemented IP address blocking and persons with IP addresses associated with a country subject to an embargo by the United States may no longer download the free trials from our servers. Any failure to comply with the U.S. export requirements, U.S. customs regulations, U.S. economic sanctions, or other laws could result in the imposition of penalties against the company or individuals responsible for any such violations. The penalties may include substantial civil and criminal fines, incarceration for responsible employees and managers, the possible loss of export or import privileges and reputational harm.

          In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology, including through import permit and license requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products or could limit our customers' ability to implement our products in those countries. Changes in our products or changes in export and import regulations may create delays in the introduction of our products into international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our products globally or, in some cases, prevent or delay the export or import of our products to certain countries, governments, or persons altogether. Any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related legislation, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons, or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our products by, or our decreased ability to export or sell our products to, existing or potential customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our products or limitation on our ability to export to or sell our products in international markets would likely adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our international operations and expansion expose us to several risks.

          During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, and the quarter ended March 31, 2016 total revenue generated outside of France and the Americas was 42.8%, 40.3%, 36.2%, and 28.8% of our total revenue, respectively. Our primary research and development operations are located in France, China and Germany. In addition, we currently have international offices outside of France, China, Germany and the United States, which focus primarily on selling and implementing our solution in those regions. In the future, we may expand to other international locations. Our current international operations and future initiatives will involve a variety of risks, including:

    Unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, taxes, trade laws, tariffs, export quotas, custom duties or other trade restrictions;

    Different labor regulations, especially in the European Union, where labor laws are generally more advantageous to employees as compared to the United States, including deemed hourly wage and overtime regulations in these locations;

    Exposure to many onerous and potentially inconsistent data protections laws;

    More stringent regulations relating to privacy, data protection and data security, particularly in the European Union;

    Changes in a specific country's or region's political or economic conditions;

    Challenges inherent to efficiently managing an increased number of employees over large geographic distances, including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies, benefits and compliance programs;

    Risks resulting from changes in currency exchange rates and the implementation of exchange controls, including restrictions promulgated by the Office of Foreign Assets

36


Table of Contents

      Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, and other similar trade protection regulations and measures in the United States or in other jurisdictions;

    Reduced ability to timely collect amounts owed to us by our clients in countries where our recourse may be more limited;

    Limitations on our ability to reinvest earnings from operations derived from one country to fund the capital needs of our operations in other countries;

    Limited or unfavorable intellectual property protection;

    Exposure to liabilities under anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and similar applicable laws and regulations in other jurisdictions; and

    Restrictions on repatriation of earnings.

          We have limited experience in marketing, selling and supporting our solution outside of France, the United Kingdom, the United States, Germany and Japan. If we invest substantial time and resources to expand our international operations and are unable to do so successfully and in a timely manner, our business and results of operations will suffer.

          Additionally, operating in international markets also requires significant management attention and financial resources. We cannot be certain that the investment and additional resources required in establishing operations in other countries will produce desired levels of revenue or profitability.

We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

          A portion of our subscription agreements and operating expenses are incurred outside the United States and denominated in foreign currencies and are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly changes in the Euro. The strengthening of the U.S. dollar increases the real cost of our products to our customers outside of the United States, leading to delays in the purchase of our products and the lengthening of our sales cycle. If the U.S. dollar continues to strengthen, this could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, increased international sales in the future, including through our channel partners and other partnerships, may result in greater foreign currency denominated sales, increasing our foreign currency risk. Moreover, operating expenses incurred outside the United States and denominated in foreign currencies are increasing and are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. If we are not able to successfully hedge against the risks associated with currency fluctuations, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. While we may decide to enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these hedging transactions may be limited and we may not be able to successfully hedge our exposure, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Exposure to UK political developments, including the outcome of the UK referendum on membership in the European Union, could have a material adverse effect on us.

          On June 23, 2016, a referendum was held on the United Kingdom's membership in the European Union, the outcome of which was a vote in favor of leaving the European Union. The United Kingdom's vote to leave the European Union creates an uncertain political and economic environment in the United Kingdom and potentially across other European Union member states, which may last for a number of months or years.

37


Table of Contents

          Article 50 of the Treaty of the European Union, or Article 50, allows a member state to decide to withdraw from the European Union in accordance with its own constitutional requirements. The formal process for leaving the European Union will be triggered only when the United Kingdom delivers an Article 50 notice to the European Council, although informal negotiations around the terms of any exit may be held before such notice is given. Delivery of the Article 50 notice will start a two-year period for the United Kingdom to exit from the European Union, although this period can be extended with the unanimous agreement of the European Council. Without any such extension (and assuming that the terms of withdrawal have not already been agreed), the United Kingdom's membership in the European Union would end automatically on the expiration of that two-year period.

          The result of the referendum means that the long-term nature of the United Kingdom's relationship with the European Union is unclear and that there is considerable uncertainty as to when any such relationship will be agreed and implemented. In the interim, there is a risk of instability for both the United Kingdom and the European Union, which could adversely affect our results, financial condition and prospects.

          It is currently expected that the UK government will shortly commence negotiations in connection with any exit from the European Union and will make a decision regarding the timing for giving an Article 50 notice. There is also considerable uncertainty as to whether, following any Article 50 notice being given, the arrangements for the United Kingdom to leave the European Union will be agreed upon within the two-year period and, if not, whether an extension of that time period would be agreed upon. It is also possible that the European Union will pressure the United Kingdom to exit prior to the end of the two-year period. There is also a risk of the United Kingdom's exit from the European Union being effected without mutually acceptable terms being agreed and that any terms of such exit could adversely affect our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

          The political and economic instability created by the United Kingdom's vote to leave the European Union has caused and may continue to cause significant volatility in global financial markets and the value of the Pound Sterling currency or other currencies, including the Euro. Depending on the terms reached regarding any exit from the European Union, it is possible that there may be adverse practical and/or operational implications on our business.

          The outcome of the referendum has also created uncertainty with regard to the regulation of data protection in the United Kingdom. In particular, it is unclear whether the United Kingdom will enact the pending European General Data Protection Regulation, and how data transfers to and from the United Kingdom will be regulated.

          Consequently, no assurance can be given as to the impact of the referendum outcome and, in particular, no assurance can be given that our operating results, financial condition and prospects would not be adversely impacted by the result.

Because we conduct substantial operations in China, risks associated with economic, political and social events in China could negatively affect our business and results of operations.

          We operate a research and development center in Beijing, China, and may plan to continue to increase our presence in China. Our operations in China are subject to a number of risks relating to China's economic and political systems, including:

    A government-controlled foreign exchange rate and limitations on the convertibility of the Chinese Renminbi;

    Uncertainty regarding the validity, enforceability and scope of protection for intellectual property rights and the practical difficulties of enforcing such rights;

38


Table of Contents

    Extensive government regulation;

    Changing governmental policies relating to tax benefits available to foreign-owned businesses;

    A relatively uncertain legal system; and

    Instability related to continued economic, political and social reform.

          Any actions and policies adopted by the government of the People's Republic of China, particularly with regard to intellectual property rights, or any prolonged slowdown in China's economy, could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Failure to comply with anti-bribery, anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the FCPA, and similar laws associated with our activities outside of the United States could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

          We are subject to the FCPA, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, the United Kingdom Bribery Act of 2010 and possibly other anti-corruption, anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in countries in which we conduct activities. We face significant risks if we fail to comply with the FCPA and other anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws that prohibit companies and their employees and third-party intermediaries from authorizing, offering or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments or benefits to foreign government officials, political parties or candidates, employees of public international organizations, and private-sector recipients for a corrupt purpose of obtaining or retaining business, directing business to any person, or securing any advantage. In many foreign countries, particularly in countries with developing economies, it may be a local custom that businesses engage in practices that are prohibited by the FCPA or other applicable laws and regulations. In addition, we use various third-party intermediaries to sell our solutions and conduct our business abroad. We, our channel partners, and our other third-party intermediaries may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities and may be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of these third-party intermediaries, our employees, representatives, contractors, partners, and agents, even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities. We continue to implement our FCPA/anti-corruption compliance program and cannot assure you that all of our employees and agents, as well as those companies to which we outsource certain of our business operations, will not take actions in violation of our policies and applicable law, for which we may be ultimately held responsible.

          Any violation of the FCPA, other applicable anti-bribery, anti-corruption laws, and anti-money laundering laws could result in whistleblower complaints, adverse media coverage, investigations, loss of export privileges, severe criminal or civil sanctions and, in the case of the FCPA, suspension or debarment from U.S. government contracts, which could have a material and adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and prospects. In addition, responding to any enforcement action may result in a materially significant diversion of management's attention and resources and significant defense costs and other professional fees.

Our debt agreements contain certain restrictions that may limit our ability to operate our business.

          The terms of our existing loan and security agreement and the related collateral documents with Square 1 Bank, or Square 1, contain, and any future indebtedness would likely contain, a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability, and the ability of our subsidiaries, to take actions that may be in

39


Table of Contents

our best interests, including, among others, disposing of assets, entering into change of control transactions, mergers or acquisitions, incurring additional indebtedness, granting liens on our assets, declaring and paying dividends and agreeing to do any of the foregoing. Our loan and security agreement requires us to satisfy specified financial covenants, including a minimum billings covenant and a minimum cash flow covenant. Our ability to meet those financial covenants can be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not be able to continue to meet those covenants. A breach of any of these covenants or the occurrence of other events (including a material adverse effect) specified in the loan and security agreement and/or the related collateral documents could result in an event of default under the loan and security agreement. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, Square 1 could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the loan and security agreement to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If we were unable to repay those amounts, Square 1 could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure such indebtedness. We have, and certain of our subsidiaries have, pledged substantially all of our respective assets as collateral under the loan documents. If Square 1 accelerates the repayment of borrowings, if any, we may not have sufficient funds to repay our existing debt.

Our failure to raise additional capital or generate the significant capital necessary to expand our operations and invest in new products could reduce our ability to compete and could harm our business.

          We expect that our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for the foreseeable future. After that, we may need to raise additional funds, and we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, if at all. If we raise additional equity financing, our shareholders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests and the per share value of our ordinary shares could decline. Furthermore, if we engage in debt financing, the holders of debt would have priority over the holders of ADSs and underlying ordinary shares, and we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness. We may also be required to take other actions that would otherwise be in the interests of the debt holders and force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios, any of which could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, we may not be able to, among other things:

    Develop or enhance our products and professional services;

    Continue to expand our sales and marketing and research and development organizations;

    Acquire complementary technologies, products or businesses;

    Expand operations in the United States or internationally;

    Hire, train, and retain employees; or

    Respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements.

          Our failure to have sufficient capital to do any of these things could seriously harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may acquire other businesses which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business, dilute shareholder value and adversely affect our results of operations.

          As part of our business strategy, we may acquire or make investments in complementary companies, products, or technologies. However, our ability as an organization to acquire and integrate other companies, products, or technologies in a successful manner is unproven. The identification of suitable acquisition candidates is difficult, and we may not be able to complete

40


Table of Contents

such acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. If we do complete future acquisitions, we may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or achieve our goals and business strategy, we may be subject to claims or liabilities assumed from an acquired company, product, or technology, and any acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by our customers, investors, and securities analysts. In addition, if we are unsuccessful at integrating future acquisitions, or the technologies associated with such acquisitions, into our company, the revenue and results of operations of the combined company could be adversely affected. Any integration process may require significant time and resources, which may disrupt our ongoing business and divert management's attention, and we may not be able to manage the integration process successfully. We may not successfully evaluate or utilize the acquired technology or personnel, realize anticipated synergies from the acquisition, or accurately forecast the financial impact of an acquisition transaction and integration of such acquisition, including accounting charges. We may have to pay cash, incur debt, or issue equity or equity-linked securities to pay for any future acquisitions, each of which could adversely affect our financial condition or the market price of the ADSs. The sale of equity or issuance of equity-linked debt to finance any future acquisitions could result in dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed obligations and could also include covenants or other restrictions that would impede our ability to manage our operations. The occurrence of any of these risks could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

A portion of our revenue is generated by sales to government entities, which are subject to a number of challenges and risks.

          Sales to government entities are subject to a number of risks. Selling to government entities can be highly competitive, expensive, and time-consuming, often requiring significant upfront time and expense without any assurance that these efforts will generate a sale. Government certification requirements for products like ours may change, thereby restricting our ability to sell into the U.S. federal government, U.S. state government, or foreign government sectors until we have attained the revised certification. Government demand and payment for our subscription offerings and professional services may be affected by public sector budgetary cycles and funding authorizations, with funding reductions or delays adversely affecting public sector demand for our subscription offerings and professional services.

          Government entities may have statutory, contractual, or other legal rights to terminate contracts with our distributors and resellers for convenience or due to a default, and any such termination may adversely affect our future results of operations. Governments routinely investigate and audit government contractors' administrative processes, and any unfavorable audit could result in the government refusing to continue buying our subscription offerings, a reduction of revenue, or fines or civil or criminal liability if the audit uncovers improper or illegal activities, which could adversely affect our results of operations in a material way.

We are exposed to the credit risk of some of our distributors, resellers and customers and to credit exposure in weakened markets, which could result in material losses.

          We have programs in place that are designed to monitor and mitigate credit risks of some of our distributors, resellers and customers, and our credit exposure in weakened markets. However, we cannot assure you these programs will be effective in reducing our credit risks, especially as we expand our business internationally. If we are unable to adequately control these risks, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be harmed.

41


Table of Contents

Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could expose us to greater than anticipated tax liabilities.

          Our income tax obligations are based in part on our corporate structure and intercompany arrangements, including the manner in which we develop, value, and use our intellectual property and the valuations of our intercompany transactions. The tax laws applicable to our business, including the laws of France, the United States and other jurisdictions, are subject to interpretation and certain jurisdictions may aggressively interpret their laws in an effort to raise additional tax revenue. The taxing authorities of the jurisdictions in which we operate may challenge our methodologies for valuing developed technology or intercompany arrangements, which could increase our worldwide effective tax rate and harm our financial position and results of operations. It is possible that tax authorities may disagree with certain positions we have taken and any adverse outcome of such a review or audit could have a negative effect on our financial position and results of operations. Further, the determination of our worldwide provision for income taxes and other tax liabilities requires significant judgment by management, and there are transactions where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Although we believe that our estimates are reasonable, the ultimate tax outcome may differ from the amounts recorded in our condensed consolidated financial statements and may materially affect our financial results in the period or periods for which such determination is made.

Taxing authorities may successfully assert that we should have collected or in the future should collect sales and use, value added or similar taxes, and we could be subject to liability with respect to past or future sales, which could adversely affect our financial results.

          We are subject to income taxes in France, the United States and other jurisdictions, and our tax liabilities are subject to the allocation of expenses in differing jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate could be adversely affected by changes in the mix of earnings and losses in countries with differing statutory tax rates, certain non-deductible expenses as a result of acquisitions, the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, and changes in federal, state, or international tax laws and accounting principles. Further, each jurisdiction has different rules and regulations governing sales and use, value added, and similar taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that change over time. Certain jurisdictions in which we did not collect such taxes may assert that such taxes are applicable, which could result in tax assessments, penalties, and interest, and we may be required to collect such taxes in the future. In addition, we may be subject to income tax audits by many tax jurisdictions throughout the world, many of which have not established clear guidance on the tax treatment of SaaS-based companies. Any tax assessments, penalties, and interest, or future requirements may adversely affect our results of operations. Moreover, imposition of such taxes on us going forward will effectively increase the cost of our products to our customers and might adversely affect our ability to retain existing customers or to gain new customers in the areas in which such taxes are imposed.

          In addition, the application of the tax laws of various jurisdictions, including France and the United States, to our international business activities is subject to interpretation and depends on our ability to operate our business in a manner consistent with our corporate structure and intercompany arrangements. The taxing authorities of jurisdictions in which we operate may challenge our methodologies for valuing developed technology or intercompany arrangements, including our transfer pricing, or determine that the manner in which we operate our business does not achieve the intended tax consequences. As we operate in numerous taxing jurisdictions, the application of tax laws can also be subject to diverging and sometimes conflicting interpretations by tax authorities of these jurisdictions. It is not uncommon for taxing authorities in different countries to have conflicting views with respect to, among other things, the manner in which the arm's length standard is applied for transfer pricing purposes, or with respect to the valuation of intellectual property.

42


Table of Contents

Our ability to use our accumulated gross tax losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

          As of December 31, 2015, we had accumulated gross tax losses in various jurisdictions of approximately $126.9 million, which may be utilized against future income taxes. Limitations imposed by the applicable jurisdictions on our ability to utilize accumulated gross tax losses could cause income taxes to be paid earlier than would be paid if such limitations were not in effect and could cause such accumulated gross tax losses to expire unused, in each case reducing or eliminating the benefit of such accumulated gross tax losses. Furthermore, we may not be able to generate sufficient taxable income to utilize our accumulated gross tax losses before they expire. If any of these events occur, we may not derive some or all of the expected benefits from our accumulated gross tax losses.

Our failure to maintain certain tax benefits applicable to French technology companies may adversely affect our results of operations.

          As a French technology company, we have benefited from certain tax advantages, including, for example, the French research tax credit ( crédit d'impôt recherche) , or CIR. The CIR is a French tax credit aimed at stimulating research and development. The CIR can be offset against French corporate income tax due and the portion in excess (if any) may be refunded at the end of a three fiscal-year period, subject to certain conditions. The CIR is reflected as an offset to our research and development expense. It is calculated based on our claimed amount of eligible research and development expenditures in France and represented $0.7 million, $0.9 million and $0.5 million in 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. The French tax authority with the assistance of the Research and Technology Ministry may audit each research and development program in respect of which a CIR benefit has been claimed and assess whether such program qualifies in their view for the CIR benefit, in accordance with the French tax code ( Code général des impôts ) and the relevant official guidelines. If the French tax authority determines that our research and development programs do not meet the requirements for the CIR benefit, or that certain CIR rules were inconsistently applied, we could be liable for additional corporate tax, and penalties and interest related thereto, which could have a significant impact on our results of operations and future cash flows.

          Furthermore, if the French Parliament decides to eliminate, or reduce the scope or the rate of, the CIR benefit, either of which it could decide to do at any time, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

Prolonged economic uncertainties or downturns could harm our business.

          Current or future economic downturns could harm our business and results of operations. Negative conditions in the general economy both in the United States and abroad, including conditions resulting from financial and credit market fluctuations and terrorist attacks in the United States, Europe or elsewhere, could cause a decrease in corporate spending on enterprise software in general and slow down the rate of growth of our business.

          General worldwide economic conditions have experienced, and in the future may experience, a significant downturn. These conditions make it extremely difficult for our customers and us to forecast and plan future business activities accurately, and they could cause our customers to reevaluate their decision to purchase our products, which could delay and lengthen our sales cycles or result in cancellations of planned purchases. Furthermore, during challenging economic times our customers may face issues in gaining timely access to sufficient credit, which could impair their ability to make timely payments to us. If that were to occur, we may be required to increase our allowance for doubtful accounts, which would harm our results of operations.

43


Table of Contents

          We have a significant number of customers in the financial services, technology, telecommunications, healthcare, manufacturing and retail industries. A substantial downturn in any of these industries may cause firms to react to worsening conditions by reducing their capital expenditures in general or by specifically reducing their spending on information technology. Customers in these industries may delay or cancel information technology projects or seek to lower their costs by renegotiating vendor contracts. To the extent purchases of our offerings are perceived by customers and potential customers to be discretionary, our revenue may be disproportionately affected by delays or reductions in general information technology spending. Also, subscription customers may choose to develop or utilize in-house support capabilities as an alternative to purchasing our subscription offerings. Moreover, competitors may respond to market conditions by lowering prices of subscription offerings. In addition, the increased pace of consolidation in certain industries may result in reduced overall spending on our subscription offerings.

          We cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown, instability or recovery, generally or within any particular industry. If the economic conditions of the general economy or industries in which we operate worsen from present levels, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be harmed.

Catastrophic events, or man-made problems such as terrorism, may disrupt our business.

          A significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, fire, flood, or significant power outage could have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Our functional corporate headquarters are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, a region known for seismic activity. In the event our or our channel providers abilities are hindered by any of the events discussed above, sales could be delayed, resulting in missed financial targets, such as revenue, for a particular quarter. In addition, acts of terrorism and other geo-political unrest could cause disruptions in our business or the business of our channel partners, customers or the economy as a whole. Any disruption in the business of our channel partners or customers that affects sales at the end of a fiscal quarter could have a significant adverse impact on our future quarterly results. All of the aforementioned risks may be further increased if the disaster recovery plans for us and our suppliers prove to be inadequate. To the extent that any of the above should result in delays or cancellations of customer orders, or the delay in the deployment of our products, our business, financial condition, and results of operations would be adversely affected.

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies are based on assumptions that change or prove to be incorrect, our results of operations could fall below expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the trading price of the ADSs.

          The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, as provided in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this prospectus, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities, equity, revenue, and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our results of operations may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our results of operations to fall below our publicly announced guidance or the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of the ADSs. Significant assumptions and estimates used in preparing our consolidated financial statements include those related to revenue recognition, recognition and valuation of Research Tax Credits,

44


Table of Contents

goodwill impairment test, measurement of share-based compensation, defined benefit plan assumptions, capitalization of research and development costs and recognition of deferred tax assets.


Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Ordinary Shares and ADSs

There has been no prior market for our ordinary shares or the ADSs, the market price for the ADSs may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, an active public trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering, and you may not be able to resell the ADSs at or above the initial public offering price.

          There has been no public market for our ordinary shares or the ADSs prior to this offering. The initial public offering price for the ADSs will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary from the market price of the ADSs following this offering. If you purchase ADSs in this offering, you may not be able to resell those ADSs at or above the initial public offering price. Although we have applied to list the ADSs on the NASDAQ Global Market, we cannot assure you that a trading market for the ADSs will develop, or, if a trading market does develop, that it will be maintained. The stock markets, and securities of technology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many technology companies. Stock prices of many technology companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, shareholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and adversely affect our business. The market price of the ADSs may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

    Actual or anticipated fluctuations in our revenue and other results of operations;

    The financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;

    Failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of us and our securities, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

    Announcements by us or our competitors of significant technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

    Changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of subscription model companies or other technology companies, or those in our industry in particular;

    Lawsuits threatened or filed against us; and

    Other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism or responses to these events.

Substantial future sales or perceived potential sales of our ADSs, ordinary shares or other equity securities in the public market could cause the price of our ADSs to decline significantly.

          Sales of our ADSs, ordinary shares or other equity securities in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our ADSs to decline significantly. Upon completion of this offering, we will have                  ordinary shares outstanding, including                   ordinary shares represented by ADSs, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs, of which                  of our ordinary

45


Table of Contents

shares, representing    % of our outstanding ordinary shares immediately after this offering, will not be subject to lock-up agreements and may be freely converted into ADSs after this offering from time to time. All ADSs representing our ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our "affiliates" without restriction or additional registration under the Securities Act. The ordinary shares outstanding after this offering will be available for sale, upon the expiration of the lock-up periods described elsewhere in this prospectus beginning from the date of this prospectus (if applicable to such holder), subject to volume and other restrictions as applicable under Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. Any or all of these shares may be released prior to the expiration of the applicable lock-up period at the discretion of one of the designated representatives. To the extent shares are released before the expiration of the applicable lock-up period and sold into the market, the market price of our ADSs could decline significantly. See "Shares and ADSs Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-up Agreements".

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they publish negative reports about our business, the price of the ADSs could decline.

          The trading market for the ADSs, to some extent, depends on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us should downgrade our shares or change their opinion of the ADSs, industry sector, or products, the trading price for the ADSs would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts should cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause the price of our ADSs or trading volume to decline.

The requirements of being a public company in the United States may strain our resources, divert management's attention and affect our ability to attract and retain executive management and qualified board members.

          As a public company in the United States following this offering, we will incur legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not previously incur. We will be subject to the Exchange Act, including certain of the reporting requirements thereunder, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, or NASDAQ, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an "emerging growth company" and/or a foreign private issuer. For example, for so long as we remain a foreign private issuer, we will not be required to file with the SEC quarterly reports with respect to our business and results of operations, which are required to be made by domestic issuers pursuant to the Exchange Act. Nevertheless, following this offering, we intend to submit quarterly interim consolidated financial data to the SEC under cover of the SEC's Form 6-K.

          In addition, enhanced legal and regulatory regimes and heightened standards relating to corporate governance and disclosure for public companies result in increased legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time consuming. Further, being a public company in the United States and a French private company will have an impact on disclosure of information and require compliance with two sets of applicable rules. This could result in uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by legal analysis of dual legal regimes, ongoing revisions to disclosure and adherence to heightened governance practices.

46


Table of Contents

We are an "emerging growth company" and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make the ADSs less attractive to investors.

          We are an "emerging growth company" as defined in the U.S. federal securities laws, and, for so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we have chosen to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not "emerging growth companies" including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports. We will not take advantage of the extended transition period under Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We cannot predict if investors will find the ADSs less attractive because we have chosen to rely on these exemptions through this year. If some investors find the ADSs less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for the ADSs and the trading price of the ADSs may be more volatile.

If we fail to establish or maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud, and investor confidence and the market price of the ADSs may, therefore, be adversely affected.

          As a public company in the United States, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal control. In addition, beginning with our annual report for the year ending December 31, 2017, we will be required to submit a report by management to the Audit Committee and external auditors on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. We are in the process of designing, implementing, and testing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation. This process is time-consuming, costly, and complicated. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting beginning with our annual report following the date on which we are no longer an "emerging growth company", which may be up to five fiscal years following the date of our initial public offering. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting when required, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of the ADSs may be adversely affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

If you purchase ADSs in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution.

          If you purchase ADSs in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value per ADS after giving effect to this offering of $         per ADS as of March 31, 2016, based on the initial public offering price of $         per ADS, because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the pro forma net tangible book value per ADS that you acquire. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their ordinary and preferred shares. You will experience additional dilution upon exercise of any warrant, upon exercise of options to purchase ordinary shares under our equity incentive plans, if we issue restricted shares to our employees under our equity incentive plans or if we otherwise issue additional ordinary shares or ADSs. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see "Dilution".

47


Table of Contents

After the offering, share ownership will remain concentrated in the hands of our principal shareholders and management, who will continue to be able to exercise a direct or indirect controlling influence on us.

          We anticipate that our executive officers, directors, current five percent or greater shareholders and affiliated entities will together beneficially own approximately       % of our ordinary shares and ADSs outstanding after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional ADSs. As a result, these shareholders, acting together, will have significant influence over all matters that require approval by our shareholders, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. Corporate action might be taken even if other shareholders, including those who purchase ADSs in this offering, oppose them. This concentration of ownership might also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of our company that other shareholders may view as beneficial.

          Prior to the closing of this offering, we will enter into a shareholder agreement, or the Shareholder Agreement, with entities affiliated with Balderton Capital, Bpifrance Investissement, Galileo Partners, Idinvest Partners and Toro Acquisition, which we refer to herein as our Major Shareholders. The Shareholder Agreement will provide that affiliates of our Major Shareholders, other than Galileo Partners, will be entitled to nominate members of our board of directors as described in "Management—Board of Directors". Our Major Shareholders will agree to vote for these nominees pursuant to the Shareholder Agreement. As a result, based on their ownership of our voting power and the approval rights in the Shareholder Agreement, our Major Shareholders will have the ability to elect four of the seven members of our board of directors immediately following this offering, and thereby to substantially influence our management and affairs.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

          Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds that we receive from this offering, including applications for working capital, possible acquisitions and other general corporate purposes, and we may spend or invest these proceeds in a way with which our shareholders disagree. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business and financial condition. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our investors.

You will not be directly holding our ordinary shares.

          As an ADS holder, you will not be treated as one of our shareholders and you will not have shareholder rights. French law governs shareholder rights. The depositary, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., will be the holder of the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. As a holder of ADSs, you will have ADS holder rights. The deposit agreement among us, the depositary and you, as an ADS holder, and all other persons directly and indirectly holding ADSs, sets out ADS holder rights, as well as the rights and obligations of the depositary.

You may not be able to exercise your right to vote the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs.

          Holders of ADSs may exercise voting rights with respect to the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs only in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement and not as a direct shareholder. The deposit agreement provides that, upon receipt of notice of any meeting of holders of our ordinary shares, the depositary will fix a record date for the determination of ADS holders who shall be entitled to give instructions for the exercise of voting rights. Upon timely receipt of notice from us, if we so request, the depositary shall distribute to the holders as of the record date

48


Table of Contents

(1) the notice of the meeting or solicitation of consent or proxy sent by us and (2) a statement as to the manner in which instructions may be given by the holders.

          You may instruct the depositary of your ADSs to vote the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. Otherwise, you will not be able to exercise your right to vote, unless you withdraw the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs you hold. However, you may not know about the meeting far enough in advance to withdraw those ordinary shares. If we ask for your instructions, the depositary, upon timely notice from us, will notify you of the upcoming vote and arrange to deliver our voting materials to you. We cannot guarantee you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your ordinary shares or to withdraw your ordinary shares so that you can vote them yourself. If the depositary does not receive timely voting instructions from you, it may give a proxy to a person designated by us to vote the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs in accordance with the recommendation of our board of directors. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise your right to vote, and there may be nothing you can do if the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs are not voted as you requested.

You may be subject to limitations on the transfer of your ADSs and the withdrawal of the underlying ordinary shares.

          Your ADSs, which may be evidenced by American Depositary Receipts, or ADRs, are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its books at any time or from time to time when it deems expedient in connection with the performance of its duties. The depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of your ADSs generally when our books or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary think it is advisable to do so because of any requirement of law, government or governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason subject to your right to cancel your ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares. Temporary delays in the cancellation of your ADSs and withdrawal of the underlying ordinary shares may arise because the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books, the transfer of ordinary shares is blocked to permit voting at a shareholders' meeting or we are paying a dividend on our ordinary shares. In addition, you may not be able to cancel your ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares when you owe money for fees, taxes and similar charges and when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of ordinary shares or other deposited securities.


Risks Related to Investing in a Foreign Private Issuer or French Company

Our By-laws and French corporate law contain provisions that may delay or discourage a takeover attempt.

          Provisions contained in our amended and restated bylaws, or By-laws, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, and the corporate laws of France, the country in which we are incorporated, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our shareholders. In addition, provisions of French law and our By-laws impose various procedural and other requirements, which could make it more difficult for shareholders to effect certain corporate actions. These provisions include the following:

    Provisions of French law allowing the owner of 95% of the share capital or voting rights of a public company to force out the minority shareholders following a tender offer made to all shareholders are only applicable to companies listed on the main French stock exchange and will therefore not be applicable to us unless we dual-list in France;

49


Table of Contents

    Under French law, residents outside of France as well as any French entity controlled by non-French residents may have to file an administrative notice with French authorities in connection with a direct or indirect investment in us, as defined by administrative rulings; see "Limitations Affecting Shareholders of a French Company";

    A merger (i.e., in a French law context, a stock-for-stock exchange following which our company would be dissolved into the acquiring entity and our shareholders would become shareholders of the acquiring entity) of our company into a company incorporated in the European Union would require the approval of our board of directors as well as a two-thirds majority of the votes held by the shareholders present, represented by proxy or voting by mail at the relevant meeting;

    A merger of our company into a company incorporated outside of the European Union would require the unanimous approval of our shareholders;

    Under French law, a cash merger is treated as a share purchase and would require the consent of each participating shareholder;

    Our shareholders have granted and may grant in the future our board of directors broad authorizations to increase our share capital or to issue additional ordinary shares or other securities (for example, warrants) to our shareholders, the public or qualified investors, including as a possible defense following the launching of a tender offer for our shares;

    Our shareholders have preferential subscription rights proportionally to their shareholding in our company on the issuance by us of any additional shares or securities giving the right, immediately or in the future, to new shares for cash or a set-off of cash debts, which rights may only be waived by the extraordinary general meeting (by a two-thirds majority vote) of our shareholders or on an individual basis by each shareholder;

    Our board of directors has the right to appoint directors to fill a vacancy created by the resignation or death of a director, subject to the approval by the shareholders of such appointment at the next shareholders' meeting, which prevents shareholders from having the sole right to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

    Our board of directors can only be convened by its chairman or, when no board meeting has been held for more than two consecutive months, by directors representing at least one third of the total number of directors;

    Our board of directors meetings can only be regularly held if at least half of the directors attend either physically or by way of videoconference or teleconference enabling the directors' identification and ensuring their effective participation in the board's decisions;

    Approval of at least a majority of the votes held by shareholders present, represented by a proxy, or voting by mail at the relevant ordinary shareholders' general meeting is required to remove directors with or without cause;

    Advance notice is required for nominations to the board of directors or for proposing matters to be acted upon at a shareholders' meeting, except that a vote to remove and replace a director can be proposed at any shareholders' meeting without notice; and

    Pursuant to French law, our By-laws, including the sections relating to the number of directors and election and removal of a director from office, may only be modified by a resolution adopted by a two-thirds majority of the votes of our shareholders present, represented by a proxy or voting by mail at the meeting.

50


Table of Contents

Your right as a holder of ADSs to participate in any future preferential subscription rights or to elect to receive dividends in shares may be limited, which may cause dilution to your holdings.

          According to French law, if we issue additional shares or securities for cash giving right, immediately or in the future, to new shares, current shareholders will have preferential subscription rights for these securities proportionally to their shareholding in our company unless they waive those rights at an extraordinary meeting of our shareholders (by a two-thirds majority vote) or individually by each shareholder. However, our ADS holders in the United States will not be entitled to exercise or sell such rights unless we register the rights and the securities to which the rights relate under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements is available. In addition, the deposit agreement provides that the depositary will not make rights available to you unless the distribution to ADS holders of both the rights and any related securities are either registered under the Securities Act or exempted from registration under the Securities Act. Further, if we offer holders of our ordinary shares the option to receive dividends in either cash or shares, under the deposit agreement the depositary may require satisfactory assurances from us that extending the offer to holders of ADSs does not require registration of any securities under the Securities Act before making the option available to holders of ADSs. We are under no obligation to file a registration statement with respect to any such rights or securities or to endeavor to cause such a registration statement to be declared effective. Moreover, we may not be able to establish an exemption from registration under the Securities Act. Accordingly, ADS holders may be unable to participate in our rights offerings or to elect to receive dividends in shares and may experience dilution in their holdings. In addition, if the depositary is unable to sell rights that are not exercised or not distributed or if the sale is not lawful or reasonably practicable, it will allow the rights to lapse, in which case you will receive no value for these rights.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from a number of rules under the U.S. securities laws and are permitted to file less information with the SEC than a U.S. company. In addition, our ordinary shares are not listed, and we do not intend to list our shares, on any market in France, our home country. This may limit the information available to holders of the ADSs.

          We are a "foreign private issuer", as defined in the SEC's rules and regulations and, consequently, we are not subject to all of the disclosure requirements applicable to public companies organized within the United States. For example, we are exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act that regulate disclosure obligations and procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations applicable to a security registered under the Exchange Act, including the U.S. proxy rules under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers and directors are exempt from the reporting and "short-swing" profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and related rules with respect to their purchases and sales of our securities. Moreover, while we expect to submit quarterly interim consolidated financial data to the SEC on Form 6-K and expect to submit financial reports on an annual and semi-annual basis, we will not be required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. public companies and will not be required to file quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act. Furthermore, our shares are not listed and we do not currently intend to list our shares on any market in France, our country of incorporation. As a result, we are not subject to the reporting and other requirements of companies listed in France. Accordingly, although we intend to submit quarterly interim consolidated financial data to the SEC, there will be less publicly available information concerning our company than there would be if we were a U.S. public company.

51


Table of Contents

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to adopt certain home country practices in relation to corporate governance matters that differ significantly from the NASDAQ corporate governance listing standards. These practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they would enjoy if we complied fully with corporate governance listing standards.

          As a foreign private issuer listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, we will be subject to corporate governance listing standards. However, NASDAQ rules permit a foreign private issuer like us to follow the corporate governance practices of its home country. Certain corporate governance practices in France, which is our home country, may differ significantly from corporate governance listing standards of NASDAQ. For example, neither the corporate laws of France nor our By-laws require a majority of our directors to be independent, we could include non-independent directors as members of our compensation committee, and our independent directors would not necessarily hold regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present. In addition, home country practice in France does not require us to maintain a nominating and corporate governance committee or to maintain a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors. Currently, we intend to follow home country practice in certain key respects. Therefore, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they otherwise would have under corporate governance listing standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. For a discussion of our current intentions with respect to our corporate governance practices, see "Management—Corporate Governance Practices".

We currently report our financial results under IFRS, which differs in certain significant respects from GAAP.

          We report our financial statements under IFRS. There have been and there may in the future certain significant differences between IFRS and U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP, including but not limited to differences related to revenue recognition, share-based compensation expense, income tax, impairment of long-lived assets and earnings per share. As a result, our financial information and reported earnings for historical or future periods could be significantly different if they were prepared in accordance with GAAP. As a result, you may not be able to meaningfully compare our financial statements under IFRS with those companies that prepare financial statements under GAAP.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional cost and expense.

          While we currently qualify as a foreign private issuer, the determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer's most recently completed second fiscal quarter and, accordingly, the next determination will be made with respect to us on June 30, 2016.

          In the future, we would lose our foreign private issuer status if we to fail to meet the requirements necessary to maintain our foreign private issuer status as of the relevant determination date. For example, if more than 50% of our securities are held by U.S. residents and more than 50% of our executive officers or members of our board of directors are residents or citizens of the United States, we could lose our foreign private issuer status. Immediately following the closing of this offering, approximately       % of our outstanding ordinary shares will likely be held by U.S. residents (assuming that all purchasers in this offering are residents of the United States).

          The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer would be significantly more than costs we will incur as a foreign private issuer. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we will be required to file periodic reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with

52


Table of Contents

the SEC, which are more detailed and extensive in certain respects than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We would be required under current SEC rules to prepare our financial statements in accordance with GAAP, rather than IFRS, and modify certain of our policies to comply with corporate governance practices associated with U.S. domestic issuers. Such conversion of our financial statements to GAAP will involve significant time and cost. In addition, we may lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements of the                   that are available to foreign private issuers such as the ones described above and exemptions from procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies.

U.S. investors may have difficulty enforcing civil liabilities against our company and directors and the experts named in this prospectus.

          Certain members of our board of directors and certain of our subsidiaries and certain experts named in this prospectus are non-residents of the United States, and all of or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of such persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible to serve process on such persons or us in the United States or to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts against them or us based on civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States. Additionally, it may be difficult to assert U.S. securities law claims in actions originally instituted outside of the United States. Foreign courts may refuse to hear a U.S. securities law claim because foreign courts may not be the most appropriate forums in which to bring such a claim. Even if a foreign court agrees to hear a claim, it may determine that the law of the jurisdiction in which the foreign court resides, and not U.S. law, is applicable to the claim. Further, if U.S. law is found to be applicable, the content of applicable U.S. law must be proved as a fact, which can be a time-consuming and costly process, and certain matters of procedure would still be governed by the law of the jurisdiction in which the foreign court resides. In particular, there is some doubt as to whether French courts would recognize and enforce certain civil liabilities under U.S. securities laws in original actions or judgments of U.S. courts based upon these civil liability provisions. In addition, awards of punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere may be unenforceable in France. An award for monetary damages under the U.S. securities laws would be considered punitive if it does not seek to compensate the claimant for loss or damage suffered but is intended to punish the defendant. French law provides that a shareholder, or a group of shareholders, may initiate a legal action to seek indemnification from the directors of a corporation in the corporation's interest if it fails to bring such legal action itself. If so, any damages awarded by the court are paid to the corporation and any legal fees relating to such action are borne by the relevant shareholder or the group of shareholders.

          The enforceability of any judgment in France will depend on the particular facts of the case as well as the laws and treaties in effect at the time. The United States and France do not currently have a treaty providing for recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. See "Enforcement of Civil Liabilities".

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our securities, and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of the ADSs. In addition, French law may limit the amount of dividends we are able to distribute.

          We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares and do not currently intend to do so for the foreseeable future. In addition, our Loan and Security Agreement with Square 1 restricts, and any future indebtedness may restrict, our ability to pay dividends. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your ADSs for the foreseeable future and the success of an investment in ADSs will depend upon any future appreciation in its value. Consequently, investors may need to sell all or part of their holdings of ADSs after price appreciation, which may never

53


Table of Contents

occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. There is no guarantee that the ADSs will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our shareholders have purchased the ADSs. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase the ADSs.

          Further, under French law, the determination of whether we have been sufficiently profitable to pay dividends is made on the basis of our statutory financial statements prepared and presented in accordance with French generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, payment of dividends may subject us to additional taxes under French law. See "Description of Share Capital—Key Provisions of Our By-laws and French Law Affecting Our Ordinary Shares—Rights, Preferences and Restrictions Attaching to Ordinary Shares" for further details on the limitations on our ability to declare and pay dividends and the taxes that may become payable by us if we elect to pay a dividend. Therefore, we may be more restricted in our ability to declare dividends than companies not based in France.

          In addition, exchange rate fluctuations may affect the amount of Euros that we are able to distribute, and the amount in U.S. dollars that our shareholders receive upon the payment of cash dividends or other distributions we declare and pay in Euros, if any. These factors could harm the value of the ADSs, and, in turn, the U.S. dollar proceeds that holders receive from the sale of the ADSs.

U.S. holders of ADSs may suffer adverse tax consequences if we are characterized as a passive foreign investment company.

          A non-U.S. corporation will be considered a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any taxable year if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for such year is passive income or (2) at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during such year) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. Based on the value and composition of our assets, although not free from doubt, we do not expect to be a PFIC for the taxable year ending December 31, 2016. Since a separate factual determination as to whether we are or have become a PFIC must be made each year (after the close of such year), we cannot assure you that we will not be or become a PFIC in the current year or any future taxable year. If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. holder (as defined in "Taxation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations to U.S. Holders") holds ADSs, the U.S. holder may be subject to adverse tax consequences, including (1) the treatment of all or a portion of any gain on disposition as ordinary income, (2) the application of an interest charge with respect to such gain and certain dividends and (3) compliance with certain reporting requirements. Each U.S. holder is strongly urged to consult its tax advisor regarding the application of these rules and the availability of any potential elections. See "Taxation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations to U.S. Holders".

The rights of shareholders in companies subject to French corporate law differ in material respects from the rights of shareholders of corporations incorporated in the United States.

          We are a French company with limited liability. Our corporate affairs are governed by our By-laws and by the laws governing companies incorporated in France. The rights of shareholders and the responsibilities of members of our board of directors are in many ways different from the rights and obligations of shareholders in companies governed by the laws of U.S. jurisdictions. For example, in the performance of its duties, our board is required by French law to consider the interests of our company, its shareholders, its employees and other stakeholders, rather than solely our shareholders and/or creditors. It is possible that some of these parties will have interests that are different from, or in addition to, your interests as a shareholder. See "Management—Corporate Governance Practices" and "Description of Share Capital".

54


Table of Contents


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

          This prospectus includes forward-looking statements that relate to future events or our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Words such as, but not limited to, "may", "believe", "expect", "anticipate", "estimate", "predict", "intend", "plan", "targets", "projects", "likely", "will", "would", "could", "should", "contemplate" and similar expressions or phrases identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

    Our future financial performance, including our revenue, cost of revenue, gross profit or gross margin, operating expenses, ability to generate positive cash flow and ability to achieve and maintain profitability;

    The sufficiency of our cash and cash equivalents to meet our liquidity needs;

    Our ability to increase the number of subscription customers;

    Our ability to renew and extend existing customer deployments;

    Our ability to optimize the pricing for our subscription offerings;

    The growth in the usage of the Talend Data Fabric framework;

    Our ability to innovate and develop the various open source projects that will enhance the capabilities of Talend Open Studio;

    Our ability to provide superior subscription offerings and professional services;

    Our ability to successfully expand in our existing markets and into new domestic and international markets;

    Our ability to effectively manage our growth and future expenses;

    Our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our intellectual property;

    General economic conditions that may adversely affect either our customers' ability or willingness to purchase new or additional subscriptions, delay a prospective customer's purchasing decision, reduce the value of new subscriptions or affect customer retention;

    Our ability to comply with modified or new laws and regulations applying to our business, including copyright and privacy regulation;

    The attraction and retention of qualified employees and key personnel;

    The potential benefits of strategic collaboration agreements and our ability to enter into and maintain established strategic collaborations;

    Our use of proceeds from this offering;

    Developments relating to our competitors and our industry; and

    Other risks and uncertainties, including those listed under the caption "Risk Factors".

          We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

55


Table of Contents

          You should read thoroughly this prospectus and the documents that we refer to herein with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from and/or worse than what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements. Other sections of this prospectus include additional factors which could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Furthermore, if any one or more of the assumptions underlying the market data turns out to be incorrect, actual results may differ from the projections based on these assumptions. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

          You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events or information as of the date on which the statements are made in this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

          In addition, statements that "we believe" and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

56


Table of Contents


INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

          This prospectus includes industry and market data, estimates and forecasts that we obtained from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. We are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus and we believe these industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies are reliable. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of important factors, including those described in "Risk Factors". These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

          Certain information in the text of this prospectus is contained in independent industry publications. The source of these independent industry publications is provided below:

    (1)
    International Data Corporation, Inc., Worldwide Big Data Technology and Services Forecast, 2015-2019, October 2015.

    (2)
    Forrester Research, Inc., The Forrester Wave: Big Data Hadoop Distributions, Q1 2016, January 2016.

    (3)
    International Data Corporation, Inc., The Digital Universe of Opportunities: Rich Data and the Increasing Value of the Internet of Things, April 2014, sponsored by EMC Corporation.

    (4)
    General Electric Company and Accenture, Industrial Internet Insights Report for 2015, October 2014.

    (5)
    International Data Corporation, Inc., Worldwide Data Integration and Access Software Forecast, 2015-2019, June 2015.

    (6)
    International Data Corporation, Inc., Worldwide Master Data Management Competitive Forecast, 2015-2019, October 2015.

    (7)
    International Data Corporation, Inc., Worldwide Semiannual Software Tracker 2015H1 Forecast Release, November 2015.

    (8)
    Forrester Research, Inc., Midyear Global Tech Market Outlook 2015 to 2016, August 2015.

    (9)
    International Data Corporation, Inc., Worldwide and Regional Public IT Cloud Services Forecast, 2015-2019, December 2015.

    (10)
    McKnight Consulting Group Global Services, Hadoop Integration Benchmark, October 2015.

    (11)
    International Data Corporation, Inc., CloudView Survey 2016: Real-Time Analytics Adoption to Grow Rapidly, Especially for IoT, March 2016.

    (12)
    Sagence, Inc., What is Really Missing in Big Data ROI?, February 2015.

    (13)
    Gartner, Inc., Predicts 2016: Cloud Computing to Drive Digital Business, December 8, 2015.

          The Gartner, Inc. Report disclosed herein (the "Gartner Report"), represents research opinions or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, Inc., or Gartner, and are not representations of fact. The Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Report are subject to change without notice.

57


Table of Contents


CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATES

          The following table sets forth, for each period indicated, the low and high exchange rates for Euros expressed in U.S. dollars, the exchange rate at the end of such period and the average of such exchange rates on the last day of each month during such period, based on the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the Euro. As used in this document, the term "noon buying rate" refers to the rate of exchange for the Euro, expressed in U.S. dollars per Euro, as certified by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for customs purposes. The exchange rates set forth below demonstrate trends in exchange rates, but the actual exchange rates used throughout this prospectus may vary.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2012   2013   2014   2015  

High

    1.4875     1.3463     1.3816     1.3927     1.2015  

Low

    1.2926     1.2062     1.2774     1.2101     1.0524  

Rate at end of period

    1.2973     1.3186     1.3779     1.2101     1.0859  

Average rate per period

    1.3931     1.2859     1.3285     1.3287     1.1095  

          The following table sets forth, for each of the last six months, the low and high exchange rates for Euros expressed in U.S. dollars and the exchange rate at the end of the month based on the noon buying rate as described above.

 
  December
2015
  January
2016
  February
2016
  March
2016
  April
2016
  May
2016
 

High

    1.1025     1.0964     1.1362     1.1390     1.1441     1.1516  

Low

    1.0573     1.0743     1.0868     1.0845     1.1239     1.1135  

Rate at end of period

    1.0859     1.0832     1.0868     1.1390     1.1441     1.1135  

          On June 17, 2016, the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the Euro was €1.00 = $1.1256.

          On December 31, 2015, the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the Euro was €1.00 = $1.0859.

          Information presented on a constant currency basis in this prospectus is calculated by translating current year results at prior year average exchange rates. Management reviews and analyzes business results excluding the effect of foreign currency translation because they believe this better represents our underlying business trends.

58


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

          We estimate that the net proceeds to us from our sale of             ADSs in this offering will be $              million, or $              million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in full, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the range on the cover of this prospectus) and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

          A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $              million, assuming the number of ADSs offered by us, as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $              million, assuming the number of ADSs offered by us, as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

          The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, to create a public market for our stock and thereby enable access to the public equity markets for our employees and shareholders, to obtain additional capital and to increase our visibility in the marketplace. We currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, research and development activities, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures, and to pay the entire outstanding balance under our credit facility with Square 1. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to make complementary acquisitions or investments. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions or investments at this time.

          Our credit facility with Square 1 matures on May 29, 2017. Loans under the credit facility bear interest at Square 1's "prime rate" plus 2.50%, but not less than 5.75% per annum, payable monthly in arrears. As of March 31, 2016, we had drawn down $11.0 million under the credit facility. Borrowings under this credit facility have been used for general corporate purposes. For an additional discussion of our credit facility, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Square 1 Bank Loan and Security Agreement".

          We will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds of this offering. Pending the use of proceeds from this offering as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds that we receive in this offering in short-term and long-term interest-bearing obligations, including government and investment-grade debt securities and money market funds.

59


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

          Since our inception, we have not declared or paid any dividends on our shares. In addition, our Loan and Security Agreement with Square 1 restricts our ability to pay dividends. We intend to retain any earnings for use in our business and do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on our ordinary shares. Dividends, if any, on our outstanding ordinary shares will be declared by and subject to the discretion of our board of directors, and subject to French law.

          Subject to the requirements of French law and our By-laws, dividends may only be distributed from our distributable profits, plus any amounts held in our available reserves, which are those reserves other than the legal and statutory reserves and revaluation surplus. See "Description of Share Capital—Key Provisions of Our By-laws and French Law Affecting our Ordinary Shares—Rights, Preferences and Restrictions Attaching to Ordinary Shares" for further details on the limitations on our ability to declare and pay dividends. Any dividend we declare will be paid to the holders of ADSs, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, to the same extent as holders of our ordinary shares, to the extent permitted by applicable law and regulations, less the fees and expenses payable under the deposit agreement. Any dividend we declare will be distributed by the depositary bank to the holders of our ADSs, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement. See "Description of American Depositary Shares—Share Dividends and Other Distributions".

60


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

          The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2016. Our capitalization is presented on:

    An actual basis; and

    A pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect: (1) the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares into ordinary shares, which will occur automatically immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (2) the issuance and sale of             ADSs by us in this offering and our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from such issuance and sale based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per ADS (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and (3) the repayment of the $11.0 million facility with Square 1 as described under "Use of Proceeds".

          The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

          You should read this table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations".

 
  As of
March 31, 2016
 
 
  Actual (1)   Pro forma, as
adjusted
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 9,429   $    

Borrowings

    11,224        

Equity: (2)

             

Share capital

    2,457        

Share premium

    95,206        

Foreign currency translation reserve

    388        

Share-based payments reserve

    5,211        

Other reserve

    8,371        

Accumulated losses

    (170,096 )      

Total shareholders' equity (deficit)

    (58,463 )      

Total capitalization

  $ (47,239 ) $    

(1)
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per ADS (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, equity and total capitalization by $              million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional ADSs. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million ADSs offered by us would increase (decrease) each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, equity and total capitalization by approximately $              million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $             per ADS (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional ADSs.

61


Table of Contents

(2)
On an actual basis, there are 18,732,413 preferred shares issued and outstanding, €0.08 nominal value, and 3,989,442 ordinary shares issued and outstanding, €0.08 nominal value. Pro forma as adjusted, there are no preferred shares issued and outstanding and              ordinary shares issued and outstanding, €0.08 nominal value.

          The table above excludes:

    486,419 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of employee warrants ( bons de souscription de parts de créateur d'entreprise ) outstanding as of March 31, 2016, at a weighted average exercise price of €5.28 per share, of which none have been issued after March 31, 2016 upon exercise of vested employee warrants;

    2,171,432 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of share options ( options de souscription d'actions ) outstanding as of March 31, 2016, at a weighted average exercise price of €6.60 per share, of which 546 have been issued after March 31, 2016 upon exercise of vested share options;

    37,500 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of employee warrants ( bons de souscription d'actions ) outstanding as of March 31, 2016 at a weighted average exercise price of €11.12 per share;

    28,312 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of employee warrants ( bons de souscription de parts de créateur d'entreprise ) granted by our board of directors subsequent to March 31, 2016;

    116,062 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of share options ( options de souscription d'actions ) granted by our board of directors, subsequent to March 31, 2016;

    2,300,000 ordinary shares reserved pursuant to delegations of authority from our shareholders approved on June 1, 2016 for grants after this offering of stock options, employee warrants (BSPCE), employee warrants (BSA) and free shares to our directors, executive officers, employees, board observers, consultants and advisors; and

    8,500,000 ordinary shares reserved pursuant to delegations of authority from our shareholders for future share capital increases by us, up to an aggregate maximum nominal amount equal to €680,000, through rights issuances and public and private offerings.

62


Table of Contents


DILUTION

          If you invest in the ADSs, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per ADS paid by the purchasers of the ADSs and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ADS after this offering.

          As of March 31, 2016, our pro forma net tangible book value was €              ($             ), or €             per ordinary share ($             per ADS). Pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share represents our total tangible assets minus total liabilities, divided by the total number of ordinary shares outstanding as of March 31, 2016, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares into ordinary shares.

          Without taking into account any other changes in pro forma net tangible book value after March 31, 2016, other than giving effect to our sale of             ADSs in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per ADS (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses of the offering payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2016 would have been €             , or €             per ordinary share ($             per ADS). This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of €             per ordinary share ($             per ADS) to our existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of €             per ordinary share ($             per ADS) to new purchasers of ADSs in the offering. Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share after this offering from the amount of cash that a new purchaser paid for an ADS.

          The following table illustrates this dilution on a per ordinary share basis and a per ADS basis assuming that all ADSs are exchanged for ordinary shares:

 
  Per ordinary
share
(€)
  Per ADS
($)

Assumed initial public offering price per ADS

       

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2016

       

Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ADS attributable to new investors purchasing ADSs in this offering

       

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

       

Dilution in pro forma adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

       

          The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per ADS (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after giving effect to the offering by €             per ordinary share and $             per ADS, respectively, and increase (decrease) the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share and per ADS to new investors in this offering by €             per ordinary share and $             per ADS, respectively, assuming no change to the number of ADSs offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million ADSs offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by €             per ordinary share or $             per ADS and increase or decrease the dilution to new investors by €             per ordinary share or $             per ADS, in

63


Table of Contents

each case assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $             per ADS, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

          The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of March 31, 2016, the differences between our existing shareholders as of such date and the new investors with respect to the number of ADSs purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per ADS paid at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per ADS (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 
  Ordinary shares
purchased/ADSs
purchased from us
  Total
consideration
   
   
 
 
  Average
price per
ordinary
share
   
 
 
  Average
price per
ADS
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing shareholders

            % $         %     $    

New investors

                                     

Total

          100.0 % $       100.0 %            

          The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per ADS (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors and the total consideration paid by all shareholders by approximately $              million, assuming no change in the number of ADSs sold by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and without deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. In addition, to the extent any outstanding options or warrants to purchase ordinary shares are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution.

          Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional ADSs. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in full from us, our existing shareholders would own         % and our new investors would own         % of the total number of our ordinary shares outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

          The number of ordinary shares to be outstanding following the offering (after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding preferred shares into an aggregate of 18,732,413 ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering) is based on 22,721,855 fully paid shares outstanding at March 31, 2016, and excludes:

    486,419 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of employee warrants ( bons de souscription de parts de créateur d'entreprise ) outstanding as of March 31, 2016, at a weighted average exercise price of €5.28 per share, of which none have been issued after March 31, 2016 upon exercise of vested employee warrants;

    2,171,432 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of share options ( options de souscription d'actions ) outstanding as of March 31, 2016, at a weighted average exercise price of €6.60 per share, of which 546 have been issued after March 31, 2016 upon exercise of vested share options;

    37,500 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of employee warrants ( bons de souscription d'actions ) outstanding as of March 31, 2016 at a weighted average exercise price of €11.12 per share;

64


Table of Contents

    28,312 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of employee warrants ( bons de souscription de parts de créateur d'entreprise ) granted by our board of directors subsequent to March 31, 2016;

    116,062 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of share options ( options de souscription d'actions ) granted by our board of directors, subsequent to March 31, 2016;

    2,300,000 ordinary shares reserved pursuant to delegations of authority from our shareholders approved on June 1, 2016 for grants after this offering of stock options, employee warrants (BSPCE), employee warrants (BSA) and free shares to our directors, executive officers, employees, board observers, consultants and advisors; and

    8,500,000 ordinary shares reserved pursuant to delegations of authority from our shareholders for future share capital increases by us, up to an aggregate maximum nominal amount equal to €680,000, through rights issuances and public and private offerings.

65


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

          You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014, and 2015 and consolidated statement of financial position data as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and the consolidated statement of financial position data as of March 31, 2016 from our unaudited consolidated interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS which includes all standards issued by the IASB and related interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee. Our historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                               

Revenue

                               

Subscriptions

  $ 38,215   $ 49,290   $ 62,722   $ 13,761   $ 19,297  

Professional services

    14,865     13,291     13,238     3,280     3,459  

Total revenue

    53,080     62,581     75,960     17,041     22,756  

Cost of revenue (1)

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Subscriptions

    3,350     4,542     8,283     2,004     2,494  

Professional services

    12,545     11,616     10,425     2,803     2,794  

Total cost of revenues

    15,895     16,158     18,708     4,807     5,288  

Gross profit

    37,185     46,423     57,252     12,234     17,468  

Operating expense (1)

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Sales and marketing

    35,769     42,851     49,169     11,488     14,876  

Research and development

    9,110     13,242     15,075     3,525     4,278  

General and administrative

    10,219     13,086     14,453     3,334     4,259  

Total operating expenses

    55,098     69,179     78,697     18,347     23,413  

Loss from operations

    (17,913 )   (22,756 )   (21,445 )   (6,113 )   (5,945 )

Finance income

    207     515     21     230     859  

Finance expense

    (1,974 )   (81 )   (589 )   (9 )   (156 )

Loss before income tax expense          

    (19,680 )   (22,322 )   (22,013 )   (5,892 )   (5,242 )

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (9 )   (199 )   7     2     (25 )

Net loss for the period (2)

  $ (19,689 ) $ (22,521 ) $ (22,006 ) $ (5,890 ) $ (5,267 )

Net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders:

                               

Basic and diluted net loss per share          

  $ (6.40 ) $ (6.09 ) $ (5.79 ) $ (1.58 ) $ (1.34 )

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders:

                               

Shares used in basic and diluted net loss per share

    3,075     3,696     3,803     3,735     3,918  

66


Table of Contents


(1)
Amounts include share-based payment expense, as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three
Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cost of revenue—subscriptions

  $   $ 2   $ 78   $ 16   $ 17  

Cost of revenue—professional services

        26     61     12     15  

Sales and marketing

        178     793     148     179  

Research and development

        31     302     37     113  

General and administrative

    263     1,021     1,123     200     307  

Total share-based compensation expense

  $ 263   $ 1,258   $ 2,357   $ 413   $ 631  
(2)
The loss for the year/period is wholly attributable to the owners of the company.

Key Business Metrics

          We review a number of metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans and make strategic decisions. These key business metrics include the following:

    Subscription Revenue Growth Rate

          The table below shows our subscription revenue growth rate on both an actual and constant currency basis for each quarter in the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the quarter ended March 31, 2016 calculated against the corresponding quarter in the prior year, as well as for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015. We calculate revenue on a constant currency basis by applying the average monthly currency rate for each month in the comparative period to the corresponding month in the current period. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics—Subscription Revenue Growth Rate" for more information on the uses and limitations of subscription revenue growth rate.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Mar. 31,
2015
  Jun. 30,
2015
  Sep. 30,
2015
  Dec. 31,
2015
  Mar. 31,
2016
 
 
  2014   2015  

Actual FX rates

    29 %   27 %   19 %   27 %   29 %   32 %   40 %

Constant currency

    29 %   39 %   32 %   42 %   41 %   40 %   42 %

    Dollar-Based Net Expansion Rate

          We calculate our dollar-based net expansion rate by dividing our recurring customer revenue by our base revenue. We define base revenue as the subscription revenue we recognized from all customers during the four quarters ended one year prior to the date of measurement. We define our recurring customer revenue as the subscription revenue we recognized during the four quarters ended on the date of measurement from the same customer base included in our measure of base revenue, including revenue resulting from additional sales to those customers. This analysis excludes revenue derived from our OEM sales. We expect our dollar-based net expansion rate to potentially decline as we scale our business. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics—Dollar-Based Net Expansion Rate" for more information on the uses and limitations of dollar-based net expansion rate.

67


Table of Contents

          The following table summarizes our quarterly dollar-based net expansion rate since January 1, 2014 on both an actual and constant currency basis.

Dollar-based net expansion rate
  Mar. 31,
2014
  Jun. 30,
2014
  Sep. 30,
2014
  Dec. 31,
2014
  Mar. 31,
2015
  Jun. 30,
2015
  Sep. 30,
2015
  Dec. 31,
2015
  Mar. 31,
2016
 

Actual FX rates

    121 %   123 %   124 %   129 %   124 %   114 %   112 %   114 %   115 %

Constant currency

    119 %   121 %   123 %   130 %   129 %   122 %   123 %   124 %   123 %

    Free Cash Flow

          We define free cash flow as net cash from (used in) operating activities less net cash used in investing activities for purchases of property and equipment and intangible assets. The table below shows our free cash flow for each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, as well as for each of the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, and a reconciliation to the most directly comparable IFRS measure for each such period. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics—Free Cash Flow" for more information on the uses and limitations of free cash flow.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net cash from (used in) operating activities

  $ (8,163 ) $ (14,291 ) $ (9,979 ) $ 399   $ 2,212  

Less: Acquisition of property and equipment

    570     2,593     788     100     477  

Free cash flow

  $ (8,733 ) $ (16,884 ) $ (10,767 ) $ 299   $ 1,735  

 

 
  As of December 31,   As of
March 31,
 
 
  2014   2015   2016  

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 9,191   $ 6,930   $ 9,429  

Working capital (1)

    10,913     15,971     11,149  

Total assets

    45,498     48,061     45,272  

Deferred revenue

    64,810     74,263     77,044  

Borrowings

    2,858     10,142     11,224  

Total liabilities

    82,291     100,544     103,735  

Total shareholders' equity (deficit)

    (36,793 )   (52,483 )   (58,463 )

(1)
Calculated as trade receivables, net, plus other current assets minus trade and other payables and current provisions.

68


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

           The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, our expectations and statements regarding our outlook and future revenue, expenses, results of operations, liquidity, plans, strategies and objectives of management and any assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements and factors that might cause future actual results to differ materially from our recent results or those projected in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those discussed in "Forward-Looking Statements" and "Risk Factors".


Overview

          Our mission is to enable every organization to harness the power of their data. Our software platform, Talend Data Fabric, integrates data and applications in real time across modern big data and cloud environments, as well as traditional systems, allowing organizations to develop a unified view of their business and customers across organizational and technology silos. Effective and strategic use of data to optimize every aspect of business is a competitive advantage. Talend is a key enabler of the data-driven enterprise where data is becoming a strategic asset. Talend Data Fabric allows customers in any industry to improve business performance by using their data to create new insights and to automate business processes. Our customers rely on our software to better understand their customers, improve customer service, detect fraud, and predict equipment maintenance needs.

          We were founded in France in 2005 as a provider of open source software. Our business model is to sell subscription licenses for enhanced commercial offerings. Since our founding, we have achieved the following significant milestones:

    2006:     Released first open source data integration product, Talend Data Integration

    2007:     Expanded into the United States and released first commercial version of Talend Data Integration

    2008:     Expanded into Germany and released Talend Data Quality, which is now offered as a feature in Talend Data Integration

    2009:     Expanded into the United Kingdom and opened first research and development center outside of France in Beijing, China

    2010:     Expanded into Tokyo and launched Talend Master Data Management

    2011:     Launched Talend Application Integration

    2012:     Launched Talend Big Data Integration on Hadoop

    2015:     Expanded into Canada, Australia, and Singapore

    2016:     Expanded into Italy and the Netherlands; launched free version of Talend Data Preparation and plan to launch commercial version of Talend Data Preparation in the summer of 2016

          Our employee base has grown from 375 employees as of December 31, 2013 to 524 employees as of December 31, 2015 to 566 employees as of March 31, 2016. We plan to continue to expand our non-U.S. presence to address the needs of our global customers as well as

69


Table of Contents

to acquire customers in new geographies. We also plan to continue to invest in new product development.

          Our open source approach is a key component of our go-to-market strategy. We have been able to rapidly expand awareness and usage of our products through our free open source versions. This enables developers and users to download and try the free version of our products, creating sales leads for our more feature-rich commercial solutions. Users of our open source products often catalyze adoption of our commercial solutions by their organizations, primarily to benefit from enterprise-grade features that include the scaling out of our offering to a larger set of users, among others. Following an initial deployment of our paid subscription products, organizations often purchase more subscriptions or expand usage to additional products from our fully integrated suite after realizing the benefits of additional features or scale. We sell our product offerings as subscriptions based primarily on the number of users of our platform.

          We generate the majority of our revenue from subscriptions of our commercial solutions. We primarily sell annual contracts billed in advance. Our subscription offering includes enterprise-grade features and capabilities to scale our solutions across production environments and customer infrastructures. These product features and capabilities include scheduling, management and monitoring of data integration flows, collaboration across a team of users, and technical support. We also provide professional services to implement our solutions. Our subscription revenue represents a significant portion of our revenue, growing from 72% of our total revenue in the year ended December 31, 2013 to 83% in the year ended December 31, 2015, and to 85% in the quarter ended March 31, 2016.

          For the year ended December 31, 2015, our total revenue was $76.0 million, including $62.7 million of subscription revenue that grew 27% year-over-year, or 39% on a constant currency basis. We experienced net losses of $22.0 million and negative free cash flow of $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, as we invested in growing our business. For the quarter ended March 31, 2016, our total revenue was $22.8 million, including $19.3 million of subscription revenue that grew 40% year-over-year or 42% on a constant currency basis. We experienced a net loss of $5.3 million and positive free cash flow of $1.7 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2016. Our quarters ended in March generally benefit from strong cash inflows due to seasonally strong billings in the quarters ended in December. We intend to generate profits based on increased sales of our solutions to new and existing customers, including by the continued conversion of free open source users to paid users. We currently anticipate that at some point in the future we will be able to increase revenues at a greater rate than increases in our operating expenses. However, there can be no assurance that we will achieve or maintain profitability on a consistent basis, that we will increase our sales to new and existing customers, or that our operating expenses will increase at a lower rate than our revenue may grow.


Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

          Expansion within Existing Customers.     Our business model relies on rapidly and efficiently landing new customers and expanding our relationship with these customers over time. We have designed our products for ease-of-use and with strong integrations between products to encourage broad adoption within organizations. Customers regularly expand the use of our software within their organizations by adding users or purchasing additional products within the Talend Data Fabric, such as Talend Application Integration or Talend Master Data Management. As customers gain awareness of our solutions and as their data integration requirements evolve, they may recognize additional use cases for our software and expand their use of our solutions accordingly. We believe this provides us with substantial operating leverage because the costs of additional sales within existing customers are significantly less than costs of sales to new customers. Our future revenue

70


Table of Contents

growth and profitability rely on customers continuing to expand user and product adoption within their organizations.

          Adoption of Big Data Technologies.     We believe our big data integration capabilities are a key competitive differentiator and driver of new customer adoptions. We expect that as organizations adopt and scale out deployments of Hadoop and related technologies they will continue to use Talend to facilitate the integration of these big data technologies within their IT environments. Adoption of big data in particular is growing—IDC estimates the big data technology and services market to grow at a CAGR of 23% from 2015 to 2019. We believe this to be a catalyst for adoption of our Talend Big Data Integration product. We also believe the adoption and usage of Talend Big Data Integration generally drives demand for other Talend Data Fabric products. For example, over time some of our Talend Big Data Integration customers have adopted Talend Master Data Management as they integrate disparate systems with Hadoop and thereby drive more subscription revenue for Talend. The continued adoption of big data technologies is critical to our continued revenue growth.

          Average Subscription Contract Duration.     We primarily sell annual contracts, although we have some contracts that extend for multiple years. The average contract duration impacts our cash flows because we bill and collect payment for the full term in advance. The average contract duration of our pre-paid subscription agreements in 2015 was 1.3 years. Prior to 2014, we incentivized our sales force to pursue multi-year contracts paid in advance, which generally carry larger discounts on average relative to annual contracts. We changed our sales strategy in 2014 to focus to a greater degree on annual contracts as our business began to demonstrate greater operating leverage. As a result, our average contract term has shortened and we generate a smaller proportion of our deferred revenue as long-term. This sales strategy eliminates the discount generally required for multi-year subscription pre-payments. Although this results in lower subscription billings relative to multi-year pre-payments in a given period, it increases the annualized value of our subscriptions. Going forward, we intend to enter into multi-year contracts with annual payment schedules.

          Open Source Strategy.     Our open source strategy consists of providing free open source versions of our products, fostering a community of users and developers, and selling commercial versions of our solutions. This strategy creates awareness and generates leads within organizations that may purchase a commercial version of our products and thereby generates subscription revenue. It reduces the time required for our sales force to educate potential leads about our solutions, increasing their efficiency and shortening the sales process. It is easier and less expensive to sell to leads who are familiar with our product offering through self-selection, freeing up our sales team to focus on the benefits of our commercial offering, rather than starting at a basic introduction. Moreover, our open source developer community helps lower our research and development costs by contributing components and connectors, testing beta versions of our products, identifying enhancements, and providing free advice to other community members. To evaluate our open source strategy, we periodically review data points such as the volume of downloads of our open source products, the number of open source users that are members of our open source community and the approximate number of leads that are generated from users of our open source products. Given that our open source users register with us voluntarily, we do not use a conversion rate to evaluate our strategy. We believe the continued adoption of open source software by organizations as well as the vitality of our open source community is a critical part of our performance.

          Investment in Sales and Marketing.     We continue to focus on long-term growth and expect to continue to invest aggressively in sales and marketing to grow our customer base and expand within existing customers. We also expect to increase investments in sales and marketing in

71


Table of Contents

markets outside of France and the United States. Any investments that we make in sales and marketing will occur in advance of our experiencing benefits from such investments, as new sales hires take time to fully ramp. As a result, it may be difficult for us to determine if we are efficiently allocating our resources in these areas.

          Foreign Currency Exchange Risk.     A portion of our subscription agreements and operating expenses are incurred outside the United States and denominated in foreign currencies and are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly changes in the Euro. Because our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, the impact of foreign currency exchange on our business is primarily material to our financial reporting, and less to the ongoing operations of our business, as our cash inflows generally cover our expenses in a given currency, creating a partial hedge. We believe that as the portion of U.S. business increases relative to our global business, the impact of foreign currency exchange on our financial reporting will be reduced. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to managing the risks relating to fluctuations in currency rates.


Key Business Metrics

          We review a number of metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans and make strategic decisions. These key business metrics include the following:

    Subscription Revenue Growth Rate

          Subscription revenue is primarily derived from the sale of subscription-based license agreements to our customers. The growth of our subscription revenue reflects our ability to renew subscriptions with our existing customers, expand the sales of existing and new products within our existing customer base and sell our products to new customers. We believe subscription revenue growth is an important performance metric because it reflects the adoption of our software.

          Due to the significant portion of our customers who are invoiced in non-U.S. Dollar denominated currencies, we also calculate our subscription revenue growth rate on a constant currency basis, thereby removing the effect of currency fluctuation on our results of operations.

          The table below shows our subscription revenue growth rate on both an actual and constant currency basis for each quarter in the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the quarter ended March 31, 2016 calculated against the corresponding quarter in the prior year, as well as for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015. We calculate revenue on a constant currency basis by applying the average monthly currency rate for each month in the comparative period to the corresponding month in the current period.

 
  Year Ended   Three Months Ended  
 
  Dec. 31,
2014
  Dec. 31,
2015
  Mar. 31,
2015
  Jun. 30,
2015
  Sep. 30,
2015
  Dec. 31,
2015
  Mar. 31,
2016
 

Actual FX rates

    29 %   27 %   19 %   27 %   29 %   32 %   40 %

Constant currency

    29 %   39 %   32 %   42 %   41 %   40 %   42 %

    Dollar-Based Net Expansion Rate

          Our ability to generate and increase revenue is dependent on our ability to maintain and grow our relationships with our existing customers. We believe our ability to retain customers and expand their subscription revenue over time is an indicator of the stability of our revenue base and the long-term value of our customer relationships. We track our performance in this area by

72


Table of Contents

measuring our dollar-based net expansion rate. Our dollar-based net expansion rate increases when customers expand their number of subscribed users or use additional Talend Data Fabric components. Our dollar-based net expansion rate is reduced when customers reduce their number of subscribed users, use fewer Talend Data Fabric components, or cease to be customers.

          We calculate our dollar-based net expansion rate by dividing our recurring customer revenue by our base revenue. We define base revenue as the subscription revenue we recognized from all customers during the four quarters ended one year prior to the date of measurement. We define our recurring customer revenue as the subscription revenue we recognized during the four quarters ended on the date of measurement from the same customer base included in our measure of base revenue, including revenue resulting from additional sales to those customers. This analysis excludes revenue derived from our OEM sales. We expect our dollar-based net expansion rate to potentially decline as we scale our business.

          The following table summarizes our quarterly dollar-based net expansion rate since January 1, 2014 on both an actual and constant currency basis.

Dollar-based net expansion rate
  Mar. 31,
2014
  Jun. 30,
2014
  Sep. 30,
2014
  Dec. 31,
2014
  Mar. 31,
2015
  Jun. 30,
2015
  Sep. 30,
2015
  Dec. 31,
2015
  Mar. 31,
2016
 

Actual FX rates

    121 %   123 %   124 %   129 %   124 %   114 %   112 %   114 %   115 %

Constant currency

    119 %   121 %   123 %   130 %   129 %   122 %   123 %   124 %   123 %

    Free Cash Flow

          To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have used free cash flow, a financial measure not calculated in accordance with IFRS, within this prospectus. We define free cash flow as net cash from (used in) operating activities less net cash used in investing activities for purchases of property and equipment and intangible assets. We have included free cash flow in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. We believe that free cash flow provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our results of operations in the same manner as our management and board of directors. Although free cash flow measures are frequently used by investors and securities analysts in their evaluation of companies, free cash flow measures each have limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our cash flows as reported under IFRS. Free cash flow as defined by the company may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies. The table below shows our free cash flow for each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, as well as for each of the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, and a reconciliation to the most directly comparable IFRS measure for such period.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net cash from (used in) operating activities

  $ (8,163 ) $ (14,291 ) $ (9,979 ) $ 399   $ 2,212  

Less: Acquisition of property and equipment

    570     2,593     788     100     477  

Free cash flow

  $ (8,733 ) $ (16,884 ) $ (10,767 ) $ 299   $ 1,735  

73


Table of Contents


Key Components of Results of Operations

    Revenue

          We primarily derive our revenue from the sale of subscriptions and professional services engagements.

          Subscription revenue.     Subscription revenue consists of fees earned from arrangements to provide customers with the right to use our commercial software either in a cloud-based infrastructure that we provide, or installed within the customer's own environment. Our subscriptions include unspecified future updates, upgrades and enhancements, and technical product support. Subscription fees are based primarily on the number of users of our software and to a lesser extent the processing power required to operate the software. Our subscription-based arrangements generally have a minimum contractual term of one year and are invoiced in advance for the full subscription term. Subscription fees are generally non-refundable regardless of the actual use of the service. We recognize subscription revenue ratably over the term of the contract, commencing with the date the service is made available to the customers and all other revenue recognition criteria are met. We also include in our subscription revenue, fees earned from licensing arrangements with OEM customers. OEM customers bundle our products within their own product offering and pay us a license fee for this right.

          Professional services revenue.     Professional services revenue consists of fees earned for consulting engagements related to the deployment and configuration of our product offering, training customers, and associated expenses. These engagements are generally provided by our own team of specialized consultants or by third-party consultants to whom we contract on a periodic basis. Consulting engagements consist of time-based arrangements for which the revenue is recognized using a time and material basis. Training revenue results from contracts to provide educational services to customers and partners regarding the use of our technologies and is recognized as delivered. Our professional services revenue has declined, but we expect will grow at a slower rate than our subscription revenue as we work with more systems integrators, who assist our customers with the implementation of our solutions.

    Cost of Revenue

          Cost of subscription revenue.     Cost of subscription revenue consists primarily of employee-related costs, including salaries and bonuses, share-based payment expense and employee benefit costs associated with our customer support organization. It also includes expenses related to hosting and operating our cloud infrastructure, license of third-party intellectual property, and related overhead. We use a third-party cloud platform provider to provide our cloud solution. We allocate overhead such as information technology infrastructure, rent, and occupancy charges in each expense category based on headcount in that category. As such, general overhead expenses are reflected in cost of subscription revenue and operating expense categories.

          We intend to continue to invest additional resources in our cloud-based offering and services. We expect that the cost of hosting fees to provide our cloud based offering will increase over time as we sell more of our cloud integration products. The timing of these expenses will affect our cost of subscription revenue in the affected periods.

          Cost of professional services revenue.     Cost of professional services revenue consists primarily of personnel costs for employees including salaries and bonuses, share-based payment expense and employee benefit costs, and fees to external consultants associated with our professional service contracts, travel costs and allocated shared costs. We allocate overhead such as information technology infrastructure, rent, and occupancy charges in each expense category

74


Table of Contents

based on headcount in that category. As such, general overhead expenses are reflected in the cost of professional services revenue and operating expense categories.

    Gross Profit and Gross Margin

          Gross profit is total revenue less total cost of revenue. Gross margin is gross profit expressed as a percentage of total revenue. We expect that our gross margin may fluctuate from period to period as a result of changes in the mix of our subscription and professional services revenue. Over time, we expect revenue from our cloud integration business to grow as a percentage of our total revenue. As a result, the cost of hosting fees to third-party cloud infrastructure providers, as a percentage of revenue will increase, which may affect our gross margin.

    Operating Expenses

          Our operating expenses are classified as sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative. For each functional category, the largest component is employee and labor-related expenses, which include salaries and bonuses, share-based payment expense, employee benefit costs, and contractor costs. We allocate overhead such as information technology infrastructure, rent and occupancy charges in each expense category based on headcount in that category.

          Sales and marketing.     Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries, sales commissions, and related expenses, including share-based payment expense, for our sales and marketing employees, marketing programs and related overhead. Our sales and marketing employees include quota carrying headcount, sales administration, sales engineering, marketing and management. Marketing programs consist of advertising, promotional events, corporate communications, brand building, and product marketing activities such as online lead generation.

          We plan to continue to invest in sales and marketing by expanding our global promotional activities, building brand awareness, attracting new customers, and sponsoring additional marketing events. The timing of these events, such as our annual sales kickoff, will affect our sales and marketing costs in a particular quarter.

          Research and development.     Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses, including share-based payment expense, contractor software development costs, and related overhead, less any research and development subsidies. We continue to focus our research and development efforts on building new products, adding new features and services, increasing functionality, and enhancing our integration cloud infrastructure.

          We expect that, in the future, research and development expenses will increase as we invest in building the necessary employee and system infrastructure required to enhance existing, and support development of new, technologies and the integration of acquired businesses and technologies.

          General and administrative.     General and administrative expenses consist of salaries and related expenses, including share-based payment expense, for finance, legal, human resources and management information systems personnel, as well as external legal, accounting and other, professional fees, other corporate expenses, and related overhead.

          We will incur additional expenses associated with being a publicly traded company, including higher legal, corporate insurance, and accounting costs as well as costs of achieving and maintaining compliance with other public company regulations. We expect that in the future, general and administrative expenses will increase as we invest in our infrastructure and we incur additional employee related costs and professional fees related to the growth of our business.

75


Table of Contents


Results of Operations

          The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods indicated. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated statements of operations

                               

Revenue

                               

Subscriptions

  $ 38,215   $ 49,290   $ 62,722   $ 13,761   $ 19,297  

Professional services

    14,865     13,291     13,238     3,280     3,459  

Total revenue

    53,080     62,581     75,960     17,041     22,756  

Cost of revenue (1)

                               

Subscriptions

    3,350     4,542     8,283     2,004     2,494  

Professional services

    12,545     11,616     10,425     2,803     2,794  

Total cost of revenue

    15,895     16,158     18,708     4,807     5,288  

Gross profit

    37,185     46,423     57,252     12,234     17,468  

Operating expenses (1)

                               

Sales and marketing

    35,769     42,851     49,169     11,488     14,876  

Research and development

    9,110     13,242     15,075     3,525     4,278  

General and administrative

    10,219     13,086     14,453     3,334     4,259  

Total operating expenses

    55,098     69,179     78,697     18,347     23,413  

Loss from operations

    (17,913 )   (22,756 )   (21,445 )   (6,113 )   (5,945 )

Finance income

    207     515     21     230     859  

Finance expense

    (1,974 )   (81 )   (589 )   (9 )   (156 )

Loss before income tax

    (19,680 )   (22,322 )   (22,013 )   (5,892 )   (5,242 )

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (9 )   (199 )   7     2     (25 )

Net loss for the year

  $ (19,689 ) $ (22,521 ) $ (22,006 ) $ (5,890 ) $ (5,267 )

(1)
Amounts include share-based payment expense, as follows:


 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cost of revenue—subscriptions

  $   $ 2   $ 78   $ 16   $ 17  

Cost of revenue—professional services

        26     61     12     15  

Sales and marketing

        178     793     148     179  

Research and development

        31     302     37     113  

General and administrative

    263     1,021     1,123     200     307  

Total

  $ 263   $ 1,258   $ 2,357   $ 413   $ 631  

76


Table of Contents

          The following table sets forth our results of operations data for each of the periods indicated as a percentage of total revenue.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2015   2016  

Revenue

                               

Subscriptions

    72 %   79 %   83 %   81 %   85 %

Professional services

    28     21     17     19     15  

Total revenue

    100     100     100     100     100  

Total cost of revenue

    30     26     25     28     23  

Gross profit

    70     74     75     72     77  

Operating expenses

                               

Sales and marketing

    68     68     65     67     65  

Research and development

    17     21     20     21     19  

General and administrative

    19     21     19     20     19  

Total operating expenses

    104     111     104     108     103  

Loss from operations

    (34 )   (36 )   (28 )   (36 )   (26 )

Finance income

    0     1     0     1     4  

Finance expense

    (3 )   0     (1 )   0     (0 )

Loss before income tax

    (37 )   (36 )   (29 )   (35 )   (23 )

Income tax (expense) benefit

    0     0     0     0     (0 )

Net loss for the year

    (37 )%   (36 )%   (29 )%   (35 )%   (23 )%


Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2016

    Revenue

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
   
   
 
 
  2015   2016   $ change   % change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Subscriptions

  $ 13,761   $ 19,297   $ 5,536     40 %

Professional services

    3,280     3,459     179     5  

Total revenue

  $ 17,041   $ 22,756   $ 5,715     34  

          Total revenue increased $5.7 million, or 34%, in the quarter ended March 31, 2016 compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2015. Growth in total revenue was attributable to increased demand for our products from both new and existing customers. The growth in total revenue was primarily attributable to the sale of subscriptions.

          Subscription revenue increased $5.5 million, or 40%, for the quarter ended March 31, 2016 compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2015. The increase in subscription revenue was primarily attributable to strong uptake of our Talend Integration Cloud and Talend Big Data Integration offerings, which more than doubled in the quarter ended March 31, 2016, compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2015, and strong demand from North America where we have invested in greater sales capacity.

77


Table of Contents

          Subscription revenues by geography were as follows for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2016:

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
   
   
 
 
  2015   2016   $ change   % change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Americas

  $ 6,109   $ 9,193   $ 3,084     50 %

EMEA

    7,174     9,537     2,363     33  

Asia Pacific

    478     567     89     19  

Total subscription revenue

  $ 13,761   $ 19,297   $ 5,536     40  

    Cost of Revenue

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
   
   
 
 
  2015   2016   $ change   % change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Cost of subscriptions

  $ 2,004   $ 2,494   $ 490     24 %

Cost of professional services

    2,803     2,794     (9 )   (0 )

Total cost of revenue

    4,807     5,288     481     10  

Gross profit

    12,234     17,468   $ 5,234     43  

Gross margin

    72 %   77 %            

          Total cost of revenue increased $0.5 million, or 10%, in the quarter ended March 31, 2016 compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2015. The increase in total cost of revenue was entirely driven by an increase in the cost of subscription revenue of $0.5 million, or 24%, in the quarter ended March 31, 2016 compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2015. We increased our headcount during the period to meet the higher demand for support from our customers, resulting in increased compensation and travel and entertainment expenses for employees and contractors of $0.3 million. Between March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, the support team headcount increased by 28%. The increase in the cost of subscription revenue was also driven by an increase in third-party licensing fees and hosting costs for our Talend Integration Cloud by $0.2 million.

          Cost of professional services revenue stayed relatively flat as we continue to replace the use of more costly sub-contractors with our own professional services consultants. The headcount of the professional services team increased by 16% between March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016.

    Sales and Marketing

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
   
   
 
 
  2015   2016   $ change   % change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Sales and marketing

  $ 11,488   $ 14,876   $ 3,388     29 %

          Sales and marketing expenses increased $3.4 million, or 29%, in the quarter ended March 31, 2016 compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2015. The increase was primarily due to a $2.8 million increase in employee compensation related to increased headcount. Between March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, our sales and marketing headcount increased by 49%.

78


Table of Contents

    Research and Development

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
   
   
 
 
  2015   2016   $ change   % change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Research and development

  $ 3,525   $ 4,278   $ 753     21 %

          Research and development expenses increased $0.8 million, or 21%, in the quarter ended March 31, 2016 compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2015. The increase was primarily due to $0.6 million increase in employee compensation related to our increased headcount. Between March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, our research and development headcount increased by 10%. We increased our research and development headcount during the period in order to enhance and extend our product offerings and develop new technologies.

    General and Administrative

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
   
   
 
 
  2015   2016   $ change   % change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

General and administrative

  $ 3,334   $ 4,259   $ 925     28 %

          General and administrative expenses increased $0.9 million, or 28%, in the quarter ended March 31, 2016 compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2015. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $0.9 million in employee related expenses. Between March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, our general and administrative headcount increased by 35% as we added personnel to support our growth and prepared to become a publicly listed company.


Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

    Revenue

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ change   % change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Subscriptions

  $ 49,290   $ 62,722   $ 13,432     27 %

Professional services

    13,291     13,238     (53 )   0  

Total revenue

  $ 62,581   $ 75,960   $ 13,379     21  

          Total revenue increased $13.4 million, or 21%, in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. Growth in total revenue was attributable to increased demand for our products from both new and existing customers. The growth in total revenue was entirely attributable to the sale of subscriptions.

          Subscription revenue increased $13.4 million, or 27%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in subscription revenue was primarily attributable to strong uptake of our Talend Big Data Integration, which more than doubled in the year ended December 31, 2015, and strong demand from North America where we have invested in greater sales capacity.

79


Table of Contents

          Subscription revenues by geography were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ change   % change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Americas

  $ 18,766   $ 27,422   $ 8,656     46 %

EMEA

    29,749     34,273     4,524     15  

Asia Pacific

    775     1,027     252     33  

Total subscription revenue

  $ 49,290   $ 62,722   $ 13,432     27  

    Cost of Revenue

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ change   % change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Cost of subscriptions

  $ 4,542   $ 8,283   $ 3,741     82 %

Cost of professional services

    11,616     10,425     (1,191 )   (10 )

Total cost of revenue

    16,158     18,708     2,550     16  

Gross profit

  $ 46,423   $ 57,252   $ 10,829     23  

Gross margin

    74%     75%              

          Total cost of revenue increased $2.6 million, or 16%, in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in total cost of revenues was entirely driven by an increase in the cost of subscription revenue of $3.7 million, or 82%, in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the prior period. We increased our headcount during the period to meet the higher demand for support from our customers, resulting in increased compensation expense for employees and contractors of $2.2 million. Between December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, the support team headcount increased by 37%. The increase in the cost of subscription revenue was also driven by an increase in third-party licensing fees and hosting costs for our Talend Integration Cloud for a total of $0.8 million.

          Cost of professional services revenue declined by $1.2 million, or 10%, as we replaced the use of more costly sub-contractors, particularly in North America, with our own professional services consultants.

    Sales and Marketing

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ change   % change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Sales and marketing

  $ 42,851   $ 49,169   $ 6,318     15 %

          Sales and marketing expenses increased $6.3 million, or 15%, in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily due to $5.0 million increase in employee compensation related to increased headcount. Between December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, our sales and marketing headcount increased by 38% with the majority of our headcount being added in the second half of the year. In addition,

80


Table of Contents

marketing programs spend increased by $0.8 million in fiscal 2015 compared to the prior period to support our growth.

    Research and Development

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ change   % change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Research and development

  $ 13,242   $ 15,075   $ 1,833     14 %

          Research and development expenses increased $1.8 million, or 14%, in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily due to $1.1 million increase in employee compensation related to our increased headcount. Between December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, our research and development headcount increased by 7%. We increased our research and development headcount during the period in order to enhance and extend our service offerings and develop new technologies.

    General and Administrative

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ change   % change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

General and administrative

  $ 13,086   $ 14,453   $ 1,367     10 %

          General and administrative expenses increased $1.4 million, or 10%, in the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $1.1 million in employee related expenses. Between December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, our general and administrative headcount increased by 10% as we added personnel to support our growth and prepared to become a public reporting company.


Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

    Revenue

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  2013   2014   $ change   % change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Subscriptions

  $ 38,215   $ 49,290   $ 11,075     29 %

Professional services

    14,865     13,291     (1,574 )   (11 )

Total revenue

  $ 53,080   $ 62,581   $ 9,501     18  

          Total revenue increased $9.5 million, or 18%, in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. Growth in total revenue was attributable to increased demand for our products from both new and existing customers. The growth in total revenue was entirely attributable to growth of subscriptions and support.

          Subscription revenue increased $11.1 million, or 29%, in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in subscription revenue was primarily attributable to the significant uptake of our Talend Application Integration and Talend Big Data Integration offerings. Both the EMEA and North America regions grew at similar rates of 30% and 29%, respectively.

81


Table of Contents

          Professional services revenue declined $1.6 million, or 11%, in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease was attributable to a closer collaboration with systems integrators, which are taking a greater role in the implementation of our software, and the partial completion of a large services engagement in Germany.

          Subscription revenues by geography were as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  2013   2014   $ change   % change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

North America

  $ 14,534   $ 18,766   $ 4,232     29 %

EMEA

    22,972     29,749     6,777     30  

Asia Pacific

    709     775     66     9  

Total subscription revenue

  $ 38,215   $ 49,290   $ 11,075     29  

    Cost of Revenue

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  2013   2014   $ change   % change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Cost of subscriptions

  $ 3,350   $ 4,542   $ 1,192     36 %

Cost of professional services

    12,545     11,616     (929 )   (7 )

Total cost of revenue

    15,895     16,158     263     2  

Gross profit

  $ 37,185   $ 46,423   $ 9,238     25  

Gross margin

    70 %   74 %            

          Total cost of revenue increased by $0.3 million, or 2%, in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in total cost of revenue was entirely driven by an increase in the cost of subscription revenue of $1.2 million, or 36%, over this same period. The increase in cost of subscription revenue was primarily driven by increased headcount to meet the higher demand for support from our customers for $0.8 million. Between December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014, our support headcount increased by 35%.

          Cost of professional services revenue declined by $0.9 million, or 7%, during this same period as we replaced more costly consulting sub-contractors with our own professional services consultants. For the year ended December 31, 2014, our headcount-related expenses increased by $0.2 million, while our sub-contractor spending declined by $0.9 million compared to the prior period.

    Sales and Marketing

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  2013   2014   $ change   % change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Sales and marketing

  $ 35,769   $ 42,851   $ 7,082     20 %

          Sales and marketing expenses increased $7.1 million, or 20%, in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily

82


Table of Contents

due to a $4.9 million increase in employee compensation costs related to our increased headcount. Between December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014, our sales and marketing headcount increased by 13%. Our sales expenses also increased in the year ended December 31, 2014 as we implemented a new customer relationship management system.

    Research and Development

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  2013   2014   $ change   % change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Research and development

  $ 9,110   $ 13,242   $ 4,132     45 %

          Research and development expenses increased $4.1 million, or 45%, for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to a $3.5 million increase in employee compensation related to our increased headcount. Between December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014, our research and development headcount increased by 21%. We increased our research and development headcount during the period in order to enhance and extend our service offerings and develop new technologies. Other factors contributing to the increase were higher expenses due to a move into a new, larger office in Beijing, China.

    General and Administrative

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  2013   2014   $ change   % change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

General and administrative

  $ 10,219   $ 13,086   $ 2,867     28 %

          General and administrative expenses increased $2.9 million, or 28%, in the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $2.1 million in employee related expenses, of which $0.7 million was share-based payment expense. Our general and administrative headcount increased during the period as we added personnel to support our growth. Between December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014, our general and administrative headcount increased by 38%.

83


Table of Contents


Quarterly Results of Operations

          The following unaudited quarterly results of operations data for each of the nine quarters ended March 31, 2016 have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated annual financial statements and include, in management's opinion, all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the presentation of the results of operations data for these periods, in accordance with IFRS. Our quarterly results of operations will vary in the future. These quarterly results of operations are not necessarily indicative of our results of operations for a full year or any future period. The following quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Mar. 31,
2014
  Jun. 30,
2014
  Sep. 30,
2014
  Dec. 31,
2014
  Mar. 31,
2015
  Jun. 30,
2015
  Sep. 30,
2015
  Dec. 31,
2015
  Mar. 31,
2016
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue

                                                       

Subscriptions

  $ 11,533   $ 11,901   $ 12,535   $ 13,321   $ 13,761   $ 15,163   $ 16,223   $ 17,575   $ 19,297  

Professional services

    3,273     3,476     3,484     3,058     3,280     3,201     3,399     3,358     3,459  

Total revenue

    14,806     15,377     16,019     16,379     17,041     18,364     19,622     20,933     22,756  

Cost of revenue (1)

                                                       

Subscriptions

    881     1,000     1,206     1,455     2,004     1,977     2,244     2,058     2,494  

Professional services

    2,811     2,717     3,052     3,036     2,803     2,531     2,479     2,612     2,794  

Total cost of revenue

    3,692     3,717     4,258     4,491     4,807     4,508     4,723     4,670     5,288  

Gross profit

    11,114     11,660     11,761     11,888     12,234     13,856     14,899     16,263     17,468  

Operating expenses (1)

                                                       

Sales and marketing

    8,519     10,920     11,615     11,797     11,488     10,842     11,985     14,854     14,876  

Research and development           

    2,628     3,025     3,511     4,078     3,525     3,839     3,775     3,936     4,278  

General and administrative

    3,032     3,791     2,818     3,445     3,334     3,165     3,636     4,318     4,259  

Total operating expenses

    14,179     17,736     17,944     19,320     18,347     17,846     19,396     23,108     23,413  

Loss from operations

    (3,065 )   (6,076 )   (6,183 )   (7,432 )   (6,113 )   (3,990 )   (4,497 )   (6,845 )   (5,945 )

Finance income (expense):

    (125 )   (50 )   454     155     222     (305 )   (4 )   (481 )   703  

Income tax

    (49 )   (50 )   (50 )   (50 )   1     2     2     2     (25 )

Net loss for the period

  $ (3,239 ) $ (6,176 ) $ (5,779 ) $ (7,327 ) $ (5,890 ) $ (4,293 ) $ (4,499 ) $ (7,324 ) $ (5,267 )

(1)
Includes share-based payment expense as follows:

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Mar. 31,
2014
  Jun. 30,
2014
  Sep. 30,
2014
  Dec. 31,
2014
  Mar. 31,
2015
  Jun. 30,
2015
  Sep. 30,
2015
  Dec. 31,
2015
  Mar. 31, 2016  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cost of revenue—subscriptions

  $   $   $   $ 2   $ 16   $ 22   $ 22   $ 18   $ 17  

Cost of revenue—professional services

        14         11     12     16     15     17     15  

Sales and marketing

    8     92     83     (6 )   148     196     226     224     179  

Research and development

    7     6     4     14     37     47     98     120     113  

General and administrative

    247     275     269     230     200     250     415     258     307  

Total

  $ 263   $ 387   $ 357   $ 252   $ 413   $ 531   $ 777   $ 636   $ 631  

84


Table of Contents

          The following table sets forth our results of operations data for each of the periods indicated as a percentage of total revenue.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Mar. 31,
2014
  Jun. 30,
2014
  Sep. 30,
2014
  Dec. 31,
2014
  Mar. 31,
2015
  Jun. 30,
2015
  Sep. 30,
2015
  Dec. 31,
2015
  Mar. 31,
2016
 

Revenues

                                                       

Subscriptions

    78 %   77 %   78 %   81 %   81 %   83 %   83 %   84 %   85 %

Professional services

    22     23     22     19     19     17     17     16     15  

Total revenue

    100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100  

Cost of revenue

                                                       

Subscriptions

    6     7     8     9     12     11     11     10     11  

Professional services

    19     18     19     19     16     14     13     12     12  

Total cost of revenues

    25     24     27     27     28     25     24     22     23  

Gross profit

    75     76     73     73     72     75     76     78     77  

Operating expenses

                                                       

Sales and marketing

    58     71     73     72     67     59     61     71     65  

Research and development

    18     20     22     25     21     21     19     19     19  

General and administrative

    20     25     18     21     20     17     19     21     19  

Total operating expenses

    96     115     112     118     108     97     99     110     103  

Loss from operations

    (21 )   (40 )   (39 )   (45 )   (36 )   (22 )   (23 )   (33 )   (26 )

Finance income (expense):

    (1 )   0     3     1     1     (2 )   0     (2 )   4  

Income tax

    0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     (0 )

Net loss for the period

    (22 )%   (40 )%   (36 )%   (45 )%   (35 )%   (23 )%   (23 )%   (35 )%   (23 )%

    Quarterly Revenue Trends

          Our quarterly subscription revenue increased in each period presented due to increased sales to new and existing customers. Our professional services revenue fluctuates from quarter to quarter based on a number of factors, including complexity and length of new customer engagements and the decision of our customers to work with independent third-party systems integrators. Our overall strategy is to focus on growing our subscription revenue while working more closely with systems integrators.

          Our total gross margin has remained relatively consistent over all periods presented, with the fluctuations primarily due to the mix of subscription and professional services revenues in our total revenue. Our subscription gross margin has slightly decreased in 2015 due to third-party licensing fees and hosting costs associated with our launch of Talend Integration Cloud.

          Research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses generally increased sequentially over the periods as we increased our headcount to support continued investment in our products. The increase in personnel costs was related to increases in headcount, along with higher share-based payment expense. Sales and marketing expenses generally are higher in the quarters ending December 31 as it is the quarter where we seasonally sell the most and thereby have higher commission expenses. Our general and administrative expenses increased for the quarter ended December 31, 2015 due to increased headcount as we prepare to become a public company. We believe that we will continue to experience seasonality in our business in the future.

85


Table of Contents


Liquidity and Capital Resources

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash from (used in) in operating activities

  $ (8,163 ) $ (14,291 ) $ (9,979 ) $ 399   $ 2,212  

Cash used in investing activities

    (570 )   (2,593 )   (788 )   (100 )   (477 )

Cash from (used in) in financing activities

    27,386     2,183     8,929     (1,121 )   426  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 18,653   $ (14,701 ) $ (1,838 ) $ (822 ) $ 2,161  

          To date, we have financed our operations primarily through cash received from customers for subscriptions of our software and professional services, private placements of preferred stock and financial debt. As of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, we had $6.9 million and $9.4 million, respectively, of cash and cash equivalents. We believe that our cash and cash equivalents balance and our existing debt financing facility will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months.

          Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our growth rate, the timing and extent of our spending to support our operating expenses. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise such financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected.

    Cash From (Used in) Operating Activities

          During the quarter ended March 31, 2016, operating activities provided $2.2 million in cash as a result of a net loss of $5.3 million, driven by a net increase of $7.5 million in our operating liabilities. The net increase in our operating liabilities was primarily the result of $1.5 million increase in deferred revenue as a result of increased sales of subscriptions, and a $1.3 million decrease in trade and other payables mainly due to payment of fiscal year end commissions and bonuses during the period. In addition to the net increase in our operating liabilities, there was a $7.7 million decrease in trade and other receivables in the quarter ended March 31, 2016 due to collections of seasonally strong orders from the quarter ended in December 31, 2015. Our quarters ended in March generally benefit from strong cash inflows due to seasonally strong billings in the quarters ended in December.

          During the quarter ended March 31, 2015, operating activities provided $0.4 million in cash as a result of a net loss of $5.9 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $0.4 million and $5.9 million of cash from changes in our operating assets and liabilities. The net increase in our operating liabilities was primarily the result of a $2.1 million increase in trade and other payables mainly due to increased headcount. In addition to the net increase in our operating liabilities, there was a $3.1 million decrease in trade and other receivables due to collections of seasonally strong orders during the quarter ended March 31, 2015 from the quarter ended in December 31, 2014.

          During the year ended December 31, 2015, operating activities used $10.0 million in cash as a result of a net loss of $22.0 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $4.1 million and a net increase of $7.9 million in our operating assets and liabilities. The net increase in our operating liabilities was primarily the result of a $13.3 million increase in deferred revenue as a result of

86


Table of Contents

increased sales of subscriptions, and a $4.7 million increase in trade and other payables mainly due to increased headcount. This net increase in our operating liabilities was partially offset by a $11.9 million increase in trade and other receivables due to increased sales of our product offerings.

          During the year ended December 31, 2014, operating activities used $14.3 million in cash as a result of a net loss of $22.5 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $2.6 million and a net increase of $5.6 million in our operating assets and liabilities. The net increase in our operating liabilities was primarily the result of a $2.9 million increase in deferred revenue as a result of increased sales of subscriptions. This net increase in our operating liabilities was also increased primarily by a $7.0 million decrease in trade receivables. These changes in trade receivables and deferred revenue were impacted by the decrease in the duration of our pre-paid subscription agreements observed during the period and the associated decrease in subscription billings.

          During the year ended December 31, 2013, operating activities used $8.2 million in cash as a result of a net loss of $19.7 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $2.9 million and a net increase of $8.6 million in our operating assets and liabilities. The net increase in our net operating liabilities was primarily the result of a $17.1 million increase in deferred revenue as a result of increased sales of subscriptions, and a $3.6 million increase in trade and other payables mainly due to increased headcount. This net increase in our operating liabilities was partially offset by a $8.7 million increase in trade receivables due to the increased sales of our product offerings.

    Cash Used in Investing Activities

          Cash used in investing activities during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 and for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 was $0.6 million, $2.6 million, $0.8 million, $0.1 million, and $0.5 million, respectively. Investing activities consist primarily of capital expenditures to purchase furniture and equipment to support additional office space as well as miscellaneous IT equipment for our employees.

    Cash From (Used In) Financing Activities

          Cash from (used in) financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 and for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 was $27.4 million, $2.2 million, $8.9 million, $(1.1) million, and $0.4 million, respectively. Financing proceeds for the year ended December 31, 2013 consisted primarily of the issuance of preferred shares to existing and new shareholders. Financing proceeds for the year ended December 31, 2014 consisted primarily of a $5 million debt facility secured on our U.S. accounts receivable which was terminated in May 2015, of which $2.6 million was drawn down as of December 31, 2014. Financing proceeds for the year ended December 31, 2015 consisted primarily of a new $15.0 million debt facility secured by the assets of our U.S., French and UK entities, of which $11.0 million was drawn down as of March 31, 2016.

    Square 1 Bank Loan and Security Agreement

          On May 29, 2015, our subsidiaries, Talend, Inc. and Talend USA, Inc., or the co-borrowers, entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Square 1. The agreement provides a $15 million revolving line of credit (including ancillary and letter of credit sub-facilities), subject to a maximum loan amount based on a formula related to the value of the subscription revenue of Talend S.A. and its subsidiaries. The co-borrowers may borrow, repay and reborrow under the revolving line until May 29, 2017, when all outstanding principal and accrued interest becomes due and payable. The interest rate on outstanding amounts is Square 1's "prime rate" plus 2.50%, but not less than

87


Table of Contents

5.75% per annum, payable monthly in arrears. As of March 31, 2016, we had drawn down $11.0 million under the revolving line of credit.

          The Loan and Security Agreement requires us to maintain minimum billings and minimum cash flow and contains certain customary affirmative and negative covenants. We were in compliance with each of these covenants as of March 31, 2016. The agreement also contains certain customary events of default (including, without limitation, a material adverse effect event of default), the occurrence of which could result in the acceleration of the obligations under the agreement and enable Square 1 to proceed against its collateral. A default rate of 2.00% plus the applicable interest rate applies to all obligations during an event of default and on the amount of any over advance.

          We and our U.S. and UK subsidiaries have guaranteed the obligations and, together with the co-borrowers, pledged substantially all of our assets as collateral under the Loan and Security Agreement and the related collateral documents.

          On March 7, 2016, we executed an amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement with Square 1 that, among other things, increased the revolving line of credit from a maximum of $15.0 million to a maximum of $20.0 million.


Contractual Obligations and Commitments

          Our contractual obligations primarily consist of leases for office space. The leases have varying terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights. On renewal, the terms of the leases are renegotiated. As of December 31, 2015, the future undiscounted non-cancelable minimum lease payments under these obligations, as well as the future non-cancelable minimum payments under our other contractual obligations, including the undiscounted Square 1 credit facility, were as follows:

 
  Payments Due by Period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1 to 3
years
  3 to 5
years
  More than
5 years
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Operating lease obligations

  $ 10,915   $ 2,494   $ 3,892   $ 3,021   $ 1,508  

Other contractual obligations (1)

  $ 10,299   $ 192   $ 10,107   $   $  

Total

  $ 21,214   $ 2,686   $ 13,999   $ 3,021   $ 1,508  

(1)
Gives effect to the repayment in full of our Square 1 credit facility with $11 million of the net proceeds from this offering. See "—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Square 1 Bank Loan and Security Agreement" and "Use of Proceeds".


Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

          During the periods presented, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.


Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosure about Market Risk

    Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

          Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations as a result of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Our sales contracts are generally denominated in the local currency of the entity with which they are contracted. Our operating expenses are generally

88


Table of Contents

denominated in the local currencies of the countries where our operations are located. Most of our expenses are incurred in Euros and United States dollars. We have not entered into derivatives or hedging transactions, as our exposure to foreign currency exchange rates has historically been partially hedged as our Euro denominated inflows have covered our Euro denominated expenses and our USD denominated inflows have covered our USD denominated expenses. However, we may enter into derivative or hedging transactions in the future if our exposure to foreign currency should become more significant.

    Interest Rate Risk

          We had cash and cash equivalents of $25.4 million, $9.2 million, $6.9 million and $9.4 million at December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, and March 31, 2016, respectively. The carrying amount of our cash equivalents reasonably approximates fair value, as a result of the short maturities of investment instruments used. The primary objective of our investment activities is the preservation of capital, and we do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Short-term and long-term investments we hold are in the form of term deposits with fixed interest rates, thereby limiting their exposure related to interest rate fluctuations. We maintain a revolving credit facility with floating interest rates that would subject us to interest rate fluctuations. However, we expect to pay down the balance of this facility with the proceeds of this offering. Nevertheless, a hypothetical 10% increase in interest rates during the year ended December 31, 2015 or the quarter ended March 31, 2016 would not have had a material impact on our financial statements.

    Inflation Risk

          We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.


Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

          We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS, which includes all standards issued by the IASB and related interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee. The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenues, and expenses. We base our judgments and estimates on historical experience and various other factors we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, and we evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions and may materially affect the financial results or the financial position reported in future periods.

          While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, the following accounting policies involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, these are the accounting policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations.

    Revenue Recognition

          We primarily derive revenue from two sources: subscription revenue which is comprised of direct or indirect sales of subscription-based license agreements for Talend technologies; and related professional services revenue.

          We recognize revenue in line with IAS 18, Revenue, when the amount of revenue can be measured reliably, it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the entity and the stage of completion of the transaction at the end of the reporting period can be measured reliably.

89


Table of Contents

    Subscription revenue

          A subscription includes a license to use software, access to technical support and rights to fixes and updates of new versions of the software, on a when-and-if available basis, during the term of the subscription. Subscription revenues are recognized ratably over the contract terms beginning with the commencement date of each subscription agreement, and when all other revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied. Subscription-based arrangements generally have a contractual term of one to three years.

          We sell our offerings through two channels: directly to customers, which includes sales by our sales force; and indirectly through value added resellers, or VARs, and channel partners. We negotiate directly with our resellers on contracts to provide our subscriptions as we would with our direct customers, and do not have the ability or right to establish pricing between our resellers and end users. We issue our resellers a non-exclusive reseller subscription of our products and resellers function as non-exclusive resellers to market, sell and provide our products and support services to end users. Our resellers have discretion with setting the price with the end users and we do not bear any of the risks or rewards with regard to the sales made by our resellers to end users. Revenue recognition for indirect customers is the same as for direct customers as the terms of sale are substantially similar.

          Additionally, we occasionally enter into arrangements to embed a license or generated code into a third-party application or service for which we receive a royalty. For royalty lump sum arrangements, revenue is recognized over the term of the royalty agreement. For sales-based royalty arrangements, revenue is recognized upon receiving proof of sell-through. Royalty revenues are also recognized under subscription revenues.

    Professional services revenue

          We offer professional services which include consulting and training and associated expenses. Consulting services include implementation support to our customers during subscription setup and consist of time-based arrangements for which the revenue is recognized as the services are rendered. Training revenue results from contracts to provide educational services to customers and partners regarding the use of our technologies and is recognized as training is delivered.

    Multiple-element arrangements

          We may enter into transactions that are multiple-element arrangements where a subscription and consulting and training services are sold together. These elements are recognized separately unless the services are deemed essential to the functionality of the other elements in the arrangement (i.e. the software license). We first allocate revenue to consulting and training services based on the relative fair value method and allocate any remaining amount to the subscription using the residual method. We are able to determine reliably the fair value of a consulting or training services component based on historical pricing for the component or a similar component that has been sold on a standalone basis. The consideration allocated to each component is recognized as revenue when the revenue recognition criteria have been met for the respective component.

          Support is not accounted for separately from the license included in the subscription fee as it is not sold separately as the subscriptions we sell incude both license and support.

    Deferred revenue

          Deferred revenue includes future revenue from subscriptions that will be recognized ratably over the remaining term of the contract period, beginning on the commencement date of each

90


Table of Contents

contract, and for the undelivered portion of consulting and training services that the customer has prepaid but for which services have not yet been performed.

    Share-Based Payments

          Prior to this offering, the fair value of the share options underlying our share-based payments was determined by our board of directors. For options, we recognized share-based payment expense beginning in the period of grant based on the fair value of the award at the grant date. We have obtained independent valuations at regular intervals in order to help our board of directors determine the fair value of each option grant.

          The assumptions used in the valuation models were based on future expectations combined with management judgment. In the absence of a public market for our company shares, our board of directors, with input from management, exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our company shares as of the date of each grant, including the following factors:

    Valuations performed at regular intervals by unrelated third-party specialists;

    Private financing rounds involving our shares with new investors;

    Our actual operating and financial performance;

    Our current business conditions and projections;

    Our stage of development;

    Our likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

    The lack of marketability involving securities in a private company;

    The market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and

    The U.S. and global capital markets conditions.

          In valuing our shares, our board of directors determined the enterprise value, added net cash, and then allocated the equity value to each class of equity securities outstanding initially using an option pricing method, or OPM. The board of directors determined the enterprise value of our business using the discounted cash flow approach and the market approach valuation methods.

          The OPM treats our ordinary shares and preferred shares as call options on a business, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-valuation model to price the call option. Estimates of the volatility applied in the Black-Scholes option-valuation model were based on available information on the volatility of shares of comparable, publicly traded companies. Additionally, we applied a discount for lack of marketability.

          The discounted cash flow approach estimates the fair value of the enterprise based on the present value of our future estimated net cash flows and our residual value beyond the forecast period. The future net cash flows and residual value are discounted to their present value to reflect the risks inherent in us achieving these estimated net cash flows. The discount rate was based on a market-derived weighted average cost of capital.

          The market approach is a useful method of determining the fair market value of a company which is closely held because it can be used to determine what the company or the particular security would be worth in the public market.

91


Table of Contents

          The approach is one of determining a level of earnings which is considered to be representative of the future performance of the company, and capitalizing this figure by an appropriate risk-adjusted rate. This approach provides an indication of value for the security which corresponds with the particular earnings figure being capitalized (for example, capitalizing net earnings available to common stock holders would yield an indication of value for the common stock). There are several different forms of "earnings" used in the market capitalization approach, because each form isolates particular nuances of the company's operating performance.

          The capitalization rate is an expression of what investors believe to be a fair and reasonable rate of return for the particular security, given the inherent risks of ownership. It incorporates expectations of growth and rests on the implicit assumption that some level of earnings will be generated by the enterprise into perpetuity. The most common means of obtaining capitalization rates is through the market comparison method, whereby companies having their stock traded in the public market are selected for comparison purposes and used as a basis for choosing reasonable capitalization rates for the subject company.

          Capitalization rates obtained in this manner are generally expressed as ratios of the various revenue and earnings figures, and are referred to as "market multiples". Another common method of obtaining such multiples is to examine companies that have recently been sold in the public marketplace. For this method, the total price paid for the company is related to revenue or earnings figures which yield implied transaction multiples. The acquired company is then compared with the subject company on the basis of risk and expected return, and its transaction multiples are used as a basis for selecting appropriate multiples for the subject company.

          Market multiples are categorized as either "leveraged" or "debt-free" depending on whether or not the earnings figures being capitalized are net of interest expense. The most common leveraged multiple is the price/earnings, or P/E, ratio, which relates the price paid for the common stock of a company with that company's earnings per share. The multiple is considered to be "leveraged" because earnings per share is net of any interest expense, and capitalization of this figure effectively incorporates the impact of any debt the company has into the final value for the equity.

          Debt-free market multiples relate the value of the company's Enterprise Value, or EV, or debt net of cash and equity, to earnings figures from which no interest expense has been deducted. Examples of these multiples would be EV/Revenue, EV/EBITDA or EV/EBIT. The use of these multiples may be appropriate when comparing companies that have substantially different amounts of financial leverage, because the multiples are based on total company value, which is generally independent of the amount of leverage in the company's capital structure. Their use effectively separates the issue of company valuation from the specific financing decisions which are made to operate the business. Furthermore, EV/EBITDA and EV/EBIT multiples, which are developed from pre-tax earnings figures, may be appropriate when comparing companies that have substantially different income tax situations, as well as different amounts of financial leverage. The EV/Revenue multiple is particularly applicable to companies that do not have positive EBITDA or earnings.

          Following this offering, valuation models, including the estimates and assumptions used in such models, will not be necessary to determine the fair value of our company shares, as our company shares will be traded in the public market.


Recent Accounting Pronouncements

          In July 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 9, Financial Instruments , which replaces IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement , and which provides guidance that may impact the classification and measurement of financial assets and will result in additional disclosures. The standard applies to the classification and measurement of financial instruments, a new credit loss

92


Table of Contents

model for calculating impairment on financial assets, and new general hedge accounting requirements. It will be effective for the company for financial periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, with early adoption permitted.

          In May 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , which supersedes current revenue recognition requirements. The standard is effective for the company for financial periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018 with early adoption permitted, and it provides alternative approaches to adoption. IFRS 15 requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers.

          In January 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16, Leases, which provides guidance for most leases to be recognized on lessee's balance sheet as an asset and corresponding liability. The standard is effective for the company for financial periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019 with early adoption permitted.

          We are assessing the potential impact of these standards on our consolidated financial statements and, as it relates to the new revenue recognition standard, we have not yet decided the adoption approach.

93


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Company Overview

          Our mission is to enable every organization to harness the power of their data. Our software platform, Talend Data Fabric, integrates data and applications in real time across modern big data and cloud environments, as well as traditional systems, allowing organizations to develop a unified view of their business and customers across organizational and technology silos. Effective and strategic use of data to optimize every aspect of business is a competitive advantage. Talend is a key enabler of the data-driven enterprise where data is becoming a strategic asset. Talend Data Fabric allows customers in any industry to improve business performance by using their data to create new insights and to automate business processes. Our customers rely on our software to better understand their customers, improve customer service, detect fraud, and predict equipment maintenance needs.

          The amount of data available for decision making is increasing exponentially, and the technology to analyze and act on that data is becoming dramatically more capable and cost effective, and ubiquitous. As a result, IT infrastructure is undergoing an industrywide, transformative shift toward new big data and cloud platforms. At the same time, the increasing pace of business is driving the need for more real-time data processing and the need to make data-driven decisions throughout every organization is creating demand for self-service business and analytical applications. The rise of social media, mobile devices, cloud computing, and the IoT is generating massive amounts of new data at an increasing pace. To manage this deluge of information, organizations are adopting big data solutions such as Hadoop, Spark and NoSQL, which manage data at much lower cost than previously possible. Organizations also have begun to extend their data infrastructure with cloud platforms to enhance agility, elasticity, scalability, and time-to-value. As many organizations undergo a digital transformation, access to real-time data that automates operational processes and informs rapid decision-making becomes a competitive necessity. In addition, business users increasingly demand self-service solutions that remove dependency on IT departments and increase their efficiency. As a result, organizations require agile, real-time data integration solutions that support their evolving needs.

          The growth in data sources, such as the rise of new big data and cloud platforms to analyze this data, combine to create major growth engines for the data integration market. We believe our products immediately address the markets for Data Integration and Access Software, Master Data Management, and Integration and Orchestration Middleware, which IDC estimates combined were $16 billion in 2015 and are forecasted to reach $21 billion in 2019. Within those large markets, demand for big data integration and cloud integration is growing particularly quickly due to growth in their underlying markets. The markets for big data technology and services and public IT cloud services are expected to grow at compound annual growth rates, or CAGRs, of 23% and 19%, respectively, from 2015 to 2019 according to IDC estimates. We expect that the advent of self-service data preparation solutions will serve as an additional driver of growth for data integration. We believe these trends will shape the data integration space for years to come.

          Talend Data Fabric provides a comprehensive, flexible platform to address IT integration needs across industries. Our platform works seamlessly at the speed and scale of modern big data architectures and across on-premise and cloud environments to connect both traditional and big data environments. Organizations can quickly integrate all forms of data across systems and applications at scale, with significantly improved performance and lower total cost of ownership than traditional data integration approaches. Our platform interoperates with modern data technologies, such as Hadoop, Spark, and Spark Streaming, and our flexible product architecture enables us to rapidly adopt new technologies as they emerge. Our technology allows our customers to manage both batch and real-time data processing and incorporate machine learning to leverage data for the automation of operational workflows. Our flexible cloud architecture allows

94


Table of Contents

organizations to operate in a cloud-based environment such as Amazon Web Services, Google Compute Engine, or Microsoft Azure, in their on-premise datacenter, in private clouds, or in any hybrid combination. Our visual drag-and-drop interface is easy to use and removes the need for complex and time-consuming manual code development, allowing business users to independently and quickly complete data integration tasks that typically would have taken IT developers days or weeks. Our Talend Big Data Integration solution can run up to seven times faster on big data platforms than a certain large competitor's product, according to an MCG study we commissioned.

          We offer Talend Data Fabric as a subscription license based primarily on the number of users of our platform. Our commercial products are based on free open source versions of our data integration offerings, and include additional capabilities which are critical for enterprise deployment such as high availability, technical support, monitoring, and distributed scale-out. Individual developers often discover Talend through our open source offerings and introduce our solutions more broadly within their organizations. Many of these organizations choose to license our commercial products for enterprise deployment. After an initial deployment, organizations often purchase additional subscriptions or expand their usage to additional modules within Talend Data Fabric. The unified code base and modularity of our products allows organizations to enable additional functionality with just a license key, significantly reducing software deployment and training costs.

          We have a broad, global customer base that includes Allianz, Citi, General Electric, Lenovo and Siemens and spans a broad range of industries, including financial services, technology, telecommunications, healthcare, manufacturing, and retail. We have developed an ecosystem of over 120 partners including Cloudera, Hortonworks, MapR, and Amazon Web Services, as well as many leading systems integrators such as Accenture and Capgemini. This ecosystem extends the capabilities of our platform, enhances our sales reach and market penetration, and maximizes the value of our solutions for our customers.

          For the year ended December 31, 2015, our total revenue was $76.0 million, including $62.7 million of subscription revenue that grew 39% year-over-year on a constant currency basis (27% year-over-year on an actual currency basis). We experienced net losses of $22.0 million and negative free cash flow of $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as we continued to invest in growing our business. For the quarter ended March 31, 2016, our total revenue was $22.8 million, including $19.3 million of subscription revenue that grew 42% year-over-year on a constant currency basis (40% year-over-year on an actual currency basis). We experienced a net loss of $5.3 million and positive free cash flow of $1.7 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2016.


Industry Overview

          We are in the early stages of four disruptive trends that are reshaping the IT industry:

    The amount and availability of data is increasing significantly;

    Big data technologies such as Hadoop, Spark and NoSQL dramatically lower the cost to store and manage data and add new real-time processing capabilities;

    New cloud platforms from Amazon, Google and Microsoft both lower costs and increase IT agility; and

    Self-service tools give business users new and faster access to data than ever before.

These trends are creating an increasing number of new opportunities for organizations to be data driven. Organizations in every sector of the economy use data as a strategic tool to drive better business results. It is now, more than ever, critical for organizations to have an IT strategy that enables them to leverage data to support their business initiatives. To do this, IT teams must be

95


Table of Contents

able to work with new data platforms and fluidly address high volume, IoT, self-service, and real-time scenarios.

The Data-Driven Imperative

          The rise of social media, proliferation of mobile and IoT devices, and growing adoption of cloud-based IT infrastructure is producing massive quantities of new data for organizations. IDC estimates that the quantity of data will double every two years through 2020 to reach 44 trillion gigabytes. This data provides little insight when stored in organizational or technology silos, but becomes highly valuable when combined with existing customer, product, and partner data. For example, by integrating and analyzing customer data from point of sales systems with data from phone interactions, organizations can develop a holistic view of the customer and provide a more engaging experience.

          The proliferation of digital information provides new opportunities for organizations to leverage data to enhance their business, making its effective and strategic use a key competitive advantage. According to Accenture, 84% of executives expect big data to shift their competitive landscape within a year. In virtually every industry, organizations leverage data to gain an advantage. For example, organizations can tailor product offerings to a customer in real time based on online shopping behavior while the customer is still online, increasing the likelihood of a transaction. Organizations can use data to predict and schedule maintenance proactively before problems arise, monitor patient health, optimize prices, detect fraud, and even create new data products. Increasingly, organizations seek to share and connect data with customers, partners and suppliers through applications to facilitate the exchange of information. As leading organizations move the competitive bar upwards with innovative use of data, other organizations risk falling behind if they do not also invest in solutions that leverage their data assets effectively. In a business environment where data is available and actionable, data-driven decision making is now a competitive necessity.

Generational Shift to Big Data Technology

          To accommodate the enormous increase in data, including from social media, mobile, and IoT devices as well as the concurrent increase in real-time processing requirements, IT infrastructure is in the midst of a transformative shift towards next generation big data technology. Technologies such as Hadoop, Spark, and NoSQL enable organizations to manage and process far greater amounts of data in real time and at significantly lower costs. Forrester estimates that 100% of large enterprises will adopt Hadoop and/or related big data technologies such as Spark by 2018. These new technologies initially start as complementing the traditional relational database technology in widespread use today by adding new capabilities to deal with the far larger data volumes, more varied types of data, and real-time processing. According to IDC, 82% of organizations are in some phase of adopting real-time analytics or planning to within the next 12 months. Over time, as organizations become familiar with these technologies and better understand their capabilities, they increasingly choose big data technologies for new projects they initiate.

          Although big data technology adoption is accelerating rapidly, the large number of existing applications in use today will remain on traditional relational database technology for the remainder of their operational lifetime. As a result, organizations will operate in a hybrid mode for years to come where new projects are increasingly built with the next-generation big data technologies, but existing applications will continue to run on traditional databases.

Cloud Adoption Becomes Mainstream

          IT infrastructure is undergoing a shift as organizations extend their infrastructure with cloud-based solutions. The traditional information technology framework of standalone hardware running on-premise software, which is deployed and maintained by IT departments, is shifting rapidly

96


Table of Contents

toward a virtualized, cloud-based infrastructure that reduces upfront investment, ongoing maintenance and support costs, and increases agility. Gartner estimates that by 2020, the revenue for compute infrastructure as a service, or IaaS, and platform as a service, or PaaS, will exceed $55 billion—and likely pass the revenue for servers. (1)

          This new IT paradigm empowers organizations to adapt their compute and storage resources to meet their needs in real time, reducing their footprint and streamlining costs. This evolution of IT infrastructure also requires organizations to support hybrid environments, as some of their systems and data remain on-premise while others move to the cloud. As a result, organizations seek solutions that enable simultaneous integration across both traditional and cloud architectures.

Demand for Self-Service Technology

          The proliferation of data, coupled with its strategic importance, has significantly increased business users' demand for tools to access the data themselves. For example, self-service visualization tools such as Tableau or Qlik have empowered business users to perform analytics independently. While these tools provide tremendous value, they are often limited by the data they can access. In many cases IT controls the data but does not deliver it in a format easily analyzed or used by the business. According to Sagence, Inc., data scientists spend up to 80% of their time preparing data for analysis. This has led to demand for a new wave of self-service tools that allow both IT and business users to access, merge, cleanse, and analyze data more quickly than before. By removing the IT bottleneck in accessing data, organizations empower key business stakeholders to leverage all of their data quickly to create new insights and implement operational changes. As businesses face pressure to accelerate how they do business, self-service access to data integration will become increasingly important.


Limitations of Traditional Approaches

          Historically, data integration has been performed through two different approaches: hand-coded integrations manually created by developers or legacy ETL software. A large portion of organizations continue to use hand coding for their data integration requirements. Hand coding requires developers to write unique code manually for each specific data integration workflow. Legacy ETL software extracts data from various databases, blends it together, transforms it into a unified data model, and subsequently loads it into a data warehouse.

          Both traditional approaches have significant limitations, including:

Limitations of Hand Coding:

    Scarcity of technical talent.   Hand-coded integrations require highly specialized developers to write custom code for each data flow. Many organizations are unable to find and retain developers with the expertise required for hand coding, especially in rapidly evolving big data and cloud technologies. This scarcity of technical talent can both significantly delay integration projects and increase their cost, particularly as the rapid growth of big data and cloud architectures makes coding integrations more complex.

    Requires significant time from developers.   Hand-coded integrations require significant investment of time from developers and IT personnel. Hand coding is a costly, resource-intensive, and inflexible approach. In some instances, even medium-scale projects can take months to complete. Hand-coded integrations lack extensibility, are error prone, and require new code for each new data flow. Furthermore, hand coding techniques vary from developer to developer, potentially creating inconsistencies in documentation and re-use of

   


(1)
See Gartner note (13) in the section titled "Industry and Market Data".

97


Table of Contents

    code. This increases maintenance costs and results in considerable re-working of existing integrations.

    Lacks governance and control.   In many industries, especially in financial services and healthcare, compliance and audit trails are required by regulators. This includes tracing the origin of a data trail and when and how it was modified. Hand coding relies on time-consuming manual developer documentation which can be error prone, incomplete, out of date, or nonexistent.

    Not adaptable to new technologies.   Hand coding requires manual integration between systems using technology-specific code, impeding flexibility to migrate to new technologies or integrate multiple systems. For example, over the last year a significant portion of the Hadoop ecosystem transitioned from using a technology framework called MapReduce to Spark. As a result, many organizations must spend hundreds or thousands of hours re-writing integration code for Spark, transitioning from code written for MapReduce only a few months or years earlier. Future technology innovations will require the same time-consuming and expensive transition, which may result in some organizations never re-writing this code, leading to further dependence on outdated data platforms. This increases costs and slows the pace of innovation, as organizations must maintain multiple data platforms, and reduces organizations' ability to utilize powerful new capabilities such as real-time processing and machine learning.

Limitations of Legacy ETL Software:

    Not designed for big data architectures.   Legacy ETL software was built primarily to integrate structured data from on-premise applications and relational databases into data warehouses, and is not designed for big data platforms such as Hadoop and Spark. Instead, it uses a proprietary approach that runs separately from the high speed Hadoop/Spark processing, which creates a bottleneck to performance, scale, and flexibility. In addition, legacy ETL software does not support the real-time capabilities necessary for exploratory analysis. Some legacy ETL software vendors offer separate big data specific tools that lack full interoperability with existing systems, forcing customers to use multiple different tools, one for traditional data integration and another that works within Hadoop and other big data platforms. This slows down IT projects and increases complexity and cost.

    Poorly integrated cloud solutions.   Legacy ETL software is not designed to work effectively with modern data infrastructures that are cloud-based or that have a mix of both on-premise and cloud systems. Some legacy ETL software vendors have attempted to acquire or build offerings to provide data integration with cloud infrastructures, but these offerings do not work effectively with their core ETL offering, increasing costs and reducing IT agility. This forces customers to buy multiple solutions for different scenarios, which reduces agility while increasing software, deployment, and training costs.

    Lack real-time insight.   ETL software typically uses a bulk or batch processing approach that processes data on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis for use in post-transaction analytics and reporting. It lacks predictive and real-time capabilities. However, organizations increasingly require analytics that combine historical and real-time data. As a result, ETL vendors have often built or acquired separate tools for real-time data processing which are limited to specific real-time data use cases and do not integrate with an organization's broader data architecture. For example, in predictive maintenance scenarios, organizations evaluate past service data in combination with real-time sensor data to predict and proactively avoid future outages. Legacy ETL vendors require two different tools to address this scenario, which increases costs and training and requires duplicate work in two separate tools, slowing down processing and IT productivity.

98


Table of Contents

    Complex and difficult to deploy.   Legacy ETL software has been built and modified over decades, making it difficult to use and cumbersome to deploy. These tools require extensive training and specialized IT resources to operate and maintain. Deploying legacy ETL software requires significant upfront investment and can take months to implement, delaying time to value.


Our Opportunity

          We believe that organizations must integrate large, disparate volumes of data into a single, unified environment to enable better, data-driven decision making. In today's business environment, we believe it is imperative that data be integrated in real time across cloud and on-premise environments and that business users also have self-service capabilities to access and analyze data without reliance on IT personnel.

          We believe our products immediately address the markets for Data Integration and Access Software, Master Data Management, and Integration and Orchestration Middleware, which IDC estimates combined were to be $16 billion in 2015 and are forecasted to reach $21 billion in 2019. We believe that these markets will further expand as a portion of spend on hand-coded integrations will transition to software-based integration solutions given the time consuming and expensive process of manual integrations coupled with the scarcity of personnel with the requisite technical skills. According to research from Forrester, spending on Systems Integration Project Work was estimated to be $357 billion in 2015. We believe that this only partially captures spending on hand-coded integrations as many organizations utilize their internal development teams for this process.

          Lastly, the transformative change in IT infrastructure is driving a dramatic shift in IT spend and opening up new market opportunities. The rapid adoption of cloud platforms and big data technologies including Hadoop reflect this shift. The global big data technology and services market is expected to grow from $21 billion in 2015 to $49 billion by 2019, a CAGR of 23%, according to IDC. The related market for integration solutions for big data is not included in this market, but we believe will grow in parallel at a similar rate of growth. According to IDC, spending on public IT cloud services is expected to grow from $70 billion in 2015 to $141 billion in 2019, a CAGR of 19%. These significant growth rates represent the rapid expansion and pace of change in the markets underlying our opportunity.


Our Solution

          Talend Data Fabric is a modern, unified platform designed to meet integration needs of both developers and business users. It works seamlessly across on-premise, cloud, and hybrid environments, and integrates data in real time from both traditional and big data platforms. The benefits of our solution include:

    Designed for big data technologies.   Our solution was purpose-built to work with modern big data architectures, allowing organizations to integrate their data seamlessly in any environment. Our product architecture generates code that runs natively in Hadoop and Spark to take full advantage of the scale and speed of big data technologies. Our solution works with the increasingly fragmented and complex data that is created in both structured and unstructured formats, and supports exploratory analysis. We continue to innovate our platform to keep it at the cutting edge. As an example, in September 2015 Talend 6 became the first data integration tool to run natively with Spark and Spark Streaming on Hadoop, increasing performance by up to five times relative to MapReduce, according to our internal performance calculations, while allowing customers to manage both batch and real-time streaming integrations within a single development environment.

    Integrated cloud solution.   We provide a single integration solution that can be deployed on-premise, in the cloud, or in a hybrid environment. Because our solution is designed for

99


Table of Contents

      seamless integration between cloud and on-premise environments, organizations have access to identical architecture and functionality across all potential use cases. Talend gives organizations the ability to scale cloud resources up and down when necessary, allowing customers to take advantage of the elasticity and cost savings that come with platforms such as Amazon Elastic MapReduce, or EMR, Amazon Redshift, Microsoft Azure HDInsight, and Google BigQuery.

    Powerful real-time integration and machine learning.   We enable organizations to unlock the value of their data to create real-time, predictive insights. Historically, leveraging machine learning and real-time data streams required large technical teams with specialized skills that few organizations could afford. With the introduction of Talend 6 in September 2015, Talend brought these capabilities to the mainstream by allowing any developer to build intelligent data flows with a drag-and-drop user interface. With Talend, customers can use a single design environment to create intelligent data flows with machine learning algorithms that can process both batch and real-time streaming data. This dramatically increases the number of customers that can embed machine learning into their digital business processes to automate the delivery of real-time insights and add intelligent automated behavior into every customer interaction.

    Self-service functionality.   Our solution enables anyone in IT or a business role to access, cleanse, enrich, and integrate data with an easy-to-use, web-based user interface. This empowers business users to conduct more data preparation on their own, without waiting for IT resources. It also allows IT organizations to collaborate with business users who are experts in the data being processed. Our solution significantly reduces the time required by business users to get clean, usable data.

    Rapid deployment and agility.   We have simplified the complexities of connecting big data and traditional architectures across cloud and on-premise environments. Our solution can be deployed and in production in a matter of hours, due to its lightweight architecture and intuitive functionality. Since developers use a single platform for all of their integration needs, they can move quickly from one data integration project to another without learning or deploying additional solutions. This both accelerates development and reduces cost and complexity of data integration. As customers decide to add new Talend Data Fabric modules, they can often be set up with a license key, dramatically reducing the time to deploy new capabilities.

    Robust governance and management capabilities.   Our solution provides organizations with powerful governance and management capabilities for their data assets. As regulatory and compliance issues gain importance for organizations, our data governance capabilities allow customers to be confident that their data will be secure, auditable, and reliable. Our solution can manage the largest volumes of data, while masking sensitive data such as credit card or social security numbers. We provide visibility into data flows, lineage and stewardship that continuously updates as developers change integrations.


Competitive Strengths

          We believe we have a number of competitive advantages that will enable us to maintain and extend our leadership position in next-generation data integration. Our competitive strengths include:

    Differentiated performance and scalability.   Talend Big Data Integration builds data integration flows that run natively within Hadoop platforms and leverage the latest technologies, such as Spark and Spark Streaming. This gives customers the ability to create rich, powerful data integration and data cleansing flows that can run up to seven times faster than a certain large competitor's product, according to an MCG study we

100


Table of Contents

      commissioned. Specifically, the study showed that for a particular data set, Talend Big Data Integration ran the most complex, largest data integration flows between 2.2 and 7.6 times faster and indicated that the larger the data set, the wider the gap in execution time between the two products.

    Flexible pricing model providing a compelling value proposition.   We offer our commercial products primarily based on a flexible, per-user annual subscription pricing model that allows for wide adoption within an organization at significantly lower upfront and total cost of ownership compared to the cost of legacy data integration tools. Traditional tools are typically based on a per-CPU core or per-node perpetual pricing model with high up-front costs as well as additional fees for connectors to different types of data. This approach forces customers to pay more as data volumes grow, which can be especially difficult for customers who cannot necessarily predict how much their data volumes will grow or how many additional data sources will be added each year. In contrast, costs of our per-user pricing model are much more predictable, which facilitates broad adoption of our solution.

    Open source model providing go-to-market leverage.   Our free open source solution generates qualified leads for the licensing of our enterprise-grade subscription solution. Our open source products have been downloaded more than two million times, including both new downloads and updates to existing downloads. This number often includes multiple developers at a single organization, which can convert into a single customer. While the growth of our open source community user base may not result in a proportional increase in our revenues, we believe that our community of more than 270,000 users contributes to the development of our technology platform and also fuels a low-touch, efficient sales and marketing model.

    Adaptable and extensible architecture.   We continuously update our solution to work with existing and new technologies and data frameworks. Talend Studio allows developers to visually design integration flows, and then Talend seamlessly generates Java, SQL, MapReduce or Spark code. This architecture separates the design of integration jobs from the actual code, which enables our platform to work with new technologies as they emerge, such as Hadoop and Spark. For example, over the last year, a significant portion of the Hadoop ecosystem transitioned from using MapReduce to Spark, because Spark runs more quickly and supports a wider range of data processing scenarios. We made the transition to Spark seamless for our customers. We believe that technologies and frameworks will continue to evolve and our ability to adapt to these changes is a key competitive advantage.

    Powerful network effects from our Talend Data Fabric Platform.   With over one thousand pre-built connectors and components, we believe that we have the broadest integration capabilities in the industry, spanning disparate data systems, data and file formats, and applications. Organizations have two options to access information stored in data sources and applications: either hand code a connector or use a pre-built connector offered by an integration vendor. Our pre-built connectors enable our customers to easily integrate data from various data sources and applications without expert knowledge about each data system and without hand coding a connector to access data. Easy integration with a broad range of systems is a critical decision factor for potential customers as it allows our solution to address a wide variety of data use cases. The breadth of our platform continues to attract new developers to our community, who in turn develop new connectors and components that they contribute back to our open source community. We provide members of our open source community with access to product documentation, tutorials, and webinars. This creates a powerful network effect whereby we and our community keep each other at the forefront of innovation.

101


Table of Contents


Our Platform

          We deliver products for data integration, big data integration, application integration, cloud integration, master data management, or MDM, and self-service data preparation as a part of our Talend Data Fabric platform. Our products are designed to connect the data-driven enterprise through a broad range of use cases including enabling the speed and scale of big data, connecting data in the cloud and on-premise, integrating applications in real time, and empowering organizations to make strategic decisions with a single view of their customers, partners and products. Our platform works with a wide range of databases, data warehouses, file formats and applications including Marketo, NetSuite, salesforce.com, and SAP. While our customers often gain experience with our products through our open source versions, we generate revenue when customers purchase subscriptions to the commercial version of any of our products.

          Our commercial products are enhanced versions of the free open source versions of our offerings, and include additional capabilities which are critical for enterprise deployment, such as:

    Collaboration: maximize productivity by enabling teams to share metadata and flows;

    Scheduling: run an integration flow on a repeating schedule;

    High Availability: maximize uptime through technical clustering features;

    Monitoring: track events, requests, unexpected faults, and system management decisions;

    Distributed Scale-Out: dynamically expand and contract compute in response to demand;

    Governance: embed compliance and security rules for tracking and auditing of internal data; and

    Technical Support: includes response time SLAs, plus phone, email and web support.

          Our open source products have limited functionality with respect to these user needs. Generally, once multiple users within the same organization start using our open source products, they tend to need these additional capabilities that are only included in our subscription commercial offerings. For instance, multiple users within the same organization typically require the ability to collaborate with other users within the organization, to manage the scheduling of data integration workflows, and to monitor the operation of data integration workflows across the project environment. Users must purchase our subscription commercial offerings in order to benefit from these enhanced functionalities.

          Talend Data Fabric combines all of our integration products into a single platform with a common development and management environment to solve complex IT integration challenges. Talend Data Fabric comes with Talend Studio, a visual drag-and-drop design environment and a shared repository to simplify development, deployment and collaboration. The platform enables users to shift between capabilities without learning additional tools, interfaces, and programming paradigms. Talend Data Fabric is seamlessly compatible and interoperable across cloud, on-premise and hybrid environments. Talend Data Fabric increases productivity by allowing developers to use the same integration tools to address a wide variety of integration challenges across big data, the cloud, IoT and traditional data sources.

102


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

          Talend Data Fabric includes the following products:

    Data Integration.   Talend Data Integration allows customers to easily integrate, transform and blend data from a wide variety of data sources. Our code generation architecture uses a visual interface to create high performance Java or SQL code. The solution contains over one thousand connectors to databases, flat files, cloud-based applications and many other types of data. Talend Data Integration includes optional data quality features to profile, cleanse, anonymize and mask data. These optional data quality features provide data de-duplication, validation, standardization and enrichment that create high-quality, clean and reliable data for access, reporting and analytics. Talend Data Integration can be sold and deployed as a standalone product.

    Big Data Integration.   Talend Big Data Integration provides the same features and functionality as our Talend Data Integration product, in addition to specialized support for big data platforms. Our solution generates native code for modern big data systems to run real-time, large-scale data processing. It integrates with Apache Hadoop, Apache Spark, NoSQL databases and other big data systems either on-premise or in the cloud. The solution delivers large-scale, high performance in-memory processing by generating native Spark and Spark Streaming code, thus leveraging the full capabilities of the Hadoop environment. Talend's support for Spark and Spark Streaming gives it up to five times faster performance than MapReduce, according to our internal performance calculations, support for machine learning algorithms, and real-time processing of data streams. This solution can load, transform, enrich and cleanse data inside Hadoop, leveraging its power and scale. End-to-end big data integration workflows can be integrated with EMR, Amazon Redshift, Microsoft Azure HDInsight, and Google BigQuery systems to support IoT and other business intelligence projects.

    Application Integration.   Talend Application Integration enables organizations to integrate applications, services and APIs without coding, simplifies complex mapping challenges, and delivers and enforces enterprise security rules. Our solution provides a high-speed services backbone and enables building a service-oriented architecture to connect, mediate and

103


Table of Contents

      manage services in real time. The solution is built on extensible open source Enterprise Service Bus, and data integration technology. Our powerful built-in data mapper is intuitive and allows the manipulation of complex, legacy and vertical industry data formats with a graphical tool. Talend Application Integration is sold as a bundle with either Talend Data Integration or Talend Big Data Integration.

    Master Data Management.   Talend Master Data Management enables customers to build a consistent, 360-degree view of their customers, products, employees and partners. It does this by allowing customers to cleanse, transform and link data from multiple systems together and maintain a consistent record of their most important data. Talend Master Data Management includes a wide range of data quality features and a data stewardship console to manage exceptions in master data as they arrive. Once a 360-degree view is built, it can be shared with the relevant business users, inform new types of analytics, or provide clean, trusted data in real time as new transactions are generated. Unlike many other MDM products, Talend Master Data Management allows customers to start small and then expand their master data management projects over time. Talend Master Data Management is sold as a bundle that includes Talend Application Integration, and either Talend Data Integration or Talend Big Data Integration.

    Cloud Integration.   Talend Integration Cloud is an Integration Platform-as-a-Service that enables customers to run and manage Talend Data Fabric products in the cloud or in hybrid scenarios that combine both cloud and on-premise systems. It works seamlessly with Talend Studio so that the same integration flows built to run in Talend Big Data Integration or Talend Data Integration can easily be run in the cloud, for example, on Amazon Web Services, Google Compute Engine or Microsoft Azure. Talend Integration Cloud allows customers to take advantage of the elasticity of modern cloud platforms by being able to spin up and spin down computing resources as needed.

    Data Preparation.   Talend Data Preparation allows anyone in IT or a business role to access, blend, clean, and enrich data with an Excel-like, easy to use point and click user interface. This empowers business users to solve their data preparation challenges on their own without waiting for technical IT resources. The commercial version of Talend Data Preparation will be released in summer 2016 and will work seamlessly with Talend Big Data Integration and Talend Data Integration so that a business user can create a data preparation process and share it with an IT developer to embed it into a more complex data integration flow. This allows IT organizations to accelerate data warehousing projects by partnering with business users that are experts in the data being processed. Talend Data Preparation will be sold as an optional component within Talend Data Fabric products.

Open Source Products

          We offer five Talend Open Studio branded product offerings as well as Talend Data Preparation Free Desktop which are all free, open source versions of our products. These products are 100% open source and are freely downloadable from the Talend website or other online communities. Our open source products are downloaded approximately 300,000 times per year. Talend's open source products include tools for Big Data Integration, Data Integration, Data Quality, Enterprise Service Bus, Master Data Management and Data Preparation. Our open source products are designed to meet all of the requirements of a single user, and are unlimited with respect to duration of use, processing power, number of integration flows that can be designed using the product, and number and types of data sources that can be accessed using the product. However, once multiple users within the same organization start using our open source products, they tend to need the enhanced features that are only included in our subscription offerings. Each open source product can be deployed independently of the others to provide users with ultimate

104


Table of Contents

flexibility. In addition, registering for our open source community provides access to TalendForge, a community of 270,000 innovators, plus access to product documentation, tutorials, and webinars.


Our Growth Strategy

          Key drivers for our growth strategy include:

    Maintain our technology leadership.   We intend to continue to invest in our Talend Data Fabric platform, and innovate and develop new features, functionality and product modules as our markets advance. We have a track record of successful product innovation, as demonstrated by our Talend Big Data Integration product which we launched in 2012 and our Talend Integration Cloud product which we launched in 2015. Revenues from Talend Big Data Integration and Talend Integration Cloud represented approximately 15% of our subscription revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015, and represented approximately 35% of sales of new subscriptions during such period. Revenues from Talend Big Data Integration and Talend Integration Cloud grew more than 100% from the year ended December 31, 2014. Continuing our rapid pace of innovation, in 2016 we launched Talend Data Preparation. We expect to continue to launch new products in the coming years.

    Grow our customer base.   We plan to grow our base of customers by continuing to expand our sales organization, develop our channel relationships and convert open source users into paying customers. As of March 31, 2016, we have over 1,300 paying subscription customers.

    Further expand within our existing customer base.   Our customers typically make an initial purchase for a specific and immediate need, and then subsequently expand their use cases. We have had success in upselling customers from a single project and smaller deployments to expanded deployments over time. We plan to further enhance our land-and-expand sales approach.

    Expand our ecosystem of partners.   We will continue to invest in and grow our strong ecosystem of partners spanning big data vendors, cloud application providers, analytical software providers, commercial use/OEM partners, systems integrators, and VARs. Our VAR channel is becoming increasingly important, both in countries where we have a direct presence and in new countries which we plan to serve primarily through our VAR partners. Systems integrators and key technology partners will also be critical to increasing our awareness within many segments of the market.

    Continue to grow internationally.   Although the United States is one of Talend's fastest-growing markets, we expect to experience balanced growth across the United States and the rest of the world as we expand our global presence. Today, we have a presence in Germany, France, Canada, the United Kingdom, Australia, Singapore, the Netherlands, Switzerland, China and Japan. We will continue to invest in further expanding our footprint in international markets.

    Cultivate our open source community.   We will continue to release open source versions of our product to increase our exposure among developers and enhance our community to develop additional components and connectors for our integration platform, some of which we will commercialize.


Customers

          As of March 31, 2016, we have over 1,300 paying subscription customers across more than 50 countries and a variety of industries. We define a customer as a paid licensor of our technology, either directly from Talend or through an authorized reseller. We exclude users of our technology

105


Table of Contents

through OEM partnerships. We also exclude users who have downloaded the Open Source versions of our products but have not entered into a commercial relationship with us and from whom we do not derive any recurring revenue.

          Our customers are among the largest names in financial services, retail, transportation and hospitality, industrial equipment, and services. Certain of our enterprise customers with an annual subscription contract value exceeding $100,000 in sales as of March 31, 2016 include:

Accolade

Accenture

Air France-KLM

Allianz

Capgemini

 

Citi

General Electric

Hilton

Lenovo

Michelin

 

Orange

Siemens

Sony

Travis Perkins

Customer Case Studies

Accolade

          Accolade is an on-demand healthcare concierge for employers, health plans, health systems and employees.

          Situation:     Whenever Accolade signs up a new customer, such as a national employer or health plan, they integrate large amounts of information to understand and analyze the customer's employees, members, their families and the benefits associated with their health coverage. Accolade's health assistant leverages this data to provide clients with valuable advice on how best to use their benefits and seek appropriate care. Gathering and analyzing this data is a core part of the Accolade solution and, as a result, they actively seek new technologies to help them do this more efficiently and effectively.

          Solution:     Accolade deployed Talend's Master Data Management and Talend Big Data solutions after an extensive search in 2014. Accolade uses these Talend solutions to streamline and standardize the onboarding of new customer data, to link datasets together to create a more complete picture of their client's data, and to feed analytics applications. Accolade uses Talend solutions to work with data in cloud-based Hadoop systems and Amazon Redshift to support big data analytics projects in a cost-effective manner. Using our Talend solutions, Accolade has been able to streamline the on-boarding process and reducing implementation costs by approximately 50%.

Air France-KLM

          Air France-KLM is one of the world's largest airlines, operating passenger and cargo services to 316 destinations in 115 countries (2015).

          Situation:     Air France-KLM has been a long time Teradata customer and found that Hadoop was an excellent tool to complement and extend their existing customer relationship management data warehouse. After a successful Hadoop proof of concept, Air France-KLM wanted a big data integration tool to allow them to scale their use of Hadoop to include many more sources and types of data.

          Solution:     Air France-KLM chose Talend Big Data Integration to help them access and combine frequent flyer, call center and customer service data from both their Air France and KLM divisions. Air France-KLM benchmarked Talend Big Data Integration against their incumbent data integration provider and they chose Talend because of our performance, data quality and data governance capabilities. Using Talend Big Data Integration, Air France-KLM has improved how it targets its marketing programs and has improved the accuracy in predicting flight delays. Air France-KLM has also extended its use of Talend to include the Talend Application Integration and Talend Data Integration products across multiple divisions.

106


Table of Contents

Hilton Worldwide

          Hilton Worldwide, or Hilton, is one of the largest and fastest growing hospitality companies in the world. Hilton has more than 4,400 hotels, resorts and timeshare properties comprising more than 731,000 rooms in 97 countries and territories.

          Situation:     Hilton considers its customer and property data strategic assets for delivering a great customer experience. As a part of Hilton's IT strategy, Hilton looks for modern, open source technologies to create competitive advantages with their data. Hilton uses many customer and property management applications across their divisions. Hilton wanted to improve the analytics of their property data so that they could improve their management and marketing of these properties. As a part of this project, Hilton began looking for a tool to build a unified view of their property data across all of their systems.

          Solution:     Hilton purchased Talend Master Data Management in 2015. Hilton selected Talend because of our open source, flexible architecture. Hilton liked that they could use a single tool to standardize multiple types of data while competitors sold multiple tools for different types of data. With Talend's lightweight architecture, Hilton realized they could start small and grow their use over time, reusing their work from project to project. Hilton believed that this would allow them to deliver results quickly, with a lower total cost of ownership. Based on their initial success with Talend, the Hilton Grand Vacations business unit selected Talend Master Data Management, expanding their deployment of Talend just eight months after the initial purchase.

Lenovo

          Lenovo is a leading manufacturer of PCs and smartphones, operating in over 160 countries.

          Situation:     Lenovo's Big Data Analytics team is aggressively acquiring new sources of data providing incremental insights for their customers' end-to-end journey to improve the customer experience and optimize marketing campaigns.

          Solution:     Lenovo purchased Talend Big Data Integration to help move its analytics platform to Amazon Redshift and Cloudera Hadoop. With Talend Big Data Integration and Amazon Redshift, Lenovo was able to do more with less, cutting its implementation time in half, from ten months to five months, while reducing the development team from five developers to three developers. Additionally, Lenovo utilizes Talend's pre-built connectors to streamline data collection and processing from over 40 data sources including salesforce.com, Facebook, Twitter and Google.


Marketing

          Our marketing organization is responsible for increasing the awareness of Talend's solution, fostering the Talend community, generating demand, gathering market feedback, and enabling our field sales team to effectively sell our solution. The open source and free trial editions of our products are key drivers of awareness and initial usage. Our open source products, which have more than two million downloads, have seeded the market and lead to platform adoption by many of our current paying customers. When deciding whether to purchase our products, our customers primarily learn from our open source products, Talend community, white papers, webinars, and third-party research before engaging with our sales team. It is a key mission of the marketing organization to support and accelerate this learning process. The marketing organization includes the following functions: web marketing, community marketing, marketing communications, field marketing, product management, and product marketing.

107


Table of Contents


Sales

          We sell our software and services through both a direct sales force and indirect channel partners. As of March 31, 2016, we have a direct sales presence in 10 countries across North America, Europe and Asia. For indirect channels, we utilize resellers, referral partners, and implementation partners to increase our overall sales opportunities.

          Our sales efforts are built on a land-and-expand sales model. To facilitate market adoption, we offer a free open source version of our product with community registration. These registrations become leads for our marketing and sales organization to develop and close. After an initial deployment, organizations often purchase more subscriptions or expand usage to additional modules from Talend Data Fabric.

          We sell our products to organizations of all sizes, and the majority of our sales are through our direct sales force. Our direct sales force includes an inside sales team which is closely aligned with an outside sales team. These groupings, or pods, share a common quota and are motivated to work together to identify, qualify and close opportunities in an efficient and scalable way. In many countries we also sell through a VAR channel and we get referrals from a variety of partners including system integrators. We have a global team of indirect channel managers responsible for these relationships.

          Post-sale, our customers are managed by a dedicated customer success organization. Our customer success team is responsible for driving successful deployments, maintaining customer relationships, renewing existing contracts and identifying expansion opportunities within existing customers.

          Our business is subject to seasonal trends. See "Risk Factors—The seasonality of our business can create variance in our quarterly bookings, subscription revenue and cash flows from operations" for additional information.


Channels and Alliances

          Talend maintains strategic relationships with a variety of partners that we view as a playing a critical role in our growth and success. These partners jointly develop, market, sell, recommend, and/or implement our solution. Our partners include:

    Technology Alliances.   We work with big data, cloud application and analytical software vendors to provide integration solutions to their customers. We work with Box, Cloudera, Hortonworks, IBM, Netezza, MapR, Amazon Web Services, Google, salesforce.com, Teradata, and Hewlett-Packard Enterprises, among others.

    Value Added Resellers.   Our network of resellers extends our sales and marketing efforts across Europe, the Middle East, and Asia-Pacific. Many of our VARs also bring deep vertical market knowledge and implementation expertise.

    Systems Integrators.   We have partnered with over 100 systems integrators worldwide, including Accenture, Capgemini, Deloitte Consulting, Sopra, Tata Consultancy Services, and Virtusa, among others.

    Commercial Use/OEM.   Over 40 technology and services companies embed or distribute Talend software as part of their go to market offering. We provide these companies with a limited-use license of certain Talend products, and they pay us royalties or annual subscription fees.

108


Table of Contents


Research and Development

          Our research and development team is globally distributed in France, Germany, and China and has experienced low turnover. We take pride in our ability to attract and retain the best talent to our team and to create a challenging yet fulfilling environment where engineers can thrive, solving complex problems and finding innovative ways to address current and future data integration, data processing, and data governance challenges.

          We follow agile development methodologies, work with the latest technologies, and have created a modern, state of the art, flexible and automated software development process that has allowed us to deliver high-quality products and adapt to market changes and new requirements quickly.

          Talend has deep roots in the open source community. We believe our open source approach helps us maintain greater transparency, create better software, and have happier customers. We have an open source core product that anyone can download, improve, enrich, or extend, and we are very engaged with the open source community to get feedback to improve our products. We have open source committers to key projects from the Apache Software Foundation such as ActiveMQ, Camel, CXF, Karaf, Syncope, Falcon, and most recently Beam that are used in our own technology stack but also in many other enterprise software products.

          We strongly believe in providing an excellent customer experience and have invested greatly in our user interface to improve ease of use for our customers. This will remain an area of focus for us as we target new customers and use cases, as displayed in the releases of our Talend Integration Cloud and Talend Data Preparation solutions.

          In the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014, and 2015 and the quarter ended March 31, 2016, our research and development expenses were $9.1 million, $13.2 million, $15.1 million, and $4.3 million, respectively.


Employees and Culture

          As a software provider, our most important assets are our employees who are crucial to our success. Our philosophy is to hire the best talent we can find and provide them with the training and tools that enable them to do great things.

          As a growing global organization, we work to maintain our core culture by emphasizing and rewarding our key values:

    Thrill our customers.   Our customers are at the heart of what we do. We strive to not just satisfy customers, but to delight them with outstanding products and world-class customer care. We are excited about creating enthusiastic customer advocates by going above and beyond what is required to deliver successful, exceptional customer experiences.

    Do the right thing.   With customers, competitors, partners, the public, and each other, we aspire to create a culture of people who think before acting, act with a set of moral and ethical principles, and put others and the company before themselves.

    Get it done. Well.   Strong, consistent execution is how we win. We set clear goals, align everyone in the company with the same goals, and hit those goals every day, week, month, and quarter. At the same time, great execution is necessary but not sufficient. We pour our hearts into what we do and believe in unbridled excellence. Be truly extraordinary.

    Innovate.   At Talend, we strive to make everything we do better. We do not merely accept the status quo. We think of creative ways to improve it and become leaner, quicker, faster, better.

109


Table of Contents

    Win as a team. And have fun!   Winning is a team sport. To take on the biggest challenges and change the industry, it takes collective effort, determination, and community. We work hard together, and we have fun together.

          As of December 31, 2013, 2014, 2015 and March 31, 2016, we had 375, 438, 524 and 566 employees, respectively. As of March 31, 2016, 35% of our employees were located in the United States, 22% were located in France, 16% were located in China, and 12% were located in Germany.


Competition

          The market for our products is highly competitive, quickly evolving, and subject to rapid changes in technology, which may expand the alternatives available to our customers for their data integration requirements. Our current primary competitors generally fall into four categories:

    Diversified technology companies that offer data integration solutions, including: IBM, Microsoft, Oracle, and SAP;

    Pure-play data integration vendors, including: Ab Initio, Informatica, and Tibco;

    Early-stage, niche data integration technologies; and

    Hand-coded, custom data integration solutions built internally by organizations that we target as potential customers.

          We believe that we are well-positioned in the marketplace relative to our competitors. We are differentiated from traditional vendors by our advanced technology and rapid innovation, both of which are driven by our open source platform, and emerging niche vendors cannot match the scale of our product breadth or go-to-market capabilities.

          Many of our existing competitors have, and some of our potential competitors could have, substantial competitive advantages such as:

    Greater name recognition and longer operating histories;

    Larger sales and marketing budgets and resources;

    Broader distribution and established relationships with distribution partners and customers;

    Greater customer support resources;

    Greater resources to make acquisitions;

    Lower labor and development costs;

    Larger and more mature intellectual property portfolios; and

    Substantially greater financial, technical, and other resources.

          We expect competition to increase as other established and emerging companies enter the data integration software market, as customer requirements evolve, and as new products and technologies are introduced. We believe that the principal factors that drive our competitive edge in our market include:

    Product features, architecture reliability, performance, and effectiveness;

    Name and reputation of the vendor or competitive offering;

    Vision for the market and product roadmap, as well as pace of innovation;

    Interoperability with numerous big data solutions vendors;

    Integration with leading cloud and on-premise systems;

110


Table of Contents

    Automation capabilities;

    Ability to adapt development, sales and marketing to the open source software model;

    Strength of sales and marketing efforts;

    Strategic partnerships with major enterprise software and infrastructure providers;

    Quality of support;

    Demonstrated return on investment through time-to-value and total cost of ownership; and

    Ease-of-use and efficiency during deployment.


Facilities

          We lease approximately 25,000 square feet of office space in Redwood City, California. This office lease expires in 2020. We also lease approximately 16,000 square feet of office space in Suresnes, France. This office lease expires in 2023. We also lease office space around the world for our employees, including elsewhere in France and in China, Germany, the United Kingdom, and Japan.

          We anticipate leasing additional office space in the future as we continue to grow and enter new geographies. We do not foresee problems in finding readily available additional space on commercially reasonable terms, but expect to incur additional office lease expenses in connection with our growth.


Intellectual Property

          Our intellectual property rights are a key component of our success. We rely on a combination of trademarks, copyrights, contractual restrictions, and other intellectual property laws and confidentiality procedures to establish and protect our proprietary rights. We generally require our employees and consultants to execute invention assignment agreements with us that protect our intellectual property rights.

          Intellectual property laws, together with our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, provide only limited protection, and any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed or misappropriated. The laws of certain countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of France and the United States and, therefore, in certain jurisdictions, we may be unable to protect our proprietary technology. Further, agreements with our employees and consultants may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies to redress any breach. Further, to the extent that our employees or consultants use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions.

          As of March 31, 2016, we did not have any pending patent applications or issued patents. We own and use registered and unregistered trademarks on or in connection with our products and services in numerous jurisdictions. In addition, we have also registered numerous internet domain names.


Corporate Structure

          We launched our first product in France in 2006 and subsequently expanded our business across Europe and into North America and Asia. As a result of our significant international operations, our revenue from outside of France accounted for 80.4% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 75.0% for the quarter ended March 31, 2016.

111


Table of Contents

          The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure:

GRAPHIC


Legal Proceedings

          From time to time we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that in the opinion of our management, if determined adversely to us, would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors.

112


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

          The table below sets forth the certain information relating to our executive officers and directors as of June 15, 2016.

Name
 
Age
 
Position(s)

Executive Officers

       

Michael Tuchen

  51   Chief Executive Officer and Director

Thomas Tuchscherer

  42   Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Corporate Development

Ashley Stirrup

  47   Chief Marketing Officer

Brad Stratton

  47   Senior Vice President of Worldwide Sales

Barbara Cadigan

  45   Senior Vice President of People

Nello Franco

  50   Senior Vice President of Customer Success

Laurent Bride

  41   Chief Technology Officer

Non-Employee Directors

       

Bernard Liautaud (1)(2)

  53   Chairman

Matthieu Baret (3)(4)

  47   Director

John D. Brennan (1)

  51   Director

Bertrand Diard

  41   Director

Patrick S. Jones (2)(3)

  71   Director

Thierry Sommelet (1)(3)(5)

  46   Director

(1)
Member of our compensation committee.

(2)
Member of our nominating and corporate governance committee.

(3)
Member of our audit committee.

(4)
Currently serving as representative of Idinvest Partners, the legal entity that holds this board seat. Upon the completion of this offering, Mr. Baret will continue to serve as a director and member of our audit committee in his individual capacity.

(5)
Member of our audit committee and compensation committee.

Executive Officers

           Michael Tuchen has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2013 and as our Chief Executive Officer since January 2014. Mr. Tuchen further served as Chairman of our board of directors from January 2014 to October 2015. Prior to joining us, Mr. Tuchen served as Chief Executive Officer at Rapid7 LLC, a security data and analytics provider, from May 2008 to October 2012. From September 2003 to October 2006, Mr. Tuchen served as General Manager of SQL Server Marketing at Microsoft Corporation, a software company. Mr. Tuchen holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Brown University, an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe that the perspective and experience that Mr. Tuchen brings as our Chief Executive Officer and his industry experience uniquely qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

           Thomas Tuchscherer has served as our Chief Financial Officer since June 2012 and as our Vice President of Corporate Development since January 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. Tuchscherer served as Vice President, Product and Business Strategy and Vice President, Operations & Strategy, Intelligence Platform Group, at SAP AG, an enterprise software company, from March 2008 to January 2010. From January 2005 to February 2008, Mr. Tuchscherer also held executive positions at Business Objects and Cartesis, both enterprise software vendors. Mr. Tuchscherer holds a DEC in Commerce from John Abbott College (Canada), a B.A. in Economics from McGill University (Canada) and an M.B.A. from ESSEC Business School (France).

113


Table of Contents

           Ashley Stirrup has served as our Chief Marketing Officer since May 2014. Prior to joining us, Mr. Stirrup served as Senior Vice President, Product and Solutions Marketing at ServiceSource International, Inc., a revenue management company, from December 2011 to April 2014. Mr. Stirrup served as Vice President of Product Marketing at Taleo Corporation, a software company acquired by Oracle Corporation, from August 2009 to January 2012. Mr. Stirrup holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of California, Berkeley and an M.B.A. from Stanford University Graduate School of Business.

           Brad Stratton has served as our Senior Vice President of Worldwide Sales since November 2014. Prior to joining us, Mr. Stratton served as Vice President of Enterprise Strategic Accounts, Back Office and Global Accounts Solutions at Witness Systems, Inc., a workforce optimization company, which was acquired by Verint Systems Inc., an intelligence solutions provider from February 2007 to June 2014. Mr. Stratton holds a B.A. in Economics from Colorado College and an M.B.A. from the University of Minnesota, Carlson School of Management.

           Barbara Cadigan has served as our Senior Vice President of People since January 2016. Prior to joining us, Ms. Cadigan served as Vice President, Human Resources—EA Studios, from October 2013 to June 2015, Vice President, Human Resources—EA Sports from April 2011 to October 2013, and Senior Director, Human Resources—EA Games from December 2009 to April 2011 at Electronic Arts Inc., a digital interactive entertainment company. From June 1997 to February 2003, Ms. Cadigan served as a Human Resources Manager for Advanced Micro Devices Inc., a semiconductor company. Ms. Cadigan holds a B.A. in Psychology and Economics from the University of California, Santa Cruz.

           Nello Franco has served as our Senior Vice President of Customer Success since June 2014, and previously served as our Vice President of Client Success Management since December 2013. Prior to joining us, he consulted to a number of companies in the area of Customer Success from April 2013, to December 2013, including an engagement with us from September 2013 to December 2013. Previously, he served as Senior Vice President, Customer Success at Lyris Technologies Inc., a digital marketing solution provider, from February 2011 to March 2013. Previously, he served as Acting Vice President, Customer Operations at SCOPIX Solutions, Inc., a video analytics provider, from October 2009 to January 2011. Mr. Franco holds a Bachelor of Arts in Political Science from the University of California, Los Angeles.

           Laurent Bride has served as our Chief Technology Officer since September 2014. Prior to joining us, Mr. Bride served as Chief Technology Officer at Axway, a software solutions and services company, from February 2014 to August 2014 and Executive Vice President, Engineering from January 2013 to February 2014. Previously, Mr. Bride served as Senior Vice President Advanced Development at SAP from August 2011 to January 2013 and Senior Vice President, TG Architecture and Prototyping from April 2010 to August 2011. From April 2001 to April 2010, Mr. Bride also held vice president positions at Business Objects, an enterprise software vendor. Mr. Bride holds a Master in Computer Science and Mathematics from EISTI (France).

Non-Employee Directors

           Bernard Liautaud has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2008 and as the Chairman of our board of directors since October 2015. Since July 2008, Mr. Liautaud has served as a General Partner of Balderton Capital, a venture capital firm. Mr. Liautaud co-founded BusinessObjects in 1990 and served as Chief Executive Officer until September 2005, when he became Chairman and Chief Strategy Officer until January 2008 when Business Objects was acquired by SAP AG. Mr. Liautaud serves as a member of SAP AG's Supervisory Board. Mr. Liautaud holds a M.Sc. in Engineering from École Centrale Paris and an M.S. in Engineering Management from Stanford University. We believe that Mr. Liautaud is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his operational expertise gained as a senior executive at leading technology companies as well as his knowledge of the technology industry generally.

114


Table of Contents

           Matthieu Baret has served on our board of directors since September 2008. Mr. Baret has served as a Partner at Idinvest Partners, a venture capital firm, since December 2005. Mr. Baret holds an M.S. in Electrical Engineering degree from Centrale Supélec (France), an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from the Georgia Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from INSEAD (France). We believe that Mr. Baret is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the venture capital industry and his knowledge of technology companies.

           John D. Brennan has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2010. Since May 2015, Mr. Brennan has served as a Managing Director of Sumeru Equity Partners and, since Feburary 2008, as a Managing Director of SilverLake Sumeru. Mr. Brennan holds a B.A. in History from Yale University and an M.B.A. from the University of California, Berkeley, Haas School of Business. We believe that Mr. Brennan is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the private equity industry and his knowledge of technology companies.

           Bertrand Diard is one of our co-founders and served as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer from August 2005 to December 2013 and has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2006. Since July 2014, Mr. Diard has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Influans, a software company he co-founded. He has been a Director of BonitaSoft since 2009 and the Executive Chairman of Restlet since June 2014. Mr. Diard holds a degree from Notre Dame du Grandchamps. We believe Mr. Diard is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his deep understanding of our business, operations and strategy.

           Patrick S. Jones has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2015. Mr. Jones has been a private investor since March 2001. Mr. Jones has served on the board of directors of Inside Secure S.A., from 2003 to present, a company that makes digital security solutions, and Fluidigm Corporation, which makes devices for genomics research. From June 2005 to May 2015, Mr. Jones served as Chairman of the board of directors of Lattice Semiconductor Corporation, a fabless semiconductor company. From June 2008 to December 2012, Mr. Jones served as Chairman of Dialogic Inc., a communications technology company. From 2008 to 2012, Mr. Jones served as Chairman of Epocrates, Inc., a provider of clinical solutions to healthcare professionals and interactive services to the healthcare industry, which was acquired by athenahealth, Inc. in March 2013. From 2007 to 2012, Mr. Jones also served on the board of directors of Openwave Systems Inc., a telecom infrastructure software provider that changed its name to Unwired Planet in 2012. From July 2007 to October 2011, Mr. Jones served on the board of directors of Novell, Inc., an enterprise infrastructure software provider that was sold to Attachmate Corporation in 2011. From June 1998 to March 2001, Mr. Jones served as the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Gemplus International S.A. (now Gemalto), a provider of solutions empowered by smart cards. Prior to Gemalto, from March 1992 to June 1998, he served as Vice President, Finance, and Corporate Controller at Intel Corporation, a producer of microchips, computing and communications products. Prior to that, Mr. Jones served as Chief Financial Officer of LSI Corporation, a semiconductor company. Mr. Jones holds a B.A. in Latin American Studies from the University of Illinois and an M.B.A. from St. Louis University. We believe that Mr. Jones is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his significant financial and accounting expertise and international business experience.

           Thierry Sommelet has served on our board of directors since April 2015. Since May 2015, Mr. Sommelet has served as a Managing Director of the Mid and Large Cap division of Bpifrance Investissement, the private equity arm of the French public investment bank (formerly known as Fonds Stratégique d'Investissement, or FSI), and as Senior Investment Director of Bpifrance Participations SA from July 2013 to April 2015. Mr. Sommelet previously served as Senior Investment Director of FSI from February 2009 to June 2013. Mr. Sommelet holds a degree in engineering from École Nationale des Ponts et Chaussées (France) and an M.B.A. from INSEAD (France). We believe that Mr. Sommelet

115


Table of Contents

is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the private equity industry and his knowledge of technology companies.

          There are no family relationships among any of our directors and executive officers. The business address of each of our directors and executive officers is 800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 200, Redwood City, CA 94065.

Board of Directors

          Our board of directors currently consists of seven members, including six non-executive directors and one executive director, our Chief Executive Officer.

          Pursuant to the Shareholder Agreement described under "Related Party Transactions—Shareholder Agreement", entities affiliated with Balderton Capital, Bpifrance Investissement, Idinvest Partners and Toro Acquisition will be entitled to nominate members of our board of directors as follows:

    So long as affiliates of Balderton Capital (A) continue to own, in the aggregate, at least 7.5% of our outstanding ordinary shares or equity securities representing our ordinary shares (including the ADRs), which we refer to herein, collectively, as Company Securities, and (B) have not sold more than 50% of the Registrable Securities (as described under "Related Party Transactions—Shareholder Agreement") they hold as of the date this offering is completed, affiliates of Balderton Capital will be entitled to nominate one (1) director;

    So long as affiliates of Bpifrance Investissement (A) continue to own, in the aggregate, at least 5.0% of the Company Securities and (B) have not sold more than 50% of the Registrable Securities they hold as of the date this offering is completed, affiliates of Bpifrance Investissement will be entitled to nominate one (1) director;

    So long as affiliates of Idinvest Partners (A) continue to own, in the aggregate, at least 7.5% of the Company Securities and (B) have not sold more than 50% of the Registrable Securities they hold as of the date this offering is completed, affiliates of Idinvest Partners will be entitled to nominate one (1) director; and

    So long as affiliates of Toro Acquisition (A) continue to own, in the aggregate, at least 7.5% of the Company Securities and (B) have not sold more than 50% of the Registrable Securities they hold as of the date this offering is completed, affiliates of Toro Acquisition will be entitled to nominate one (1) director.

          The initial directors nominated by affiliates of Balderton Capital, Bpifrance Investissement, Idinvest Partners and Toro Acquisition under the Shareholder Agreement will be Bernard Liautaud, Thierry Sommelet, Matthieu Baret, and John D. Brennan, respectively. Affiliates of Balderton Capital, Bpifrance Investissement, Galileo Partners, Idinvest Partners and Toro Acquisition will agree to vote their Company Securities in favor of the directors nominated as set forth above.

          Under French law and our By-laws, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, our board of directors must be composed of between three and eighteen members. Within this limit, the number of directors is determined by our shareholders. Directors are elected, re-elected and may be removed at a shareholders' general meeting with a simple majority vote of our shareholders. Pursuant to our By-laws and the Shareholder Agreement, our directors are elected for three-year terms. In accordance with French law, our By-laws also provide that our directors may be removed with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the votes of the shareholders present, represented by a proxy or voting by mail at the relevant ordinary shareholders' meeting, and that any vacancy on our board of directors resulting from the death or resignation of a director, provided there are at least three directors remaining, may be filled by vote of a majority of our directors then in office provided that there has been no shareholders meeting since such death or resignation. Directors chosen or appointed to fill a vacancy are elected by the board of directors for the remaining duration of the current term of the

116


Table of Contents

replaced director. The appointment must then be ratified at the next shareholders' general meeting. In the event the board of directors would be composed of less than three directors as a result of a vacancy, the remaining directors will immediately convene a shareholders' general meeting to elect one or several new directors so there are at least three directors serving on the board of directors, in accordance with French law.

          The following table sets forth the names of our directors, their positions with the company, the years of their initial appointment as directors and the expiration dates of their current term.

Name
  Current Position   Year of Initial
Appointment
  Term
Expiration Year

Matthieu Baret (1)

  Director   2008   2019

John D. Brennan

  Director   2010   2016

Bertrand Diard

  Director   2006   2018

Patrick S. Jones

  Director   2015   2018

Bernard Liautaud

  Chairman   2008   2018

Michael Tuchen

  Chief Executive Officer and Director   2013   2016

Thierry Sommelet (2)

  Director   2015   2016

(1)
Served on the board of directors as representative of Idinvest Partners until             , 2016.

(2)
Served on the board of directors as representative of Bpifrance Investissement until June 1, 2016.

          In addition, French law requires that companies having at least 50 employees for a period of 12 months over the last three years set up a Comité d'Entreprise , or Works' Council, composed of representatives elected from among the employees. Our Works' Council is elected every four years, and our current Works' Council was formed in September 2014. Four of these representatives, currently Sabrina Garcia, Clarisse Messey, Stuart Mudie and Julie Olivieri, are entitled to attend all meetings of the board of directors and shareholders, in an observer capacity.

Director Independence

          Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise such director's ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that Messrs. Baret, Brennan, Jones, Liautaud and Sommelet representing five of our seven directors, are "independent directors" as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements and rules of NASDAQ. In making such determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining the director's independence, including the number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by the director and his or her affiliated entities (if any).

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

          Our board of directors is primarily responsible for the oversight of our risk management activities and has delegated to the audit committee the responsibility to assist our board in this task. The audit committee also monitors our system of disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting and reviews contingent financial liabilities. The audit committee, among other things, reviews and discusses with management reports regarding our enterprise risk management activities, including management's assessment of our major risk exposures and the steps taken to monitor and manage those exposures.

          While our board oversees our risk management, our management is responsible for day-to-day risk management processes. Our board of directors expects our management to

117


Table of Contents

consider risk and risk management in each business decision, to proactively develop and monitor risk management strategies and processes for day-to-day activities and to effectively implement risk management strategies adopted by the board of directors. We believe this division of responsibilities is the most effective approach for addressing the risks we face.

Corporate Governance Practices

          As a French société anonyme , we are subject to various corporate governance requirements under French law. In addition, as a foreign private issuer listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, we will be subject to the corporate governance listing standards. However, the NASDAQ listing standards provide that foreign private issuers are permitted to follow home country corporate governance practices in lieu of the rules, with certain exceptions. Currently, we intend to comply with the corporate governance listing standards to the extent possible under French law.

          The following are the significant ways in which our corporate governance practices, as applicable for non-public companies in France, differ from those required for U.S. companies listed on:

          As a foreign private issuer, we are required to comply with Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, relating to audit committee composition and responsibilities. Rule 10A-3 provides that the audit committee must have direct responsibility for the nomination, compensation and choice of our auditors, as well as control over the performance of their duties, management of complaints made, and selection of consultants. However, if the laws of a foreign private issuer's home country require that any such matter be approved by the board of directors or the shareholders, the audit committee's responsibilities or powers with respect to such matter may instead be advisory. Under French law, the audit committee may only have an advisory role and appointment of our statutory auditors, in particular, must be decided by the shareholders at our annual meeting.

          Consistent with French Law, our By-laws provide that a quorum requires the presence of shareholders having at least (1) 20% of the shares entitled to vote in the case of an ordinary shareholders' general meeting or at an extraordinary shareholders' general meeting where shareholders are voting on a capital increase by capitalization of reserves, profits or share premium, or (2) 25% of the shares entitled to vote in the case of any other extraordinary shareholders' general meeting. If a quorum is not present, the meeting is adjourned. There is no quorum requirement when an ordinary general meeting is reconvened, but the reconvened meeting may consider only questions which were on the agenda of the adjourned meeting. When an extraordinary general meeting is reconvened, the quorum required is 20% of the shares entitled to vote, except where the reconvened meeting is considering capital increases through capitalization of reserves, profits or share premium. For these matters, no quorum is required at the reconvened meeting. If a quorum is not present at a reconvened meeting requiring a quorum, then the meeting may be adjourned for a maximum of two months. See "Description of Share Capital—Key Provisions of Our By-laws and French Law Affecting our Ordinary Shares—Directors—Quorum and Voting".

Board Committees

          The board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which operates pursuant to a separate charter adopted by our board of directors. We expect that, upon the completion of this offering, the composition and functioning of all of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of the French commercial code, the Exchange Act, the NASDAQ listing standards, and SEC rules and regulations.

          In accordance with French law, each committee of our board of directors has only an advisory role and can only make recommendations to our board of directors. As a result, decisions will be made by our board of directors taking into account non-binding recommendations of the relevant board committee.

118


Table of Contents

          Audit Committee.     Our audit committee reviews our internal accounting procedures, consults with and reviews the services provided by our independent registered public accountants and assists our board of directors in its oversight of our corporate accounting and financial reporting. Messrs. Jones, Sommelet and Baret currently serve on our audit committee. Mr. Jones is the chairman of our audit committee. Our board has determined that each member of our audit committee is independent within the meaning of the applicable listing rules and the independence requirements contemplated by Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has further determined that Mr. Jones is an "audit committee financial expert" as defined by SEC rules and regulations and that Messrs. Sommelet and Baret qualify as financially sophisticated under rules. The principal duties and responsibilities of our audit committee include:

    Making recommendations on the appointment and retention of our independent registered public accounting firm to serve as independent auditor to audit our consolidated financial statements, overseeing the independent auditor's work and advising on the determination of the independent auditor's compensation;

    Reviewing in advance all audit services and non-audit services to be provided to us by our independent auditors;

    Recommending procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, auditing or compliance matters, as well as for the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

    Reviewing and discussing with management and our independent auditors the results of the annual audit;

    Conferring with management and our independent auditors about the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of our internal accounting controls, the objectivity of our financial reporting and our accounting policies and practices; and

    Overseeing regulatory compliance and related matters.

          Our audit committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NASDAQ listing standards.

          Compensation Committee.     Our compensation committee assists our board of directors in reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to the compensation of our executive officers and directors. Messrs. Liautaud, Brennan and Sommelet currently serve on the compensation committee. Mr. Liautaud is the chairman of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our compensation committee is independent within the meaning of the rules. The principal duties and responsibilities of our compensation committee include:

    Making recommendations to the board of directors regarding performance goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer, assisting the board of directors in evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of those goals and objectives, and recommending to the full board of directors for approval the chief executive officer's compensation, including incentive-based and equity-based compensation, based on that evaluation;

    Making recommendations regarding the compensation of our senior management, as appropriate, including our executive officers;

    Making recommendations regarding compensation-related policies;

    Reviewing and discussing with management the compensation discussion and analysis and other compensation information that we may be required to include in SEC filings; and

119


Table of Contents

    Preparing any reports of the compensation committee on executive compensation as may be required by the SEC to be included in reports we file with the SEC.

          Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NASDAQ listing standards.

          Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.     Our nominating and corporate governance committee mainly assists our board of directors in overseeing all aspects of the company's corporate governance functions and making recommendations to the board regarding corporate governance issues. Messrs. Jones and Liautaud, currently serve on the nominating and corporate governance committee. Mr. Jones is the chairman of our nominating and corporate governance committee. The principal duties and responsibilities of our nominating and corporate governance committee include:

    Assessing the need for new directors and identifying individuals qualified to become directors;

    Recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board's committees;

    Assessing individual director performance, participation and qualifications;

    Developing and recommending to the board of directors corporate governance principles;

    Making recommendations regarding director compensation; and

    Overseeing an annual evaluation of the board of directors' performance.

          Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NASDAQ listing standards.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

          Upon the completion of this offering, we will have a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or the Code of Conduct, that will apply to all of our employees, executive officers and directors. Following the completion of this offering, the Code of Conduct will be available on our website at www.talend.com . The audit committee of our board of directors will be responsible for overseeing the Code of Conduct and will be required to approve any waivers of the Code of Conduct for employees, executive officers and directors. We expect that any amendments to the Code of Conduct, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

Compensation of Executive Officers and Directors

          The aggregate compensation paid and benefits in kind granted by us to our current executive officers, including share-based compensation, for the year ended December 31, 2015, was $4,010,122.37. Our directors did not receive any compensation for their service as directors for the year ended December 31, 2015. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we did not set aside or accrue any amounts to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits to our current executive officers and directors.

    Executive Compensation Arrangements

    Michael Tuchen

          Pursuant to a resolution of our board of directors held on December 2, 2013, Michael Tuchen is entitled to receive compensation for his service as Chief Executive Officer of Talend S.A. and he is eligible to earn an annual performance bonus, based on achievement of goals and objectives established by our board of directors.

          Talend, Inc. has entered into an executive employment agreement with Michael Tuchen, our Chief Executive Officer, dated October 1, 2013. Mr. Tuchen's employment agreement has no

120


Table of Contents

specific term and provides for at-will employment. Mr. Tuchen receives a base salary and is eligible to earn an annual discretionary performance bonus based on the achievement of goals and objectives established by our board of directors, including those relating to annual contract value bookings, EBITDA, and other management business objectives.

          If Mr. Tuchen's employment is terminated without "cause" or he resigns for "good reason", in each case within 12 months following a "change of control" (as such terms are defined in the executive employment agreement), then the equity awards he was initially granted in connection with his employment will immediately vest in full.

          If Mr. Tuchen's employment is terminated without cause (other than due to death or "disability" (as defined in the executive employment agreement)) or he resigns for good reason, then Mr. Tuchen will be eligible to receive the following benefits, subject to his execution of an irrevocable release of claims and continued compliance with applicable restrictive covenants:

    A lump sum payment in an amount equal to six months of his base salary; and

    A lump sum payment equal to the number of months Mr. Tuchen worked in the calendar year of termination divided by 12, with the resulting fraction multiplied by the annual performance bonus Mr. Tuchen is eligible to receive during the calendar year in which the termination occurs, contingent on the company achieving the goals and objectives established in connection with the annual performance bonus.

    Thomas Tuchscherer

          Talend, Inc. has entered into an employment offer letter with Thomas Tuchscherer, our Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Corporate Development, dated December 13, 2009. Mr. Tuchscherer's employment offer letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. Mr. Tuchscherer receives a base salary and he is eligible to earn an annual performance bonus, based on the achievement of goals and objectives established by us and Mr. Tuchscherer.

          On February 12, 2016, we amended Mr. Tuchscherer's employment offer letter. Pursuant to this amendment, if Mr. Tuchscherer's employment is terminated without "cause" or he resigns for "good reason", in each case within 12 months following a "change in control transaction" (as such terms are defined in the amended employment offer letter), then all of the options Mr. Tuchscherer has been granted will immediately vest in full.

          If Mr. Tuchscherer's employment is terminated without cause or he resigns for good reason, regardless of whether a change in control transaction occurs or not, then Mr. Tuchscherer will be eligible to receive, subject to his execution of a mutual release of claims and continued compliance with applicable restrictive covenants, a lump sum payment in an amount equal to six months of his base salary.

          In addition, Mr. Tuchscherer receives round trip fares in economy class to Paris, France for him and his family once per year.

    Ashley Stirrup

          Talend, Inc. has entered into an employment offer letter with Ashley Stirrup, our Chief Marketing Officer, dated April 10, 2014. Mr. Stirrup's employment offer letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. Mr. Stirrup receives a base salary and is eligible to earn quarterly bonuses based on the attainment of quarterly objectives established for our leadership team.

          If we are acquired prior to the full vesting of the stock option that Mr. Stirrup was initially granted in connection with his employment with us, and Mr. Stirrup's employment is terminated within 12 months of such acquisition, then 50% of the unvested and outstanding shares subject to such stock option will immediately vest.

121


Table of Contents

    Brad Stratton

          Talend, Inc. has entered into an employment offer letter with Brad Stratton, our Senior Vice President of Worldwide Sales, dated October 27, 2014. Mr. Stratton's offer letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. Mr. Stratton receives a base salary and is eligible to earn quarterly bonuses, based on the attainment of quarterly objectives we establish.

          Mr. Stratton is entitled, under the employment offer letter, to the following severance and change of control benefits upon the following qualifying terminations: (i) if we are acquired prior to the full vesting of the stock option that Mr. Stratton was initially granted in connection with his employment with us, and Mr. Stratton's employment is terminated within 12 months of such acquisition, then the unvested and outstanding shares subject to such stock option will immediately vest in full; and (ii) if Mr. Stratton's employment is terminated without cause, then Mr. Stratton will be provided with a 60-day notice period and a lump sum payment in an amount equal to six months (or four months, in the event such termination occurs within the first 18 months following his hire date) of his base salary.

    Barbara Cadigan

          Talend, Inc. has entered into an employment offer letter with Barbara Cadigan, our Senior Vice President of People, dated December 18, 2015. Ms. Cadigan's offer letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. Ms. Cadigan receives a base salary and is eligible to earn an annual bonus, paid quarterly, based on the attainment of quarterly objectives we establish.

    Nello Franco

          Talend, Inc. has entered into an employment offer letter with Nello Franco, our Senior Vice President of Customer Success, dated December 10, 2013. Mr. Franco's offer letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. Mr. Franco receives a base salary and is eligible to earn an annual bonus, based on the attainment of quarterly objectives we establish.

          If Mr. Franco's employment is terminated without "cause" or he resigns for "good reason", each case within 12 months following a "change of control transaction" (as such terms are defined in his employment offer letter), then the outstanding and unvested shares subject to the stock option that Mr. Franco was initially granted in connection with his employment will immediately vest in full.

    Laurent Bride

          We have entered into an expatriation agreement with Mr. Laurent Bride, our Chief Technology Officer, dated June 22, 2015. The expatriation agreement provides for Mr. Bride's expatriation from Talend S.A. to Talend Inc. as from June 1, 2015 for a duration of three years and may be renewed by mutual agreement.

          During his expatriation, Mr. Bride receives a base salary and is eligible to earn an annual performance bonus, payable on a quarterly basis, based on achievement of goals and objectives we establish each year.

          Pursuant to this expatriation agreement, Talend S.A. will repatriate Mr. Bride and his family in case of (i) repatriation of his duties within Talend S.A. on the group's request, (ii) his death or permanent invalidity, or (iii) his dismissal by Talend Inc. In this latter case, Talend S.A. must provide Mr. Bride with a new position of comparable skills and level of responsibilities.

122


Table of Contents

          Mr. Bride's employment agreement with Talend S.A. is suspended during the terms of the expatriation agreement. Mr. Bride's employment agreement has no specific term. Under the employment agreement, Mr. Bride is eligible to receive a base salary, and he is eligible to earn bonuses based on the achievement of annual goals that we define. Mr. Bride's employment agreement also provides that in the event his employment agreement is terminated by Talend S.A. (other than for retirement or personal reasons, as described in his employment), he is entitled to compensation equal to one year of base salary.

    Director Compensation

          Our directors did not receive any compensation for their service as directors for the year ended December 31, 2015. The aggregate amount of attendance fees ( jetons de présence ) of the board of directors is determined at the shareholders' annual ordinary general meeting. The board then divides all or part (at the board's discretion) of this aggregate amount among some or all of its members by a simple majority vote. In addition, the board may grant exceptional compensation ( rémunérations exceptionnelles ) to individual directors on a case-by-case basis for special and temporary assignments. The board may also authorize the reimbursement of reasonable travel and accommodation expenses, as well as other expenses incurred by directors in the corporate interest. Directors who are employees receive separate compensation for their services as officers or employees.

          There are no arrangements or understandings between us and any of our directors providing for benefits upon termination of their service as our directors.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

          Under French law, provisions of by-laws that limit the liability of directors are prohibited. However, French law allows sociétés anonymes to contract for and maintain liability insurance against civil liabilities incurred by any of their directors and officers involved in a third-party action, provided that they acted in good faith and within their capacities as directors or officers of the company. Criminal liability cannot be indemnified under French law, whether directly by the company or through liability insurance.

          We maintain liability insurance for our directors and officers, including insurance against liability under the Securities Act, and we intend to enter into agreements with our directors and executive officers to provide contractual indemnification to bear attorneys' fees and costs that are not otherwise covered by insurance for directors prevailing in a third-party action.

          We believe that this insurance and these agreements are necessary to attract qualified directors and executive officers.

          These agreements may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and executive officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these insurance agreements.

          Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers or partnerships, be insured against certain liabilities in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

123


Table of Contents

Equity Incentives

          We believe that our ability to grant equity incentive awards is a valuable and necessary compensation tool that allows us to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, provides additional incentives to employees and promotes the success of our business. Due to French corporate law and tax considerations, historically, we have granted several different equity incentive instruments to our directors, executive officers, employees and other service providers. These are:

    Employee share options (otherwise known as options de souscription d'actions , or OSA), generally granted to employees of subsidiaries of Talend S.A.;

    Employee warrants (otherwise known as bons de souscription de parts de créateurs d'entreprise , or BSPCE), granted only to employees of Talend S.A.; and

    Employee warrants (otherwise known as bons de souscription d'actions , or BSA), historically typically granted only to non-employee directors and other service providers not eligible for either employee warrants (BSPCE) or employee share options.

          Our board of directors' authority to grant these equity incentive instruments and the aggregate number of shares authorized to be granted must be approved by a two-thirds majority of the votes held by our shareholders present, represented or voting by mail at the relevant extraordinary shareholders' meeting. Once approved by our shareholders, our board of directors can continue to grant such awards for a maximum of 18 months for employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee warrants (BSA) or 38 months for the grant of employees share options and free shares (the French equivalent of restricted stock units) in each case from the date of the applicable shareholders' approval, but the authority of our board of directors to grant equity incentives may not be extended or increased until the next shareholders' meeting. As a result, we typically request that our shareholders authorize new pools of equity incentive instruments at every annual shareholders' meeting. In addition, notwithstanding any shareholder authorization, under applicable law we may no longer be eligible to issue employee warrants (BSPCE) following the completion of this offering.

          As a result of the one-for-eight reverse share split that became effective on June 18, 2016, the conversion rate of our share options, employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee warrants (BSA) is to reflect a one-for-eight conversion rate, whereby holders of share options, employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee warrants (BSA) will exercise eight options or warrants for one of our ordinary shares.

          Employee warrants and employee share options are usually granted under similar terms. They expire ten years after the date of grant if not exercised earlier according to their vesting schedule (see below). In general, employee warrants (BSPCE), employee share options and employee warrants (BSA) cannot continue to vest following a termination of the employment, office or service of the holder and all vested shares must be exercised within post-termination exercise periods set forth in the applicable equity award grant documents. In the event of certain changes in our share capital structure, such as a consolidation or share split or dividend, French law and applicable equity award grant documentation provide for appropriate adjustments of the numbers of shares issuable and/or the exercise price of the outstanding warrants or share options.

    Share Options (OSA)

          We grant employee share options to employees of Talend S.A. and its subsidiaries pursuant to our Stock Option Plans. Our current plan, the 2016 Stock Option Plan, or 2016 Plan, was adopted by our board of directors on May 13, 2016 and approved by our shareholders at a meeting held on June 1, 2016. The 2016 Plan was amended by our board of directors on June 27, 2016. Our board of directors has also previously adopted the 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 Plans,

124


Table of Contents

or the Former Plans, and together with the 2016 Plan, the Stock Option Plans. Except for the change in control provision which is not included in the 2016 Plan (see "Change in Control" below), the terms of the Stock Option Plans are substantially the same and, following this offering, new share option grants will only be made pursuant to the 2016 Plan.

          Employee share options may be granted to any individual employed by us or by any affiliated company under the terms and conditions of an employment contract. Employee share options may also be granted to the chairman of our board of directors and general manager and to our deputy general managers.

          The maximum number of our ordinary shares that may be issued pursuant to employee share options granted under the 2016 Plan is 2,300,000. In addition, under French law, the maximum number of shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding employee share options may not exceed one-third of the outstanding share capital on a non-diluted basis as of the date of grant. Employee share options may be granted under the 2016 Plan until 2019.

          As of March 31, 2016, pursuant to authorizations granted at our shareholders' meetings, our board of directors had granted employee share options exercisable for an aggregate of 3,416,045 ordinary shares of the company to our employees pursuant to our Stock Option Plans since 2010. As of March 31, 2016, 299,101 ordinary shares of the company were purchased pursuant to the exercise of employee share options issued under our Stock Option Plans and employee share options for an aggregate of 2,171,432 ordinary shares of the company, at a weighted average exercise price of €6.60 per share, were outstanding, of which employee share options for 1,210,502 ordinary shares of the company are held by our executive officers.

          Administration.     Our board of directors has the authority to administer the Stock Option Plans. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Stock Option Plans, our board of directors determines the recipients, dates of grant, exercise prices, number of ordinary shares underlying and the terms and conditions of the employee share options, including their periods of exercisability and their vesting schedules.

          The board of directors has the authority to amend or modify employee share options outstanding under our Stock Option Plans, including in particular the authority to extend the post-termination exercise period of the options, subject to the written consent of the optionees holding such options, if such amendments or modifications impair the rights of the optionees.

          Employee Share Options.     The 2016 Plan provides for the grant of incentive share options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and non-statutory share options. These employee share options are granted pursuant to employee share option agreements adopted by the board of directors. The board of directors determines the exercise price for an employee share option, within the terms and conditions of the 2016 Plan, provided that the exercise price of an employee share option generally cannot be less than the per share fair market value of our ordinary shares on the date of grant. Employee share options granted under the 2016 Plan vest at the rate specified by the board of directors.

          Employee share options granted since June 2010 were generally granted subject to a four-year vesting schedule under which 25% of the employee share options vest upon the first anniversary of the grant date and then an additional 6.25% of the employee share options vest at the end of each quarter thereafter, subject to the optionees' continued service with the company through each applicable vesting date.

          The term of each employee share option is generally ten years (five years for "10% owners" (as defined in the Stock Option Plans)) from the date of grant or, in the case of death or disability of the optionee during such ten-year period, six months from the date of death or nine months from the date of disability of the optionee. Unless a longer period is specified in the notice of grant or

125


Table of Contents

otherwise resolved by the board of directors, an employee share option shall remain exercisable, to the extent vested, for one month following an optionee's termination of continuous status with the company if the termination is due to the optionee. If such termination is due to the company, the employee share option shall expire on the date of such termination, unless otherwise decided by the board of directors on or prior to such termination. In the event that an optionee's continuous status terminates as a result of the optionee's disability, unless otherwise resolved by the board of directors, the optionee may exercise vested employee share options at any time within nine months following the date of such termination. In the event of the death of an optionee, unless otherwise resolved by the board of directors, the vested employee share options may be exercised at any time within six months following the date of death, by the optionee's estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the option by bequest or inheritance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall an employee share options be exercisable later than the expiration of their term (and in the case of an incentive share option, three months following the optionee's termination).

          Employee share options are not transferable and may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner, other than by will or by laws of descent or distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the optionee, only by the optionee.

          U.S. Tax Limitations on Incentive Share Options.     The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our ordinary shares issuable under incentive share options that are exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year under all of our Stock Option Plans may not exceed $100,000. Employee share options, or portions thereof, that exceed such limit will generally be treated as non-statutory share options. No incentive share option may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own shares possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the shares subject to the employee share option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the incentive share option does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

          Change in Control.     Pursuant to the Former Plans, unless otherwise resolved by the board of directors, in the event of a merger of our company into another corporation or of the sale by one or several shareholders, acting alone or in concert, of the company to one or several third parties of a number of our ordinary shares resulting in a transfer of more than fifty percent (50%) of the ordinary shares of the company to said third parties, or in each case, a Liquidity Event, an optionee's right to exercise his or her employee share options governed by any such plans will be accelerated so that he or she may exercise all vested and unvested employee share options immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event. Accordingly, any employee share option which is subject to a Former Plan and is not exercised for any reason on or prior to the completion of the Liquidity Event will automatically lapse unless otherwise resolved by the board of directors. The 2016 Plan does not include any right of acceleration of the employee share options in case of change in control of the company and, thus, any new option that will be subject to such plan will not be accelerated in case of occurrence of a Liquidity Event.

          Amendment and Termination.     Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend, or terminate our Stock Option Plans, provided that such action does not impair the rights of any optionee without such optionee's written consent. The company shall obtain shareholder approval of any amendment to the Stock Option Plans to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with applicable laws.

    Employee Warrants (BSPCE)

          Employee warrants (BSPCE) are granted only to employees of Talend S.A. who are French tax residents, as they provide favorable tax and social security treatment for French tax residents.

126


Table of Contents

Employee warrants (BSPCE) may also be granted to corporate officers of the company having an employee tax status (chairman, general manager or deputy general manager) in office at the time the employee warrants (BSPCE) are granted. Similar to share options, they entitle a holder to exercise the warrant for the underlying vested shares at an exercise price per share determined by our board of directors and at least equal to the fair market value of an ordinary share on the date of grant. Employee warrants (BSPCE) may only be issued by growth companies meeting certain criteria, which we will no longer meet following the completion of the offering. There is no legal limitation to the size of the employee warrant (BSPCE) pool under French law.

          Pursuant to delegations granted at our annual shareholders' meeting, as of March 31, 2016, our board of directors has granted employee warrants (BSPCE) exercisable, subject to vesting, for an aggregate of 776,050 ordinary shares. As of March 31, 2016, 61,515 ordinary shares were purchased upon exercise of employee warrants (BSPCE). As of March 31, 2016, employee warrants (BSPCE) for an aggregate of 486,419 ordinary shares at a weighted average exercise price of €5.26 per share, were outstanding, of which employee warrants (BSPCE) for 45,048 ordinary shares were held by an executive officer.

          Administration.     Pursuant to delegations granted at our annual shareholders' meeting our board of directors determines the recipients, dates of grant and exercise price of employee warrants (BSPCE), the number of employee warrants (BSPCE) to be granted and the terms and conditions of the employee warrants (BSPCE), including the period of their exercisability and their vesting schedule. The board of directors has the authority to extend the post-termination exercise period of employee warrants (BSPCE) after the termination of the warrant holder's employment agreement.

          Employee warrants (BSPCE).     Our employee warrants (BSPCE) granted since September 2006 were generally granted subject to a four-year vesting schedule under which one-fourth of the employee warrants (BSPCE) vest upon the first anniversary of the date of grant and one-sixteenth at the expiration of each quarter thereafter, subject to continued service of the warrant holder on each applicable vesting date. In each case, any warrant which is not exercised before the tenth anniversary of the date of grant will automatically lapse.

          The term of each employee warrant (BSPCE) is ten years from the date of grant or, in the case of death or disability of the warrant holder during such ten-year period, six months from his or her death or nine months from a termination due to the disability of the warrant holder. Unless a longer period is specified in the notice of grant or otherwise specified by the board of directors, an employee warrant (BSPCE) shall remain exercisable: (i) for the employee warrants (BSPCE) granted before July 2015, for one month following a warrant holder's termination of continuous status with the company if the termination is due to the warrant holder or no later than on the termination date of continuous status in case such termination is due to the company and (ii) for the employee warrants (BSPCE) granted as from July 2015, for three months following a warrant holder's termination of continuous status with the company.

          Employee warrants (BSPCE) are not transferable and may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the warrant holder, only by the warrant holder.

          Change in control.     Unless otherwise specified by the board of directors, in the event of a merger of our company into another corporation or of the sale by one or several shareholders, acting alone or in concert, of our company to one or several third parties of a number of shares resulting in a transfer of more than fifty percent (50%) of the shares of our company to said third parties, the right of our outstanding warrant holder to exercise his or her employee warrants

127


Table of Contents

(BSPCE) will be accelerated so that he or she may exercise all of them with effect immediately prior to the completion of the relevant transfer of shares. Any employee warrant (BSPCE) not exercised for any reason on or prior to the date of completion of the relevant transfer of shares will automatically lapse unless otherwise specified by the board of directors. The board of directors may decide that any future grants of employee warrants (BSPCE) would not include any right of acceleration of the employee warrants (BSPCE) in case of change in control of the company and, thus would not be accelerated in case of occurrence of a Liquidity Event.

    Employee Warrants (BSA)

          Employee warrants (BSA) are typically granted by our board of directors to third-party service providers and directors not eligible for either employee warrants (BSPCE) or employee share options. In 2008 and 2009, two former employees were granted employee warrants (BSA) prior to the implementation of a stock option plan in 2010. In addition to any exercise price payable by a warrant holder upon the exercise of any employee warrant (BSA), employee warrants (BSA) are subscribed for at a price determined by the board of directors that is meant to reflect the fair market value of the applicable warrants on the date of grant. There is no legal limitation to the size of the employee warrant (BSA) pool.

          Pursuant to delegations granted at our annual shareholders' meeting, as of March 31, 2016, our board of directors has granted employee warrants (BSA) exercisable for a total of 37,500 ordinary shares of which none have been exercised as of March 31, 2016.

          Administration.     Pursuant to delegations granted at our annual shareholders' meeting our board of directors determines the recipients, dates of grant and exercise price of employee warrants (BSA), the number of employee warrants (BSA) to be granted and the terms and conditions of the employee warrants (BSA), including the period of their exercisability and their vesting schedule. The board of directors has the authority to extend the post-termination exercise period of employee warrants (BSA) after the warrant holder's office or service relationship with the company ends.

128


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

          The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares at June 15, 2016 by:

    Each person or entity known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding shares;

    Each of our executive officers and directors; and

    Our executive officers and directors as a group.

          We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated in the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons named in the following table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

          The percentage ownership of each listed person before this offering is based upon 22,722,403 ordinary shares outstanding at June 15, 2016, which includes 18,732,413 ordinary shares resulting from the conversion of all our outstanding preferred shares upon the completion of this offering, as if such conversion had occurred as of June 15, 2016.

          As of June 15, 2016, we had 31 holders of record in the United States, which represented approximately 25% of our ordinary shares outstanding (assuming the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares owned by our U.S. shareholders on a one-to-one basis into an aggregate of                          ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering). The percentage ownership of each listed person after the offering is based upon                          ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering, including the ordinary shares identified in the immediately preceding sentence plus the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs to be sold by us in this offering.

          In computing the number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed outstanding ordinary shares subject to options and warrants held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 15, 2016. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

          We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional             ADSs from us at the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions.

129


Table of Contents

          Unless otherwise indicated, the principal address of each of the shareholders below is c/o Talend, Inc. 800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 200, Redwood City, CA 94065.

 
  Ordinary shares
beneficially
owned before
offering
  Ordinary
shares
beneficially
owned after
offering
(assuming no
exercise
of the
underwriters'
option)
  Ordinary
shares
beneficially
owned after
offering if the
underwriters'
option is
exercised
in full
 
Name
 
Number
 
%
 
Number
 
%
 
Number
 
%
 

5% or Greater Shareholders:

                                     

Entities affiliated with Toro Acquisition (1)

    5,760,102     25.4                          

Entities affiliated with Idinvest Partners (2)

    4,565,831     20.1                          

Entities affiliated with Balderton Capital (3)

    4,532,536     20.0                          

Entities affiliated with Galileo Partners (4)

    1,866,600     8.2                          

Entity affiliated with Bpifrance Investissement (5)

    1,562,895     6.9                          

Fabrice Bonan (6)

    1,145,662     5.0                          

Executive Officers and Directors:

                                     

Michael Tuchen (7)

    878,384     3.8                          

Thomas Tuchscherer (8)

    164,370     *                          

Ashley Stirrup (9)

    62,033     *                          

Brad Stratton (10)

    708,336     3.0                          

Barbara Cadigan

                                 

Nello Franco (11)

    65,966     *                          

Laurent Bride (12)

    129,989     *                          

Matthieu Baret (13)

                                 

John D. Brennan (14)

    5,760,102     25.4                          

Bertrand Diard (15)

    673,632     3.0                          

Patrick S. Jones (16)

    100,000     *                          

Bernard Liautaud (17)

                                 

Thierry Sommelet (18)

                                 

All executive officers and directors as a group (19)

    8,542,812     35.4                          

*
Less than 1% of the outstanding ordinary shares.

(1)
Consists of 5,760,102 shares held of record by Toro Acquisition S.à.r.l. ("Toro"). Silver Lake Sumeru Fund Cayman, L.P. ("SLS") is the majority shareholder of Toro. Silver Lake Technology Associates Sumeru Cayman, L.P. ("SLTA") is the sole general partner of SLSFC, SLTA Sumeru (GP) Cayman, L.P. ("SLTA GP") is the sole general partner of SLTA, and Silver Lake Sumeru (Offshore) AIV GP, Ltd. ("SLS AIV") is the sole general partner of SLTA GP. SLS AIV is controlled by a board of ten directors that acts by majority approval and possesses sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares of common stock owned by Toro. The principal business address of these entities is 2775 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

(2)
Consists of (i) 1,025,027 ordinary shares held of record by FCPI Allianz Croissance 2005; (ii) 703,698 ordinary shares held of record by FCPI Allianz Innovation 7; (iii) 641,448 ordinary shares held of record by FCPI Capital Croissance; (iv) 568,962 ordinary shares held of record by FCPI Objectif Innovation Patrimoine; (v) 330,648 ordinary shares held of record by FCPI Allianz Innovation 6; (vi) 237,502 ordinary shares held of record by FCPI Poste Innovation 8; (vii) 203,090 ordinary shares held of record by FCPI Allianz Eco Innovation; (viii) 202,114 ordinary shares held of record by FCPI Allianz Eco Innovation 2; (ix) 157,275 ordinary shares held of record by FCPI Allianz Innovation 10; (x) 153,258 ordinary shares held of record by FCPI Objectif Innovation 4; (xi) 117,788 ordinary shares held of record by FCPI Idinvest Flexible 2016; (xii) 91,040 ordinary shares held of record by FCPI Objectif Innovation 3; (xiii) 84,462 ordinary shares held of record by FCPI La Banque Postale Innovation 5; (xiv) 49,512 ordinary shares held of record by FCPI Objectif Innovation 2; and (xv) 1 ordinary shares held of record by AGF PE (b), collectively, the ("Funds"). As

130


Table of Contents

    the management company of the Funds, Idinvest Partners shares dispositive power and shared voting power over all of the shares owned by the Funds. 51% of Idinvest Partners' share capital is held by ADFI3 and all of the share capital of ADFI3 is held by IDI, a French company listed on Euronext Paris. All powers with respect to the voting and disposition of the ordinary shares owned by the Funds and managed by Idinvest Partners are maintained by an investment committee of Idinvest Partners. Because of the powers vested in the investment committee and its composition, neither ADFI3 nor IDI are able to exercise control over the composition of, or decisions made by the investment committee and, as a result, such persons are not able to control voting, investment or disposition decisions concerning the shares owned by the Funds. The address for the Funds is c/o Idinvest Partners, 117, Avenue des Champs Elysées, 75008 Paris, France.

(3)
Consists of 4,532,536 ordinary shares held of record by Balderton Capital IV L2 S.a.r.l. ("BC IV L2"). Balderton Capital IV L1 S.a.r.l. ("BC IV L1") is the sole shareholder of BC IV L2; Balderton Capital IV, L.P. ("BC IV") is the sole shareholder of BC IV L2, and Balderton Capital Partners IV, L.P. ("BCP IV") is the sole general partner of BC IV. Balderton Capital General Partner IV, LLC ("BCGP IV") is the sole general partner of BCP IV. Voting and dispositive power of BCP IV is delegated to Balderton Capital Investments Limited ("BCIL"). The directors of BCIL are Suranga Chandratillake, Jerome Misso, Andrew Whittaker and David Bolton. The address for BC IV L2 and BC IV L1 is c/o 2-8, Avenue Charles de Gaulle, L-1653, Luxembourg and the address for BC IV, BCP IV, BCGP IV and BCIL is c/o 1 Royal Plaza, Royal Avenue, St Peter Port, Guernsey GY1 2HL.

(4)
Consists of 1,866,600 shares held by Galileo III Fund ("Galileo III"). Galileo III is managed by Galileo Partners SA ("Galileo Partners"). Joel Flichy and François Duliège, the General Partners of Galileo Partners, share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Galileo III. The address for these entities is 109, boulevard Haussmann, 75008 Paris, France.

(5)
Consists of 1,562,895 ordinary shares held of record by FPCI ETI 2020, an entity affiliated with Bpifrance Investissement S.A.S. ("Bpifrance"). Bpifrance is a French public management company specializing in the business of equity financing via direct investment or fund of funds. Bpifrance is controlled by Bpifrance S.A., a French financial institution especially created for this purpose. Caisse des Dépots et Consignations, a French special public entity ( établissement special ) and EPIC Bpifrance, a French public institution of industrial and commercial nature, each hold 50% of the share capital of Bpifrance S.A. and jointly control Bpifrance S.A. The address for these entities is 27-31, avenue du Général Leclerc, 94710 Maisons-Alfort Cedex, France.

(6)
Consists of 1,145,662 ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Bonan.

(7)
Consists of (i) 346,242 ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Tuchen; (ii) 187,500 ordinary shares held of record by the Michael H. Tuchen 2015 Annuity Trust dated December 12, 2015 for which Mr. Tuchen serves as trustee; and (ii) 344,641 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 15, 2016.

(8)
Consists of 164,370 ordinary shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 15, 2016.

(9)
Consists of 62,033 ordinary shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 15, 2016.

(10)
Consists of (i) 46,651 ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Stratton and (ii) 661,685 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 15, 2016.

(11)
Consists of 65,966 ordinary shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 15, 2016.

(12)
Consists of (i) 110,281 ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Bride and (ii) 19,708 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 15, 2016.

(13)
Mr. Baret serves as a partner at Idinvest and is currently serving as representative of Idinvest Partners, the legal entity that holds a seat on the company's board of directors. Mr. Baret does not exercise voting or dispositive power over the shares held by Idinvest Partners listed in footnote (2) above.

(14)
Consists of the ordinary shares listed in footnote (1) above, which are held of record by Silver Lake Sumeru. Mr. Brennan serves as managing director of Silver Lake Sumeru and as one of the directors of SLS AIV.

(15)
Consists of 673,632 ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Diard.

(16)
Consists of 100,000 ordinary shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 15, 2016.

(17)
Mr. Liautaud serves as a general partner of Balderton Capital. Mr. Liautaud does not exercise voting or dispositive power over the shares held by Balderton Capital listed in footnote (3) above.

(18)
Mr. Sommelet serves as a managing director of Bpifrance Investissement. Mr. Sommelet does not exercise voting or dispositive power over the shares held by Bpifrance Investissement listed in footnote (5) above.

(19)
Consists of (i) 7,124,409 ordinary shares beneficially owned by our executive officers and directors and (ii) 1,418,403 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 15, 2016.

          To our knowledge, there has been no significant change in the percentage ownership held by the principal shareholders listed above since January 1, 2013, except as discussed in "Related Party Transactions—Transactions with our Principal Shareholders, Directors and Executive Officers".

131


Table of Contents


RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

          Other than as described below, since January 1, 2013, there has not been any transaction to which we were or are a party in which we, any of our directors, executive officers, associates, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any affiliates or member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Transactions with our Principal Shareholders, Directors and Executive Officers

Conditional Advances from Bpifrance Financement

          Bpifrance Financement provides advances for research and development projects, which we reimburse should the project be successful. Bpifrance Financement is registered as a bank with the French Banking Authority. Thierry Sommelet, one of our directors, is a director of Bpifrance Investissement (an affiliate of BPIfrance Financement), and prior to the offering an entity affiliated with Bpifrance Investissement holds more than 5% of our ordinary shares.

          BPIfrance Financement has funded one successful project for a total of $890,000 (paying us $375,000 in 2010 and $515,000 in 2013). We are repaying this advance quarterly from December 2013 to September 2017. The loan is interest free but is presented at fair value. As of March 31, 2016, the balance due on this advance is $213,000.

Transactions with Bonitasoft

          Bertrand Diard, one of our founders and a member of our board of directors, is a director of Bonitasoft, a technological partner with which we have a number of transactions. Bonitasoft invoiced us $0.9 million in 2013, $1.1 million in 2014 and $1.0 million in 2015, and we invoiced Bonitasoft $11,000 in each of 2013 and 2014. As of March 31, 2016, the outstanding balance owed by us to Bonitasoft was $13,600.

Existing Shareholders' Agreements

          On December 10, 2013, we entered into Amendment #6 to the Subscription and Shareholders' Agreement dated December 5, 2008, or the Existing Shareholders' Agreement, with certain holders of our outstanding ordinary shares and preferred shares, including certain of our directors and holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. The Existing Shareholders' Agreement sets forth the nature of each investor's ownership interests in our company and governs certain voting rights, preemptive rights, co-sale rights, information rights and drag-along rights. Upon the completion of this offering, the Existing Shareholders' Agreement will terminate automatically pursuant to its terms and conditions and all rights and obligations contained therein will no longer apply.

          Further, the parties to the Existing Shareholders' Agreement have entered into separate short-form shareholders' agreements with each minority shareholder and holder of share options, employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee warrants (BSA) not party to the Existing Shareholders' Agreement. The short-form shareholders' agreements govern certain preemptive, co-sale and drag-along rights. Upon completion of this offering, the short-form shareholders' agreements will terminate pursuant to their terms and conditions and all rights and obligations contained therein will no longer apply.

Shareholder Agreement

          Prior to the closing of this offering, we will enter into the Shareholder Agreement with entities affiliated with Balderton Capital, Bpifrance Investissement, Galileo Partners, Idinvest Partners and

132


Table of Contents

Toro Acquisition. The Shareholder Agreement, as further described below, will contain specific rights, obligations and agreements of these parties as holders of our ordinary shares or equity securities representing our ordinary shares (including the ADRs), which we refer to herein, collectively, as Company Securities. In addition, the Shareholder Agreement will contain provisions related to the composition of our board of directors, which is discussed under "Management—Board of Directors".

    Voting Rights

          Under the Shareholder Agreement, our existing shareholders that are affiliated with our Major Shareholders will agree to take all necessary action, including casting all votes to which such existing shareholders are entitled to cast at any general or special meeting of shareholders, so as to ensure that the composition of our board of directors complies with (and includes all of the nominees in accordance with) the provisions of the Shareholder Agreement related to the composition of our board of directors, which are discussed under "Management—Board of Directors".

    Registration Rights

          Under the Shareholder Agreement, certain holders of Company Securities will have the right, subject to certain limitations, to demand that we register the sale of Company Securities now held by them, other than Company Securities (i) which have previously been registered, (ii) which have been sold to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, or (iii) which have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor's rights under the Shareholder Agreement are not validly assigned in accordance with the Shareholder Agreement (which we refer to herein, collectively, as Registrable Securities).

          In addition, certain holders of Company Securities will have the right to request that we register the sale of Registrable Securities to be sold by them on Form F-3 or Form S-3 (as applicable) and, no more than three times during any 12-month period, each such holder may demand that we make available shelf registration statements permitting sales of Registrable Securities into the market from time to time over an extended period. Subject to certain limitations, at any time when we have an effective shelf registration statement, certain shareholders each shall have the right to make no more than two marketed takedown demands during any 12-month period.

          In addition, certain holders of Company Securities have the ability to exercise certain piggyback registration rights in respect of Registrable Securities in connection with registered offerings requested by certain other shareholders or initiated by us.

Sales of Preferred Shares

          Since January 1, 2013, we have sold shares of our preferred shares in a series of private placements as follows:

    1,750,565 shares of our series H preferred shares in December 2013 for an aggregate of €14,704,749.15 at a purchase price of €8.40 per share (issue premium included); and

    104,855 shares of our series H preferred shares in August 2015 for an aggregate of €880,782 at a purchase price of €8.40 per share (issue premium included).

133


Table of Contents

          The following table summarizes the preferred shares acquired in connection with these private placements by our executive officers, directors and holders of more than five percent (5%) of our share capital.

Name of Shareholder
  Number of
Series H Preferred
Shares Purchased
  Aggregate
Purchase
Price
 

Bpifrance Investissement (1)

  1,225,395   10,293,324.30  

Michael Tuchen

  104,855   880,782.00  

(1)
Thierry Sommelet, one of our directors, is a director of Bpifrance Investissement. See "Principal Shareholders" for more information regarding the holdings of Mr. Sommelet and this entity.

Sales of Ordinary Shares

          Since January 1, 2013, we have sold shares of our ordinary shares in a series of private placements as follows:

    428,887 ordinary shares in January 2014 for an aggregate of €34,311.02 at a purchase price of €0.08 per share; and

    46,651 ordinary shares in August 2015 for an aggregate of €440,391.34 at a purchase price of €9.44 per share (issue premium included).

          The following table summarizes the shares acquired in connection with these private placements by our executive officers, directors and holders of more than five percent (5%) of our share capital.

Name of Shareholder
  Number of
Ordinary Shares
Purchased
  Aggregate
Purchase
Price
 

Brad Stratton

  46,651   440,391.34  

Michael Tuchen

  428,887   34,311.02  

Agreements with our Directors and Officers

    Employment and Related Agreements

          For a discussion of our employment agreements with our executive officers, see "Management—Compensation of Executive Officers and Directors—Executive Compensation Arrangements".

    Indemnification Agreements

          In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. See "Management—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters".

          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

134


Table of Contents

Related Party Transactions Policy

          Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt a related party transaction policy that sets forth our procedures for the identification, review, consideration and approval or ratification of related party transactions. The policy will become effective immediately upon the completion of this offering. For purposes of our policy only, a related party transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we and any related parties are, were or will be participants, which are not (1) in the ordinary course of business, (2) at arms' length and (3) in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee or director are not covered by this policy. For purposes of this policy, a related party is any executive officer, director (or nominee for director) or beneficial owner of more than five percent (5%) of any class of our voting securities, including any of their respective immediate family members and any entity owned or controlled by such persons.

          Under the policy, related party transactions must be reported to us by all related parties. If a transaction has been identified as a related party transaction, our management must present information regarding the related party transaction to our board of directors for review, consideration and approval. Certain transactions may be presented to the audit committee, which will determine whether the transaction is a related party transaction, in which case the related party transaction will be submitted to our board of directors. The presentation will include a description of, among other things, the material facts, the interests in the transaction, direct and indirect, of the related parties, the benefits to us of the transaction and whether the transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to or from, as the case may be, an unrelated third party or to or from employees generally. In addition, under our Code of Conduct, our employees and directors have an affirmative responsibility to disclose any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest. In considering related party transactions, our board, or to the extent permitted by applicable law an independent committee of our board, will take into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including, but not limited to:

    The benefits and perceived benefits to us;

    The opportunity costs of alternative transactions;

    The materiality and character of the related party's interest;

    The actual or apparent conflict of interest of the related party; and

    The terms available to or from, as the case may be, unrelated third parties or to or from employees generally.

          The policy requires that, in determining whether to approve, ratify or reject a related party transaction, our board of directors, or if permitted by applicable law an independent committee of our board, must consider, in light of known circumstances, whether the transaction is in, or is not inconsistent with, our best interests and those of our shareholders, as our board, or if permitted by applicable law an independent committee of our board, determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion.

135


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

General

          We are organized as an S.A. and our affairs are governed by our By-laws and the laws of France.

          The following description summarizes the most important terms of our share capital, as they are expected to be in effect upon the closing of this offering. We will adopt an amended and restated By-laws in connection with this offering, and this description summarizes the provisions that are included therein. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in "Description of Share Capital", you should refer to our amended and restated By-laws and our Shareholder Agreement, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

          Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all of our outstanding preferred shares will convert into ordinary shares. Our ordinary shares will have the rights and restrictions described in "—Key Provisions of Our By-laws and French Law Affecting our Ordinary Shares".

Key Provisions of Our By-laws and French Law Affecting our Ordinary Shares

          The description below reflects the terms of our By-laws, and summarizes the material rights of holders of our ordinary shares under French law. Please note that this is only a summary and is not intended to be exhaustive. For further information, please refer to the full version of our By-laws which is included as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

    Corporate Purpose (Article 3 of the By-laws)

          Our corporate purpose in France and abroad includes:

    The development, research, production, marketing, purchasing, selling, leasing, providing of after-sale services of software and / or hardware;

    The supply and sale of services to users notably in training, demonstration, methodology, deployment and use;

    The supply and sale of IT resources in combination or not with software or services;

    The creation, acquisition, rental or lease management of all businesses, the leasing, creation or operation of any establishments;

    The acquisition, operation or sale of any intellectual or industrial property rights and any expertise in the IT field; and

    Generally, the involvement in any business or incorporated or to be incorporated company as well as the completion of all legal, economic, financial, industrial, civil and commercial, securities or real estate transactions directly or indirectly relating, in whole or in part to the above purpose or to any similar or related purpose.

    Directors

    Quorum and voting (Article 14 of the By-laws)

          The board of directors may only deliberate if at least half of the directors attend the applicable meeting in the manner provided for in our By-laws. In particular, French law and the charter of the board allow directors to attend meetings of the board in person or by videoconference or other telecommunications arrangements. In addition, our By-Laws allow a director to grant another director a proxy to represent him or her at a meeting of the board, but no director can hold more

136


Table of Contents

than one proxy at any meeting. Decisions of the board are adopted by the majority of the voting rights held by the directors present or represented, it being specified that in case of a vote-split, the chairman of the board shall have a deciding vote.

    Directors' Voting Powers on Proposal, Arrangement or Contract in which any Director is Materially Interested

          Under French law, any agreement entered into (directly or through an intermediary) between us and any director that is not entered into (1) in the ordinary course of business and (2) under standard terms and conditions is subject to the prior authorization of the board of directors, excluding the interested director.

          The foregoing requirements also apply to agreements between us and another company, provided that the company is not one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, if one of our directors is the owner or a general partner, manager, director, general manager or member of the executive or supervisory board of the other company, as well as to agreements in which one of our directors has an indirect interest.

    Directors' Compensation

          The aggregate amount of attendance fees ( jetons de présence ) of the board of directors is determined at the shareholders' annual ordinary general meeting. The board then divides all or part (at the board's discretion) of this aggregate amount among some or all of its members by a simple majority vote. In addition, the board may grant exceptional compensation ( rémunérations exceptionnelles ) to individual directors on a case-by-case basis for special and temporary assignments. The board may also authorize the reimbursement of reasonable travel and accommodation expenses, as well as other expenses incurred by directors in the corporate interest. Directors who are employed by the company receive a separate compensation as officers or employees. See "Management—Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers" for a description of our compensation policy for our non-employee directors.

    Board of Directors' Borrowing Powers (Article 15 of the By-laws)

          There are currently no limits imposed by our By-laws on the amounts of loans or borrowings that the board may approve.

    Directors' Age Limits (Article 13 of the By-laws)

          The number of directors who are more than seventy (70) years old may not exceed one-third of the directors in office.

          If this limit is reached, the oldest director will be deemed to have resigned at the end of the annual shareholders' meeting approving the accounts of the year in which this limit has been reached.

    Employee Director Limits

          The number of directors who are also party to employment contracts with the company may not exceed one-third of the directors in office.

    Directors' Share Ownership Requirements

          None.

137


Table of Contents

    Rights, Preferences and Restrictions Attaching to Ordinary Shares

    Dividends (Articles 22 and 23 of the By-laws)

          We may only distribute dividends out of our "distributable profits", plus any amounts held in our reserves that the shareholders decide to make available for distribution, other than those reserves that are specifically required to be maintained by law. "Distributable profits" consist of our unconsolidated net profit in each fiscal year, as increased or reduced by any profit or loss carried forward from prior years, less any contributions to the reserve accounts pursuant to French law (see below under "—Legal Reserve").

    Legal Reserve (Article 22 of the By-laws)

          Pursuant to French law, we must allocate at least 5% of our unconsolidated net profit for each year to our legal reserve fund before dividends may be paid with respect to that year. Such allocation is compulsory until the amount in the legal reserve is equal to 10% of the aggregate par value of our issued and outstanding share capital.

    Approval of Dividends (Article 23 of the By-laws)

          Pursuant to French law, our board of directors may propose a dividend and/or reserve distribution for approval by the shareholders at the annual ordinary general meeting.

          Upon recommendation of our board of directors, our shareholders may decide to allocate all or part of any distributable profits to special or general reserves, to carry them forward to the next fiscal year as retained earnings or to allocate them to the shareholders as dividends. However, dividends may not be distributed when as a result of such distribution our net assets are or would become lower than the amount of the share capital plus the amount of the legal reserves which, under French law, may not be distributed to shareholders.

          Our board of directors may distribute interim dividends after the end of the fiscal year but before the approval of the financial statements for the relevant fiscal year when the interim balance sheet, established during such year and examined by an auditor, reflects that we have earned distributable profits since the close of the last financial year, after recognizing the necessary depreciation and provisions and after deducting prior losses, if any, and the sums to be allocated to reserves, as required by law or the By-laws, and including any retained earnings. The amount of such interim dividends may not exceed the amount of the profit so defined.

          Pursuant to French law, if a dividend is declared we may be required to pay a dividend tax in an amount equal to 3% of the aggregate dividend paid by us.

    Distribution of Dividends (Articles 11 and 23 of the By-laws)

          Dividends are distributed to shareholders proportionally to their shareholding interests. In the case of interim dividends, distributions are made to shareholders on the date set by our board of directors during the meeting in which the distribution of interim dividends is approved. The actual dividend payment date is decided by the shareholders at an ordinary general shareholders' meeting or by our board in the absence of such a decision by the shareholders. Shareholders that own shares on the actual payment date are entitled to the dividend.

          Dividends may be paid in cash or, if the shareholders' meeting so decides, in kind, provided that all the shareholders receive a whole number of assets of the same nature paid in lieu of cash. Our By-laws provide that, subject to a decision of the shareholders' meeting taken by ordinary resolution, each shareholder may be given the choice to receive his dividend in cash or in shares.

138


Table of Contents

    Timing of Payment (Article 23 of the By-laws)

          Pursuant to French law, dividends must be paid within a maximum period of nine months following the end of the relevant fiscal year. An extension of such timeframe may be granted by court order. Dividends that are not claimed within a period of five years after the payment date will be deemed to expire and revert to the French state.

    Voting Rights (Article 11 of the By-laws)

          Each of our ordinary shares entitles its holder to vote and be represented in the shareholders' meetings in accordance with the provisions of French law and of our By-laws. The ownership of a share implies ipso jure adherence to our By-laws and the decisions of the shareholders' meeting.

          In general, each shareholder is entitled to one vote per share at any general shareholders' meeting. The company's major shareholders do not have different voting rights than other shareholders of the company.

          Under French law, treasury shares or shares held by entities controlled by us are not entitled to voting rights and are not taken into account for purposes of quorum calculation.

    Rights to Share in Our Profit (Article 11 of the By-laws)

          Under French law, each ordinary share entitles its holder to a portion of the corporate profits and assets proportional to the amount of share capital represented thereby.

    Rights to Share in the Surplus in the Event of Liquidation (Articles 11 and 28 of the By-laws)

          If we are liquidated, any assets remaining after payment of our debts, liquidation expenses and all of our remaining obligations will first be used to repay in full the par value of our outstanding shares. Any surplus will then be distributed among shareholders proportionally to their shareholding in our company.

    Repurchase and Redemption of Shares

          Under French law, we may acquire our own shares for the following purposes only:

    To decrease our share capital, provided that such decision is not driven by losses and that a purchase offer is made to all shareholders on a pro rata basis, with the approval of the shareholders at the extraordinary general meeting deciding the capital reduction; in this case, the shares repurchased must be cancelled within one month from their repurchase date;

    To provide shares for distribution to employees or managers under a profit-sharing, free share or share option plan; in this case the shares repurchased must be distributed within 12 months from their repurchase or they must be cancelled;

    With a view to using them within two years of their repurchase in payment or in exchange for assets acquired by us; or

    To sell the relevant shares to any shareholder willing to purchase them as part of a process organized by us within five years of their repurchase date.

    No such repurchase of shares may result in us holding, directly or through a person acting on our behalf, more than (i) 10% of our issued share capital in case of repurchase of shares to be provided for distribution to our employees or managers or sale to our shareholders, and (ii) 5% in case of repurchase of shares to be used in payment or in exchange for assets acquired by the company. Shares repurchased by us continue to be deemed "issued" under

139


Table of Contents

      French law but are not entitled to dividends or voting rights so long as we hold them directly or indirectly, and we may not exercise the preemptive rights attached to them.

    Sinking Fund Provisions

          Our By-laws do not provide for any sinking fund provisions.

    Liability to Further Capital Calls

          Shareholders are liable for corporate liabilities only up to the par value of the shares they hold; they are not liable to further capital calls.

    Requirements for Holdings Exceeding Certain Percentages

          There are no such requirements, except as described under "—Form, Holding and Transfer of Shares—Ownership of Shares by Non-French Persons".

    Actions Necessary to Modify Shareholders' Rights

          Shareholders' rights may be modified as allowed by French law. Only the extraordinary shareholders' meeting is authorized to amend any and all provisions of our By-laws. It may not, however, increase any of the shareholders' commitments without the prior approval of each shareholder.

    Special Voting Rights of Warrant Holders

          Under French law, the holders of warrants of the same class (i.e., warrants that were issued at the same time and with the same rights), including employee warrants, are entitled to vote as a separate class at a general meeting of that class of warrant holders under certain circumstances, principally in connection with any proposed modification of the terms and conditions of the class of warrants or any proposed issuance of preferred shares or any modification of the rights of any outstanding class or series of preferred shares.

    Rules for Admission to and Calling Annual Shareholders' Meetings and Extraordinary Shareholders' Meetings

    Access to, Participation in and Voting Rights at Shareholders' Meetings

          Shareholders' meetings are composed of all shareholders whose shares are paid up and for whom a right to attend shareholders' meetings is established by registration of the shares in an account in the name of the shareholder on the day of the meeting.

          Shareholders participating via video-conferencing or other means of telecommunications contemplated by law and regulation that allow identification are deemed present for the calculation of quorum and majority requirements at shareholders' meetings. The board of directors organizes, in accordance with legal and regulatory requirements, the participation and vote of these shareholders at the meeting, assuring, in particular, the effectiveness of the means of identification.

          Any shareholder may, in accordance with legal and regulatory requirements, vote by mail or grant a proxy to his/her spouse, his/her partner with whom he/she has entered into a civil union or another shareholder for physical persons, or to any person for legal entities. Shareholders may, in accordance with legal and regulatory requirements, send their vote or proxy either by hard copy or via telecommunications means, being specified that their votes must be received at least three days prior to the meeting for hard copies and on the day before the meeting at 3 p.m. Paris time at the latest, for electronic votes by email, and their proxy no later than on the date of the meeting if granted to a designated person or no later than on the day before the meeting at 3 p.m. Paris time for proxies without a designated attorney and therefore granted to the chairman of the meeting.

140


Table of Contents

          Shareholders sending their vote within such time limit, using the form provided to them by us to this effect, are deemed present or represented at the meeting.

          The voting by correspondence form addressed by a shareholder is only valid for a single meeting or for successive meetings convened with the same agenda.

          To better understand the voting rights of the ADSs, you should carefully read "Description of American Depositary Shares—Voting Rights".

    Notice of Annual Shareholders' Meetings

          Shareholders' meetings are convened by our board of directors, or, failing that, by the statutory auditors, or by a court appointed agent or liquidator in certain circumstances, or by the majority shareholder in capital or voting rights following a change in control. Meetings are held at our registered offices or at any other location indicated in the convening notice.

          A first convening notice must be published in the French Journal of Mandatory Statutory Notices ( Bulletin des Annonces Légales Obligatoires (BALO)) at least 35 days prior to the meeting. Such notice must include, in particular, the meeting's agenda and the draft resolutions to be submitted to the shareholders.

          Subject to limited exceptions provided by French law, additional convening notices must be given at least 15 days before the date of the meeting, by means of a notice inserted in both the French BALO and a legal announcement bulletin of the registered office department of the company. Further, the shareholders holding registered shares for at least a month at the time of the latest insertion of the notices shall be summoned individually, by regular letter or by registered letter if the shareholders so request and include an advance of expenses, sent to their last known address. This notice to registered shareholders may also be transmitted by electronic means of telecommunication, in lieu of any such mailing, to any relevant shareholder requesting it beforehand by registered letter with acknowledgement of receipt in accordance with legal and regulatory requirements, specifying his e-mail address. When the attendees of the shareholders' meeting cannot deliberate due to the lack of the required quorum, the second meeting must be called at least ten days in advance in the same manner as used for the first notice.

          All notices to the shareholders must further specify the conditions under which the shareholders may vote by correspondence.

    Agenda and Conduct of Annual Shareholders' Meetings

          The agenda of the shareholders' meeting shall appear in the notice to convene the meeting and is set by the author of the notice. The shareholders' meeting may only deliberate on the items on the agenda except for the removal of directors and the appointment of their successors, which may be put to vote by any shareholder during any shareholders' meeting. One or more shareholders representing the percentage of share capital required by French law, and acting in accordance with legal requirements and within applicable time limits, may request the inclusion of items or proposed resolutions on the agenda.

          Shareholders' meetings will be chaired by the chairman of the board of directors or, in his or her absence, by the managing director, a deputy managing director if he or she is a director or by a director appointed for this purpose by the board, and in all other cases, the meeting itself will elect a chairman. Vote counting will be performed by the two members of the meeting who are present and accept such duties, who represent, either on their own behalf or as proxies, the greatest number of votes.

141


Table of Contents

    Ordinary Shareholders' Meeting

          Ordinary shareholders' meetings are those meetings called to make any and all decisions that do not result in a modification of our By-laws. An ordinary shareholders' meeting shall be convened at least once a year within six months of the end of each fiscal year in order to approve the annual and consolidated accounts for the relevant fiscal year or, in case of postponement, within the period established by court order. Upon first notice, the meeting may validly deliberate only if the shareholders present or represented by proxy or voting by mail represent at least one-fifth of the shares entitled to vote. Upon second notice, no quorum is required. Decisions are made by a majority of the votes held by the shareholders present, represented by proxy, or voting by mail. Abstentions will have the same effect as a "no" vote.

    Extraordinary Shareholders' Meeting

          Only an extraordinary shareholders' meeting is authorized to amend our By-laws. It may not, however, increase shareholders' commitments without the approval of each shareholder. Subject to the legal provisions governing share capital increases from reserves, profits or share premiums, the resolutions of the extraordinary meeting will be valid only if the shareholders present, represented by proxy or voting by mail represent at least one-fourth of all shares entitled to vote upon first notice, or one-fifth upon second notice. If the latter quorum is not reached, the second meeting may be postponed to a date no later than two months after the date for which it was initially called. Decisions are made by a two-thirds majority vote of the shareholders present, represented by proxy, or voting by mail. Abstentions will have the same effect as a "no" vote.

          In addition to the right to obtain certain information regarding us at any time, any shareholder may, from the date on which a shareholders' meeting is convened until the fourth business day preceding the date of the shareholders' meeting, submit written questions relating to the agenda for the meeting to our board of directors. Our board is required to respond to these questions during the meeting.

    Provisions Having the Effect of Delaying, Deferring or Preventing a Change in Control of the Company

          Provisions contained in our By-laws and the corporate laws of France, the country in which we are incorporated, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our shareholders. These provisions include the following:

    Provisions of French law allowing the owner of 95% of the share capital or voting rights of a public company to force out the minority shareholders following a tender offer made to all shareholders are only applicable to companies listed on the main French stock exchange and will therefore not be applicable to us unless we dual-list in France;

    A merger (i.e., in a French law context, a stock for stock exchange after which our company would be dissolved into the acquiring entity and our shareholders would become shareholders of the acquiring entity) of our company into a company incorporated in the European Union would require the approval of our board of directors, as well as a two-thirds majority of the votes held by the shareholders present, represented by proxy or voting by mail at the relevant meeting;

    A merger of our company into a company incorporated outside of the European Union would require the unanimous approval of our shareholders;

    Under French law, a cash merger is treated as a share purchase and would require the consent of each participating shareholder;

142


Table of Contents

    Our shareholders have granted and may grant in the future our board of directors broad authorizations to increase our share capital or to issue additional ordinary shares or other securities (for example, warrants) to our shareholders, the public or qualified investors, including as a possible defense following the launching of a tender offer for our shares;

    Our shareholders have preferential subscription rights proportional to their shareholding in the company on the issuance by us of any additional shares or securities giving right, immediately or in the future, to new shares for cash or a set-off of cash debts, which rights may only be waived by the extraordinary general meeting (by a two-thirds majority vote) of our shareholders or on an individual basis by each shareholder;

    Our board of directors has the right to appoint directors to fill a vacancy created by the resignation or death of a director, subject to the approval by the shareholders of such appointment at the next shareholders' meeting, which prevents shareholders from having the sole right to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

    Our board of directors can only be convened by its chairman or, when no board meeting has been held for more than two consecutive months, by directors representing at least one-third of the total number of directors;

    Our board of directors meetings can only be regularly held if at least half of the directors attend either physically or by way of videoconference or teleconference enabling the directors' identification and ensuring their effective participation in the board's decisions;

    Under French law, residents outside of France as well as any French entity controlled by non-French residents may have to file an administrative notice with French authorities in connection with a direct or indirect investment in us, as defined by administrative rulings; see "Limitations Affecting Shareholders of a French Company";

    Approval of at least a majority of the votes held by shareholders present, represented by a proxy, or voting by mail at the relevant ordinary shareholders' general meeting is required to remove directors with or without cause;

    Advance notice is required for nominations to the board of directors or for proposing matters to be acted upon at a shareholders' meeting, except that a vote to remove and replace a director can be proposed at any shareholders' meeting without notice; and

    Pursuant to French law, our By-laws, including the sections relating to the number of directors and election and removal of a director from office, may only be modified by a resolution adopted by a two-thirds majority of the votes of our shareholders present, represented by a proxy or voting by mail at the meeting.

    Declaration of Crossing Ownership Thresholds

          None except as described under "—Form, Holding and Transfer of Shares—Ownership of Shares by Non-French Persons".

    Changes in Share Capital

    Increases in Share Capital

          Pursuant to French law, our share capital may be increased only with shareholders' approval at an extraordinary general shareholders' meeting following the recommendation of our board of directors. The shareholders may delegate to our board either the authority (délégation de compétence) or the power (délégation de pouvoir) to carry out any increase in share capital.

          Increases in our share capital may be effected by:

    Issuing additional shares;

143


Table of Contents

    Increasing the par value of existing shares;

    Creating a new class of equity securities; and

    Exercising the rights attached to securities giving access to the share capital.

          Increases in share capital by issuing additional securities may be effected through one or a combination of the following:

    Issuances in consideration for cash;

    Issuances in consideration for assets contributed in kind;

    Issuances through an exchange offer;

    Issuances by conversion of previously issued debt instruments;

    Issuances by capitalization of profits, reserves or share premium; and

    Subject to certain conditions, issuances by way of offset against debt incurred by us.

          Decisions to increase the share capital through the capitalization of reserves, profits and/or share premium require shareholders' approval at an extraordinary general shareholders' meeting, acting under the quorum and majority requirements applicable to ordinary shareholders' meetings. Increases in share capital effected by an increase in the par value of shares require unanimous approval of the shareholders, unless effected by capitalization of reserves, profits or share premium. All other capital increases require shareholders' approval at an extraordinary general shareholders' meeting acting under the regular quorum and majority requirements for such meetings.

    Reduction in Share Capital

          Pursuant to French law, any reduction in our share capital requires shareholders' approval at an extraordinary general shareholders' meeting following the recommendation of our board of directors. The share capital may be reduced either by decreasing the par value of the outstanding shares or by reducing the number of outstanding shares. The number of outstanding shares may be reduced by the repurchase and cancellation of shares. Holders of each class of shares must be treated equally unless each affected shareholder agrees otherwise.

    Preferential Subscription Right

          According to French law, if we issue additional shares or securities giving right, immediately or in the future, to new shares for cash, current shareholders will have preferential subscription rights to these securities on a pro rata basis. Preferential subscription rights entitle the individual or entity that holds them to subscribe proportionally to the number of shares held by them to the issuance of any securities increasing, or that may result in an increase of, our share capital by means of a cash payment or a set-off of cash debts. The preferential subscription rights are transferable during the subscription period relating to a particular offering.

          The preferential subscription rights with respect to any particular offering may be waived at an extraordinary general meeting by a two thirds vote of our shareholders or individually by each shareholder. Our board of directors and our independent auditors are required by French law to present reports to the shareholders' meeting that specifically address any proposal to waive the preferential subscription rights.

          In accordance with French law, at the extraordinary general shareholders' meeting held on 2016, our current shareholders have waived their preferential subscription rights with respect to this offering.

144


Table of Contents

          In the future, to the extent permitted under French law, we may seek, during an extraordinary general shareholders' meeting, the approval of the shareholders to waive their preferential subscription rights in order to authorize the board of directors to issue additional shares and/or other securities convertible or exchangeable into shares.

    Form, Holding and Transfer of Shares

    Form of Shares

          Each share of the company is in registered or bearer form at the relevant shareholder's choice.

          Further, in accordance with applicable laws, we may request at any time from the central depositary responsible for holding our shares, the information referred to in Article L. 228-2 of the French Commercial Code. Thus, we are, in particular and at any time, entitled to request the name and the year of birth or, in the case of a legal entity, the corporate name and the year of incorporation, citizenship and address of holders of securities conferring immediately or in the future voting rights at its general shareholders' meeting and the amount of securities owned by each of them and, as the case may be, the restrictions that may impact the securities.

    Holding of Shares

          In accordance with French law concerning the "dematerialization" of securities, the ownership rights of shareholders are represented by book entries instead of share certificates. Shares are registered in individual accounts maintained by us or by a representative appointed by us. Each shareholder's account shows the name of the relevant shareholder and number of shares held.

    Ownership of Shares by Non-French Persons

          Neither the French Commercial Code nor our By-laws presently impose any restrictions on the right of non-French residents or non-French shareholders to own and vote shares. However, residents outside of France, as well as any French entity controlled by non-French residents, must file an administrative notice with French authorities in connection with their direct and indirect foreign investments in us, including through ownership of ADSs, on the date a binding purchase agreement is executed or a tender offer is made public. Under existing administrative rulings, the following transactions qualify as foreign investments in us:

    Any transaction carried out on our capital by a non-French resident provided that after the transaction the cumulative amount of the capital or the voting rights held by non-French residents exceeds 33.33% of our capital or voting rights;

    Any transaction mentioned above carried out by a corporation incorporated under French law whose capital or voting rights are held for more than 33.33% by non-French residents;

    Any transaction carried out abroad resulting in a change of the controlling shareholder of a corporation incorporated under a foreign law that holds a shareholding or voting rights in us if our capital or voting rights are held for more than 33.33% by non-French residents;

    Loans and guarantees granted by a corporation incorporated under foreign laws to us in amounts evidencing control over our financing; and

    Patent licenses granted by a corporation incorporated under foreign laws or management or technical assistance agreements with such corporation that place us in a dependent position vis-à-vis such party or its group.

145


Table of Contents

          Violation of this administrative notice requirement is sanctioned by a fine of €750. This amount may be multiplied by five if the violation is made by a legal entity.

          Additionally, residents outside of France must file a declaration for statistical purposes with French authorities within twenty working days after the settlement date of certain direct foreign investments in us, including any purchase of our ADSs. In particular, such filings are required in connection with investments exceeding EUR 15,000,000 that lead to the acquisition of more than 10% of our company's outstanding ordinary shares or cross the 10% threshold of shareholding. Violation of this filing requirement may be sanctioned by five years of imprisonment and a fine of up to twice the amount of the relevant investment. This amount may be multiplied by five if the violation is made by a legal entity.

          Moreover, certain foreign investments in companies incorporated under French laws are subject to the prior authorization from the French Minister of the Economy, where all or part of the target's business and activity relate to a strategic sector, such as energy, transportation, public health, telecommunications, etc.

    Assignment and Transfer of Shares

          Shares are freely negotiable, subject to applicable legal and regulatory provisions.

Securities Exercisable for Ordinary Shares

          See "Management—Equity Incentives" for a description of securities granted by our board of directors to our directors, executive officers, employees and other service providers.

Registration Rights

          After the completion of this offering, certain shareholders will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their Registrable Securities (as described under "Related Party Transactions—Shareholder Agreement") under the Securities Act. These registration rights are contained in the Shareholder Agreement and are described in additional detail below. We will not be obligated to register any securities pursuant to any demand registration rights or Form F-3 or Form S-3 (as applicable) registration rights if the holder of such securities is able to sell all of the securities for which it requests registration without volume limitations or other restrictions on transfer pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 145 of the Securities Act, or during the 90-day period following the effective date of a Company-initiated registration (or ending on the subsequent date on which the holdback period applicable to the offering has terminated, as further described in the Shareholder Agreement). We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts and applicable selling commissions) of the holders of the Company Securities registered pursuant to the registrations described below, subject to certain limitations.

          With respect to each holder of Registrable Securities, the registration rights described below will terminate on the earlier of (i) such date on which all Registrable Securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such holder may immediately be sold under Rule 144 without volume limitations or other restrictions on transfer, and the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such holder, together with its affiliates, represent less than one percent of our ordinary shares or equity securities representing our ordinary shares (including the ADRs) and (ii) the seven-year anniversary of the date this offering is completed.

    Demand Registration Rights

          After the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately                          of our ordinary shares will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time after the effective

146


Table of Contents

date of this offering, certain existing shareholders can request that we register the offer and sale of their securities, subject to certain volume, timing and other limitations.

    Piggyback Registration Rights

          After the completion of this offering, if we propose to register, or receive a demand to register, the offer and sale of any of our securities under the Securities Act, in connection with the public offering of such securities, the holders of approximately                          of our ordinary shares will be entitled to certain "piggyback" registration rights allowing these shareholders to include their securities in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, these shareholders are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to certain volume and other limitations.

    Shelf Registration Rights

          After the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately                          of our ordinary shares may make a written request that we register the offer and sale of their securities on Form F-3 or Form S-3 (as applicable) if we are eligible to file a registration statement on such Form, subject to certain volume, timing and other limitations.

Shareholder Agreement

          For a description of our Shareholder Agreement that we will enter into with entities affiliated with our Major Shareholders, see "Related Party Transactions—Shareholder Agreement".

Differences in Corporate Law

          The laws applicable to French sociétés anonymes differ from laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of certain differences between the provisions of the French Commercial Code applicable to us and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders' rights and protections. This summary is not intended to be a complete discussion of the respective rights and it is qualified in its entirety by reference to Delaware law and French law.

 
  France   Delaware
Number of Directors   Under French law, a société anonyme must have at least three and may have up to 18 directors. The number of directors is fixed by or in the manner provided in the by-laws.   Under Delaware law, a corporation must have at least one director and the number of directors shall be fixed by or in the manner provided in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws.

147


Table of Contents

 
  France   Delaware
Director Qualifications   Under French law, a corporation may prescribe qualifications for directors under its by-laws. In addition, under French law, members of a board of directors of a corporation may be legal entities, and such legal entities may designate an individual to represent them and to act on their behalf at meetings of the board of directors.   Under Delaware law, a corporation may prescribe qualifications for directors under its certificate of incorporation or by-laws. Under Delaware law, only individuals may be members of a corporation's board of directors.

Removal of Directors

 

Under French law, directors may be removed from office, with or without cause, at any shareholders' meeting without notice or justification, by a simple majority vote.

 

Under Delaware law, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, directors may be removed from office, with or without cause, by a majority stockholder vote, though in the case of a corporation (1) whose board is classified, stockholders may effect such removal only for cause (unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise), or (2) who has cumulative voting, if less than the entire board is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against such director's removal would be sufficient to elect such director if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire board of directors, or, if there are classes of directors, at an election of the class of directors of which such director is a part.

Vacancies on the Board of Directors

 

Under French law, vacancies on the board of directors resulting from death or a resignation, provided that at least three directors remain in office, may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors pending ratification by the next shareholders' meeting.

 

Under Delaware law, unless the certificate of incorporation or by-laws provide otherwise, vacancies on a corporation's board of directors, including those caused by an increase in the number of directors, may be filled by stockholders or by a majority of the remaining directors.

148


Table of Contents

 
  France   Delaware
Annual General Meeting   Under French law, the annual general meeting of shareholders shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as decided each year by the board of directors and notified to the shareholders in the convening notice of the annual meeting, within six months after the close of the relevant fiscal year unless such period is extended by court order.   Under Delaware law, the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or as provided in the certificate of incorporation or by the by-laws, provided that the court may order an annual meeting upon the application of a director or stockholder if a corporation has not held a meeting within 30 days of a date designated for the meeting or within 13 months after the latest of the company's organization, the last annual meeting or the last action by written consent to elect directors.

General Meeting

 

Under French law, general meetings of the shareholders may be called by the board of directors or, failing that, by the statutory auditors, or by a court appointed agent or liquidator in certain circumstances, or by the majority shareholder in capital or voting rights following a public tender offer or exchange offer or the transfer of a controlling block on the date decided by the board of directors or the relevant person.

 

Under Delaware law, special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the certificate of incorporation or by the by-laws.

149


Table of Contents

 
  France   Delaware
Notice of General Meetings  

A first convening notice must be published in the French Journal of Mandatory Statutory Notices (BALO) at least 35 days prior to the meeting. Subject to limited exceptions provided by French law, additional convening notices must be given at least 15 days before the date of the meeting, by means of a notice inserted in both the French BALO and a legal announcement bulletin of the registered office department of the company. Further, the shareholders holding registered shares for at least a month at the time of the latest insertion of the notices shall be summoned individually, by regular letter or by registered letter if the shareholders so request and include an advance of expenses, sent to their last known address. This notice to registered shareholders may also be transmitted by electronic means of telecommunication, in lieu of any such mailing, to any relevant shareholder requesting it beforehand by registered letter with acknowledgement of receipt in accordance with legal and regulatory requirements, specifying his e-mail address. When the shareholders' meeting cannot deliberate due to the lack of required quorum, the second meeting must be called at least ten calendar days in advance in the same manner as used for the first notice. The notice shall specify the name of the company, its legal form, share capital, registered office address, registration number with the French Registry of commerce and companies, the place, date, hour and agenda of the meeting and its nature (ordinary or extraordinary meeting).

   

150


Table of Contents

 
  France   Delaware
   

The meeting notice must indicate the conditions under which the shareholders may vote by correspondence and the places and conditions in which they can obtain voting forms by mail.

  Under Delaware law, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws, written notice of any meeting of the stockholders generally must be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting and shall specify the place, date, hour, and (in the case of a special meeting of stockholders) purpose or purposes of the meeting.

Proxy

 

Under French law, any shareholder may attend the meetings and vote (1) in person, or (2) by granting a proxy to his/her spouse, his/her partner with whom he/she has entered into a civil union or to another shareholder for physical persons or to any person for legal entities, or (3) by sending a proxy to us without indication of the beneficiary (in which case, such proxy shall be cast in favor of the resolutions supported by the board of directors), or (4) by correspondence, or by videoconference or another means of telecommunication allowing identification of the relevant shareholder in accordance with applicable laws. The proxy is only valid for a single meeting or successive meeting convened with the same agenda. It can also be granted for two meetings, one ordinary, the other extraordinary, held within a period of fifteen days.

 

Under Delaware law, at any meeting of stockholders, a stockholder may designate another person to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

151


Table of Contents

 
  France   Delaware
Shareholder action by written consent   Under French law, shareholders' action by written consent is not permitted in a société anonyme .   Under Delaware law, unless otherwise provided in a corporation's certificate of incorporation, stockholders may act by written consent signed by stockholders having the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

Preemptive Rights

 

Under French law, in case of issuance of additional shares or other securities giving right, immediately or in the future, to new shares for cash or set-off against cash debts, the existing shareholders have preferential subscription rights to these securities on a pro rata basis unless such rights are waived by a two-thirds majority of the votes held by the shareholders present, represented by proxy or voting by mail at the extraordinary meeting deciding or authorizing the capital increase. In case such rights are not waived by the extraordinary general meeting, each shareholder may individually either exercise, assign or not exercise its preferential rights.

 

Under Delaware law, unless otherwise provided in a corporation's certificate of incorporation, a stockholder does not, by operation of law, possess preemptive rights to subscribe to additional issuances of the corporation's stock.

152


Table of Contents

 
  France   Delaware
Sources of Dividends  

Under French law, dividends may only be paid by a French société anonyme out of " distributable profits ", plus any distributable reserves and " distributable premium " that the shareholders decide to make available for distribution, other than those reserves that are specifically required by law.

" Distributable profits " consist of the unconsolidated net profits of the relevant corporation for each fiscal year, as increased or reduced by any profit or loss carried forward from prior years.

" Distributable premium " refers to the contribution paid by the shareholders in addition to the par value of their shares for their subscription that the shareholders decide to make available for distribution.

Except in the case of a share capital reduction, no distribution can be made to the shareholders when the net equity is, or would become, lower than the amount of the share capital plus the reserves which cannot be distributed in accordance with the law or the by-laws.

  Under Delaware law, subject to any restrictions under a corporation's certificate of incorporation, dividends may be paid by a Delaware corporation either out of (1) surplus or (2) in case there is no surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year, except when the Delaware statutory capital is diminished by depreciation in the value of its property, or by losses, or otherwise, to an amount less than the aggregate amount of capital represented by issued and outstanding stock having a preference on the distribution of assets.

153


Table of Contents

 
  France   Delaware

Repurchase of Shares

 

Under French law, a private corporation (which our company will be for French law purposes for so long as it is listed in the United States only) may acquire its own shares for the following purposes only:

To decrease its share capital, provided that such decision is not driven by losses and that a purchase offer is made to all shareholders on a pro rata basis, with the approval of the shareholders at the extraordinary general meeting deciding the capital reduction;

With a view to distributing within one year of their repurchase the relevant shares to employees or managers under a profit-sharing, restricted free share or share option plan, not to exceed 10% of the share capital;

In payment or in exchange for assets acquired by the corporation within two years of their repurchase, not to exceed 5% of the share capital;

To sell the relevant shares to any shareholders willing to purchase them as part of a process organized by the corporation within five years, not to exceed 10% of the share capital.

 

Under Delaware law, a corporation may generally redeem or repurchase shares of its stock unless the Delaware statutory capital of the corporation is impaired or such redemption or repurchase would impair the capital of the corporation.

154


Table of Contents

 
  France   Delaware

Liability of Directors and Officers

 

Under French law, the by-laws may not include any provisions limiting the liability of directors.

 

Under Delaware law, a corporation's certificate of incorporation may generally include a provision eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director to the corporation and its stockholders for damages arising from a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. However, no provision can limit the liability of a director for:

Any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

Acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

Intentional or negligent payment of unlawful dividends or stock purchases or redemptions; or

Any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.


Voting Rights

 

French law provides that, unless otherwise provided in the by-laws of a private corporation (which our company will be for French law purposes for so long as it is listed in the United States only), each shareholder is entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such shareholder.

 

Delaware law provides that, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder is entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

155


Table of Contents

 
  France   Delaware

Shareholder Vote on Certain Transactions

 

Generally, under French law, completion of a merger or dissolution requires:

The approval of the board of directors; and

The approval by a two-thirds majority of the votes held by the shareholders present, represented by proxy or voting by mail at the relevant meeting, or in the case of a merger with a non-EU company, approval of all the shareholders of the corporation.

 

Generally, under Delaware law, unless the certificate of incorporation provides for the vote of a larger portion of the stock or under other certain circumstances, completion of a merger, consolidation, sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of a corporation's assets or dissolution requires:

The approval of the board of directors; and

Approval by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock or, if the certificate of incorporation provides for more or less than one vote per share, a majority of the votes of the outstanding stock of a corporation entitled to vote on the matter.

156


Table of Contents

 
  France   Delaware

Dissent or Dissenters' Appraisal Rights

 

French law does not provide for any such right but provides that a merger is subject to shareholders' approval by a two-thirds majority vote as stated above.

 

Under Delaware law, a holder of shares of any class or series has the right, in specified circumstances, to dissent from a merger or consolidation by demanding payment in cash for the stockholder's shares equal to the fair value of those shares, as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery in an action timely brought by the corporation or a dissenting stockholder. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, Delaware law grants these appraisal rights only in the case of mergers or consolidations and not in the case of a sale or transfer of assets or a purchase of assets for stock. Further, no appraisal rights are available for shares of any class or series that is listed on a national securities exchange or held of record by more than 2,000 stockholders, unless the agreement of merger or consolidation requires the holders to accept for their shares anything other than:

Shares of stock of the surviving corporation;

Shares of stock of another corporation that are either listed on a national securities exchange or held of record by more than 2,000 stockholders;

Cash in lieu of fractional shares of the stock described in the two preceding bullet points; or

Any combination of the above.

In addition, appraisal rights are not available to holders of shares of the surviving corporation in specified mergers that do not require the vote of the stockholders of the surviving corporation.

157


Table of Contents

 
  France   Delaware
Standard of Conduct for Directors   French law does not contain specific provisions setting forth the standard of conduct of a director. However, directors have a duty to act without self-interest, on a well-informed basis and they cannot make any decision against a corporation's corporate interest ( intérêt social ).   Delaware law does not contain specific provisions setting forth the standard of conduct of a director. The scope of the fiduciary duties of directors is generally determined by the courts of the State of Delaware. In general, directors have a duty to act loyally, on a well-informed basis and in a manner they reasonably believe to be in the best interest of the stockholders.

Shareholder Suits

 

French law provides that a shareholder, or a group of shareholders, may initiate a legal action to seek indemnification from the directors of a corporation in the corporation's interest if it fails to bring such legal action itself. If so, any damages awarded by the court are paid to the corporation and any legal fees relating to such action are borne by the relevant shareholder or the group of shareholders.

The plaintiff must remain a shareholder throughout the duration of the legal action.

There is no other case where shareholders may initiate a derivative action to enforce a right of a corporation.

A shareholder may alternatively or cumulatively bring an individual legal action against the directors, provided he has suffered distinct damages from those suffered by the corporation. In this case, any damages awarded by the court are paid to the relevant shareholder.

  Under Delaware law, a stockholder may initiate a derivative action to enforce a right of a corporation if the corporation fails to enforce the right itself. The complaint must:

State that the plaintiff was a stockholder at the time of the transaction of which the plaintiff complains or that the plaintiff's shares thereafter devolved on the plaintiff by operation of law; and

Allege with particularity the efforts made by the plaintiff to obtain the action the plaintiff desires from the directors and the reasons for the plaintiff's failure to obtain the action; or

State the reasons for not making the effort.

Additionally, the plaintiff must remain a stockholder through the duration of the derivative suit. The action will not be dismissed or settled without the approval of the Delaware Court of Chancery.

Stockholders can also under some circumstances bring "direct" claims that belong only to the stockholder to challenge directors' conduct.

158


Table of Contents

 
  France   Delaware

Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation

 

Unlike companies incorporated under Delaware law, the organizational documents of which comprise both a certificate of incorporation and by-laws, companies incorporated under French law only have by-laws ( statuts ) as organizational documents.

As indicated in the paragraph below, only the extraordinary shareholders' meeting is authorized to adopt or amend the by-laws under French law.

 

Under Delaware law, generally a corporation may amend its certificate of incorporation if:

Its board of directors has adopted a resolution setting forth the amendment proposed and declared its advisability, and

The amendment is adopted by the affirmative votes of a majority (or greater percentage as may be specified by the corporation) of the voting power of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment and a majority (or greater percentage as may be specified by the corporation) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of each class or series of stock, if any, entitled to vote on the amendment as a class or series.


Amendment of By-laws

 

Under French law, only the extraordinary shareholders' meeting is authorized to adopt or amend the by-laws.

 

Under Delaware law, the stockholders entitled to vote have the power to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws. A corporation may also confer, in its certificate of incorporation, that power upon the board of directors.

History of Security Issuances

          As of March 31, 2016, our outstanding share capital consisted of a total of 22,721,855 shares, with nominal value €0.08 per share, all issued and outstanding, divided into:

    3,989,442 ordinary shares;

    1,365,301 series B preferred shares;

    1,374,961 series C preferred shares;

    462,963 series C Prime preferred shares;

    3,409,090 series D preferred shares;

    1,660,009 series E preferred shares;

    253,836 series E Prime preferred shares;

    6,808,562 series F preferred shares;

    1,542,271 series G preferred shares; and

    1,855,420 series H preferred shares.

159


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2016 approximately:

    5,705,492, or 25%, of our outstanding ordinary shares, on an as-converted basis (assuming the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares held by our preferred shareholders residents in the United States on a one-to-one basis into an aggregate of 4,637,391 ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering), were held of record by 27 residents of the United States; and

    9,844,442, or 43%, of our outstanding ordinary shares, on an as-converted basis (assuming the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares held by our preferred shareholders residents in France on a one-to-one basis into an aggregate of 8,193,035 ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering), were held of record by 18 residents of France. Under French law, our By-laws set forth only our issued and outstanding share capital as of the date of the By-laws. Our fully diluted share capital represents all issued and outstanding shares, as well as all potential shares which may be issued upon exercise of outstanding employee warrants (BSPCE), share options and employee warrants (BSA), as approved by our shareholders and granted by our board of directors.

          Pursuant to their respective terms, immediately prior to the completion of this offering, each outstanding series B, series C, series C Prime, series D, series E Prime, series F, series G and series H preferred share will convert into one ordinary share. As a result, upon closing of this offering, our outstanding share capital will consist of       ordinary shares (or       ordinary shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase in full), nominal value €0.08 per share, will be issued and outstanding.

Changes to Our Share Capital

          Since January 1, 2013, the following events have changed the number and classes of our issued and outstanding shares:

    On June 28, 2013, we issued 109,191 ordinary shares at par value (€0.08 per share), representing a total subscription amount equal to €8,735.28.

    On December 2, 2013, we issued 694,444 series F preferred shares with warrants attached, representing a total subscription amount equal to €3,629,316.32 (issue premium included).

    On December 17, 2013, we issued 428,887 ordinary shares at par value (€0.08 per share), representing a total subscription amount equal to €34,301.02.

    On December 17, 2013, we issued 1,750,565 series H preferred shares with two warrants attached, representing a total subscription amount equal to €14,704,749.15 (issue premium included).

    On December 17, 2013, we issued 1,111,111 series G preferred shares at par value (€0.08 per share), as a result of the conversion of 8,888,888 bonds redeemable into series G preferred shares, representing a total subscription amount equal to €9,155,554.64 (issue premium included).

    On June 25, 2015, we approved the issuance of 111,111 series G preferred shares, at par value (€0.08 per share), as a result of the exercise of warrants for preferred G shares, representing a total subscription amount equal to €8,888.88.

    On June 25, 2015, we approved the issuance of (i) 104,855 series H preferred shares at a price of €8.40 each (issue premium included), representing a total subscription amount equal to €880,782 (issue premium included), (ii) 46,651 ordinary shares at a price of €9.44 each (issue premium included), representing a total subscription amount equal to €

160


Table of Contents

      440,391.34 (issue premium included) and (iii) of 110,281 ordinary shares at par value (€0.08 per share) representing a total subscription amount equal to €8,822.48.

          In addition, we issued the following fully-paid ordinary shares upon exercise of employee share options, employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee warrants (BSA):

    During the year ended December 31, 2015, we issued an aggregate of 34,529 ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee share options at exercises prices ranging from €1.76 to €8.40 per share;

    During the year ended December 31, 2014, we issued an aggregate of 85,599 ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee share options at exercises prices ranging from €1.76 to €4.56 per share; and

    During the year ended December 31, 2013, we issued an aggregate of 177,548 ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of employee warrants (BSA), employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee share options at exercises prices ranging from €1.76 to €4.56 per share.

          All categories of preferred shares will convert into ordinary shares immediately prior to completion of this offering. Each share is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to our shareholders.

Legal Name; Formation; Fiscal Year; Registered Office

          Our legal and commercial name is Talend S.A. We were organized as an S.A.S. under the laws of the French Republic on September 19, 2005 and subsequently converted into an S.A. on April 14, 2006. We are registered with the French Commerce and Companies Register under the number 484 175 252 RCS Nanterre. Our registered office is located at 9, rue Pages, 92150 Suresnes, France. Our telephone number at this address is +33 (0) 1 46 25 06 00. Our main place of business in the United States is located at 800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 200, Redwood City, CA 94065. Our telephone number at this address is (650) 539-3200. Our agent for service of process in the United States is our wholly-owned subsidiary, Talend, Inc., a Delaware corporation, located at 800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 200, Redwood City, CA 94065. Our fiscal year ends December 31.

Listing

          We have applied to list the ADSs on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "TLND".

Transfer Agent and Registrar

          Upon the closing of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for the ADSs will be JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar for our ordinary shares will be BNP Paribas Securities Services.

161


Table of Contents


LIMITATIONS AFFECTING SHAREHOLDERS OF A FRENCH COMPANY

Ownership of ADSs or Shares by Non-French Residents

          Neither the French Commercial Code nor our By-laws impose any restrictions on the right of non-French residents or non-French shareholders to own and vote shares. However, residents outside of France, as well as any French entity controlled by non-French residents, must file an administrative notice with French authorities in connection with their direct and indirect foreign investments in us, including through ownership of ADSs, on the date a binding purchase agreement is executed or a tender offer is made public. Under existing administrative rulings, the following transactions qualify as foreign investments in us:

    Any transaction carried out on our capital by a non-French resident provided that after the transaction the cumulative amount of the capital or the voting rights held by non-French residents exceeds 33.33% of our capital or voting rights;

    Any transaction mentioned above carried out by a corporation incorporated under French law whose capital or voting rights are held for more than 33.33% by non-French residents;

    Any transaction carried out abroad resulting in a change of the controlling shareholder of a corporation incorporated under a foreign law that holds a shareholding or voting rights in us if our capital or voting rights are held for more than 33.33% by non-French residents;

    Loans and guarantees granted by a corporation incorporated under foreign laws to us in amounts evidencing control over our financing; and

    Patent licenses granted by a corporation incorporated under foreign laws or management or technical assistance agreements with such corporation that place us in a dependent position vis-à-vis such party or its group.

          Violation of this administrative notice requirement is sanctioned by a fine of €750. This amount may be multiplied by five if the violation is made by a legal entity.

          Additionally, residents outside of France must file a declaration for statistical purposes with French authorities within twenty working days after the settlement date of certain direct foreign investments in us, including purchases of our ADSs. In particular, such filings are required in connection with investments that exceed EUR 15,000,000 and lead to the acquisition of more than 10% of our company's outstanding ordinary shares or cross the 10% shareholder ownership threshold. Violation of this filing requirement may be sanctioned by five years of imprisonment and a fine of up to twice the amount of the relevant investment. This amount may be multiplied by five if the violation is made by a legal entity.

Foreign Exchange Controls

          Under current French foreign exchange control regulations there are no limitations on the amount of cash payments that we may remit to residents of foreign countries. Laws and regulations concerning foreign exchange controls do, however, require that all payments or transfers of funds made by a French resident to a non-resident such as dividend payments be handled by an accredited intermediary. All registered banks and substantially all credit institutions in France are accredited intermediaries.

Availability of Preferential Subscription Rights

          While our current shareholders waived their preferential subscription rights with respect to this offering at a shareholders' general meeting held on                          , in the future our shareholders will have the preferential subscription rights described under "Description of Share Capital—Key

162


Table of Contents

Provisions of Our By-laws and French Law Affecting Our Ordinary Shares—Changes in Share Capital—Preferential Subscription Right". Under French law, shareholders have preferential rights to subscribe for cash issues of new shares or other securities giving rights to acquire additional new shares on a pro rata basis. Holders of our securities in the United States (which may be in the form of shares or ADSs) may not be able to exercise preferential subscription rights for their securities unless a registration statement under the Securities Act is effective with respect to such rights or an exemption from the registration requirements imposed by the Securities Act is available. We may, from time to time, issue new shares or other securities giving rights to acquire additional new shares (such as warrants) at a time when no registration statement is in effect and no Securities Act exemption is available. If so, holders of our securities in the United States will be unable to exercise any preferential subscription rights and their interests will be diluted. We are under no obligation to file any registration statement in connection with any issuance of new shares or other securities. We intend to evaluate at the time of any rights offering the costs and potential liabilities associated with registering the rights, as well as the indirect benefits to us of enabling the exercise by holders of shares and holders of ADSs in the United States of the subscription rights, and any other factors we consider appropriate at the time, and then to make a decision as to whether to register the rights. We cannot assure you that we will file a registration statement.

          For holders of our shares in the form of ADSs, the depositary may make these rights or other distributions available to ADS holders. If the depositary does not make the rights available to ADS holders and determines that it is impractical to sell the rights, it may allow these rights to lapse. In that case the holders will receive no value for them. "Description of American Depositary Shares—Share Dividends and Other Distributions" explains in detail the depositary's responsibility in connection with a rights offering. See also "Risk Factors—Your right as a holder of ADSs to participate in any future preferential subscription rights or to elect to receive dividends in shares may be limited, which may cause dilution to your holdings".

163


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

American Depositary Receipts

          JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as depositary, will issue the ADSs which you will be entitled to receive in this offering. Each ADS will represent one ordinary share which we will deposit with the custodian, as agent of the depositary, under the deposit agreement among ourselves, the depositary and yourself as an ADR holder. In the future, each ADS will also represent any securities, cash or other property deposited with the depositary but which they have not distributed directly to you. Unless certificated ADRs are specifically requested by you, all ADSs will be issued on the books of our depositary in book-entry form and periodic statements will be mailed to you which reflect your ownership interest in such ADSs. In this description, references to ADRs shall include the statements you will receive which reflect your ownership of ADSs.

          The depositary's office is located at 4 New York Plaza, Floor 12, New York, NY, 10004.

          You may hold ADSs either directly or indirectly through your broker or other financial institution. If you hold ADSs directly, by having an ADS registered in your name on the books of the depositary, you are an ADR holder. This description assumes you hold your ADSs directly. If you hold the ADSs through your broker or financial institution nominee, you must rely on the procedures of such broker or financial institution to assert the rights of an ADR holder described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

          As an ADR holder, we will not treat you as a shareholder of ours and you will not have any shareholder rights. French law governs shareholder rights. Your rights are those of an ADR holder. Such rights derive from the terms of the deposit agreement to be entered into among us, the depositary and all registered holders from time to time of ADSs issued under the deposit agreement. The obligations of the depositary and its agents are set forth in the deposit agreement. The deposit agreement and the ADSs are governed by New York law. Under the deposit agreement, as an ADR holder, you agree that any legal suit, action or proceeding against or involving us or the depositary, arising out of or based upon the deposit agreement, the ADSs or the transactions contemplated thereby, may only be instituted in a state or federal court in New York, New York, and you irrevocably waive any objection which you may have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding and irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding.

          The following is a summary of what we believe to be the material terms of the deposit agreement. Notwithstanding this, because it is a summary, it may not contain all the information that you may otherwise deem important. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the form of ADR which contains the terms of your ADSs. You can read a copy of the deposit agreement which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. You may also obtain a copy of the deposit agreement at the SEC's Public Reference Room which is located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-732-0330. You may also find the registration statement and the attached deposit agreement on the SEC's website at http://www.sec.gov.

164


Table of Contents


Share Dividends and Other Distributions

    How will I receive dividends and other distributions on the ordinary shares underlying my ADSs?

          We may make various types of distributions with respect to our securities. The depositary has agreed that, to the extent practicable, it will pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on ordinary shares or other deposited securities, after converting any cash received into U.S. dollars (if it determines such conversion may be made on a reasonable basis) and, in all cases, making any necessary deductions provided for in the deposit agreement. The depositary may utilize a division, branch or affiliate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. to direct, manage and/or execute any public and/or private sale of securities under the deposit agreement. Such division, branch and/or affiliate may charge the depositary a fee in connection with such sales, which fee is considered an expense of the depositary. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of underlying securities that your ADSs represent.

          Except as stated below, the depositary, within a reasonable time, will deliver such distributions to ADR holders in proportion to their interests in the following manner:

    Cash.   The depositary will distribute any U.S. dollars available to it resulting from a cash dividend or other cash distribution or the net proceeds of sales of any other distribution or portion thereof (to the extent applicable), on an averaged or other practicable basis, subject to (i) appropriate adjustments for taxes withheld, (ii) such distribution being impermissible or impracticable with respect to certain registered ADR holders, and (iii) deduction of the depositary's and/or its agents' expenses in (1) converting any foreign currency to U.S. dollars to the extent that it determines that such conversion may be made on a reasonable basis, (2) transferring foreign currency or U.S. dollars to the United States by such means as the depositary may determine to the extent that it determines that such transfer may be made on a reasonable basis, (3) obtaining any approval or license of any governmental authority required for such conversion or transfer, which is obtainable at a reasonable cost and within a reasonable time and (4) making any sale by public or private means in any commercially reasonable manner. If exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert a foreign currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution.

    Ordinary shares.   In the case of a distribution in ordinary shares, the depositary will issue additional ADRs to evidence the number of ADSs representing such ordinary shares. Only whole ADSs will be issued. Any ordinary shares which would result in fractional ADSs will be sold and the net proceeds will be distributed in the same manner as cash to the ADR holders entitled thereto.

    Rights to receive additional ordinary shares.   In the case of a distribution of rights to subscribe for additional ordinary shares or other rights, if we timely provide evidence satisfactory to the depositary that it may lawfully distribute such rights, the depositary will distribute warrants or other instruments in the discretion of the depositary representing such rights. However, if we do not timely furnish such evidence, the depositary may:

    (i)
    sell such rights if practicable and distribute the net proceeds in the same manner as cash to the ADR holders entitled thereto; or

    (ii)
    if it is not practicable to sell such rights by reason of the non-transferability of the rights, limited markets therefor, their short duration or otherwise, do nothing and allow such rights to lapse, in which case ADR holders will receive nothing and the rights may lapse.

    Other distributions.   In the case of a distribution of securities or property other than those described above, the depositary may either (i) distribute such securities or property in any

165


Table of Contents

      manner it deems equitable and practicable or (ii) to the extent the depositary deems distribution of such securities or property not to be equitable and practicable, sell such securities or property and distribute any net proceeds in the same way it distributes cash.

    Elective distributions.   In the case of a dividend payable at the election of our shareholders in cash or in additional ordinary shares, we will notify the depositary at least 30 days prior to the proposed distribution stating whether or not we wish such elective distribution to be made available to ADR holders. The depositary shall make such elective distribution available to ADR holders only if (i) we shall have timely requested that the elective distribution is available to ADR holders, (ii) the depositary shall have determined that such distribution is reasonably practicable and (iii) the depositary shall have received satisfactory documentation within the terms of the deposit agreement including any legal opinions of counsel that the depositary in its reasonable discretion may request. If the above conditions are not satisfied, the depositary shall, to the extent permitted by law, distribute to the ADR holders, on the basis of the same determination as is made in the local market in respect of the ordinary shares for which no election is made, either (x) cash or (y) additional ADSs representing such additional ordinary shares. If the above conditions are satisfied, the depositary shall establish procedures to enable ADR holders to elect the receipt of the proposed dividend in cash or in additional ADSs. There can be no assurance that ADR holders generally, or any ADR holder in particular, will be given the opportunity to receive elective distributions on the same terms and conditions as the holders of ordinary shares.

          If the depositary determines in its reasonable discretion that any distribution described above is not practicable with respect to any specific registered ADR holder, the depositary may, after consultation with the company if practicable, choose any method of distribution that it deems practicable for such ADR holder, including the distribution of foreign currency, securities or property, or it may retain such items, without paying interest on or investing them, on behalf of the ADR holder as deposited securities, in which case the ADSs will also represent the retained items.

          Any U.S. dollars will be distributed by checks drawn on a bank in the United States for whole dollars and cents. Fractional cents will be withheld without liability and dealt with by the depositary in accordance with its then current practices.

           The depositary is not responsible if it fails to determine that any distribution or action is lawful or reasonably practicable.

           There can be no assurance that the depositary will be able to convert any currency at a specified exchange rate or sell any property, rights, shares or other securities at a specified price, nor that any of such transactions can be completed within a specified time period. All purchases and sales of securities will be handled by the depositary in accordance with its then current policies, which are currently set forth in the "Depositary receipt sale and purchase of security" section of https://www.adr.com/Investors/FindOutAboutDRs, the location and contents of which the depositary shall be solely responsible for.


Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

    How does the depositary issue ADSs?

          The depositary will issue ADSs if you or your broker deposit ordinary shares or evidence of rights to receive ordinary shares with the custodian and pay the fees and expenses owing to the depositary in connection with such issuance. In the case of the ADSs to be issued under this prospectus, we will arrange with the underwriters named herein to deposit such ordinary shares.

          Ordinary shares deposited in the future with the custodian must be accompanied by certain delivery documentation and shall, at the time of such deposit, be registered in the name of

166


Table of Contents

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as depositary for the benefit of holders of ADRs or in such other name as the depositary shall direct.

          The custodian will hold all deposited ordinary shares (including those being deposited by or on our behalf in connection with the offering to which this prospectus relates) for the account and to the order of the depositary. ADR holders thus have no direct ownership interest in the ordinary shares and only have such rights as are contained in the deposit agreement. The custodian will also hold any additional securities, property and cash received on or in substitution for the deposited ordinary shares. The deposited ordinary shares and any such additional items are referred to as "deposited securities".

          Upon each deposit of ordinary shares, receipt of related delivery documentation and compliance with the other provisions of the deposit agreement, including the payment of the fees and charges of the depositary and any taxes or other fees or charges owing, the depositary will issue an ADR or ADRs in the name or upon the order of the person entitled thereto evidencing the number of ADSs to which such person is entitled. All of the ADSs issued will, unless specifically requested to the contrary, be part of the depositary's direct registration system, and a registered holder will receive periodic statements from the depositary which will show the number of ADSs registered in such holder's name. An ADR holder can request that the ADSs not be held through the depositary's direct registration system and that a certificated ADR be issued.

    How do ADR holders cancel an ADS and obtain deposited securities?

          When you turn in your ADR certificate at the depositary's office, or when you provide proper instructions and documentation in the case of direct registration ADSs, the depositary will, upon payment of certain applicable fees, charges and taxes, deliver the underlying ordinary shares to you or upon your written order. Delivery of deposited securities in certificated form will be made at the custodian's office. At your risk, expense and request, the depositary may deliver deposited securities at such other place as you may request.

          The depositary may only restrict the withdrawal of deposited securities in connection with:

    Temporary delays caused by closing our transfer books or those of the depositary or the deposit of ordinary shares in connection with voting at a shareholders' meeting, or the payment of dividends;

    The payment of fees, taxes and similar charges; or

    Compliance with any U.S. or foreign laws or governmental regulations relating to the ADRs or to the withdrawal of deposited securities.

          This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other provision of the deposit agreement.


Record Dates

          The depositary may, after consultation with us if practicable, fix record dates (which, to the extent applicable, shall be as near as practicable to any corresponding record dates set by us) for the determination of the registered ADR holders who will be entitled (or obligated, as the case may be):

    To receive any distribution on or in respect of deposited securities,

    To give instructions for the exercise of voting rights at a meeting of holders of ordinary shares,

    Of the ADR program and for any expenses as provided for in the ADR, or

    To receive any notice or to act in respect of other matters all subject to the provisions of the deposit agreement.

167


Table of Contents


Voting Rights

    How do I vote?

          If you are an ADR holder and the depositary asks you to provide it with voting instructions, you may instruct the depositary how to exercise the voting rights for the ordinary shares which underlie your ADSs. Subject to the next sentence, as soon as practicable after receipt from us of notice of any meeting at which the holders of ordinary shares are entitled to vote, or of our solicitation of consents or proxies from holders of ordinary shares, the depositary shall fix the ADS record date in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement in respect of such meeting or solicitation of consent or proxy. The depositary shall, if we request in writing in a timely manner (the depositary having no obligation to take any further action if our request shall not have been received by the depositary at least 30 days prior to the date of such vote or meeting) and at our expense and provided no legal prohibitions exist, distribute to the registered ADR holders a notice stating such information as is contained in the voting materials received by the depositary and describing how you may instruct the depositary to exercise the voting rights for the ordinary shares which underlie your ADSs, including instructions for giving a proxy to the chairman of our board of directors to vote in favor of all resolutions endorsed by our board of directors and against any resolutions not so endorsed. For instructions to be valid, the depositary must receive them in the manner and on or before the date specified. The depositary will try, as far as is practical, subject to the provisions of and governing the underlying ordinary shares or other deposited securities, to vote or to have its agents vote the ordinary shares or other deposited securities as you instruct. The depositary will only vote or attempt to vote as you instruct. Holders are strongly encouraged to forward their voting instructions to the depositary as soon as possible. Voting instructions will not be deemed to be received until such time as the ADR department responsible for proxies and voting has received such instructions notwithstanding that such instructions may have been physically received by the depositary prior to such time. The depositary will not itself exercise any voting discretion. To the extent the depositary has been provided with at least 40 days' notice of the proposed meeting, if the depositary receives from you voting instructions which fail to specify the manner in which the depositary is to vote the deposited securities, as well as if instructions are not timely received by the depositary from you, subject to applicable provisions of French law and of our By-laws, you shall be deemed, and the depositary is instructed to deem you, to have instructed the depositary to give a proxy to the chairman of our board of directors to vote or cause to be voted the ordinary shares which underlie your ADSs as to which such instructions are so deemed given in favor of all resolutions endorsed by the company's board of directors and against any resolutions not so endorsed, provided that no such instruction shall be deemed given and no proxy shall be given (a) if we inform the depositary in writing that (i) we do not wish such proxy to be given, (ii) substantial opposition exists with respect to any agenda item for which the proxy would be given or (iii) the agenda item in question, if approved, would materially or adversely affect the rights of holders of ADRs and (b) unless the depositary has been provided with an opinion from our legal counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to the depositary, with respect to certain matters specified by the depositary.

          Furthermore, neither the depositary nor its agents are responsible for any failure to carry out any voting instructions, for the manner in which any vote is cast or for the effect of any vote. Notwithstanding anything contained in the deposit agreement or any ADR, the depositary may, to the extent not prohibited by law or regulations, or by the requirements of the stock exchange on which the ADSs are listed, in lieu of distribution of the materials provided to the depositary in connection with any meeting of, or solicitation of consents or proxies from, holders of deposited securities, distribute to the registered holders of ADRs a notice that provides such holders with, or otherwise publicizes to such holders, instructions on how to retrieve such materials or receive such materials upon request ( i.e. , by reference to a website containing the materials for retrieval or a contact for requesting copies of the materials).

168


Table of Contents

          There is no guarantee that you will receive voting materials in time to instruct the depositary to vote and it is possible that you, or persons who hold their ADSs through brokers, dealers or other third parties, will not have the opportunity to exercise a right to vote.


Reports and Other Communications

    Will ADR holders be able to view our reports?

          The depositary will make available for inspection by ADR holders at the offices of the depositary and the custodian the deposit agreement, the provisions of or governing deposited securities, and any written communications from us which are both received by the custodian or its nominee as a holder of deposited securities and made generally available to the holders of deposited securities.

          Additionally, if we make any written communications generally available to holders of our ordinary shares, and we furnish copies thereof (or English translations or summaries) to the depositary, it will distribute the same to registered ADR holders.


Fees and Expenses

    What fees and expenses will I be responsible for paying?

          The depositary may charge each person to whom ADSs are issued, including, without limitation, issuances against deposits of ordinary shares, issuances in respect of share distributions, rights and other distributions, issuances pursuant to a stock dividend or stock split declared by us or issuances pursuant to a merger, exchange of securities or any other transaction or event affecting the ADSs or deposited securities, and each person surrendering ADSs for withdrawal of deposited securities or whose ADRs are cancelled or reduced for any other reason, $5.00 or less for each 100 ADSs (or any portion thereof) issued, delivered, reduced, cancelled or surrendered, as the case may be. The depositary may sell (by public or private sale) sufficient securities and property received in respect of a share distribution, rights and/or other distribution prior to such deposit to pay such charge.

          The following additional charges shall be incurred by the ADR holders, by any party depositing or withdrawing ordinary shares or by any party surrendering ADSs and/or to whom ADSs are issued (including, without limitation, issuance pursuant to a stock dividend or stock split declared by us or an exchange of stock regarding the ADSs or the deposited securities or a distribution of ADSs), whichever is applicable:

    A fee of U.S.$1.50 per ADR or ADRs for transfers of certificated or direct registration ADRs;

    A fee of U.S.$0.05 per ADS for any cash distribution made pursuant to the deposit agreement;

    An aggregate fee of U.S.$0.02 per ADS per calendar year (or portion thereof) for services performed by the depositary in administering the ADRs (which fee may be charged on a periodic basis during each calendar year and shall be assessed against holders of ADRs as of the record date or record dates set by the depositary during each calendar year and shall be payable in the manner described in the next succeeding provision);

    A fee for the reimbursement of such fees, charges and expenses as are incurred by the depositary and/or any of its agents (including, without limitation, the custodian and expenses incurred on behalf of holders in connection with compliance with foreign exchange control regulations or any law or regulation relating to foreign investment) in connection with the servicing of the ordinary shares or other deposited securities, the sale of securities (including, without limitation, deposited securities), the delivery of deposited

169


Table of Contents

      securities or otherwise in connection with the depositary's or its custodian's compliance with applicable law, rule or regulation (which fees and charges shall be assessed on a proportionate basis against holders as of the record date or dates set by the depositary and shall be payable at the sole discretion of the depositary by billing such holders or by deducting such charge from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions);

    A fee for the distribution of securities (or the sale of securities in connection with a distribution), such fee being in an amount equal to the $0.05 per ADS issuance fee for the execution and delivery of ADSs which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of such securities (treating all such securities as if they were ordinary shares) but which securities or the net cash proceeds from the sale thereof are instead distributed by the depositary to those holders entitled thereto;

    Stock transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges;

    Cable, telex and facsimile transmission and delivery charges incurred at your request in connection with the deposit or delivery of ordinary shares, ADRs or deposited securities;

    Transfer or registration fees for the registration of transfer of deposited securities on any applicable register in connection with the deposit or withdrawal of deposited securities;

    In connection with the conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. shall deduct out of such foreign currency the fees, expenses and other charges charged by it and/or its agent (which may be a division, branch or affiliate) so appointed in connection with such conversion; and

    Fees of any division, branch or affiliate of the depositary utilized by the depositary to direct, manage and/or execute any public and/or private sale of securities under the deposit agreement.

          JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and/or its agent may act as principal for such conversion of foreign currency. For further details see https://www.adr.com.

          We will pay all other charges and expenses of the depositary and any agent of the depositary (except the custodian) pursuant to agreements from time to time between us and the depositary. The charges described above may be amended from time to time by agreement between us and the depositary.

          The depositary may make available to us a portion of the depositary fees charged in respect of the ADR program or otherwise upon such terms and conditions as we and the depositary may agree from time to time. The depositary collects its fees for issuance and cancellation of ADSs directly from investors depositing ordinary shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deduction from cash distributions, or by directly billing investors, or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary will generally set off the amounts owing from distributions made to holders of ADSs. If, however, no distribution exists and payment owing is not timely received by the depositary, the depositary may refuse to provide any further services to holders that have not paid those fees and expenses owing until such fees and expenses have been paid. At the discretion of the depositary, all fees and charges owing under the deposit agreement are due in advance and/or when declared owing by the depositary.

170


Table of Contents


Payment of Taxes

          If any taxes or other governmental charges (including any penalties and/or interest) shall become payable by or on behalf of the custodian or the depositary with respect to any ADR, any deposited securities represented by the ADSs evidenced thereby or any distribution thereon, such tax or other governmental charge shall be paid by the holder thereof to the depositary and by holding or having held an ADR the holder and all prior holders thereof, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify, defend and save harmless each of the depositary and its agents in respect thereof. If an ADR holder owes any tax or other governmental charge, the depositary may (i) deduct the amount thereof from any cash distributions, or (ii) sell deposited securities (by public or private sale) and deduct the amount owing from the net proceeds of such sale. In either case the ADR holder remains liable for any shortfall. If any tax or governmental charge is unpaid, the depositary may also refuse to effect any registration, registration of transfer, split-up or combination of deposited securities or withdrawal of deposited securities until such payment is made. If any tax or governmental charge is required to be withheld on any cash distribution, the depositary may deduct the amount required to be withheld from any cash distribution or, in the case of a non-cash distribution, sell the distributed property or securities (by public or private sale) in such amounts and in such manner as the depositary deems necessary and practicable to pay such taxes and distribute any remaining net proceeds or the balance of any such property after deduction of such taxes to the ADR holders entitled thereto.

          By holding an ADR or an interest therein, you will be agreeing to indemnify us, the depositary, its custodian and any of our or their respective officers, directors, employees, agents and affiliates against, and hold each of them harmless from, any claims by any governmental authority with respect to taxes, additions to tax, penalties or interest arising out of any refund of taxes, reduced rate of withholding at source or other tax benefit obtained.


Reclassifications, Recapitalizations and Mergers

          If we take certain actions that affect the deposited securities, including (i) any change in par value, split-up, consolidation, cancellation or other reclassification of deposited securities or (ii) any distributions of ordinary shares or other property not made to holders of ADRs or (iii) any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, liquidation, receivership, bankruptcy or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, then the depositary may choose to, and shall if reasonably requested by us:

    (1)
    amend the form of ADR;

    (2)
    distribute additional or amended ADRs;

    (3)
    distribute cash, securities or other property it has received in connection with such actions;

    (4)
    sell any securities or property received and distribute the proceeds as cash; or

    (5)
    none of the above.

          If the depositary does not choose any of the above options, any of the cash, securities or other property it receives will constitute part of the deposited securities and each ADS will then represent a proportionate interest in such property.

171


Table of Contents


Amendment and Termination

    How may the deposit agreement be amended?

          We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the ADSs without your consent for any reason. ADR holders must be given at least 30 days notice of any amendment that imposes or increases any fees or charges (other than stock transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges, transfer or registration fees, cable, telex or facsimile transmission costs, delivery costs or other such expenses), or otherwise prejudices any substantial existing right of ADR holders. Such notice need not describe in detail the specific amendments effectuated thereby, but must identify to ADR holders a means to access the text of such amendment. If an ADR holder continues to hold an ADR or ADRs after being so notified, such ADR holder is deemed to agree to such amendment and to be bound by the deposit agreement as so amended. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any governmental body or regulatory body should adopt new laws, rules or regulations which would require amendment or supplement of the deposit agreement or the form of ADR to ensure compliance therewith, we and the depositary may amend or supplement the deposit agreement and the ADR at any time in accordance with such changed laws, rules or regulations, which amendment or supplement may take effect before a notice is given or within any other period of time as required for compliance. No amendment, however, will impair your right to surrender your ADSs and receive the underlying securities, except in order to comply with mandatory provisions of applicable law.

    How may the deposit agreement be terminated?

          The depositary may, and shall at our written direction, terminate the deposit agreement and the ADRs by mailing notice of such termination to the registered holders of ADRs at least 30 days prior to the date fixed in such notice for such termination; provided, however, (a) if the depositary shall have (i) resigned as depositary under the deposit agreement, notice of such termination by the depositary shall not be provided to registered holders unless a successor depositary shall not be operating under the deposit agreement within 60 days of the date of such resignation, and (ii) been removed as depositary under the deposit agreement, notice of such termination by the depositary shall not be provided to registered holders of ADRs unless a successor depositary shall not be operating under the deposit agreement on the 120 th  day after our notice of removal was first provided to the depositary and (b) if the depositary receives a written notice that deposited securities have been purchased for cash, or that a court has approved a scheme of arrangement or comparable type of transaction pursuant to which such deposited securities will be purchased for cash, in either case in a transaction that is mandatory and binding on the depositary as a holder of those deposited securities the depositary may immediately terminate the deposit agreement effective as of the date notice is first provided to Holders or such later date established by the depositary and stated in such notice in order to coincide or be close with the date on which the deposited securities have been exchanged for cash (a termination under this (b) being a "termination event"). Except in the case of a termination event, (1) if at the date so fixed for termination the depositary believes the ordinary shares are not publicly and actively listed or quoted for trading on at least one stock exchange in the European Union, after the date so fixed for termination, (i) all direct registration ADRs shall cease to be eligible for the direct registration system and shall be considered ADRs issued on the ADR register maintained by the depositary, (ii) the depositary shall charge its cancellation fee on all existing ADSs, (iii) the depositary shall then use its reasonable efforts to ensure that the ADSs cease to be DTC eligible so that neither DTC nor any of its nominees shall thereafter be a registered holder of ADRs, and (iv) at such time as the ADSs cease to be DTC eligible and/or neither DTC nor any of its nominees is a registered holder of ADRs, the depositary shall (a) instruct the custodian to deliver all ordinary shares to us along with a general stock power that refers to the names set forth on the ADR register maintained by the

172


Table of Contents

depositary and (b) provide us with a copy of the ADR register maintained by the depositary. Upon receipt of such ordinary shares and the ADR register maintained by the depositary, we have agreed to use our best efforts to issue to each registered holder a share certificate representing the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs reflected on the ADR register maintained by the depositary in such registered holder's name and to deliver such share certificate to the registered holder at the address set forth on the ADR register maintained by the depositary. Except in the case of a termination event, if at the date so fixed for termination, the depositary believes the ordinary shares are publicly and actively listed or quoted for trading on at least one stock exchange in the European Union, after the date so fixed for termination, (x) the depositary and its agents will perform no further acts under the deposit agreement, except to receive and hold (or sell) distributions on ordinary shares and deliver the ordinary shares being withdrawn and (y) as soon as practicable after the expiration of six months from the date so fixed for termination, the depositary shall endeavor to sell the ordinary shares and shall thereafter (as long as it may lawfully do so) hold in a segregated account the net proceeds of such sales, together with any other cash then held by it under the deposit agreement, without liability for interest, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of ADRs who have not yet surrendered their ADRs. After providing the instruction to the custodian under the third preceding sentence, and delivering a copy of the ADR register to us, the depositary and its agents will perform no further acts under the deposit agreement or the ADRs and shall cease to have any obligations under the deposit agreement and/or the ADRs. After making any such sale under (y) of the second preceding sentence or receipt of the cash on a termination event, the depositary shall be discharged from all obligations in respect of the deposit agreement, except to account for such net proceeds and other cash. After we receive the copy of the ADR register and the ordinary shares or, in the case of a termination event or circumstances under the third preceding sentence, we shall be discharged from all obligations under the deposit agreement except (i) to distribute the ordinary shares to the holders entitled thereto, if applicable, and (ii) for our obligations to the depositary and its agents.


Limitations on Obligations and Liability to ADR holders

    Limits on our obligations and the obligations of the depositary; limits on liability to ADR holders and holders of ADSs

          Prior to the issue, registration, registration of transfer, split-up, combination, or cancellation of any ADRs, or the delivery of any distribution in respect thereof, and from time to time in the case of the production of proofs as described below, we or the depositary or its custodian may require:

    Payment with respect thereto of (i) any stock transfer or other tax or other governmental charge, (ii) any stock transfer or registration fees in effect for the registration of transfers of ordinary shares or other deposited securities upon any applicable register and (iii) any applicable fees and expenses described in the deposit agreement;

    The production of proof satisfactory to it of (i) the identity of any signatory and genuineness of any signature and (ii) such other information, including without limitation, information as to citizenship, residence, exchange control approval, beneficial ownership of any securities, compliance with applicable law, regulations, provisions of or governing deposited securities and terms of the deposit agreement and the ADRs, as it may deem necessary or proper; and

    Compliance with such regulations as the depositary may establish consistent with the deposit agreement.

          The issuance of ADRs, the acceptance of deposits of ordinary shares, the registration, registration of transfer, split-up or combination of ADRs or the withdrawal of shares, may be suspended, generally or in particular instances, when the ADR register or any register for deposited

173


Table of Contents

securities is closed or when any such action is deemed advisable by the depositary; provided that the ability to withdraw shares may only be limited under the following circumstances: (i) temporary delays caused by closing transfer books of the depositary or our transfer books or the deposit of shares in connection with voting at a shareholders' meeting, or the payment of dividends, (ii) the payment of fees, taxes, and similar charges, and (iii) compliance with any laws or governmental regulations relating to ADRs or to the withdrawal of deposited securities.

          The deposit agreement expressly limits the obligations and liability of the depositary, ourselves and our respective agents, provided, however, that no disclaimer of liability under the Securities Act is intended by any of the limitations of liabilities provisions of the deposit agreement. In the deposit agreement it provides that neither we nor the depositary nor any such agent will be liable if:

    Any present or future law, rule, regulation, fiat, order or decree of the United States, France, the United Kingdom or any other country or jurisdiction, or of any governmental or regulatory authority or securities exchange or market or automated quotation system, the provisions of or governing any deposited securities, any present or future provision of our charter, any act of God, war, terrorism, nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, work stoppage, strike, civil unrest, revolutions, rebellions, explosions, computer failure or circumstance beyond our, the depositary's or our respective agents' direct and immediate control shall prevent or delay, or shall cause any of them to be subject to any civil or criminal penalty in connection with, any act which the deposit agreement or the ADRs provide shall be done or performed by us, the depositary or our respective agents (including, without limitation, voting);

    It exercises or fails to exercise discretion under the deposit agreement or the ADRs including, without limitation, any failure to determine that any distribution or action may be lawful or reasonably practicable;

    It performs its obligations under the deposit agreement and ADRs without gross negligence or willful misconduct;

    It takes any action or refrains from taking any action in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting shares for deposit, any registered holder of ADRs, or any other person believed by it to be competent to give such advice or information; or

    It relies upon any written notice, request, direction, instruction or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, presented or given by the proper party or parties.

          Neither the depositary nor its agents have any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any deposited securities or the ADRs. We and our agents shall only be obligated to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any deposited securities or the ADRs, which in our opinion may involve us in expense or liability, if indemnity satisfactory to us against all expense (including fees and disbursements of counsel) and liability is furnished as often as may be required. The depositary and its agents may fully respond to any and all demands or requests for information maintained by or on its behalf in connection with the deposit agreement, any registered holder or holders of ADRs, any ADRs or otherwise related to the deposit agreement or ADRs to the extent such information is requested or required by or pursuant to any lawful authority, including without limitation laws, rules, regulations, administrative or judicial process, banking, securities or other regulators. The depositary shall not be liable for the acts or omissions made by, or the insolvency of, any securities depository, clearing agency or settlement system. Furthermore, the depositary shall not be responsible for, and shall incur no liability in connection with or arising from, the insolvency of any custodian that is not a branch or affiliate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

174


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the deposit agreement or any ADRs, the depositary shall not be responsible for, and shall incur no liability in connection with or arising from, any act or omission to act on the part of the custodian except to the extent that the custodian has (i) committed fraud or willful misconduct in the provision of custodial services to the depositary or (ii) failed to use reasonable care in the provision of custodial services to the depositary as determined in accordance with the standards prevailing in the jurisdiction in which the custodian is located. The depositary and the custodian(s) may use third-party delivery services and providers of information regarding matters such as pricing, proxy voting, corporate actions, class action litigation and other services in connection with the ADRs and the deposit agreement, and use local agents to provide extraordinary services such as attendance at annual meetings of issuers of securities. Although the depositary and the custodian will use reasonable care (and cause their agents to use reasonable care) in the selection and retention of such third-party providers and local agents, they will not be responsible for any errors or omissions made by them in providing the relevant information or services. The depositary shall not have any liability for the price received in connection with any sale of securities, the timing thereof or any delay in action or omission to act nor shall it be responsible for any error or delay in action, omission to act, default or negligence on the part of the party so retained in connection with any such sale or proposed sale.

          The depositary has no obligation to inform ADR holders or other holders of an interest in any ADSs about the requirements of French law, rules or regulations or any changes therein or thereto.

          Additionally, none of us, the depositary or the custodian shall be liable for the failure by any registered holder of ADRs or beneficial owner therein to obtain the benefits of credits on the basis of non-U.S. tax paid against such holder's or beneficial owner's income tax liability. Neither we nor the depositary shall incur any liability for any tax consequences that may be incurred by registered holders or beneficial owners on account of their ownership of ADRs or ADSs.

          Neither the depositary nor its agents will be responsible for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote any of the deposited securities, for the manner in which any such vote is cast or for the effect of any such vote. The depositary may rely upon instructions from us or our counsel in respect of any approval or license required for any currency conversion, transfer or distribution. The depositary shall not incur any liability for the content of any information submitted to it by us or on our behalf for distribution to ADR holders or for any inaccuracy of any translation thereof, for any investment risk associated with acquiring an interest in the deposited securities, for the validity or worth of the deposited securities, for the credit-worthiness of any third party, for allowing any rights to lapse upon the terms of the deposit agreement or for the failure or timeliness of any notice from us. The depositary shall not be liable for any acts or omissions made by a successor depositary whether in connection with a previous act or omission of the depositary or in connection with any matter arising wholly after the removal or resignation of the depositary. Neither the depositary, us, nor any of our agents shall be liable to registered holders or beneficial owners of interests in ADSs for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages (including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses) or lost profits, in each case of any form incurred by any person or entity, whether or not foreseeable and regardless of the type of action in which such a claim may be brought.

          In the deposit agreement each party thereto (including, for avoidance of doubt, each holder and beneficial owner and/or holder of interests in ADRs) irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in any suit, action or proceeding against the depositary and/or us directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to the shares or other deposited securities, the ADSs or the ADRs, the deposit agreement or any transaction contemplated therein, or the breach thereof (whether based on contract, tort, common law or any other theory).

175


Table of Contents

          The depositary and its agents may own and deal in any class of securities of our company and our affiliates and in ADSs.


Disclosure of Interest in ADSs

          To the extent that the provisions of or governing any deposited securities may require disclosure of or impose limits on beneficial or other ownership of deposited securities, other shares and other securities and may provide for blocking transfer, voting or other rights to enforce such disclosure or limits, you agree to comply with all such disclosure requirements and ownership limitations and to comply with any reasonable instructions we may provide in respect thereof. We reserve the right to instruct you to deliver your ADSs for cancellation and withdrawal of the deposited securities so as to permit us to deal with you directly as a holder of shares and, by holding an ADS or an interest therein, you will be agreeing to comply with such instructions.


Books of Depositary

          The depositary or its agent will maintain a register for the registration, registration of transfer, combination and split-up of ADRs, which register shall include the depositary's direct registration system. Registered holders of ADRs may inspect such records at the depositary's office at all reasonable times, but solely for the purpose of communicating with other holders in the interest of the business of our company or a matter relating to the deposit agreement. Such register may be closed at any time or from time to time, when deemed expedient by the depositary.

          The depositary will maintain facilities for the delivery and receipt of ADRs.


Pre-release of ADSs

          In its capacity as depositary, the depositary shall not lend shares or ADSs; provided, however, that the depositary may (i) issue ADSs prior to the receipt of shares and (ii) deliver shares prior to the receipt of ADSs for withdrawal of deposited securities, including ADSs which were issued under (i) above but for which shares may not have been received, or each such transaction, a pre-release. The depositary may receive ADSs in lieu of shares under (i) above (which ADSs will promptly be canceled by the depositary upon receipt by the depositary) and receive shares in lieu of ADSs under (ii) above. Each such pre-release will be subject to a written agreement whereby the person or entity, or, the applicant, to whom ADSs or shares are to be delivered (a) represents that at the time of the pre-release the applicant or its customer owns the shares or ADSs that are to be delivered by the applicant under such pre-release, (b) agrees to indicate the depositary as owner of such shares or ADSs in its records and to hold such shares or ADSs in trust for the depositary until such shares or ADSs are delivered to the depositary or the custodian, (c) unconditionally guarantees to deliver to the depositary or the custodian, as applicable, such shares or ADSs, and (d) agrees to any additional restrictions or requirements that the depositary deems appropriate. Each such pre-release will be at all times fully collateralized with cash, U.S. government securities or such other collateral as the depositary deems appropriate, terminable by the depositary on not more than five (5) business days' notice and subject to such further indemnities and credit regulations as the depositary deems appropriate. The depositary will normally limit the number of ADSs and shares involved in such pre-release at any one time to thirty percent (30%) of the ADSs outstanding (without giving effect to ADSs outstanding under (i) above), provided, however, that the depositary reserves the right to change or disregard such limit from time to time as it deems appropriate. The depositary may also set limits with respect to the number of ADSs and shares involved in pre-release with any one person on a case-by-case basis as it deems appropriate. The depositary may retain for its own account any compensation received by it in conjunction with the foregoing. Collateral provided in connection with pre-release transactions, but not the earnings thereon, shall be held for the benefit of the ADR holders (other than the applicant).

176


Table of Contents


Appointment

          In the deposit agreement, each registered holder of ADRs and each person holding an interest in ADSs, upon acceptance of any ADSs (or any interest therein) issued in accordance with the terms and conditions of the deposit agreement will be deemed for all purposes to:

    Be a party to and bound by the terms of the deposit agreement and the applicable ADR or ADRs; and

    Appoint the depositary its attorney-in-fact, with full power to delegate, to act on its behalf and to take any and all actions contemplated in the deposit agreement and the applicable ADR or ADRs, to adopt any and all procedures necessary to comply with applicable laws and to take such action as the depositary in its sole discretion may deem necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of the deposit agreement and the applicable ADR and ADRs, the taking of such actions to be the conclusive determinant of the necessity and appropriateness thereof.


Governing Law

          The deposit agreement and the ADRs shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. In the deposit agreement, we have submitted to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and appointed an agent for service of process on our behalf. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action based on the deposit agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby may be instituted by the depositary in any competent court in France and/or the United States.

          By holding an ADS or an interest therein, registered holders of ADRs and owners of ADSs each irrevocably agree that any legal suit, action or proceeding against or involving us or the depositary, arising out of or based upon the deposit agreement, the ADSs or the transactions contemplated thereby, may only be instituted in a state or federal court in New York, New York, and each irrevocably waives any objection which it may have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding.

177


Table of Contents


SHARES AND ADSs ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

          Prior to this offering, no public market existed for our ordinary shares or the ADSs. Future sales of ADSs in the public market after this offering, and the availability of ADSs for future sale, could adversely affect the market price of the ADSs prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of newly issued ADSs will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual restrictions on transfers of ordinary shares. Nonetheless, sales of substantial amounts of the ADSs, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for the ADSs and could impair our future ability to raise equity capital.

          Based on the number of shares outstanding on March 31, 2016, upon completion of this offering,             ordinary shares will be outstanding, assuming no outstanding options or warrants are exercised. All of the ADSs sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any ADSs sold to our "affiliates", as that term is defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining ordinary shares held by existing shareholders are "restricted securities", as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if their resale qualifies for exemption from registration described below under Rule 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

          Additionally, of the options and warrants to purchase             ordinary shares outstanding as of March 31, 2016 and assuming no outstanding options or warrants are exercised and no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional ADSs, options and warrants exercisable for             ordinary shares will be vested and eligible for sale 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

          Under the lock-up agreements described below, the provisions of our Shareholder Agreement described above under "Description of Share Capital—Registration Rights", and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional ADSs, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

                 shares (including ordinary shares represented by ADSs) will be eligible for immediate sale on the date of this prospectus; and

                 shares (including ordinary shares represented by ADSs) will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements 180 days after the date of this prospectus, provided that shares held by our affiliates will remain subject to volume, manner of sale, and other resale limitations set forth in Rule 144, as described below.


Rule 144

          In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus a person who has beneficially owned our "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months is entitled to sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act, subject to certain restrictions. Persons who are our affiliates may sell within any three-month period a number of restricted securities that does not exceed the greater of the following:

    1% of the number of our ordinary shares then outstanding, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, which will equal approximately              ordinary shares immediately after this offering, or approximately             ordinary shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in full; and

178


Table of Contents

    The average weekly trading volume of our ADSs on the             during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

          Sales under Rule 144 by persons who are deemed our affiliates are subject to manner-of-sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. Persons who are not our affiliates and have beneficially owned our restricted securities for more than six months but not more than one year may sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act, subject to the availability of current public information about us. Persons who are not our affiliates and have beneficially owned our restricted securities for more than one year may freely sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act.

          In addition, in each case, these shares would remain subject to lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.


Rule 701

          Beginning 90 days after the date of the prospectus, persons other than our affiliates who purchased ordinary shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell such shares in the United States in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 subject only to its manner-of-sale requirements.


Registration Rights

          Pursuant to the Shareholder Agreement, the holders of approximately                          of our ordinary shares or equity securities representing our ordinary shares (including the ADRs), or their transferees, will be entitled, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to register their securities under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, see "Description of Share Capital—Registration Rights". If the offer and sale of these securities is registered, the securities will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, and a large number of securities may be sold into the public market.


Options and Warrants to Purchase Ordinary Shares

          Shortly after the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all ordinary shares issuable under our equity-based compensation plan. See "Management—Equity Incentives" for a description of such plan.

          This Form S-8 registration statement is expected to become effective immediately upon filing, and ordinary shares (and the ADSs representing such ordinary shares) covered by that registration statement will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to:

    The Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates;

    The expiration of the lock-up period; and

    Vesting restrictions imposed by us.

          As of March 31, 2016, there were share options outstanding to purchase 2,171,432 fully paid ordinary shares at a weighted average exercise price of €6.60 per share and employee warrants (BSPCE) outstanding to purchase 486,419 fully paid ordinary shares at a weighted average exercise price of €5.26 per share.

179


Table of Contents


Regulation S

          Regulation S provides generally that sales made in offshore transactions are not subject to the registration or prospectus-delivery requirements of the Securities Act. Accordingly, restricted securities may be sold in offshore transactions in compliance with Regulation S.


Lock-up Agreements

          Substantially all of our equity holders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, (1) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale, file a registration statement under the Securities Act, or otherwise dispose of any ordinary shares or ADSs or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our ordinary shares or ADSs (including, without limitation, ordinary shares or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, senior management, managers and members in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a share option or warrant), nor publicly disclose the intention to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any right or warrant to purchase, make any short sale, file a registration statement under the Securities Act or otherwise dispose of any ADSs or ordinary shares, or any options or warrants to purchase any ADSs or underlying shares, or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any economic consequence of ownership interest of the ordinary shares or ADSs or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of ordinary shares or ADSs or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

180


Table of Contents


TAXATION

           The following summary of the material French and U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under U.S. state, local and other tax laws other than French and U.S. federal income tax laws.


Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations to U.S. Holders

          The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares and ADSs as of the date hereof. Except where noted, this summary deals only with ordinary shares or ADSs acquired in this offering and held as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. This section does not discuss the tax consequences to any particular holder, nor any tax considerations that may apply to holders subject to special tax rules, such as:

    Banks, insurance companies, regulated investment companies and real estate investment trusts;

    Financial institutions;

    Grantor trusts;

    Individual retirement and other tax-deferred accounts;

    Certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents;

    Brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;

    Traders that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting;

    Partnerships and other entities treated as partnership or pass through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and partners or investors in such entities;

    Tax-exempt organizations (including private foundations);

    Persons that hold or dispose of ordinary shares or ADSs as a position in a straddle or as part of a hedging, constructive sale, conversion or other integrated transaction;

    Persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar;

    Persons that own (directly, indirectly or constructively) 10% or more of our equity; or

    Persons that are not U.S. holders (as defined below).

          Further, this summary does not address the U.S. federal estate, gift, or alternative minimum tax considerations, or any U.S. state, local, or non-U.S. tax considerations of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares and ADSs.

          In this section, a "U.S. holder" means a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs, other than a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

    An individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States (for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

181


Table of Contents

    A corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

    An estate the income of which is includable in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

    A trust (i) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a court in the United States and for which one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions or (ii) that has an election in effect under applicable income tax regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

          The discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, and the U.S. Treasury regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be replaced, revoked or modified, possibly with retroactive effect, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. In addition, this summary is based, in part, upon the terms of the deposit agreement and assumes that the deposit agreement, and all other related agreements, will be performed in accordance with their terms. There can be no assurances that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, will not take a contrary or different position concerning the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares and ADSs or that such a position would not be sustained.

          If a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes acquires, owns or disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners of partnerships that acquire, own or dispose of ordinary shares or ADSs should consult their tax advisors.

           You are urged to consult your own tax advisor with respect to the U.S. federal, as well as state, local and non-U.S., tax consequences to you of acquiring, owning and disposing of ordinary shares or ADSs in light of your particular circumstances, including the possible effects of changes in U.S. federal income and other tax laws.

    ADSs

          Assuming the deposit agreement and all other related agreements will be performed in accordance with their terms, a U.S. holder of ADSs will generally be treated as the beneficial owner for United States federal income tax purposes of the underlying shares represented by the ADSs.

    Distributions

          Subject to the passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, rules discussed below, U.S. holders generally will include as dividend income the U.S. dollar value of the gross amount of any distributions of cash or property (without deduction for any withholding tax if the U.S. holder does not opt out of the foreign tax credit), other than certain pro rata distributions of ordinary shares, with respect to ordinary shares or ADSs to the extent the distributions are made from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. holder will include the dividend income on the day actually or constructively received: (i) by the holder, in the case of ordinary shares, or (ii) by the depositary, in the case of ADSs. To the extent, if any, that the amount of any distribution by us exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as so determined, the excess will be treated first as a tax-free return of the U.S. holder's tax basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain (which will be either long-term or short-term capital gain depending upon whether the U.S. holder has held our ordinary shares or ADSs for more than one year as of the time such distribution is received). Notwithstanding the foregoing, we do not intend to determine our earnings and profits on the basis of U.S. federal

182


Table of Contents

income tax principles. Consequently, any distributions generally will be reported as dividend income for U.S. information reporting purposes. See "—Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting Requirements" below. Dividends paid by us will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporate shareholders.

          The U.S. dollar amount of dividends received by an individual, trust or estate with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs will be subject to taxation at a maximum rate of 20% if the dividends are "qualified dividends". Dividends paid on ordinary shares or ADSs will be treated as qualified dividends if (i)(a) we are eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States that the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States determines is satisfactory for this purpose and includes an exchange of information program or (b) the dividends are with respect to ordinary shares (or ADSs in respect of such shares) which are readily tradable on a U.S. securities market; (ii) certain holding period requirements are met; and (iii) we are not classified as a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or for the preceding taxable year. The Convention between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the French Republic for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income and Capital of August 31, 1994 (as amended by any subsequent protocols, including the protocol of January 13, 2009), or the Treaty, has been approved for the purposes of the qualified dividend rules, and we expect to qualify for benefits under the Treaty. We have applied to list the ADSs on the NASDAQ Global Market. Provided that the listing is approved, U.S. Treasury Department guidance indicates that the ADSs will be readily tradable on an established U.S. securities market. Thus, we believe that as long as we are not a PFIC, dividends we pay generally should be eligible for the reduced income tax rate on qualified dividends. However, the determination of whether a dividend qualifies for the preferential tax rates must be made at the time the dividend is paid. U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors.

          Dividends paid in Euros, including any French withholding taxes (provided that the U.S. holder elects to take the foreign tax credit), will be included in the gross income of a U.S. holder in a U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the spot exchange rate in effect on the date of actual or constructive receipt, regardless of whether the Euros are converted into U.S. dollars at that time. If Euros are converted into U.S. dollars on the date of actual or constructive receipt, the tax basis of the U.S. holder in those Euros will be equal to their U.S. dollar value on that date and, as a result, a U.S. holder generally should not be required to recognize any foreign currency exchange gain or loss. If Euros so received are not converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, the U.S. holder will have a basis in the Euros equal to their U.S. dollar value on the date of receipt. Any foreign currency exchange gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of the Euros generally will be treated as ordinary income or loss to such U.S. holder and generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

          Dividends received by a U.S. holder with respect to ordinary shares (or ADSs in respect of such shares) will be treated as foreign source income, which may be relevant in calculating the holder's foreign tax credit limitation. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us with respect to ADSs or ordinary shares will generally constitute "passive category income" but could, in the case of certain U.S. holders, constitute "general category income".

          Subject to certain complex limitations, a U.S. holder generally will be entitled, at its option, to claim either a credit against its U.S. federal income tax liability or a deduction in computing its U.S. federal taxable income in respect of any French taxes withheld. If a U.S. holder elects to claim a deduction, rather than a foreign tax credit, for French taxes withheld for a particular taxable year, the election will apply to all foreign taxes paid or accrued by or on behalf of the U.S. holder in the particular taxable year.

183


Table of Contents

          The availability of the foreign tax credit and the application of the limitations on its availability are fact specific and are subject to complex rules. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor as to the consequences of French withholding taxes and the availability of a foreign tax credit or deduction. See "—French Tax Considerations—Taxation of Dividends" below.

    Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs

          Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. holder generally will, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, recognize capital gain or loss, if any, on a sale, exchange or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs equal to the difference between the amount realized on the disposition and the U.S. holder's tax basis (in U.S. dollars) in the ordinary shares or ADSs. This recognized gain or loss will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder has held the ordinary shares or ADSs for more than one year. Generally, for U.S. holders who are individuals (as well as certain trusts and estates), long-term capital gains are subject to U.S. federal income tax at preferential rates. For foreign tax credit limitation purposes, gain or loss recognized upon a disposition generally will be treated as from sources within the United States. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

          You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences if a foreign tax is imposed on a disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares, including availability of a foreign tax credit or deduction in respect of any French tax imposed on a sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs. See "—Material French Income Tax Considerations—Tax on Sale or Other Disposition".

    Passive Foreign Investment Company

          As a non-U.S. corporation, we will be a PFIC for any taxable year if either: (i) 75% or more of our gross income for the taxable year is passive income (such as certain dividends, interest, rents or royalties and certain gains from the sale of shares and securities or commodities transactions, including amounts derived by reason of the temporary investment of funds raised in offerings of our ordinary shares or ADSs); or (ii) the average percentage value of our gross assets during the taxable year that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income is at least 50% of the value of our total assets. For purposes of the PFIC asset test, passive assets generally include any cash, cash equivalents and cash invested in short-term, interest bearing debt instruments or bank deposits that is readily convertible into cash. If we own at least 25% (by value) of the stock of another corporation, we will be treated, for purposes of the PFIC income and asset tests, as owning our proportionate share of the other corporation's assets and receiving our proportionate share of the other corporation's income.

          We do not expect to be a PFIC for the taxable year ending December 31, 2016. However, if there is a change in the type or composition of our gross income, or our actual business results do not match our projections, it is possible that we may become a PFIC in the current taxable year or in future taxable years. The value of our assets for purposes of the PFIC asset test will generally be determined by reference to our market capitalization, which may fluctuate. The composition of our income and assets will also be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend the cash raised in this offering. Since a separate factual determination as to whether we are or have become a PFIC must be made each year (after the close of such year), we cannot assure you that we will not be or become a PFIC in the current year or any future taxable year.

    Default PFIC Rules

          If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you own our ordinary shares or ADSs, unless you make the mark-to-market election or the Qualified Electing Fund election described below, you will generally be subject to additional taxes and interest charges (i) on certain "excess" distributions we may make and (ii) on any gain realized on the disposition or deemed disposition of

184


Table of Contents

your ordinary shares or ADSs. Distributions in respect of your ordinary shares (or ADSs in respect of such shares) during the taxable year will generally constitute "excess" distributions if, in the aggregate, they exceed 125% of the average amount of distributions in respect of your ordinary shares (or ADSs) over the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, the portion of your holding period before such taxable year. In addition, these taxes and interest charges will continue to apply to you even if we cease to be a PFIC, unless you make an election to recognize gain as if you sold your ordinary shares or ADSs on the last day we were a PFIC.

          To compute the tax on "excess" distributions or any gain: (i) the "excess" distribution or the gain will be allocated ratably to each day in your holding period for the ADSs or the ordinary shares; (ii) the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable year before we first became a PFIC will be taxed as ordinary income in the current year; (iii) the amount allocated to other taxable years will be taxable at the highest applicable marginal rate in effect for that year; and (iv) an interest charge at the rate for underpayment of taxes will be imposed with respect to any portion of the "excess" distribution or gain described under (iii) above that is allocated to such other taxable years. In addition, if we are a PFIC or, with respect to a particular U.S. holder, we are treated as a PFIC for the taxable year in which the distribution was paid or the prior taxable year, no distribution that you receive from us will qualify for taxation at the preferential rate for non-corporate holders discussed in "—Distributions" above.

          If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. holder holds our ADSs or ordinary shares and any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries is also a PFIC (i.e., a lower-tier PFIC), such a U.S. holder would be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC and would be subject to the rules described above on certain distributions by the lower-tier PFIC and our disposition of shares of the lower-tier PFIC, even though such U.S. holder would not receive the proceeds of those distributions or dispositions.

          If a U.S. holder owns our ADSs or ordinary shares during any taxable year in which we are a PFIC, the U.S. holder generally will be required to file an IRS Form 8621 with respect to the company, generally with the U.S. holder's federal income tax return for that year.

          You should consult with your own tax advisor regarding the application to you of the PFIC rules, including any reporting requirements, if we are a PFIC.

    Mark-to-Market Election

          If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you own our ADSs, you will be able to avoid the rules applicable to "excess" distributions or gains described above if the ADSs are "marketable" and you make a timely "mark-to-market" election with respect to your ADSs. The ADSs will be "marketable" stock as long as they remain regularly traded on a national securities exchange, such as NASDAQ. Such stock generally will be "regularly traded" for any calendar year during which such stock is traded, other than in de minimis quantities, on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter, but no assurances can be given in this regard. Our ordinary shares are not "marketable" stock, and therefore you will not be able to make a mark-to-market election with respect to your ordinary shares.

          You should consult with your own tax advisor regarding the applicability and potential advantages and disadvantages to you of making a "mark-to-market" election with respect to your ordinary shares or ADSs if we are or become a PFIC, including the procedures for making such an election.

    QEF Election

          Alternative rules to the default PFIC rules set forth above apply if an election is made to treat us as a "Qualified Electing Fund", or QEF, under Section 1295 of the Code. A QEF election is

185


Table of Contents

available only if the U.S. holder receives an annual information statement from the PFIC setting forth its ordinary earnings and net capital gains, as calculated for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We do not intend to provide you with the information statement necessary to make a QEF election. Accordingly, you will not be able to make or maintain such an election with respect to your ordinary shares or ADSs.

    Net Investment Income Tax

          Certain U.S. holders that are individuals, estates or trusts may be subject to a 3.8% tax on all or a portion of their "net investment income", which may include all or a portion of their dividend income and net gains from the disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs. Each U.S. holder that is an individual, estate or trust is urged to consult its tax advisors regarding the applicability of the net investment income tax to its income and gains in respect of its investment in the ordinary shares or ADSs.

    Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting Requirements

          U.S. backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements generally apply to payments to non-corporate holders of ordinary shares or ADSs. Information reporting will apply to payments of dividends on, and to proceeds from the disposition of, ordinary shares or ADSs by a paying agent within the United States or who is a U.S.-related financial intermediary to a U.S. holder, other than U.S. holders that are exempt from information reporting and properly certify their exemption. A paying agent within the United States or who is a U.S.-related financial intermediary will be required to withhold at the applicable statutory rate, currently 28%, in respect of any payments of dividends on, and the proceeds from the disposition of, ordinary shares or ADSs within the United States to a U.S. holder (other than U.S. holders that are exempt from backup withholding and properly certify their exemption) if the holder fails to furnish its correct taxpayer identification number or otherwise fails to comply with applicable backup withholding requirements. U.S. holders who are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide a properly completed IRS Form W-9.

          Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against a U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability. A U.S. holder generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules in excess of such holder's U.S. federal income tax liability by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS in a timely manner and furnishing any required information.

          Certain U.S. holders may be required to report information with respect to such holder's interest in "specified foreign financial assets" (as defined in Section 6038D of the Code), including stock of a non-U.S. corporation that is not held in an account maintained by a "financial institution". Persons who are required to report specified foreign financial assets and fail to do so may be subject to substantial penalties. U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding foreign financial asset reporting obligations and their possible application to the holding of ordinary shares or ADSs.

           The discussion above is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of all tax considerations applicable to an investment in our ordinary shares or ADSs. You should consult with your own tax advisor concerning the tax consequences to you in your particular situation.


Material French Income Tax Considerations

          The following describes the material French income tax consequences to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of purchasing, owning and disposing of the ADSs and, unless otherwise noted, this

186


Table of Contents

discussion is the opinion of Jones Day, our French tax counsel, insofar as it relates to matters of French tax law and legal conclusions with respect to those matters.

          This discussion does not purport to be a complete analysis or listing of all potential tax effects of the acquisition, ownership or disposition of our securities to any particular investor, and does not discuss tax considerations that arise from rules of general application or that are generally assumed to be known by investors. All of the following is subject to change. Such changes could apply retroactively and could affect the consequences described below.

          In 2011, France introduced a comprehensive set of new tax rules applicable to French assets that are held by or in foreign trusts. These rules, among other things, provide for the inclusion of trust assets in the settlor's net assets for purpose of applying the French wealth tax, for the application of French gift and death duties to French assets held in trust, for a specific tax on capital on the French assets of foreign trusts not already subject to the French wealth tax and for a number of French tax reporting and disclosure obligations. The following discussion does not address the French tax consequences applicable to securities (including ADSs) held in trusts. If securities are held in trust, the grantor, trustee and beneficiary are urged to consult their own tax adviser regarding the specific tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of securities.

          The description of the French income tax and wealth tax consequences set forth below is based on the Agreement between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the French Republic for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income and Capital of August 31, 1994 (as amended by any subsequent protocols, including the protocol of January 13, 2009), or the Treaty and on the tax guidelines issued by the French tax authorities in force as of the date of this prospectus.

          For the purposes of this discussion, the term "U.S. Holder" means a beneficial owner of securities that is (1) an individual who is a U.S. citizen or resident for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (2) a U.S. domestic corporation or certain other entities created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, including the District of Colombia, or (3) otherwise subject to U.S. federal income taxation on a net income basis in respect of securities.

          If a partnership holds securities, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If a U.S. Holder is a partner in a partnership that holds securities, such holder is urged to consult its own tax adviser regarding the specific tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of securities.

          This discussion applies only to investors that hold our securities as capital assets that have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency, that are entitled to Treaty benefits under the "Limitation on Benefits" provision contained in the Treaty, and whose ownership of the securities is not effectively connected to a permanent establishment or a fixed base in France. Certain U.S. Holders (including, but not limited to, U.S. expatriates, partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, banks, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons who acquired the securities pursuant to the exercise of employee share options or otherwise as compensation, persons that own (directly, indirectly or by attribution) 5% or more of our voting stock or 5% or more of our outstanding share capital, dealers in securities or currencies, persons that elect to mark their securities to market for U.S. federal income tax purposes and persons holding securities as a position in a synthetic security, straddle or conversion transaction) may be subject to special rules not discussed below.

          U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of securities in light of their particular circumstances, especially with regard to the "Limitations on Benefits" provision.

187


Table of Contents

    Estate and Gift Taxes and Transfer Taxes

          In general, a transfer of securities by gift or by reason of death of a U.S. Holder that would otherwise be subject to French gift or inheritance tax, respectively, will not be subject to such French tax by reason of the Convention between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the French Republic for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Estates, Inheritances and Gifts, dated November 24, 1978, unless the donor or the transferor is domiciled in France at the time of making the gift or at the time of his or her death, or the securities were used in, or held for use in, the conduct of a business through a permanent establishment or a fixed base in France.

    Financial Transactions Tax

          Pursuant to Article 235 ter ZD of the French Tax Code ( Code général des impôts ), or the FTC, purchases of certain securities issued by a French company, including ordinary shares and ADSs, which are listed on a regulated market of the EU or an exchange market formally acknowledged by the French AMF (in each case within the meaning of the French Monetary and Financial Code, or the FMFC) are subject in France to a 0.2% tax on financial transactions, or the FTT, provided inter alia that the issuer's market capitalization exceeds €1.0 billion as of December 1 of the year preceding the taxation year.

          A list of companies whose market capitalization exceeds €1.0 billion as of December 1 of the year preceding the taxation year within the meaning of Article 235 ter ZD of the French Tax Code used to be published annually by the French Ministry of Economy. It is now published by the French tax authorities, and could be amended at any time. Pursuant to Regulations BOI-ANNX-000467-20151221 issued on December 21, 2015, Talend is currently not included in such list. Please note that such list may be updated from time to time, or may not be published anymore in the future.

          Consequently, Talend's securities should not fall within the scope of the FTT. Following this offering, purchases of Talend's securities may thus be subject to the FTT if Talend's market capitalization exceeds €1.0 billion.

    Registration Duties

          In the case where the FTT is not applicable, (1) transfers of shares issued by a French company which are listed on a regulated or organized market within the meaning of the FMFC are subject to uncapped registration duties at the rate of 0.1% if the transfer is evidenced by a written statement ( acte ) executed either in France or outside France, whereas (2) transfers of shares issued by a French company which are not listed on a regulated or organized market within the meaning of the FMFC are subject to uncapped registration duties at the rate of 0.1% notwithstanding the existence of a written statement ( acte ). As ordinary shares of Talend are not listed, their transfer is subject to uncapped registration duties at the rate of 0.1% notwithstanding the existence of a written agreement ( acte ).

          Although the official guidelines published by the French tax authorities are silent on this point, ADSs should in any event remain outside of the scope of the aforementionned 0.1% registration duties.

    Wealth Tax

          The French wealth tax ( impôt de solidarité sur la fortune ) applies only to individuals and does not generally apply to securities held by a U.S. resident, as defined pursuant to the provisions of the Treaty, provided that such U.S. Holder does not own directly or indirectly more than 25% of the issuer's financial rights.

188


Table of Contents

    Taxation of Dividends

          Dividends paid by a French corporation to non-residents of France are generally subject to French withholding tax at a rate of 30%. Dividends paid by a French corporation in a non- cooperative State or territory, as defined in Article 238-0 A of the FTC, will generally be subject to French withholding tax at a rate of 75%. However, eligible U.S. Holders entitled to Treaty benefits under the "Limitation on Benefits" provision contained in the Treaty who are U.S. residents, as defined pursuant to the provisions of the Treaty, will not be subject to this 30% or 75% withholding tax rate, but may be subject to the withholding tax at a reduced rate (as described below).

          Under the Treaty, the rate of French withholding tax on dividends paid to an eligible U.S. Holder who is a U.S. resident as defined pursuant to the provisions of the Treaty and whose ownership of the ADSs is not effectively connected with a permanent establishment or fixed base that such U.S. Holder has in France, is generally reduced to 15%, or to 5% if such U.S. Holder is a corporation and owns directly or indirectly at least 10% of the share capital of the issuer; such U.S. Holder may claim a refund from the French tax authorities of the amount withheld in excess of the Treaty rates of 15% or 5%, if any.

          For U.S. Holders that are not individuals but are U.S. residents, as defined pursuant to the provisions of the Treaty, the requirements for eligibility for Treaty benefits, including the reduced 5% or 15% withholding tax rates contained in the "Limitation on Benefits" provision of the Treaty, are complicated, and certain technical changes were made to these requirements by the protocol of January 13, 2009. U.S. Holders are advised to consult their own tax advisers regarding their eligibility for Treaty benefits in light of their own particular circumstances.

          Dividends paid to an eligible U.S. Holder may immediately be subject to the reduced rates of 5% or 15% provided that such holder establishes before the date of payment that it is a U.S. resident under the Treaty by completing and providing the depositary with a treaty form (Form 5000). Dividends paid to a U.S. Holder that has not filed the Form 5000 before the dividend payment date will be subject to French withholding tax at the rate of 30%, or 75% if paid in a non-cooperative State or territory (as defined in Article 238-0 A of the FTC), and then reduced at a later date to 5% or 15%, provided that such holder duly completes and provides the French tax authorities with the treaty forms Form 5000 and Form 5001 before December 31 of the second calendar year following the year during which the dividend is paid.

          Certain qualifying pension funds and certain other tax-exempt entities are subject to the same general filing requirements as other U.S. Holders except that they may have to supply additional documentation evidencing their entitlement to these benefits.

          Form 5000 and Form 5001, together with appropriate instructions, will be provided by the depositary to all U.S. Holders registered with the depositary. The depositary will arrange for the filing with the French tax authorities of all such forms properly completed and executed by U.S. Holders of ADSs and returned to the depositary in sufficient time so that they may be filed with the French tax authorities before the distribution in order to obtain immediately a reduced withholding tax rate.

    Tax on Sale or Other Disposition

          In general, under the Treaty, a U.S. Holder who is a U.S. resident for purposes of the Treaty will not be subject to French tax on any capital gain from the redemption (other than redemption proceeds characterized as dividends under French domestic tax law or administrative guidelines), sale or exchange of ADSs unless the ADSs form part of the business property of a permanent establishment or fixed base that the U.S. Holder has in France.

          Special rules apply to U.S. Holders who are residents of more than one country.

189


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

          We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the ADSs being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of ADSs indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters.

Underwriters
  Number of ADSs

Goldman, Sachs & Co. 

               

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

   

Barclays Capital Inc. 

   

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 

   

William Blair & Company, L.L.C. 

   

Total

   

          The address of Goldman, Sachs & Co. is 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282. The address of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC is 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179. The address of Barclays Capital Inc. is 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019.

          The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the ADSs being offered, if any are taken, other than the ADSs covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

          The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional             ADSs from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of ADSs than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus. If any ADSs are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase ADSs in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

          The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase up to             additional ADSs.


Paid by Us

 
  No exercise   Full exercise  

Per ADS

  $     $    

Total

  $     $    

          ADSs sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any ADSs sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the ADSs, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the ADSs by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or in part.

          We and our officers, directors, and substantially all of our security holders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our or their ordinary shares, ADSs or securities convertible into or exchangeable for ordinary shares during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. See "Shares and ADSs Eligible for Future Sale" for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

190


Table of Contents

          Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the ADSs. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the ADSs, in addition to prevailing market conditions, were our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

          We have applied to list the ADSs on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "TLND".

          In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell ADSs in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of ADSs than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A "covered short position" is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional ADSs for which the underwriters' option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional ADSs or purchasing ADSs in the open market. In determining the source of ADSs to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of ADSs available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional ADSs pursuant to the option described above. "Naked" short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional ADSs for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing ADSs in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the ADSs in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of ADSs made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

          The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the other underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased ADSs sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

          Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our ADSs, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the ADSs. As a result, the price of the ADSs may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

          The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of ADSs offered.

          We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $             . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses related to any applicable state securities filings and to the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, incurred by them in connection with this offering in an amount up to $35,000.

          We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

191


Table of Contents

          The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage, and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

          In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors, and employees may purchase, sell, or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and/or instruments (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise), and/or persons and entities that have relationships with us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.


European Economic Area

          In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area, no offer of ADSs may be made to the public in that Member State other than:

    (a)
    To any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive; or

    (b)
    In any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive;

provided that no such offer of ADSs shall require us or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

          Each person in a Member State who initially acquires any ADSs or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a "qualified investor" within the meaning of the law in that Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any ADSs being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the ADSs acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any ADSs to the public other than their offer or resale in a Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

          We and the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

          This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of ADSs in any Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of ADSs pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive. Accordingly, any person making or intending to make an offer in that Member State of the ADSs which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither we nor the representatives have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of the ADSs in

192


Table of Contents

circumstances in which an obligation arises for us or the representatives to publish a prospectus for such offer.

          For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression "an offer to the public" in relation to any ADSs in any Member State means "a communication to persons in any form and by any means, presenting sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered, so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe to these securities" (the ADSs), subject to variations in the meaning of such expression in a Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in such Member State. "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC of the European Parliament and the Council of November 4, 2003, as amended, in particular, by Directive 2010/73/EC of the European Parliament and the Council of November 24, 2010, as implemented in each Member State.


France

          Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the ADSs described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another Member State and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers . The ADSs have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the ADSs has been or will be:

    (a)
    released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or

    (b)
    used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the ADSs to the public in France.

          Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only to qualified investors ( investisseurs qualifiés ) and/or to persons providing investment services relating to portfolio management for the account of third parties ( personnes fournissant le service d'investissement de gestion de portefeuille pour compte de tiers ) as defined in, and in accordance with, articles L.411-1, L.411-2 and D.411-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier .


United Kingdom

          This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at: (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom; or (ii) persons having professional experience in matters relating to investments who fall within the definition of "investment professionals" in Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or the Order; or (iii) high net worth bodies corporate, unincorporated associations, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order; or (iv) any other person to whom it may lawfully be communicated (each such person in (i) to (iv) being referred to as a "relevant person"). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

          Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

    (a)
    It has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the ADSs in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply; and

193


Table of Contents

    (b)
    It has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the ADSs in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.


Hong Kong

          The ADSs may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the ADSs may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to ADSs which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.


Singapore

          This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the ADSs may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the ADSs be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

          Where the ADSs are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, ADSs, debentures and units of ADSs and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the ADSs under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.


Japan

          The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, or the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial

194


Table of Contents

Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.


Switzerland

          The ADSs may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or the SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the ADSs or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

          Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us, or the ADSs have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of ADSs will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, or FINMA, and the offer of ADSs has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or the CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of ADSs.


Dubai International Financial Centre

          This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or the DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The ADSs to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the ADSs offered should conduct their own due diligence on the ADSs. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.


Australia

          No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

          Any offer in Australia of the ADSs may only be made to persons, or the Exempt Investors, who are "sophisticated investors" (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), "professional investors" (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the ADSs without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

          The ADSs applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required

195


Table of Contents

pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring ADSs must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

          This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.


New Zealand

          The ADSs offered hereby have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly in New Zealand and no offering materials or advertisements have been or will be distributed in relation to any offer of ADSs in New Zealand, in each case other than:

    (a)
    To persons whose principal business is the investment of money or who, in the course of and for the purposes of their business, habitually invest money; or

    (b)
    To persons who in all the circumstances can properly be regarded as having been selected otherwise than as members of the public; or

    (c)
    To persons who are each required to pay a minimum subscription price of at least NZ$500,000 for the ADSs before the allotment of those ADSs (disregarding any amounts payable, or paid, out of money lent by the issuer or any associated person of the issuer); or

    (d)
    In other circumstances where there is no contravention of the Securities Act 1978 of New Zealand (or any statutory modification or re-enactment of, or statutory substitution for, the Securities Act 1978 of New Zealand).


Canada

          The ADSs may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the ADSs must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

          Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

          Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts, or NI 33-105, the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

196


Table of Contents


EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING

          The following table sets forth the estimated costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the offering (all amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NASDAQ listing fee):

SEC registration fee

  $ 8,686  

FINRA filing fee

    13,438  

NASDAQ listing fee

      *

Printing expenses

      *

Legal fees and expenses

      *

Accounting fees and expenses

      *

Miscellaneous

      *

Total

      *

*
To be filed by amendment.


LEGAL MATTERS

          Certain legal matters as to United States federal and New York law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto, California. Jones Day, Paris, France, will pass upon the validity of the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs offered hereby and other legal matters concerning this offering relating to French law, including matters of French income tax law. Goodwin Procter LLP, Menlo Park, California has acted as counsel to the underwriters in connection with this offering. Certain legal matters as to French law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Gide Loyrette Nouel, Paris, France.


EXPERTS

          Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of KPMG S.A., an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. The offices of KPMG S.A. are located at Tour Eqho—2, avenue Gambetta—CS 60055—92066 Paris-La Defense cedex France.


ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

          Talend S.A. is a corporation organized under the laws of France. Certain of our directors are non-residents of the United States and all or substantially all of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for you to:

    Effect service of process within the United States upon our non-U.S. resident directors or on us;

    Enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained against our non-U.S. resident directors or us in the U.S. courts in any action, including actions under the civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws;

    Enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained against our non-U.S. resident directors or us in courts of jurisdictions outside the United States in any action, including actions under the civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws; or

197


Table of Contents

    Bring an original action in a French court to enforce liabilities against our non-U.S. resident directors or us based solely upon U.S. securities laws.

          We have been informed by Jones Day, our French counsel, that there is doubt as to enforceability in France, either in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts, of civil liabilities predicated in the U.S. federal securities laws.

          In addition, actions in the United States under the U.S. federal securities laws could be affected under certain circumstances by the French law No. 68-678 of July 26, 1968 as amended by French Law No. 80-538 of July 16, 1980, which may preclude or restrict the obtaining of evidence in France or from French persons in connection with those actions. Each of the foregoing statements also applies to our auditors. We also note that investors may be able to bring an original action in a French court against us to enforce liabilities based in part upon U.S. federal securities laws.

          We have appointed Talend, Inc. as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York under the federal securities laws of the United States or any action brought against us in the Supreme Court of the State of New York in the County of New York under the securities laws of the State of New York.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

          We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the underlying ordinary shares represented by the ADSs to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. You should refer to the registration statement for further information. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the content of any contract or other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or document. We intend to file a registration statement on Form F-6 to register the issuance of the ADSs offered hereby.

          Upon declaration by the SEC of the effectiveness of the registration statement, we will become subject to the periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to a foreign private issuer. Under the Exchange Act, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. All information filed with the SEC can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference rooms. You may also obtain additional information over the Internet at the SEC's website at www.sec.gov .

          As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, the rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. Our consolidated financial statements will be prepared in IFRS and certified by an independent public accounting firm. If we make any written communications generally available to holders of our ordinary shares, and we furnish copies thereof (or English translations of summaries) to the depositary, it will distribute the same to the ADS holders.

198


Table of Contents


Talend S.A.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Annual Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015:

       

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   
F-2
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

   
F-3
 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

   
F-4
 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of December 31, 2014 and 2015

   
F-5
 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

   
F-6
 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

   
F-7
 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

   
F-8
 

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2016:

   
 
 

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2016

   
F-51
 

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2016

   
F-52
 

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of March 31, 2016

   
F-53
 

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2016

   
F-54
 

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2016

   
F-55
 

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

   
F-56
 

F-1


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders Talend S.A.

          We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Talend S.A. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

          We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

          In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Talend S.A. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Paris La Défense, France

March 16, 2016, except as to the effects of the reverse share split as described in Note 1 as to which the date is June 27, 2016.

KPMG S.A.

s/ Grégoire Menou   s/ Jacques Pierre

Grégoire Menou
Partner

 

Jacques Pierre
Partner

F-2


Table of Contents


TALEND S.A.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
   
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  Notes   2013   2014   2015  

Revenue

                         

Subscriptions

        $ 38,215   $ 49,290   $ 62,722  

Professional services

          14,865     13,291     13,238  

Total revenue

    6     53,080     62,581     75,960  

Cost of revenue

                         

Subscriptions

          3,350     4,542     8,283  

Professional services

          12,545     11,616     10,425  

Total cost of revenue

          15,895     16,158     18,708  

Gross profit

          37,185     46,423     57,252  

Operating expenses

                         

Sales and marketing

          35,769     42,851     49,169  

Research and development

          9,110     13,242     15,075  

General and administrative

          10,219     13,086     14,453  

Total operating expenses

          55,098     69,179     78,697  

Loss from operations

          (17,913 )   (22,756 )   (21,445 )

Finance income

    8     207     515     21  

Finance expense

    8     (1,974 )   (81 )   (589 )

Loss before income tax expense

          (19,680 )   (22,322 )   (22,013 )

Income tax (expense) benefit

    9     (9 )   (199 )   7  

Net loss for the year (1)

        $ (19,689 ) $ (22,521 ) $ (22,006 )

Net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders:

                         

Basic and diluted net loss per share

    17   $ (6.40 ) $ (6.09 ) $ (5.79 )

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders:

                         

Shares used in basic and diluted net loss per share

          3,075     3,696     3,083  

(1)
The loss for the year is wholly attributable to the owners of the Company

   

The above consolidated statements of operations should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-3


Table of Contents


TALEND S.A.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015  

Net loss for the year

  $ (19,689 ) $ (22,521 ) $ (22,006 )

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                   

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit and loss:

                   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    (1,519 )   1,564     2,328  

Tax effect on foreign exchange differences

             

Total comprehensive loss for the year

  $ (21,208 ) $ (20,957 ) $ (19,678 )

   

The above consolidated statements of comprehensive loss should be read in conjunction with the
accompanying notes.

F-4


Table of Contents


TALEND S.A.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

(in thousands)

 
   
  As of December 31,  
 
  Notes   2014   2015  

Assets

                   

Current assets:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

    13   $ 9,191   $ 6,930  

Trade receivables, net

    12     18,845     26,862  

Other current assets

    13     6,392     4,976  

Total current assets

          34,428     38,768  

Non-current assets:

                   

Property and equipment, net

    10     2,719     2,397  

Goodwill

    11     3,349     3,005  

Intangible assets, net

    11     1,444     834  

Other non-current assets

    13     3,558     3,057  

Total non-current assets

          11,070     9,293  

Total assets

        $ 45,498   $ 48,061  

Liabilities

                   

Current liabilities:

                   

Trade and other payables

    13   $ 13,613   $ 15,331  

Provisions

    13     711     536  

Deferred revenue

          43,600     49,679  

Borrowings

    18     2,607     151  

Total current liabilities

          60,531     65,697  

Non-current liabilities:

                   

Provisions

    13     299     272  

Deferred revenue

          21,210     24,584  

Borrowings

    18     251     9,991  

Total non-current liabilities

          21,760     34,847  

Total liabilities

          82,291     100,544  

Equity

                   

Share capital

    15     2,414     2,450  

Share premium

          93,336     94,931  

Foreign currency translation reserve

          (314 )   2,014  

Share-based payments reserve

          2,223     4,580  

Other reserves

          8,371     8,371  

Accumulated losses

          (142,823 )   (164,829 )

Total shareholders' equity (deficit)

          (36,793 )   (52,483 )

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity (deficit)

        $ 45,498   $ 48,061  

   

The above consolidated statements of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-5


Table of Contents

TALEND S.A.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(in thousands)

 
  Share
capital
  Share
premium
  Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
  Share-based
payments
reserve
  Other
reserves
  Accumulated
loss
  Total
equity
 

Balance at January 1, 2013

  $ 1,937   $ 53,923   $ (359 ) $ 702   $ 8,371   $ (100,613 ) $ (36,039 )

Comprehensive loss:

                                           

Net loss for the year

                        (19,689 )   (19,689 )

Other comprehensive loss

            (1,519 )               (1,519 )

Total comprehensive loss for the year

            (1,519 )           (19,689 )   (21,208 )

Issuance of ordinary and preferred shares

    193     20,049                     20,242  

Conversion of bond

    122     13,714                     13,836  

Exercise of warrants

    78     4,932                     5,010  

Issue of shares to management

    59                         59  

Exercise of stock awards

    16     711                     727  

Issuing share costs net of income tax

        (295 )                   (295 )

Share-based compensation

                263             263  

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 2,405   $ 93,034   $ (1,878 ) $ 965   $ 8,371   $ (120,302 ) $ (17,405 )

Comprehensive loss:

                                           

Net loss for the year

                        (22,521 )   (22,521 )

Other comprehensive income

            1,564                 1,564  

Total comprehensive loss for the year

            1,564             (22,521 )   (20,957 )

Exercise of stock awards

    9     302                     311  

Share-based compensation

                1,258             1,258  

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $ 2,414   $ 93,336   $ (314 ) $ 2,223   $ 8,371   $ (142,823 ) $ (36,794 )

Comprehensive loss:

                                           

Net loss for the year

                        (22,006 )   (22,006 )

Other comprehensive loss

            2,328                 2,328  

Total comprehensive loss for the year

            2,328             (22,006 )   (19,678 )

Issuance of ordinary and preferred shares

    13     1,437                     1,450  

Exercise of warrants

    10                         10  

Exercise of stock awards

    13     158                     171  

Share-based compensation

                2,357             2,357  

Balance at December 31, 2015

  $ 2,450   $ 94,931   $ 2,014   $ 4,580   $ 8,371   $ (164,829 ) $ (52,483 )

The above consolidated statements of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-6


Table of Contents


Talend S.A.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2014   2015  

Cash flows from operating activities:

                   

Net loss for the year

  $ (19,689 ) $ (22,521 ) $ (22,006 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash from operating activities:

                   

Depreciation

    489     702     986  

Amortization of intangible assets

    816     692     482  

Unrealized gain or loss on foreign exchange

    250     (222 )   162  

Non-cash finance costs

    1,006     76     74  

Share-based compensation

    263     1,258     2,357  

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

    84     44      

Income tax for the year

    9     199     (7 )

Income tax paid (received)

        (108 )   63  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                   

Trade receivables

    (8,729 )   6,975     (11,865 )

Other assets

    (3,352 )   (3,276 )   1,585  

Trade and other payables

    3,605     (1,387 )   4,741  

Provisions

    (43 )   388     160  

Deferred income

    17,128     2,889     13,289  

Net cash used in operating activities

    (8,163 )   (14,291 )   (9,979 )

Cash flows from investing activities:

                   

Acquisition of property and equipment

    (570 )   (2,593 )   (788 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (570 )   (2,593 )   (788 )

Cash flows from financing activities:

                   

Proceeds from issuance of ordinary and preferred shares

    26,624     311     1,631  

Proceeds from borrowings

    762     3,531     9,914  

Repayment of borrowings

        (1,659 )   (2,616 )

Net cash from financing activities

    27,386     2,183     8,929  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    18,653     (14,701 )   (1,838 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

    8,072     25,355     9,191  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    (1,370 )   (1,463 )   (422 )

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 25,355   $ 9,191   $ 6,930  

   

The above consolidated statements of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-7


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

1. Corporate information

          A 1-for-8 reverse share split, effective on June 18, 2016, was approved by Talend S.A. shareholders at the General Meeting of Shareholders on June 1, 2016.

          All share-related disclosures, including nominal values, number of ordinary shares and preferred shares, and net earnings (loss) per share calculations, have been recast to reflect the 1-for-8 reverse share split for all periods presented.

          All ordinary and preferred share data as well as nominal value and subscription prices per share included in these financial statements for all periods presented have been adjusted to reflect the 1-for-8 reverse share split effective on June 18, 2016. The Company has rounded down for any fractional shares. The impact of the one-for-eight reverse share split on the Company's share options, employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee warrants (BSA) was a change to the conversion rate, whereby holders of share options, employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee warrants (BSA) will exercise eight options or warrants for one of the Company's ordinary shares. The number of outstanding share options, employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee warrants (BSA) has not changed due to the one-for-eight reverse share split. The exercise price for each option or warrant that has been granted has also not changed.

          The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Talend S.A. (the "Company") and its subsidiaries (together, "Talend" or the "Group") were authorized for issue by the board of directors on March 15, 2016 except for changes resulting from the 1-for-8 reverse share split, as described in Note 14, which was authorized for issue by the board of directors on June 23, 2016.

          The Company is incorporated in France with its registered office located at 9, rue Pages, 92150 Suresnes. Information on the Group's structure is provided in Note 20, "Group Information".

          Talend's software platform, Talend Data Fabric, integrates data and applications in real-time across modern big data and cloud environments, as well as traditional systems, allowing organizations to develop a unified view of their business and customers.

2. Statement of compliance

          The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") as issued by the International Accounting Standard Board ("IASB") and related interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee.

(a)    New accounting standard and interpretation applied for the first time in the year ended December 31, 2015

          None.

(b)    New accounting standards not yet adopted

          In May 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , which supersedes current revenue recognition requirements. The standard is effective for the Group for financial periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018 with early adoption permitted, and provides alternative approaches to adoption. IFRS 15 requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled to, for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers.

F-8


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

2. Statement of compliance (Continued)

          In July 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 9, Financial Instruments , which replaces IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement , and which provides guidance that may impact the classification and measurement of financial assets and will result in additional disclosures. The standard applies to the classification and measurement of financial instruments, a new credit loss model for calculating impairment on financial assets, and new general hedge accounting requirements. It will be effective for the Group for financial periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, with early adoption permitted.

          The Group is assessing the potential impact of these standards on its consolidated financial statements and, as it relates to the new revenue recognition standard, has not yet decided the adoption approach.

3. Summary of significant accounting policies

          The significant accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. These accounting policies have been consistently applied to all years presented, unless otherwise stated.

          The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for derivative financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss.

(a)    Going concern

          Based on the consolidated financial statements, the Group incurred a net loss of $22.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 and, as of that date, the Group's negative equity is $52.5 million. Furthermore, the Group used $10.0 million of cash in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2015.

          Under IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements , an entity shall prepare financial statements on a going concern basis unless management either intends to liquidate the entity or to cease trading or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

          The Company's board of directors has assessed the Group's ability to continue as a going concern for the next twelve months. The board of directors has considered the Group's cash flow projections and believes that the net cash position at December 31, 2015, together with existing funding arrangements (See Notes 18 and 22), will be sufficient to meet expected cash requirements for at least the next twelve months ending December 31, 2016. Having considered the above, the Company's board of directors concluded that there are no material uncertainties related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt upon the Group's ability to continue as a going concern.

(b)    Principles of consolidation

          The consolidated financial statements include the consolidated statements of financial position, statements of operations, comprehensive loss, change in equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries

F-9


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

3. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. From the date that control ceases, these entities are no longer consolidated.

          The financial statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the Company, using consistent accounting policies. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in the consolidation process.

(c)    Business combinations

          Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method whereby acquired companies are included in the consolidated financial statements from their acquisition date. The consideration transferred in a business combination is measured at fair value, which is calculated as the sum of the acquisition date fair values of the assets transferred to the Company and liabilities assumed by the Company.

          If contingent consideration is identified in an acquisition, it is recorded at fair value determined on the acquisition date using a discounted cash flow model. Subsequently, contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not re-measured while other contingent consideration is re-measured to fair value at each reporting period with gains or losses recorded in profit and loss. The Group elects on a transaction-by-transaction basis whether to measure non-controlling interest at its fair value, or at its proportionate share of the recognized amount of the identifiable net assets, at the acquisition date.

          Transaction costs, other than those associated with the issue of debt or equity securities, which are incurred by the Group in connection with a business combination are expensed as incurred and recorded in general and administrative expenses.

          The Group measures goodwill as the consideration transferred plus the recognized amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity, less the net recognized amount (generally fair value) of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, all measured as of the acquisition date. Goodwill is subsequently measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses. If the net of the acquisition date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed exceeds the sum of the consideration transferred plus the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquired entity, the excess is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as a bargain purchase gain.

(d)    Foreign currency

Functional and presentation currency

          The functional currency for the Company is the Euro; however, these consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars, which is the Company's presentation currency. The management and shareholders of the Company measure performance on a group level using the U.S. dollar.

          The Group determines the functional currency of each subsidiary in accordance with International Accounting Standard ("IAS") 21, The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates , based on the currency of the primary economic environment in which each subsidiary operates,

F-10


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

3. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

and items included in the financial statements of such entity are measured using that functional currency.

Foreign currency transactions

          Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded by the Group entities at their respective functional currency spot rates at the date the transaction first qualifies for recognition. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the functional currency spot rate of exchange at the reporting date. Foreign currency differences arising on translation are generally recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

Translation from functional to presentation currency

          Assets and liabilities of the Company and its subsidiaries are translated from their functional currency into the U.S. dollar presentation currency at the rate of exchange prevailing at the reporting date and their income statements are translated at average exchange rates as long as they represent a reasonable approximation of the exchange rates at the dates of the relevant transactions. The average rate is determined by taking the average of the month-end closing rates, unless such method results in a material distortion.

          The exchange differences arising on translation to the presentation currency for consolidation are recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) and accumulated in the foreign currency translation reserve.

Main exchange rates used for translation

          The main exchange rates used for translation (one unit of each foreign currency converted to USD) are summarized in the following table:

 
  2013   2014   2015  
 
  Closing
rate
  Average
rate
  Closing
rate
  Average
rate
  Closing
rate
  Average
rate
 

Euro (€)

    1.3779     1.3285     1.2101     1.3287     1.0859     1.1095  

Pound Sterling (£)

    1.6573     1.5645     1.5577     1.6472     1.4745     1.5242  

Japanese Yen

    0.0095     0.0103     0.0083     0.0095     0.0083     0.0083  

Chinese Yuan Renminbi (RMB)

    0.1652     0.1627     0.1611     0.1623     0.1540     0.1591  

Swiss Francs (CHF)

    1.1231     1.0760     1.0065     1.0939     0.9975     1.0371  

Canadian Dollar (CAD)

                    0.7225     0.7782  

Australian Dollar (AUD)

                    0.7285     0.7456  

Singapore Dollar (SGD)

                    0.7058     0.7087  

(e)    Revenue recognition

          The Group primarily derives revenue from two sources:

    subscription revenue which is comprised of direct or indirect sales of subscription-based license agreements for Talend technologies; and

F-11


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

3. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

    related professional services revenue.

          The Group recognizes revenue in line with IAS 18, Revenue , when the amount of revenue can be measured reliably, it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the Group, and the stage of completion of the transaction at the end of the reporting period can be measured reliably.

Subscription revenue

          A subscription includes a license to use software, access to technical support and rights to fixes and updates of new versions of the software, on a when-and-if available basis, during the term of the subscription. Subscription revenues are recognized ratably over the contract terms beginning with the commencement date of each subscription agreement, and when all other revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied. Subscription-based arrangements generally have a contractual term of one to three years.

          The Group sells its offerings through two channels: 1) directly to customers, which includes sales by the Group's sales force and 2) indirectly through value added channel partners and resellers. The Group negotiates directly with resellers on contracts to provide its subscriptions as it would with direct customers, and does not have the ability or right to establish pricing between resellers and end users. The Group issues resellers a non-exclusive reseller subscription of its products and resellers function as non-exclusive resellers to market, sell and provide the Group's products and support services to end users. Resellers have discretion with setting the price with the end users and the Group does not bear any of the risks or rewards with regard to the sales made by its resellers to end users. Revenue recognition for indirect customers is the same as for direct customers as the terms of sale are substantially similar.

          Additionally, the Group occasionally enters into arrangements to embed a license or generated code into a third party application or service for which the Group receives a royalty. For royalty lump sum arrangements, revenue is recognized over the term of the royalty agreement. For sales based royalty arrangements, revenue is recognized upon receiving proof of sell-through. Royalty revenue is reported under subscription revenues.

Professional services revenue

          The Group offers professional services which include consulting and training and associated expenses. Consulting services include implementation support to our customers during subscription setup and consist of time-based arrangements for which the revenue is recognized as the services are rendered. Training revenue results from contracts to provide educational services to customers and partners regarding the use of the Group technologies and is recognized as training is delivered.

F-12


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

3. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

Multiple-element arrangements

          The Group can enter into transactions that are multiple-element arrangements where a subscription and consulting and training services are sold together. These elements are recognized separately unless the services are deemed essential to the functionality of the other elements in the arrangement (i.e. the software license).

          The Group first allocates revenue to consulting and training services based on the relative fair value method and allocates any remaining amount to the subscription using the residual method. The Group is able to determine reliably the fair value of a consulting or training services component based on historical pricing for the component or a similar component that has been sold on a standalone basis. The consideration allocated to each component is recognized as revenue when the revenue recognition criteria have been met for the respective component.

          Support is not accounted for separately from the license included in the subscription fee as it is not sold separately as the subscriptions sold by the Group includes both license and support.

Deferred revenue

          Deferred revenue includes future revenue from subscriptions that will be recognized ratably over the remaining term of the contract period, beginning on the commencement date of each contract, and for the undelivered portion of consulting and training services that the customer has prepaid but for which services have not yet been performed.

(f)     Financial instruments

(i)      Non-derivative financial assets

          The Group has the following non-derivative financial assets: deposits, trade receivables and certain other receivables and cash and cash equivalents.

          The Group initially recognizes non-derivative financial assets on the date that they are originated.

    Loans and receivables

          Loans and receivables are financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. Such assets are recognized initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, loans and receivables are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses.

          A valuation allowance for trade receivables is recognized if the recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount.

          Loans and receivables comprise deposits, trade receivables and certain other receivables.

    Cash and cash equivalents

          Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at banks and, if any, highly liquid deposits with original maturities of three months or less, that are readily convertible into a known amount of cash

F-13


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

3. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

and are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an integral part of the Group's cash management, if any, are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the statement of cash flows.

(ii)     Non-derivative financial liabilities

          The Group has the following non-derivative financial liabilities: borrowings and trade and other payables. The Group initially recognizes non-derivative financial liabilities on the date that they are originated. Such financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition these financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

          The Group derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled or expire. The difference between the carrying amount of the financial liability derecognized and the consideration paid and payable is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

(iii)    Derivative instruments

          The Group recognizes derivative financial instruments at the fair value on the date the derivative contracts are entered into, and such instruments are subsequently re-measured to fair value at the end of each reporting period. All changes in fair value are recognized immediately in the consolidated statements of operations.

          The only derivative financial instrument of the Group are the BSA Ratchet warrants. See Note 15 (d) for a discussion on BSA Ratchet warrants.

(iv)    Convertible bonds

          The convertible bonds were classified as compound liabilities because they were redeemable into cash (debt component) or into a variable number of shares (embedded derivative component). They converted into shares in 2013.

(v)     Classification of financial instruments within the fair value hierarchy

          When measuring the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group uses observable market data to the extent possible. IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement , requires disclosure of fair value measurements by level of the following fair value measurement hierarchy:

    Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical financial assets or liabilities.

    Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

    Level 3: inputs that are not based on observable market data.

F-14


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

3. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

          The fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy for a particular asset or liability is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Valuation techniques maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

          Financial instruments not measured at fair value on the Company's consolidated statement of financial position, but which require disclosure of their fair values include: cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and certain other receivables, deposits, trade and other payables and borrowings.

          For cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and certain other receivables, trade and other payables, their fair value is deemed to approximate their carrying amount due to the short term nature of these balances.

          For deposits, as they are not significant, the difference between their fair value and their carrying amount is not deemed significant.

          For borrowings, their fair value was categorized as Level 2 and was estimated based on a discounted cash flow method using a market interest rate for similar borrowings.

          The only instrument measured at fair value on the statement of financial position are the BSA Ratchet warrants which are categorized as Level 3 and which have an immaterial fair value. See Note 15 (d) for a discussion of BSA Ratchet warrants.

(g)    Share capital

    Ordinary shares

          Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

    Preferred shares

          The Group's preferred shares are classified as equity as they are non-redeemable, convertible into a fixed number of ordinary shares, and any dividends are discretionary. Dividends thereon are recognized as distributions within equity upon approval by the Company's shareholders.

    Equity transaction costs

          Incremental and external costs directly attributable to the equity transactions are accounted for as a deduction from equity, net of tax effect, in accordance with paragraphs 35 and 37 of IAS 32, Financial Instruments: Presentation .

(h)    Property and equipment

(i)      Recognition and measurement

          Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Historical cost includes expenditures directly attributable to the acquisition of the assets. Purchased software that is an integral part of the functionality of the related equipment is capitalized as part of that equipment.

F-15


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

3. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

          An item of property and equipment is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset.

          When parts of an item of property and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items (major components) of property and equipment.

          Gains and losses on disposal of an item of property and equipment are determined by comparing the proceeds from disposal with the carrying amount of the property and equipment, and are recognized within the consolidated statements of operations.

(ii)     Depreciation

          Depreciation is calculated over the depreciable amount, which is the cost of an asset, or other amount substituted for cost, less its residual value.

          Depreciation is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each part of an item of property and equipment, or in the case of leasehold improvements and certain leased equipment, over the lease term if shorter, since this most closely reflects the expected pattern of consumption of the future economic benefits embodied in the asset.

          The estimated useful lives for each asset class are as follows:

    leasehold improvements: remainder of lease term

    computer equipment: 3 years

    fixtures and fittings: 3 to 10 years

          Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each year-end and adjusted if appropriate.

(i)      Intangible assets

          Intangible assets include acquired customer relationships, acquired developed technology and acquired in-process research and development technology ("IPR&D technology").

          Intangible assets with finite useful lives that are acquired separately are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses.

          Intangibles acquired through a business combination are recognized separately from goodwill, initially at fair value on the acquisition date (which is regarded as their cost). Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination are reported at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, on the same basis as intangible assets acquired separately.

(i)      Customer relationships

          Customer relationships that were acquired through a business combination in fiscal year 2010, generate business revenue that will likely be repeated by the acquired customers. The customer relationships are amortized over the expected useful life of such relationships.

F-16


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

3. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

          The initial valuation methodology used is generally based on the excess earnings method, which seeks to segregate future cash flows attributable solely to acquired customer relationships. Revenue from acquired customers were estimated to grow at a rate based on management's intent to increase subscription rates over time and reflect the declining probability of repeat business with the acquired customers based on the cumulative probability of retention rates.

(ii)     Acquired developed technology

          Developed technology acquired through a business combination in fiscal year 2010, includes purchased software and a developed internet interface platform using non-proprietary software and hardware. The initial valuation methodology used was based on the relief-from-royalty method. This method is based on the assumption that, in lieu of ownership, a firm would be willing to pay a royalty in order to exploit the related benefits of this asset class. Revenue related to developed technology was estimated using the acquired entity's estimated revenue. A royalty rate of 7.75% was used in the calculation, which represents the royalty rate the Company believed most closely represented similar licensing arrangements of similar assets.

(iii)    In-process research and development technology

          IPR&D technology includes an in process developed internet interface platform that was acquired through a business combination in fiscal year 2010. The initial valuation methodology used was based on the relief-from-royalty method. This method is based on the assumption that, in lieu of ownership, a firm would be willing to pay a royalty in order to exploit the related benefits of this asset class. The IPR&D is not amortized until technical completion is achieved and the asset is available for its intended use. Revenue related to IPR&D was estimated using the acquired entity's estimated revenue. A royalty rate of 5.75% was used in the calculation, which represents the royalty rate the Company believed most closely represented similar licensing arrangements of similar assets.

(iv)    Amortization

          The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed to be either finite or indefinite.

          Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually.

          Amortization of intangible assets with finite lives are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets, from the date that they are available for use, since this most closely reflects the expected pattern of consumption of the future economic benefits embodied in the asset. The amortization expense on intangible assets with finite lives is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in the expense category, consistent with the function of the intangible asset.

F-17


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

3. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

          The estimated useful lives for each intangible asset class are as follows:

Customer relationships   7 - 9   years
Acquired developed technology   3 - 7   years
In-process research and development technology   5 - 7   years

(j)      Impairment

Financial assets

          A financial asset not carried at fair value through profit or loss is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is objective evidence that it is impaired. A financial asset is impaired if objective evidence indicates that a loss event has occurred after the initial recognition of the asset, and that the loss event had a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset that can be estimated reliably.

          An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured at amortized cost is calculated as the difference between its carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset's original effective interest rate. Losses are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and reflected in an allowance account against receivables. Interest on the impaired asset continues to be recognized through the unwinding of the discount. When a subsequent event causes the amount of impairment loss to decrease, the decrease in impairment loss is reversed through the consolidated statements of operations.

Non-financial assets

          Goodwill, intangible assets and property and equipment are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset's recoverable amount is estimated. For goodwill, and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives or that are not yet available for use, the recoverable amount is estimated each year at the same time (at year end).

          For the purpose of impairment testing, assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets (the "cash-generating unit, or CGU"). For the purposes of goodwill impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to the CGUs or the group of CGUs that is expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. This allocation is subject to an operating segment ceiling test and reflects the lowest level at which that goodwill is monitored for internal reporting purposes.

          The Group operates as a single CGU and as a single operating segment.

          An operating segment is defined as a component of an entity for which discrete financial information is available and whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker. The Group's chief operating decision maker is the Group's chief executive officer, who reviews operating results to make decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance based on consolidated financial information. The Group's chief decision maker

F-18


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

3. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

reviews operating results at an entity-wide level and accordingly the Group has determined it operates as one operating segment.

          When the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. Impairment losses are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the CGU on a pro rata basis. Impairment losses relating to goodwill cannot be reversed in future periods.

          The recoverable amount of a CGU is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs of disposal. In determining fair value less costs of disposal, recent market transactions are taken into account, if available. If no such transactions can be identified, an appropriate valuation model is used. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a post-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.

          At December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Group performed its annual impairment test. The recoverable amount of the CGU was determined using a discounted cash flow calculation, along with other value indicators, based on a value-in-use using the following assumptions:

    discount rate of 15.5% at December 31, 2014 and 2015;

    perpetual growth rate used in terminal value of 3% at December 31, 2014 and 2015 respectively; and

    budgeted margins based on past performance and future expectations, adjusted for anticipated revenue growth.

          On this basis, the impairment tests did not result in any impairment losses as of December 31, 2014 and 2015.

(k)    Employee benefits

(i)      Defined contribution plan

          A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a separate entity and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognized as an employee benefit expense in the consolidated statements of operations in the periods during which services are rendered by employees. Prepaid contributions are recognized as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in future payments is available. Contributions to a defined contribution plan that are due more than 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render the service are discounted to their present value.

          The Group's obligations under these plans are recorded in "Trade and other payables". Material defined contribution plans are operated in the following countries: France, the United States, the United Kingdom and Germany.

F-19


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

3. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

(ii)     Defined benefit plan

          A defined benefit plan is a post-employment benefit plan. The Group's net obligation in respect of defined benefit plans is calculated separately for each plan by estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods. That benefit is discounted to determine its present value and recorded in "Provisions".

(iii)    Short-term employee benefits

          Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are expensed as the related service is provided.

          A liability is recognized for the amount expected to be paid under short-term cash bonus plans if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee, and the obligation can be estimated reliably.

(iv)    Share-based payments

          Employees and executives of the Group receive remuneration in the form of share-based payments, whereby they render services as consideration for equity instruments which are considered equity-settled transactions. The cost of equity-settled transactions are recognized, together with a corresponding increase in equity, by reference to the fair value determined at the grant date of the share-based awards, over the period in which the performance and/or service conditions are fulfilled, ending on the date on which the beneficiary becomes fully entitled to the award (the "vesting date"). The cumulative expense recognized for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date reflects the extent to which the vesting period has lapsed and the Group's best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. Share-based awards are expensed on an accelerated method of expense recognition, a graded vesting method, over the vesting period. The Group follows the graded vesting method of expense recognition for the share-based awards, as the awards vest in tranches over the vesting period.

          Determining the fair value of the share-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. The Company calculated the fair value of each option award on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the Company's shares, expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield.

          The estimation of share awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results or updated estimates differ from current estimates, such amounts will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period the estimates are revised. Actual results, and future changes in estimates, may differ substantially from current estimates.

          If an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it had been forfeited on the date of cancellation, and any expense previously recognized for unvested shares is immediately reversed.

F-20


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

3. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

(l)      Provisions

          A provision is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the balance sheet date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The unwinding of the discount is recognized as a finance cost.

(m)   Government grants and other government assistance

          Government grants are recognized initially as deferred income at fair value when there is reasonable assurance that they will be received and the Group will comply with the conditions associated with the grant. Grants that compensate the Group for expenses incurred are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as a reduction of research and development expense on a systematic basis in the same periods in which the expenses are recognized. Grants that compensate the Group for the cost of an asset are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations on a systematic basis over the useful life of the asset.

          The Research Tax Credit ( Crédit d'Impôt Recherche , or "CIR") is a French tax incentive to stimulate research and development conducted in France. Entities that demonstrate that their research expenditures meet the required CIR criteria are able to offset the income tax to be paid, or the remaining portion (if any) can be refunded, at the end of a three fiscal year period. If taxes due are not sufficient to cover the full amount of tax credit at the end of the three year period, the difference is repaid in cash to the entity by the authorities. The CIR is calculated based on the claimed volume of eligible research and development expenditures and as a result, the CIR is deducted from research and development expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

(n)    Finance income and finance costs

          Finance income and finance costs mainly include:

    interest income recognized in the consolidated statements of operations, using the effective interest method;

    Interest expense on borrowings and convertible bonds (until 2013 for the latter) that are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations, using the effective interest method; and

    net foreign exchange gains and losses.

(o)    Income tax

          Income tax expense comprises current income tax payable and deferred tax. Current tax and deferred tax are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations except to the extent that it

F-21


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

3. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

relates to a business combination, or items recognized directly in equity or in other comprehensive income.

          Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are comprised of amounts expected to be recovered from or paid to taxation authorities. The calculation of current tax is based on tax rates and tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

          Deferred tax is recognized in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences, and deferred tax assets, related to unused tax losses, tax credits and deductible temporary differences, are generally recognized to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which those unused tax losses, tax credits and deductible temporary differences can be utilized. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.

          Deferred tax is not recognized for the following temporary differences: the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries. In addition, deferred tax is not recognized for taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.

          Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is settled or the asset realized, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

          Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, and they relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity, or on different taxable entities, but they intend to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis or their tax assets and liabilities will be realized simultaneously.

(p)    Research and development expenses

          Research and development expenses include all direct costs, primarily headcount costs for Group personnel and outside consultants, related to the development of new software products and significant updates and enhancements to existing software products. Research costs are expensed as incurred.

          Amortization expense of acquired developed technology and IPR&D is also included in research and development expense.

          Costs incurred from development of computer software are capitalized only when all the following criteria are met:

    technical feasibility necessary for the completion of the development project;

    intention to complete the project and use or sell it;

    ability to use or sell the intangible asset;

F-22


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

3. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

    future economic benefits are probable;

    technical and financial resources are available to complete the project; and

    expenditures attributable to the project can be measured reliably.

          The Group has assessed the conditions for recognition of an internally generated asset from software development activities and concluded that all criteria were not fulfilled; therefore, no research and development costs have been capitalized.

(q)    Off balance sheet arrangements

          The company has no off balance sheet arrangements other than those disclosed as operating leases in Note 19, "Commitments and Contingencies".

4. Critical accounting estimates and judgments

          The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Management bases its judgments and estimates on historical experience and on other various factors it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the result of which forms the basis of the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates. Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

          The most significant areas that require management judgment and estimates relate to:

    1.
    recognition of revenue;

    2.
    recognition and valuation of the Research Tax Credit;

    3.
    goodwill impairment test;

    4.
    measurement of share-based compensation;

    5.
    defined benefit plan assumptions;

    6.
    capitalization of research and development costs, and;

    7.
    recognition of deferred tax assets.

          The accounting policies for these areas are discussed elsewhere in these Consolidated Financial Statements.

5. Financial risk management

          The main financial risks arising from the Company's activities are foreign currency risk, credit risk and cash flow liquidity risk. The interest rate risk is considered low. Management reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks which are summarized below. The Company's

F-23


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

5. Financial risk management (Continued)

board of directors is made aware of and reviews management's risk assessments prior to entering into significant transactions.

    Foreign currency risk

          The Group is exposed to currency risk on sales, purchases and borrowings that are denominated in a currency other than the respective functional currencies of Group entities, primarily the Euro, but also includes U.S. Dollars (USD), RMB and Pound Sterling.

          Cash deposits are primarily in financial institutions in France, however cash for monthly operating costs of international operations are deposited in banks outside France.

          Given that a significant proportion of revenue and costs are matched at a local level in local currency, management did not consider the risk in 2015 or prior comparative periods to be significant. If there was a mismatch of these costs and revenue within any particular currency and if there was a significant strengthening or weakening of one of the primary currencies in which the Group operates, there is a reporting and currency risk that would need to be mitigated with transfer of cash deposits between countries.

          The effect of a hypothetical 10% change in the Euro exchange rates applicable to our business would have had an approximate impact on our net loss of $1.4 million, $1.7 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. We have not entered into derivatives or hedging transactions as our exposure to foreign currency exchange rates has not been material to our historical operating results, but we may do so in the future if our exposure to foreign currency should become more significant.

    Credit risk

          Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations, and arises principally from the Group's receivables from customers.

          The Group's exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. At December 31, 2014 and 2015, the top ten customers collectively accounted for 23% and 29%, respectively, of the Group trade receivables. The solvency of these major customers and the diversity of the other smaller customers help limit credit risk.

          The Group does not consider that any of its customers or geographic areas present a significant risk of non-collection that could materially impact the financial position of the Group as a whole.

          The Group primarily places its cash and cash equivalents with high-credit quality financial institutions.

    Liquidity risk

          Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. Balances due within 12 months equal their carrying balances as the impact of discounting is not

F-24


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

5. Financial risk management (Continued)

significant. The Group evaluated its liquidity risk based on its cash inflows and outflows for the next 12 months and concluded it to be low, as the Group has sufficient cash as of December 31, 2015 to meet its short-term and long-term cash outflows. The Group's long-term commitments under operating leases, representing its undiscounted future cash outflows, are disclosed in Note 19, "Commitments and Contingencies".

          The following tables present the Group's financial liabilities based on their contractual maturities (amounts disclosed in the tables are the contractual, undiscounted cash flows):

 
  One year
or less
  One to
five years
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

As of December 31, 2015

                   

Trade and other payables

  $ 15,331   $   $ 15,331  

Borrowings

    823     10,337     11,160  

  $ 16,154   $ 10,337   $ 26,491  

 

 
  One year
or less
  One to
five years
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

As of December 31, 2014

                   

Trade and other payables

  $ 13,613   $   $ 13,613  

Borrowings

    2,627     293     2,920  

  $ 16,240   $ 293   $ 16,533  

6. Revenues by geographic region

          The following table sets forth the Group's total revenue by region for the periods indicated (in thousands). The revenues by geography were determined based on the country where the sale took place.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2014   2015  

Americas

  $ 19,908   $ 23,244   $ 33,602  

EMEA

    31,735     37,468     40,201  

Asia Pacific

    1,437     1,869     2,157  

  $ 53,080   $ 62,581   $ 75,960  

          Revenues from our country of domicile, France, totalled approximately $10.5 million, $14.1 million and $14.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

F-25


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

7. Expenses by nature

          Results from operating activities included the following expenses (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015  

Depreciation:

                   

Computer equipment

  $ 342   $ 420   $ 519  

Fixtures and fittings

    105     108     131  

Leasehold improvements

    42     174     336  

Total depreciation

    489     702     986  

Amortization:

                   

Customer relationships

    217     218     182  

Developed technology

    441     315     167  

IPR&D technology

    158     159     133  

Total amortization

  $ 816   $ 692   $ 482  

Total depreciation and amortization

  $ 1,305   $ 1,394   $ 1,468  

Employee benefits expense:

                   

Salaries and wages

  $ 27,421   $ 31,763   $ 36,816  

Variable compensation

    10,074     11,658     14,041  

Payroll taxes

    7,293     8,584     8,830  

Share-based payment expense

    263     1,258     2,357  

Defined contribution plan expense

    439     529     809  

Total employee benefits expense

  $ 45,490   $ 53,792   $ 62,853  

F-26


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

8. Finance income and finance expense

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Finance income

                   

Interest income on bank deposits

  $ 146   $ 33   $ 17  

Gain on sale of financial security

            4  

Net foreign exchange gain

    61     482      

Finance income

    207     515     21  

Finance costs

                   

Interest expense on loans

    (909 )   (81 )   (295 )

Warrant expense on convertible bond

    (1,065 )        

Net foreign exchange loss

            (294 )

Finance expense

    (1,974 )   (81 )   (589 )

Net finance income (loss)

  $ (1,767 ) $ 434   $ (568 )

          In connection with the issuance of convertible bonds in 2012, the Company granted 111,111 warrants exercisable into Series G preferred shares at a price per share of €0.08. The value attributable to the warrants was $1.2 million of which the unamortized portion of $1.1 million was recorded in 2013 upon the early conversion of the convertible bond into Series G preferred shares (See Note 15).

          Interest paid during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 were $0.8 million, $0 and $0.2 million, respectively.

9. Income tax

          The major components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015  

Current income tax:

                   

Current income tax charge

  $ (8 ) $ (180 ) $ (42 )

Adjustment in respect of current income tax of previous year

    (1 )   (19 )   49  

Income tax (expense) benefit

  $ (9 ) $ (199 ) $ 7  

F-27


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

9. Income tax (Continued)

          The following table provides a reconciliation of the income tax expense calculated at the French statutory tax rate to the income tax expense (in thousands).

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015  

Loss before income tax

  $ (19,680 ) $ (22,322 ) $ (22,013 )

At France's statutory income tax rate of 33.33% plus 1.1% surcharge in 2015, 2014 and 2013

    6,776     7,686     7,579  

Effect of different tax rates of subsidiaries operating in countries other than France

    60     (69 )   (455 )

Non-deductible expenses

    (393 )   (760 )   (852 )

Effective change in tax rates

    (34 )   (25 )   (33 )

Deferred tax assets not recognized

    (6,436 )   (7,041 )   (6,310 )

Other items, net

    18     10     78  

Income tax (expense) benefit

  $ (9 ) $ (199 ) $ 7  

          At December 31, 2014 and 2015 the Group had the following deferred tax assets which have not been recognized (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Tax losses

  $ 41,030   $ 43,239  

Other temporary differences

    2,720     2,812  

Total deferred tax assets

  $ 43,750   $ 46,051  

          Deferred tax assets have not been recognized for the above temporary differences since the Group has been in a loss position for the past three years and it is not probable that the Group will generate future taxable income in the near term against which to utilize the temporary differences.

          Gross tax losses expire as follows (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

From 1 to 5 years

  $ 250   $ 231  

Thereafter

    7,444     8,755  

Indefinite

    112,179     117,936  

Total gross tax losses

  $ 119,873   $ 126,922  

F-28


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

10. Property and equipment

          Property and equipment as of December 31, 2015 included the following (in thousands):

Cost
  Computer
Equipment
  Fixtures and
Fittings
  Leasehold
Improvements
  Total  

Balance at January 1, 2015

  $ 2,609   $ 833   $ 1,567   $ 5,009  

Additions

    483     112     176     771  

Disposals

    (68 )   (8 )       (76 )

Transfers

                 

Effect of change in exchange rates

    (126 )   (34 )   (56 )   (216 )

Balance at December 31, 2015

    2,898     903     1,687     5,488  

Depreciation

                         

Balance at January 1, 2015

    1,756     288     246     2,290  

Additions

    519     131     336     986  

Disposals

    (68 )   (8 )       (76 )

Effect of change in exchange rates

    (116 )   26     (19 )   (109 )

Balance at December 31, 2015

  $ 2,091   $ 437   $ 563   $ 3,091  

Carrying amount at December 31, 2015

  $ 807   $ 466   $ 1,124   $ 2,397  

          Property and equipment as of December 31, 2014 included the following (in thousands):

Cost
  Computer
Equipment
  Fixtures and
Fittings
  Leasehold
Improvements
  Total  

Balance at January 1, 2014

  $ 1,975   $ 574   $ 311   $ 2,860  

Additions

    780     495     1,321     2,596  

Disposals

    (8 )   (195 )       (203 )

Transfers

        3     (3 )    

Effect of change in exchange rates

    (138 )   (44 )   (62 )   (244 )

Balance at December 31, 2014

    2,609     833     1,567     5,009  

Depreciation

                         

Balance at January 1, 2014

    1,392     325     89     1,806  

Additions

    420     108     174     702  

Disposals

    (6 )   (153 )       (159 )

Effect of change in exchange rates

    (50 )   8     (17 )   (59 )

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $ 1,756   $ 288   $ 246   $ 2,290  

Carrying amount at December 31, 2014

  $ 853   $ 545   $ 1,321   $ 2,719  

F-29


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

11. Goodwill and intangible assets

Goodwill

          Goodwill consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Cost

             

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 3,813   $ 3,349  

Effect of change in exchange rates

    (464 )   (344 )

Balance at end of period

  $ 3,349   $ 3,005  

Intangible assets

          Intangible assets as of December 31, 2015 included the following (in thousands):

Cost
  Customer
relationships
  Developed
technology
  IPR&D
technology
  Total  

Balance at January 1, 2015

  $ 1,591   $ 1,881   $ 1,012   $ 4,484  

Additions

                 

Effect of change in exchange rates

    (163 )   (191 )   (104 )   (458 )

Balance at December 31, 2015

    1,428     1,690     908     4,026  

Amortization

                         

Balance at January 1, 2015

    811     1,711     518     3,040  

Additions

    182     167     133     482  

Effect of change in exchange rates

    (86 )   (188 )   (56 )   (330 )

Balance at December 31, 2015

  $ 907   $ 1,690   $ 595   $ 3,192  

Carrying amount at December 31, 2015

  $ 521   $   $ 313   $ 834  

F-30


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

11. Goodwill and intangible assets (Continued)

          Intangible assets as of December 31, 2014 included the following (in thousands):

Cost
  Customer
relationships
  Developed
technology
  IPR&D
technology
  Total  

Balance at January 1, 2014

  $ 1,811   $ 2,141   $ 1,152   $ 5,104  

Additions

                 

Effect of change in exchange rates

    (220 )   (260 )   (140 )   (620 )

Balance at December 31, 2014

    1,591     1,881     1,012     4,484  

Amortization

                         

Balance at January 1, 2014

    697     1,691     425     2,813  

Additions

    218     315     159     692  

Effect of change in exchange rates

    (104 )   (295 )   (66 )   (465 )

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $ 811   $ 1,711   $ 518   $ 3,040  

Carrying amount at December 31, 2014

  $ 780   $ 170   $ 494   $ 1,444  

12. Trade receivables

          The Group's trade receivables consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Trade receivables

  $ 18,979   $ 27,365  

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

    (134 )   (503 )

Trade receivable, net

  $ 18,845   $ 26,862  

          The movements in the allowance for doubtful accounts of receivables were as follows (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015  

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 231   $ 244   $ 134  

Charge for the year

    16     (92 )   378  

Write-off of receivable

             

Effect of change in exchange rates

    (3 )   (18 )   (9 )

  $ 244   $ 134   $ 503  

F-31


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

12. Trade receivables (Continued)

          As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, the aging analysis of net trade receivables that were not impaired is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Total   Neither past due
nor impaired
  Past due but not impaired  
 
   
   
  < 30 days
  30 - 90 days
  > 90 days
 

At December 31, 2015

    26,862     24,772     1,742     333     15  

At December 31, 2014

    18,845     17,427     997     367     54  

          At December 31, 2014 and 2015 the past due balances totalled 8% of the total net trade receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts). The related balances are not considered to be impaired.

13. Other balance sheet accounts

Cash and cash equivalents

          Cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Cash at banks

  $ 9,191   $ 6,930  

Total cash and cash equivalents

  $ 9,191   $ 6,930  

Other current and non-current assets

          Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Royalties

  $ 395   $ 330  

Software subscriptions

    736     1,143  

Research tax credit

        806  

Unbilled revenue

    539     437  

Prepaid rent

    176     259  

Prepaid insurance

    132     109  

Other assets

    4,414     1,892  

Total other current assets

  $ 6,392   $ 4,976  

          At December 31, 2014 and 2015, other assets included balances in the amount of $2.3 million and $0, respectively, due from a factoring company.

F-32


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

13. Other balance sheet accounts (Continued)

          Other non-current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Research tax credit

  $ 2,570   $ 2,069  

Deposits

    725     840  

Royalties

    263     148  

Total other non-current assets

  $ 3,558   $ 3,057  

Trade and other payables

          Trade and other payables consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Trade payables

  $ 1,205   $ 1,260  

Employee related and social debts

    7,766     8,419  

VAT payable

    1,946     2,315  

Other taxes

    249     486  

Other current liabilities

    2,447     2,851  

Trade and other payables

  $ 13,613   $ 15,331  

Provisions

          Provisions consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  Severance   Post-retirement
benefits
  Total  

Balance at January 1, 2014

  $ 556   $ 176   $ 732  

Provisions made during the year

    689     130     819  

Amounts used during the year

    (522 )       (522 )

Unused amounts reversed during the year

    (12 )   (7 )   (19 )

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $ 711   $ 299   $ 1,010  

Provisions made during the year

    689         689  

Amounts used during the year

    (860 )       (860 )

Unused amounts reversed during the year

    (4 )   (27 )   (31 )

Balance at December 31, 2015

  $ 536   $ 272   $ 808  

F-33


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

13. Other balance sheet accounts (Continued)

          The provision balance includes severance provisions and estimated legal expenses for disputes with former employees as well as post-employment benefits for the lump sum retirement indemnity required to be paid to French employees.

Deferred revenue

          At December 31, 2014 and 2015, deferred revenue associated with subscriptions accounted for $61.2 million and $70.9 million, respectively, of the total deferred revenue balance of $64.8 million and $74.3 million, respectively. The remaining amount of deferred revenue relates to professional services.

14. 1-for-8 reverse share split

          On June 1, 2016, our shareholders approved a 1-for-8 reverse split of our outstanding shares. Under French law, the reverse share split is effective on June 18, 2016. All share-related disclosures, including nominal values, subscription prices per share, number of ordinary shares and preferred shares, and net earnings (loss) per share calculations, have been recast to reflect the 1-for-8 reverse share split for all periods presented. The impact of the one-for-eight reverse share split on the Company's share options, employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee warrants (BSA) was a change to the conversion rate, whereby holders of share options, employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee warrants (BSA) will exercise eight options or warrants for one of the Company's ordinary shares. The number of outstanding share options, employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee warrants (BSA) has not changed due to the one-for-eight reverse share split. The exercise price for each option or warrant that has been granted has also not changed.

15. Share capital and reserves

(a)    Movements in the periods presented

          All ordinary and preferred share data as well as nominal value and subscription prices per share included in these financial statements for all periods presented have been adjusted to reflect the 1-for-8 reverse share split that is effective on June 18, 2016. The Company has rounded down for any fractional shares.

F-34


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

15. Share capital and reserves (Continued)

          The following table presents (in thousands) the movement in ordinary shares and non-redeemable convertible preferred shares ("preferred shares"):

 
  Ordinary
Shares
  Preferred
Shares
Series B
  Preferred
Shares
Series C
  Preferred
Shares
Series C
Prime
  Preferred
Shares
Series D
  Preferred
Shares
Series E
  Preferred
Shares
Series E
Prime
  Preferred
Shares
Series F
  Preferred
Shares
Series G
  Preferred
Shares
Series H
  Total
Preferred
Shares
 

Balance at January 1, 2013

    23,300     10,922     11,000     3,704     27,273     13,280     2,031     48,913     2,560         119,683  

Effect of 1-for-8 reverse share split that occurred on June 1, 2016

    (20,388 )   (9,557 )   (9,625 )   (3,241 )   (23,864 )   (11,620 )   (1,777 )   (42,799 )   (2,240 )       (104,723 )

Total

    2,912     1,365     1,375     463     3,409     1,660     254     6,114     320         14,960  

Issue of shares under capital increase

                                        1,751     1,751  

Conversion of bond into Series G shares

                                    1,111         1,111  

Issue of shares under exercise of share warrants

                                694             694  

Issue of shares to directors

    538                                          

Exercise of stock options

    177                                          

Balance at December 31, 2013

    3,627     1,365     1,375     463     3,409     1,660     254     6,808     1,431     1,751     18,516  

Exercise of stock options

    86                                          

Balance at December 31, 2014

    3,713     1,365     1,375     463     3,409     1,660     254     6,808     1,431     1,751     18,516  

Issue of shares under exercise of share warrants

                                    111         111  

Issue of preferred shares to executives

                                        105     105  

Issue of shares to executives

    157                                          

Exercise of stock options

    35                                          

Balance at December 31, 2015

    3,905     1,365     1,375     463     3,409     1,660     254     6,808     1,542     1,856     18,732  

          At December 31, 2015, there were 3,905,109 ordinary shares and 18,732,413 preferred shares outstanding, each with a nominal value of €0.08.

(i)
In December 2013, the Company's board of directors acknowledged an increase of the share capital of 694,444 Series F preferred shares with a nominal value of €0.08 at an issue price of €5.28 per share (share premium included), for a total subscription value of €3.6 million. These Series F preferred shares resulted from the exercise of BSA warrants which were granted to financial investors in September 2011 when the investors subscribed to 1,388,889 Series F preferred shares; the warrants entitled the holder to purchase 694,444 Series F preferred shares up to September 2013 (when unexercised warrants would lapse).

(ii)
In December 2013, the Company's board of directors acknowledged an increase of share capital of 1,111,111 Series G preferred shares, further to converting bonds held by an investor, for a total subscription value of €9.2 million.

The related convertible bonds comprised: 4,444,444 bonds subscribed in April 2012 for €1.02 each, and 4,444,444 bonds subscribed in October 2012 for €1.04 each.

F-35


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

15. Share capital and reserves (Continued)

    On issuance of the convertible bonds, the shareholders had approved the issuance of 888,888 BSA warrants exercisable into 111,111 Series G preferred shares at a price per share of €0.08 (See Note 8).

(iii)
In December 2013, the Company's shareholders approved an increase of the share capital of 1,750,565 Series H preferred shares to financial investors at a price of €8.40 per share (share premium included), for a total subscription value of €14.7 million.

(iv)
In July and December 2013, the Group's board of directors approved the issuance of 538,078 ordinary shares (See Note 16(d)) to a current and a former company executive officers at a nominal value of €0.08 per share for a total subscription value of €43,000.

(v)
In June 2015, the Company's board of directors acknowledged an increase of the share capital by a nominal value of €9,000 as a result of the issuance at nominal value of 111,111 Series G preferred shares upon the exercise of BSA warrants related to the above-mentioned convertible bonds.

(vi)
In June 2015, the Company's board of directors approved the issuance of (i) 104,855 Series H preferred shares with a nominal value of €0.08 at an issue price of €8.40 per share (share premium included) for a total subscription value of €0.9 million to a current Company director (See Note 16(e)), (ii) 46,651 ordinary shares with a nominal value of €0.08 at an issue price of €9.44 per share (share premium included) for a total subscription value of €0.4 million and of (iii) 110,281 ordinary shares (See Note 16(d)) at par value for a total subscription value equal to €8,000.

          In 2013, 2014 and 2015, the Company's board of directors acknowledged increases in share capital as a result of the issuance of 177,548, 85,599, and 34,529 ordinary shares, respectively, upon the exercise of share options and employee warrants (BSA and BSPCE) classified as share-based payments (See Note 16), representing a total amount of €0.6 million, €0.2 million and €0.2 million (share premium included), respectively.

(b)    Ordinary shares

          Shares have a nominal value of €0.08 (after the effect of a 1-for-8 reverse share split was approved at the Talend S.A. General Meeting of Shareholders on June 1, 2016 and effective on June 18, 2016). Each ordinary share is entitled to one vote.

F-36


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

15. Share capital and reserves (Continued)

(c)    Preferred shares

          As of December 31, 2015, the preferred shares have a nominal value of €0.08 (after the effect of a 1-for-8 reverse share split approved at the Talend S.A. General Meeting of Shareholders on June 1, 2016 and effective on June 18, 2016) and are comprised as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 
  Shares
Authorized
  Shares
issued and
outstanding
  Amount  

Preference shares:

                   

Series B preference shares

    1,365     1,365   $ 1,915  

Series C preference shares

    1,375     1,375   $ 3,451  

Series C Prime preference shares

    463     463   $ 1,552  

Series D preference shares

    3,409     3,409   $ 13,162  

Series E preference shares

    1,660     1,660   $ 7,576  

Series E Prime preference shares*

    254     254   $ 4  

Series F preference shares

    6,808     6,808   $ 39,214  

Series G preference shares

    1,542     1,542   $ 15,869  

Series H preference shares

    1,856     1,856   $ 21,203  

    18,732     18,732   $ 103,946  

*
Series E Prime was issued as a conversion from ordinary shares held by investors.

          A new category of preferred share was created and issued with each financing round. The primary preference element for these categories relates to their liquidation preference in the event of sale or liquidation of the Company.

    Conversion

          All categories of preferred shares have the right to convert at the option of the holder at any time on a one-to-one basis, subject to certain adjustments for anti-dilution. Upon affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66.66% of the Series B, Series C, Series C Prime, Series D, Series E, Series E Prime, Series F, Series G and Series H preferred shares, each preferred share will convert into one ordinary share in the event of an underwritten initial public offering of the Company's ordinary shares with a per share price of at least $21.60, as adjusted for future dilutive transactions, and aggregate gross offering proceeds of not less than $25.0 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions.

    Dividend rights

          The shareholders of the Company through a shareholder meeting can decide to reserve a portion of the earnings to distribute dividends. If such a reserve has been decided by the shareholders meetings, payment of the dividend must occur within nine months after the end of the fiscal year. The shareholders meeting can decide to give the option to the shareholders whether

F-37


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

15. Share capital and reserves (Continued)

payment of these dividends will be in shares or in cash. No dividends were declared or paid by the Company in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015.

    Voting rights

          Except as otherwise required by law, each holder of preferred shares is entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of preferred shares held at the record date.

    Liquidation rights

          In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company either voluntary or involuntary, holders of preferred shares are entitled to receive, from the net proceeds of the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company, after repayment of the par value of each share, repayment of liabilities and payment of the liquidation expenses, but prior and in preference to any distribution of assets to holders of ordinary shares, the greater of i) the amount per share identified in the table above; or ii) the amount per share payable as if all preferred shares are converted into ordinary shares on a one-to-one basis immediately prior to such liquation or dissolution.

          If the net proceeds are insufficient to make payment in full to the holders of preferred shares as set forth above, then the net proceeds shall be distributed pro-rata to the holders of shares in the following priority: Series H, Series G, Series F, Series E and E Prime, Series D, Series C Prime, Series C, and Series B. Thereafter, the remaining net proceeds, if any, shall be allocated pro-rata to each holder of ordinary shares.

(d)    BSA Ratchet warrants

          BSA Ratchet warrants have been granted to certain of the Company's investors and are exercisable only if and when the fair value of the Company's shares are lower than the subscription price of the preferred shares to which the BSA Ratchet warrants are related. These BSA Ratchet warrants were accounted for as derivative financial instruments. At each of the reporting dates, the fair value of these warrants was immaterial, because the Company does not anticipate the fair value of shares to become lower than the last financing round. Therefore, it is considered unlikely that these warrants will be exercised. In the event of an initial public offering, the BSA Ratchet warrants will be cancelled automatically pursuant to their terms and conditions.

(e)    Other reserves

          French law requires that the holders of warrants be protected against an increase in the cost of the nominal value of the Company's shares. A specific non-distributable reserve was set up for this purpose in June 2011 and can be used only on exercise of the warrants outstanding at that date. This reserve must remain outstanding until the last related warrant has expired.

          In compliance with French law, should the related warrants be exercised, the holder would pay the exercise price agreed at grant date and the balance would be borne by the Company. This balance would be transferred from "other reserves" to "share premium" at that date. There were no such movements during the three year period ended December 31, 2015.

F-38


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

16. Share-based payment plans

          As a result of the 1-for-8 reverse share split, effective on June 18, 2016, the conversion rate of the Company's share options, employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee warrants (BSA) is adjusted to reflect a 1-for-8 conversion rate, whereby holders of share options, employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee warrants (BSA) will exercise 8 options or warrants for 1 of the Company's ordinary shares. The number of outstanding share options, employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee warrants (BSA) has not changed due to the 1-for-8 reverse share split. The exercise price for each option or warrant that has been granted has also not changed. All share data and subscription prices per share have been adjusted to reflect the 1-for-8 reverse share split for all periods presented. The Company has rounded down for any fractional shares. The following table illustrates the number of options and warrants outstanding and weighted-average exercise prices ("WAEP") of share options and employee warrants during the period (in thousands, except WAEP):

 
  Number of
share
options
  Number of
employee
BSPCE
warrants
  Number of
employee
BSA
warrants
  WAEP
per option/
warrant
 

Balance at January 1, 2013

    6,856     3,344     510   $ 0.41  

Increase in authorized shares

                 

Granted during the year

    8,168     1,000         0.62  

Forfeited during the year

    (2,527 )   (837 )       0.47  

Exercised during the year

    (1,241 )       (180 )   0.43  

Balance at December 31, 2013

    11,256     3,507     330   $ 0.53  

Increase in authorized shares

                 

Granted during the year

    3,711     1,135         0.95  

Forfeited during the year

    (1,759 )   (530 )       0.57  

Exercised during the year

    (633 )   (52 )       0.37  

Balance at December 31, 2014

    12,575     4,060     330   $ 0.65  

Increase in authorized shares

                 

Granted during the year

    5,831     471         1.23  

Forfeited during the year

    (1,545 )   (392 )       0.67  

Exercised during the year

    (73 )   (203 )       0.30  

Balance at December 31, 2015

    16,788     3,936     330   $ 0.82  

          The weighted-average remaining contractual life for share options and employee warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, was 8.9 years, 8.3 years and 7.9 years, respectively.

          At December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, there were a total number of shares options, employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee warrants (BSA) available for grant under the Company's share pool reserve of 2,917,319, 6,264,580 and 4,747,827 options, respectively, representing potential shares for 364,664, 783,072 and 593,478 respectively.

          In general, vesting of share options and warrants occurs over four years, with 25% on the one year anniversary of the grant and 1/16th on a quarterly basis thereafter. Options have a contractual

F-39


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

16. Share-based payment plans (Continued)

life of ten years. Individuals must continue to provide services to the Group in order to vest. Upon termination, all unvested options are forfeited and vested options must generally be exercised within three months. All expenses related to these plans have been recorded in the consolidated statements of operations in the same line items as the related employee's cash-based compensation.

(a)    Share options

          The board of directors has approved Share Option Plans for the granting of share options to employees outside of France. The board of directors adopted the 2014 Share Option Plan, the 2013 Share Option Plan, the 2012 Share Option Plan, the 2011 Share Option Plan and the 2010 Share Option Plan (collectively, the "Share Option Plans"). The terms of the Share Option Plans are substantially the same and at this time new share option grants may only be made pursuant to the 2014 Share Option Plan. Share options may be granted to any individual employed by the Group.

          In addition, under French law, the maximum number of shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding employee share options may not exceed one-third of the outstanding share capital on a non-diluted basis as at the date of grant. Share options may be granted under the 2014 Share Option Plan until June 18, 2016. As of December 31, 2015, 6,794,800 share options exercisable for an aggregate of 849,350 ordinary shares, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.63 per option were outstanding.

F-40


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

16. Share-based payment plans (Continued)

          The following table summarizes information about share options outstanding at December 31, 2015 (in thousands, except exercise price per option and per option fair value):

Date of board of directors meeting authorizing grant
  Exercise
Price
per option
  Number of
share options
outstanding
  Number
exercisable
  Grant date fair
value per
option
 

June 11, 2010

  $ 0.46     449     448   $ 0.06  

November 9, 2010

    0.24     6     6     0.10  

February 16, 2011

    0.24     678     678     0.10  

June 29, 2011

    0.24     8     8     0.10  

April 25, 2012

    0.55     840     748     0.03  

April 30, 2012

    0.55     277     263     0.03  

September 21, 2012

    0.62     482     385     0.03  

February 1, 2013

    0.62     75     52     0.02  

June 12, 2013

    0.62     466     445     0.02  

December 17, 2013

    0.62     5,045     2,522     0.02  

April 24, 2014

    0.62     908     341     0.44  

October 24, 2014

    1.15     428     102     0.44  

December 18, 2014

    1.15     1,295     261     0.44  

February 6, 2015

    1.15     3,505     536     0.44  

April 24, 2015

    1.29     671         0.44  

July 23, 2015

    1.34     677         0.45  

October 20, 2015

    1.34     978         0.45  

          16,788     6,795        

(b)    Employee warrants (BSPCE)

          In addition, the board of directors has been authorized by the shareholders' general meeting to grant BSPCE (" bons de souscription de parts de créateur d'entreprise or employee warrants") to employees who are French tax residents as they carry favorable tax and social security treatment for French tax residents. Employee warrants (BSPCE) are a specific type of option to acquire ordinary shares available to qualifying companies in France that meet certain criteria. Otherwise, employee warrants (BSPCE) function in the same manner as share options.

          As of December 31, 2015, 2,573,338 employee warrants exercisable (BSPCE) for an aggregate of 321,667 ordinary shares, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.47 per warrant were outstanding.

F-41


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

16. Share-based payment plans (Continued)

          The following table summarizes information about employee warrants outstanding at December 31, 2015 (in thousands, except exercise price per warrant and per warrant fair value):

Date of board of directors
meeting authorizing grant
  Exercise
Price
per warrant
  Number of
employee
warrants (BSPCE)
outstanding
  Number
exercisable
  Grant date fair
value per
employee
warrant (BSPCE)
 

June 30, 2008

  $ 0.29     202     203   $ 0.01  

November 5, 2010

    0.38     348     348     0.06  

June 11, 2010

    0.46     214     214     0.06  

February 16, 2011

    0.24     799     799     0.10  

April 25, 2012

    0.55     300     300     0.03  

April 30, 2012

    0.55     217     207     0.03  

September 21, 2012

    0.62     282     229     0.03  

October 24, 2014

    1.15     360     90     0.44  

December 18, 2014

    1.15     742     183     0.44  

February 6, 2015

    1.15     3         0.44  

April 24, 2015

    1.29     394         0.44  

July 23, 2015

    1.34     28         0.45  

October 20, 2015

    1.34     47         0.45  

          3,936     2,573        

(c)    Employee warrants (BSA)

          The Company's board of directors granted employee warrants (otherwise known as " bons de souscription d'actions " or "BSA warrants") to Company executives in June 2008 and November 2009. In addition to any exercise price payable by a holder upon the exercise of any BSA warrant, pursuant to the relevant shareholders' delegation to the board, such warrants need to be subscribed for at a price at least equal to 5% of the exercise price which represents the fair market value of the underlying ordinary shares at grant date.

          As December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, there were 330,000 BSA warrants outstanding. This is comprised of 150,000 BSA warrants with an exercise price of €0.35 per warrant, and 180,000 BSA warrants with an exercise price of €0.27 per warrant.

          The sole movement in BSA warrants during the three year period ended December 31, 2015 was in November 2013, when a former Company executive exercised BSA warrants and the Company issued 22,500 ordinary shares for a total subscription amount of €0.1 million.

(d)    Restricted shares

          The Company entered into agreements with certain current and former executives of the Company, which allowed the executives to purchase ordinary shares at the nominal price of €0.08. The shares are restricted in that the Company has the right to repurchase the shares back from the executives and cancel such shares during a vesting period in which the executives have service

F-42


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

16. Share-based payment plans (Continued)

conditions to meet. The Company is able to repurchase the shares from the executives at the nominal price of €0.08 during a vesting period. The Company's right to repurchase the shares lapses over a four year period, with 25% on the one year anniversary of the grant and either monthly or 1/16th on a quarterly basis thereafter.

          In 2013, the board of directors cancelled the right to repurchase 109,191 Restricted shares for one of the executive officers at the termination of his employment with the Company. At December 31, 2013, 2014, and 2015, the Company had 428,887, 321,665, and 325,068 Restricted shares outstanding, respectively. See Note 15(iv) and (vi) for the grant activity.

(e)    Series H preferred shares

          In connection with the terms of one of the Company's executive officers employment agreement, the board of directors approved, at the June 2015 meeting, the issuance of 104,855 Series H preferred shares with a nominal value of €0.08 at an issue price of €8.40 per share (share premium included) for a total subscription amount of €0.9 million. There are no performance or service conditions.

(f)     Fair value of share-based payments

          Determining the fair value of the share-based payments at the grant date requires judgment. The Company calculated the fair value of each instrument on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the Company's shares, expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield.

    Fair value of underlying shares

          Given the absence of a publicly traded market, the board of directors considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of its share price. The factors included, but were not limited to: (i) contemporaneous third-party valuations; (ii) the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of the Group's preferred shares relative to those of the Group's ordinary shares; (iii) the lack of marketability of the Group's shares; (iv) the Group's actual operating and financial results; (v) current business conditions and projections; and (vi) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering, given prevailing market conditions.

    Exercise price

          The exercise price is established on the grant date and is determined by the board of directors.

    Risk-free interest rate

          The risk-free interest rate represents the implied yield currently available on zero-coupon government issued securities over the expected term of the option.

F-43


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

16. Share-based payment plans (Continued)

    Expected term

          The Company determines the expected term based on the average period the share options are expected to remain outstanding.

    Volatility

          There is no active external or internal market for the shares of the Group. As a substitute, a peer group of companies was used to calculate volatility in accordance with Appendix B (paragraph 27 to 29) of IFRS 2, Share-based Payment .

    Dividend yield

          The dividend yield of zero is based on the fact that the Group expects to invest cash in operations and has never paid cash dividends on its ordinary shares.

          The Company estimated the following assumptions for the calculation of the fair value of the share options and employee warrants:

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2013   2014   2015  

Fair value of underlying shares

  $ 9.20   $ 9.92   $ 10.96  

Expected volatility

    36.5 %   35.0 %   40.0 %

Risk-free interest rate

    0.78 %   0.67 %   0.37 %

Expected term (in years)

    4.00     4.00     4.00  

Dividend yield

    %   %   %

(g)    Compensation expense

          For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, the Group recorded compensation expense as follows (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015  

Share options

  $   $ 302   $ 1,035  

Employee BSPCE warrants

    28     16     244  

Restricted shares

    235     940     910  

Series H Preferred Shares

            168  

Total share-based compensation expense

  $ 263   $ 1,258     2,357  

F-44


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

16. Share-based payment plans (Continued)

          Cost of revenue and operating expenses include employee share-based compensation expense as follows (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015  

Cost of revenue—subscription

  $   $ 2   $ 78  

Cost of revenue—professional services

        26     61  

Sales and marketing

        178     793  

Research and development

        31     302  

General and administrative

    263     1,021     1,123  

Total share-based compensation expense

  $ 263   $ 1,258   $ 2,357  

          As of December 31, 2015, there was:

    $3.8 million total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested employee share options that are expected to vest and the cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.8 years;

    $0.5 million total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested employee warrants (BSPCE) that are expected to vest and the cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.9 years;

    $2.8 million total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested restricted shares that are expected to vest and the cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.5 years.

          There is no unrecognized compensation expense related to employee warrants (BSA) or Series H preferred shares.

17. Earnings (loss) per share

          Basic earnings (loss) per share amounts are calculated by dividing net income (loss) for the year attributable to all shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of all shares outstanding during the year. Basic earnings (loss) per share have been computed for all periods presented to give effect to a 1-for-8 reverse share split of Company's share capital approved by Talend S.A. General Meeting of Shareholders on June 1, 2016 and effective as of June 18, 2016.

          Diluted earnings (loss) per share amounts are calculated by dividing the net income (loss) for the period attributable to all shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of shares that would be issued on the exercise of all dilutive share options, warrants and the conversion of all convertible preferred shares. Potential ordinary shares shall be treated as dilutive when their conversion to ordinary shares would decrease net income per share or increase net loss per share from continuing operations. Given that this is not that case for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, diluted loss per share is equal to basic loss per share.

F-45


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

17. Earnings (loss) per share (Continued)

          The net loss and weighted average number of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share are as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015  

Numerator (basic and diluted):

                   

Net loss

  $ (19,689 ) $ (27,521 ) $ (22,521 )

Denominator (basic and diluted):

                   

Weighted-average ordinary shares outstanding

    3,075     3,696     3,803  

Basic and diluted net loss per share

  $ (6.40 ) $ (6.09 ) $ (5.79 )

18. Borrowings

          The principal balances of outstanding borrowings under lines of credit with banks and financial institutions were as follows (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Factoring debt

  $ 2,438   $ 8  

BPI France

    413     213  

Square 1 Bank

        9,915  

Other

    7     6  

Total

  $ 2,858   $ 10,142  

Current borrowings

  $ 2,607   $ 151  

Non-current borrowings

  $ 251   $ 9,991  

          In May 2015, one of the Company's subsidiaries entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Square 1 Bank, or Square 1. The agreement provides a $15.0 million revolving line of credit (including ancillary and letter of credit sub-facilities) maturing in May 2017 of which $11.0 has been drawn down, subject to a maximum loan amount based on a formula related to the value of the subscription revenue of the Company and its subsidiaries. The interest rate on outstanding amounts is Square 1's "prime rate" plus 2.50%, but not be less than 5.75% per annum, payable monthly in arrears. The Loan and Security Agreement requires us to maintain minimum billings and minimum cash flow and contains certain customary affirmative and negative covenants. We were in compliance with each of these covenants as of December 31, 2015. The agreement also contains certain customary events of default, the occurrence of which could result in the acceleration of the obligations under the agreement. A default rate of 2.00% plus the applicable interest rate applies to all obligations during an event of default and on the amount of any advance in excess of the maximum amount. The Company and its U.S. and UK subsidiaries have guaranteed the obligations and, together with the co-borrowers, pledged substantially all of our assets as collateral under the Loan and Security Agreement and the related collateral documents.

F-46


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

18. Borrowings (Continued)

          BPI France provides advances for research and development projects which are reimbursable should the project be successful. One successful project has been funded, Project Diamond, for a total of $0.9 million (paid in 2010 for $0.4 million and in 2013 for $0.5 million). This advance is being repaid quarterly from December 2013 to September 2017. The loan is interest free but is presented at fair value. As of December 31, 2015, the balance of the Project Diamond advance is $0.3 million.

          As of December 31, 2015, the balance of factoring liability represents French accounts receivable amounts advanced by a factoring company as of December 31, 2015 and are potentially repayable as the risk is not transferred to the factor. The amounts are shown gross and are also included in accounts receivable. On receipt of these funds by the factor from the end customer, this liability is extinguished. They are non-interest bearing but a fee is payable by transaction.

19. Commitments and contingencies

    Covenants and guarantees in relation to the Square 1 Loan and Security Agreement

          See Note 18.

    Operating lease commitments

          The Group leases various offices in locations such as France, the United States, the United Kingdom and Germany under non-cancellable operating leases expiring within 1 to 7 years. The leases have varying terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights. On renewal, the terms of the leases are renegotiated. The Group incurred rent expense on its operating leases of $1.8 million during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, $2.3 million during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

          Future minimum undiscounted lease payments under operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Operating
leases
 
 
  As of
December 31,
2015
 

2016

  $ 2,494  

2017

    2,136  

2018

    1,756  

2019

    1,509  

2020

    1,512  

Thereafter

    1,508  

Total future minimum lease payments

  $ 10,915  

F-47


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

19. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

    Capital commitments

          As of December 31, 2015, the Company had no capital commitments to acquire fixed or other long-lived assets.

    Contingencies

          From time to time, the Group has been, and may become, involved in claims or legal proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of its business. The Group provides for a reserve against such third-party contingent liabilities when a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. The Group currently believes that resolving the claims and legal proceedings pending at December 31, 2015, will neither individually nor in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the results of operations, cash flow or the financial position of the Group.

20. Related party transactions

          There is no single investor who has the ability to control the Group. However the following investors own at least 20% of the fully diluted share capital of the Company: IDinvest Partners, Silver Lake Sumeru and Balderton Capital.

          Bpifrance Financement, an affiliate of Bpifrance Investissement, granted conditional advances of $0.9 million, as described in Note 18. The remaining unpaid balance as of December 31, 2015 was $0.2 million.

          One of the Group's founders and current board member is on the board of directors of a technological partner with which the Group has a number of transactions. The total transactions with the technological partner were as follows (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015  

Amounts invoiced to technological partner

  $ 11   $ 11   $  

Outstanding balance

             

                 

Amounts billed from technological partner

    873     1,140     1,025  

Outstanding balance

    80     39     19  

          In addition to their salaries, the Group also provides non-cash benefits to directors and executive officers, and contributes to a defined contribution plan on their behalf. Non-cash benefits include the Group's share option program, Restricted shares, BSA warrants and Series H preferred shares (See Note 16).

F-48


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

20. Related party transactions (Continued)

          Key management personnel compensation was comprised of (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2015  

Wages and bonus

  $ 2,970   $ 3,246   $ 2,980  

Other remuneration

    191     98     67  

Post-employement benefits

    81     31     32  

Share-based payments

    208     1,076     1,234  

Total

  $ 3,450   $ 4,451   $ 4,313  

          The Company has also made the commitment to one of the directors that, in the case of termination by the Company without cause, the director would receive six months' salary and a proportion of the annual bonus (based on the number of months worked in the final year of employment).

21. Group information

          As of December 31, 2015, the Group's subsidiaries, all of which are wholly-owned, are as follows:

Name
  Country of
Incorporation
Talend, Inc.    United States of America
Talend USA, Inc.    United States of America
Talend Limited   United Kingdom
Talend Beijing Co. Ltd.    China
Talend KK   Japan
Talend Limited   Ireland
Talend GmbH   Switzerland
Talend GmbH Germany   Germany
Talend (Canada) Limited   Canada
Talend Australia Pty Ltd.    Australia
Talend Singapore Pte. Ltd.    Singapore

22. Subsequent events

          On March 7, 2016, the Company executed an amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement with Square 1 that, among other things, increased the revolving line of credit from a maximum of $15.0 million to a maximum of $20.0 million.

          In the first quarter of 2016, the Company granted BSA warrants to a director of the board, exercisable into 37,500 ordinary shares.

F-49


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

22. Subsequent events (Continued)

          Between January 1, 2016 and March 15, 2016, the Company issued 3,195 ordinary shares upon the exercise of vested employee warrants (BSPCE), 37,657 ordinary shares upon the exercise of share options, and 41,250 ordinary shares upon the exercise of BSA warrants.

          On June 1, 2016, our shareholders approved a 1-for-8 reverse split of our outstanding shares. Under French law, the reverse share split is effective on June 18, 2016.

F-50


Table of Contents


TALEND S.A.

UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
   
  Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
 
  Notes   2015   2016  

Revenue

                 

Subscriptions

      $ 13,761   $ 19,297  

Professional services

        3,280     3,459  

Total revenue

  5     17,041     22,756  

Cost of revenues

                 

Subscriptions

        2,004     2,494  

Professional services

        2,803     2,794  

Total cost of revenues

        4,807     5,288  

Gross profit

        12,234     17,468  

Operating expenses

                 

Sales and marketing

        11,488     14,876  

Research and development

        3,525     4,278  

General and administrative

        3,334     4,259  

Total operating expenses

        18,347     23,413  

Loss from operations

        (6,113 )   (5,945 )

Financial income

        230     859  

Financial expense

        (9 )   (156 )

Loss before income tax expense

        (5,892 )   (5,242 )

Income tax (expense) benefit

  6     2     (25 )

Net loss for the period (1)

      $ (5,890 ) $ (5,267 )

Net loss per share attributable to ordinary stockholders:

                 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

  10   $ (1.58 ) $ (1.34 )

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute net loss per share attributable to ordinary stockholders:

                 

Shares used in basic and diluted net loss per share

        3,735     3,918  

(1)
The loss for the period is wholly attributable to the owners of the Company

   

The above unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of operations should be
read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-51


Table of Contents


TALEND S.A.

UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands)

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2015   2016  

Net loss for the period

  $ (5,890 ) $ (5,267 )

Other comprehensive income (loss)

             

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit and loss:

             

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    2,105     (1,626 )

Tax effect on foreign exchange differences

         

Total comprehensive loss for the period

  $ (3,785 ) $ (6,893 )

   

The above unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss should be
read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-52


Table of Contents


TALEND S.A.

UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

(in thousands)

 
  Notes   As of
December 31,
2015
  As of
March 31,
2016
 

Assets

                   

Current assets:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

        $ 6,930   $ 9,429  

Trade receivables, net

    7     26,862     19,734  

Other current assets

          4,976     6,576  

Total current assets

          38,768     35,739  

Non-current assets:

                   

Property and equipment, net

          2,397     2,641  

Goodwill

          3,005     3,152  

Intangible assets, net

          834     794  

Other non-current assets

          3,057     2,946  

Total non-current assets

          9,293     9,533  

Total assets

        $ 48,061   $ 45,272  

Liabilities

                   

Current liabilities:

                   

Trade and other payables

        $ 15,331   $ 14,601  

Provisions

          536     561  

Deferred revenue

          49,679     55,306  

Borrowings

    11     151     225  

Total current liabilities

          65,697     70,693  

Non-current liabilities:

                   

Provisions

          272     305  

Deferred revenue

          24,584     21,738  

Borrowings

    11     9,991     10,999  

Total non-current liabilities

          34,847     33,042  

Total liabilities

          100,544     103,735  

Equity

                   

Share capital

    8     2,450     2,457  

Share premium

          94,931     95,206  

Foreign currency translation reserve

          2,014     388  

Share-based payments reserve

          4,580     5,211  

Other reserves

          8,371     8,371  

Accumulated losses

          (164,829 )   (170,096 )

Total shareholders' equity (deficit)

          (52,483 )   (58,463 )

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity (deficit)          

        $ 48,061   $ 45,272  

   

The above unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of financial position should be
read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-53


Table of Contents


TALEND S.A.

UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(in thousands)

 
  Share
capital
  Share
premium
  Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
  Share-based
payments
reserve
  Other
reserves
  Accumulated
loss
  Total
equity
 

Balance at January 1, 2015

  $ 2,414   $ 93,336   $ (314 ) $ 2,223   $ 8,371   $ (142,823 ) $ (36,793 )

Comprehensive loss:

                                           

Net loss for the period

                        (5,890 )   (5,890 )

Other comprehensive loss

            2,105                 2,105  

Total comprehensive loss for the period

            2,105             (5,890 )   (3,785 )

Issuance of ordinary and preferred shares

                             

Exercise of warrants

    10                         10  

Exercise of stock awards

    2     123                     125  

Share-based compensation

                413             413  

Balance at March 31, 2015

  $ 2,426   $ 93,459   $ 1,791   $ 2,636   $ 8,371   $ (148,713 ) $ (40,030 )

Balance at January 1, 2016

  $ 2,450   $ 94,931   $ 2,014   $ 4,580   $ 8,371   $ (164,829 ) $ (52,483 )

Comprehensive loss:

                                           

Net loss for the period

                        (5,267 )   (5,267 )

Other comprehensive loss

            (1,626 )               (1,626 )

Total comprehensive loss for the period

            (1,626 )           (5,267 )   (6,893 )

Exercise of warrants

    3     106                     109  

Exercise of stock awards

    4     169                     173  

Share-based compensation

                631             631  

Balance at March 31, 2016

  $ 2,457   $ 95,206   $ 388   $ 5,211   $ 8,371   $ (170,096 ) $ (58,463 )

   

The above unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of changes in equity should be
read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-54


Table of Contents


TALEND S.A.

UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2015   2016  

Cash flows from operating activities:

             

Net loss for the period

  $ (5,890 ) $ (5,267 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash from operating activities:

             

Depreciation

    209     267  

Amortization of intangible assets

    127     79  

Unrealized gain foreign exchange

    (324 )   (1,009 )

Non-cash finance costs

    6     1  

Share-based compensation

    413     631  

Income tax for the period

    (2 )   (25 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Trade receivables

    3,080     7,665  

Other assets

    1,021     (220 )

Trade and other payables

    2,070     (1,324 )

Provisions

    (97 )   (56 )

Deferred income

    (214 )   1,470  

Net cash from operating activities

    399     2,212  

Cash flows from investing activities:

             

Acquisition of property and equipment

    (100 )   (477 )

Net cash from (used in) investing activities

    (100 )   (477 )

Cash flows from financing activities:

             

Proceeds from issuance of ordinary and preferred shares

    135     282  

Deferred share issuance costs

        (854 )

Proceeds from borrowings

        998  

Repayment of borrowings

    (1,256 )    

Net cash from financing activities

    (1,121 )   426  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (822 )   2,161  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

    9,191     6,930  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    (173 )   338  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 8,196   $ 9,429  

   

The above unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of cash flows should be
read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-55


Table of Contents

1. Corporate information

          The Company is incorporated in France with its registered office located at 9, rue Pages, 92150 Suresnes.

          Talend's software platform, Talend Data Fabric, integrates data and applications in real-time across modern big data and cloud environments, as well as traditional systems, allowing organizations to develop a unified view of their business and customers.

          The accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements of Talend S.A. (the "Company") and its subsidiaries (together, "Talend" or the "Group") were authorized for issue by the board of directors on May 3, 2016, except for changes resulting from the 1-for-8 reverse share split, as described in Note 9, which was authorized for issue by the board of directors on June 23, 2016

          A 1-for-8 reverse share split, effective on June 18, 2016, was approved by Talend S.A. Shareholders at the General Meeting of Shareholders on June 1, 2016.

          All share-related disclosures, including nominal values, number of ordinary shares and preferred shares, and net earnings (loss) per share calculations, have been recast to reflect the 1-for-8 reverse share split for all periods presented.

          All ordinary and preferred share data as well as nominal value and subscription prices per share included in these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements for all periods presented have been adjusted to reflect the 1-for-8 reverse share split effective on June 18, 2016. The Company has rounded down for any fractional shares. The impact of the one-for-eight reverse share split on the Company's share options, employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee warrants (BSA) was a change to the conversion rate, whereby holders of share options, employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee warrants (BSA) will exercise eight options or warrants for one of the Company's ordinary shares. The number of outstanding share options, employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee warrants (BSA) has not changed due to the one-for-eight reverse share split. The exercise price for each option or warrant that has been granted has also not changed.

2. Statement of compliance

          The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with IAS 34, Interim Financial Reporting as issued by the International Accounting Standard Board ("IASB"). The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements do not include all of the information and notes required for a complete set of annual financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2015, which have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") as issued by the IASB.

(a)    New accounting standard and interpretation applied for the first time in the period ended March 31, 2016

          They were no new accounting standard, amendment or interpretation having a significant impact on the financial statements of the Group.

(b)    New accounting standards not yet adopted

          In May 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , which supersedes current revenue recognition requirements. The standard is effective for the Group for financial periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018 with early adoption permitted, and provides alternative approaches to adoption. IFRS 15 requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled to, for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers.

F-56


Table of Contents

2. Statement of compliance (Continued)

          In July 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 9, Financial Instruments , which replaces IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement , and which provides guidance that may impact the classification and measurement of financial assets and will result in additional disclosures. It also includes a new credit loss model for calculating impairment on financial assets, and new general hedge accounting requirements. It will be effective for the Group for financial periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, with early adoption permitted.

          In January 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16, Leases, which provides guidance for most leases to be recognized on lessee's balance sheet as an asset and corresponding liability. The standard is effective for the Group for financial periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019 with early adoption permitted, and provides alternative approaches to adoption.

          The Group is assessing the potential impact of these standards on its consolidated financial statements and, as it relates to the new revenue recognition standard and the leases standard, has not yet decided the adoption approach.

3. Summary of significant accounting policies

          These unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared using the same accounting policies and methods as those applied to the December 31, 2015 consolidated financial statements.

(a)    Principles of consolidation

          The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements include the consolidated statements of financial position, statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries.

    Main exchange rates used for translation

          The main exchange rates used for translation (one unit of each foreign currency converted to U.S. Dollars) are summarized in the following table:

 
  March 31,
2015
  December 31,
2015
  March 31, 2016  
 
  Average
rate
  Closing
rate
  Closing
rate
  Average
rate
 

Euro (€)

    1.1258     1.0859     1.1391     1.1026  

Pound Sterling (£)

    1.5141     1.4745     1.4380     1.4307  

Japanese Yen

    0.0084     0.0083     0.0089     0.0087  

Chinese Yuan Renminbi (RMB)

    0.1603     0.1540     0.1550     0.1528  

Swiss Francs (CHF)

    1.0416     0.9975     1.0435     1.0062  

Canadian Dollar (CAD)

    0.7899     0.7225     0.7710     0.7280  

Australian Dollar (AUD)

    0.7731     0.7285     0.7676     0.7212  

Singapore Dollar (SGD)

        0.7058     0.7427     0.7126  

4. Critical accounting estimates and judgments

          The preparation of the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates. Estimates and underlying

F-57


Table of Contents

4. Critical accounting estimates and judgments (Continued)

assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

          The most significant areas that require management judgment and estimates are the same as those described in the Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2015.

5. Revenues by geographic region

          The following table sets forth the Group's total revenue by region for the periods indicated (in thousands). The revenues by geography were determined based on the country where the sale took place.

 
  Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
 
  2015   2016  

Americas

  $ 7,421   $ 10,497  

Europe

    9,112     11,677  

Asia Pacific

    508     582  

  $ 17,041   $ 22,756  

          Revenues from our country of domicile, France, totaled approximately $4.4 million and $5.7 million for the periods ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

6. Income tax

          Tax expense is recognized based on management best estimate of the weighted average annual income tax rate for the full financial year multiplied by the pre-tax income of the interim reporting period. To calculate our estimated weighted average annual income tax rate, we estimate our income before taxes and the related tax expense or benefit for the full fiscal year. Each quarter, we update our estimate of the annual effective tax rate, and if our estimated annual tax rate changes, we make a cumulative adjustment in that quarter.

7. Trade receivables

          The Group's trade receivables consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
2015
  As of
March 31,
2016
 

Trade receivables

  $ 27,365   $ 20,328  

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

    (503 )   (594 )

Trade receivable, net

  $ 26,862   $ 19,734  

Deferred revenue

          At December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, deferred revenue associated with subscriptions accounted for $70.9 million and $73.9 million, respectively, of the total deferred revenue balance of $74.3 million and $77.0 million, respectively. The remaining amount of deferred revenue relates to professional services.

F-58


Table of Contents

8. Share capital and reserves

          Between January 1, 2015 and March 31, 2015, the Company's board of directors acknowledged an increase in the share capital as a result of the issuance of 26,753 ordinary shares, upon the exercise of share options and employee warrants (BSPCE) classified as share based payments, representing a total amount of €0.1 million.

          In the first quarter of 2015, an investor of the Company exercised a warrant for a nominal value of €9,000 and the Company issued 111,111 Series G preferred shares.

          Between January 1, 2016 and March 31, 2016, the Company's board of directors acknowledged an increase in the share capital as a result of the issuance of 84,329 ordinary shares, upon the exercise of share options and employee warrants (BSA and BSPCE) classified as share based payments, representing a total amount of €0.3 million.

          At March 31, 2016, there were 3,989,442 ordinary shares and 18,732,413 preferred shares outstanding, each with a nominal value of €0.08 after the effect of a 1-for-8 reverse share split approved by Talend S.A. shareholders at the General Meeting of Shareholders on June 1, 2016 and effective on June 18, 2016.

9. Share-based payment plans

          As a result of the 1-for-8 reverse share split, effective on June 18, 2016, the conversion rate of the Company's share options, employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee warrants (BSA) is to reflect a 1-for-8 conversion rate, whereby holders of share options, employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee warrants (BSA) will exercise 8 options or warrants for 1 of the Company's ordinary shares. All share data and subscription prices per option have been adjusted to reflect the 1-for-8 reverse share split for all periods presented. The Company has rounded down for any fractional shares. The number of outstanding share options, employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee warrants (BSA) has not changed due to the 1-for-8 reverse share split. The exercise price for each option or warrant that has been granted has also not changed.

          The following table illustrates the number of share options and warrants outstanding and weighted-average exercise prices ("WAEP") of share options and warrants during the period (in thousands, except WAEP, unaudited):

 
  Number of
share options
  Number of
employee
BSPCE warrants
  Number of
employee
BSA warrants
  WAEP
per option/
warrant
 

Balance at January 1, 2015

    12,575     4,060     330   $ 0.65  

Increase in authorized shares

                 

Granted during the period

    3,505     3         1.14  

Forfeited during the period

    (593 )   (28 )       0.59  

Exercised during the period

    (39 )   (175 )       0.63  

Balance at March 31, 2015

    15,449     3,860     330   $ 0.74  

Balance at January 1, 2016

    16,788     3,936     330   $ 0.82  

Increase in authorized shares

                 

Granted during the period

    1,006     63     300     1.57  

Forfeited during the period

    (103 )   (82 )       1.24  

Exercised during the period

    (319 )   (26 )   (330 )   0.43  

Balance at March 31, 2016

    17,372     3,891     300   $ 0.91  

F-59


Table of Contents

9. Share-based payment plans (Continued)

          The weighted-average remaining contractual life for share options and employee warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 was 7.9 years and 7.8 years, respectively.

          At December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, there were a total number of shares options, employee (BSCPE) warrants and employee (BSA) warrants available for grant under the Company's share pool reserve of 4,747,827 and 3,564,120 options, respectively, representing potential shares for 593,478 and 445,515 shares, respectively.

          In general, vesting of share options and employee warrants (BSPCE) occurs over four years, with 25% on the one year anniversary of the grant and 1/16th on a quarterly basis thereafter. Options have a contractual life of ten years. Individuals must continue to provide services to the Group in order to vest. Upon termination, all unvested options are forfeited and vested options must generally be exercised within three months. All expenses related to these plans have been recorded in the consolidated statements of operations in the same line items as the related employee's cash-based compensation.

          The Company estimated the following assumptions for the calculation of the fair value of the share options and warrants granted during the period:

 
  As of
March 31,
 
 
  2015   2016  

Fair value of underlying shares

  $ 9.92   $ 10.96  

Expected volatility

    35.0 %   40.0 %

Risk-free interest rate

    0.67 %   0.37 %

Expected term (in years)

    4.00     4.00  

Dividend yield

     — %    — %

(a)    Share options

          As of March 31, 2016, 7,505,714 share options exercisable for an aggregate of 938,214 ordinary shares, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.70 per option were outstanding.

F-60


Table of Contents

9. Share-based payment plans (Continued)

          The following table summarizes information about share options outstanding at March 31, 2016 (in thousands, except exercise price per option and per option fair value):

Date of board of directors meeting
authorizing grant
  Exercise
Price
per option
  Number of
share options
outstanding
  Number
exercisable
  Grant date
fair value
per option
 

June 11, 2010

  $ 0.46     388     388   $ 0.06  

November 9, 2010

  $ 0.24     6     6   $ 0.10  

February 16, 2011

  $ 0.24     578     578   $ 0.10  

June 29, 2011

  $ 0.24     8     8   $ 0.10  

April 25, 2012

  $ 0.55     740     694   $ 0.03  

April 30, 2012

  $ 0.55     277     270   $ 0.03  

September 21, 2012

  $ 0.62     467     404   $ 0.03  

February 1, 2013

  $ 0.62     75     56   $ 0.02  

June 12, 2013

  $ 0.62     466     448   $ 0.02  

December 17, 2013

  $ 0.62     5,028     2,819   $ 0.02  

April 24, 2014

  $ 0.62     908     397   $ 0.44  

October 24, 2014

  $ 1.15     428     128   $ 0.44  

December 18, 2014

  $ 1.15     1,225     288   $ 0.44  

February 6, 2015

  $ 1.15     3,470     1,015   $ 0.44  

April 24, 2015

  $ 1.29     647       $ 0.44  

July 23, 2015

  $ 1.34     677     6   $ 0.45  

October 20, 2015

  $ 1.34     978     1   $ 0.45  

February 4, 2016

  $ 1.57     1,006       $ 0.51  

          17,372     7,506        

(b)    Employee warrants (BSPCE)

          As of March 31, 2016, 2,635,444 employee warrants (BSPCE) exercisable for an aggregate of 329,430 ordinary shares, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.45 per warrant were outstanding.

F-61


Table of Contents

9. Share-based payment plans (Continued)

          The following table summarizes information about employee warrants outstanding at March 31, 2016 (in thousands, except per exercise price per warrant and per warrant fair value):

Date of board of directors meeting
authorizing grant
  Exercise
Price
per warrant
  Number of
employee
warrants
outstanding
  Number
exercisable
  Grant date
fair value
per warrant
 

June 30, 2008

  $ 0.29     203     203   $ 0.01  

November 5, 2010

  $ 0.38     348     348   $ 0.06  

June 11, 2010

  $ 0.46     210     210   $ 0.06  

February 16, 2011

  $ 0.24     795     795   $ 0.10  

April 25, 2012

  $ 0.55     300     300   $ 0.03  

April 30, 2012

  $ 0.55     200     196   $ 0.03  

September 21, 2012

  $ 0.62     278     245   $ 0.03  

October 24, 2014

  $ 1.15     360     112   $ 0.44  

December 18, 2014

  $ 1.15     727     225   $ 0.44  

February 6, 2015

  $ 1.15     3     1   $ 0.44  

April 24, 2015

  $ 1.29     329       $ 0.44  

July 23, 2015

  $ 1.34     28       $ 0.45  

October 20, 2015

  $ 1.34     47       $ 0.45  

February 4, 2016

  $ 1.57     63       $ 0.51  

          3,891     2,635        

(c)    Employee warrants (BSA)

          In the first quarter of 2016, the Company granted 300,000 BSA warrants to a director of the board, exercisable into 37,500 ordinary shares with an exercise price of €1.39 per warrant.

(d)    Restricted shares

          The Company entered into agreements with certain current and former executives of the Company, which allowed the executives to purchase ordinary shares at the nominal price of €0.08. The shares are restricted in that the Company has the right to repurchase the shares back from the executives and cancel such shares during a vesting period in which the executives have service conditions to meet. At December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, the Company had 325,068 and 263,842 restricted shares outstanding, respectively. There were no grants of restricted shares during the period ended March 31, 2016.

F-62


Table of Contents

9. Share-based payment plans (Continued)

(e)    Compensation expense

          For the periods ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, the Group recorded compensation expense as follows (in thousands):

 
  For the
period
ended
March 31,
 
 
  2015   2016  

Share options

  $ 164   $ 259  

Employee BSPCE warrants

    50     49  

Restricted shares

    199     270  

BSA Warrrants

        53  

Total share-based compensation expense

    413     631  

          Cost of revenue and operating expenses include employee share-based compensation expense as follows (in thousands):

 
  For the
period
ended
March 31,
 
 
  2015   2016  

Cost of revenue—subscription

  $ 16   $ 17  

Cost of revenue—professional services

    12     15  

Sales and marketing

    148     179  

Research and development

    37     113  

General and administrative

    200     307  

Total share-based compensation expense

  $ 413   $ 631  

          As of March 31, 2016, there was:

    $3.3 million total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested employee share options that are expected to vest and the cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.76 years;

    $0.5 million total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested employee warrants (BSPCE) that are expected to vest and the cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.74 years;

    $2.2 million total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested restricted shares that are expected to vest and the cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.95 years; and

    $0.1 million total unrecognized compensation expense related to BSA warrants that are expected to vest and the cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.25 years.

F-63


Table of Contents

10. Earnings (loss) per share

          Basic earnings (loss) per share amounts are calculated by dividing net income (loss) for the period attributable to all shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of all shares outstanding during the period. Basic earnings (loss) per share have been computed, for all periods presented, to give effect to a 1-for-8 reverse share split of Company's share capital as approved by Talend S.A. shareholders at the General Meeting of Shareholders on June 1, 2016 and effective as of June 18, 2016.

          Diluted earnings (loss) per share amounts are calculated by dividing the net income (loss) for the period attributable to all shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period plus the weighted average number of shares that would be issued on the exercise of all dilutive share options, warrants and the conversion of all convertible preferred shares. Potential ordinary shares shall be treated as dilutive when their conversion to ordinary shares would decrease net income per share or increase net loss per share from continuing operations. Given that this is not that case for the period ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, diluted loss per share is equal to basic loss per share.

          The net loss and weighted average number of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share are as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

 
  For the period
ended
March 31,
 
 
  2015   2016  

Numerator (basic and diluted):

             

Net loss

  $ (5,890 ) $ (5,267 )

Denominator (basic and diluted):

             

Weighted-average ordinary shares outstanding

    3,735     3,918  

Basic and diluted net loss per share

  $ (1.58 ) $ (1.34 )

11. Borrowings

          The principal balances of outstanding borrowings under lines of credit with banks and financial institutions were as follows (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
2015
  As of
March 31,
2016
 

Factoring debt

  $ 8   $  

BPI France

    213     281  

Square 1 Bank

    9,915     10,937  

Other

    6     6  

Total

  $ 10,142   $ 11,224  

Current borrowings

  $ 151   $ 225  

Non-current borrowings

  $ 9,991   $ 10,999  

          On March 7, 2016, the Company executed an amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement with Square 1 that, among other things, increased the revolving line of credit from a maximum of $15.0 million to a maximum of $20.0 million. In the first quarter of 2016, the Company

F-64


Table of Contents

11. Borrowings (Continued)

drew down an additional $1.0 million on the revolving line of credit and has an available line of credit of $9.0 million at March 31, 2016.

          In the first quarter of 2015, the Company repaid a net amount of $1.3 million related to the advances from a factoring company.

12. Financial instruments

          When measuring the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group uses observable market data to the extent possible. IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement , requires disclosure of fair value measurements by level of the following fair value measurement hierarchy:

    Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical financial assets or liabilities.

    Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

    Level 3: inputs that are not based on observable market data.

          The fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy for a particular asset or liability is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Valuation techniques maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

          Financial instruments not measured at fair value on the Company's consolidated statement of financial position, but which require disclosure of their fair values include: cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and certain other receivables, deposits, trade and other payables and borrowings.

          For cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and certain other receivables, trade and other payables, their fair value is deemed to approximate their carrying amount due to the short term nature of these balances.

          For deposits, as they are not significant, the difference between their fair value and their carrying amount is not deemed significant.

          For borrowings, their fair value was categorized as Level 2 and was estimated based on a discounted cash flow method using a market interest rate for similar borrowings.

          There has been no transfer between levels of the fair value hierarchy in the first quarter of 2016 or 2015.

          At March 31, 2016 and December 31 2015, the only instrument measured at fair value on the statement of financial position are the BSA Ratchet warrants which are categorized as Level 3 and which have an immaterial fair value.

13. Commitments and contingencies

          The commitments and contingencies that existed at December 31, 2015 concern the operating lease arrangements and legal proceeding that arise in the ordinary course of business have not changed significantly at March 31, 2016.

F-65


Table of Contents

14. Related party transactions

          In the first quarter of 2016, the Company granted 300,000 BSA warrants to a director, exercisable into 37,500 ordinary shares at an exercise price of €1.39 per warrant.

          Except for this BSA warrant grant, no new significant transaction with related parties has been concluded during the period ended March 31, 2016.

15. Group information

          In the first quarter of 2016, the Group formed Talend Netherlands BV and as a consequence, at March 31, 2016, the Group's subsidiaries, all of which are wholly-owned, are as follows:

Name
  Country of Incorporation
Talend, Inc.    United States of America
Talend USA, Inc.    United States of America
Talend Limited   United Kingdom
Talend Beijing Co. Ltd.    China
Talend KK   Japan
Talend Limited (Ireland)   Ireland
Talend GmbH Switzerland   Switzerland
Talend GmbH Germany   Germany
Talend Limited (Canada)   Canada
Talend Australia Pty   Australia
Talend Singapore Pte. Ltd.    Singapore
Talend Netherlands BV   Netherlands

16. Subsequent events

          On June 1, 2016, our shareholders approved a 1-for-8 reverse split of our outstanding shares. Under French law, the reverse share split is effective on June 18, 2016.

F-66


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

 

                  American Depositary Shares

Talend S.A.

Representing                  Ordinary Shares

LOGO

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   J.P. Morgan   Barclays   Citigroup

William Blair

           Through and including                           , 2016 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these ADSs, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6.    Indemnification of directors and officers

          French Law.     Under French law, provisions of By-laws that limit the liability of directors are prohibited. However, French law allows sociétés anonymes to contract for and maintain liability insurance against civil liabilities incurred by any of their directors and officers involved in a third-party action, provided that they acted in good faith and within their capacities as directors or officers of the company. Criminal liability cannot be indemnified under French law, whether directly by the company or through liability insurance.

          We maintain liability insurance for our directors and officers, including insurance against liability under the Securities Act, and we intend to enter into agreements with our directors and executive officers to provide contractual indemnification. With certain exceptions and subject to limitations on indemnification under French law, these agreements will provide for indemnification for damages and expenses including, among other things, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her actions in that capacity.

          These agreements may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and executive officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these insurance agreements.

          Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers or partnerships, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

          In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of ADSs being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act against certain liabilities.

          SEC Position.     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

          Pursuant to the underwriting agreement for this offering, the form of which is filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, the underwriters will agree to indemnify our directors and officers, persons controlling us, within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities that might arise out of or are based upon certain information furnished to us by any such underwriter.

Item 7.    Recent sales of unregistered securities

          In the past three years, we have issued and sold to third parties the securities listed below without registering the securities under the Securities Act. None of these transactions involved any public offering. All our securities were sold either (i) outside the United States or (ii) in the United States to a limited number of investors in transactions not involving any public offering. As

II-1


Table of Contents

discussed below, we believe that each issuance of these securities was exempt from, or not subject to, registration under the Securities Act.

    On June 28, 2013, we issued 109,191 ordinary shares, representing a total subscription amount equal to €8,735.28.

    On December 2, 2013, we issued 694,444 series F preferred shares with warrants attached, representing a total subscription amount equal to €3,629,316.32 (issue premium included).

    On December 17, 2013, we issued 428,887 ordinary shares, representing a total subscription amount equal to €34,301.02.

    On December 17, 2013, we issued 1,750,565 series H preferred shares with two warrants attached, representing a total subscription amount equal to €14,704,749.15 (issue premium included).

    On December 17, 2013, we issued 1,111,111 series G preferred shares, as a result of the conversion of 8,888,888 bonds redeemable into series G preferred shares, representing a total subscription amount equal to €9,155,554.64 (issue premium included).

    On June 25, 2015, we issued 111,111 series G preferred shares as a result of the exercise of warrants for preferred G shares, representing a total subscription amount equal to €8,888.88.

    On June 25, 2015, we issued (i) 104,855 series H preferred shares at a price of €8.40 each (issue premium included), representing a total subscription amount equal to €880,782 (issue premium included), (ii) 46,651 ordinary shares at a price of €9.44 each (issue premium included), representing a total subscription amount equal to €440,391.34 (issue premium included) and (iii) of 110,281 ordinary shares at par value (€0.08) representing a total subscription amount equal to €8,822.48.

          In addition, we granted the following employee warrants ( bons de souscription de parts de créateur d'entreprise ) and share options ( options de souscription d'actions , or OSA) to certain of our officers and employees:

    Share options to purchase 728,924 of our ordinary shares at exercise prices per share ranging from €8.40 to €9.84 and employee warrants (BSPCE) to purchase 58,952 of our ordinary shares at exercise prices per share ranging from €8.40 to €9.84 in the year ended December 31, 2015.

    Options to purchase 463,872 of our ordinary shares at exercise prices per share ranging from €4.56 to €8.40 and employee warrants (BSPCE) to purchase 141,847 of our ordinary shares at exercise price per share ranging of €8.40 in the year ended December 31, 2014; and

    Options to purchase 1,020,993 of our ordinary shares at exercise price per share of €4.56 and employee warrants (BSPCE) to purchase 125,000 of our ordinary shares at an exercise price of €4.56 in the year ended December 31, 2013.

          In addition, we issued the following fully-paid ordinary shares upon exercise of employee warrants (BSPCE), share options and employee warrants (BSA), ranging from €1.76 to €8.40 per share:

    9,182 ordinary shares upon exercise of share options and 25,346 ordinary shares upon exercise of employee warrants (BSPCE) in the year ended December 31, 2015;

II-2


Table of Contents

    79,130 ordinary shares upon exercise of share options and 6,468 ordinary shares upon exercise of employee warrants in the year ended December 31, 2014; and

    155,048 ordinary shares upon exercise of share options and 22,500 ordinary shares upon exercise of employee warrants (BSPCE) and employee warrants (BSA) in the year ended December 31, 2013.

          We believe that the issuance of these securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Regulation S or Rule 701 of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to written compensatory plans or pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation. No underwriters were employed in connection with the foregoing option grants and restricted share unit awards.

Item 8.    Exhibits and financial statement schedules

           (a)    Exhibits

          See the Exhibit Index on the page immediately following the signature page for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form F-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

           (b)    Financial statement schedules

          All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or in the notes thereto.

Item 9.    Undertakings

          The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 6, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

          The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

              1.      For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

              2.      For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in Redwood City, CA on this 28th day of June, 2016.

    TALEND S.A.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ MICHAEL TUCHEN

        Name:   Michael Tuchen
        Title:   Chief Executive Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY

          KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Michael Tuchen and Thomas Tuchscherer, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys in fact and agents with full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective on filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys in fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys in fact and agents or any of them, or his, her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ MICHAEL TUCHEN

Michael Tuchen
  Chief Executive Officer and Director   June 28, 2016

/s/ THOMAS TUCHSCHERER

Thomas Tuchscherer

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

June 28, 2016

/s/ BERNARD LIAUTAUD

Bernard Liautaud

 

Chairman

 

June 28, 2016

II-4


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ MATTHIEU BARET

Matthieu Baret
  Director   June 28, 2016

/s/ JOHN D. BRENNAN

John D. Brennan

 

Director

 

June 28, 2016

/s/ BERTRAND DIARD

Bertrand Diard

 

Director

 

June 28, 2016

/s/ PATRICK S. JONES

Patrick S. Jones

 

Director

 

June 28, 2016

/s/ THIERRY SOMMELET

Thierry Sommelet

 

Director

 

June 28, 2016


SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE REGISTRANT

          Pursuant to the Securities Act, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Talend S.A., has signed this registration statement in Redwood City, CA on June 28, 2016.

    TALEND, INC.

 

 

By

 

/s/ MICHAEL TUCHEN

        Name:   Michael Tuchen
        Title:   Chief Executive Officer

II-5


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  1.1 ** Form of Underwriting Agreement.
        
  3.1   By-laws ( status ) of Talend S.A. (English translation).
        
  3.2   Form of By-laws of Talend S.A. to become effective upon the closing of the offering (English translation).
        
  4.1 ** Form of Deposit Agreement between Talend S.A. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as depositary, and Owners and Holders of the American Depositary Shares.
        
  4.2 ** Form of American Depositary Receipt evidencing American Depositary Shares (included in Exhibit 4.1).
        
  5.1 ** Opinion of Jones Day.
        
  10.1   Bonitasoft Software License and Support Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2011, by and between Bonitasoft, Inc. and Talend, Inc.
        
  10.2   Amendment No. 1 to Bonitasoft Software License and Support Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2012, by and between Bonitasoft, Inc. and Talend, Inc.
        
  10.3   Lease Agreement, dated as of April 11, 2014, by and between Westport Office Park, LLC and Talend, Inc.
        
  10.4   First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2014, by and between Westport Office Park, LLC and Talend, Inc.
        
  10.5   Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2015, by and between Westport Office Park, LLC and Talend, Inc.
        
  10.6   English Summary of the Commercial Lease Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2014, by and between Foncière Medicale N°1 and Talend S.A.
        
  10.7   English Summary of the First Amendment to Commercial Lease Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2014, by and between Foncière Medicale N°1 and Talend S.A.
        
  10.8   English Summary of the Second Amendment to Commercial Lease Agreement, dated as of September 11, 2015, by and between Foncière Medicale N°1 and Talend S.A.
        
  10.9   English Summary of the Third Amendment to Commercial Lease Agreement, dated as of January 20, 2016, by and between Foncière Medicale N°1 and Talend S.A.
        
  10.10   English Summary of the Fourth Amendment to Commercial Lease Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2016, by and between Foncière Medicale N°1 and Talend S.A.
        
  10.11   Square 1 Bank Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2015, among Talend, Inc., Talend USA, Inc. and Square 1 Bank.
        
  10.12   First Amendment to Square 1 Bank Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2016, among Talend, Inc., Talend USA, Inc. and Square 1 Bank.
        
  10.13   Guarantee and Indemnity, dated as of July 8, 2015, by and between Talend Ltd and Square 1 Bank.
        
  10.14   First-Demand Guarantee, dated as of June 29, 2015, by Talend S.A. in favor of Square 1 Bank.
        
  10.15   Supplemental Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2015, by and between Talend S.A. and Square 1 Bank.
        

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.16   Debenture, dated as of July 8, 2015, by and between Talend Ltd and Square 1 Bank.
        
  10.17   First Rank Accounts Pledge Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2015, by and between Talend S.A. and Square 1 Bank.
        
  10.18   Pledge of Receivables Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2015, by and between Talend S.A. and Square 1 Bank.
        
  10.19   Pledge of IP Rights Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2015, by and between Talend S.A. and Square 1 Bank
        
  10.20   Pledge Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2015, by and between Talend S.A. and Square 1 Bank.
        
  10.21   Form of Indemnification Agreement between Talend S.A. and each of its executive officers and directors.
        
  10.22 + Stock Option Plans—2016, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010.
        
  10.23   Form of BSA Grant Document (English translation).
        
  10.24 + Form of BSPCE Grant Document (English translation).
        
  10.25 + Form of OSA Grant Document.
        
  10.26 + Executive Employment Agreement, dated October 1, 2013, by and between Talend, Inc. and Michael Tuchen.
        
  10.27 + Offer Letter, dated December 13, 2009, by and between Talend, Inc. and Thomas Tuchscherer.
        
  10.28 + Amendment to Offer Letter, dated February 12, 2016, by and between Talend, Inc. and Thomas Tuchscherer.
        
  10.29 + Offer Letter, dated April 10, 2014, by and between Talend, Inc. and Ashley Stirrup.
        
  10.30 + Offer Letter, dated October 27, 2014, by and between Talend, Inc. and Brad Stratton.
        
  10.31 + Offer Letter, dated December 18, 2015, by and between Talend, Inc. and Barbara Cadigan.
        
  10.32 + Offer Letter, dated December 10, 2013, by and between Talend, Inc. and Nello Franco.
        
  10.33 + Employment Agreement, dated July 3, 2014, by and between Talend, Inc. and Laurent Bride (English translation).
        
  10.34 + Expatriation Agreement, dated June 22, 2015, by and between Talend S.A. and Laurent Bride (English translation).
        
  10.35   Shareholder Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2016, by and among Talend S.A. and certain shareholders.
        
  21.1   List of Subsidiaries of Talend S.A.
        
  23.1   Consent of KPMG S.A., Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
        
  23.2 ** Consent of Jones Day LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
        
  24.1   Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page to this Registration Statement on Form F-1).
        
  99.1   Consent of McKnight Consulting Group Global Services.

*
Previously filed.

**
To be filed by amendment.

+
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.



Exhibit 3.1

 

TALEND

 

Société anonyme (French public limited company) with capital of € 1,817,792.24

Registered office: 9, rue Pages - 92150 Suresnes

484 175 252 R.C.S. (Trade and Companies Register) Nanterre

 

BYLAWS

 

UPDATED FOLLOWING THE DECISIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

OF MAY 13, 2016

 

Conformed copy certified by the

Delegate Chief Executive Officer

 

Emmanuel Samson

 



 

TITLE I

 

FORM - PURPOSE - COMPANY NAME - REGISTERED OFFICE - DURATION

 

ARTICLE 1          FORM

 

Talend (hereafter the “ Company ”) was established as a société par actions simplifiée then changed into a société anonyme on the decision of the partners on April 14, 2006. The Company is governed by the provisions of Book II of the French Commercial Code and by these bylaws (the “ Bylaws ”).

 

ARTICLE 2          NAME

 

The name of the Company is:

 

TALEND

 

All the deeds and documents issued by the Company to third parties, in particular, the letters, invoices, notices and various publications, must show the company name immediately and legibly preceded or followed by the words “ Société Anonyme ” or the initials “S.A”, the statement of share capital and the registration number in the Trade and Companies Register.

 

ARTICLE 3          PURPOSE

 

The Company’s purpose, either directly or indirectly, in particular through the intermediary of subsidiaries or holdings, in France and abroad, is:

 

·                   the development, research, production, marketing, purchase, sale, rental, after-sales support of software and/or IT equipment;

 

·                   the supply and sale of user services including in particular training, demonstration, methodology, rollout and use;

 

·                   the supply and sale of IT resources whether combined or not with   software or service delivery.

 

The Company’s purpose is also:

 

·                   the creation, acquisition, rental, lease-management of all business assets or facilities, lease, installation, operation of all establishments;

 

·                   the acquisition, use or sale of all intellectual or industrial property rights as well as any expertise in the field of information technology;

 

·                   and, more generally, investing in any enterprise or company created or to-be-created as well as carrying out any legal, economic, financial, industrial, civil and commercial transactions, whether in movable property or real estate, directly or indirectly relating, in whole or in part, to the aforementioned purpose or to other similar or related purposes.

 

2



 

ARTICLE 4          REGISTERED OFFICE - BRANCHES

 

The registered office is located at:

 

9, rue Pages - 92150 Suresnes

 

It may be transferred to any other location in the département (French administrative district) or neighboring départements , by the simple decision of the Board of Directors, subject to ratification by the next General Meeting. It may be transferred to any other location by decision of an Extraordinary General Meeting.

 

The Board of Directors may create agencies, factories and branches wherever it deems useful.

 

ARTICLE 5 - DURATION

 

The duration of the Company is set at ninety-nine (99) years, starting from its first registration in the Trade and Companies Register, except in the case of extension or early dissolution decided by shareholders.

 

TITLE II

 

SHARE CAPITAL - SHARES

 

ARTICLE 6          CONTRIBUTIONS

 

At its constitution, the founders contributed the sum of €  18,500 equal to half its share capital.

 

On April 7, 2006, the partners proceeded to release the balance of the capital and paid in cash the sum of € 18,500.

 

By resolution on April 14, 2006, the nominal value of the shares was divided by 100 and accordingly was reduced to 0.01 per share. The share capital was increased by a nominal amount of €  19,100 through the issuance, at a price of €  0.84 per share (including issuance premium), of 1,910,100 Class B preferred shares, with Class B preferred share warrants attached, for a total subscription amount, including issuance premium, of €  1,604,400.

 

By resolution of the Extraordinary General Meeting of the Company on July 7, 2006, the share capital was increased by a nominal amount of € 11,905 through the issuance, at a price of € 0.84 per share (including issuance premium), of 1,190,500 Class B preferred shares, with Class B preferred share warrants attached, for a total subscription amount, including issuance premium, of € 1,000,020.

 

By resolution of the Extraordinary General Meeting of the Company on May 25, 2007, the share capital was increased by a nominal amount of € 18,485.04 through the issuance, at a price of € 1.40 per share (including issuance premium), of 1,848,504 Class B preferred shares, with Class B preferred share warrants attached, for a total subscription amount, including issuance premium, of € 2,587,905.60.

 

By resolution of the Extraordinary General Meeting of the Company on May 7, 2008, the share capital was increased by a nominal amount of € 6,172.84 through the issuance, at a price of € 1.62 per share

 

3



 

(including issuance premium), of 617,284 Class C preferred shares, with Class C preferred share warrants attached, for a total subscription amount, including issuance premium, of € 1,000,000.08.

 

By resolution of the Combined General Meeting of the Company on December 23, 2008, the share capital was increased by a nominal amount of € 22,727.27 through the issuance, at a price of € 2.07 per share (including issuance premium), of 2,272,727 Class D preferred shares, with Class D preferred share warrants attached, for a total subscription amount, including issuance premium, of € 4,704,544.89.

 

The share capital was increased by a nominal amount of € 22,727.27 through the issuance, at a price of € 2.07 per share (including issuance premium), of 2,272,727 Class D preferred shares, each with Class D preferred share warrants attached, for a total subscription amount, including issuance premium, of € 4,704,544.89, resulting from the exercise of warrants issued on December 23, 2008.

 

By resolution of the Extraordinary General Meeting of the Company on February 19, 2010, the share capital was increased by a nominal amount € of 22,133.46 through the creation and issuance, at a price of € 2.52 per share (including issuance premium), of 2,213,346 Class E preferred shares, each with Class E preferred share warrants attached, for a total subscription amount, including issuance premium, of € 5,577,631.92.

 

By resolution of the Combined General Meeting of the Company on June 11, 2010, the share capital was increased by a nominal amount of € 801,254.40 through capitalization of reserves from the “additional paid-in capital” account and raising the par value of the shares from € 0.01 to € 0.06. The par value of the share capital was then divided by 6 to bring it from € 0.06 to € 0.01.

 

By resolution on November 9, 2010, the Combined General Meeting approved the contribution to the Company of 8,529 shares in the company  Sopera GmbH, a limited liability company formed under German law ( Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung ) with capital of € 43,000 whose registered office is located in Bonn (Germany), registered in the Bonn Trade Register under the number HRB 153336. This contribution, valued at € 51,193.32, resulted in a capital increase of a nominal amount of € 51,193.32, from the issuance of 5,119,332 Class A ordinary shares with a par value of € 0.01 each, granted to the contributors as consideration for their respective contributions.

 

The share capital was increased by a nominal amount of € 5,919 from the issuance of 591,900 Class A ordinary shares, as a result of the exercise of warrants representing a total subscription amount, issuance premium included, of € 82,866.

 

By resolution of the Board of Directors on November 9, 2010, the share capital was increased by a nominal amount of € 261,111.12 through the creation and issuance, at a price of € 0.64 per share (including issuance premium), of 26,111,112 Class F preferred shares, each with Class F preferred share warrants attached, for a total subscription amount, including issuance premium, of € 16,711,111.68.

 

The share capital was increased by a nominal amount of € 540 from the issuance of 54,000 Class A ordinary shares, as a result of the exercise of warrants on business creator shares, representing a total subscription amount, issuance premium included, of € 7,560.

 

By resolution on June 29, 2011, the Board of Directors noted that the share capital was increased by a nominal amount of € 40.16 by the issuance of 4,016 Class A ordinary shares, as a result of the exercise of options and warrants on business creator shares, representing a total subscription amount, including issuance premium, of € 1,086.72.

 

By resolution on September 15, 2011, the Board of Directors noted that the share capital was increased by a nominal amount of € 259.82 from the issuance of 25,982 Class A ordinary shares, as a result of

 

4



 

the exercise of options and warrants on business creator shares, representing a total subscription amount, issuance premium included, of € 4,192.44.

 

By resolution of the Board of Directors on September 30, 2011, the share capital was increased:

 

· by a nominal amount of € 6,796.75, by the creation and issuance of 679,675 Class A ordinary shares with a par value of € 0.01 each;

 

· by a nominal amount of € 73,761.14, by the creation and issuance, at a price of € 0.66 each (issuance premium included), of 7,376,114 Class F preferred shares, each with Class F preferred share warrants attached, representing a total subscription amount, including issuance premium, of € 4,868,235.24; and

 

· by a nominal amount of € 37,349.99, by the creation and issuance, at a price € of 0.64 each (issuance premium included), of 3,734,999 Class F preferred shares, each with Class F preferred share warrants attached, representing a total subscription amount, including issuance premium, of € 2,390,399.36.

 

By resolution on March 8, 2012, the Board of Directors noted that the share capital was increased by a nominal amount of € 4,215.40 from the issuance of 421,540 Class A ordinary shares, as a result of the exercise of options on the shares, representing a total subscription amount, issuance premium included, of € 93,282.40.

 

By resolution of the Board of Directors on April 25, 2012, the share capital was increased by a nominal amount of € 25,603.92 through the creation and issuance, at a price of € 1.02 per share (including issuance premium), of 2,560,392Class G preferred shares, each with Class G preferred share warrants attached, for a total subscription amount, including issuance premium, of € 2,611,599.84.

 

By resolution on February 1, 2013, the Board of Directors noted that the share capital was increased by a nominal amount of € 1,658.41 from the issuance of 165,841 Class A ordinary shares, as a result of the exercise of options on the shares, representing a total subscription amount, issuance premium included, of € 40,793.22.

 

By resolution on June 12, 2013, the Board of Directors noted that the share capital was increased by a nominal amount of € 10,637.15 from the issuance of 1,063,715 Class A ordinary shares, as a result of the exercise of options on the shares, representing a total subscription amount, issuance premium included, of € 498,180.30.

 

By resolution of the Combined General Meeting on June 28, 2013, the share capital was increased by the nominal amount of € 8,735.28, by the issuance, at par, of 873,528 Class A ordinary shares.

 

5



 

By resolution on December 2, 2013, the Board of Directors noted that the share capital was increased by the nominal amount of € 3,420 by the issuance (i) of 342,000 Class A ordinary shares, as a result of the exercise of options and warrants on the shares, representing a total subscription price, issuance premium included, of € 109,840 and (ii) of 5,555,555 Class F preferred shares, each with Class F preferred share warrants attached, as a result of the exercise of warrants on the shares, representing a total subscription amount, issuance premium included, of € 3,629,316.32.

 

By resolution on December 17, 2013, the Board of Directors noted the conversion of 8,888,888 bonds convertible into Class G preferred shares into 8,888,888 Class G preferred shares each with a par value of € 0.01, representing a total amount of € 9,155,554.64, issuance premium included, for a total nominal capital increase of € 88,888.88.

 

By resolution of the Combined General Meeting on December 17, 2013, the share capital was increased by the nominal amount of € 34,311.02, by the issuance, at par, of 3,431,102 Class A ordinary shares.

 

By resolution of the Combined General Meeting on December 17, 2013, the share capital was increased by a nominal amount of € 140,045.23, by the creation and issuance, at a price  of € 1.05 each (issuance premium included), of 14,004,523 Class H preferred shares, each with Class H preferred share warrants attached, representing a total subscription amount, including issuance premium, of € 14,704,749.15.

 

By resolution on April 24, 2014, the Board of Directors noted that the share capital was increased by the nominal amount of € 4,338.78 by the issuance of 433,878 Class A ordinary shares, as a result of the exercise of options and warrants on business creator shares, representing a total subscription amount, issuance premium included, of €  98,335.66.

 

By resolution on October 24, 2014, the Board of Directors noted that the share capital was increased by a nominal amount of € 2,458.15 from the issuance of 245,815 Class A ordinary shares, as a result of the exercise of options and warrants on business creator shares, representing a total subscription amount, issuance premium included, of € 135,705.

 

By resolution on April 24, 2015, the Board of Directors noted that the share capital was increased by the nominal amount of € 2,191.25 by the issuance of 219,125 Class A ordinary shares, as a result of the exercise of options and warrants on business creator shares, representing a total subscription amount, issuance premium included, of € 119,679.25.

 

By resolution on June 25, 2015, the Board of Directors noted that the share capital was increased by a nominal amount of € 8,888.88 by the issuance at par of 888,888 Class G preferred shares, as a result of the exercise of warrants on the Class G preferred shares.

 

6


 

By resolution on June 25, 2015, the Board of Directors decided to increase the share capital by a total nominal amount of € 20,943.01, by (i) the issuance at a price of € 1.05 per share (including issuance premium) of 838,840 Class H preferred shares with a par value of € 0.01 per share, representing a total subscription amount, (issuance premium included), of € 880,782, (ii) by the issuance, at a price of € 1.18 per share (including issuance premium) of 373,213 Class A ordinary shares with a par value of € 0.01 per share, representing a total subscription amount, issuance premium included, of € 440,391.34 and (iii) by the issuance at par of 882,248 Class A ordinary shares with a par value of € 0.01 per share.

 

By resolution on October 20, 2015, the Board of Directors noted that the share capital was increased by a nominal amount of € 404.57 from the issuance of 40,457 Class A ordinary shares, as a result of the exercise of options and warrants on business creator shares, representing a total subscription amount, issuance premium included, of € 17,984.44.

 

By resolution on February 4, 2016, the Board of Directors noted that the share capital was increased by the nominal amount of € 6,423.87 by the issuance of 642,387 Class A ordinary shares, as a result of the exercise of options and warrants on business creator shares, representing a total subscription amount, issuance premium included, of € 299,784.88.

 

By resolution on April 15, 2016, the Board of Directors noted that the share capital was increased by the nominal amount of € 552.50 by the issuance of 55,250 Class A ordinary shares, as a result of the exercise of options and warrants on business creator shares, representing a total subscription amount, issuance premium included, of € 45,802.26.

 

By resolution on May 13, the board of Directors noted that (i) the share capital was increased by the nominal amount of € 43.81 by the issuance of 4.381 Class A ordinary shares, as a result of the exercise of options and warrants on business creator shares, representing a total subscription amount, issuance premium included, of € 5,083.50 and (ii) the conversion of 4 class C preferred shares, 4 class D preferred shares, 4 class E preferred shares, 6 class E’ preferred shares, 4 class F preferred shares and 3 class H preferred shares, each into one class A ordinary share, for a total of 25 class A ordinary shares.

 

ARTICLE 7          SHARE CAPITAL

 

The share capital is set at €  1,817,792.24.

 

It is divided into 181,779,224 shares with a par value of € 0.01 per share, fully subscribed and paid up, and split in 10 classes, namely:

 

·                   31,919,920 ordinary shares comprising Class A (the “ A Shares ”) »),»

 

·                   10,922,408 preferred shares comprising Class B (the “ B Shares ”), whose specific rights can be found in article 12 of the Bylaws;

 

·                   10,999,688 preferred shares comprising Class C (the “ C Shares ”), whose specific rights can be found in article 12 of the Bylaws;

 

·                   3,703,704 preferred shares comprising Class C’ (the “ C’ Shares ”), whose specific rights can be found in article 12 of the Bylaws;

 

·                   27,272,720 preferred shares comprising Class D (the “ D Shares ”), whose specific rights can be found in article 12 of the Bylaws;

 

·                   13,280,072 preferred shares comprising Class E (the “ E Shares ”), whose specific rights can be found in article 12 of the Bylaws;

 

·                   2,030,688 preferred shares comprising Class E’ (the “ E’ Shares ”), whose specific rights can be found in article 12 of the Bylaws;

 

·                   54,468,496 preferred shares comprising Class F (the “ F Shares ”), whose specific rights can be found in article 12 of the Bylaws;

 

·                   12,338,168 preferred shares comprising Class G (the “ G Shares ”), whose specific rights can be found in article 12 of the Bylaws; and

 

7



 

·                   14,843,360 preferred shares comprising Class H (the “ H Shares ”), whose specific rights can be found in article 12 of the Bylaws.

 

The FCPR (French venture capital fund) Galileo III and Mr. Christophe Chausson have special benefits, resulting from the issuance, with a waiver of the shareholders’ preferential subscription rights in their favor, by the Extraordinary General Meeting of the Company on April 14, 2006 of a total of 1,791,000 and 119,000 B Shares and warrants on B Shares, respectively.

 

The FCPI (French Innovation Investment Fund) Allianz Innovation 6, Allianz Innovation 7, Allianz Croissance 2005 and Poste Innovation 8 have special benefits, resulting from the issuance, with a waiver of the shareholders’ preferential subscription rights in their favor, by the Extraordinary General Meeting of the Company on July 7, 2006 of a total of 333,340, 321,435, 369,055, and 166,670 B shares and warrants on B shares, respectively.

 

The FCPR Galileo III, the FCPIs Allianz Innovation 6, Allianz Innovation 7 and Allianz Croissance 2005 have special benefits, resulting from the issuance, with a waiver of the shareholders’ preferential subscription rights in their favor, by the Extraordinary General Meeting of the Company on May 7, 2008 of a total of 185,185, 140,864, 135,679 and 155,556 C Shares and warrants on C Shares, respectively.

 

Mr. Christophe Chausson, Mr. Marc Brandsma, the FCPR Galileo III and the FCPIs Allianz Innovation 6, Allianz Innovation 7, Allianz Croissance 2005 and Poste Innovation 8 have special benefits, resulting from the conversion by the Extraordinary General Meeting of the Company on May 7, 2008 of 47,568, 15,222, 714,286, 300,000, 289,285, 332,143 and 150,000, respectively, of their B Shares issued by the Extraordinary General Meeting on May 25, 2007 into C Shares.

 

The FCPIs Allianz Innovation 7, Allianz Croissance 2005, Capital Croissance and Objectif Innovation Patrimoine and the company Balderton Capital IV, L.P. have special benefits, resulting from the issuance, with a waiver of the shareholders’ preferential subscription rights in their favor, by the Extraordinary General Meeting of the Company on December 23, 2008 of a total of 95,933, 109,931, 192,029, 170,289 and 1,704,545, respectively, of D Shares and warrants on D Shares.

 

The FCPIs Allianz Innovation 7, Allianz Croissance 2005, Capital Croissance and Objectif Innovation Patrimoine and the company Balderton Capital IV, L.P. have special benefits, resulting from the issuance, of 95,933, 109,931, 192,029, 170,289 and 1,704,545 D Shares and warrants on D Shares, respectively, on December 23, 2008.

 

The FCPI Allianz Croissance 2005, the FCPI Capital Croissance and the FCPI Objectif Innovation Patrimoine, the FCPR Galileo III and the company Balderton Capital IV, L.P. have special benefits, resulting from the issuance, with a waiver of the shareholders’ preferential subscription rights in their favor, by the Extraordinary General Meeting of the Company on February 19, 2010 of a total of 159,533, 367,857, 326,389, 599,695 and 759,872, respectively, of E Shares and warrants on E Shares.

 

The FCPR Galileo III and the FCPIs Allianz Innovation 6, Allianz Innovation 7 and Allianz Croissance 2005 have special benefits, resulting from the conversion by the Extraordinary General Meeting of the Company on February 19, 2010 of 185,185, 140,864, 135,679, and 155,556, respectively, of their C Shares issued by the Combined General Meeting of the Company on May 7, 2008 into C’ Shares.

 

8



 

The company Balderton Capital IV L.P., the FCPR Galileo III and the FCPI Allianz Croissance 2005 have special benefits, as a result of the conversion by the Extraordinary General Meeting of the Company on February 19, 2010 of 116,194, 91,701 and 130,554 A Shares respectively, acquired from Bertrand Diard and Fabrice Bonan, into E’ Shares.

 

The companies Toro Acquisition Sàrl, Balderton Capital IV, L.P., the FCPIs Capital Croissance, Objectif Innovation Patrimoine, Banque Postale Innovation 5, Allianz Innovation 10 and Objectif Innovation 2 have special benefits, resulting from the issuance, with a waiver of the shareholders’ preferential subscription rights in their favor, by the Board of Directors on November 9, 2010 of 20,000,001, 2,611,111, 620,100, 549,900, 675,700, 1,258,200 and 396,100, respectively, F Shares and warrants on F Shares.

 

Balderton Capital IV L.P. and Toro Acquisition Sàrl have special benefits, as a result of the conversion by the Combined General Meeting of the Company on November 9, 2010 of 1,666,666 and 2,252,130, respectively, A Shares into F Shares.

 

Toro Acquisition Sàrl has special benefits, as a result of the conversion by the Combined General Meeting on November 9, 2010 of 7,680,592 B Shares into F Shares.

 

Toro Acquisition Sàrl has special benefits, as a result of the conversion by the Combined General Meeting on November 9, 2010 of 91,332 C Shares into F Shares.

 

The companies Toro Acquisition Sàrl, Balderton Capital IV, L.P., the FCPIs Eco Innovation, Objectif Innovation 3, Allianz Eco Innovation 2, Objectif Innovation 4 and Idinvest Flexible 2016 have special benefits, resulting from the issuance, with a waiver of the shareholders’ preferential subscription rights in their favor, by the Board of Directors on September 30, 2011 of 3,690,229, 3,685,885, 1,083,150, 485,549, 933,750, 709,650 and 522,900, respectively, F Shares and warrants on F Shares.

 

The companies Toro Acquisition Sàrl, Balderton Capital IV, L.P., the FCPR Galileo III and the FCPIs Allianz Eco Innovation 2, Idinvest Flexible 2016 and Objectif Innovation 4 have special benefits, resulting from the issuance, with a waiver of the shareholders’ preferential subscription rights in their favor, by the Board of Directors on April 25, 2012 of 743,645, 742,750, 322,151, 323,294, 187,961 and 240,591, respectively, G Shares and warrants on G Shares.

 

Toro Acquisition Sàrl has special benefits, resulting from the issuance of Class G preferred shares as a result of the conversion of bonds into Class G preferred shares as noted by the Board of Directors on December 17, 2013.

 

Bpifrance Participations, Iris Capital Fund III and OP Ventures Growth I have special benefits, resulting from the issuance, with a waiver of the shareholders’ preferential subscription rights in their favor, by the General Meeting of the Company on December 17, 2013 of 9,803,166, 2,224,198 and 1,977,159 respectively, H Shares and warrants on H Shares.

 

Toro Acquisition Sàrl has special benefits, resulting from the issuance of Class G preferred shares as a result of the exercise of 888,888 BSA SL-12  into Class G preferred shares as noted by the Board of Directors on June 25, 2015.

 

Mr. Michael Tuchen has special benefits, resulting from the issuance, with a waiver of the shareholders’ preferential subscription rights in his favor, by the Board of Directors on June 25, 2015 of 838,840 H Shares.

 

9



 

ARTICLE 8          CHANGE IN THE SHARE CAPITAL

 

The share capital may be increased, reduced or amortized under the conditions set by law.

 

ARTICLE 9          PAYMENT OF SHARES

 

The shares are issued and paid up under the conditions set by law.

 

Capital calls and the date on which the corresponding sums must be paid are disclosed to shareholders at least 15 days before the date set for each payment by registered letter with acknowledgment of receipt, addressed to the shareholders or by a notice in a legal announcements newspaper published where the registered office is located.

 

The shareholder who does not make the requested additional payments for the shares on their due date is legally and without any other formality liable to the Company for late interest calculated daily from the due date at the legal rate.

 

The Company has the right, in order to obtain the payment of these amounts, of enforcement and penalties as provided by law.

 

ARTICLE 10   TYPE OF SHARES

 

The shares are nominative and are registered in accordance with the law.

 

ARTICLE  11        TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

Shares are freely transferable.

 

The transfer of shares is carried out in accordance with applicable laws. The transfer of shares involving the Company and third parties will be carried out by account-to-account transfer, on the basis of a share transfer certificate.

 

Said transaction will be recorded in a register, kept in date order and known as the “Share Ledger”. The Company is legally required to record the above upon receipt of an order to transfer shares. The share transfer established on a form provided or approved by the Company is signed by the transferor or his/her representative.

 

ARTICLE 12        RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS GOVERNING SHARES

 

Shares will be indivisible with respect to the Company.

 

Multiple holders of undivided interests in shares will be represented at General Meetings by one of them or by a single agent; in the event of disagreement, the agent will be designated by a court of law at the request of the co-owner who acts first.

 

Each share entitles its holder to one vote at General Meetings of shareholders.

 

10



 

The right to vote is held by the usufruct shareholder in Ordinary General Meetings and by the bare owner in Extraordinary General Meetings. Shareholders may, however, agree to allocate voting rights in a different manner at General Meetings, provided that the usufruct shareholder is not deprived of the right to vote on decisions concerning profits; in this case, they must bring their agreement to the Company’s attention by registered letter with a notice of receipt sent to the registered office. The Company will be required to respect the above agreement for any General Meeting held at least five days after receipt of the notice of that agreement.

 

Even deprived of the voting right, the bare-owner of the shares will always have the right to participate in General Meetings.

 

Each share entitles the holder thereof to a proportionate ownership right in the profits of the Company and in the proceeds after liquidation equal to the pro rata portion of the registered capital represented by such share, subject to preferential liquidation rights granted to B shares, C shares, C’ shares, D shares, E shares, E’ shares, F shares, G shares and H shares.

 

Ownership of a share automatically entails compliance with the Company’s Bylaws and with resolutions duly adopted by the General Meeting of shareholders.

 

Whenever it is necessary to own several shares in order to exercise any right, the owners of isolated shares or a number of shares less than the required number may exercise those rights only on the condition that they personally see to the pooling and, possibly, the purchase or sale of the necessary number of shares.

 

In addition to the rights acknowledged to A shares, B, C, C’, D, E, E’, F, G and H shares give their holders the following additional rights:

 

(A)                                Preferential liquidation right

 

For the purposes of this section (A), the term “ Nominal Value ” means, for each share of the Company, the amount of the nominal value actually paid in cash to the Company by the initial subscriber of said share; it being specified that such amount will not be adjusted to take into account any consolidation or division of the nominal value of shares of the Company (or other similar transactions) following the subscription of said share.

 

In the event of dissolution or of amicable or court-ordered liquidation of the Company (hereinafter, the “ Liquidation ”), the liquidation surplus , i.e. the liquidation proceeds available after payment of all debts and liquidation expenses and reimbursement of the Nominal Value of the shares and, more generally, after any priority payment imposed by applicable law and regulations have been made (hereinafter the “ Liquidation Surplus ”) shall be divided among the shares in accordance with the following rules:

 

I.                  to the extent that, on the Liquidation date, there remain B, C, C’, D, E, E’, F, G and H shares issued by the Company that have not been converted into A shares:

 

(i)                first, among all holders of H shares up to a total amount (the “ Total H Amount  “) equal to the greatest of the following numbers:

 

(a)          the total Subscription Price (as defined below) of H shares, or

 

11



 

(b)          the total amount that all holders of H shares referred to above would be entitled to receive under the Liquidation if all the H shares had been converted into A shares immediately before the Liquidation pursuant to the conversion right referred to in Article 12(E) of the Company’s Bylaws,

 

the total amounts due to each above-mentioned holder of H shares being distributed pro rata pursuant to this paragraph (i),

 

further specified that:

 

· as needed, any amounts due to holders of H shares pursuant to paragraphs (ii) to (ix) below will be excluded from the Total H Amount referred to in this paragraph (i); and

 

· The Total H Amount referred to in this paragraph (i) will be:

 

 

decreased by the total amount of the Nominal Value of each of the H shares already received under the first paragraph of this section (A), and

 

 

 

increased , as applicable, by the amount of any dividend attached to each of the H shares approved but not yet distributed on the date of the Liquidation,

 

(ii)            then the remaining balance of the Surplus, if any, would be distributed to the holders of G shares up to a total amount (the “ Total G Amount ”) equal to the largest of the following numbers:

 

(a)          the total Subscription Price of G shares, or

 

(b)          the total amount that all holders of G shares referred to above would be entitled to receive under the Liquidation if all the G shares had been converted into A shares immediately before the Liquidation pursuant to the conversion right referred to in Article 12(E) of the Company’s Bylaws,

 

the total amounts due to each above-mentioned holder of G shares being distributed pro rata pursuant to this paragraph (ii),

 

further specified that:

 

·              as needed, any amounts due to holders of G shares pursuant to paragraphs (i) above and (iii) to (ix) below will be excluded from the Total G Amount mentioned in this paragraph (ii); and

 

· The Total G Amount referred to in this paragraph (i) will be:

 

 

decreased by the total amount of the Nominal Value of each of the G shares already received under the first paragraph of this section (A), and

 

 

 

increased , as applicable, by the amount of any dividend attached to each of the G shares approved but not yet distributed on the date of Liquidation,

 

12



 

(iii)        then the remaining balance of the Surplus would be distributed to holders of F shares up to a total amount (the “ Total F Amount ”) equal to the largest of the following numbers:

 

(a)          the total Subscription Price of F shares, or

 

(b)          the total amount that all holders of F shares referred to above would be entitled to receive under the Liquidation if all the F shares had been converted into A shares immediately before the Liquidation pursuant to the conversion right referred to in Article 12(E) of the Company’s Bylaws,

 

the total amounts due to each above-mentioned holder of F shares being distributed pro rata pursuant to this paragraph (iii),

 

further specified that:

 

· as needed, any amounts due to holders of F shares under paragraphs (i) and (ii) above and (iv) to (ix) below will be excluded from the Total F Amount referred to in this paragraph (iii); and

 

· The Total F Amount referred to in this paragraph (iii) will be:

 

 

decreased by the total amount of the Nominal Value of each of the F shares already received under the first paragraph of this section (A), and

 

 

 

increased , as applicable, by the amount of any dividend on each of the F shares approved but not yet distributed on the Liquidation date,

 

(iv)         then, the remaining balance of the Surplus, if any, would be distributed to holders of E and E’ shares up to a total amount (the “ Total E/E’ Amount ”) equal to the largest of the following numbers:

 

(a)  the total Subscription Price of E and E’ shares, or

 

(B)  the total amount that all holders of E and E’ shares referred to above would be entitled to receive under the Liquidation if all the E and E’ shares had been converted into A shares immediately before the Liquidation pursuant to the conversion right referred to in Article 12(E) of the Company’s Bylaws,

 

the total amounts due to each holder of the E and E’ shares referred to above being distributed pro rata pursuant to this paragraph (iv),

 

further specified that:

 

· as needed, any amounts due to holders of E and E’ shares under paragraphs (i) to (iii) above and (v) to (ix) below will be excluded from the Total E/E’ Amount referred to in this paragraph (iv); and

 

· the Total E/E’ Amount referred to in this paragraph (iv) will be:

 

13



 

 

decreased by the total amount of the Nominal Value of each of the E and E’ shares already received under the first paragraph of this section (A), and

 

 

 

increased , as applicable, by the amount of any dividend on each of the E and E’ shares approved but not yet distributed on the Liquidation date,

 

(v)             then, the remaining balance of the Surplus, if any, would be distributed to holders of D shares up to a total amount (the “ Total D Amount ”) equal to the largest of the following numbers:

 

(a)          the total Subscription Price of D shares, or

 

(b)  the total amount that all holders of D shares referred to above would be entitled to receive under the Liquidation if all the D shares had been converted into A shares immediately before the Liquidation pursuant to the conversion right referred to in Article 12(E) of the Company’s Bylaws,

 

the total amounts due to each owner of the D shares referred to above being distributed pro rata pursuant to this paragraph (v),

 

further specified that:

 

· as needed, any amounts due to holders of D shares under paragraphs (i) to (iv) above to (vi) to (ix) below will be excluded from the Total D Amount referred to in this paragraph (iv); and

 

· the Total D Amount referred to in this paragraph (v) will be:

 

 

decreased by the total amount of the Nominal Value of each of the D shares already received under the first paragraph of this section (A), and

 

 

 

increased , as applicable, by the amount of any dividend on each of the D shares approved but not yet distributed on the Liquidation date,

 

(vi)         then the remaining balance of the Surplus, if any, would be distributed to holders of C’ shares up to a total amount (the “  Total C’ Amount ”)  equal to the largest of the following numbers:

 

(a)          the total Subscription Price of C’ shares, or

 

(b)  the total amount that all holders of C’ shares referred to above would be entitled to receive under the Liquidation if all the C’ shares had been converted into A shares immediately before the Liquidation pursuant to the conversion right referred to in Article 12(E) of the Company’s Bylaws,

 

the total amounts due to each owner of the C’ shares referred to above being distributed pro rata pursuant to this paragraph (vi),

 

further specified that:

 

·              as needed, any amounts due to holders of C’ shares under paragraphs (i) to (v) above and (vii) to (ix) below will be excluded from the Total C’ Amount referred to in this paragraph (vi); and

 

14


 

· the Total C’ Amount referred to in this paragraph (vi) will be:

 

 

decreased by the total amount of the Nominal Value of each of the C’ shares already received under the first paragraph of this section (A), and

 

 

 

increased , as applicable, by the amount of any dividend on each of the C’ shares approved but not yet distributed on the Liquidation date,

 

(vii)     then the remaining balance of the Surplus, if any, would be distributed to the holders of C shares up to a total amount (the “ Total C Amount ”) equal to the largest of the following numbers:

 

(a)          the total Subscription Price of C shares, or

 

(b)          the total amount that all holders of C shares referred to above would be entitled to receive under the Liquidation if all the C shares had been converted into A shares immediately before the Liquidation pursuant to the conversion right referred to in Article 12(E) of the Company’s Bylaws,

 

the total amounts due to each owner of the C shares referred to above being distributed pro rata pursuant to this paragraph (vii),

 

further specified that:

 

· as needed, any amounts due to holders of C shares under paragraphs (i) to (vi) above and (viii) and (ix) below will be excluded from the Total C Amount referred to in this paragraph (vii); and

 

·              the Total C Amount referred to in this paragraph (vii) will be:

 

 

decreased by the total amount of the Nominal Value of each of the C shares already received under the first paragraph of this section (A), and

 

 

 

increased , as applicable, by the amount of any dividend on each of the C shares approved but not yet distributed on the Liquidation date,

 

(viii)                    then, the remaining balance of the Surplus, if any, would be distributed to holders of B shares up to a total amount (the “ Total B Amount ” equal to the largest of the following numbers:

 

(a)          the total Subscription Price of B shares, or

 

(b)          the total amount that all holders of B shares referred to above would be entitled to receive under the Liquidation if all the B shares had been converted into A shares immediately before the Liquidation pursuant to the conversion right referred to in Article 12(E) of the Company’s Bylaws,

 

the total amounts due to each owner of the C’ shares referred to above being distributed pro rata pursuant to this paragraph (viii),

 

further specified that:

 

· as needed, any amounts due to holders of B shares under paragraphs (i) to (vii) above, and (ix) below will be excluded from the Total B Amount referred to in this paragraph (viii); and

 

15



 

· the Total B Amount referred to in this paragraph (viii) will be:

 

 

decreased by the total amount of the Nominal Value of each of the B shares already received under the first paragraph of this section (A), and

 

 

 

increased , as applicable, by the amount of any dividend on each of the B shares approved but not yet distributed on the Liquidation date, and

 

(ix)         in the last place, the balance of the Surplus still available, if any, will be distributed among all the holders of A shares, on a pro rata basis according to the number of A shares they hold on the date of the Liquidation.

 

with the understanding that for the purposes of this section (A) :

 

(1)           the term “ Subscription Price ” means :

 

(i)               for each E’ share created on conversion of A shares in the terms of the ninth resolution of the Extraordinary General Meeting of February 19, 2010:

 

(a)          for Non-French Shareholders (as defined here below): the equivalent in euros of an amount equal to US$ 0.49167 calculated on the basis of the last exchange rate set and published by the European Central Bank on the day before the effective date of the Liquidation, and

 

(b)          for French Shareholders (as defined here below): € 0.34333,

 

(ii)            for each F share: the equivalent in euros of an amount equal to 0.90 dollars calculated on the basis of the last exchange rate set and published by the European Central Bank on the day before the effective date of the Liquidation, and

 

(iii)         for each G share:

 

(a)          subscribed (A) as part of a capital increase decided by the Board of Directors of the Company acting by delegation of the General Meeting of April 25, 2012, in the terms of its second resolution and (B) upon exercise of the BSA SL-12 referred to in the thirteenth resolution of the General Meeting of April 25, 2012: the equivalent in euros of an amount equal to 1.35 dollars calculated on the basis of the last exchange rate set and published by the European Central Bank on the day before the effective date of the Liquidation, and

 

16



 

(b)          issued on the conversion of bonds (OC) issued by the Board of Directors of the Company acting by delegation of the General Meeting of April 25, 2012 in the terms of the twelfth resolution, the equivalent in euros (calculated on the basis of the last exchange rate set and published by the European Central Bank on the day before the effective date of the Liquidation) of the equivalent in dollars of €  1.02 (determined by the Board of Directors on the basis of the last exchange rate set and published by the European Central Bank on the day before the effective date of the issue of the G shares in question), and

 

(c)           other than those referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) above: the subscription price (issue premium included) in euros actually paid to the Company by the initial subscribers of the G shares in question,

 

(iv) for all other shares issued by the Company not referenced in paragraphs (1)(i) to (1)(iii) above, the subscription price (issue premium included) paid to the Company by the initial subscribers of the shares in question, i.e. an amount equal to:

 

(a)          for each H share

 

·                   subscribed as part of the capital increase decided in the third resolution of the Combined General Meeting of December 17, 2013: €  1.05, and

 

·                   subscribed on exercise of the BSA Milestone 12-2013  share subscription warrants referred to in the third resolution of the Combined General Meeting of December 17, 2013: the nominal value of one share of the Company on the date of exercise of the said BSA Milestone 12-2013  warrants,

 

(b)          for each E share:

 

·                   for Non-French Shareholders: the equivalent in euros of an amount equal to US$ 0.60167 calculated on the basis of the last exchange rate set and published by the European Central Bank on the day before the effective date of the Liquidation, and

 

·                   for French Shareholders: €  0.42,

 

(b) for each D share:

 

·                   for Non-French Shareholders: the equivalent in euros of an amount equal to US$ 0.44 calculated on the basis of the last exchange rate set and published by the European Central Bank on the day before the effective date of the Liquidation, and

 

·                   for French Shareholders: €  0.345,

 

(c)           for each C’ share: €  0.27,

 

(d)          for each C share: €  0.2333, and

 

(e)           for each B share: €  0.14,

 

17



 

also further specified that: (i) the above-mentioned amounts and numbers will be adjusted, as necessary, to take into consideration any regrouping or division of the nominal value of the shares of the Company (or other related transactions), that would occur after the date of the Ordinary and Extraordinary General Meeting of the Company of December 17, 2013, (ii) in the event that new B, C, C’, D, E, E’, F, G or H shares would be issued upon exercise of the “antidilutive” or “ratchet” share subscription warrants, and their Subscription Price would be equal to the price effectively paid by the initial subscribers to the Company for all of the new B, C, C’, D, E, E’, F, G or H shares and (iii) any amount that would be due to the shareholders of the Company for the Surplus pursuant to the terms of this Section (A) will be rounded to the lower one hundredth of a euro.

 

(2)           the term “ Non-French Shareholder ” designates any holder of D, E and/or E’ shares, as the case may be, having their domicile or registered office, as the case may be, located outside of France, and

 

(3)           the term “ French Shareholder ” designates any holder of D, E and/or E’ shares, as the case may be, having their domicile or registered office, as the case may be, located in France,

 

II.              to the extent that, on the date of the Liquidation, all of the B, C, C’, D, E, E’, F, G and H shares issued by the Company would have been converted into A shares, among all holders of A shares (including A shares issued on conversion of B, C, C’, D, E, E’, F, G and H shares), on a pro rata basis of the number of A shares held by these latter on the date of the Liquidation.

 

(B)                                Right to information

 

Holders of B shares, C shares, C’ shares, D shares, E shares, E’ shares, F shares and H shares will benefit from a reinforced right to information.

 

As such, the following must be notified:

 

·                   each year, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the financial year under review, the audited annual accounts of the Company (and, if applicable, the audited consolidated accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries (as the term is defined in section (F) below), accompanied by reports and other documents transmitted between the Company and the Statutory Auditors;

 

·                    each year, within thirty (30) days before the closing date of each financial year, the following documents (it is specified that these documents can be combined into a single document): (a) a business plan specifying the objectives for the next three years for the Company and each of its Subsidiaries, including sales targets and product development strategies and any other information reasonably required by holders of B shares, C shares, C’ shares, D shares, E shares, E’ shares, F shares or H shares (hereinafter a “ Business Plan ”), and (b) details of the projected accounts for the Company and each of its Subsidiaries, and the consolidated provisional accounts on the turnover for the three (3) coming years, including a projection of revenue, expenses and cash flow of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the three (3) year period being considered, and any other information reasonably requested by holders of B shares, C shares, C’ shares, D shares, E shares, E’ shares or F shares (hereinafter an “ Annual Budget ”);

 

18



 

·                    each quarter, not later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarter, the unaudited financial statements of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries relating to the quarter, including a consolidated income statement, balance sheet and statement of cash flows;

 

·                    each quarter, not later than thirty (30) days from the first day of the relevant quarter, an estimate of the activity and cash flow of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the next thirteen (13) weeks;

 

·                    each month, no later than thirty (30) days after the end of the relevant month, a statement of cash position and debt and the turnover made by the Company (and any information or details that the Board of Directors of the Company or holders of B shares, C shares, C’ shares, D shares, E shares, E shares, F shares and H shares may reasonably request) during the previous month and an income statement relating to the previous month (the “ Monthly Accounts ”). The Monthly Accounts will also include a report of activity commenting on variances from the budget and from the Monthly Accounts for the same month of the previous year and detailing the key financial events and highlights of the period concerned.

 

In addition, holders of B shares, C shares, C’ shares, D shares, E shares, E’ shares, F shares and H shares in the Company will receive all relevant information on any event, internal or external to the Company or one of its subsidiaries, affecting or reasonably likely to eventually affect the continuity of operations or sustainability of the Company or its Subsidiaries and, within a reasonable time from the date the Company becomes aware.

 

(C)                                Right to audit

 

To the extent the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is in default under their disclosure obligations pursuant to paragraph (B) above, each B, C, C’, D, E, E’, F and H share gives the holder a right of access to the Company and its Subsidiaries enabling them to request any information and documents relating to their financial, accounting, technical, commercial and legal activities. This right of access may be exercised at any time by notice to the Company subject to the fulfillment of a reasonable notice period, provided, however that such period of notice may not exceed eight (8) days. Each holder of B, C, C’, D, E, E’, F and H shares may be assisted by any third-party expert appointed by him. Reasonable costs resulting from the exercise of this right of access, including the third-party expert or experts’ intervention cost(s) will be borne by the Company on presentation of receipts, up to a total maximum of €  50,000 per year and subject to the results of any audit or review conducted by the above mentioned third-party expert being reported to the Company at the same time as holders of relevant B, C, C’, D, E, E’, F or H shares.

 

19



 

(D)                                Permanent right of representation on the Board of Directors

 

Holders of D, F and H shares have the right to appoint a maximum of four (4) members within the Company’s Board of Directors, being specified as such: two (2) members of the Board will be appointed by the Ordinary General Meeting of shareholders of the Company (or the Board of Directors in case of co-optation) among the candidates proposed by the holders of D shares, one (1) member of the Board will be appointed by the Ordinary General Meeting of shareholders of the Company (or the Board of Directors in case of co-optation) among the candidates proposed by the holders of F shares and one (1) member of the Board will be appointed by the Ordinary General Meeting of shareholders of the Company (or the Board of Directors in case of co-optation) among the candidates proposed by the holders of H shares.

 

The presence or representation of at least three (3) of the four (4) directors appointed from candidates proposed by the holders of D shares, F shares and H shares (provided they are still in office) will be required for the Board of Directors to deliberate validly on first call.

 

(E) Conversion right

 

(i)                          each B, C, C’, D, E, E’, F, G and H share will be automatically and instantly converted into one ordinary share immediately before the first listing of the Company’s shares to trading on a regulated market or on the  Nasdaq National Market or the New York Stock Exchange in the United States of America (the “ Stock Market Listing ”) but subject to: (i) the actual listing of the shares of the Company, and (ii) the Stock Market Listing being made on the basis of a valuation of the Company at least equal to 25 million dollars (net of any discounts or commissions and on the basis of a fully diluted share capital) and for a price per share of the Company of at least 2.70 dollars;

 

(ii)                       each B, C, C’, D, E, E’, F, G or H share being able to be freely converted at any time on request of the holder, into one ordinary share; and

 

(iii)                    each B, C, C’, D, E, E’, F, G or H share being automatically and instantly converted into one ordinary share on the decision to that effect taken by the special meeting of shareholder owners of B, C, C’, D, E, E’, F, G or H shares, as applicable, by a majority of two-thirds of its members.

 

(F)                                Right to prior approval of certain decisions

 

Decisions on the following actions will be subject to prior review and deliberation by the Board of Directors and will be taken by the Board by a majority of its members present or represented, the majority consisting of the vote of at least three (3) of the four (4) directors appointed from candidates proposed by the holders of D, F and H shares in accordance with paragraph (D) above (provided that they are still in office):

 

(1)                 any allocation by the Company’s Board of Directors acting on behalf of the General Meeting of shareholders of any equity or securities granting access to capital;

 

(2)                 the admission of all or part of the Company’s shares to trading on a regulated market or a stock exchange or on the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ exchange in the United States; any alienation or pledge of a key asset of the Company or any merger, demerger, partial transfer of assets to which the Company is party or disposal of a substantial intellectual property right of the Company in favor of a third party (other than a Subsidiary of the Company) as an irrevocable exclusive license, except in cases where a decision referred to in this paragraph (2) would intervene in the context of a restructuring transaction between the Company and its Subsidiaries and provided that

 

20



 

such restructuring operation has been the subject of prior authorization by the Board of Directors of the Company adopted by the majority referred to in the first paragraph of this section (F);

 

(3)                 the adoption of any new share subscription or purchase options plan or any other incentive plan allowing one or more employees, managers or consultants of the Company to have immediate or future access to the Company’s capital, the same as any change in the terms and conditions of an incentive plan in vigor;

 

(4)                 any decision for the dissolution, the opening of a safekeeping or receivership procedure, the liquidation of the Company or the designation of any court-ordered representative (including any ad hoc representative or conciliator), without prejudice to the right of the Chief Executive Officer to proceed with the regularization of a declaration for cessation of payments within the legal time frames;

 

(5)                 any agreement reached between the Company and its creditors other than those that are part of the normal course of affairs;

 

(6)                 the signing of any commitment by the Company that would authorize a shareholder of the Company to ask this latter to record all or part of the securities held by the said shareholder with the Securities and Exchange Commission in the United States of America for the purpose of allowing the sale of securities held by this latter on a market in the United States of America;

 

(7)                 except in that it (i) would intervene in the normal conduct of business or (ii) be specified in the annual budget as approved by the Board of Directors, any decision that would (a) lead to an increase in the Company’s debt in an amount greater than US$ 100,000 or an amount greater than US$ 250,000 over a period of 12 months, or (b) would consist in the Company’s granting of a loan, surety, deposit, endorsement or guarantee;

 

(8)                 any significant change in the Company’s activity;

 

(9)                 the approval of an Annual Budget and a Business Plan (as such terms are defined in paragraph (B) above);

 

(10)          the preparation and approval of any significant change in the Business Plan or related to the calculation methods, strategies and plans determined in a Business Plan;

 

(11)          the preparation and approval of any significant change in the Annual Budget;

 

(12)          any creation of a Subsidiary as well as any sale of securities held by the Company in a Subsidiary;

 

21



 

(13)          except in the ordinary course of business, any assignment by the Company, on one or more occasions, or similar operations, resulting in a transfer of assets representing at least 10% of the overall market value of the assets of the Company (hereinafter, “ 10% of the Company’s Assets ”) ; it being specified that, to the extent where such a transaction would cover assets not representing 10% of the Company’s assets, that disposal will be carried out at a price that may not be less than the market value of the assets sold and under conditions equivalent to those currently applicable to similar transactions;

 

(14)          any loan or advance, deposit or investment for any physical or legal person (other than a wholly-owned Subsidiary), except for any (i) reasonable advances made to Company employees as part of the normal course of business, or (ii) an acquisition approved by at least three (3) of the four (4) directors appointed from among the candidates proposed by the holders of D, F and H shares;

 

(15)          the signing of any contract (including, as the case may be, any amendment or modification of an active contract), arrangement, commitment or transaction with (i) a physical person having a family relationship (whether by birth, marriage or adoption) with a managing officer, director or employee of the Company or (ii) a legal person in which a managing officer, director or employee of the Company holds any interest whatsoever, except for any contract, arrangement, commitment or transaction carried out in the normal course of business;

 

(16)          any expense representing a total amount greater than US$ 250,000 over a period of 12 months, except however for expenses specified in the Annual Budget or approved in advance by the Board of Directors;

 

(17)          any decision for hiring, dismissing or increasing by more than 10% the compensation of any manager, executive manager, financial manager or any other managers whose gross annual salary is greater than US$ 100,000;

 

(18)          any decision to change the share capital, whether by capital increase, reduction, amortization, division of nominal amount or other;

 

(19)          any decision to change the rights attached to the shares of the Company, regardless of the class of shares;

 

(20)          any decision for distribution or payment of dividends, or other forms of distribution to shareholders;

 

(21)          any decision to amend the Bylaws; and

 

(22)           any decision to change the number of directors, by appointment or revocation of directors, to change the right of representation on the Board of Directors, or any amendment of the powers of the Board of Directors and its procedures of operation.

 

It is specified that, unless contrary stipulations apply, each of the decisions listed in paragraphs (1) to (22) above applies not only to the Company but also to all the companies over which it holds or will hold control, directly or indirectly, in the meaning of Article L. 233-3 of the French Code of Commerce (the “ Subsidiaries ”).

 

22


 

(G)                               Right to propose the appointment of an adviser

 

Theholders of B shares have the right to have one (1) adviser appointed; with the understanding that as such, the Ordinary General Meeting of shareholders of the Company will appoint one (1) adviser from among the candidates proposed by the holders of B shares.

 

The holde rs of D shares have the right to have appointed one (1) adviser; with the understanding that as such, the Ordinary General Meeting of shareholders of the Company will appoint one (1) adviser from among the candidates proposed by the holders of D shares

 

The hold ersof F shares have the right to have appointed one (1) adviser; with the understanding that as such, the Ordinary General Meeting of shareholders of the Company will appoint one (1) adviser from among the candidates proposed by the holders of F shares

 

Thehold ers of H shares have the right to have appointed a maximum of one (1) adviser; with the understanding that as such, the Ordinary General Meeting of shareholders of the Company will appoint one (1) adviser from among the candidates proposed by the holders of H shares.

 

TITLE III

 

COMPANY MANAGEMENT

 

ARTICLE 13                     BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

The Company is managed by a Board of Directors composed of a minimum of three members and a maximum of nine members, two of whom are chosen from among the candidates proposed by the holders of D shares, one of whom is chosen from among the candidates proposed by the holders of F shares, and one of whom is chosen from among the candidates proposed by the holders of H shares.

 

The directors shall be appointed by the Ordinary General Meeting of shareholders.

 

ARTICLE 14                     APPOINTMENT AND REVOCATION OF DIRECTORS

 

The directors’ term of office is three (3) years.  A director’s duties end at the conclusion of the meeting that approved the financial statements of the past year that is held in the current year in which the term of the said director expires.

 

Directors may be reappointed and they may be revoked at any time by decision of the Ordinary General Meeting of shareholders.

 

If a director seat becomes empty between two General Meetings, the Board of Directors may, in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, make temporary appointments.

 

Appointments of directors made by the Board of Directors are subject to the approval of the next Ordinary General Meeting.  When there is no ratification, the rulings and the acts carried out previously by the Board still remain valid.

 

23



 

A director appointed to replace another holds the office only for the time remaining in the term of his or her predecessor.

 

A person more than 70 years old cannot be appointed director if their appointment brings the number of Board members over 70 years old to more than one third.

 

If this limit is reached, the oldest director shall be considered as resigning at the end of the meeting of the Annual Ordinary General Meeting ruling on the financial statements of the previous year held in the current year in which this one-third limit has been reached.

 

ARTICLE 15                     (RESERVE)

 

ARTICLE 16                     ORGANIZATION AND DELIBERATIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

1) Board meetings

 

The Board of Directors meets as often as required in the interest of the Company, and at least once per quarter, or within a maximum time of five (5) working days when requested by any director.

 

The meetings of the Board of Directors are called on the initiative of the Chairman or one or more directors.

 

The meetings of the Board of Directors are held at the registered office of the Company or at any other place.

 

Advance notice for calling directors to the meetings of the Board of Directors is at least five (5) working days on first call and twenty-four (24) hours on second call, except, for these two cases, when the directors would all be present or represented.

 

The calls for meeting may be made by any means of written communication including by simple postal or electronic mail.

 

2)                                     Quorum

 

A meeting of the Board of Directors is considered valid when at least half of its members are present.

 

3)                                     Deliberations

 

The presence or representation of at least three (3) of the four (4) directors chosen from among the candidates proposed by the holders of D shares, F shares and H shares (provided that they are still active) will be required in order for the Board of Directors to validly deliberate on first call.

 

Subject to the decisions mentioned in Article 18.3 of the Bylaws, the decisions of the Board of Directors are made on the majority of the votes of participating members, present or represented. Decisions are binding on all members of the Board of Directors, even those absent or dissenting.

 

4)                                     Meeting minutes

 

The meetings of the Board of Directors are documented in minutes prepared in a special register that is numbered, initialed and held in the registered office of the Company, in compliance with regulatory provisions.

 

24



 

5)                                     Representation

 

Any director may be represented by another director at a meeting of the Board by means of a written proxy.

 

Each director can only have, during the same meeting, one single proxy received in application of the previous sub-paragraph.

 

These provisions are applicable to directors who are permanent representatives of legal persons.

 

6)                                     Confidentiality

 

Any and all directors or any person called to the meetings of the Board are held to confidentiality with respect to the information presenting a confidential character and data considered as such by the Chairman of the Board.

 

ARTICLE 17                     POWERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS -COMMITTEES

 

1)                                     Powers

 

The Board of Directors shall determine the focuses of the activity of the Company and oversee their implementation. Subject to the powers expressly granted to shareholders’ meetings and limited to the company object, the Board of Directors deliberates on all matters concerning the operation of the Group’s activities and rules on all affairs over which it has authority.

 

In its relations with third parties, the Company is committed even by the actions of the Board of Directors that are not within the scope of its company object, unless it can prove that the third-party knew that the action exceeded this object or that it could not be unaware of it in view of the circumstances, and mere publication of the Bylaws shall not be sufficient proof thereof.

 

The Board of Directors shall carry out the controls and verifications that it deems necessary.  The Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer shall provide each director with all of the documents and information necessary to carry out their mission.

 

2)                                     Committees

 

The Board may decide to create committees charged with studying the issues that itself or its Chairman submits to them for their examination and advisement.  The Board shall determine the composition and the responsibilities of the committees that conduct their activity under its responsibility.  It shall set the compensation of the people who compose them.

 

25



 

ARTICLE 18                     EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT

 

1)                                     Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

The Board of Directors shall choose from among its members a Chairman who must be a physical person, otherwise the appointment is null and void.  It shall determine his or her compensation in the conditions set by law.

 

The Chairman shall be appointed for a term that cannot exceed that of his or her director’s term. He or she may be reappointed.

 

The Board of Directors may revoke the Chairman at any time.

 

The Chairman of the Board cannot be more than 70 years old.  If the Chairman reaches this age limit during his or her term as Chairman, he or she is deemed to have resigned from office.  The term is extended however until the next meeting of the Board of Directors during which the successor will be appointed.

 

In the case of temporary unavailability or death of the Chairman, the Board of Directors may appoint a director for the functions of the Chairman.

 

In the case of temporary unavailability, this appointment is made for a limited amount of time.  It is renewable.  In the case of death, it is valid until the election of the new Chairman.

 

The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall organize and manage its work, which is reported to the General Meeting.  It shall oversee the proper functioning of the Company’s management bodies and ensure, in particular, that the directors are able to carry out their mission.

 

2)                                     Executive Management

 

Executive management of the Company shall be assumed, under its responsibility, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or by another physical person appointed by the Board of Directors and bearing the title of Chief Executive Officer.

 

The Board must choose between the two forms of exercising executive management at all times and, at least, each time the term of Chief Executive Officer expires or that of the Chairman of the Board of Directors when he or she also assumes the executive management of the Company.

 

Shareholders and third parties shall be informed of this choice in the conditions defined by decree.

 

The final decision of the Board of Directors on the choice of the form of exercising executive management shall be carried out based on the majority of the votes of the participating members, present or represented.

 

When the executive management of the Company is assumed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the provisions in the Bylaws relating to the Chief Executive Officer are applicable to him or her.

 

26



 

3)                                     Chief Executive Officer

 

The Chief Executive Officer is invested with the most extensive powers to act in all circumstances in the name of the Company.  He or she shall exercise those powers within the limits of the company object and subject to those expressly granted by law to shareholders’ meetings and to the Board of Directors.

 

The decisions or actions mentioned hereinafter shall be subject to the prior examination and deliberation of the Board of Directors and shall be taken by the Board of Directors based on the majority of its members present or represented, and this majority must include the votes of at least three (3) of the four (4) directors appointed from among the candidates proposed by the holders of D, F and H shares in compliance with paragraph (D) of Article 12 above (provided they are still in office):

 

(1)          any allocation by the Board of Directors of the Company acting by delegation of the General Meeting of the shareholders of any capital security or other security convertible to capital;

 

(2)                 the admission of all part of the shares of the Company for trading on a regulated market or securities market or the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ in the United States; any alienation or pledge of an essential asset of the Company or any merger, split or transaction involving a partial asset contribution to which the Company would be a party or any alienation of a substantial intellectual property right of the Company for the benefit of a third party (other than a Subsidiary of the Company) in the form of an exclusive irrevocable license, except in the case in which a decision mentioned in this paragraph (2) would occur as part of a restructuring transaction carried out between the Company and its Subsidiaries and on condition that the said restructuring transaction has been subject to a prior authorization of the Board of Directors of the Company ruling in majority conditions as mentioned in the second paragraph of this Article 18(3);

 

(3)                 the adoption of any new share subscription or purchase options plan or any other incentive plan allowing one or more employees, managers or consultants of the Company to have immediate or future access to the Company’s capital, the same as any change in the terms and conditions of an incentive plan in vigor;

 

(4)                 any decision for the dissolution, the opening of a safekeeping or receivership procedure, the liquidation of the Company or the designation of any court-ordered representative (including any ad hoc representative or conciliator), without prejudice to the right of the Chief Executive Officer to proceed with the regularization of a declaration for cessation of payments within the legal time frames;

 

(5)                 any agreement reached between the Company and its creditors other than those that are part of the normal course of affairs;

 

(6)                 the signing of any commitment by the Company that would authorize a shareholder of the Company to ask this latter to record all or part of the securities held by the said shareholder with the Securities and Exchange Commission in the United States of America for the purpose of allowing the sale of securities held by this latter on a market in the United States of America;

 

27



 

(7)                 except in that it (i) would intervene in the normal conduct of business or (ii) be specified in the annual budget as approved by the Board of Directors, any decision that would (a) lead to an increase in the Company’s debt in an amount greater than US$ 100,000 or an amount greater than US$ 250,000 over a period of 12 months, or (b) would consist in the Company’s granting of a loan, surety, deposit, endorsement or guarantee;

 

(8)                 any significant change in the Company’s business activity;

 

(9)                 the approval of an Annual Budget and a Development Plan (as these terms are defined in paragraph (B) of Article 12 above);

 

(10)          the preparation and approval of any significant change in the Development Plan or related to the calculation methods, strategies and plans determined in a Development Plan;

 

(11)          the preparation and approval of any significant change in the Annual Budget;

 

(12)          any creation of a Subsidiary as well as any sale of securities held by the Company in a Subsidiary;

 

(13)          except in the normal conduct of business, any sale or related transaction by the Company, on one or more occasions, that would result in a transfer of assets representing at least 10% of the market value of all of the assets of the Company (hereinafter, “ 10% of the Company’s Assets ”); further specified that to the extent that such a transaction would involve assets not representing 10% of the Company’s Assets, the said sale would be made at a price that cannot be less than the market value of the assets sold and in conditions equivalent to those currently applicable to similar transactions;

 

(14)          any loan or advance, deposit or investment for any physical or legal person (other than a wholly-owned Subsidiary), except for any (i) reasonable advances made to Company employees as part of the normal course of business, or (ii) an acquisition approved by at least three (3) of the four (4) directors appointed from among the candidates proposed by the holders of D, F and H shares;

 

(15)          the signing of any contract (including, as the case may be, any amendment or modification of an active contract), arrangement, commitment or transaction with (i) a physical person having a family relationship (whether by birth, marriage or adoption) with a managing officer, director or employee of the Company or (ii) a legal person in which a managing officer, director or employee of the Company holds any interest whatsoever, except for any contract, arrangement, commitment or transaction carried out in the normal course of business;

 

(16)          any expense representing a total amount greater than US$ 250,000 over a period of 12 months, except however for expenses specified in the Annual Budget or approved in advance by the Board of Directors;

 

(17)          any decision for hiring, dismissing or increasing by more than 10% the compensation of any manager, executive manager, financial manager or any other managers whose gross annual salary is greater than US$ 100,000;

 

28



 

(18)          any decision to change the share capital, whether by capital increase, reduction, amortization, division of nominal amount or other;

 

(19)          any decision to change the rights attached to the shares of the Company, regardless of the class of shares;

 

(20)          any decision for distribution or payment of dividends, or other forms of distribution to shareholders;

 

(21)           any decision to amend the Bylaws; and

 

(22)           any decision to change the number of directors, by appointment or revocation of directors, to change the right of representation on the Board of Directors, or any amendment of the powers of the Board of Directors and its procedures of operation.

 

It is specified that, unless contrary stipulations apply, each of the decisions listed in paragraphs (1) to (22) above applies not only to the Company but also to all the companies over which it holds or will hold control, directly or indirectly, in the meaning of Article L. 233-3 of the French Code of Commerce (the “ Subsidiaries ”).

 

The Chief Executive Officer represents the Company in its relations with third parties.  The Company is committed even by the actions of the Chief Executive Officer that are not part of the company object, unless the Company proves that the third party knew that the action exceeded this object or could not be unaware of it in view of the circumstances, and mere publication of the Bylaws shall not be sufficient proof thereof.

 

The provisions in the Bylaws or the decisions of the Board of Directors limiting the powers of the Chief Executive Officer are unenforceable against third parties.

 

The Chief Executive Officer can delegate the powers belonging to him or her by law or the Bylaws or that are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors or the shareholders (on the condition in these last two cases that it was expressly authorized by the Board of Directors or the shareholders, as the case may be), further specified that in this case the delegatee cannot take any action in relation with any of the subjects listed in paragraph 3) above without having been authorized to do so in advance by the Board of Directors in the conditions stipulated in the said paragraph.

 

The Board of Directors determines the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer in the conditions set by law.

 

The Chief Executive Officer cannot be more than 70 years old.  When a Chief Executive Officer reaches this age limit during their term of office it is considered that he or she resigns from office.  In this case, however, the term of office is extended until the next meeting of the Board of Directors in which the successor will be appointed.  Subject to this provision, the Chief Executive Officer may be re-appointed.

 

4)                                     Delegate Chief Executive Officers

 

On proposal of the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors may grant authority to one or more physical persons to assist the Chief Executive Officer with the title of Delegate Chief Executive Officer. The Delegate Chief Executive Officer(s) may be revoked at any time by the Board of Directors on proposal of the Chief Executive Officer.

 

29



 

As approved by the Chief Executive Officer, the Board will determine the extent and the duration of the powers given to the Delegate Chief Executive Officer.  The Board shall determine his or her compensation in the conditions set by law.

 

With respect to third parties, the Delegate Chief Executive Officers have the same powers as the Chief Executive Officer; in particular the Delegate Chief Executive Officers can take part in legal proceedings.

 

The provisions of paragraph 3) of Article 18 of the Bylaws are also applicable to the Delegate Chief Executive Officers.

 

A Delegate Chief Executive Officer cannot be more than 70 years old.  When a Delegate Chief Executive Officer reaches this age it is considered that he or she resigns from office.  In this case, however, their term is extended until the next meeting of the Board of Directors during which a new Delegate Chief Executive Officer will be appointed.

 

There cannot be more than five (5) Delegate Chief Executive Officers.

 

ARTICLE 19                     COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

 

The General Meeting can allocate a fixed annual amount to the directors, as compensation for their activity, for attendance fees. The General Meeting will determine this amount without being bound by previous decisions.

 

The Board of Directors shall freely distribute among its members the overall amounts allocated to the directors in the form of attendance fees.

 

The Board of Directors may allocate exceptional compensation for missions or mandates granted to directors in the conditions specified by law.

 

The directors bound to the Company by an employment contract can receive compensation for said contract in the conditions specified by law.

 

The Board of Directors can authorize reimbursement of travel and movement fees and for expenses incurred by directors in the interest of the company.

 

ARTICLE 20                     ADVISORY BOARD

 

The Ordinary General Meeting may, on proposal of the Board of Directors, appoint advisers.  The Board of Directors may also appoint such advisers directly, subject to approval by the next General Meeting.  Such advisers can always be reappointed.

 

There may not be more than five (5) advisers, which together form an advisory board.  They are freely chosen based on their expertise.

 

The holders of B shares have the right to have one (1) adviser appointed; with the understanding that as such, the Ordinary General Meeting of shareholders of the Company will appoint one (1) adviser from among the candidates proposed by the holders of B shares.

 

The holders of D shares have the right to have appointed one (1) adviser; with the understanding that as such, the Ordinary General Meeting of shareholders of the Company will appoint one (1) adviser from among the candidates proposed by the holders of D shares.

 

30


 

The holders of F shares have the right to have appointed one (1) adviser; with the understanding that as such, the Ordinary General Meeting of shareholders of the Company will appoint one (1) adviser from among the candidates proposed by the holders of F shares.

 

The holders of H shares have the right to have appointed one (1) adviser, with the understanding that as such, the Ordinary General Meeting of shareholders of the Company will appoint one (1) adviser from among the candidates proposed by the holders of H shares.

 

The term of office of the advisers is for three (3) years; this term ends at the conclusion of the Ordinary General Meeting called to approve the financial statements of the period ended that is held in the year in which their term expires.

 

The advisory board will study the questions that the Board of Directors or its Chairman submits to it for examination and advisement.

 

The advisers take part in the meetings of the Board of Directors as well as in the meetings of all committees created by the Board of Directors and take part in the deliberations with advisory voice only, and their absence cannot affect the validity of the deliberations.

 

The advisers are invited to the meetings of the Board of Directors in the same conditions as the directors and they receive the same information and documents as the directors.

 

The advisers shall be held to the same confidentiality obligations as the Board of Directors.

 

TITLE IV

 

AUDITS OF THE COMPANY’S FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

ARTICLE 21                     APPOINTMENT OF THE STATUTORY AUDITORS - INCOMPATIBILITY

 

One or more principal and alternate Statutory Auditors must be appointed in the conditions specified in Article L. 223-35 of the French Commercial Code.

 

The Statutory Auditors are appointed for six (6) financial periods by the Ordinary General Meeting and their duties expire after the Ordinary General Meeting deliberating on the financial statements of the sixth financial period.

 

ARTICLE 22                     DUTIES OF THE STATUTORY AUDITORS

 

The Statutory Auditors have the duties and powers granted to them by the applicable laws and regulations.

 

The Statutory Auditors can, at any time of the year, carry out the audits or controls that they deem necessary.

 

The compensation of the Statutory Auditors is determined according to procedures set by applicable regulations.

 

They must be invited to all shareholders’ meetings as well as all meetings of the Board of Directors in which the annual or intermediate financial statements are examined or approved.

 

31



 

TITLE V

 

GENERAL MEETINGS

 

ARTICLE 23                     GENERAL MEETINGS

 

General Meetings are convened and held in the conditions set by law.

 

When the Company wants to make a call for meeting using electronic telecommunication instead of a postal invitation, it must first obtain the agreement of the interested shareholders who will provide their electronic addresses.

 

Meetings will take place at the registered office or in any other place specified in the meeting invitation.

 

The right to participate in General Meetings is documented by the shares registered in the name of the shareholder, on the day of the General Meeting, in the registered share accounts held by the Company.

 

A shareholder who is unable to personally attend the meeting may choose one of the three following options, to:

 

·                  give a proxy to another shareholder or to their spouse, or partner with whom they have a civil solidarity pact; or

·                  vote by mail; or

·                  send a proxy to the Company without indicating a representative;

 

in the conditions allowed by law and regulations.

 

The Board of Directors can organize, in the conditions specified by applicable laws and regulations, participation and voting of shareholders at meetings by videoconferencing or by other telecommunication means that allow their identification.  If the Board of Directors decides to exercise this option for a given meeting, this decision of the Board shall be reported in the meeting notice and/or invitation. Shareholders who take part in meetings by videoconferencing or by any other telecommunication means mentioned above, depending on the choice of the Board of Directors, are deemed to be present with respect to quorum and majority.

 

The meetings are chaired by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or when absent, by the Chief Executive Officer, by a Delegate Chief Executive Officer who is a director, or by a director specially appointed for this purpose by the Board.  Otherwise, the Meeting itself will choose its Chairman.

 

The observers’ duties are filled by the two members of the meeting who are present, who accept these duties and who have the greatest number of votes. The office will designate the Secretary, who may be chosen outside of the shareholders.

 

An attendance sheet will be kept in the conditions specified by law.

 

The Ordinary General Meeting convening on first call can only validly deliberate when the shareholders present or represented hold at least one fifth of the shares with voting rights. The Ordinary General Meeting convening on second call validly deliberates regardless of the number of shareholders present or represented.

 

The deliberations of the Ordinary General Meeting are approved on the majority of votes of the shareholders present or represented.

 

32



 

The Extraordinary General Meeting convening on first call only validly deliberates when the shareholders presented or represented own at least one fourth of the shares with voting rights.  The Extraordinary General Meeting convening on second call only validly deliberates when the shareholders presented or represented own at least one fifth of the shares with voting rights.

 

The deliberations of the Extraordinary General Meeting are approved by a two-thirds majority of the votes of the shareholders present or represented.

 

Copies or extracts of meeting minutes are validly certified by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, by a director exercising the functions of Chief Executive Officer or by the meeting Secretary.

 

Ordinary and Extraordinary General Meetings exercise their respective powers in the conditions specified by law.

 

***            ***            ***

 

***

 

TITLE VI

 

COMPANY PERFORMANCE

 

ARTICLE 24                     FINANCIAL YEAR

 

Each financial period lasts one year, starting on January 1 and ending on December 31.

 

ARTICLE25                        PROFITS - LEGAL RESERVE

 

At least five per cent (5%) of the profits of the financial period, minus any prior losses, must be withheld and assigned to the creation of a reserve fund called the “legal reserve”. This withholding no longer applies when the amount of the legal reserve reaches one-tenth of the share capital.

 

The distributable profit is made up of the profits of the financial period minus any prior losses and the withholding mentioned in the previous paragraph, and increased by the retained earnings.

 

ARTICLE 26                     DIVIDENDS

 

If the financial statements of the period, approved by the General Meeting, show the existence of a distributable profit, the General Meeting shall recognize it in one or more reserve items whose allocation or use it governs, carry it forward or distribute it in the form of dividends.

 

After having recognized the existence of reserves that it has at its disposal, the General Meeting may decide to distribute amounts taken from these reserves. In this case, the decision shall expressly indicate the reserve items from which these distributions shall be taken.  However, the dividends shall be taken in priority from the distributable profits of the financial period.

 

The procedures for paying the dividends shall be set by the General Meeting or otherwise by the Board of Directors.

 

However, the payment of dividends must be made within a maximum time of nine (9) months after the close of the financial period.

 

33



 

The General Meeting deliberating on the financial statements of the financial period can give to each shareholder, for all or part of the dividend being distributed, the option of payment either in cash or in shares.

 

Likewise, the Ordinary General Meeting, deliberating in the conditions specified in Article L. 232-12 of the French Commercial Code, can give each shareholder a partial dividend payment and for all or part of the said partial dividend payment, the option of payment either in cash or in shares.

 

The offer for payment in shares, the price and the conditions for issuing the shares as well as the request for payment in shares and the conditions for carrying out the capital increase are governed by applicable laws and regulations.

 

When a balance sheet prepared during or at the end of the financial period and certified as compliant by the Statutory Auditor or Auditors shows that the Company, since the close of the previous financial period, after creation of the necessary amortizations and provisions and minus any prior losses as well as the amounts to place in reserves in application of the law or the Bylaws and taking into account the retained earnings, has made a profit, the Board of Directors may decide to distribute partial dividend payments before the approval of the financial statements of the period and set the amount and the date of the allocation. The amount of these partial payments cannot exceed the amount of the profit defined in this sub-paragraph.  In this case, the Board of Directors cannot make use of the option described in the sub-paragraphs above.

 

***            ***            ***

 

***

 

TITLE VII

 

DISSOLUTION - LIQUIDATION

 

ARTICLE 27                     EARLY DISSOLUTION

 

The Extraordinary General Meeting can declare the early dissolution of the Company at any time.

 

ARTICLE 28                     LOSS OF HALF OF THE SHARE CAPITAL

 

If, due to losses shown in the accounting documents, the shareholders’ equity becomes less than half of the share capital, the Board of Directors must, within four months of the approval of the financial statements showing this loss, convene an Extraordinary General Meeting to decide whether there should be early dissolution of the Company.

 

If dissolution is not declared, the capital must, at the latest by the close of the second financial year following the one in which the losses were recorded, and subject to laws relating to the minimum capital of corporations, be reduced by an amount at least equal to the losses that were not charged against the reserves, if within this period the shareholders’ equity has not been restored up to a value of at least half of the share capital.

 

If there is no General Meeting, for example, if the meeting is not able to validly deliberate, any interested party may petition the courts for the dissolution of the Company.

 

34



 

ARTICLE 29                     EFFECTS OF THE DISSOLUTION

 

The Company is considered in liquidation immediately upon dissolution regardless of the cause. It remains a legal person for the purposes of liquidation until the closing of the liquidation.

 

Throughout the liquidation, the General Meeting holds the same powers that it had while the Company was in existence.

 

Shares may be traded until the closing of the liquidation.

 

The dissolution of the Company has no impact on third parties until the date on which it is published in the Trade and Companies Register.

 

ARTICLE 30                     APPOINTMENT OF LIQUIDATORS - POWERS

 

Upon expiration of the duration of the Company or in the case of early dissolution, the General Meeting shall determine the procedure for liquidation and appoint one or more liquidators whose powers it will determine and who will carry out their duties pursuant to applicable laws.  When the liquidators are appointed, the duties of the directors, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Delegate Chief Executive Officers automatically end.

 

35



 

ARTICLE 31                     LIQUIDATION - CLOSING

 

In the case of dissolution or of amicable or court-ordered liquidation of the Company (hereinafter, the “ Liquidation ”), the liquidation surplus, i.e. the liquidation proceeds available after payment of all debts and liquidation expenses and reimbursement of the nominal value of the shares (hereinafter the “ Nominal Value ”) and more generally, after any priority payment imposed by applicable law and regulations (hereinafter the “ Liquidation Surplus ”) shall be divided among the shares in accordance with the following rules:

 

I.                  to the extent that, on the date of the Liquidation, there remain B, C, C’, D, E, E’, F, G and H shares issued by the Company that have not been converted into A shares:

 

(i)                first, among all holders of H shares up to a total amount (the “ Total H Amount ”) equal to the greatest of the following numbers:

 

(a)          the total sum of Subscription Prices (as defined hereinafter) of the H shares, or

 

(b)          the total sum that all of the holders of the above-mentioned H shares would be entitled to receive as part of the Liquidation had all of the H shares been converted into A shares immediately prior to the Liquidation in compliance with the conversion right referred to in Article 12(E) of the Company’s Bylaws,

 

the total amounts due to each above-mentioned holder of H shares being distributed pro rata pursuant to this paragraph (i),

 

further specified that:

 

·              as needed, any amounts due to holders of H shares pursuant to paragraphs (ii) to (ix) below shall be excluded from the Total H Amount referenced in this paragraph (i); and

 

·              the Total H Amount referred to in this paragraph (i) will be:

 

 

reduced by the total amount of the Nominal Value of each of the H shares already received pursuant to the first paragraph of this Article 13, and

 

 

 

increased , as applicable, by the amount of any dividend attached to each of the H shares approved but not yet distributed on the date of the Liquidation,

 

(ii)            then the remaining balance of the Surplus, if any, would be distributed to the holders of G shares up to a total amount (the “ Total G Amount ”) equal to the largest of the following numbers:

 

(c)           the total sum of the Subscription Prices of G shares, or

 

(d)          the total sum that all of the above-mentioned holders of G shares would be entitled to receive as part of the Liquidation had all of the G shares been converted into A shares immediately prior to the Liquidation in compliance with the conversion right referred to in Article 12(E) of the Company’s Bylaws,

 

the amounts due to each above-mentioned holder of G shares being distributed pro rata pursuant to this paragraph (ii),

 

36



 

further specified that:

 

·              as needed, any amounts due to holders of G shares pursuant to paragraphs (i) above and (iii) to (ix) below will be excluded from the Total G Amount mentioned in this paragraph (ii); and

 

·              the Total G Amount referred to in this paragraph (i) will be:

 

 

reduced by the total amount of the Nominal Value of each of the G shares already received pursuant to the first paragraph of this Article 13, and

 

 

 

increased , as applicable, by the amount of any dividend attached to each of the G shares approved but not yet distributed on the date of Liquidation,

 

(iii)        then the remaining balance of the Surplus, if any, would be distributed to holders of F shares up to a total amount (the “ Total F Amount ”) equal to the largest of the following numbers:

 

(c)           the total sum of the Subscription Prices of F shares, or

 

(d)          the total sum that all of the above-mentioned holders of F shares would be entitled to receive as part of the Liquidation had all of the F shares been converted into A shares immediately prior to the Liquidation in compliance with the conversion right referred to in Article 12(E) of the Company’s Bylaws,

 

the amounts due to each above-mentioned holder of F shares being distributed pro rata pursuant to this paragraph (iii),

 

further specified that:

 

·              as needed, any amounts due to holders of F shares pursuant to paragraphs (i) and (ii) above and (iv) to (ix) below shall be excluded from the Total F Amount referenced in this paragraph (iii); and

 

·              the Total F Amount referred to in this paragraph (iii) will be:

 

 

reduced by the total amount of the Nominal Value of each of the F shares already received pursuant to the first paragraph of this Article 13, and

 

 

 

increased , as applicable, by the amount of any dividend attached to each of the F shares approved but not yet distributed on the date of the Liquidation,

 

(iv)         then, the remaining balance of the Surplus, if any, would be distributed to holders of E and E’ shares up to a total amount (the “ Total E/E’ Amount ”) equal to the largest of the following numbers:

 

(a)          the total sum of the Subscription Prices of E and E’ shares, or

 

(b)          the total sum that all of the holders of E and E’ shares referred to above would be entitled to receive as part of the Liquidation had all of the E and E’ shares been converted into A shares immediately prior to Liquidation in compliance with the conversion right presented in Article 12(E) of the Company’s Bylaws,

 

37


 

the total amounts due to each holder of the E and E’ shares referred to above being distributed pro rata pursuant to this paragraph (iv),

 

further specified that:

 

·              as needed, any amounts due to holders of E and E’ shares pursuant to paragraphs (i) to (iii) above and (v) to (ix) below will be excluded from the Total E/E’ Amount referred to in this paragraph (iv); and

 

·              the Total E/E’ Amount referred to in this paragraph (iv) will be:

 

 

reduced by the total amount of the Nominal Value of each of the E and E’ shares already received pursuant to the first paragraph of this Article 13, and

 

 

 

increased , as applicable, by the amount of any dividend attached to each of the E and E’ shares approved but not yet distributed on the date of the Liquidation,

 

(v)             then, the remaining balance of the Surplus, if any, would be distributed to holders of D shares up to a total amount (the “ Total D Amount ”) equal to the largest of the following numbers:

 

(a)          the total sum of the Subscription Prices of D shares, or

 

(b)          the total sum that all of the holders of D shares referred to above would be entitled to receive as part of the Liquidation had all of the D shares been converted into A shares immediately prior to the Liquidation in compliance with the conversion right presented in Article 12(E) of the Company’s Bylaws,

 

the total amounts due to each owner of the D shares referred to above being distributed pro rata pursuant to this paragraph (v),

 

further specified that:

 

·              as needed, any amounts due to holders of D shares pursuant to paragraphs (i) to (iv) above and (vi) to (ix) below will be excluded from the Total D Amount referred to in this paragraph (iv); and

 

·              the Total D Amount referred to in this paragraph (v) will be:

 

 

reduced by the total amount of the Nominal Value of each of the D shares already received pursuant to the first paragraph of this Article 13, and

 

 

 

increased , as applicable, by the amount of any dividend attached to each of the D shares approved but not yet distributed on the date of the Liquidation,

 

38



 

(vi)         then the remaining balance of the Surplus, if any, would be distributed to holders of C’ shares up to a total amount (the “ Total C’ Amount ”) equal to the largest of the following numbers:

 

(a)          the total sum of the Subscription Prices of C’ shares, or

 

(b)          the total sum that all of the holders of C’ shares referred to above would be entitled to receive as part of the Liquidation had all of the C’ shares been converted into A shares immediately prior to the Liquidation in compliance with the conversion right presented in Article 12(E) of the Company’s Bylaws,

 

the total amounts due to each owner of the C’ shares referred to above being distributed pro rata pursuant to this paragraph (vi),

 

further specified that:

 

·              as needed, any amounts due to holders of C’ shares pursuant to paragraphs (i) to (v) above and (vii) to (ix) below will be excluded from the Total C’ Amount referred to in this paragraph (vi); and

 

·              the Total C’ Amount referred to in this paragraph (vi) will be:

 

 

reduced by the total amount of the Nominal Value of each of the C’ shares already received pursuant to the first paragraph of this Article 13, and

 

 

 

increased , as applicable, by the amount of any dividend attached to each of the C’ shares approved but not yet distributed on the date of the Liquidation,

 

(vii)     then the remaining balance of the Surplus, if any, would be distributed to the holders of C shares up to a total amount (the “ Total C Amount ”) equal to the largest of the following numbers:

 

(a)          the total sum of the Subscription Prices of C shares, or

 

(b)          the total sum that all of the holders of C shares referred to above would be entitled to receive as part of the Liquidation had all of the C shares been converted into A shares immediately prior to the Liquidation in compliance with the conversion right presented in Article 12(E) of the Company’s Bylaws,

 

the total amounts due to each owner of the C shares referred to above being distributed pro rata pursuant to this paragraph (vii),

 

further specified that:

 

·              as needed, any amounts due to holders of C shares pursuant to paragraphs (i) to (vi) above and (viii) and (ix) below will be excluded from the Total Amount C referenced in this paragraph (vii); and

 

·              the Total C Amount referred to in this paragraph (vii) will be:

 

 

reduced by the total amount of the Nominal Value of each of the C shares already received pursuant to the first paragraph of this Article 13, and

 

39



 

 

increased , as applicable, by the amount of any dividend attached to each of the C shares approved but not yet distributed on the date of the Liquidation,

 

(viii)                    then, the remaining balance of the Surplus, if any, would be distributed to holders of B shares up to a total amount (the “ Total B Amount ”) equal to the largest of the following numbers:

 

(a)          the total sum of the Subscription Prices of B shares, or

 

(b)          the total sum that all of the holders of B shares referred to above would be entitled to receive as part of the Liquidation had all of the B shares been converted into A shares immediately prior to the Liquidation in compliance with the conversion right presented in Article 12(E) of the Company’s Bylaws,

 

the total amounts due to each owner of the C’ shares referred to above being distributed pro rata pursuant to this paragraph (viii),

 

further specified that:

 

·              as needed, any amounts due to holders of B shares pursuant to paragraphs (i) to (vii) above and (ix) below will be excluded from the Total B Amount referenced in this paragraph (viii); and

 

·              the Total B Amount referred to in this paragraph (viii) will be:

 

 

reduced by the total amount of the Nominal Value of each of the B shares already received pursuant to the first paragraph of this Article 13, and

 

 

 

increased , as applicable, by the amount of any dividend attached to each of the approved B shares but not yet distributed on the date of the Liquidation, and

 

(ix)         in the last place, the balance of the Surplus still available, if any, will be distributed among all the holders of A shares, on a pro rata basis according to the number of A shares they hold on the date of the Liquidation.

 

with the understanding that for the purposes of this section (A):

 

(1)           the term “ Subscription Price ” means:

 

(i)               for each E’ share created on conversion of A shares in the terms of the ninth resolution of the Extraordinary General Meeting of February 19, 2010:

 

(a)          for Non-French Shareholders (as defined here below): the equivalent in euros of an amount equal to US$ 0.49167 calculated on the basis of the last exchange rate set and published by the European Central Bank on the day before the effective date of the Liquidation, and

 

(b)          for French Shareholders (as defined here below): € 0.34333,

 

(ii)            for each F share: the equivalent in euros of an amount equal to US$ 0.90 calculated on the basis of the last exchange rate set and published by the European Central Bank on the day before the effective date of the Liquidation, and

 

40



 

(ii)            for each G share:

 

(a)          subscribed (A) as part of a capital increase decided by the Board of Directors of the Company acting by delegation of the General Meeting of April 25, 2012, in the terms of its second resolution and (B) upon exercise of the BSA SL-12 referred to in the thirteenth resolution of the General Meeting of April 25, 2012: the equivalent in euros of an amount equal to US$ 1.35 calculated on the basis of the last exchange rate set and published by the European Central Bank on the day before the effective date of the Liquidation, and

 

(b)          issued on the conversion of bonds (OC) issued by the Board of Directors of the Company acting by delegation of the General Meeting of April 25, 2012 in the terms of the twelfth resolution, the equivalent in euros (calculated on the basis of the last exchange rate set and published by the European Central Bank on the day before the effective date of the Liquidation) of the equivalent in dollars of €  1.02 (determined by the Board of Directors on the basis of the last exchange rate set and published by the European Central Bank on the day before the effective date of the issue of the G shares in question), and

 

(c)           other than those referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) above: the subscription price (issue premium included) in euros effectively paid to the Company by the initial subscribers of the G shares in question,

 

(iv)        for all other shares issued by the Company not referenced in paragraphs (1)(i) to (1)(iii) above, the subscription price (issue premium included) paid to the Company by the initial subscribers of the shares in question, i.e. an amount equal to:

 

(a)          for each H share

 

·                   subscribed as part of the capital increase decided in the third resolution of the Combined General Meeting of December €  17, 2013: 1.05, and

 

·                   subscribed in exercise of the “BSA Milestone/12-2013 ”share subscription warrants referred to in the third resolution of the Combined General Meeting of December 17, 2013: the nominal value of one share of the Company on the date of exercise of the said BSA Milestone 12-2013  warrants,

 

(b)          for each E share:

 

for Non-French Shareholders: the equivalent in euros of an amount equal to US$ 0.60167 calculated on the basis of the last exchange rate set and published by the European Central Bank on the day before the effective date of the Liquidation, and

 

for French Shareholders: €  0.42,

 

(b)          for each D share:

 

41



 

for Non-French Shareholders: the equivalent in euros of an amount equal to US$ 0.44 calculated on the basis of the last exchange rate set and published by the European Central Bank on the day before the effective date of the Liquidation, and

 

for French Shareholders: €  0.345,

 

(c)           for each C’ share: € 0.27,

 

(d)          for each C share: € 0.2333, and

 

(e)           for each B share: € 0.14,

 

also further specified that: (i) the above-mentioned amounts and numbers will be adjusted, as necessary, to take into consideration any regrouping or division of the nominal value of the shares of the Company (or other related transactions), that would occur after the date of the Ordinary and Extraordinary General Meeting of the Company of December 17, 2013, (ii) in the event that new B, C, C’, D, E, E’, F, G or H shares would be issued upon exercise of the “antidilutive” or “ratchet” share subscription warrants, and their Subscription Price would be equal to the price effectively paid by the initial subscribers to the Company for all of the new B, C, C’, D, E, E’, F, G or H shares and (iii) any amount that would be due to the shareholders of the Company for the Surplus pursuant to the terms of this Section (A) will be rounded to the lower one hundredth of a euro.

 

(2)           the term “ Non-French Shareholder ” designates any holder of D, E and/or E’ shares, as the case may be, having their domicile or registered office, as the case may be, located outside of France, and

 

(e)            the term “ French Shareholder ” designates any holder of D, E and/or E’ shares, as the case may be, having their domicile or registered office, as the case may be, located in France;

 

II.             to the extent that, on the date of the Liquidation, all of the B, C, C’, D, E, E’, F, G and H shares issued by the Company would have been converted into A shares, among all holders of A shares (including A shares issued on conversion of B, C, C’, D, E, E’, F, G and H shares), on a pro rata basis of the number of A shares held by these latter on the date of the Liquidation.

 

The shareholders are called to meet at the end of liquidation to rule upon the final account, on the final discharge of the management of the liquidators and the discharge of their mandate, and to record the closing of the liquidation.

 

The closing of the liquidation will be published in accordance with applicable laws.

 

***           ***           ***

 

***

 

42



 

TITLE VIII

 

NOTICES - DISPUTES

 

ARTICLE 32 - NOTICES

 

All notices stipulated in the Bylaws will be made by certified mail with request for proof of delivery or by extra-judicial document. At the same time, a copy of the notice must be sent to its recipient by postal mail.

 

ARTICLE 33        DISPUTES

 

Any and all disputes that could arise during the lifetime of the Company or during its liquidation, whether between the shareholders and the Company, or between the shareholders themselves, concerning the Company business, the interpretation or the execution of the Bylaws, are subject to the jurisdiction of the competent courts.

 

— ooOoo—

 

43




Exhibit 3.2

 

TALEND

 

Société anonyme (French public limited company) with capital of €[  o  ]

Registered office: 9, rue Pages - 92150 Suresnes

484 175 252 R.C.S. (Trade and Companies Register) Nanterre

 

BYLAWS

 

UPDATED IN [  o  ] 2016

 

Conformed copy certified by a

Delegate Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 



 

TITLE I

 

FORM - PURPOSE - COMPANY NAME - REGISTERED OFFICE - DURATION

 

ARTICLE 1                            FORM

 

Talend (hereafter the “ Company ”) was established as a société par actions simplifiée then changed into a société anonyme on the decision of the partners on April 14, 2006. The Company is governed by the provisions of Book II of the French Commercial Code and by these bylaws (the “ Bylaws ”).

 

ARTICLE 2                            NAME

 

The name of the Company is:

 

TALEND

 

All the deeds and documents issued by the Company to third parties, in particular, the letters, invoices, notices and various publications, must show the company name immediately and legibly preceded or followed by the words “ Société Anonyme ” or the initials “S.A.”, the statement of share capital and the registration number in the Trade and Companies Register.

 

ARTICLE 3                            PURPOSE

 

The Company’s purpose, either directly or indirectly, in particular through the intermediary of subsidiaries or holdings, in France and abroad, is:

 

·                   the development, research, production, marketing, purchase, sale, rental, after-sales support of software and/or IT equipment;

 

·                   the supply and sale of user services including in particular training, demonstration, methodology, rollout and use;

 

·                   the supply and sale of IT resources whether combined or not with software or service delivery.

 

The Company’s purpose is also:

 

·                   the creation, acquisition, rental, lease-management of all business assets or facilities, lease, installation, operation of all establishments;

 

·                   the acquisition, use or sale of all intellectual or industrial property rights as well as any expertise in the field of information technology;

 

·                   and, more generally, investing in any enterprise or company created or to-be-created as well as carrying out any legal, economic, financial, industrial, civil and commercial transactions, whether in movable property or real estate, directly or indirectly relating, in whole or in part, to the aforementioned purpose or to other similar or related purposes.

 

2



 

ARTICLE 4                            REGISTERED OFFICE - BRANCHES

 

The registered office is located at:

 

9, rue Pages - 92150 Suresnes

 

It may be transferred to any other location in the département (French administrative district) or neighbouring départements , by the simple decision of the Board of Directors, subject to ratification by the next General Meeting. It may be transferred to any other location by decision of an Extraordinary General Meeting.

 

The Board of Directors may create agencies, factories and branches wherever it deems useful.

 

ARTICLE 5                            DURATION

 

The duration of the Company is set at ninety-nine (99) years, starting from its first registration in the Trade and Companies Register, except in the case of extension or early dissolution decided by shareholders.

 

TITLE II

 

SHARE CAPITAL - SHARES

 

ARTICLE 6                            SHARE CAPITAL

 

The share capital is set at € [  o  ].

 

It is divided into [  o  ] ordinary shares with a par value of € 0.08 per share, fully paid up and all of the same class.

 

ARTICLE 7                            CHANGE IN THE SHARE CAPITAL

 

The share capital may be increased, reduced or amortized under the conditions set by law.

 

ARTICLE 8                            PAYMENT OF SHARES

 

The shares are issued and paid up under the conditions set by law.

 

Capital calls and the date on which the corresponding sums must be paid are disclosed to shareholders at least 15 days before the date set for each payment by registered letter with acknowledgment of receipt, addressed to the shareholders or by a notice in a legal announcements newspaper published where the registered office is located.

 

The shareholder who does not make the requested additional payments for the shares on their due date is legally and without any other formality liable to the Company for late interest calculated daily from the due date at the legal rate.

 

3



 

The Company has the right, in order to obtain the payment of these amounts, of enforcement and penalties as provided by law.

 

ARTICLE 9                            TYPE OF SHARES

 

Fully paid-up shares may be held in nominative or bearer form, at the shareholder’s request, subject, nonetheless, to the legal provisions relating to the form of the shares held by certain natural or legal persons. Shares that are not fully paid-up must be held in nominative form..

 

Shares must be registered in an account in accordance with the terms and conditions provided for by the current legal and regulatory provisions.

 

Ownership of shares delivered in nominative form results from their being recorded in the share register.

 

ARTICLE  10                     TRANSFER OF SHARES — IDENTIFICATION OF THE BEARER OF SHARES

 

10.1                         Shares are freely transferable by transfer between accounts, in accordance with the current legal and regulatory provisions.

 

10.2                         Furthermore, the Company has the right to request, in accordance with current legal and regulatory provisions, at any time and at its own expense, from any authorized body, the name, or corporate name in the case of legal persons, nationality and address of the holders of securities conferring immediate or future voting rights in its own Shareholders’ Meetings, as well as the number of securities held by each of them and any restrictions on these securities.

 

ARTICLE 11                     RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS GOVERNING SHARES

 

Shares will be indivisible with respect to the Company.

 

Multiple holders of undivided interests in shares will be represented at General Meetings by one of them or by a single agent; in the event of disagreement, the agent will be designated by a court of law at the request of the co-owner who acts first.

 

Each share entitles its holder to one vote at General Meetings of shareholders.

 

As a result of the reverse share split approved by the Combined Shareholders’ Meeting of 1 June 2016, and until the expiry of a period of two (2) years following the start date for reverse split transactions as set by the reverse share split notice published by the Company in the BALO (Bulletin des Annonces Légales et Obligatoires) pursuant to the resolutions adopted by the Combined Shareholders’ Meeting of 1 June 2016, any shares that are not grouped (former shares with a par value of €0.01ₒeach), will each give the holder the right to one (1) vote and any grouped shares with a par value of €0.08ₒeach, will each give the holder the right to eight (8) votes, such that the number of votes attached to the shares will be proportional to the share of the capital that they represent.

 

4



 

The right to vote is held by the usufruct shareholder in Ordinary General Meetings and by the bare owner in Extraordinary General Meetings. Shareholders may, however, agree to allocate voting rights in a different manner at General Meetings, provided that the usufruct shareholder is not deprived of the right to vote on decisions concerning profits; in this case, they must bring their agreement to the Company’s attention by registered letter with a notice of receipt sent to the registered office. The Company will be required to respect the above agreement for any General Meeting held at least five days after receipt of the notice of that agreement.

 

Even deprived of the voting right, the bare-owner of the shares will always have the right to participate in General Meetings.

 

Each share entitles the holder thereof to a proportionate ownership right in the profits of the Company and in the proceeds after liquidation equal to the pro rata portion of the registered capital represented by such share,.

 

Ownership of a share automatically entails compliance with the Company’s Bylaws and with resolutions duly adopted by the General Meeting of shareholders.

 

Whenever it is necessary to own several shares in order to exercise any right, the owners of isolated shares or a number of shares less than the required number may exercise those rights only on the condition that they personally see to the pooling and, possibly, the purchase or sale of the necessary number of shares.

 

TITLE III

 

COMPANY MANAGEMENT

 

ARTICLE 12                     BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

The Company is managed by a Board of Directors composed of a minimum of three members and a maximum of twelve members.

 

The directors shall be appointed by the Ordinary General Meeting of shareholders.

 

ARTICLE 13                     APPOINTMENT AND REVOCATION OF DIRECTORS

 

The directors’ term of office is three (3) years.  A director’s duties end at the conclusion of the meeting that approved the financial statements of the past year that is held in the current year in which the term of the said director expires.

 

Directors may be reappointed and they may be revoked at any time by decision of the Ordinary General Meeting of shareholders.

 

If a director seat becomes empty between two General Meetings, the Board of Directors may, in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, make temporary appointments. A director appointed to replace another holds the office only for the time remaining in the term of his or her predecessor.

 

5



 

Appointments of directors made by the Board of Directors are subject to the approval of the next Ordinary General Meeting.  When there is no ratification, the rulings and the acts carried out previously by the Board still remain valid.

 

A person more than 70 years old cannot be appointed director if their appointment brings the number of Board members over 70 years old to more than one third.

 

If this limit is reached, the oldest director shall be considered as resigning at the end of the meeting of the Annual Ordinary General Meeting ruling on the financial statements of the previous year held in the current year in which this one-third limit has been reached.

 

ARTICLE 14                     ORGANIZATION AND DELIBERATIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

1) Board meetings

 

The Board of Directors meets as often as required in the interest of the Company.

 

Directors are called to attend Board meetings by the Chairman. In addition, Directors representing at least one-third of the Board members may validly call a Board meeting if no such meeting has been held for more than two months.

 

Meetings of the Board of Directors are held at the registered office of the Company or at any other place.

 

Advance notice for calling directors to the meetings of the Board of Directors is at least five (5) working days on first call and twenty-four (24) hours on second call, except, for these two cases, when the directors would all be present or represented.

 

The calls for meeting may be made by any means of written communication including by simple postal or electronic mail.

 

2)                                     Quorum

 

A meeting of the Board of Directors is considered valid when at least half of its members are present.

 

3)                                     Deliberations

 

Decisions of the Board of Directors are made on the majority of the votes of participating members, present or represented. Decisions are binding on all members of the Board of Directors, even those absent or dissenting.

 

4)                                     Meeting minutes

 

The meetings of the Board of Directors are documented in minutes prepared in a special register that is numbered, initialled and held in the registered office of the Company, in compliance with regulatory provisions.

 

5)                                     Representation

 

Any director may be represented by another director at a meeting of the Board by means of a written proxy.

 

6



 

Each director can only have, during the same meeting, one single proxy received in application of the previous sub-paragraph.

 

These provisions are applicable to directors who are permanent representatives of legal persons.

 

6)                                     Confidentiality

 

Any and all directors or any person called to the meetings of the Board are held to confidentiality with respect to the information presenting a confidential character and data considered as such by the Chairman of the Board.

 

ARTICLE 15                     POWERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS - COMMITTEES

 

1)                                     Powers

 

The Board of Directors shall determine the focuses of the activity of the Company and oversee their implementation. Subject to the powers expressly granted to shareholders’ meetings and limited to the company object, the Board of Directors deliberates on all matters concerning the operation of the Group’s activities and rules on all affairs over which it has authority.

 

In its relations with third parties, the Company is committed even by the actions of the Board of Directors that are not within the scope of its company object, unless it can prove that the third-party knew that the action exceeded this object or that it could not be unaware of it in view of the circumstances, and mere publication of the Bylaws shall not be sufficient proof thereof.

 

The Board of Directors shall carry out the controls and verifications that it deems necessary.  The Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer shall provide each director with all of the documents and information necessary to carry out their mission.

 

2)                                     Committees

 

The Board may decide to create committees charged with studying the issues that itself or its Chairman submits to them for their examination and advisement.  The Board shall determine the composition and the responsibilities of the committees that conduct their activity under its responsibility.  It shall set the compensation of the people who compose them.

 

ARTICLE 16                     EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT

 

1)                                     Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

The Board of Directors shall choose from among its members a Chairman who must be a physical person, otherwise the appointment is null and void. It shall determine his or her compensation in the conditions set by law.

 

The Chairman shall be appointed for a term that cannot exceed that of his or her director’s term. He or she may be reappointed.

 

The Board of Directors may revoke the Chairman at any time.

 

7


 

The Chairman of the Board cannot be more than 70 years old.  If the Chairman reaches this age limit during his or her term as Chairman, he or she is deemed to have resigned from office.  The term is extended however until the next meeting of the Board of Directors during which the successor will be appointed.

 

In the case of temporary unavailability or death of the Chairman, the Board of Directors may appoint a director for the functions of the Chairman.

 

In the case of temporary unavailability, this appointment is made for a limited amount of time.  It is renewable.  In the case of death, it is valid until the election of the new Chairman.

 

The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall organize and manage its work, which is reported to the General Meeting.  It shall oversee the proper functioning of the Company’s management bodies and ensure, in particular, that the directors are able to carry out their mission.

 

2)                                     Executive Management

 

Executive management of the Company shall be assumed, under its responsibility, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or by another physical person appointed by the Board of Directors and bearing the title of Chief Executive Officer.

 

The Board must choose between the two forms of exercising executive management at all times and, at least, each time the term of Chief Executive Officer expires or that of the Chairman of the Board of Directors when he or she also assumes the executive management of the Company.

 

Shareholders and third parties shall be informed of this choice in the conditions defined by decree.

 

The final decision of the Board of Directors on the choice of the form of exercising executive management shall be carried out based on the majority of the votes of the participating members, present or represented.

 

When the executive management of the Company is assumed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the provisions in the Bylaws relating to the Chief Executive Officer are applicable to him or her.

 

3)                                     Chief Executive Officer

 

The Chief Executive Officer is invested with the most extensive powers to act in all circumstances in the name of the Company.  He or she shall exercise those powers within the limits of the company object and subject to those expressly granted by law to shareholders’ meetings and to the Board of Directors.

 

The Chief Executive Officer represents the Company in its relations with third parties. The Company is committed even by the actions of the Chief Executive Officer that are not part of the company object, unless the Company proves that the third party knew that the action exceeded this object or could not be unaware of it in view of the circumstances, and mere publication of the Bylaws shall not be sufficient proof thereof.

 

8



 

The provisions in the Bylaws or the decisions of the Board of Directors limiting the powers of the Chief Executive Officer are unenforceable against third parties.

 

The Chief Executive Officer can delegate the powers belonging to him or her by law or the Bylaws or that are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors or the shareholders

 

The Board of Directors determines the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer in the conditions set by law.

 

The Chief Executive Officer cannot be more than 70 years old. When a Chief Executive Officer reaches this age limit during their term of office it is considered that he or she resigns from office.  In this case, however, the term of office is extended until the next meeting of the Board of Directors in which the successor will be appointed. Subject to this provision, the Chief Executive Officer may be re-appointed.

 

4)                                     Delegate Chief Executive Officers

 

On proposal of the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors may grant authority to one or more physical persons to assist the Chief Executive Officer with the title of Delegate Chief Executive Officer. The Delegate Chief Executive Officer(s) may be revoked at any time by the Board of Directors on proposal of the Chief Executive Officer.

 

As approved by the Chief Executive Officer, the Board will determine the extent and the duration of the powers given to the Delegate Chief Executive Officer. The Board shall determine his or her compensation in the conditions set by law.

 

With respect to third parties, the Delegate Chief Executive Officers have the same powers as the Chief Executive Officer; in particular the Delegate Chief Executive Officers can take part in legal proceedings.

 

A Delegate Chief Executive Officer cannot be more than 70 years old.  When a Delegate Chief Executive Officer reaches this age it is considered that he or she resigns from office.  In this case, however, their term is extended until the next meeting of the Board of Directors during which a new Delegate Chief Executive Officer will be appointed.

 

There cannot be more than five (5) Delegate Chief Executive Officers.

 

ARTICLE 17                     COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

 

The General Meeting can allocate a fixed annual amount to the directors, as compensation for their activity, for attendance fees. The General Meeting will determine this amount without being bound by previous decisions.

 

The Board of Directors shall freely distribute among its members the overall amounts allocated to the directors in the form of attendance fees.

 

The Board of Directors may allocate exceptional compensation for missions or mandates granted to directors in the conditions specified by law.

 

The directors bound to the Company by an employment contract can receive compensation for said contract in the conditions specified by law.

 

The Board of Directors can authorize reimbursement of travel and movement fees and for expenses incurred by directors in the interest of the company.

 

9



 

TITLE IV

 

AUDITS OF THE COMPANY’S FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

ARTICLE 18                     APPOINTMENT OF THE STATUTORY AUDITORS - INCOMPATIBILITY

 

One or more principal and alternate Statutory Auditors must be appointed pursuant to the current legal and regulatory provisions.

 

The Statutory Auditors are appointed for six (6) financial periods by the Ordinary General Meeting and their duties expire after the Ordinary General Meeting deliberating on the financial statements of the sixth financial period.

 

ARTICLE 19                     DUTIES OF THE STATUTORY AUDITORS

 

The Statutory Auditors have the duties and powers granted to them by the applicable laws and regulations.

 

The Statutory Auditors can, at any time of the year, carry out the audits or controls that they deem necessary.

 

The compensation of the Statutory Auditors is determined according to procedures set by applicable regulations.

 

They must be invited to all shareholders’ meetings as well as all meetings of the Board of Directors in which the annual or intermediate financial statements are examined or approved.

 

TITLE V

 

GENERAL MEETINGS

 

ARTICLE 20                     GENERAL MEETINGS

 

General Meetings are convened and held in the conditions set by law.

 

When the Company wants to make a call for meeting using electronic telecommunication instead of a postal invitation, it must first obtain the agreement of the interested shareholders who will provide their electronic addresses.

 

Meetings will take place at the registered office or in any other place specified in the meeting invitation.

 

The right to participate in General Meetings is governed by current legal and regulatory provisions and, notably, is subject to the shares being registered in the name of the shareholder or the intermediary registered on his or her behalf, on the second (2 nd ) business day prior to the General Meeting, at midnight (00:00) Paris time, either in the registered share accounts held by the Company, or in the bearer share accounts held by the authorized intermediary.

 

10



 

A shareholder who is unable to personally attend the meeting may choose one of the three following options, to:

 

·                  give a proxy to another shareholder or to their spouse, or partner with whom they have a civil solidarity pact; or

 

·                  vote by mail; or

 

·                  send a proxy to the Company without indicating a representative;

 

in the conditions allowed by law and regulations.

 

The Board of Directors can organize, in the conditions specified by applicable laws and regulations, participation and voting of shareholders at meetings by videoconferencing or by other telecommunication means that allow their identification. If the Board of Directors decides to exercise this option for a given meeting, this decision of the Board shall be reported in the meeting notice and/or invitation. Shareholders who take part in meetings by videoconferencing or by any other telecommunication means mentioned above, depending on the choice of the Board of Directors, are deemed to be present with respect to quorum and majority.

 

The meetings are chaired by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or when absent, by the Chief Executive Officer, by a Delegate Chief Executive Officer who is a director, or by a director specially appointed for this purpose by the Board.  Otherwise, the Meeting itself will choose its Chairman.

 

The observers’ duties are filled by the two members of the meeting who are present, who accept these duties and who have the greatest number of votes. The office will designate the Secretary, who may be chosen outside of the shareholders.

 

An attendance sheet will be kept in the conditions specified by law.

 

The Ordinary General Meeting convening on first call can only validly deliberate when the shareholders present or represented hold at least one fifth of the shares with voting rights. The Ordinary General Meeting convening on second call validly deliberates regardless of the number of shareholders present or represented.

 

The deliberations of the Ordinary General Meeting are approved on the majority of votes of the shareholders present or represented.

 

The Extraordinary General Meeting convening on first call only validly deliberates when the shareholders presented or represented own at least one fourth of the shares with voting rights.  The Extraordinary General Meeting convening on second call only validly deliberates when the shareholders presented or represented own at least one fifth of the shares with voting rights.

 

The deliberations of the Extraordinary General Meeting are approved by a two-thirds majority of the votes of the shareholders present or represented.

 

Copies or extracts of meeting minutes are validly certified by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, by a director exercising the functions of Chief Executive Officer or by the meeting Secretary.

 

Ordinary and Extraordinary General Meetings exercise their respective powers in the conditions specified by law.

 

***           ***           ***

 

***

 

11



 

TITLE VI

 

COMPANY PERFORMANCE

 

ARTICLE 21                     FINANCIAL YEAR

 

Each financial period lasts one year, starting on January 1 and ending on December 31.

 

ARTICLE 22                     PROFITS - LEGAL RESERVE

 

At least five per cent (5%) of the profits of the financial period, minus any prior losses, must be withheld and assigned to the creation of a reserve fund called the “legal reserve”. This withholding no longer applies when the amount of the legal reserve reaches one-tenth of the share capital.

 

The distributable profit is made up of the profits of the financial period minus any prior losses and the withholding mentioned in the previous paragraph, and increased by the retained earnings.

 

ARTICLE 23                     DIVIDENDS

 

If the financial statements of the period, approved by the General Meeting, show the existence of a distributable profit, the General Meeting shall recognize it in one or more reserve items whose allocation or use it governs, carry it forward or distribute it in the form of dividends.

 

After having recognized the existence of reserves that it has at its disposal, the General Meeting may decide to distribute amounts taken from these reserves. In this case, the decision shall expressly indicate the reserve items from which these distributions shall be taken.  However, the dividends shall be taken in priority from the distributable profits of the financial period.

 

The procedures for paying the dividends shall be set by the General Meeting or otherwise by the Board of Directors.

 

However, the payment of dividends must be made within a maximum time of nine (9) months after the close of the financial period.

 

The General Meeting deliberating on the financial statements of the financial period can give to each shareholder, for all or part of the dividend being distributed, the option of payment either in cash or in shares.

 

Likewise, the Ordinary General Meeting, deliberating in the conditions specified in Article L. 232-12 of the French Commercial Code, can give each shareholder a partial dividend payment and for all or part of the said partial dividend payment, the option of payment either in cash or in shares.

 

The offer for payment in shares, the price and the conditions for issuing the shares as well as the request for payment in shares and the conditions for carrying out the capital increase are governed by applicable laws and regulations.

 

When a balance sheet prepared during or at the end of the financial period and certified as compliant by the Statutory Auditor or Auditors shows that the Company, since the close of the previous financial period, after creation of the necessary amortizations and provisions and minus any prior losses as well as the amounts to place in reserves in application of the law or the Bylaws and taking into account the retained earnings, has made a profit, the Board of Directors may decide to distribute partial dividend payments before the approval of the financial statements of the period and set the amount and the date of the allocation. The amount of these partial payments cannot exceed the amount of the profit defined

 

12



 

in this sub-paragraph.  In this case, the Board of Directors cannot make use of the option described in the sub-paragraphs above.

 

***           ***           ***

 

***

 

TITLE VII

 

DISSOLUTION - LIQUIDATION

 

ARTICLE 24                     EARLY DISSOLUTION

 

The Extraordinary General Meeting can declare the early dissolution of the Company at any time.

 

ARTICLE 25                     LOSS OF HALF OF THE SHARE CAPITAL

 

If, due to losses shown in the accounting documents, the shareholders’ equity becomes less than half of the Company’s share capital, the Board of Directors must, within four months of the approval of the financial statements showing this loss, convene an Extraordinary General Meeting to decide whether there should be early dissolution of the Company.

 

If dissolution is not declared, the capital must, at the latest by the close of the second financial year following the one in which the losses were recorded, and subject to laws relating to the minimum capital of corporations, be reduced by an amount at least equal to the losses that were not charged against the reserves, if within this period the shareholders’ equity has not been restored up to a value of at least half of the share capital.

 

If there is no General Meeting, for example, if the meeting is not able to validly deliberate, any interested party may petition the courts for the dissolution of the Company.

 

ARTICLE 26                     EFFECTS OF THE DISSOLUTION

 

The Company is considered in liquidation immediately upon dissolution regardless of the cause. It remains a legal person for the purposes of liquidation until the closing of the liquidation.

 

Throughout the liquidation, the General Meeting holds the same powers that it had while the Company was in existence.

 

Shares may be traded until the closing of the liquidation.

 

The dissolution of the Company has no impact on third parties until the date on which it is published in the Trade and Companies Register.

 

ARTICLE 27                     APPOINTMENT OF LIQUIDATORS - POWERS

 

Upon expiration of the duration of the Company or in the case of early dissolution, the General Meeting shall determine the procedure for liquidation and appoint one or more liquidators whose

 

13



 

powers it will determine and who will carry out their duties pursuant to applicable laws. When the liquidators are appointed, the duties of the directors, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Delegate Chief Executive Officers automatically end.

 

ARTICLE 28                     LIQUIDATION - CLOSING

 

After settling the liabilities, the balance of the assets is firstly used to repay to shareholders the amount of the non-amortized paid-up share capital.

 

Any surplus is split between all the shares.

 

The shareholders are called to meet at the end of liquidation to rule upon the final account, on the final discharge of the management of the liquidators and the discharge of their mandate, and to record the closing of the liquidation.

 

The closing of the liquidation will be published in accordance with applicable laws.

 

***           ***           ***

 

***

 

TITLE VIII

 

NOTICES - DISPUTES

 

ARTICLE 29                     NOTICES

 

All notices stipulated in the Bylaws will be made by certified mail with request for proof of delivery or by extra-judicial document. At the same time, a copy of the notice must be sent to its recipient by postal mail.

 

ARTICLE 30                     DISPUTES

 

Any and all disputes that could arise during the lifetime of the Company or during its liquidation, whether between the shareholders and the Company, or between the shareholders themselves, concerning the Company business, the interpretation or the execution of the Bylaws, are subject to the jurisdiction of the competent courts.

 

- - ooOoo- -

 

14




Exhibit 10.1

 

BonitaSoft

51 Federal Street, Suite 305

San Francisco, CA 94107

http://www.bonitasoft.com

 

 

BONITASOFT

 

SOFTWARE LICENSE AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT (“SLSA”)

 

Account Information Cover Sheet

 

Customer:

 

Bonitasoft:

 

 

 

Customer Contact Name and Address:

 

Company: Talend Inc.
Name :Scott Devens
Telephone :
Fax:
Email:
Designated Customer Contact(s) Name(s):
Ciaran Dyne s — Product Manager

 

Bonitasoft Contact Name and Address:

 

Name:
Telephone:
Fax:
Email:

 

 

 

Customer Mailing Address:

 

Talend Inc.
5150 El Camino Real, Suite C-31
Los Altos, CA 94022
Tel: +1 (650) 539 3200
USA

 

Bonitasoft Mailing Address:

 

 

 

Billing Contact:

 

Name:
Telephone:
Fax:
Email:

 

Effective Quote Date:

 

Quote expires 15 days from this date:
Quote #:

 

Confidential

 

1



 

BONITASOFT

 

SOFTWARE LICENSE AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT (“SLSA”)

 

BACKGROUND

 

This Bonitasoft Software License and Support Agreement including the Terms and Conditions below and the accompanying Exhibits (collectively the “ SLSA ”) is entered into between Bonitasoft Inc., a corporation having its principal United States offices at 51 Federal Street, Suite 305, San Francisco, C A 94107 (“Bonitasoft”), and the corporation or other business entity (“Customer”) identified on the cover sheet attached hereto.

 

Bonitasoft is engaged in the business of developing and distributing business process management (“BPM”) software, primarily through its website www.Bonitasoft.com (the “Bonitasoft Website”). In addition to its open source software offerings under the GNU General Public License (“GPLv2”), Bonitasoft distributes two versions of Bonitasoft software under the terms of this SLSA :

 

·                   The Bonitasoft Open Solution , which is the same software as the GPLv2 offering, except that it comes with warranties, indemnities and support for current versions of the software.

 

·                   The Bonitasoft Subscription Pack , which is the same as the Bonitasoft Open Solution plus a rich set of collaboration and productivity tools for use during the development and ongoing production phases of BPM deployment.

 

For OEM users of the Bonitasoft Open Solution or the Bonitasoft Subscription Pack , an OEM Supplement to the SLSA is also available upon request.

 

Bonitasoft also offers, under separate Bonitasoft Custom Support Agreements, certain technical documentation, training, expert consulting and other custom support services for individual projects associated with Bonitasoft software.

 

For purposes of this SLSA, the term “Bonitasoft Software” shall mean the Bonitasoft Open Solution or the Bonitasoft Subscription Pack and any other software or documentation listed in the accompanying quotation or invoice and provided by Bonitasoft under t is SLSA.

 

Customer wishes to distribute Bonitasoft Software on an OEM basis to end users who will use the Bonitasoft Software to perform business process management. In addition, Customer desires Support Services forth at Bonitasoft Software; enhancements and upgrades to Bonitasoft Software as they become generally available; as well as certain warranties and indemnity protection.

 

This SLSA shall become effective upon execution by both parties.

 

2



 

GENERAL SALES TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1.                                       Terms and Conditions for Bonitasoft Software .

 

This SLSA incorporates the terms and conditions of the Bonita soft Commercial Software License set forth in the attached Exhibit A (“Bonitasoft Commercial License”), which authorizes Customer to make copies of Bonitasoft Software (“Authorized Copies”, as further defined in Exhibit A) during the Term of the License to develop and deploy processes for Customer’s business. As described further below and in Exhibit A, Bonitasoft Software shall be and remain Bonitasoft’s intellectual property.

 

2.                                       Terms and Conditions for Support Services .

 

“Support Services” under this SLSA means those support services that Customer has requested and Bonitasoft has agreed to provide under the terms and conditions of the Bonitasoft Support Agreement attached as Exhibit B to this SLSA. Support Services for Authorized Copies for which License Fees have been paid shall be provided to designated Support Contacts.

 

3.                                       Terms and Conditions for OEM Distribution .

 

This SLSA incorporates the terms and conditions for Customer’s distribution of the Bonitasoft Software on an OEM basis set forth in the Bonitasoft OEM Supplement attached hereto.

 

4.                                       Initial License Fee and Renewal Fees .

 

The Initial License Fee for each Authorized Copy is as specified on the Invoice accompanying this SLSA. This Initial License Fee includes payment for software licenses, enhancements and upgrades, and warranties and indemnity as specified in Exhibit A, as well as payment for Support Services for that software as specified in Exhibit B, for the term specified on the Invoice. These prices are subject to change upon mutual agreement of the parties (“Renewal License Fees”).

 

5.                                       Payment Terms .

 

The Initial License Fee and Renewal License Fees (collectively, the “License Fees”) are stated on the initial or Bonitasoft renewal invoice or quote in U.S. dollars, must be paid in U .S. dollars, and are exclusive of out-of-pocket expenses for services. Upon expiration of the initial term, any licenses granted under this SLSA shall renew upon payment of the invoice for the Renewal License Fees. If Bonitasoft has approved Customer to be invoiced, Bonitasoft will invoice Customer for the License Fees due at the time of execution of this SLSA and upon any renewal. Customer shall make payment within sixty (60) days of the date of the invoice. Amounts due shall be considered paid when Bonitasoft is in receipt of the amount due or upon confirmation of receipt by a bank designated by Bonitasoft. Bonita soft reserves the right to suspend or cancel performance of all or part of this SLSA and/or change its credit terms if payment has not been received within sixty (60) days of the invoice date.

 

6.                                       Taxes .

 

License Fees are exclusive of any Taxes. Customer shall pay to Bonitasoft an amount equal to any Taxes arising from or relating to this SLSA that are paid by or are payable by Bonitasoft including, without limitation, sales, service, use, or value added taxes. “Taxes” means any form of taxation, levy, duty, customs fee, charge, contribution or impost of whatever nature and by whatever authority imposed (including without limitation any fine, penalty, surcharge or interest), excluding any taxes based solely on the net U.S. income of Bonitasoft. If Customer is required under any applicable law or regulation, domestic or foreign, to withhold or deduct any portion of the payments due to Bonitasoft, then the sum payable to Bonitasoft shall be increased by the amount necessary so that Bonita oft receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had Customer made no withholdings or deductions.

 

7.                                       Audit .

 

During the term of this SLSA and for one (1) year thereafter, upon thirty (30) days advance written notice and not more frequently than once in any twelve month period, Bonitasoft may cause an

 

3



 

independent third party certified public accountant (“CPA”) to enter the premises of Customer during normal business hours and perform, in a manner that will not disrupt Customer’s business operations, an audit of applicable Customer records to confirm that Customer is incompliance with its payment obligations to Bonitasoft under this SLSA. Customer may require such CPA to enter into a commercially reasonable non-disclosure agreement, prior to conducting any such audit. Customer shall reasonably cooperate in any such inquiry. Any underpayment more than 5% shall be paid within thirty (30) days. If the underpayment is over 10%, Customer agrees to pay the costs and expenses of audit. This provision shall survive the termination of this SLSA.

 

8.                                       Consulting Services Deliverables .

 

Customer may separately execute one or more Bonitasoft Custom Services Agreements for the delivery of custom software by Bonitasoft (the “Custom Deliverables”), and said Custom Deliverables shall be supported under the terms of this SLSA only if they are expressly identified for such support in the Project Description of the Custom Services Agreement that identifies those Custom Deliverables, or in a separate written agreement.

 

9.                                       Limited Warranty and WARRANTY DISCLAIMER .

 

a.               Bonitasoft warrants that during the applicable license term, the Bonitsoft Software will perform in all material respects in accordance with its documentation and any specifications contained therein, and that the documentation is reasonably accurate and complete, and meets prevailing industry standards. In the event of a breach of the foregoing warranty, Bonitasoft agrees to correct any non-compliance of the Software, provided that if Bonitasoft is unable to correct such non-compliance within 30 days, then Bonitasoft shall refund to Customer any pre-paid but unused fees paid for the defective Software.

 

b.               Bonitasoft represents and warrants that (i) it will provide within thirty (30) days of execution a complete list of any Open Source Software, along with the applicable licenses, that is included in any Bonitasoft Software delivered to Customer here under and (ii) none of the Bonitasoft Software provided to Customer hereunder will, when used in accordance with the licenses granted herein, subject any of Company’s software to any Prohibited Open Source License. For purposes of this Section 9.b.: (1) “Open Source Software” means individual software components for which the source code is made generally available, and that are licensed under the terms of various published open source software license agreements or copyright notices accompanying such software components and (2) “Prohibited Open Source License” means any license to Open Source Software requiring, as a condition of use, modification and/or distribution that the software or other software combined and/or distributed with it be (a) disclosed or distributed in source code form, (b) licensed for the purpose of making derivative works or (b) redistributable at no charge.

 

c.                Except as provided in this Section 9 of this SLSA or in Exhibits A and B, ALL SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS PROVIDED “AS IS”. Bonitasoft expressly warrants that it is the owner or licensee of Bonitasoft Software, including any and all copyrights and trade secrets, and has the right and authority to enter into this Agreement and to license Bonitasoft Software to Customer in accordance with the terms herein. THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES THIS SECTION 9 ARE EXCLUSIVE O F ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, whether written, oral, express or implied, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO any warranty of non-infringement of third party rights and the implied warranties of merchantability or fitness fora particular purpose. BONITASOFT DOES NOT WARRANT

 

4



 

that the Bonitasoft Software or Support Services will meet Customer’s requirements, or that the operation there of will be uninterrupted or error-free, or that errors will be corrected.

 

10.                                Limitation of Liability and Indemnification .

 

a.               Bonitasoft shall, at its expense, defend and or settle any third party claim, suit or action against Customer, any end users to which Customer grants a license under the OEM Supplement hereto, and its and their respective officers, employees, agents and representatives (each and “ Indemnitee ”) where such claim, suit or action is based upon an allegation that the use, distribution and/or possession of the Bonitasoft Software by any Indemnitee infringes or violates any patent, copyright, trade secret, or other proprietary right (each an “ Intellectual Property Right ”) of a third party (any such claim, suit or allegation, a “ Claim ”), and Bonitasoft will pay any judgment awarded by a court against an Indemnitee arising out of a Claim. The applicable Indemnitee may, at its own expense, elect to assist in the defense of the Claim through counsel of its choosing, provided that Bonitasoft shall control such defense and all negotiations relating to the settlement of any such Claim. The applicable Indemnitee shall promptly provide Bonitasoft with written notice of any Claim. In the event that the Bonitasoft Software or any portion thereof is held or is likely to be held to infringe or violate any third party Intellectual Property Right, and/or the exercise of an Indemnitiee’s right to use, possess or distribute the Bonitasoft Software is enjoined or likely to be enjoined, Bonitasoft shall, at its sole option and expense, either (i) modify the infringing Bonitasoft Software so that it is non-infringing but has substantially identical features and functions, (ii) procure for the applicable Indemnitee the right to continue to use, distribute and possess (as applicable) the infringing Bonitasoft Software, or (iii) replace said Bonitasoft Software with suitable non-infringing software that has substantially identical features and functions, provided that in the event that Bonitasoft is unable to accomplish (i), (ii) or(iii) on economically reasonable terms, Bonitasoft may terminate the licenses granted hereunder and shall promptly refund to the applicable Customer, and/or any Indemnitee, all pre-paid but unused license fees paid by Indemnitee for the Bonitasoft Software. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bonitasoft shall have no obligation under this Section 10.a. to the extent a Claim results from (a) modifications or alterations of the Bonitasoft Software made by or for Customer or any other party that were not provided by Bonitasoft or authorized by Bonitasoft in writing; (b) use of the Bonitasoft Software outside the scope of the license granted hereunder where such use is the basis of the Claim, (c) use of a superseded or previous version of the Bonita soft Software if infringement would have been avoided by the use of a newer version which Bonitasoft made available to Customer, or (d) use of the Bonitasoft Software in combination with any other software, hardware or products not supplied by Bonitasoft and not reasonably contemplated or hereunder. In addition, Bonitasoft shall benefit, on a pro-rata basis, from any contractual cap on liability, with respect to an applicable Claim, between Customer and any third party Indemnitee.

 

b.               EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT SUCH DAMAGES MAY BE INCLUDED IN A COURT AWARD FOR ABOVE, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY OR ANY THIRD PARTY OR END USER FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR CONTINGENT DAMAGES INCLUDING LOSS OF PROFITS. EXCEPT FOR A BREACH BY EITHER PARTY OF ITS OBLIGATIONS OF CONFIDENTIALITY SET FORTH HEREIN, OR WITH RESPECT TO THE INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS OF BONITASOFT IN SECTION 10.a. ABOVE, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY OR ANY THIRD PARTY HEREUNDER IN ANY AMOUNT IN

 

5



 

EXCESS OF THE FEES ACTUALLY PAID OR PAYABLE TO BONITASOFT BY CUSTOMER UNDER THIS SLSA. SUCH LIMITED LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES SHALL APPLY WHETHER IN AN ACTION BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER SUCH THEORY, EVEN IF BONITA SOFT HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY O F SUCH DAMAGES.

 

11.                                Trademark Rights and Notices .

 

Neither party shall adopt, use or register any trademark, trade name or other marketing name of the other party or any confusingly similar mark or name as it pertains to the other party’s name, the name of its affiliates or the name of any of the products it markets. Customer expressly acknowledges that “Bonitasoft” and the Bonitasoft logo are trademarks of Bonitasoft Inc.

 

12.                                Term and Termination of Agreement .

 

This Agreement shall commence upon the Effective Date, and remain inforce and effect thereafter for a period of three (3) years, unless earlier terminated in accordance with this Section 12. Thereafter, this Agreement shall automatically renew for additional one year periods, unless either party provides the other party notice of its intent not to renew this Agreement at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the then-current term.

 

Bonitasoft may terminate this SLSA and the licenses granted hereunder upon written notice for any material breach of this SLSA that Customer fails to cure within thirty (30) days following written notice specifying such breach. Customer may terminate this SLSA and the licenses granted hereunder (i) upon fifteen (15) days written notice for any reason or no reason or (ii) upon written notice for any material breach of this SLSA that Bonitasoft fails to cure within thirty (30) days following the written notice specifying such breach. In the event of termination of this SLSA for any cause, all rights granted hereunder automatically revert to the granting party except as specified here in or in Exhibit A (“Bonitasoft Commercial License”), or in a separate Bonitasoft OEM Supplement or other written agreement between the parties.

 

13.                                Confidentiality .

 

A Party (the “Discloser”) may disclose to the other Party (the “Recipient”) certain valuable confidential and proprietary information relating to the Discloser’s business including, without limitation, technical data, trade secrets or unpublished know-how, research and product plans, products and product designs, inventions, patent applications, copyrighted and unpublished works, financial or other business information, marketing plans, customer lists, competitive analysis, and tactical and strategic business objectives (collectively, “Confidential Information”). Discloser’s Confidential Information shall be identified by a prominent mark or accompanying notice that it is “confidential” or “proprietary”. Recipient agrees and promises not to disclose said Confidential Information to any third party who has not also executed a similar confidentiality agreement with Discloser, unless Discloser intentionally discloses said Confidential Information to the public or authorizes Recipient to do so in writing as specified in this SLSA. Recipient further agrees to take commercially reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized disclosure of Discloser’s Confidential Information. Discloser’s Confidential Information shall no longer be confidential if (a) it is already known to Recipient, as evidenced by a writing dated prior to the date of disclosure; or(b) it is or becomes generally known to the public at large through no wrongful act or other involvement of the Recipient; or (c) it is received from an unaffiliated third party without either an obligation of nondisclosure or breach of an obligation of confidentiality or nondisclosure; or(d) it is independently developed by the Recipient or by third parties without any access whatsoever to the Discloser’s Confidential Information; (e) to the extent it is required to be disclosed by a court of competent jurisdiction or applicable law, following notice and an opportunity for Discloser to defend, limit or protect such disclosure. The parties further agree that the terms and conditions of any agreements between them,

 

6



 

including this SLSA, are Confidential Information. This provision shall survive the termination of this SLSA.

 

14.                                U.S. Government Customers and End Users .

 

Any Bonitasoft Software or related materials are “commercial items” as that term is defined in 48 C.F.R. 2.101 (October 1995) consisting of “commercial computer software” and “commercial computer software documentation” as such terms are used in 48 C.F.R. 12.212 (September 1995). Consistent with 48 C.F.R. 12.212 and 48 C.F.R. 227.7202-1, 227.7202-3 and 227.7202-4 (June 1995), if the Customer hereunder is the U.S. Government or any agency or department thereof, any Bonitasoft Software and related materials are licensed (i) only as a commercial item, and (ii) with only those rights as are granted to all other end users and customers pursuant to the terms and conditions of this SLSA.

 

15.                                No Agency .

 

The parties are independent contractors. Neither party is an employee, agent, joint venturer or legal representative of the other party for any purpose under this Agreement. Neither party shall have the authority to enter into any legal or equitable obligation for the other party. Under no circumstances may either party hold itself out to have agency authority for the other party. The parties agree not to make false or misleading statements, claims or representations about the other party, its products or the relationship between the parties.

 

16.                                Notices .

 

All notices, including notice of address change, required or permitted under this SLSA shall be in writing and shall be deemed received: (i) when received if hand delivered; (ii) seven(7) days after being sent by certified, first class U.S. mail; (iii) two (2 ) business days after being sent by express mail; or (iv) when received if sent by confirmed telecopy. In each case, such notice shall be provided to the address set forth in the SLSA Account Information Cover Sheet or such other address as the parties may later designate through the procedures set forth in this section.

 

17.                                Force Majeure .

 

If by reason of force majeure including, without limitation, earthquakes, governmental regulation, fire, flood, labor difficulties, civil disorder and all acts of God, a party is unable to perform in whole or in part its obligations as set forth in this SLSA, except for payment obligations, such party shall not be liable to the other for its failure to perform said obligations.

 

18.                                Severability .

 

If the application of any provision or provisions of this SLSA or its Exhibits to any particular set of facts or circumstances is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the validity of said provision or provisions to any other particular se t of facts or circumstances shall not, in any way, be affected. Such provision or provisions shall be reformed without further action by the parties to the extent necessary to make such provision or provisions enforceable when applied to that set of facts or circumstances.

 

19.                                Amendment and Waiver .

 

This SLSA may not be modified or amended except in a writing signed by a duly authorized representative of each party. Neither party shall be deemed, by any act or omission, to have waived any of its rights or remedies hereunder unless such waiver is in writing and signed by an authorized officer of such party. Such a waiver shall be limited specifically to the extent set forth in said writing. Waiver as to one event shall not be construed as waiver of any right or remedy as it relates to any subsequent event.

 

7



 

20.                                Assignment .

 

Neither party may assign this SLSA or any right or obligation hereunder, without the other party’s prior written consent. However, either party may assign this SLSA in its entirety to a successor in interest in the event of a merger or consolidation or the purchase of all or substantially all of its assets. Any assignment in violation of this Section 20 shall be void, ab initio, and of no effect. This SLSA will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the permitted successors and assigns of each party.

 

21.                                Insurance .

 

During the term of this Agreement, Bonitasoft shall maintain, at Bonitasoft’s sole cost and expense, commercial general liability insurance, including contractual liability, in the amount of $ 1,000,000 per occurrence and $ 2 ,000,000 aggregate; auto liability for $ 1,000,000 combined single limit, workers compensation and employer’s liability with limits of $ 500,000; and professional liability insurance, including errors and omissions, in the amount of $ 1,000,000 per occurrence and $ 2 ,000,000 in aggregate. Bonitasoft shall provide proof of such insurance upon request and shall give thirty (30) days written notice to Customer in the event of any termination or cancellation of such insurance. Such insurance shall not derogate Bonitasoft’s indemnity obligations to Customer set forth in this Agreement. Further, approval or acceptance of such by Customer will not in any way represent that such insurance is sufficient or adequate to protect Bonitasoft’s interests or liabilities and such insurance coverage shall be considered the minimum acceptable coverage.

 

22.                                General .

 

This SLSA, including its exhibits and the accompanying Bonitasoft invoice or quote, constitutes the exclusive terms and conditions with respect to the subject matter hereof, notwithstanding any different or additional terms that may be contained in the form of purchase order or other document used by Customer to place orders or otherwise effect transactions hereunder, provided, however that this Agreement shall not effect, nor be effected by, the agreement between the parties titled “Contract d’Integration OEM” and date 23rd, December, 2009. The parties both state that it is their intention to resolve disputes between them concerning this SLSA directly in good faith negotiations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this section shall prevent either party from applying for and obtaining from a court a temporary restraining order and/or other injunctive relief. In any event, the parties agree that this SLSA shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, excluding that body of laws known as choice of law or conflict of laws, as construed by the courts in that jurisdiction. In any action to enforce this SLSA, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover costs and reasonable attorney’s fees, in addition to any other relief to which the prevailing party may be entitled.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has executed this SLSA by its duly authorized representatives.

 

Customer                                                                  Talend

 

Bonitasoft

 

 

 

/s/ Nicholas C. White

 

/s/ Miguel Valdes Faura

Signature

 

Signature

 

 

 

Nicholas C White

 

Miguel Valdes Faura

Printed Name

 

Printed Name

 

 

 

CFO

 

CEO

Title

 

Title

 

 

 

Oct 10, 2011

 

Oct 10, 2011

Date

 

Date

 

8


 

Exhibit A

 

Bonitasoft Commercial License

 

This Bonitasoft Commercial License (the “License”) is entered into between Bonitasoft, a corporation having its principal United States offices at 51 Federal Street, Suite 305, San Francisco, CA 94107 (“Bonitasoft”), and the corporation or other business entity (“Customer”) identified in the Bonitasoft Software License and Service Agreement (“SLSA”) attached hereto, and is hereby incorporated therein by reference.

 

This Bonitasoft Commercial License applies to the Bonitasoft Software identified on the quote or invoice that accompanies this SLSA. The parties agree as follows:

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1.                                       Grant of Commercial License .

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, Bonitasoft hereby grants Customer a non-exclusive, non-transferable, non-assignable, non-sublicenseable, royalty-free, fully paid up, worldwide, right and license to use, reproduce and prepare derivative works from ‘the object and source code of the Bonitasoft Software ‘provided to Customer under the SLSA, for the Initial Term specified therein and for Renewal Terms (hereafter, the “Term” of this license), for the purpose of internal testing of such Bonitasoft Software in connection with the development of, and integration of such Bonitasoft Software into, the Customer Solution(a s defined in the OEM Supplement attached hereto).

 

2.               Restrictions on Distribution and Copying .

 

Except as set forth in the OEM Supplement attached hereto, the Bonitasoft Software may not be distributed to any other person or entity, and any such distribution shall be deemed a copyright infringement as well as a material breach of the SLSA. During the Term of this License, Customer is authorized to create as many copies of Bonitasoft Software as are strictly necessary for the purpose of performing or developing BPM processes on the number of CPU cores that are specified on Bonitasoft’s accompanying or renewal quote or invoice (“Authorized Copies”), upon payment of the price specified thereon. Customer is also authorized to create for its internal u se as many backup copies of Authorized Copies as it desires, as long as those backup copies are not used to perform or develop BPM processes.

 

3.               Authorized Concurrent Use .

 

Customer understands and agrees that the Commercial License of Section 1 is for the use of the Bonitasoft Software during the Term of this License on a number of CPU cores specified on the accompanying Bonitasoft quote or invoice. This limited use is controlled by a software module included in Bonitasoft Software and an Activation Key that is unique to the Customer and that is supplied to Customer by Bonitasoft upon receipt of Customer’s payment. It shall be a material breach of this SLSA for Customer to modify or disable the access protection mechanisms included in Bonitasoft Software or to modify an Activation Key supplied by Bonitasoft, provided that Bonitasoft expressly agrees that Customer may disable the Activation Key in copies of the Bonitasoft Software that are distributed as part of the Customer Solution under the OEM Supplement attached hereto. Procedures for activating Bonitasoft Software shall be as described on the Bonitasoft website, www.Bonitasoft.com.

 

9



 

4.               Delivery .

 

Customer shall obtain the Bonita soft Software by downloading the Bonitasoft Software from the Bonitasoft we b site, following procedures documented at www.Bonitasoft.com. All Bonita soft Software shall be deemed accepted by Customer upon download, copying, or receipt from Bonita soft.

 

5.               Proprietary Rights .

 

Customer acknowledges that Bonitasoft controls all right, title and interest in Bonitasoft Software and all intellectual property rights relating thereto. Bonitasoft Software is the valuable intellectual property of Bonitasoft and constitutes proprietary information of Bonitasoft. Bonitasoft does not grant to Customer any other right or license, either express or implied, in the Bonitasoft Software except as specified in the SLSA, this Commercial Software License and the OEM Supplement attached hereto, and Customer’s use and distribution of the Bonitasoft Software shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in this License and/or the OEM Supplement, as applicable. Bonitasoft hereby asserts and agrees that any BPM processes developed by Customer and/or any third party end users using Bonitasoft Software shall be and remain the valuable intellectual property of the Customer and/or any third party end users, as applicable.

 

6.               Enhancements and Upgrades .

 

During the Term of this License, Bonitasoft shall provide to Customer, free of additional charge , any and all enhancements and upgrades of the Bonitasoft Software that it makes generally available. Customer is responsible for installing and testing enhancements and upgrades; installation and testing services are available from Bonitasoft for an additional charge under a separate Bonitasoft Custom Services Agreement.

 

7.               Intentionally Omitted

 

8.               Access to Source Code .

 

During the Term of this License and upon Customer’s request, Bonitasoft shall provide Customer a copy of the then-current, complete source code for the Bonitasoft Software, along with such documentation and programmer’s notes so as to enable a reasonably skilled programmer to maintain and compile the Bonitasoft Software, subject to the provisions of Section 13 of this Agreement.

 

10



 

 

Exhibit B

 

Bonitasoft Support Agreement

 

This Bonitasoft Support Agreement (the “BSA”) is entered into between Bonitasoft, a corporation having its principal United States offices at 51 Federal Street, Suite 305, San Francisco, CA 94107 (“Bonitasoft”), and the corporation or other business entity (“Customer”) identified in the Bonitasoft Software License and Service Agreement (“SLSA”) attached hereto, and is hereby incorporated therein by reference.

 

This Bonitasoft Support Agreement applies to the Bonitasoft Software identified on the quote or invoice that accompanies this SLSA. The parties agree as follows:

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1.                                       Definitions:

 

Major Release .

 

Major Releases (X.y.z) are vehicles for delivering major and minor feature development and enhancements to existing features in Bonitasoft Software. They incorporate all applicable defect corrections made in prior Major Releases, Minor Releases, Service Packs, hot fixes, and patches. Bonitasoft typically has one Major Release per year.

 

Minor Release .

 

Minor Releases (x.Y.z) are vehicles for delivering minor feature developments, enhancements to existing features, and defect corrections in Bonitasoft Software. They incorporate all applicable defect corrections made in prior Minor Releases, Service Packs, hot fixes, and patches. Bonitasoft typically has two such Minor Releases per year.

 

Service Pack .

 

Service Packs (x.y.Z) are vehicles for delivering enhancements to existing features and defect corrections. They incorporate all applicable defect corrections made in prior Service Packs, hot fixes, and patches for Bonitasoft Software. While there is no predefined schedule for Service Packs, these are released regularly based on customer feedback and outstanding defects.

 

2.                                       Engagement of Support Services .

 

Upon payment by Customer of the License Fees as specified in the SLSA, Bonitasoft will provide support services (hereafter “Support Services”) to Customer for Authorized Copies of Bonitasoft Software, at the “Gold” level. The Bonitasoft service level commitments are as summarized in Section 11 of this Exhibit B.

 

3.                                       Exclusions from Support Services .

 

Except as set forth in the OEM Supplement, Bonitasoft shall have no obligation to support versions of Bonitasoft Software other than the current and two previous Minor Releases made available by Bonitasoft; altered or modified Bonitasoft Software; software not installed on supported systems in accordance with Bonitasoft documentation; problems caused by inconsistent with Bonitasoft’s

 

Talend, Inc. Mutua Referral Agreement

 

1



 

documentation. Support Services do not include information and assistance on technical issues related to the debugging, installation, administration, and use of Customer’s computer systems and enabling technologies including, but not limited to , databases, computer networks, communications, hardware, hard disks, networks, and printers.

 

4.                                       Confidentiality .

 

Bonitasoft will not copy or distribute Customer data while providing Support Services except under the terms of a separate Nondisclosure Agreement entered between the parties or as requested by Customer.

 

5.                                       Costs and Expenses .

 

Except as expressly provided in the SLSA, each party shall be responsible for all costs and expenses incurred by that party in performing its obligations or exercising its rights under this Bonitasoft Support Agreement.

 

6.                                       Limited Warranty and Liability for Support Services .

 

Bonitasoft warrants that its Support Services will be performed with the same degree of skill and professionalism as is demonstrated by like professionals performing services of a similar nature , and in accordance with generally accepted industry standards, practices, and principles applicable to such Support Services. Other than as stated in this section of the BSA, warranties and limitations of liability for Support Services shall be as stated in the SLSA.

 

7.                                       Customer Responsibilities .

 

Customer shall provide commercially reasonable cooperation and full information to Bonitasoft with respect to Bonitasoft’s furnishing of Support Services under this Agreement.

 

8.                                       Support Contacts .

 

Customer shall designate one or two Support Contacts who are authorized to submit Problems via the mechanism described in the support through the www.Bonitasoft.com website.

 

9.                                       Problem Severity .

 

Upon receipt of a properly submitted Problem, Bonitasoft shall prioritize it in accordance with the guidelines below. Problem Severity shall be defined jointly with Customer and supported by business cases where necessary. Problem Severity may be re-evaluated upon submission of a workaround.

 

Blocking Problem — Blocking Problems are major production problems with in the Bonitasoft Software that severely impact the Customer’s production environment, or that result in a loss of production data or interruption of service, or that cause significant impact to portions of the Customer’s business operations and productivity, and no work-around exists. Bonitasoft will use continuous efforts during its normal hours of operation to provide are solution for any Blocking Problem as soon as is commercially reasonable. The Bonitasoft Problem Monitoring tool shall show such issues with a “Block” status.

 

Non-Blocking Problem — A Non-Blocking Problem is any other problem with in the Bonitasoft Software where the Customer’s system is functioning. This includes situations where the Customer’s system is operating but in a reduced capacity, or for which Bonitasoft has provided a reasonably

 

2



 

effective work-around. Problems existing in a non-production environment that would otherwise qualify as a Blocking Problem if they were in a production system qualify as Non-Blocking. Bonitasoft will use reasonable efforts during its normal hours of operation to provide are solution for any Non-Blocking problem as soon as is commercially reasonable. The Bonitasoft Problem Monitoring tool shall show such issues with a “Non-Blocking” status.

 

Enhancement Request (ER) — An ER is a recommendation for future product enhancement or modification to add official support and documentation for unsupported or undocumented feature, or features that do not currently exist in the Bonitasoft Software. Bonitasoft will take ERs into consideration in the product management process, but has no obligation to deliver enhancements based on any ER. The Bonitasoft Problem Monitoring tool shall show such issues with a “Feature” status.

 

10.                                Service Level Agreement .

 

Bonitasoft is committed to offering the best possible support to its customers based on their needs. Best level of support will be addressed through response time guidelines as indicated in the Bonitasoft Service Level Commitments chart on the next page. Bonitasoft addresses problem resolutions through a number of mechanisms, including defining workarounds, developing hot fixes or patch releases, or through an upcoming general release based on issue severity and priority. If a defect is identified in a Bonitasoft commercial software product, it will be logged by a Bonitasoft Support team that will then coordinate with the Bonitasoft Development team to address it. Scheduling of the defect resolution will be based on severity and priority. At Bonitasoft’s discretion, a hot fix or patch release approach may be followed in cases that are high severity or impact multiple customers if a workaround is not otherwise available.

 

If at any time you feel that you are not receiving a level of service that meets your expectations, you may ask to have your case escalated or ask to be contacted by Bonitasoft Customer Support Management. Any customer requested escalation receives direct management attention and consideration. Bonitasoft Customer Support is committed to ensuring that you receive the quality support necessary to be successful.

 

11.                                Bonitasoft Service Level Commitments

 

Bonitasoft shall exercise all commercially reasonable efforts to meet the following service objectives.

 

 

 

Gold

Problems per year

 

unlimited

Web support

 

Yes

Telephone support (9am-5pm PST business hours)

 

Access to support 24 hours per day, 7 days per week (via web)

 

Yes

Notification of updates and correction of Problems

 

Yes

Guaranteed notification response time

 

4 hours (during PST business hours)

Guaranteed diagnostic response time for a Blocking Problem

 

8 days from notification

 

3



 

Time to prepare a correction plan for a Blocking Problem

 

2 days from diagnosis

Time to prepare a workaround for a Blocking Problem

 

8 days from preparation of correction plan

Time to provide a definitive correction for a Blocking Problem

 

Next version of software

Guaranteed diagnostic response time for a Non Blocking Problem

 

1 month from notification

Access to community support forums and the Problem Monitoring tool

 

Yes

Participation in Bonitasoft product roadmap discussions via the Annual Customer Advisor Board

 

Access to Bonitasoft Executive Team and Quarterly Software Status Calls

 

High-Priority Escalation Procedures

 

Discount for Bonitasoft Custom Services

 

 

4


 

Bonitasoft OEM Supplement

 

This Bonitasoft OEM Supplement (the “OEM Supplement”) is entered into between Bonitasoft, Inc. a corporation having its principal United States offices at 51 Federal Street, Suite 305, San Francisco, CA 94107 (“Bonitasoft”), and the corporation or other business entity (“Customer”) identified in the Bonitasoft Software License and Support Agreement (“SLSA”) attached hereto, and is hereby incorporated therein by this reference. The parties agree as follows:

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1.              General Background . Bonitasoft has licensed to Customer certain software (“Bonitasoft Software”) under the terms and conditions of the Bonitasoft Subscription Pack and Support Agreement (“SLSA”), by which Customer is authorized to use that Bonita soft Software for internal purposes only. In addition, Customer desires to distribute the Bonitasoft Software with certain Customer products and/or services (collectively, “Customer Products”) for delivery to third parties as particularly described in Attachment 1 hereto (such combination hereinafter called “Customer Solution”). By this Bonitasoft OEM Supplement, Bonitasoft authorizes Customer to reproduce the object code of the Bonita soft Software and to incorporate the Bonitasoft Software into the Customer Solution for distribution to or use by third parties, subject to these terms and conditions. The parties agree to work together in good faith to develop one or more statements of work detailing the respective obligations of the parties regarding the integration of the Bonitasoft Software into the Customer Solution.

 

2.              Priority of Terms and Conditions . All terms and conditions of the Bonita soft Subscription Pack and Services Agreement (“SLSA”) shall remain in effect except to the extent this OEM Supplement provides additional and/or different terms and condition. In the event of any conflict between the SLSA and this OEM Supplement, the terms and conditions of this OEM Supplement shall prevail.

 

3.              Grant of License . Bonitasoft hereby grants Customer a nonexclusive, non-transferable (except as provided in Section 20 of the General Terms and Conditions), worldwide license to (i) reproduce modified or unmodified copies of the object code of the Bonitasoft Software and the associated documentation, (ii) incorporate copies of the Bonitasoft Software into the Customer Solution and the documentation into the documentation for the Customer Solution, provided that each copy of any Customer Solution incorporating the Bonitasoft Software shall incorporate the Bonitasoft Software into the Customer Solution in such a way that the Bonitasoft Software shall not be available to a user on a stand-alone basis independent of the Customer Solution, (iii) prepare derivative works from, reproduce and use any Bonitasoft training materials related to the Bonitasoft Software, and to sublicense such rights to Customer’s distribution partners and (iv) distribute the Bonitasoft Software and the associated documentation, through multiple tiers of distribution, solely as part of the Customer Solution. Bonitasoft agrees to make available the documentation in any languages in which Bonitasoft has generally released the same, and Customer may translate the documentation into any language not available from Bonitasoft, provided that Customer shall assign the copyrights in said translated documentation to Bonitasoft. Bonitasoft shall provide to Customer master copies of the Bonitasoft Software, documentation (in an editable format to be mutually agreed upon) and training materials (in an editable format to be mutually agreed upon) with in five (5) days of the Effective Date of this Agreement. In the event that Customer identifies an opportunity to sell the Bonitasoft Software solely on a stand-alone basis, Customer agrees to refer such opportunity to Bonitasoft pursuant to the Mutual Referral Agreement between the parties attached as Attachment 3 hereto.

 

4.              Ownership of Modifications . Any modifications, adaptations or derivative works of the Bonita soft Software or the Customer Products shall be owned as set forth in this section:

 

5



 

a.               Modifications to Bonitasoft Software . All modifications, adaptations and derivative works of the Bonitasoft Software licensed under this OEM Agreement (“Software Modifications”), made by either Party or the two Parties jointly, including all intellectual property rights therein, shall be owned by Bonitasoft. Customer hereby assigns and transfers all right, title and interest it may have in said Software Modifications, including all intellectual property rights therein, to Bonita soft. Customer shall retain only a license to said Software Modifications as described in Section 3 of this OEM Supplement.

 

b.               Modifications to Customer Products . All modifications, adaptations and derivative works of the Customer Products (“Product Modifications”), made by either Party or the two Parties jointly, including all intellectual property rights therein, shall be owned by Customer. Bonitasoft hereby assigns and transfers all right, title and interest it may have in said in said Product Modifications, including all intellectual property rights therein, to Customer.

 

5.              Support for Problems . The support obligations of Bonitasoft under Exhibit B of the Bonitasoft SLSA, the Bonitasoft Support Agreement, shall apply only to copies of the Bonita soft Software used by Customer for internal purposes. In addition, Bonitasoft agrees to provide Level 2 and Level 3 Support for the Bonita soft Software to end user customers of the Customer Solution, in accordance with Customer’s Platinum level Support Services Policy set forth at http://www.talend.com/legal/us_support_policy.php, provided that Customer, and not Customer’s end users will contact Bonitasoft in connection with requests for Level 2 and Level 3 Support services .  Customer shall be responsible for providing Level 1 support to such end users. For purposes of this OEM Supplement, the following definitions apply:

 

a.               Level 1 Support ” means the provision of a “Help Desk” and/or hotline for error logging and telephone assistance with software problem identification. Level 1 includes initial confirmation by Customer that an end users support query is specifically related to a bug with the Bonitasoft offering.

 

b.               Level 2 Support ” means the provision of a hotline, telephone assistance with troubleshooting, problem isolation and reproduction and assistance with a software program workaround or configuration correction.

 

c.                Level 3 Support ” means the provision of advanced system level support for analyzing and correcting defects and other problems with the Bonitasoft Software that are unable to be resolved by properly qualified personnel providing Level 2 Support, and the provision of updates.

 

Bonitasoft will provide a clear escalation path that Customer may use in the case of blocking problems experienced by Customer’s end users. Said escalation path shall include three hierarchical levels of contact allowing Customer’s employees to call into their respective counterparts at Bonitasoft:

 

·                   Tech Support Manager

 

·                   Support Director

 

·                   V P Services

 

6.              New Releases . For major and minor releases, as well as for service pack and patch releases, Bonitasoft will notify Customer at least seven (7) days in advance of these releases being generally available, and will make these releases available to Customer in the appropriate binary form (object, or executable) with in seven(7) days of the applicable general availability release date. Joint road map reviews will be conducted on a quarterly basis.

 

6



 

7.              Demonstration, Marketing, Training, Support and Evaluation Licenses .

 

a.               Bonitasoft agrees to provide to Customer, within 14 days of the Effective Date and at no cost to Customer, twenty (20) copies of the Bonitasoft Software for use by Customer in the demonstration and marketing of the Customer Solution. Bonitasoft hereby grants to Customer, during the term of this OEM Supplement, a non-exclusive, royalty-free, fully paid up, worldwide right and license to use such copies of the Bonitasoft Software for demonstration, marketing, training and support purposes.

 

b.               Bonitasoft agrees that Customer may license the Customer Solution to prospective end users on an evaluation basis, at no cost to the end user or to Customer, for up to thirty (30) days at a time for non-production or limited production use, under commercially reasonable terms and conditions. Customer will maintain written records regarding such evaluation licenses and be responsible for the management of such evaluation licenses.

 

8.              Export Control . Customer shall comply with all relevant laws regarding export of the Bonitasoft Software and of the Customer Solution. Customer shall indemnify and hold Bonitasoft harmless from any claim that Customer or its third party resellers have breached this section. Bonitasoft agrees to provide to Customer the ECCN number of the Bonitasoft Software.

 

9.              Fees, Records and Reports . In consideration for the rights granted under this OEM Supplement, Customer agrees to pay Bonitasoft the Fees as specified in Attachment 2, Payment Terms and Conditions, with in forty five (45) days of the end of each calendar quarter during the Term of this agreement. Payment of Fees shall be accompanied by a report that (i) sets forth the total number of new copies of the Bonitasoft Software delivered to third parties, excluding those delivered for evaluation purposes, as part of the Customer Solution during the calendar quarter just ended, (ii) sets forth the total number of copies of the Bonitasoft Software previously delivered to third parties as to which the applicable license was renewed in the calendar quarter just ended, and (iii) calculates the total amount owing to Bonitasoft based on the information in (i) and (ii). Amounts due shall be considered paid when Bonitasoft is in receipt of the amount due or upon confirmation of receipt by a bank designated by Bonitasoft. Customer will provide a quarterly bookings forecast to Bonitasoft on or before the 15th day of the 3rd month of Talend’s fiscal quarter. Customer further agrees to maintain accurate records on copies made pursuant to this OEM Agreement. Customer may set any price whatsoever to its own customers for the Customer Solution. In addition, in the event a particular opportunity requires a different licensing or pricing model, the parties agree to cooperate in good faith to address any such opportunity.

 

10.       Branding . Bonitasoft agrees that Talend may market the Customer Solution, including the Bonitasoft Software included therewith, under the Talend brand, and the parties shall cooperate with each other to re-brand the Bonitasoft Software under the Talend brand for distribution as part of the Customer Solution. The parties anticipate that such re-branding will occur as follows: to rebrand splash screens and documentation as more fully described, and in accordance with the schedule set forth, in Attachment 2 to this OEM Agreement

 

11.       Trademark Rights and Notices . Neither Party shall adopt, use or register any trademark, trade name or other marketing name of the other Party or any confusingly similar mark or name as it pertains to the other Party’s name, the name of its affiliates or the name of any of the products it markets.

 

12.       Term of This Agreement . This OEM Supplement and the licenses granted hereunder shall remain in effect for as long as the Bonita soft SLSA is inforce between the Parties (the “Term”), provided that any end user licenses to the Bonitasoft Software that are in existence as of the date or expiration or

 

7



 

termination of the Bonitasoft SLSA shall remain in effect until such time as they expire or are terminated in accordance with their terms.

 

13.       Training and Sales Support .

 

a.               Attachment 2 of this OEM agreement describes the plan and schedule to which Bonitasoft will provide Customer with adequate technical, sales and marketing training, to enable Customer to market, demonstrate and support the Bonitasoft Software as part of the Customer Solution, as contemplated in this Agreement.

 

b.               During the first ninety (90) days following the completion of the integration of the Bonita soft Software into the Customer Solution, Bonitasoft will provide remote direct sales support to Customer, upon Customer’s request, including without limitation, meeting with prospective end users, presentations and demos.

 

c.                During the term of this Agreement, Bonitasoft will make available to Customer reasonable quantities of marketing materials made generally available by Bonitasoft. Bonitasoft agrees that Customer may prepare derivative works from such materials, and re-brand them in connection with their use in the marketing of the Customer Solution.

 

14.       Business Plan and Quarterly Reviews . The parties agree to cooperate to develop an annual business plan regarding the goals for distribution of the Bonitasoft Software under this Agreement, and will meet either in person, by telephone or by video conference at least once per calendar quarter to review progress toward the goals established in the annual business plan.

 

15.       Reasonable Commercial Efforts . Customer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to market and distribute the Customer Solution during the term of this OEM Supplement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has executed this Bonitasoft OEM Supplement by its duly authorized representatives.

 

Customer                                                                  Talend

 

Bonitasoft

 

 

 

/s/ Nicholas C. White

 

/s/ Miguel Valdes Faura

Signature

 

Signature

 

 

 

Nicholas C White

 

Miguel Valdes Faura

Printed Name

 

Printed Name

 

 

 

CFO

 

CEO

Title

 

Title

 

 

 

Oct 10, 2011

 

Oct 10, 2011

 

8



 

Bonitasoft OEM Agreement

 

Attachment 1

 

Description of Customer Products and the Customer Solution

 

The Bonitasoft Open Solution suite (Teamwork/Efficiency/Performance Editions) will become a private label BPM offerings called Talend BPM to be positioned as part of Talend’s Unified Platform offering. Talend will be authorized to sell the solution to all customers, including end users, distributors, resellers and SI’s, providing it is sold with a component of the Talend Unified Platform.

 

9


 

Bonitasoft OEM Agreement

 

Attachment 2

 

Payment Terms and Conditions

 

Talend Bonitasoft Royalty Pricing

 

Product (including support)

 

1 Year Subscription

 

3 Year Subscription

 

 

 

Gold Support

 

Gold Support

 

Teamwork Subscription Pack - list Price - 4 Cores

 

9,500.00

 

28,500.00

 

Efficiency Subscription Pack - list Price - 4 Cores

 

15,000.00

 

45,000.00

 

Performance Subscription Pack - List Price - 4 Cores

 

20,000.00

 

60,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount off of List - Subscription Pack for Talend Unified Platform pack of 4 Cores

 

30

%

40

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount off of List - Subscription Pack for Talend Unified Platform pack of > 4 Cores

 

40

%

50

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software referral fee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Talend to Bonitasoft (for ESB referral)

 

10% on software net revenue

 

10% on software net revenue

 

Bonitasoft to Talend (for BPM referral)

 

10% on software net revenue

 

10% on software net revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount on service for Talend customers

 

25

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount on onsite training for Talend employees

 

30

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One time pre-paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90 days sales support & Sales training (webinar)

 

30,000.0

 

 

 

 

10



 

Technical Training Pricing and Deliverables

 

·                   Technical training (pre-sales, professional services, support, R&D) will be performed onsite Talend offices, and Talend will receive a 30% discount for onsite training fees, and will at cost for the trainers. It is expected that the courses will be conducted in early Q1’12. Specific scheduling of the training will be developed and agreed between both parties upon execution of this agreement.

 

·                   Basic technical training will effectively cover the content within Bonitasoft’s Business Process Application Development course.

 

·                   Advanced technical training will cover the content within Bonitasoft’s Advanced Integration Administration Training courses.

 

·                   Developer technical training will be a course designed to teach the software developers Talend what they need to know regarding the product architecture, module structure, integration points, APIs, customization mechanisms, underlying databases/data structures, metadata, etc.

 

·                   The following table estimates the overall attendee profile and attendance plan for the 3 technical training courses: at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

Advanced

 

Developer

 

 

Pre-sales

 

6-8 attendees

 

2-3 attendees

 

 

 

Professional services

 

6-8 attendees

 

6-8 attendees

 

 

 

Technical Support

 

 

2-3 attendees

 

 

 

R&D

 

 

3-4 attendees

 

3-4 attendees

 

 

Sales Support

 

On an as needed basis, and for an initial period of 90 days (commencing on January 2, 2012), Bonitasoft will provide to Talend’s prospective customers the required marketing, sales, technical pre-sales activities, and other assistance appropriate in promoting the Products and related maintenance and support. This will include meetings, presentations, demos, and Proof-of-concept work. Talend agrees to pay a one-time partner set up fee of €30,000.00 to fund such activities.

 

 

 

Professional Services

 

Talend will provide professional services for the Bonitasoft solution sold by Talend and/or by Talend partners. Bonitasoft will provide for a training and certification program to ensure that Talend staff are enabled and certified to successfully deliver these architecture, implementation, and customization services to end-users.

 

Talend will receive a 30% discount for onsite training fees, and will pay T&E at cost.

 

11


 

Attachment 3

 

TALEND, INC.

 

MUTUAL REFERRAL AGREEMENT

 

This TALEND, INC. MUTUAL REFERRAL AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into on this    day of           . 201   (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Talend, Inc., a Delaware corporation, doing business at 5150 El Camino Real, Suite C-31, Los Altos CA 94022 (“Talend”) and             , a               corporation, doing business at                             (“ Company ”).

 

1. Purpose

 

The purpose of this Agreement is to set forth the terms and conditions of the business relationship between Talend and Company regarding the mutual referral of potential customers from one party (the “ Referring Party ”) to the other party (the “ Receiving Party ”).

 

2. Qualified Referrals

 

Definition of Qualified Referral . In order for the Referring Party to be eligible to receive a referral fee, the potential customer must be a Qualified Referral. A “ Qualified Referral ” is a business entity

 

(i) which is not already a customer of the Receiving Party, (ii) which has not been contacted by the Receiving Party’s sales or business development personnel within the past twelve (12) months, or (iii) that while not fulfilling (i) and (ii) above, the Receiving Party nonetheless agrees is a qualified referral and (iv) as to which the Referring Party provides the Receiving Party an introduction to a director or executive level employee who has the authority, or whose immediate superior has the authority, to purchase the products or recurring services of the Receiving Party (as applicable, “ Products ” or “ Services ”).

 

Acceptance of Qualified Referral . In order for a Qualified Referral to be accepted by the Receiving Party, the Referring Party must follow the procedure set forth below:

 

(a) The Referring Party must submit to the Receiving Party a completed Opportunity Registration Application substantially in the form of Attachment 1 hereto;

 

(b) The Receiving Party shall have the sole right to accept or reject a referral from the Referring Party by submitting written notification of such acceptance or rejection to the Referring Party within ten (10) business days of receipt of the Opportunity Registration Application. At no time prior to or after acceptance of a referral shall the Receiving Party have any obligation to negotiate or bring to closure an agreement or sale with any business entity referred by the Referring Party;

 

(c) I The Receiving Party may also, in its sole reasonable discretion, determine that more than one party, including a Receiving Party sales representative, is involved in a lead referral and may apportion referral fees accordingly, provided that notification to the Referring Party of such apportionment is submitted at the time of acceptance of the applicable Opportunity Registration Application;

 

(d) The Referring Party will provide a central contact point to the Receiving Party; and

 

(e) The Opportunity Registration Application must be (i) approved by an authorized representative of the Receiving Party; and (ii) submitted by the Referring Party in advance of the receipt by the Receiving Party of a purchase order (“ Order ”) for Product and/or Services.

 

3. Referral Fees and Payment

 

Referral Fees . The Receiving Party shall pay the Referring Party a referral fee (“ Referral Fee ”) equal up to (i) ten percent (10 %) of the Net Revenue paid to the Receiving Party by a Qualified Referral for any Order for Products or Services on the first Order. The Receiving Party will have no obligation to pay any Referral Fee after three (3) years from the effective date of the first Order from an applicable Qualified

 

1



 

Referral. “Net Revenue” equals gross revenue, exclusive of any commissions, fees, taxes or royalties.

 

Payment . Within thirty (30 ) days of receipt of a valid Order from a Qualified Referral, the Receiving Party will notify the Referring Party thereof. The Referring Party shall promptly submit an invoice to the Receiving Party for the Referral Fee associated with the Order. Payments of the Referral Fee shall be made to the Referring Party by the Receiving Party on a monthly basis, starting within thirty (30 ) days of the later of the receipt by the Receiving Party of the (i) applicable invoice or (ii) the applicable Net Revenue. For the avoidance of doubt, no Referral Fee shall be due the Referring Party unless and until the transaction on which such Referral Fee is based has actually been agreed to in writing by the Receiving Party, the Referring Party has submitted an invoice to the Receiving Party, and the Receiving Party has recognized the Net Revenue upon which the Referral Fee is based.

 

4. Requirements and Restrictions

 

Marketing Materials . Each party agrees to provide to the other party a reasonable quantity of promotional, marketing and training materials to assist in the promotion of such party’s Products and Services, which materials may not be altered without such party’s prior written consent.

 

No Representations or Warranties . Neither party shall make any representations or warranties to any third party concerning the Products or Services of the other party. Each party hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the other party harmless from and against any claims against the other party arising out of a breach of this Section 4 .2 by such indemnifying party.

 

Display of Name . Each party agrees that the other party may display its name on the other party’s website under the affiliate category.

 

No Right to Resell . Neither party acquires any right to sell the Products or Services of the other party under this Agreement.

 

Discretionary Sales Support . The Referring Party shall not receive any sales support from the Receiving Party under this Agreement, except at the sole discretion of the Receiving Party.

 

Cross-links . Company will create a landing page on its Website with links to Talend’s open source software download page on www.Talend.com . Talen d will create a landing page on its Website with links to Company’s open source software download page on www.Bonitasoft.com.

 

5. Term and Termination

 

Term . This Agreement will remain in effect for a period of twelve (12) months from the Effective Date, unless terminated earlier as provided herein.

 

Termination . Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time with or without cause upon 30 days’ written notice to the other party.

 

Effect of Termination . Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, each party will stop using any and all Confidential Information of the other party, and any other information or materials provided to it by the other party, and each party will either destroy or deliver the same to the other party within fifteen (15) days after the date of such termination or expiration.

 

Survival . All payment obligations under Section 3, plus Sections 5.3, 5.4, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

6. Confidentiality

 

Confidential Information . Both parties acknowledge that, in the course of performing this Agreement, they may obtain information relating to Products and/or Services of the other party, or relating to the parties themselves, which is of a confidential and proprietary nature (“ Confidential Information ”). Confidential Information includes, software, documentation, and all communications concerning business and marketing strategies including but not limited to employee and customer lists, customer profiles, project plans, design documents, product strategies and pricing data, research, advertising plans, leads and sources of supply, development activities, design and coding, technical drawings, algorithms, know-how, formulas, processes, ideas, inventions (whether patentable or n o t), schematics and other technical plans and other information of the parties which by its nature can be reasonably expected to be proprietary and confidential, whether it is presented in oral, printed, written, graphic or photographic or other tangible form (including information received, stored or transmitted electronically) even though

 

2



 

specific designation as Confidential Information has not been made.

 

Non-use and Non-disclosure . The parties shall at all times, both during the Term of this Agreement and thereafter keep in trust and confidence all Confidential Information of the other party and shall not use such Confidential Information other than as necessary to carry out its duties under this Agreement, nor shall either party disclose any such Confidential Information to third parties without the other party’s prior written consent.

 

Non-Applicability . The obligations of confidentiality shall not apply to information which (i) has entered the public domain except where such entry is the result of a party’s breach of this Agreement; (ii) prior to disclosure hereunder was already in the receiving party’s possession without restriction; (iii) subsequent to disclosure hereunder is obtained by the receiving party on a non-confidential basis from a third party who has the right to disclose such information; or (iv) was developed by the receiving party without use of the Confidential Information. In addition, nothing in this Section 6 shall be deemed to prevent a party from disclosing information as required by law, regulation or a court order.

 

Terms of this Agreement . Except as required by law or governmental regulation, neither party shall disclose, advertise, or publish the terms and conditions of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, except that either party may disclose the terms of this Agreement to potential acquirers, accountants, attorneys and parent organizations pursuant to the terms of a non-disclosure or confidentiality agreement, or to potential investors.

 

Disclosure Required by Law . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each party may comply with an order from a court or other governmental body of competent jurisdiction and disclose the other party’s Confidential Information in compliance with that order only if such party: (i) gives the other party prior notice to such disclosure if the time between that order and such disclosure reasonably permits or, if time does not permit, gives the other party notice of such disclosure promptly after complying with that order and (ii) fully cooperates with the other party, at the other party’s cost and expense, in seeking a protective order, confidential treatment, or taking other measures to oppose or limit such disclosure. Each party must not release any more of the other party’s Confidential Information than is reasonably necessary to comply with an applicable order.

 

7. Warranty Disclaimer

 

ALL INFORMATION AND MATERIALS PROVIDED HEREUNDER ARE PROVIDED “AS IS”. EACH PARTY DISCLAIMS ALL EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT, WITH RESPECT TO ANY ABD ALL MATERIALS AND INFORMATION PROVIDED HERE UNDER.

 

8. Indemnification

 

Each party (“ Indemnitor ”) shall indemnify, defend and hold the other party and its directors, officers, employees, agents and independent contractors (“ Indemnitee ”) harmless from and against, any and all suits, actions and proceedings, claims, liabilities, losses, damages, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and costs (collectively, “ Claims ”), made against an Indemnitee by a third party for personal injury or tangible property damage to the extent arising solely from: (i) any gross negligence or reckless act, or any intentional misconduct of the Indemnitor, or its directors, officers, employees, agents or independent contractors in the performance of this Agreement; or (ii) any violation of any laws, statutes or governmental regulation. The indemnification obligations of the parties in this Section 9 are contingent upon: (1) the Indemnitee promptly notifying the Indemnitor in writing of any claim which may give rise to a Claim for indemnification hereunder; (2) the Indemnitor being allowed to control the defense and settlement of such Claim; and (3) the Indemnitee cooperating with all reasonable requests of the Indemnitor (at Indemnitor’s expense) in defending or settling a Claim. The Indemnitee shall have the right, at its option and expense, to participate in the defense of any suit or proceeding through a counsel of its own choosing.

 

9. Limitation of Liability

 

EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO THE BREACH OF THE PARTIES’ RESPECTIVE CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION 7 OF THIS AGREEMENT, UNDER NO

 

3



 

CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER UNDER ANY CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY, FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LOST PROFITS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO THE BREACH OF THE PARTIES’ RESPECTIVE CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION 7 OF THIS AGREEMENT, AND WITH RESPECT TO THE INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER SECTIONS 4 .2 AND 8 OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE REFERRAL FEES OWED UNDER SECTION 4 OF THIS AGREEMENT, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL EITHER PARTY’S TOITAL LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF FIFTY THOUSAND DOLLARS ($ 50 ,0 0 0 ).

 

10. Miscellaneous

 

Assignment . Neither party may assign this Agreement, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the other party, provided that no consent shall be required to assign this Agreement in its entirety to a successor in interest in connection with a merger, acquisition, or sale of all or substantially all of the assigning party’s assets. Any assignment in violation of this Section 10.1 shall be void ab initio and of no effect. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement is binding upon, inures to the benefit of and is enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 

Fees . In any judicial proceeding between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover all reasonable expenses incurred as a result of the proceeding, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

Force Majeure . Neither party will be liable for, or be considered to be in breach of or default under this Agreement, other than monetary obligations, as a result of any cause or condition beyond such party’s reasonable control.

 

Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to its conflict of laws principles. This Agreement shall not be governed by the 1980 UN Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods. All suits hereunder will be brought solely in Federal Court for the Northern District of California, or if that court lacks subject matter jurisdiction, in any California State Court located in San Mateo County. The parties hereby irrevocably waive any and all claims and defenses either might otherwise have in any such action or proceeding in any of such courts based upon any alleged lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, forum non conveniens or any similar claim or defense. A breach by either party of Section 6 may cause irreparable harm for which the non-breaching party shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief. If any provision(s) hereof is held unenforceable, this Agreement will continue without said provision and be interpreted to reflect the original intent of the parties.

 

Language . This Agreement is in the English language only, which language shall be controlling in all respects, and all versions hereof in any other language shall not be binding to the parties hereto. All communications and notices to be made or given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in the English language.

 

Notices . Any notice or other communication under this Agreement given by either party to the other will be deemed to be properly given if given in writing and delivered in person or facsimile, if acknowledged received by return facsimile or followed within one day by a delivered or mailed copy of such notice, or if mailed, properly addressed and stamped with the required postage, to the intended recipient at its address specified below the signatures on this Agreement. Either party may from time to time change its address for notices under this Section by giving the other party notice of the change in accordance with this Section 10.6.

 

Non-waiver . Any failure of either party to insist upon or enforce performance by the other party of any of the provisions of this Agreement or to exercise any rights or remedies under this Agreement will not be interpreted or construed as a waiver or relinquishment of such party’s right to assert or rely upon such provision, right or remedy in that or any other instance.

 

Status of Parties . The parties to this Agreement are and shall remain independent contractors, and nothing herein shall be construed to create a partnership or joint venture between Talen d and Company. Nothing herein shall be construed as implying that employees of either party are employees of the other party. Neither party shall have

 

4



 

the right to act on behalf of or contractually bind the other party.

 

Entire Agreement . This Agreement is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to its subject matter, and supersedes all prior agreements, negotiations, representations, and proposals, written or oral, related to its subject matter. Its terms cannot be modified, supplemented or rescinded except by an agreement in writing signed by both parties.

 

5



 

In Witness Whereof , the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by an authorized representative as of the date set forth below.

 

FOR AND ON BEHALF OF TALEND, INC

 

FOR AND ON BEHALF OF CUSTOMER:

 

 

 

/s/ Nicholas C. White

 

/s/ Miguel Valdes Faura

Signature

 

Signature

 

 

 

Nicholas C White

 

Miguel Valdes Faura

Printed Name

 

Printed Name

 

 

 

CFO

 

CEO

Title

 

Title

 

 

 

Oct 10, 2011

 

Oct 10, 2011

 

Confidential

 

Bonitasoft Software License and Support Agreement (“SLSA”)

 

6


 

bonitasolt BonitaSoft 51 Federal Street, Suite 305 San Francisco, CA 94107 httpIlwww.bonitasoft com open 'fW' proce5SeS ATTACHMENT 1 OPPORTUNITY REGISTRATION APPLICATION (A separate form is required for each referral) Submitti!d By (Nam<>'Titi<J Ri!f<nal Acoount lnforma<icn. Company Ciry Zip Couoay Pboa. Key Coo""''(Nam._Till<) Pboa< . coH: l:>I.V t N\$ S. lgnature. s"'"De"""" (ac' 10. 21l1'J Email: sdevens@talend.com Title: Vice President Company: talend Confidential Bonitasoft Software License and Support Agreement ("SLSA'') Page 7 /30

GRAPHIC

 



Exhibit 10.2

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO BONITASOFT SOFTWARE LICENSE AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT

 

This Amendment No. 1 to the Bonitasoft Software License and Support Agreement (this “ Amendment ”), dated October 10, 2011 (the “ Agreement ”) between Talend. Inc. (“ Talend ”) and Bonitasoft, Inc. ( Bonitasoft ”) is entered into as or this 12 day of April, 2012 (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”).

 

WHEREAS , Talend and Bonitasoft entered into the Agreement for the purpose of the licensing by Bonitasoft to Talend of certain Bonitasoft software products for distribution by Talend on an OEM basis: and

 

WHEREAS , the parties desire to amend the Agreement as set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , the parties hereby agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

 

1.               Consent to Assignment . Talend is a wholly owned subsidiary of Talend SA, and in order to facilitate the wider distribution of the Bonitasoft software through Talend SA and its subsidiaries and their distribution channels, Talend desires to assign the OEM Agreement, in its entirety and as amended by this Amendment, to Talend SA. Pursuant to Section 20 of the OEM Agreement. Talend hereby requests the consent of Bonitasoft to such assignment, and Bonitasoft hereby consents to the Assignment of the Agreement by Talend to Talend SA.

 

2 .               Bonitasoft OEM Supplement .

 

(a)          Section 1 , General Background : The second and third sentences of Section 1 of the Bonitasoft OEM Supplement to the Agreement are hereby deleted and replaced with the following new sentences:

 

“In addition, Customer desires to distribute the Bonitasoft Software (i) integrated with Customer products (i.e. using a single, common user interface) and/or services (collectively. “Customer Products”) for delivery to third parties as particularly described in Attachment I hereto (such combination hereinafter called “Customer Solution”) and/or (ii) to Customer end users for existing projects and/or divisions within a given Customer end user that has previously obtained Customer Products solely for use in conjunction with such Customer Products. By this Bonitasoft OEM Supplement (“OEM Supplement”), Bonitasoft authorizes Customer to reproduce the object code of the Bonitasoft Software and to distribute the same to third parties, subject to the terms and conditions of the SLSA and this OEM Supplement.”

 

(b)          Section 3 , Grant of License : Subsection (iv) of Section 3 of the Bonitasoft OEM Supplement to the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following new Subsection (iv):

 

“… (iv) distribute the Bonitasoft Software and the associated documentation, through multiple tiers or distribution either (a) as part of the Customer Solution or (b) on a standalone basis to Customer end users for existing projects anal/or divisions within a given End-User

 

1



 

that has previously obtained Customer Products solely for use in conjunction with such Customer Products: provided that Bonitasoft shall have the right to consent to any OEM agreement under which the Bonitasoft software will be distributed, at Bonitasoft’s sole discretion.”

 

In addition, the last sentence of Section 3 of the Bonitasoft OEM Supplement to the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following four new sentences:

 

In the event that Customer identifies an opportunity to sell the Bonitasoft Software on a solely stand-alone basis to a party that is not a licensee or a Customer Product. Customer agrees to refer such opportunity to Bonitasoft pursuant to the mutual Referral Agreement between the parties attached as Attachment 3 hereto. Starting January 1 st  2013, if Bonitasoft can demonstrate that more than ten percent (10%) in the number of deals or in volume of the cases in which Talend distributes the Bonitasoft Software in accordance with this Agreement over a preceding six (6) month period result in a channel conflict, the parties will. at Bonitasoft’s written request. engage in good-faith discussions about ways in which to mitigate the number of channel conflicts in the future. If the parties are unable to agree on a resolution of the issue within twenty (20) business days of the commencement of such discussions, Bonitasoft may elect to terminate this Agreement upon sixty (60) days written notice to Talend. For purposes of this Section 3, “channel conflict” shall mean where a third party that licenses the Bonitasoft Software from Talend in accordance with the terms of this Agreement is (i) already a Bonitasoft customer or (ii) has been engaged in material discussions with Bonitasoft about becoming a Bonitasoft customer in the one hundred and eighty (180) days immediately prior to the date on which it licenses the Bonitasoft Software from Talend. -

 

(c)           Section 9 , Fees, Records and Reports : The fourth sentence of Section 9 of the Bonitasoft OEM Supplement to the Agreement is hereby deleted.

 

(d)          Attachment 1 . Attachment I to the Bonitasoft OEM Supplement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the new Attachment 1 that is attached to this Amendment.

 

(e)           Attachment 2 . Attachment 2 to the Bonitasoft OEM Supplement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the new Attachment 2 that is attached to this Amendment.

 

3 .               Continuing Effect . Except as expressly stated in this Amendment, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect without modification. In the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions in the Agreement and the terms and conditions in this Amendment, the terms and conditions in this Amendment shall prevail with respect to such inconsistency.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties intending to be legally bound, and abide by the mutual covenants set forth herein, have executed this Amendment by their duly authorized representatives as of the Amendment Effective Date.

 

2



 

Talend, Inc.

 

Bonitasoft Incorporated

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bertrand Diard

 

By:

/s/ Miguel Valdes Faura

 

 

 

Name:

 Bertrand Diard

 

Name:

Miguel Valdes Faura

 

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

Title:

CEO

 

3



 

Bonitasoft OEM Agreement

 

Attachment I

 

Description of Customer Products and the Customer Solution

 

The Teamwork and Performance Editions of the Bonitasoft Open Solution Suite will become a private label BPM offering called Talend BPM to be positioned as part of Talend’s Unified Platform offering . The Teamwork and Performance editions will be integrated with Talend Products from version 5 . 1 and later of Talend Products expected to be released in May 2012 .

 

4



 

Bonitasoft OEM Agreement

 

Attachment 2

 

Payment Terms and Conditions

 

Revenue Share

 

For each copy of Bonitasoft’s Teamwork Subscription Pack (4 Cores) software product and/or Bonitasoft’s Performance Subscription Pack (4 Cores) distributed by Talend to end users under this OEM Supplement, Talend agrees to pay to Bonitasoft an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Net Revenue received by Talend in consideration of a term license to use such Bonitasoft products (“Subscription”) granted by Talend to an applicable end user. For purposes of this Attachment 2, “Net Revenue” means the revenue received by Talend for a Subscription, less taxes.

 

Talend agrees to automatically send to BonitaSoft information equivalent to end users quote forms. Quote forms will contain the list of products sold, including BonitaSoft products, with the volume, product name, price and discount of the products.

 

Talend agrees not to discount Bonitasoft products (with discounts to be calculated based on BonitaSoft’s published list price for such products) by more than the percentage discount Talend offers to the same end user for Talend’s own products (with discounts to be calculated based on Talend’s published list price). If Talend is distributing a Bonitasoft product on a standalone basis to an end user that has already obtained Customer Products, Talend agrees not to discount the Bonitasoft products by more than the percentage discount most recently extended by Talend to such end user for the purchase of a Customer Product. Talend agrees to provide to Bonitasoft a report within fifteen (15) days of the end of each calendar quarter demonstrating Talend’s compliance with the foregoing restrictions on discounting the Bonitasoft Software.

 

 

 

Professional Services Discounts to Talend End Users

 

Bonitasoft agrees to extend to Talend’s end user customers a discount on Bonitasoft’s professional services of twenty five percent (25%) off the applicable, published list price.

 

 

 

Training Services
Discounts for End Users

 

Bonitasoft agrees to extend to Talend’s end user customers a discount on Bonitasoft’s training services of thirty percent (30%) off the applicable, published list price.

 

5



 

 

 

 

Training Pricing and Deliverables

 

·

Technical training (pre-sales, professional services, support, R&D) will be performed onsite at Talend offices, and Talend will receive a 30% discount for onsite training fees, and will pay T&E at cost for the trainers. It is expected that the courses will be conducted in early Q1’12. Specific scheduling of the training will be developed and agreed between both parties upon execution of this agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

Basic technical training will effectively cover the content within Bonitasoft’s Business Process Application Development course.

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

Advanced technical training will cover the content within Bonitasoft’s Advanced Integration and Administration Training courses.

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

Developer technical training will be a course designed to teach the software developers at Talend what they need to know regarding the product architecture, module structure, integration points, APIs, customization mechanisms, underlying databases/data structures, metadata, etc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

The following table estimates the overall attendee profile and attendance plan for the 3 technical training courses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

Advance

 

Developer

 

 

Pre-sales

 

6-8 attendees

 

2-3 attendees

 

 

 

Professional Services

 

6-8 attendees

 

6-8 attendees

 

 

 

Technical Support

 

 

2-3 attendees

 

 

 

R&D

 

 

3-4 attendees

 

3-4 attendees

 

 

Sales Support

 

On an as needed basis, and for an initial period of 90 days (commencing on January 2, 2012), Bonitasoft will provide to Talend’s prospective customers the required marketing, sales, technical pre-sales activities, and other assistance appropriate in promoting the Products and related maintenance and support. This will include meetings, presentations, demos, and Proof-of-concept work. Talend agrees to pay a one-time partner set up fee of €30,000.00 to fund such activities.

 

 

 

Professional Services

 

Talend will provide professional services for the Bonitasoft solution sold by Talend and/or by Talend partners that is to be used in conjunction with Talend products. Bonitasoft will provide for a training and certification program to ensure that Talend staff are enabled and certified to successfully deliver these architecture, implementation, and customization services to end-users.

 

Talend will receive a 30% discount for onsite training fees, and will pay T&E at cost.

 

6




Exhibit 10.3

 

LEASE AGREEMENT

 

By and Between

 

WESTPORT OFFICE PARK, LLC,
a California limited liability company

 

(“Landlord”)

 

and

 

TALEND, INC.,
a California corporation

 

(“Tenant”)

 

April 11, 2014

 



 

TABEL OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1. PREMISES; COMMON AREAS

6

 

 

ARTICLE 2. TERM AND CONDITION OF PREMISES

7

 

 

ARTICLE 3. USE, NUISANCE, OR HAZARD

8

 

 

ARTICLE 4. RENT

9

 

 

ARTICLE 5. RENT ADJUSTMENT

11

 

 

ARTICLE 6. SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY LANDLORD

19

 

 

ARTICLE 7. REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE BY LANDLORD

20

 

 

ARTICLE 8. REPAIRS AND CARE OF PROJECT BY TENANT

21

 

 

ARTICLE 9. TENANT’S EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATIONS

22

 

 

ARTICLE 10. FORCE MAJEURE

23

 

 

ARTICLE 11. CONSTRUCTION, MECHANICS’ AND MATERIALMAN’S LIENS

23

 

 

ARTICLE 12. ARBITRATION

24

 

 

ARTICLE 13. INSURANCE

24

 

 

ARTICLE 14. QUIET ENJOYMENT

26

 

 

ARTICLE 15. ALTERATIONS

26

 

 

ARTICLE 16. FURNITURE, FIXTURES, AND PERSONAL PROPERTY

28

 

 

ARTICLE 17. PERSONAL PROPERTY AND OTHER TAXES

29

 

 

ARTICLE 18. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

30

 

 

ARTICLE 19. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

35

 

 

ARTICLE 20. CONDEMNATION

37

 

 

ARTICLE 21. HOLD HARMLESS

38

 

 

ARTICLE 22. DEFAULT BY TENANT

39

 

 

ARTICLE 23. [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

44

 

 

ARTICLE 24. [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

44

 

 

ARTICLE 25. ATTORNEYS’ FEES

44

 

 

ARTICLE 26. NON-WAIVER

44

 

 

ARTICLE 27. RULES AND REGULATIONS

45

 

 

ARTICLE 28. ASSIGNMENT BY LANDLORD

45

 

 

ARTICLE 29. LIABILITY OF LANDLORD

45

 



 

ARTICLE 30. SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT

46

 

 

ARTICLE 31. HOLDING OVER

47

 

 

ARTICLE 32. SIGNS

48

 

 

ARTICLE 33. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES

49

 

 

ARTICLE 34. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND OTHER REGULATIONS

52

 

 

ARTICLE 35. SEVERABILITY

53

 

 

ARTICLE 36. NOTICES

53

 

 

ARTICLE 37. OBLIGATIONS OF, SUCCESSORS, PLURALITY, GENDER

53

 

 

ARTICLE 38. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

54

 

 

ARTICLE 39. CAPTIONS

54

 

 

ARTICLE 40. CHANGES

54

 

 

ARTICLE 41. AUTHORITY

54

 

 

ARTICLE 42. BROKERAGE

55

 

 

ARTICLE 43. EXHIBITS

55

 

 

ARTICLE 44. APPURTENANCES

55

 

 

ARTICLE 45. PREJUDGMENT REMEDY, REDEMPTION, COUNTERCLAIM, AND JURY

56

 

 

ARTICLE 46. RECORDING

56

 

 

ARTICLE 47. MORTGAGEE PROTECTION

56

 

 

ARTICLE 48. OTHER LANDLORD CONSTRUCTION

56

 

 

ARTICLE 49. PARKING

57

 

 

ARTICLE 50. ELECTRICAL CAPACITY

58

 

 

ARTICLE 51. OPTION TO EXTEND LEASE

58

 

 

ARTICLE 52. TELECOMMUNICATIONS LINES AND EQUIPMENT

61

 

 

ARTICLE 53. ERISA

63

 

 

ARTICLE 54. TENANT’S RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

64

 

 

ARTICLE 55. LETTER OF CREDIT

66

 

2


 

LEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT, (this “Lease”) is made and entered into as of April 11, 2014 by and between WESTPORT OFFICE PARK, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), and Tenant identified in the Basic Lease Information below.

 

BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

Tenant: TALEND, INC., a California corporation

 

Premises: Suite 200 on the 2nd floor of the Building, containing approximately 25.079 square feet of rentable area, outlined in Exhibit B to this Lease.

 

Building: The Building commonly known as 800 Bridge Parkway, Redwood City, California 94065. The rentable area of the Building is 50,305 square feet.

 

Base Rent:

 

Period
(In Months)

 

Annual
Base Rent

 

Monthly
Base Rent

 

01 - 03

 

Abated

*

Abated

*

04 - 12

 

N/A

 

$

63,000.00

**

13 - 24

 

$

976,425.84

 

$

81,368.82

 

25 - 36

 

$

1,005,718.56

 

$

83,809.88

 

37 - 48

 

$

1,035,890.16

 

$

86,324.18

 

49 - 60

 

$

1,066,966.80

 

$

88,913.90

 

60 - 72

 

$

1,098,975.84

 

$

91,581.32

 

 

 

$

1,131,945.12

 

$

94,328.76

 

 


*                  As an inducement to Tenant entering into this Lease, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred under this Lease, Base Rent in the amount of $63,000.00 per month shall be abated for the first three (3) months commencing as of the Commencement Date (“Rental Abatement Period”). The amount of Base Rent set forth in the foregoing table for that period reflects that rent abatement. During such Rental Abatement Period, Tenant shall still be responsible for the payment of all of its other monetary obligations under the Lease.

 

**           As an inducement to Tenant entering into this Lease, during months 1 through 12 after the Commencement Date, for purposes of calculating Base Rent only, the Premises shall be deemed to contain only 20,000 square feet of rentable area (but nothing in this paragraph shall affect Tenant’s rights to the remaining 5,079 rentable feet as part of the Premises leased under this Lease). The amount of Base Rent set forth in the foregoing table for that period reflects that deemed square

 

3



 

footage. During such abatement period, Tenant shall still be responsible for the payment of all of its other monetary obligations under the Lease.

 

Security Deposit Amount: $0.00

 

Letter of Credit Required Amount: $362,737.50, subject to reduction as provided in Article 55 .

 

Rent Payable Upon Execution: $89,583.74

 

Tenant’s Building Percentage: 49.854%

 

Tenant’s Common Area Building Percentage: 2.515%

 

Commencement Date: The later of (i) the date of Substantial Completion (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit C) of the Premises and (ii) July 1, 2014.

 

Expiration Date: The date that is the day prior to the day that is eighty-four (84) months after the Commencement Date, subject to Tenant’s option to extend the Lease Term. If the Expiration Date falls on a day other than the last day of the calendar month, then, the Expiration Date shall be extended to the last day of the calendar month in which the day that the Term of this Lease would otherwise end as provided in this paragraph and the Term of this Lease shall be extended accordingly.

 

Landlord’s Address:

 

c/o The Prudential Insurance Company of America

4 Embarcadero Center, 27 th  Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

Attn: PRISA II Asset Management

 

With a copy by the same method to:

 

c/o The Prudential Insurance Company of America

7 Giralda Farms

Madison, New Jersey 07940

Attention: James Marinello, Esquire

 

With a copy by the same method to:

 

Harvest Properties, Inc.

6425 Christie Avenue, Suite 220

Emeryville, California 94608

Attention: Joss Hanna

 

Address for rental payment:

 

Payments via FedEx/UPS/Courier:

 

4



 

JP Morgan Chase

2710 Media Center Dr.

Building #6, Suite #120

Los Angeles, CA 90065

Attn: PREI’s Westport Office Park/100170

 

Payments via regular mail (lockbox address):

 

Remit to: PREI’s Westport Office Park #171201

P. O. Box 100170

Pasadena, CA 91189-0170

 

Payments via either FED wire or ACH wire:

 

Tenant’s Address:

 

Talend, Inc.

5150 El Camino Real, Suite C31

Los Altos, CA 94022

Attention: Thomas Tuchscherer

(If on or after the Commencement Date to the Premises)

Attention: Thomas Tuchscherer

 

Landlord’s Broker: Cassidy Turley. Tenant’s Broker: CBRE.

 

Maximum Parking Allocation: eighty-two (82), which is based on a parking ratio of 3.3 non-exclusive parking spaces per one thousand (1,000) square feet of rentable space in the Premises.

 

Tenant Improvement Allowance: $877,765.00

 

The Basic Lease Information is incorporated into and made part of this Lease. Each reference in this Lease to any Basic Lease Information shall mean the applicable information set forth in the Basic Lease Information, except that in the event of any conflict between an item in the Basic Lease Information and this Lease, this Lease shall control. Additional defined terms used in the Basic Lease Information shall have the meanings given those terms in this Lease.

 

5



 

ARTICLE 1.
PREMISES; COMMON AREAS

 

1.1                                Subject to all of the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises. The property shown on Exhibit A to this Lease and all improvements thereon and appurtenances on that land thereto, including, but not limited to, the Building, other office buildings, access roadways, and all other related areas, shall be collectively hereinafter referred to as the “Project.” Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may elect to sell one or more of the buildings within the Project and that, subject to Section 5.1(b), upon any such sale Tenant’s pro-rata share of those Operating Expenses and Taxes (each as defined below) allocated to the areas of the Project other than buildings may be adjusted accordingly by Landlord. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge that the purpose of Exhibit A and Exhibit B are to show the approximate location of the Premises in the Building and the general layout of the Project and such Exhibits are not meant to constitute an agreement, representation or warranty as to the construction of the Premises, the Building or the Project, the precise area of the Premises, the Building or the Project or the specific location of the Building, “Common Areas,” as that term is defined in Section 1.3 , below, or the elements thereof or of the accessways to the Premises, or the Project.

 

1.2                                For purposes of this Lease, (1) “rentable area” and “usable area” shall be calculated pursuant to the Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings (ANSI/BOMA Z65.1, 1996); (2) “rentable square feet” and “rentable footage” shall have the same meaning as the term “rentable area;” and (3) “usable square feet” and “usable square footage” shall have the same meaning as the term “usable area.” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, the recital of the rentable area herein above set forth is for descriptive purposes only. Tenant shall have no right to terminate this Lease or receive any adjustment or rebate of any Base Rent or Additional Rent (as hereinafter defined) payable hereunder if said recital is incorrect. Tenant has inspected the Premises and is fully familiar with the scope and size thereof and agrees to pay the full Base Rent and Additional Rent set forth herein in consideration for the use and occupancy of said space, regardless of the actual number of square feet contained therein.

 

1.3                                Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use in common with other tenants in the Project, and subject to the rules and regulations referred to in Article 27 of this Lease, those portions of the Project which are provided, from time to time, for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Project (such areas, together with such other portions of the Project designated by Landlord for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Project, in its discretion, including certain areas previously designated for the exclusive use of certain tenants, or previously shared by Landlord and certain tenants, are collectively referred to herein as the “Common Areas”). The Common Areas shall consist of the “Project Common Areas” and the “Building Common Areas.” The term “Project Common Areas,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portion of the Project reasonably designated as such by Landlord for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Project. The term “Building Common Areas,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portions of the Common Areas located within the Building reasonably designated as such by Landlord for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Building. The manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be at the reasonable discretion of Landlord and the use thereof shall be subject to such reasonable and egalitarian rules, regulations and restrictions as Landlord may make from time to time. Landlord

 

6



 

reserves the right to close temporarily, make alterations or additions to, or change the location of elements of the Project and the Common Areas. Subject to “Applicable Laws,” as that term is defined in Section 5.1(a)  of this Lease, except when and where Tenant’s right of access is specifically excluded in this Lease, and except in the event of an emergency, Tenant shall have the right of access to the Premises, the Building, and the Common Areas including parking facilities servicing the Building twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week during the “Term,” as that term is defined in Section 2.1 , below.

 

ARTICLE 2.
TERM AND CONDITION OF PREMISES

 

2.1                                The term of this Lease (the “Term”) shall commence on the Commencement Date and end on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated (the “Termination Date”) as hereinafter provided. The Commencement Date of this Lease and the obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other charges hereunder shall not be delayed or postponed by reason of any delay by Tenant in performing changes or alteration in the Premises not required to be performed by Landlord. In the event the Term shall commence on a day other than the first day of a month, then the Base Rent shall be immediately paid for such partial month prorated in accordance with Section 4.4 below. As soon as the Commencement Date is determined, Landlord and Tenant shall execute a Commencement Date memorandum in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F acknowledging, among other things, the (a) Commencement Date, (b) scheduled Expiration Date of this Lease and (c) Tenant’s acceptance of the Premises subject to any identified Punch List Items. The Landlord’s or Tenant’s failure to execute the Commencement Date Memorandum shall not affect such party’s liability hereunder.

 

2.2                                Landlord shall perform the construction work as provided in Exhibit C hereto (“Landlord’s Work”). Except for Landlord’s Work, Landlord has no obligation to construct improvements in the Premises.

 

2.3                                Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of any incomplete work, unsatisfactory conditions or defects (the “ Punch List Items ”) which were part of Landlord’s Work in the Premises within thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date and Landlord shall, at its sole expense, complete said work and/or remedy such unsatisfactory conditions or defects as soon as possible. Provided Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete, the existence of any incomplete work, unsatisfactory conditions or defects as aforesaid shall not affect the Commencement Date or the obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other charges hereunder.

 

2.4                                Subject to completion of the Punch List Items, the taking of possession of the Premises by Tenant shall be conclusive evidence that the Premises and the Building were in good and satisfactory condition at the time possession was taken by Tenant (excluding latent defects that could not be discovered upon reasonable inspection of visible areas of the Premises, and without in any way affecting Landlord’s obligations for repair and maintenance of the Premises, Building, Common Areas or Project as set forth in this Lease). Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made any representations or promises with respect to the condition of the Building, the Premises, the land upon which the Building is constructed, or any other matter or thing affecting or related to the

 

7



 

Building or the Premises, except as herein expressly set forth, and no rights, easements or licenses are acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise except as expressly set forth in this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 3.
USE, NUISANCE, OR HAZARD

 

3.1                                The Premises shall be used and occupied by Tenant solely for general office purposes and for no other purposes without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

3.2                                Tenant shall not use, occupy, or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises for any purpose which Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, deems to be illegal, immoral, or dangerous; permit any public or private nuisance; do or permit any act or thing which may disturb the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant of the Project; keep any substance or carry on or permit any operation which might introduce offensive odors or conditions into other portions of the Project, use any apparatus which might make undue noise or set up vibrations in or about the Project; permit anything to be done which would increase the premiums paid by Landlord for fire and extended coverage insurance on the Project or its contents or cause a cancellation of any insurance policy covering the Project or any part thereof or any of its contents; or permit anything to be done which is prohibited by or which shall in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance, or governmental rule, regulation or covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Project, including without limitation the CC&R’s (as defined below) now or hereinafter in force. Should Tenant do any of the foregoing without the prior written consent of Landlord, and the same is not cured within ten (10) business days after notice from Landlord (which ten (10) business day period shall be subject to extension if the nature of the breach is such that it is not possible to cure the same within such ten (10) business day period so long as the Tenant commences the cure of such breach within such ten (10) business day period and diligently prosecutes the same to completion) it shall constitute an Event of Default (as hereinafter defined) and shall enable Landlord to resort to any of its remedies hereunder.

 

3.3                                The ownership, operation, maintenance and use of the Project shall be subject to certain conditions and restrictions contained in an instrument (“CC&R’s”) recorded or to be recorded against title to the Project. Tenant agrees that regardless of when those CC&R’s are so recorded, this Lease and all provisions hereof shall be subject and subordinate thereto; provided, however, that except as required by Applicable Laws (as defined below), Tenant’s obligation to comply with CC&R’s recorded after the date of this Lease shall be subject to Tenant’s prior consent, which will not be withheld unless the same would materially adversely affect Tenant’s rights under this Lease. Accordingly, as a consequence of that subordination, during any period in which the entire Project is not owned by Landlord, (a) the portion of Operating Expenses and Taxes (each as defined below) for the Common Areas shall be allocated among the owners of the Project as provided in the CC&R’s, and (b) the CC&R’s shall govern the maintenance and insuring of the portions of the Project not owned by Landlord. Tenant shall, promptly upon request of Landlord, sign all documents reasonably required to carry out the foregoing into effect.

 

8



 

ARTICLE 4.
RENT

 

4.1                                Tenant hereby agrees to pay Landlord the Base Rent. For purposes of Rent adjustment under the Lease, (a) if the Commencement Date falls on a date that is prior to the 15th day of the calendar month, the number of months is measured from the first day of the calendar month in which the Commencement Date falls, or (b) if the Commencement Date falls on a date that is the 15th or a later day of the calendar month, the number of months is measured from the first day of the calendar month after the calendar month in which the Commencement Date falls. Each monthly installment (the “Monthly Rent”) shall be payable by check, wire, ACH transfer or by money order on or before the first day of each calendar month. Landlord agrees to accept payment by Federal Reserve Automated Clearing House (ACH) deposit only so long as such system is available for Landlord’s use. In addition to the Base Rent, Tenant also agrees to pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes (each as hereinafter defined), and any and all other sums of money as shall become due and payable by Tenant as hereinafter set forth, all of which shall constitute additional rent under this Lease (the “Additional Rent”). Landlord expressly reserves the right to apply any payment received to Base Rent or any other items of Rent that are not paid by Tenant. The Monthly Rent and the Additional Rent are sometimes hereinafter collectively called “Rent” and shall be paid when due in lawful money of the United States without demand, deduction, abatement, or offset to the addresses for the rental payment set forth in the Basic Lease Information, or as Landlord may designate from time to time.

 

4.2                                In the event any Monthly or Additional Rent or other amount payable by Tenant hereunder is not paid within five (5) days after its due date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge (the “Late Charge”), as Additional Rent, in an amount of five percent (5%) of the amount of such late payment. Failure to pay any Late Charge shall be deemed a Monetary Default (as hereinafter defined). Provision for the Late Charge shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to Landlord hereunder, at law or in equity, and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or limiting Landlord’s remedies in any manner. Failure to charge or collect such Late Charge in connection with any one (1) or more such late payments shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to charge and collect such Late Charges in connection with any other similar or like late payments. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.2, the Late Charge shall not be imposed with respect to the first late payment in the twelve (12) months following the Commencement Date or with respect to the first late payment in any succeeding twelve (12) month period during the Term unless the applicable payment due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within five (5) days following written notice from Landlord that such payment was not received when due. Following the first such written notice from Landlord in the twelve (12) months following the Commencement Date and the first such written notice in any succeeding twelve (12) month period during the Term (but regardless of whether such payment has been received within such five (5) day period), the Late Charge will be imposed without notice for any subsequent payment due from Tenant during such applicable twelve (12) month period which is not received within five (5) days after its due date.

 

4.3                                Simultaneously with the execution hereof, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (i) the Rent Payable Upon Execution as payment of the first installment of Monthly Rent and Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes due hereunder and (ii) if applicable, an amount equal to the Security Deposit Amount to be held by Landlord as security for Tenant’s faithful performance of all

 

9



 

of the terms, covenants, conditions, and obligations required to be performed by Tenant hereunder (the “Security Deposit”). The Security Deposit, if any, shall be held by Landlord as security for the performance by Tenant of all of the covenants of this Lease to be performed by Tenant and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest thereon. The Security Deposit is not an advance rent deposit, an advance payment of any other kind, or a measure of Landlord’s damages in any case of Tenant’s default. If Tenant fails to perform any of the covenants of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, including without limitation the provisions relating to payment of Rent, the removal of property at the end of the Term, the repair of damage to the Premises caused by Tenant, and the cleaning of the Premises upon termination of the tenancy created hereby, then Landlord shall have the right, but no obligation, to apply the Security Deposit, or so much thereof as may be necessary, for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default and/or to cure any other such failure by Tenant. If Landlord applies the Security Deposit or any part thereof for payment of such amounts or to cure any such other failure by Tenant, then Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord the sum necessary to restore the Security Deposit to the full amount then required by this Section 4.3 Landlord’s obligations with respect to the Security Deposit are those of a debtor and not a trustee. Landlord shall not be required to maintain the Security Deposit separate and apart from Landlord’s general or other funds and Landlord may commingle the Security Deposit with any of Landlord’s general or other funds. Upon termination of the original Landlord’s or any successor owner’s interest in the Premises or the Building, provided the Security Deposit has been delivered or credited to the transferee Landlord, the original Landlord or such successor owner shall be released from further liability with respect to the Security Deposit upon the original Landlord’s or such successor owner’s complying with California Civil Code Section 1950.7. Subject to the foregoing, Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in force, which (a) establish a time frame within which a landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, and/or (b) provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of Rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage caused by the default of Tenant under this Lease, including without limitation all damages or Rent due upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code, it being agreed that the terms of this Lease shall govern such subject matters. If Tenant performs every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, the unused portion of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant or the last assignee of Tenant’s interest under this Lease within thirty (30) days following expiration or termination of the Term of this Lease.

 

4.4                                If the Term commences on a date other than the first day of a calendar month or expires or terminates on a date other than the last day of a calendar month, the Rent for any such partial month shall be prorated to the actual number of days in such partial month.

 

4.5                                All Rents and any other amount payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, if not paid within five (5) days after the date when due, shall bear interest from the date due until paid at a rate equal to the prime commercial rate established from time to time by Bank of America, plus four percent (4%) per annum; but not in excess of the maximum legal rate permitted by law. Failure to charge or collect such interest in connection with any one (1) or more delinquent payments shall

 

10



 

not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to charge and collect such interest in connection with any other or similar or like delinquent payments.

 

4.6                                If Tenant fails to make when due two (2) consecutive payments of Monthly Rent or makes two (2) consecutive payments of Monthly Rent which are returned to Landlord by Tenant’s financial institution for insufficient funds, Landlord may require, by giving written notice to Tenant, that all future payments of Rent shall be made wire, ACH transfer, in cashier’s check or by money order. The foregoing is in addition to any other remedy of Landlord hereunder, at law or in equity.

 

ARTICLE 5.
RENT ADJUSTMENT

 

5.1                                Definitions.

 

(a)                                   “Operating Expenses”, as said term is used herein, shall mean all expenses, costs, and disbursements of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to pay because of or in connection with the ownership, operation, management, security, repair, restoration, replacement, or maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof. Operating Expenses shall be computed in accordance with generally accepted real estate practices, consistently applied, and shall include, but not be limited to, the items as listed below:

 

(i)                                      Wages, salaries, other compensation and any and all taxes, insurance and benefits of, the Building manager and of all other persons engaged in the operation, maintenance and security of the Project (appropriately allocated if such parties perform services for more than just the Building or the Project, as applicable);

 

(ii)                                   Payments under any equipment rental agreements or management agreements, including without limitation the cost of any actual or charged management fee and all expenses for the Project management office including rent, office supplies, and materials therefor;

 

(iii)                                Costs of all supplies, equipment, materials, and tools and amortization (including interest on the unamortized cost) of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Project, or any portion thereof;

 

(iv)                               All costs incurred in connection with the operation, maintenance, and repair of the Project including without limitation, the following: (A) the cost of operation, repair, maintenance and replacement of all systems and equipment and components thereof of the Project; (B) the cost of janitorial, alarm, security and other services, replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in common areas, maintenance and replacement of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing (but not structural roof repairs); (C) the cost of licenses,

 

11



 

certificates, permits and inspections and the cost of contesting any governmental enactments which are reasonably anticipated by Landlord to increase Operating Expenses, and the cost incurred in connection with any mandatory transportation system management program or similar program; (D) the cost of landscaping, decorative lighting, and relamping, the cost of maintaining fountains, sculptures, bridges; and (E) costs, fees, charges or assessments imposed by, or resulting from any mandate imposed on Landlord by, any federal, state or local government for fire and police protection, trash removal, community services, or other services which do not constitute “Taxes” as that term is defined below.

 

(v)                                  The cost of supplying all utilities, the cost of operating, maintaining, repairing, replacing, renovating and managing the utility systems, mechanical systems, sanitary, storm drainage systems, communication systems and escalator and elevator systems, and the cost of supplies, tools, and equipment and maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith.

 

(vi)                               The cost of all insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Project as reasonably determined by Landlord, including without limitation commercial general liability insurance, physical damage insurance covering damage or other loss caused by fire, earthquake, flood or other water damage, explosion, vandalism and malicious mischief, theft or other casualty, rental interruption insurance and such insurance as may be required by any lessor under any present or future ground or underlying lease of the Building or Project or any holder of a mortgage, deed of trust or other encumbrance now or hereafter in force against the Building or Project or any portion thereof, and any deductibles payable thereunder; including, without limitation, Landlord’s cost of any self insurance deductible or retention; provided that Landlord’s cost of any self-insurance shall not exceed the cost that would have been payable for a policy covering the same risks as to which Landlord is self-insuring;

 

(vii)                            Capital improvements made to or capital assets acquired for the Project, or any portion thereof, after the Commencement Date that (1) are intended to reduce Operating Expenses or (2) are necessary for the health, safety and/or security of the Project, its occupants and visitors and are deemed advisable and the reasonable judgment of Landlord or (3) are required under any and all applicable laws, statutes, codes, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, conditions of approval and requirements of all federal, state, county, municipal and governmental authorities and all administrative or judicial orders or decrees and all permits, licenses, approvals and other entitlements issued by governmental entities, and rules of common law, relating to or affecting the Project, the Premises or the Building or the use or operation thereof, whether now existing or hereafter enacted, including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 USC 12111 et seq. (the “ADA”) as the same may be amended from time to time, all Environmental Laws (as hereinafter defined), and any CC&R’s, or any corporation, committee or association formed in

 

12


 

connection therewith, or any supplement thereto recorded in any official or public records with respect to the Project or any portion thereof (collectively, “Applicable Laws”) (except for capital repairs, replacements or other improvements to remedy a condition existing prior to the Commencement Date which an applicable governmental authority, if it had knowledge of such condition prior to the Commencement Date, would have then required to be remedied pursuant to then-current governmental laws or regulations in their form existing as of the Commencement Date and pursuant to the then-current interpretation of such governmental laws or regulations by the applicable governmental authority as of the Commencement Date), which capital costs, or an allocable portion thereof, shall be amortized over the period reasonably determined by Landlord, together with interest on the unamortized balance at a rate reasonably determined by Landlord;

 

(viii)                                                 fees, charges and other costs, including management fees (or amounts in lieu thereof), consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors, engineers, consultants and other persons engaged by Landlord or otherwise incurred by or charged by Landlord in connection with the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Buildings and the Project; and

 

(ix)                                                       payments, fees or charges under the CC&R’s and any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restricted covenant, or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project, or any portion thereof.

 

Expressly excluded from Operating Expenses are the following items:

 

(x)                                                          Advertising and leasing commissions;

 

(xi)                                                       Repairs and restoration paid for by the proceeds of any insurance policies or amounts otherwise reimbursed to Landlord or paid by any other source (other than by tenants paying their share of Operating Expenses);

 

(xii)                                                    Principal, interest, and other costs directly related to financing the Project or ground lease rental or depreciation;

 

(xiii)                                                 The cost of special services to tenants (including Tenant) for which a special charge is made;

 

(xiv)                                                The costs of repair of casualty damage or for restoration following condemnation to the extent covered by insurance proceeds or condemnation awards;

 

(xv)                                                  The costs of any capital expenditures except as expressly permitted to be included in Operating Expenses as provided under clauses (vi), and (vii) above;

 

13



 

(xvi)                                                The costs, including permit, license and inspection costs and supervision fees, incurred with respect to the installation of tenant improvements within the Project (including the Tenant Improvements described in Exhibit C) or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space within the Project or promotional or other costs in order to market space to potential tenants;

 

(xvii)                                             The legal fees and related expenses and legal costs incurred by Landlord (together with any damages awarded against Landlord) due to the bad faith violation by Landlord or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Project;

 

(xviii)                                          Costs incurred to comply with Applicable Laws with respect to any Hazardous Materials (as defined below) in, on, under or about the Project (or any portion thereof), including without limitation all costs to manage, remediate, monitor and report on Hazardous Materials pursuant to the Order (as hereinafter defined), including costs of installation of wells and vents, monitoring the same, and removal, capping and abandonment of the same; except that Operating Expenses shall include reasonable and customary costs incurred in connection with the clean-up, remediation, monitoring, management and administration of (and defense of claims related to) the presence of Hazardous Materials used by Landlord (provided such use is not negligent and is in compliance with Applicable Laws) in connection with the operation, repair and maintenance of the Project to perform Landlord’s obligations under this Lease (such as, without limitation, fuel oil for generators, cleaning solvents, and lubricants) and which are customarily found or used in Comparable Buildings;

 

(xix)                                                The attorneys’ fees in connection with the negotiation and preparation of letters, deal memos, letters of intent, leases, subleases and/or assignments, space planning costs, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with lease, sublease and/or assignment negotiations and transactions with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Project;

 

(xx)                                                   The expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are not available to Tenant;

 

(xxi)                                                The overhead and profit paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by qualified, unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

 

(xxii)                                             The costs arising from Landlord’s charitable or political contributions;

 

14



 

(xxiii)                                          The costs (other than ordinary maintenance and insurance) for sculpture, paintings and other objects of art;

 

(xxiv)                                         The interest and penalties resulting from Landlord’s failure to pay any items of Operating Expense when due;

 

(xxv)                                            The Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses, costs of entertainment, dining, automobiles or travel for Landlord’s employees, and costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes Landlord as the same are distinguished from the costs of the operation of the Project, including partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee, costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of Landlord’s interest in the Project, costs of any disputes between Landlord and its employees (if any) not engaged in the operation of the Project, disputes of Landlord with management, or outside fees paid in connection with disputes with other Project tenants or occupants (except to the extent such dispute is based on Landlord’s good faith efforts to benefit Tenant or meet Landlord’s obligations under this Lease);

 

(xxvi)                                         The costs arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord;

 

(xxvii)                                      The management office rental to the extent such rental exceeds the fair market rental for such space;

 

(xxviii)                                   The costs of correction of latent defects in the Project to the extent covered by warranties; and

 

(xxix)                                         The costs of Landlord’s membership in professional organizations (such as, by way of example and without limitation, BOMA) in excess of $2,500.00 per year.

 

(b)                                  Taxes ” shall mean all ad valorem taxes, personal property taxes, and all other taxes, assessments, embellishments, use and occupancy taxes, transit taxes, water, sewer and pure water charges not included in Section 5.1.(a)(v)  above, excises, levies, license fees or taxes, and all other similar charges, levies, penalties, or taxes, if any, which are levied, assessed, or imposed, by any Federal, State, county, or municipal authority, whether by taxing districts or authorities presently in existence or by others subsequently created, upon, or due and payable in connection with, or a lien upon, all or any portion of the Project, or facilities used in connection therewith, and rentals or receipts therefrom and all taxes of whatsoever nature that are imposed in substitution for or in lieu of any of the taxes, assessments, or other charges included in its definition of Taxes, and any costs and expenses of contesting the validity of same. Taxes shall expressly not include any estate, inheritance, succession, capital levy, corporate franchise, or income taxes of Landlord.

 

15



 

(c)                                   Lease Year ” shall mean the twelve (12) month period commencing January 1st and ending December 31st.

 

(d)                                  Tenant’s Building Percentage ” shall mean Tenant’s percentage of the entire Building as determined by dividing the Rentable Area of the Premises by the total Rentable Area of the Building. If there is a change in the total Building Rentable Area as a result of an addition to the Building, partial destruction, modification or similar cause, which event causes a reduction or increase on a permanent basis, Landlord shall cause adjustments in the computations as shall be necessary to provide for any such changes. Landlord shall, segregate Operating Expenses into two (2) separate categories, one (1) such category, to be applicable only to Operating Expenses incurred for the Building and the other category applicable to Operating Expenses incurred for the Common Areas and/or the Project as a whole. Accordingly, two (2) Tenant’s Building Percentages shall apply, one (1) such Tenant’s Building Percentage shall be calculated by dividing the Rentable Area of the Premises by the total Rentable Area in the Building (“Tenant’s Building Only Percentage”), and the other Tenant’s Building Percentage to be calculated by dividing the Rentable Area of the Premises by the total Rentable Area of all buildings in the Project (“Tenant’s Common Area Building Percentage”). Consequently, any reference in this Lease to “Tenant’s Building Percentage” shall mean and refer to both Tenant’s Building Only Percentage and Tenant’s Common Area Building Percentage of Operating Expenses.

 

(e)                                   Tenant’s Tax Percentage ” shall mean the percentage determined by dividing the Rentable Area of the Premises by the total Rentable Area of all buildings in the Project.

 

(f)                                    Market Area ” shall mean the Redwood Shores submarket of Redwood City, California (the “City”).

 

(g)                                   Comparable Buildings ” shall mean comparable Class “A” office/R&D use buildings owned by property owners in the Market Area.

 

5.2                                Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Share (as hereinafter defined) of the Operating Expenses. “Tenant’s Share” shall be determined by multiplying Operating Expenses for any Lease Year or pro rata portion thereof, by the applicable Tenant’s Building Percentage. Landlord shall, in advance of each Lease Year, reasonably estimate what Tenant’s Share will be for such Lease Year based, in part, on Landlord’s operating budget for such Lease Year, and Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share as so estimated each month (the “Monthly Escalation Payments”). The Monthly Escalation Payments shall be due and payable at the same time and in the same manner as the Monthly Rent.

 

5.3                                Landlord shall, within one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of each Lease Year, or as soon thereafter as reasonably possible, provide Tenant with a written statement of the actual Operating Expenses incurred during such Lease Year for the Project and such statement shall set forth Tenant’s Share of such Operating Expenses. Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, the difference between Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and the amount of Monthly

 

16



 

Escalation Payments made by Tenant attributable to said Lease Year, such payment to be made within thirty (30) days of the date of Tenant’s receipt of said statement (except as provided in Section 5.4 below); similarly, Tenant shall receive a credit if Tenant’s Share is less than the amount of Monthly Escalation Payments collected by Landlord during said Lease Year, such credit to be applied to future Monthly Escalation Payments to become due hereunder (or if the Lease Term has expired or terminated, such amount due to Tenant shall be paid by good check, wire transferred funds, ACH payment or money order to Tenant). If utilities, janitorial services or any other components of Operating Expenses increase during any Lease Year, Landlord may revise Monthly Escalation Payments due during such Lease Year by giving Tenant written notice to that effect; and thereafter, Tenant shall pay, in each of the remaining months of such Lease Year, a sum equal to the amount of the revised difference in Operating Expenses multiplied by the applicable Tenant’s Building Percentage divided by the number of months remaining in such Lease Year.

 

5.4                                Tenant shall be entitled to conduct or require an audit to be conducted on any statement, provided that (a) not more than one (1) such audit may be conducted during any Lease Year of the Term, (b) the records for each Lease Year may be audited only once, (c) such audit is commenced within one (1) year following Tenant’s receipt of the applicable statement, and (d) such audit is completed and a copy thereof is delivered to Landlord within one hundred eighty (180) days following Tenant’s receipt of the applicable statement (which time period shall be extended to the extent Landlord delays the audit or fails to cooperate as required to conduct the audit). If Landlord responds to any such audit with an explanation of any issues raised in the audit, such issues shall be deemed resolved unless Tenant responds to Landlord with further written objections within ninety (90) days after receipt of Landlord’s response to the audit. In no event shall payment of Rent ever be contingent upon the performance of such audit. For purposes of any audit, Tenant or Tenant’s duly authorized representative, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall have the right, upon five (5) days’ written notice to Landlord, to inspect Landlord’s books and records pertaining to Operating Expenses and Taxes at the offices of Landlord or Landlord’s managing agent during ordinary business hours, provided that such audit must be conducted so as not to interfere with Landlord’s business operations and must be reasonable as to scope and time. If actual Operating Expenses or Taxes are finally determined (by agreement of the parties, arbitration or a court of competent jurisdiction) to have been overstated or understated by Landlord for any calendar year, then the parties shall within thirty (30) days thereafter make such adjustment payment or refund as is applicable, and if actual Operating Expenses and Taxes are finally determined (by agreement of the parties, arbitration or a court of competent jurisdiction) to have been overstated by Landlord for any calendar year by in excess of five percent (5%), then Landlord shall pay the reasonable cost of Tenant’s audit, not to exceed $3,500.00.

 

5.5                                If the occupancy of the Building during any part of any Lease Year is less than one hundred percent (100%), Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment of the variable components of Operating Expenses for that Lease Year, as reasonably determined by Landlord using sound accounting and management principles, to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been incurred had the Building been one hundred percent (100%) occupied. This amount shall be considered to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for that Lease Year. For

 

17



 

purposes of this Section 5.5 , “variable components” include only those component expenses that are affected by variations in occupancy levels.

 

5.6                                Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, “Tenant’s Tax Share” (as hereinafter defined) of the Taxes. “Tenant’s Tax Share” shall be determined by multiplying Taxes for any Lease Year or pro rata portion thereof, by Tenant’s Tax Percentage. Landlord shall, in advance of each Lease Year, estimate what Tenant’s Tax Share will be for such Lease Year and Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Tax Share as so estimated each month (the “Monthly Tax Payments”). The Monthly Tax Payments shall be due and payable at the same time and in the same manner as the Monthly Rent.

 

5.7                                Landlord shall, within one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of each Lease Year, or as soon thereafter as reasonably possible, provide Tenant with a written statement of the actual Taxes incurred during such Lease Year for the Project and such statement shall set forth Tenant’s Tax Share of such Taxes. Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, the difference between Tenant’s Tax Share of Taxes and the amount of Monthly Tax Payments made by Tenant attributable to said Lease Year, such payment to be made within thirty (30) days of the date of Tenant’s receipt of said statement; similarly, Tenant shall receive a credit if Tenant’s Tax Share is less than the amount of Monthly Tax Payments collected by Landlord during said Lease Year, such credit to be applied to future Monthly Tax Payments to become due hereunder (or if the Lease Term has expired or terminated, such amount due to Tenant shall be paid by good check, wire transferred funds, ACH payment or money order to Tenant). If Taxes increase during any Lease Year, Landlord may revise Monthly Tax Payments due during such Lease Year by giving Tenant written notice to that effect; and, thereafter, Tenant shall pay, in each of the remaining months of such Lease Year, a sum equal to the amount of revised difference in Taxes multiplied by Tenant’s Tax Percentage divided by the number of months remaining in such Lease Year.

 

5.8                                If the Taxes for any Lease Year are changed as a result of protest, appeal or other action taken by a taxing authority, the Taxes as so changed shall be deemed the Taxes for such Lease Year. Any expenses incurred by Landlord in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Taxes shall be included in Taxes in the Lease Year in which those expenses are paid. Landlord shall have the exclusive right to conduct such contests, protests and appeals of the Taxes as Landlord shall determine is appropriate in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

5.9                                Tenant’s obligation with respect to Additional Rent and the payment of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Tenant’s Tax Share of Taxes shall survive the Expiration Date or Termination Date of this Lease and if Taxes cannot otherwise be determined as of the Expiration Date or Termination Date of this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to retain the Security Deposit, or so much thereof as it deems necessary, to secure payment of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Tenant’s Tax Share of Taxes for the final year of the Lease, or part thereof, during which Tenant was obligated to pay such expenses.

 

18



 

ARTICLE 6.
SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY LANDLORD

 

6.1                                Subject to Articles 5 and 10 herein, and provided Tenant is not in default under this Lease, Landlord agrees to furnish or cause to be furnished to the Premises the utilities and services described in the Standards for Utilities and Services, attached hereto as Exhibit G , subject to the conditions and in accordance with the standards set forth herein.

 

6.2                                Landlord shall not be liable for any loss or damage arising or alleged to arise in connection with the failure, stoppage, or interruption of any such services; nor shall the same be construed as an eviction of Tenant, work an abatement of Rent, entitle Tenant to any reduction in Rent, or relieve Tenant from the operation of any covenant or condition herein contained; it being further agreed that Landlord reserves the right to discontinue temporarily such services or any of them at such times as may be necessary by reason of repair or capital improvements performed within the Project, accident, unavailability of employees, repairs, alterations or improvements, or whenever by reason of strikes, lockouts, riots, acts of God, or any other happening or occurrence beyond the reasonable control of Landlord. In the event of any such failure, stoppage or interruption of services, Landlord shall use reasonable diligence to have the same restored. Neither diminution nor shutting off of light or air or both, nor any other effect on the Project by any structure erected or condition now or hereafter existing on lands adjacent to the Project, shall affect this Lease, abate Rent, or otherwise impose any liability on Landlord.

 

6.3                                Landlord shall have the right to reduce heating, cooling, or lighting within the Premises and in the public area in the Building as required by any mandatory fuel or energy-saving program.

 

6.4                                Unless otherwise provided by Landlord, Tenant shall separately arrange with the applicable local public authorities or utilities, as the case may be, for the furnishing of and payment of all telephone and facsimile services as may be required by Tenant in the use of the Premises. Tenant shall directly pay for such telephone and facsimile services as may be required by Tenant in the use of the Premises, including the establishment and connection thereof, at the rates charged for such services by said authority or utility; and the failure of Tenant to obtain or to continue to receive such services for any reason whatsoever shall not relieve Tenant of any of its obligations under this Lease.

 

6.5                                Landlord shall have the exclusive right, but not the obligation, to provide any locksmithing services, and Landlord shall also have the non-exclusive right, but not the obligation, to provide any additional services which may be required by Tenant, including without limitation additional repairs and maintenance, provided that Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon billing, the sum of all reasonable and competitive costs to Landlord of such additional services plus an administration fee. If Tenant requests the Landlord provide locksmithing services and Landlord declines, then Tenant shall not be obligated to use Landlord’s locksmithing services. Charges for any utilities or service for which Tenant is required to pay from time to time hereunder, shall be deemed Additional Rent hereunder and shall be billed on a monthly basis.

 

6.6                                At all times during the Term Landlord shall have the right to select the utility company or companies that shall provide electric, telecommunication and/or other utility services to the Premises and, subject to all Applicable Requirements, Landlord shall have the right at any time

 

19



 

and from time to time during the Term to either (a) contract for services from electric, telecommunication and/or other utility service provider(s) other than the provider with which Landlord has a contract as of the date of this Lease (the “Current Provider”), or (b) continue to contract for services from the Current Provider. The cost of such utility services and any energy management and procurements services in connection therewith shall be Operating Expenses.

 

6.7                                Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6.2 or elsewhere in this Lease, if (a) Landlord fails to provide Tenant with the electrical service or elevator service described in Section 6.1, or Landlord enters the Premises and such entry interferes with Tenant’s reasonable use of the Premises (b) such failure or Landlord’s entry is not due to any one or more Force Majeure Events or to an event covered by Article 19, (c) Tenant has given Landlord reasonably prompt written notice of such failure or that such entry by Landlord is unreasonably interfering with Tenant’s use of the Premises and (d) as a result of such failure or entry all or any part of the Premises are rendered untenantable (and, as a result, all or such part of the Premises are not used by Tenant during the applicable period) for more than five (5) consecutive business days, then Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Rent proportional to the extent to which the Premises are thereby rendered unusable by Tenant, commencing with the later of (i) the sixth business day during which such untenantability continues or (ii) the sixth business day after Landlord receives such notice from Tenant, until the Premises (or part thereof affected) are again usable or until Tenant again uses the Premises (or part thereof rendered unusable) in its business, whichever first occurs. The foregoing rental abatement shall be Tenant’s exclusive remedy therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Article 19 below and not the provisions of this subsection shall govern in the event of casualty damage to the Premises or Project and the provisions of Article 20 below and not the provisions of this subsection shall govern in the event of condemnation of all or a part of the Premises or Project.

 

ARTICLE 7.
REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE BY LANDLORD

 

7.1                                Landlord shall provide for the cleaning and maintenance of the Common Area portions of the Project in keeping with the customary standard for Comparable Buildings as part of Operating Expenses. Unless otherwise expressly stipulated herein, Landlord shall not be required to make any improvements or repairs of any kind or character to the Premises during the Term, except such repairs as may be required to the exterior walls, corridors, windows, roof and roof membrane, integrated Building utility and mechanical systems and other Base Building (as defined below) elements and other structural elements and equipment of the Project, and subject to Section 13.4 , below, such additional maintenance as may be necessary because of the damage caused by persons other than Tenant, its agents, employees, licensees, or invitees. As used in this Lease, the “Base Building” shall include the structural portions of the Building (including without limitation the foundations, structural walls and supports, and subfloor), and the restrooms, elevators, exit stairwells and the systems (including without limitation the alarm, security, HVAC, plumbing, electrical, storm water, gas and sewage systems) and equipment located in the internal core of the Building on the floor or floors on which the Premises are located to the point where they are stubbed into the Premises. The term “Base Building,” as used in this Lease, shall not be deemed to have the same

 

20



 

meaning as the term “Base, Shell and Core,” as the same is defined in Section 1 of the Tenant Work Letter.

 

7.2                                Landlord or Landlord’s officers, agents, and representatives (subject to any security regulations imposed by any governmental authority) shall have the right to enter all parts of the Premises at all reasonable hours upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant (other than in an emergency) to inspect, clean, make repairs, alterations, and additions to the Project or the Premises which it may deem necessary or desirable, to make repairs to adjoining spaces, to cure any defaults of Tenant hereunder that Landlord elects to cure pursuant to Section 22.5 , below, to show the Premises to prospective tenants (during the final nine (9) months of the Term or at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default that remains uncured), mortgagees or purchasers of the Building, or to provide any service which it is obligated or elects to furnish to Tenant; and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of Rent by reason thereof. Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time and by any means in the case of an emergency as Landlord deems in its judgment called for to address the emergency. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that when it undertakes any of the activities described in this Section 7.2, it shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to do so in such a manner as to minimize the interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises.

 

7.3                                Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant hereby waives all rights it would otherwise have under California Civil Code Sections 1932(1) and 1942(a) or any successor statutes to deduct repair costs from Rent and/or terminate this Lease as the result of any failure by Landlord to maintain or repair.

 

ARTICLE 8.
REPAIRS AND CARE OF PROJECT BY TENANT

 

8.1                                If the Building, the Project, or any portion thereof, including but not limited to, the elevators, boilers, engines, pipes, and other apparatus, or members of elements of the Building (or any of them) used for the purpose of climate control of the Building or operating of the elevators, or of the water pipes, drainage pipes, electric lighting, or other equipment of the Building or the roof or outside walls of the Building and also the Premises improvements, including but not limited to, the carpet, wall coverings, doors, and woodwork, become damaged or are destroyed through the active negligence, or misuse or intentional misconduct of Tenant, its servants, agents, employees, or anyone permitted by Tenant to be in the Building, or through it or them, then the reasonable cost of the necessary repairs, replacements, or alterations shall be borne by Tenant who shall pay the same to Landlord as Additional Rent within ten (10) days after demand, subject to Section 13.4 below. Landlord shall have the exclusive right, but not the obligation, to make any repairs necessitated by such damage.

 

8.2                                Subject to Section 13.4 below, Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense,  to repair or replace any damage or injury done to the Project, or any part thereof, caused by the active negligence, misuse or intentional misconduct of Tenant, or Tenant’s agents, employees, licensees, or invitees which Landlord elects not to repair. Tenant shall not injure the Project or the Premises and shall maintain the elements of the Premises not to be maintained by Landlord pursuant to this Lease

 

21



 

in a clean, attractive condition and in good repair, ordinary wear and tear and damage from causes not required to be repaired by Tenant excepted. If Tenant fails to keep such elements of the Premises in such good order, condition, and repair, ordinary wear and tear and damage from causes not required to be repaired by Tenant excepted, as required hereunder to the satisfaction of Landlord, Landlord may upon not less than five (5) days’ notice to Tenant restore the Premises to such good order and condition and make such repairs without liability to Tenant for any loss or damage that may accrue to Tenant’s property or business by reason thereof, and within ten (10) days after completion thereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, upon demand, the cost of restoring the Premises to such good order and condition and of the making of such repairs, plus an additional charge of ten percent (10%) thereof. Upon the Expiration Date or the Termination Date, Tenant shall surrender and deliver up the Premises to Landlord in the same condition in which it existed at the Commencement Date, excepting only ordinary wear and tear and damage arising from any cause not required to be repaired by Tenant. Upon the Expiration Date or the Termination Date, Landlord shall have the right to re-enter and take possession of the Premises as provided in Section 22.

 

8.3                                Tenant shall provide its own janitorial and cleaning services to the Premises at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord is not obligated to provide any janitorial or cleaning services to the Premises.

 

ARTICLE 9.
TENANT’S EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATIONS

 

9.1                                If heat-generating machines or equipment, including telephone equipment, cause the temperature in the Premises, or any part thereof, to exceed the temperatures the Building’s air conditioning system would be able to maintain in such Premises were it not for such heat-generating equipment, then Landlord reserves the right to install supplementary air conditioning units in the Premises, and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation and the cost of operation and maintenance thereof, including water, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after demand by Landlord. Landlord shall inform Tenant of the requirements and cost thereof with Tenant for Tenant’s input before commencing any such work.

 

9.2                                Except for desk or table-mounted typewriters, adding machines, office calculators, dictation equipment, personal computers, printers, facsimile machines, scanners, routers, telecommunications equipment, audio-video equipment and other similar office equipment consistent with first-class general office use in Comparable Buildings, Tenant shall not install within the Premises any fixtures, equipment, facilities, or other improvements without the specific written consent of Landlord, subject to Article 15 , below. Tenant shall not, without the specific written consent of Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), install or maintain any apparatus or device within the Premises which shall increase the usage of electrical power or water for the Premises to an amount materially greater than would be normally required for general office use for space of comparable size in the Market Area; and if any such apparatus or device is so installed, Tenant agrees to furnish Landlord a written agreement to pay for any additional costs of utilities as the result of said installation.

 

22


 

ARTICLE 10.
FORCE MAJEURE

 

10.1                         It is understood and agreed that with respect to any service or other obligation to be furnished or obligations to be performed by either party, in no event shall either party be liable for failure to furnish or perform the same when prevented from doing so by strike, lockout, breakdown, accident, supply, or inability by the exercise of reasonable diligence to obtain supplies, parts, or employees necessary to furnish such service or meet such obligation; or because of war or other emergency; or for any cause beyond the reasonable control with the party obligated for such performance; or for any cause due to any act or omission of the other party or its agents, employees, licensees, invitees, or any persons claiming by, through, or under the other party; or because of the failure of any public utility to furnish services; or because of order or regulation of any federal, state, county or municipal authority (collectively, “Force Majeure Events”). Nothing in this Section 10.1 shall limit or otherwise modify or waive Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent and Additional Rent as and when due pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 11.
CONSTRUCTION, MECHANICS’ AND MATERIALMAN’S LIENS

 

11.1                         Tenant shall not suffer or permit any construction, mechanics’ or materialman’s lien to be filed against the Premises or any portion of the Project by reason of work, labor services, or materials which Tenant has requested to be supplied to Tenant. Nothing in this Section 11.1 shall be deemed or construed in any way as constituting the consent or request of Landlord, expressed or implied, by inference or otherwise, for any contractor, subcontractor, laborer, or materialman to perform any labor or to furnish any materials or to make any specific improvement, alteration, or repair of or to the Premises or any portion of the Project; nor of giving Tenant any right, power, or authority to contract for, or permit the rendering of, any services or the furnishing of any materials that could give rise to the filing of any construction, mechanics’ or materialman’s lien against the Premises or any portion of the Project.

 

11.2                         If any such construction, mechanics’ or materialman’s lien shall at any time be filed against the Premises or any portion of the Project as the result of any act or omission of Tenant, Tenant covenants that it shall, within twenty (20) days after Tenant has notice of the claim for lien, procure the discharge thereof by payment or by giving security or in such other manner as is or may be required or permitted by law or which shall otherwise satisfy Landlord. If Tenant fails to take such action, Landlord, in addition to any other right or remedy it may have, may take such action as may be reasonably necessary to protect its interests. Any amounts paid by Landlord in connection with such action, all other expenses of Landlord incurred in connection therewith, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, and other necessary disbursements shall be repaid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after demand.

 

23



 

ARTICLE 12.
ARBITRATION

 

12.1                         In the event that a dispute arises under Section 5.4 above, the same shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of applicable state law, if any, as from time to time amended. Arbitration proceedings, including the selection of an arbitrator, shall be conducted pursuant to the rules, regulations, and procedures from time to time in effect as promulgated by the American Arbitration Association (the “Association”). Prior written notice of application by either party for arbitration shall be given to the other at least ten (10) days before submission of the application to the said Association’s office in the city wherein the Building is situated (or the nearest other city having an Association office). The arbitrator shall hear the parties and their evidence. The decision of the arbitrator may be entered in the appropriate court of law; and the parties consent to the jurisdiction of such court and further agree that any process or notice of motion or other application to the court or a judge thereof may be served outside the state wherein the Building is situated by registered mail or by personal service, provided a reasonable time for appearance is allowed. The costs and expenses of each arbitration hereunder and their apportionment between the parties shall be determined by the arbitrator in his or her award or decision, subject to the penultimate sentence of this section. No arbitrable dispute shall be deemed to have arisen under this Lease (a) prior to the expiration of the period of twenty (20) days after the date of the giving of written notice by the party asserting the existence of the dispute, together with a description thereof sufficient for an understanding thereof, and (b) where Tenant disputes the amount of a Tenant payment required hereunder (e.g. , Operating Expense excess under Section 5.3 hereof), prior to Tenant paying in full the amount billed by Landlord, including the disputed amount. The prevailing party in such arbitration shall be reimbursed for its expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall this Article 12 affect or delay Landlord’s unlawful detainer rights under California law.

 

ARTICLE 13.
INSURANCE

 

13.1                         Landlord shall maintain, as a part of Operating Expenses, special causes of loss form insurance on the Project in an amount equal to the full replacement cost of the Project, subject to such deductibles as Landlord may determine. Landlord shall not be obligated to insure, and shall not assume any liability of risk of loss for, any of Tenant’s furniture, equipment, machinery, goods, supplies, improvements or alterations upon the Premises. Such insurance shall be maintained with an insurance company selected, and in amounts desired, by Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee, and payment for losses thereunder shall be made solely to Landlord subject to the rights of the holder of any mortgage or deed of trust which may now or hereafter encumber the Project. Additionally Landlord may maintain such additional insurance, including, without limitation, earthquake insurance, flood insurance, liability insurance and/or rent insurance, as Landlord may in its sole discretion elect. The cost of all such additional insurance shall also be part of the Operating Expenses. Any or all of Landlord’s insurance may be provided by blanket coverage maintained by Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord under its insurance program for its portfolio of properties, and in such event Operating Expenses shall include the portion of the reasonable cost of blanket insurance that is allocated to the Project.

 

24



 

13.2                         Tenant, at its own expense, shall maintain with insurers authorized to do business in the State of California and which are rated A- or better and have a financial size category of at least VII in the most recent Best’s Key Rating Guide, or any successor thereto (or if there is none, equivalently rated by an organization having a national reputation),(a) commercial general liability insurance with the following minimum limits: General Aggregate $2,000,000.00; Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $2,000,000.00; Each Occurrence $1,000,000.00; Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000.00; Medical Payments $5,000.00 per person, (b) Umbrella/Excess Liability on a following form basis with the following minimum limits: General Aggregate $5,000,000.00; Each Occurrence $5,000,000.00; (c) Workers’ Compensation with statutory limits; (d) Employer’s Liability insurance with the following limits: Bodily injury by disease per person $1,000,000.00; Bodily injury by accident policy limit $1,000,000.00; Bodily injury by disease policy limit $1,000,000.00; (e) property insurance on special causes of loss insurance form covering any and all personal property of Tenant including but not limited to alterations, improvements (inclusive of the initial improvements (if any) constructed pursuant to Exhibit C ), betterments, furniture, fixtures and equipment in an amount not less than their full replacement cost, with a deductible not to exceed $25,000.00; and (f) business auto liability insurance having a combined single limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence and insuring Tenant against liability for claims arising out of ownership, maintenance or use of any owned, hired or non-owned automobiles for its business. At all times during the Term, such insurance shall be maintained, and Tenant shall cause a current and valid certificate of such policies to be deposited with Landlord. If Tenant fails to have a current and valid certificate of such policies on deposit with Landlord at all times during the Term and such failure is not cured within ten (10) business days following Tenant’s receipt of notice thereof from Landlord, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to obtain such an insurance policy, and Tenant shall be obligated to pay Landlord the amount of the premiums applicable to such insurance within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s request for payment thereof. Said policy of liability insurance shall name Landlord and Landlord’s managing agent as additional insureds and Tenant as the insured. Tenant shall provide Landlord with thirty (30) days’ notice of cancellation or non-renewal of any insurance Tenant is required to maintain pursuant to this Lease.

 

13.3                         Tenant shall adjust annually the amount of coverage established in Section 13.2 hereof to such amount as in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, adequately protects Landlord’s interest; provided the same is consistent with the amount of coverage customarily required of comparable tenants in Comparable Buildings.

 

13.4                         Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives any and all rights of recovery, claim, action, or cause of action against the other, its agents, employees, licensees, or invitees for any loss or damage to or at the Premises or the Project or any personal property of such party therein or thereon by reason of fire, the elements, or any other cause which would be insured against under the terms of (i) fire and extended coverage insurance or (ii) the liability insurance referred to in Section 13.2 , to the extent of such insurance, regardless of cause or origin, including omission of the other party hereto, its agents, employees, licensees, or invitees. Landlord and Tenant covenant that no insurer shall hold any right of subrogation against either of such parties with respect thereto. This waiver shall be ineffective

 

25



 

against any insurer of Landlord or Tenant to the extent that such waiver is prohibited by the laws and insurance regulations of the State of California. The parties hereto agree that any and all such insurance policies required to be carried by either shall be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation clause in the insurer’s standard form.

 

13.5                         In the event Tenant’s occupancy or conduct of business in or on the Premises, whether or not Landlord has consented to the same, results in any increase in premiums for the insurance carried from time to time by Landlord with respect to the Building over premium rates for general office use, Tenant shall pay any such increase in premiums as Rent within ten (I0) days after bills for such additional premiums shall be rendered by Landlord. In determining whether increased premiums are a result of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, a schedule issued by the organization computing the insurance rate on the Building showing the various components of such rate, shall be conclusive evidence of the several items and charges which make up such rate. Tenant shall promptly comply with all reasonable requirements of the insurance authority or of any insurer now or hereafter in effect relating to the Premises.

 

ARTICLE 14.
QUIET ENJOYMENT

 

14.1                         Provided Tenant is not in default under this Lease after the expiration of any period for cure in the performance of all its obligations under this Lease, including, but not limited to, the payment of Rent and all other sums due hereunder, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises for the Term, without hindrance by Landlord, subject to the provisions and conditions set forth in this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 15.
ALTERATIONS

 

15.1                         Tenant agrees that, except as provided below, it shall not make or allow to be made any alterations, physical additions, or improvements in or to the Premises without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord in each instance. As used herein, the term “Minor Alteration” refers to an alteration that (a) does not affect the outside appearance of the Building and is not visible from the Common Areas, (b) is non-structural and does not impair the strength or structural integrity of the Building, and (c) does not affect the mechanical, electrical, HVAC or other systems of the Building. Landlord agrees not to unreasonably withhold its consent to any Minor Alteration. Landlord’s consent to any other alteration may be conditioned, given, or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord consents to any repainting, recarpeting, or other purely cosmetic changes or upgrades to the Premises, so long as (i) the aggregate cost of such work is less than $5,000.00 in any twelve-month period, (ii) such work constitutes a Minor Alteration (iii) no building permit is required in connection therewith, and (iv) such work conforms to the then existing Building standards. At the time of said request, Tenant shall submit to Landlord plans and specifications of the proposed alterations, additions, or improvements; and Landlord shall have a period of not less than thirty (30) days therefrom in which to review and approve or disapprove said plans; provided that if Landlord determines in good faith that Landlord requires a third party to assist in reviewing such plans and specifications, Landlord shall instead have

 

26



 

a period of not less than sixty (60) days in which to review and approve or disapprove said plans. Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand the reasonable out of pocket third party cost and expense of Landlord in (A) reviewing said plans and specifications, and (B) inspecting the alterations, additions, or improvements to determine whether the same are being performed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications and all laws and requirements of public authorities, including, without limitation, the fees of any architect or engineer employed by Landlord for such purpose. In any instance where Landlord grants such consent, and permits Tenant to use its own contractors, laborers, materialmen, and others furnishing labor or materials for Tenant’s construction (collectively, “Tenant’s Contractors”), Landlord’s consent shall be deemed conditioned upon each of Tenant’s Contractors (1) working in harmony and not interfering with any laborer utilized by Landlord, Landlord’s contractors, laborers, or materialmen; and (2) furnishing Landlord with evidence of acceptable liability insurance, worker’s compensation coverage and if required by Landlord, completion bonding, and if at any time such entry by one or more persons furnishing labor or materials for Tenant’s work shall cause such disharmony or interference, the consent granted by Landlord to Tenant may be withdrawn immediately upon written notice from Landlord to Tenant. Tenant, at its expense, shall obtain all necessary governmental permits and certificates for the commencement and prosecution of alterations, additions, or improvements and for final approval thereof upon completion, and shall cause any alterations, additions, or improvements to be performed in compliance therewith and with all applicable laws and requirements of public authorities and with all applicable requirements of insurance bodies. All alterations, additions, or improvements shall be diligently performed in a good and workmanlike manner, using new materials and equipment at least equal in quality and class to be better than (a) the original installations of the Building, or (b) the then standards for the Comparable Building. Upon the completion of work and upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord copies of all waivers or releases of lien from each of Tenant’s Contractors. No alterations, modifications, or additions to the Project or the Premises shall be removed by Tenant either during the Term or upon the Expiration Date or the Termination Date without the express written approval of Landlord. Tenant shall not be entitled to any reimbursement or compensation resulting from its payment of the cost of constructing all or any portion of said improvements or modifications thereto unless otherwise expressly agreed by Landlord in writing. Tenant agrees specifically that no food, soft drink, or other vending machine shall be installed within the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

15.2                         Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s plans for work shall create no responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord for their completeness, design sufficiency, or compliance with all laws, rules, and regulations of governmental agencies or authorities, including, but not limited to, the Americans with Disabilities Act. Landlord may, at its option, at Tenant’s expense, require that Landlord’s contractors be engaged for any work upon the integrated Building mechanical or electrical systems or other Building or leasehold improvements.

 

15.3                         At least five (5) days prior to the commencement of any work permitted to be done by persons requested by Tenant on the Premises, Tenant shall notify Landlord of the proposed work and the names and addresses of Tenant’s Contractors. During any such work on the Premises, Landlord, or its representatives, shall have the right to go upon and inspect the Premises at all reasonable times, and shall have the right to post and keep posted thereon notices of non-

 

27



 

responsibility or to take any further action which Landlord may deem to be proper for the protection of Landlord’s interest in the Premises.

 

ARTICLE 16.
FURNITURE, FIXTURES, AND PERSONAL PROPERTY

 

16.1                         Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, may remove its trade fixtures, office supplies and moveable office furniture and equipment not attached to the Project or Premises provided:

 

(a)                                  Such removal is made prior to the Expiration Date or the Termination Date;

 

(b)                                  No Event of Default exists under this Lease at the time of such removal; and

 

(c)                                   Tenant promptly repairs all damage caused by such removal.

 

16.2                         If Tenant does not remove its trade fixtures, office supplies, and moveable furniture and equipment as herein above provided prior to the Expiration Date or the Termination Date (unless prior arrangements have been made with Landlord and Landlord has agreed in writing to permit Tenant to leave such items in the Premises for an agreed period), then, in addition to its other remedies, at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the right to have such items removed and stored at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and all damage to the Project or the Premises resulting from said removal shall be repaired at the cost of Tenant; Landlord may elect that such items automatically become the property of Landlord upon the Expiration Date or the Termination Date, and Tenant shall not have any further rights with respect thereto or reimbursement therefor subject to the provisions of applicable law. All other property in the Premises, any alterations, or additions to the Premises (including wall-to-wall carpeting, paneling, wall covering, specially constructed or built-in cabinetry or bookcases), and any other article attached or affixed to the floor, wall, or ceiling of the Premises shall become the property of Landlord and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof at the Expiration or Termination Date regardless of who paid therefor; and Tenant hereby waives all rights to any payment or compensation therefor. lf, however, Landlord so requests, in writing, Tenant shall remove, prior to the Expiration Date or the Termination Date, any and all alterations, additions, fixtures, equipment, and property placed or installed in the Premises and shall repair any damage caused by such removal. In addition, if any alterations performed by Tenant do not use materials that conform at a minimum to the building standards used by Landlord at the time of the particular alteration, Tenant shall (a) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, no later than the expiration of the Term (or no later than fifteen (15) days after the earlier termination of the Term) cause the improvements in the Premises to be restored to conform to Landlord’s building standard at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, or (b) if Landlord so elects in writing, Tenant shall pay Landlord a lump-sum amount determined by Landlord in its reasonable judgment sufficient to pay the cost of restoring the improvements in the Premises to building standard. Prior to commencing any alteration, Tenant may request that Landlord notify Tenant

 

28



 

whether or not the proposed alteration will be required by Landlord to be removed at the end of the Term.

 

16.3                         All the furnishings, fixtures, equipment, effects, and property of every kind, nature, and description of Tenant and of all persons claiming by, through, or under Tenant which, during the continuance of this Lease or any occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or anyone claiming under Tenant, may be on the Premises or elsewhere in the Project shall be at the sole risk and hazard of Tenant, and if the whole or any part thereof shall be destroyed or damaged by fire, water, or otherwise, or by the leakage or bursting of water pipes, steam pipes, or other pipes, by theft, or from any other cause, no part of said loss or damage is to be charged to or be borne by Landlord unless due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees, agents or contractors, or breach of this Lease by Landlord.

 

ARTICLE 17.
PERSONAL PROPERTY AND OTHER TAXES

 

17.1                         During the Term hereof, Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, all business and other taxes, charges, notes, duties, and assessments levied, and rates or fees imposed, charged, or assessed against or in respect of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises or in respect of the personal property, trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment, and all other personal and other property of Tenant contained in the Project (other than taxes and assessments attributable to the cost or value of any leasehold improvements made in or to the Premises by or for Tenant), and shall hold Landlord harmless from and against all payment of such taxes, charges, notes, duties, assessments, rates, and fees, and against ail loss, costs, charges, notes, duties, assessments, rates, and fees, and any and all such taxes. Tenant shall cause said fixtures, furnishings, equipment, and other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real and personal property of Landlord. In the event any or all of Tenant’s fixtures, furnishings, equipment, and other personal property shall be assessed and taxed with Landlord’s real property, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s share of such taxes within ten (10) days after delivery to Tenant by Landlord of a statement in writing setting forth the amount of such taxes applicable to Tenant’s property.

 

17.2                         The demised property herein may be subject to a special assessment levied by the City of Redwood as part of an Improvement District. As a part of said special assessment proceedings (if any), additional bonds were or may be sold and assessments were or may be levied to provide for construction contingencies and reserve funds. Interest shall be earned on such funds created for contingencies and on reserve funds which will be credited for the benefit of said assessment district. To the extent surpluses are created in said district through unused contingency funds, interest earnings or reserve funds, such surpluses shall be deemed the property of Landlord. Notwithstanding that such surpluses may be credited on assessments otherwise due against the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent if, and at the time of any such credit of surpluses, an amount equal to all such surpluses so credited. For example: if (i) the property is subject to an annual assessment of $1,000.00, and (ii) a surplus of $200.00 is credited towards the current year’s assessment which reduces the assessment amount shown on the property tax bill from

 

29



 

$1,000.00 to $800.00, Tenant shall, upon receipt of notice from Landlord, pay to Landlord said $200.00 credit as Additional Rent.

 

ARTICLE 18.
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 

18.1                         Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld (except that Landlord shall in no event be obligated to consent to an encumbrance of this Lease or any transfer by operation of law): (a) assign, convey, mortgage or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest hereunder, or sublease the Premises, or any part thereof, whether voluntarily or by operation of law; or (b) permit the use of the Premises or any part thereof by any person other than Tenant and its employees. Any such transfer, sublease or use described in the preceding sentence (a “Transfer”) occurring without the prior written consent of Landlord shall, at Landlord’s option, be void and of no effect. Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to withhold its consent to any future Transfer. Landlord may require as a condition to its consent to any assignment of this Lease that the assignee execute an instrument in which such assignee assumes the remaining obligations of Tenant hereunder; provided that the acceptance of any assignment of this Lease by the applicable assignee shall automatically constitute the assumption by such assignee of all of the remaining obligations of Tenant that accrue following such assignment. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant or a mutual cancellation hereof shall not work a merger and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing sublease or may, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to Landlord of Tenant’s interest in any or all such subleases.

 

18.2                         For purposes of this Lease, the term “Transfer” shall also include (i) if a Tenant is a partnership or limited liability company, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the partners, members or managers thereof, or transfer of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of partnership or membership interests therein within a twelve (12) month period, or the dissolution of the partnership or the limited liability company without immediate reconstitution thereof, and (ii) if Tenant is a corporation whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter or any other form of entity, (A) the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant, the sale or other transfer of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares or other interests of or in Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death), within a twelve (12) month period, or (B) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the value of the unencumbered assets of Tenant within a twelve (12) month period.

 

18.3                         If Tenant desires the consent of Landlord to a Transfer, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, at least thirty (30) days prior to the proposed effective date of the Transfer, a written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) which includes (a) the name of the proposed sublessee or assignee, (b) the nature of the proposed sublessee’s or assignee’s business, (c) the terms and provisions of the proposed sublease or assignment, and (d) current financial statements and information on the proposed sublessee or assignee. Upon receipt of the Transfer Notice, Landlord may request

 

30



 

reasonable additional information concerning the Transfer or the proposed sublessee or assignee (the “Additional Information”). Subject to Landlord’s rights under Section 18.6 , Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any assignment or sublease (excluding an encumbrance or transfer by operation of law), which consent or lack thereof shall be provided within thirty (30) business days of receipt of Tenant’s Transfer Notice; provided, however, Tenant hereby agrees that it shall be a reasonable basis for Landlord to withhold its consent if Landlord has not received the Additional Information requested by Landlord, assuming the same exists. Without limiting any other reasonable basis for Landlord to withhold its consent to the proposed Transfer, Landlord and Tenant agree that for purposes of this Lease and any Applicable Law, Landlord shall not be deemed to have unreasonably withheld its consent if, in the judgment of Landlord: (i) the transferee is of a character or engaged in a business which is not in keeping with the standards or criteria used by Landlord in leasing the Project, or the general character or quality of the Project; (ii) the financial condition of the transferee is such that it may not be able to perform its obligations in connection with this Lease (or otherwise does not satisfy Landlord’s standards for financial standing with respect to tenants under direct leases of comparable economic scope); (iii) the transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the transferee, is a tenant of or negotiating for space in the Project occupies space in the Project or has negotiated with Landlord within the preceding one hundred eighty (180) days (or is currently negotiating with Landlord) to lease space in the Project, (iv) the transferee has the power of eminent domain, is a governmental agency or an agency or subdivision of a foreign government; (v) an Event of Default by Tenant has occurred and is uncured at the time Tenant delivers the Transfer Notice to Landlord; (vi) in the judgment of Landlord, such a Transfer would violate any term, condition, covenant, or agreement of Landlord involving the Project or any other tenant’s lease within it or would give an occupant of the Project a right to cancel or modify its lease; (vii) if the space subleased or assigned is at least 50% of the leaseable square footage of the Premises, the rent advertised by Tenant in connection with such transferee, calculated using a present value analysis, was less than eighty percent (80%) of the rent being quoted by Landlord at the time of such advertisement by Tenant for comparable space in the Project for a comparable term, calculated using a present value analysis; (viii) in Landlord’s judgment, the use of the Premises by the proposed transferee would not be comparable to the types of office use by other tenants in the Project, would entail any alterations which would lessen the value of the tenant improvements in the Premises, would result in more than a reasonable density of occupants per square foot of the Premises, would increase the burden on elevators or other Building systems or equipment over the burden thereon prior to the proposed Transfer, would require increased services by Landlord or would require any alterations to the Project to comply with applicable laws; (ix) the transferee intends to use the space for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease; (x) the terms of the proposed Transfer would allow the transferee to exercise a right of renewal, right of expansion, right of first offer, or other similar right held by Tenant (or will allow the transferee to occupy space leased by Tenant pursuant to any such right); (xi) the proposed Transfer would result in more than three subleases per each full floor of the Premises being in effect at any one time during the Term; (xi) any ground lessor or mortgagee whose consent to such Transfer is required fails to consent thereto. Tenant hereby waives any right to terminate the Lease as a remedy for Landlord wrongfully withholding its consent to any Transfer.

 

31



 

18.4                         Landlord and Tenant agree that, in the event of any approved assignment or subletting, the rights of any such assignee or sublessee of Tenant herein shall be subject to all of the terms, conditions, and provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, restriction on use, assignment, and subletting and the covenant to pay Rent. Landlord may collect the rent owing by the assignee or sublessee directly from such assignee or sublessee and apply the amount so collected to the Rent herein reserved. No such consent to or recognition of any such assignment or subletting shall constitute a release of Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s performance hereunder from further performance by Tenant or such guarantor of covenants undertaken to be performed by Tenant herein. Tenant and any such guarantor shall remain liable and responsible for all Rent and other obligations herein imposed upon Tenant, and Landlord may condition its consent to any Transfer upon the receipt of a written reaffirmation from each such guarantor in a form acceptable to Landlord (which shall not be construed to imply that the occurrence of a Transfer without such a reaffirmation would operate to release any guarantor). Consent by Landlord to a particular assignment, sublease, or other transaction shall not be deemed a consent to any other or subsequent transaction. In any case where Tenant desires to assign, sublease or enter into any related or similar transaction, whether or not Landlord consents to such assignment, sublease, or other transaction, Tenant shall pay any reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord in connection with such assignment, sublease or other transaction, including, without limitation, fees incurred in reviewing documents relating to, or evidencing, said assignment, sublease, or other transaction; provided that those costs shall not exceed $1,500 with respect to any single Transfer so long as Tenant and the proposed transferee execute Landlord’s standard form of consent document without negotiation. All documents utilized by Tenant to evidence any subletting or assignment for which Landlord’s consent has been requested and is required hereunder, shall be subject to prior approval (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) by Landlord or its attorney.

 

18.5                         Tenant shall be bound and obligated to pay Landlord a portion of any sums or economic consideration payable to Tenant by any sublessee, assignee, licensee, or other transferee, within ten (10) days following receipt thereof by Tenant from such sublessee, assignee, licensee, or other transferee, as the case might be, as follows:

 

(a)                                  In the case of an assignment, fifty percent (50%) of any sums or other economic consideration received by Tenant as a result of such assignment shall be paid to Landlord after first deducting, after first deducting reasonable costs incurred by Tenant in connection with the Transfer for the following: (i) broker fees, (ii) legal fees incurred in connection with the negotiation and documentation of the Transfer, (iii) accounting fees incurred in connection with the negotiation and documentation of the Transfer, (iv) costs of tenant improvements constructed by Tenant (with Landlord’s prior consent) in connection with the Transfer, (v) reasonable tenant improvement allowances granted by Tenant, and (vi) reasonable rent abatements or concessions granted by Tenant (collective, the “Transaction Costs”).

 

(b)                                  In the case of a subletting, fifty percent (50%) of any sums or economic consideration received by Tenant as a result of such subletting shall be paid to

 

32


 

Landlord after first deducting Transaction Costs, which shall be amortized over the term of the sublease.

 

(c)                                   Tenant shall provide Landlord with a detailed statement setting forth any sums or economic consideration Tenant either has or will derive from such Transfer, the deductions permitted under (a) and (b) of this Section 18.5, and the calculation of the amounts due Landlord under this Section 18.5. In addition, Landlord or its representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books and records of Tenant with respect to the calculation of the Transfer profits. If such inspection reveals that the amount paid to Landlord was incorrect, then within ten (10) days of Tenant’s receipt of the results of such audit, Tenant shall pay Landlord the deficiency and the cost of Landlord’s audit.

 

18.6                         If this Lease is assigned to any person or entity pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq. or any successor or substitute therefor (the “Bankruptcy Code”), any and all monies or other consideration payable or otherwise to be delivered in connection with such assignment shall be paid or delivered to Landlord, shall be and remain the exclusive property of Landlord, and shall not constitute property of Tenant or of the estate of Tenant within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code. Any such monies or other consideration not paid or delivered to Landlord shall be held in trust for the benefit of Landlord and shall be promptly paid or delivered to Landlord. Any person or entity to whom this Lease is so assigned shall be deemed, without further act or deed, to have assumed all of the remaining obligations arising under this Lease as of the date of such assignment. Any such assignee shall, upon demand therefor, execute and deliver to Landlord an instrument confirming such assumption.

 

18.7                         Landlord shall have the following option with respect to any assignment or of this Lease or a Triggering Sublease (as defined below) proposed by Tenant:

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, but expressly excluding an assignment pursuant to Section 18.8 below, Landlord has the option, by written notice to Tenant (the “Recapture Notice”) within thirty (30) days after receiving any Transfer Notice to recapture the space covered by the proposed sublease or the entire Premises in the case of an assignment (the “Subject Space”) by terminating this Lease for the Subject Space or taking an assignment or a sublease of the Subject Space from Tenant. A timely Recapture Notice terminates this Lease or creates an assignment or a sublease for the Subject Space for the same term as the proposed Transfer, effective as of the date specified in the Transfer Notice. After such termination, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) enter into a lease with the party to the sublease or assignment proposed by Tenant. As used herein, “Triggering Subletting” means subleasing of fifty percent (50%) or more of the Premises, either in a single transaction or, in the aggregate, following a series of transactions, for a term or terms expiring during the last year of the Term.

 

(b)                                  To determine the new Base Rent under this Lease in the event Landlord recaptures the Subject Space without terminating this Lease, the original Base Rent under the Lease shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the rentable square feet of the Premises retained by Tenant after Landlord’s recapture and the

 

33



 

denominator of which is the total rentable square feet in the Premises before Landlord’s recapture. The Additional Rent, to the extent that it is calculated on the basis of the rentable square feet within the Premises, shall be reduced to reflect Tenant’s proportionate share based on the rentable square feet of the Premises retained by Tenant after Landlord’s recapture. This Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and affect. Either party may require a written confirmation of the amendments to this Lease necessitated by Landlord’s recapture of the Subject Space. If Landlord recaptures the Subject Space, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole expense, construct any partitions required to segregate the Subject Space from the remaining Premises retained by Tenant. Tenant shall, however, pay for painting, covering or otherwise decorating the surfaces of the partitions facing the remaining Premises retained by Tenant.

 

18.8                         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 18 , Tenant may assign this Lease or sublet the Premises without the need for Landlord’s prior consent if such assignment or sublease is to any parent, subsidiary or affiliate business entity which the initially named Tenant controls, is controlled by or is under common control with (each an “Affiliate”) provided that: (i) at least thirty (30) days after such assignment or sublease, Tenant delivers to Landlord the financial statements or other financial and background information of the assignee or sublessee as required for other transfers; (ii) if the transfer is an assignment, the assignee assumes, in full, the obligations of Tenant under this Lease (or if a sublease, the sublessee of a portion of the Premises or term assumes, in full, the obligations of Tenant with respect to such portion); (iii) the Affiliate meets the Net Worth Threshold (as defined below); (iv) Tenant remains fully liable under this Lease (but only if Tenant survives after the transaction leading to the transfer); and (v) unless Landlord consents to the same, the use of the Premises set forth herein remains unchanged. As used herein, the term “Net Worth Threshold” shall mean the proposed Affiliate has a tangible net worth equal to or greater than (x) that of Tenant immediately prior to such transaction, and (y) that of the originally named Tenant as of December 31 of the year prior to the Commencement Date (determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and excluding from the determination of total assets all assets which would be classified as intangible assets under generally accepted accounting principles, including, without limitation, goodwill, licenses, trademarks, trade names, and copyrights), and as evidenced by financial statements audited by a certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Landlord. As used in this section, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies through ownership of at least fifty-one (51%) of the securities or partnership or other ownership interests of the entity subject to control. The provisions of Section 18.5 and 18.7 shall not apply to any assignment or subletting permitted without Landlord’s consent pursuant to Section 18.8. The transferee under a Transfer permitted under Section 18.8 without Landlord’s consent is referred to herein as a “Permitted Transferee.”

 

34



 

ARTICLE 19.
DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

 

19.1                         Casualty . If the Premises or Building should be damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, Tenant shall give immediate written notice to Landlord. Within thirty (30) days after receipt from Tenant of such written notice, Landlord shall notify Tenant whether the necessary repairs can reasonably be made: (a) within ninety (90) days; (b) in more than ninety (90) days but in less than one hundred eighty (180) days; or (c) in more than one hundred eighty (180) days, in each case after the date of the issuance of permits for the necessary repair or reconstruction of the portion of the Premises or Building which was damaged or destroyed.

 

19.1.1               Less Than 90 Days . If the Premises or Building should be damaged only to such extent that rebuilding or repairs can reasonably be completed within ninety (90) days after the issuance of permits for the necessary repair or reconstruction of the portion of the Premises which was damaged or destroyed, this Lease shall not terminate and, provided that insurance proceeds are available to pay for the full repair of all damage, Landlord shall repair the Premises or Building, except that Landlord shall not be required to rebuild, repair or replace Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, furnishings, or equipment (collectively, “Tenant’s Property”) which may have been placed in, on or about the Premises by or for the benefit of Tenant. If Tenant is required to vacate all or a portion of the Premises during Landlord’s repair thereof, the Base Rent payable hereunder shall be abated proportionately on the basis of the usability of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business (i.e., regardless of the number of square feet of floor area of the Premises that is damaged, if Tenant cannot reasonably use all or a portion of the Premises for Tenant’s business conducted prior to the damage, rent shall be abated as to such portion that is not subject to reasonable use) from the date Tenant vacates all or a portion of the Premises only to the extent rental abatement insurance proceeds are received by Landlord (or would have been received if Landlord obtained the insurance required to be obtained by Landlord) and only during the period the Premises are unfit for occupancy.

 

19.1.2               Greater Than 90 Days. If the Premises or Building should be damaged only to such extent that rebuilding or repairs can reasonably be completed in more than ninety (90) days but in less than one hundred eighty (180) days after the issuance of permits for the necessary repair or reconstruction of the portion of the Premises which was damaged or destroyed, then Landlord shall have the option of: (a) terminating the Lease effective upon the occurrence of such damage, in which event the Base Rent shall be abated from the date of termination; or (b) electing to repair the Premises, provided insurance proceeds are available to pay for the full repair of all damage other than the deductible amount with respect to coverage on other than earthquake and flood (except that Landlord shall not be required to rebuild, repair or replace Tenant’s Property). If Tenant is required to vacate all or a portion of the Premises during Landlord’s repair thereof, the Base Rent payable hereunder shall be abated proportionately on the basis of the usability of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business (i.e., regardless of the number of square feet of floor area of the Premises that is damaged, if Tenant cannot reasonably use all or a portion of the Premises for Tenant’s business conducted prior to the damage, rent shall be abated as to such portion that is not subject to reasonable use) from the date Tenant vacates all or a portion of the Premises but only to

 

35



 

the extent rental abatement insurance proceeds are received by Landlord (or would have been received if Landlord obtained the insurance required to be obtained by Landlord) and only during the period the Premises are unfit for occupancy. In the event that Landlord should fail to substantially complete such repairs within one hundred eighty (180) days after the issuance of permits for the necessary repair or reconstruction of the portion of the Premises which was damaged or destroyed (such period to be extended for delays caused by Tenant or because of any Force Majeure Events, as hereinafter defined), and Tenant has not reoccupied the Premises, Tenant shall have the right, as Tenant’s exclusive remedy, within thirty (30) days after the expiration of such one hundred eighty (180) day period, and provided that such repairs have not been substantially completed prior to exercise of Tenant’s termination right, to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Landlord as Tenant’s exclusive remedy, whereupon all rights of Tenant hereunder shall cease and terminate upon Landlord’s receipt of such notice.

 

19.1.3               Greater Than 180 Days. If the Premises or Building should be so damaged that rebuilding or repairs cannot be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the issuance of permits for the necessary repair or reconstruction of the portion of the Premises or Building which was damaged or destroyed, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving written notice within thirty (30) days after notice from Landlord specifying such time period of repair, and this Lease shall terminate and the Rent shall be abated from the date Tenant vacates the Premises. In the event that neither party elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall commence and prosecute to completion the repairs to the Premises or Building, provided insurance proceeds are available to pay for the repair of all damage other than the deductible amount (except that Landlord shall not be required to rebuild, repair or replace Tenant’s Property). If Tenant is required to vacate all or a portion of the Premises during Landlord’s repair thereof, the Base Rent payable hereunder shall be abated proportionately on the basis of the usability of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business regardless of the number of square feet of floor area of the Premises that is damaged, if Tenant cannot reasonably use all or a portion of the Premises for Tenant’s business conducted prior to the damage, rent shall be abated as to such portion that is not subject to reasonable use) from the date Tenant vacates all or a portion of the Premises but only to the extent rental abatement insurance proceeds are received by Landlord (or would have been received if Landlord obtained the insurance required to be obtained by Landlord) and only during the period the Premises are unfit for occupancy.

 

19.1.4               Casualty During the Last Year of the Lease Term . Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, if the Premises or Building shall be damaged within the last year of the Lease Term, and if the cost to repair or reconstruct the portion of the Premises or Building which was damaged or destroyed shall exceed $50,000, then, irrespective of the time necessary to complete such repair or reconstruction, Landlord shall have the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to terminate the Lease effective upon the occurrence of such damage, in which event the Rent shall be abated from the date Tenant vacates the Premises. The foregoing right shall be in addition to any other right and option of Landlord under this Article 19.

 

19.2                         Uninsured Casualty . Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s Share of any deductible or retention amount payable under the property insurance for the

 

36



 

Building as part of Operating Expenses. In the event that the Premises or any portion of the Building is damaged to the extent Tenant is unable to use the Premises and such damage is not covered by insurance proceeds received by Landlord or in the event that the holder of any indebtedness secured by the Premises requires that the insurance proceeds be applied to such indebtedness, then Landlord shall have the right at Landlord’s option, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, either (i) to repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Landlord’s expense, or (ii) to give written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the date of the occurrence of such damage of Landlord’s intention to terminate this Lease as of the date of the occurrence of such damage. In the event Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, Tenant shall have the right within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice to give written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s commitment to pay the cost of repair of such damage, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Landlord shall make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible subject to the following conditions: Tenant shall deposit with Landlord Landlord’s reasonably estimated cost of such repairs not later than five (5) business days prior to Landlord’s commencement of the repair work. If the cost of such repairs exceeds the amount deposited, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such excess cost within ten (10) business days after receipt of an invoice from Landlord. Any amount deposited by Tenant in excess of the cost of such repairs shall be refunded within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s final payment to Landlord’s contractor. If Tenant does not give such notice within the ten (10) day period, or fails to make such deposit as required, Landlord shall have the right, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, to immediately terminate this Lease to be effective as of the date of the occurrence of the damage, in which event Landlord shall return to Tenant all funds deposited by Tenant.

 

19.3                         Waiver. The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 19 , constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to damage to, or destruction of, all or any portion of the Premises or the Project, and any statute or regulation of the State of California, including without limitation Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties (and any other statute or regulation now or hereafter in effect with respect to such rights or obligations), shall have no application to this Lease or to any damage or destruction to all or any portion of the Premises or the Project.

 

ARTICLE 20.
CONDEMNATION

 

20.1                         Total Condemnation . If all of the Premises is condemned by eminent domain, inversely condemned or sold under threat of condemnation for any public or quasi-public use or purpose (“Condemned”), this Lease shall terminate as of the earlier of the date the condemning authority takes title to or possession of the Premises, and Rent shall be prorated to the date of termination.

 

20.2                         Partial Condemnation . If any portion of the Premises or Building is condemned and such partial condemnation materially impairs Tenant’s ability to use the Premises for Tenant’s business as reasonably determined by Landlord, Landlord shall have the option in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion of either (i) relocating Tenant to comparable space

 

37



 

(including functionality and comparable improvements as the Tenant Improvements and any additional improvements made by Tenant as permitted in this Lease) within the Project; provided that if the partial condemnation occurs within the last two (2) years of the Term, Tenant may reject any such relocation and instead terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord; or (ii) terminate this Lease as of the earlier of the date title vests in the condemning authority or as of the date an order of immediate possession is issued and Rent shall be adjusted to the date of termination. If such partial condemnation does not materially impair Tenant’s ability to use the Premises for the business of Tenant, Landlord shall promptly restore the Premises to the extent of any condemnation proceeds recovered by Landlord, excluding the portion thereof lost in such condemnation, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect except that after the date of such title vesting or order of immediate possession Rent shall be adjusted as reasonably determined by Landlord.

 

20.3                         Award . If the Premises are wholly or partially condemned, Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award paid for such condemnation, and Tenant waives any claim to any part of the award from Landlord or the condemning authority; provided, however, Tenant shall have the right to recover from the condemning authority such compensation as may be separately awarded to Tenant in connection with costs in moving Tenant’s merchandise, furniture, fixtures, leasehold improvements and equipment to a new location. No condemnation of any kind shall be construed to constitute an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant or a breach of any express or implied covenant of quiet enjoyment. Tenant hereby waives the effect of Sections 1265.120 and 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

 

20.4                         Temporary Condemnation . In the event of a temporary condemnation that materially affect’s Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises for 180 days or more, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease, regardless of whether the temporary taking extends beyond the Term. If Tenant does not terminate this Lease, then this Lease shall remain in effect, Tenant shall continue to pay Rent and Tenant shall receive any award made for such condemnation except damages to any of Landlord’s property. If a temporary condemnation is for a period which extends beyond the Term, this Lease shall terminate as of the date of initial occupancy by the condemning authority and any such award shall be distributed in accordance with the preceding section. If a temporary condemnation remains in effect at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord the reasonable cost of performing any obligations required of Tenant with respect to the surrender of the Premises.

 

ARTICLE 21.
HOLD HARMLESS

 

21.1                         Subject to Section 13.4 , Tenant agrees to defend, with counsel reasonably approved by Landlord, all actions against Landlord, any member, partner, trustee, stockholder, officer, director, employee, or beneficiary of Landlord (collectively, “Landlord Parties”), holders of mortgages secured by the Premises or the Project and any other party having an interest therein (collectively with Landlord Parties, the “Indemnified Parties”) with respect to, and to pay, protect, indemnify, and save harmless, to the extent permitted by law, all Indemnified Parties from and against, any and all liabilities, losses, damages, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees

 

38



 

and expenses), causes of action, suits, claims, demands, or judgments of any nature to which any Indemnified Party is subject because of its estate or interest in the Premises or the Project arising from (a) injury to or death of any person, or damage to or loss of property on the Premises, or connected with the use, condition (as required to be maintained by Tenant, but not Landlord), or occupancy of the Premises, except to the extent, if any, caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees, contractors or agents or Landlord’s breach of this Lease, (b) any violation of this Lease by or attributable to Tenant, or (c) any act, fault, omission, or other misconduct of Tenant or its agents, contractors, licensees, sublessees, or invitees. Tenant agrees to use and occupy the Premises and other facilities of the Project at its own risk, and hereby releases the Indemnified Parties from any and all claims for any damage or injury to the fullest extent permitted by law except to the extent, if any, caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees, contractors or agents or Landlord’s breach of this Lease.

 

21.2                         Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be responsible or liable to Tenant, its agents, employees, or invitees for fatal or non-fatal bodily injury or property damage occasioned by the acts or omissions of any other tenant, or such other tenant’s agents, employees, licensees, or invitees, of the Project. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for losses due to theft, burglary, or damages done by persons on the Project.

 

ARTICLE 22.
DEFAULT BY TENANT

 

22.1                         The term “Event of Default” refers to the occurrence of any one (I) or more of the following:

 

(a)                                  Failure of Tenant to pay when due any sum required to be paid hereunder (the “Monetary Default”) within five (5) days of receipt of written notice from Landlord; provided, however, that after the first failure to pay any sum required to be paid hereunder in any twelve (12) month period, in the event that Tenant fails a second time to pay when due any sum required to be paid hereunder during such twelve (12) month period, such failure shall be deemed to automatically constitute a Monetary Default without any obligation on Landlord to provide any additional written notice, and provided further that Tenant acknowledges that any such written notice provided hereunder shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice to pay rent or quit pursuant to any applicable statutes;

 

(b)                                  Failure of Tenant, after fifteen (15) days written notice thereof, to perform any of Tenant’s obligations, covenants, or agreements except a Monetary Default, provided that if the cure of any such failure is not reasonably susceptible of performance within such fifteen (15) day period, then an Event of Default of Tenant shall not be deemed to have occurred so long as Tenant has promptly commenced and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion and completes that cure within sixty (60) days;

 

(c)                                   Tenant, or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease (the “Guarantor”), admits in writing that it cannot meet its obligations as they become due; or is declared insolvent according to any law; or assignment of Tenant’s or Guarantor’s property

 

39



 

is made for the benefit of creditors; or a receiver or trustee is appointed for Tenant or Guarantor or its property; or the interest of Tenant or Guarantor under this Lease is levied on under execution or other legal process; or any petition is filed by or against Tenant or Guarantor to declare Tenant bankrupt or to delay, reduce, or modify Tenant’s debts or obligations; or any petition filed or other action taken to reorganize or modify Tenant’s or Guarantor’s capital structure if Tenant is a corporation or other entity. Any such levy, execution, legal process, or petition filed against Tenant or Guarantor shall not constitute a breach of this Lease provided Tenant or Guarantor shall vigorously contest the same by appropriate proceedings and shall remove or vacate the same within ninety (90) days from the date of its creation, service, or filing;

 

(d)                                  The abandonment (as defined in California Civil Code section 1951.3) of the Premises by Tenant;

 

(e)                                   The discovery by Landlord that any financial statement given by Tenant or any of its assignees, subtenants, successors-in-interest, or Guarantors was materially false; or

 

22.2                         In the event of any Event of Default by Tenant, Landlord, at its option, may pursue one or more of the following remedies without notice or demand in addition to all other rights and remedies provided for at law or in equity:

 

(a)                                  Landlord may continue this Lease in full force and effect, and this

 

Lease shall continue in full force and effect as long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right to possession, and Landlord shall have the right to collect Rent when due. Landlord may enter the Premises and relet it, or any part of it, to third parties for Tenant’s account, provided that any Rent in excess of the Rent due hereunder shall be payable to Landlord. Tenant shall be liable immediately to Landlord for all costs Landlord incurs in reletting the Premises, including, without limitation, brokers’ commissions, expenses of cleaning and redecorating the Premises required by the reletting and like costs. Reletting may be for a period shorter or longer than the remaining Term of this Lease. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Rent and other sums due under this Lease on the dates the Rent is due, less the Rent and other sums Landlord receives from any reletting. No act by Landlord allowed by this Section 22.2(a)  shall terminate this Lease unless Landlord notifies Tenant in writing that Landlord elects to terminate this Lease.

 

“The lessor has the remedy described in Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue the lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign subject only to reasonable limitations).”

 

(b)                                  Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises at any time by giving written notice to that effect. No act by Landlord other than giving written notice to Tenant shall terminate this Lease. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet the Premises or the appointment of a receiver on Landlord’s initiative to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession. On termination,

 

40



 

Landlord shall have the right to remove all personal property of Tenant and store it at Tenant’s cost and to recover from Tenant as damages: (i) the worth at the time of award of unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable which had been earned at the time of termination; plus (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable which would have been payable after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of the Rent loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of the Rent loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, or which, in the ordinary course of things, would be likely to result therefrom, including, without limitation, any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord: (A) in retaking possession of the Premises, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs therefor; (B) maintaining or preserving the Premises for reletting to a new tenant, including repairs or alterations to the Premises for the reletting; (C) leasing commissions; (D) any other costs necessary or appropriate to relet the Premises; and (E) at Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by the laws of the State of California.

 

The “worth at the time of award” of the amounts referred to in Sections 22.2(b)(i)  and 22.2(b)(ii)  shall be calculated by allowing interest at the lesser of twelve percent (12%) per annum or the maximum rate permitted by law, on the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable from the termination date through the date of award. The “worth at the time of award” of the amount referred to in Section 22.2(b)(iii)  shall be calculated by discounting the amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award, plus one percent (1%). Tenant waives redemption or relief from forfeiture under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1174 and 1179, or under any other present or future law, if Tenant is evicted or Landlord takes possession of the Premises by reason of any Event of Default by Tenant.

 

22.3                         If Landlord shall exercise any one or more remedies hereunder granted or otherwise available, it shall not be deemed to be an acceptance or surrender of the Premises by Tenant whether by agreement or by operation of law; it is understood that such surrender can be effected only by the written agreement of Landlord and Tenant. No alteration of security devices and no removal or other exercise of dominion by Landlord over the property of Tenant or others in the Premises shall be deemed unauthorized or constitute a conversion, Tenant hereby consenting to the aforesaid exercise of dominion over Tenant’s property within the Premises after any Event of Default.

 

22.4                         Each right and remedy provided for in this Lease shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other right or remedy provided for in this Lease or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, including, but not limited to, suits for injunctive relief and specific performance. The exercise or beginning of the exercise by Landlord of any one or more of the rights or remedies provided for in this Lease or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity, or by statute or otherwise shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by Landlord for any

 

41



 

or all other rights or remedies provided for in this Lease or now or hereafter existing at or in equity or by statute or otherwise. All such rights and remedies shall be considered cumulative and non-exclusive. All costs incurred by Landlord in connection with collecting any Rent or other amounts and damages owing by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, or to enforce any provision of this Lease, including reasonable attorneys’ fees from the date such matter is turned over to an attorney, whether or not one or more actions are commenced by Landlord, shall also be recoverable by Landlord from Tenant. If any notice and grace period required under subparagraphs 22.1(a)  or (b)  was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit, as the case may be, given to Tenant under any statute authorizing the forfeiture of leases for unlawful detainer shall also constitute the applicable notice for grace period purposes required by subparagraphs 22.1(a)  or 021 In such case, the applicable grace period under subparagraphs 22.1(a)  or (b)  and under the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently after the one such statutory notice, and the failure of Tenant to cure the default within the greater of the two (2) such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and an Event of Default entitling Landlord to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

 

22.5                         If Tenant should fail to make any payment or cure any default hereunder within the time herein permitted and such failure constitutes an Event of Default (except in the case where if Landlord in good faith believes that action prior to the expiration of any cure period under Section 22.1 is necessary to prevent damage to persons or property, in which case Landlord may act without waiting for such cure period to expire), Landlord, without being under any obligation to do so and without thereby waiving such default, may make such payment and/or remedy such default for the account of Tenant (and enter the Premises for such purpose), and thereupon, Tenant shall be obligated and hereby agrees to pay Landlord, upon demand, all reasonable costs, expenses, and disbursements, plus ten percent (10%) overhead cost incurred by Landlord in connection therewith.

 

22.6                         In addition to Landlord’s rights set forth above, if Tenant fails to pay its Rent or any other amounts owing hereunder on the due date thereof more than two (2) times during any calendar year during the Term, then upon the occurrence of the third or any subsequent default in the payment of monies during said calendar year, Landlord, at its sole option, shall have the right to require that Tenant, as a condition precedent to curing such default, pay to Landlord, in check or money order, in advance, the Rent and Landlord’s estimate of all other amounts which will become due and owing hereunder by Tenant for a period of two (2) months following said cure. All such amounts shall be paid by Tenant within thirty (30) days after notice from Landlord demanding the same. All monies so paid shall be retained by Landlord, without interest, for the balance of the Term and any extension thereof, and shall be applied by Landlord to the last due amounts owing hereunder by Tenant. If, however, Landlord’s estimate of the Rent and other amounts for which Tenant is responsible hereunder are inaccurate, when such error is discovered, Landlord shall pay to Tenant, or Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof, the excess or deficiency, as the case may be, which is required to reconcile the amount on deposit with Landlord with the actual amounts for which Tenant is responsible.

 

22.7                         Nothing contained in this Article 22 shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove and obtain as damages in any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership,

 

42


 

reorganization, or dissolution proceeding, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law governing such a proceeding and in effect at the time when such damages are to be proved, whether or not such amount be greater, equal, or less than the amounts recoverable, either as damages or Rent, referred to in any of the preceding provisions of this Article 22 . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article to the contrary, any such proceeding or action involving bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, assignment for the benefit of creditors, or appointment of a receiver or trustee, as set forth above, shall be considered to be an Event of Default only when such proceeding, action, or remedy shall be taken or brought by or against the then holder of the leasehold estate under this Lease.

 

22.8                         Landlord is entitled to accept, receive, in check or money order, and deposit any payment made by Tenant for any reason or purpose or in any amount whatsoever, and apply them at Landlord’s option to any obligation of Tenant, and such amounts shall not constitute payment of any amount owed, except that to which Landlord has applied them. No endorsement or statement on any check or letter of Tenant shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction or recognized for any purpose whatsoever. The acceptance of any such check or payment shall be without prejudice to Landlord’s rights to recover any and all amounts owed by Tenant hereunder and shall not be deemed to cure any other default nor prejudice Landlord’s rights to pursue any other available remedy, Landlord’s acceptance of partial payment of Rent does not constitute a waiver of any rights, including without limitation any right Landlord may have to recover possession of the Premises.

 

22.9                         In the event that Tenant’s right of possession of the Premises is terminated prior to the end of the initial Term by reason of an Event of Default by Tenant, then immediately upon such termination, an amount shall be due and payable by Tenant to Landlord equal to the unamortized portion as of that date (which amortization shall be based on an interest rate of eleven percent (11%) per annum) of the sum of (a) if Landlord removes the improvements paid for by the Allowance in order to relet the Premises, and only in such event, the cost of Landlord’s Work (if any) so removed up to the Allowance (if any), (b) the value of any free Base Rent (i.e., the Base Rent stated in this Lease to be abated as an inducement to Tenant’s entering into this Lease) enjoyed as of that date by Tenant, and (c) the amount of all commissions paid by Landlord in order to procure this Lease; but in all the foregoing cases without duplication of the amounts recovered by Landlord pursuant to Section 22.2(b)  above.

 

22.10                  Tenant waives the right to terminate this Lease on Landlord’s default under this Lease. Tenant’s sole remedy on Landlord’s default is an action for damages or injunctive or declaratory relief. Landlord’s failure to perform any of its obligations under this Lease shall constitute a default by Landlord under this Lease if the failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice of the failure from Tenant to Landlord. If the required performance cannot be completed within thirty (30) days, Landlord’s failure to perform shall constitute a default under the Lease unless Landlord undertakes to cure the failure within thirty (30) days and diligently and continuously attempts to complete this cure as soon as reasonably possible. All obligations of each party hereunder shall be construed as covenants, not conditions.

 

43



 

ARTICLE 23.
[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

ARTICLE 24.
[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

ARTICLE 25.
ATTORNEYS’ FEES

 

25.1                         All reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees (whether or not legal proceedings are instituted), incurred in collecting rents, enforcing the obligations of Tenant, or protecting the rights or interests of Landlord under this Lease, whether or not an action is filed, including without limitation the cost and expense of instituting and prosecuting legal proceedings or recovering possession of the Premises after default by Tenant or upon expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, shall be due and payable by Tenant on demand, as Additional Rent. In addition, and notwithstanding the foregoing, if either party hereto shall file any action or bring any proceeding against the other party arising out of this Lease or for the declaration of any rights hereunder, the prevailing party in such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by the prevailing party, as determined by the trier of fact in such legal proceeding or a separate proceeding for such purpose. For purposes of this provision, the terms “attorneys’ fees” or “attorneys’ fees and costs,” or “costs and expenses” shall mean the fees and expenses of legal counsel (including external counsel and in-house counsel) of the parties hereto, which include printing, photocopying, duplicating, mail, overnight mail, messenger, court filing fees, costs of discovery, and fees billed for law clerks, paralegals, investigators and other persons not admitted to the bar for performing services under the supervision and direction of an attorney. For purposes of determining in-house counsel fees, the same shall be considered as those fees normally applicable to a partner in a law firm with like experience in such field. In addition, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in enforcing any judgment arising from a suit or proceeding under this Lease, including without limitation post-judgment motions, contempt proceedings, garnishment, levy and debtor and third party examinations, discovery and bankruptcy litigation, without regard to schedule or rule of court purporting to restrict such award. This post-judgment award of attorneys’ fees and costs provision shall be severable from any other provision of this Lease and shall survive any judgment/award on such suit or arbitration and is not to be deemed merged into the judgment/award or terminated with the Lease.

 

ARTICLE 26.
NON-WAIVER

 

26.1                         Neither acceptance of any payment by Landlord from Tenant nor, failure by either to complain of any action, non-action, or default of the other party shall constitute a waiver of a party’s rights hereunder. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every obligation of each party under this Lease in which time of performance is a factor. Waiver by either party of any right or remedy arising in connection with any default of the other party shall not constitute a waiver of such right or remedy or any other right or remedy arising in connection with either a

 

44



 

subsequent default of the same obligation or any other default. No right or remedy of either party hereunder or covenant, duty, or obligation of any party hereunder shall be deemed waived by the other party unless such waiver is in writing, signed by the other party or the other party’s duly authorized agent.

 

ARTICLE 27.
RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

27.1                         Such reasonable rules and regulations applying to all lessees in the Project for the safety, care, and cleanliness of the Project and the preservation of good order thereon are hereby made a part hereof as Exhibit D , and Tenant agrees to comply with all such rules and regulations. Landlord shall have the right at all times to change such rules and regulations or to amend them in any reasonable and non-discriminatory manner as may be deemed advisable by Landlord, all of which changes and amendments shall be sent by Landlord to Tenant in writing and shall be thereafter carried out and observed by Tenant. Landlord shall not have any liability to Tenant for any failure of any other lessees of the Project to comply with such rules and regulations.

 

ARTICLE 28.
ASSIGNMENT BY LANDLORD

 

28.1                         Landlord shall have the right to transfer or assign, in whole or in part, all its rights and obligations hereunder and in the Premises and the Project. In such event, no liability or obligation shall accrue or be charged to Landlord with respect to the period from and after such transfer or assignment and assumption of Landlord’s obligations by the transferee or assignee; provided that any successor pursuant to a voluntary transfer (but not as part of an involuntary transfer resulting from a foreclosure or deed in lieu thereof) shall have assumed Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. Landlord shall not be relieved of liability for Tenant’s security deposit, if any, unless Landlord has transferred such deposit to the transferee or assignee.

 

ARTICLE 29.
LIABILITY OF LANDLORD

 

29.1                         It is expressly understood and agreed that the obligations of Landlord under this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord and its successors and assigns and any future owner of the Project only with respect to obligations accruing or events occurring during its and their respective ownership of the Project. In addition, Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Project for recovery of any judgment against Landlord arising in connection with this Lease, it being agreed that neither Landlord nor any successor or assign of Landlord nor any future owner of the Project, nor any partner, shareholder, member, or officer of any of the foregoing shall ever be personally liable for any such judgment. The limitations of liability contained in this Section 29.1 shall inure to the benefit of Landlord’s and the Landlord Parties’ present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, agents and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns. Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this

 

45



 

Lease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, neither Landlord nor the Landlord Parties shall be liable under any circumstances for any indirect or consequential damages or any injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring.

 

ARTICLE 30.
SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT

 

30.1                         This Lease, at Landlord’s option, shall be subordinate to any present or future mortgage, ground lease or declaration of covenants regarding maintenance and use of any areas contained in any portion of the Building, and to any and all advances made under any present or future mortgage and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements, and extensions of any or all of same. Tenant agrees, with respect to any of the foregoing documents, that no documentation other than this Lease shall be required to evidence such subordination. If any holder of a mortgage shall elect for this Lease to be superior to the lien of its mortgage and shall give written notice thereof to Tenant, then this Lease shall automatically be deemed prior to such mortgage whether this Lease is dated earlier or later than the date of said mortgage or the date of recording thereof. Tenant agrees to execute such documents as may be further required to evidence such subordination or to make this Lease prior to the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust, as the case may be, and by failing to do so within five (5) days after written demand, Tenant does hereby make, constitute, and irrevocably appoint Landlord as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact and in Tenant’s name, place, and stead, to do so. This power of attorney is coupled with an interest. Tenant hereby attorns to all successor owners of the Building, whether or not such ownership is acquired as a result of a sale through foreclosure or otherwise. Landlord represents to Tenant that as of the date of this Lease, there is no (a) deed of trust or mortgage encumbering the Building or Project or (b) ground lease affecting the Building.

 

30.2                         Each party shall, at such time or times as the other party may request, upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior written request by the requesting party, sign and deliver to the requesting party a certificate stating whether this Lease is in full force and effect; whether any amendments or modifications exist; whether any Monthly Rent has been prepaid and, if so, how much; whether to the knowledge of the certifying party there are any defaults hereunder; and in the circumstance where Landlord is the requesting party, such other information and agreements as may be reasonably requested, it being intended that any such statement delivered pursuant to this Article may be relied upon by the requesting party and by any prospective purchaser of all or any portion of the requesting party’s interest herein, or a holder or prospective holder of any mortgage encumbering the Building. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within five (5) days after Landlord’s second written request therefor shall constitute an Event of Default (as that term is defined elsewhere in this Lease) and shall conclusively be deemed to be an admission by Tenant of the matters set forth in the request for an estoppel certificate.

 

30.3                         Tenant shall deliver to Landlord prior to the execution of this Lease and thereafter at any time upon Landlord’s request, Tenant’s current audited financial statements,

 

46



 

including a balance sheet and profit and loss statement for the most recent prior year (collectively, the “Statements”), which Statements shall accurately and completely reflect the financial condition of Tenant. Landlord shall have the right to deliver the same to any proposed purchaser of the Building or the Project, and to any encumbrancer of all or any portion of the Building or the Project.

 

30.4                         Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is relying on the Statements in its determination to enter into this Lease, and Tenant represents to Landlord, which representation shall be deemed made on the date of this Lease and again on the Commencement Date, that no material change in the financial condition of Tenant, as reflected in the Statements, has occurred since the date Tenant delivered the Statements to Landlord. The Statements are represented and warranted by Tenant to be correct and to accurately and fully reflect Tenant’s true financial condition as of the date of submission of any Statements to Landlord in all material respects.

 

30.5                         Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to Tenant from any future mortgagee or beneficiary a written subordination and non-disturbance agreement in recordable form acceptable to such mortgagee or beneficiary in its sole discretion providing that so long as Tenant performs all of the terms of this Lease, Tenant’s possession under this Lease shall not be disturbed and Tenant shall not be joined by the holder of any mortgage or deed of trust in any action or proceeding to foreclose thereunder, except where such is necessary for jurisdictional or procedural reasons. Tenant shall pay all costs incurred by Landlord in obtaining that subordination and non-disturbance agreement. Commercially reasonable efforts” of Landlord shall not require Landlord to incur any cost, expense or liability to obtain such agreement, it being agreed that Tenant shall be responsible for any fee or review costs charged by such mortgagee or beneficiary. Landlord’s failure to obtain a non-disturbance, subordination and attornment agreement for Tenant shall have no effect on the rights, obligations and liabilities of Landlord and Tenant or be considered to be a default by Landlord hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 31.
HOLDING OVER

 

31.1                         In the event Tenant, or any party claiming under Tenant, retains possession of the Premises after the Expiration Date or Termination Date, such possession shall be that of a holdover tenant and an unlawful detainer. No tenancy or interest shall result from such possession, and such parties shall be subject to immediate eviction and removal. Tenant or any such party shall pay Landlord, as Base Rent for the period of such holdover, an amount equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent otherwise provided for herein, during the time of holdover together with all other Additional Rent and other amounts payable pursuant to the terms of this Lease. Tenant shall also be liable for any and all damages sustained by Landlord as a result of such holdover. Tenant shall vacate the Premises and deliver same to Landlord immediately upon Tenant’s receipt of notice from Landlord to so vacate. The Rent during such holdover period shall be payable to Landlord on demand. No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without consent of Landlord, shall operate to extend the Term of this Lease.

 

47



 

ARTICLE 32.
SIGNS

 

32.1                         No sign, symbol, or identifying marks shall be put upon the Project, Building, in the halls, elevators, staircases, entrances, parking areas, or upon the doors or walls, without the prior written approval of Landlord. Should such approval ever be granted, all signs or lettering shall conform in all respects to the sign and/or lettering criteria established by Landlord. Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, reserves the right to change the door plaques as Landlord deems reasonably desirable.

 

32.2                         At Tenant’s request, Landlord shall, as part of the Tenant Improvements, install one line of signage (the “Tenant’s Signage”) on the parapet of the Building identifying Tenant’s name and logo. The graphics, materials, color, design, lettering, size and specifications of Tenant’s Signage shall be subject to the approval of Landlord and all applicable governmental authorities and shall conform to Landlord’s approved sign plan for the Building. The costs of the actual signs comprising Tenant’s Signage and the installation, design, construction, and any and all other costs associated with Tenant’s Signage, including, without limitation, utility charges and hook-up fees, permits, and maintenance and repairs, shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant (subject to the Tenant Improvement Allowance). Should Tenant’s Signage require repairs and/or maintenance, as determined in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, Landlord shall have the right to provide notice thereof to Tenant and Tenant (except as set forth above) shall cause such repairs and/or maintenance to be performed within fifteen (15) business days after receipt of such notice from Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; provided, however, if such repairs and/or maintenance are reasonably expected to require longer than fifteen (15) business days to perform, Tenant shall commence such repairs and/or maintenance within such fifteen (15) business day period and shall diligently prosecute such repairs and maintenance to completion. Should Tenant fail to perform such repairs and/or maintenance within the periods described in the immediately preceding sentence, Landlord shall, upon the delivery of an additional five (5) business days’ prior written notice, have the right to cause such work to be performed and to charge Tenant as Additional Rent for the cost of such work. At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or termination of Tenant’s sign rights as provided below, Landlord shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, cause the Tenant’s Signage to be removed and the area of the Building affected by Tenant’s Signage to be restored to the condition existing prior to the installation of Tenant’s Signage. The right to Tenant’s Signage is personal to the Tenant named originally in this Lease (the “Original Tenant”) and may only be exercised and maintained by such party (and not any assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease). All of Tenant’s rights to install and maintain Tenant’s Signage on the Building in accordance with this Section 32.2 shall permanently terminate upon notice from Landlord following (a) a Monetary Default under this Lease and/or (b) the date upon which Tenant ceases to occupy at least 12,500 rentable square feet within Building and/or (c) Tenant’s failure to install the sign within twelve (12) months after the Commencement Date.

 

32.3                         Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall provide Tenant with Building standard lobby and suite signage.

 

48



 

ARTICLE 33.
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES

 

33.1                         Except for Hazardous Material (as defined below) contained in products used by Tenant for ordinary cleaning and office purposes in quantities not violative of applicable Environmental Requirements, Tenant shall not permit or cause any party to bring any Hazardous Material upon the Premises and/or the Project or transport, store, use, generate, manufacture, dispose, or release any Hazardous Material on or from the Premises and/or the Project without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall operate its business in the Premises in strict compliance with all Environmental Requirements (as defined below) and all requirements of this Lease. Tenant shall complete and certify to disclosure statements as requested by Landlord from time to time relating to Tenant’s transportation, storage, use, generation, manufacture, or release of Hazardous Materials on the Premises, and Tenant shall promptly deliver to Landlord a copy of any notice of violation relating to the Premises or the Project of any Environmental Requirement.

 

33.2                         The term “Environmental Requirements” means all applicable present and future statutes, regulations, ordinances, rules, codes, judgments, permits, authorizations, orders, policies or other similar requirements of any governmental authority, agency or court regulating or relating to health, safety, or environmental conditions on, under, or about the Premises or the environment, including without limitation, the following: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; the Clean Air Act; the Clean Water Act; the Toxic Substances Control Act and all state and local counterparts thereto; all applicable California requirements, including, but not limited to, Sections 25115, 25117, 25122.7, 25140, 25249.8, 25281, 25316 and 25501 of the California Health and Safety Code and Title 22 of the California Code of Regulations, Division 4.5, Chapter 11, and any policies or rules promulgated thereunder as well as any County or City ordinances that may operate independent of, or in conjunction with, the State programs, and any common or civil law obligations including, without limitation, nuisance or trespass, and any other requirements of Article 3 of this Lease. The term “Hazardous Materials” means and includes any substance, material, waste, pollutant, or contaminant that is or could be regulated under any Environmental Requirement or that may adversely affect human health or the environment, including, without limitation, any solid or hazardous waste, hazardous substance, asbestos, petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas, synthetic gas, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), and radioactive material). For purposes of Environmental Requirements, to the extent authorized by law, Tenant is and shall be deemed to be the responsible party, including without limitation, the “owner” and “operator” of Tenant’s “facility” and the “owner” of all Hazardous Materials brought on the Premises by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees, and the wastes, by-products, or residues generated, resulting, or produced therefrom.

 

33.3                         Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall remove all Hazardous Materials stored, disposed of or otherwise released by Tenant, its assignees, subtenants, agents, employees, contractors or invitees onto or from the Premises, in a manner and to a level satisfactory to Landlord in its sole discretion, but in no event to a level and in a manner less than that which complies with all Environmental Requirements and does not limit any future uses of the Premises or require the recording of any deed restriction or notice regarding the Premises. Tenant shall perform such work at any time during the Term of the Lease upon written request by Landlord or, in the absence of a

 

49



 

specific request by Landlord, before Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises terminates or expires. If Tenant fails to perform such work within the time period specified by Landlord or before Tenant’s right to possession terminates or expires (whichever is earlier), Landlord may at its discretion, and without waiving any other remedy available under this Lease or at law or equity (including without limitation an action to compel Tenant to perform such work), perform such work at Tenant’s cost. Tenant shall pay all costs incurred by Landlord in performing such work within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request therefor. Such work performed by Landlord is on behalf of Tenant and Tenant remains the owner, generator, operator, transporter, and/or arranger of the Hazardous Materials for purposes of Environmental Requirements. Tenant agrees not to enter into any agreement with any person, including without limitation any governmental authority, regarding the removal of Hazardous Materials that have been disposed of or otherwise released onto or from the Premises without the written approval of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

 

33.4                         Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all losses (including, without limitation, diminution in value of the Premises or the Project and loss of rental income from the Project), claims, demands, actions, suits, damages (including, without limitation, punitive damages), expenses (including, without limitation, remediation, removal, repair, corrective action, or cleanup expenses), and costs (including, without limitation, actual attorneys’ fees, consultant fees or expert fees and including, without limitation, removal or management of any asbestos brought into the Premises by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, subtenants, assignees or invitees (the “Tenant Parties”) or disturbed by Tenant or any of the Tenant Parties in breach of the requirements of this Article 33 , regardless of whether such removal or management is required by law) which are brought or recoverable against, or suffered or incurred by Landlord as a result of any release of Hazardous Materials by Tenant or any of the Tenant Parties or any breach of the requirements under this Article 33 by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, subtenants, assignees or invitees, regardless of whether Tenant had knowledge of such noncompliance. The obligations of Tenant under this Article 33 shall survive any termination of this Lease.

 

33.5                         Landlord shall have access to, and a right to perform inspections and tests of, the Premises to determine Tenant’s compliance with Environmental Requirements, its obligations under this Article 33 , or the environmental condition of the Premises. Access shall be granted to Landlord upon Landlord’s prior notice to Tenant and at such times so as to minimize, so far as may be reasonable under the circumstances, any disturbance to Tenant’s operations. Such inspections and tests shall be conducted at Landlord’s expense, unless such inspections or tests reveal that Tenant has not complied with any Environmental Requirement that Tenant is obligated to comply with as provided herein, in which case Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable cost of such inspection and tests. Landlord’s receipt of or satisfaction with any environmental assessment in no way waives any rights that Landlord holds against Tenant. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any communication or report that Tenant makes to any governmental authority regarding any possible violation of Environmental Requirements or release or threat of release of any Hazardous Materials onto or from the Premises. Tenant shall, within five (5) days of receipt thereof, provide Landlord with a copy of any documents or correspondence received from any governmental agency

 

50



 

or other party relating to a possible violation of Environmental Requirements or claim or liability associated with the release or threat of release of any Hazardous Materials onto or from the Premises.

 

33.6                         In addition to all other rights and remedies available to Landlord under this Lease or otherwise, Landlord may, in the event of a breach of the requirements of this Article 33 that is not cured within thirty (30) days following notice of such breach by Landlord, require Tenant to provide financial assurance (such as insurance, escrow of funds or third party guarantee) in an amount and form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. The requirements of this Article 33 are in addition to and not in lieu of any other provision in the Lease.

 

33.7                         Landlord hereby informs Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that the Premises and adjacent properties overlie a former solid waste landfill site commonly known as the Westport Landfill (“Former Landfill”). Landlord further informs Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that (i) prior testing has detected the presence of low levels of certain volatile and semi-volatile organic compounds and other contaminants in the groundwater, in the leachate from the landfilled solid waste, and/or in certain surface waters of the Project, as more fully described in the California Regional Water Quality Control Board, San Francisco Bay Region’s (“Regional Board”) Order No. R2-2003-0074 (Updated Waste Discharge Requirements and Rescission of Order No. 94-181) (“Order”), (ii) methane gas is or may be generated by the landfilled solid waste (item “i” immediately preceding and this item “ii” are hereafter collectively referred to as the “Landfill Contamination”), and (iii) the Premises and the Former Landfill are subject to the Order. The Order is attached hereto as Exhibit H . As evidenced by their initials on said Exhibit H , Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has provided Tenant with copies of the Order, and Tenant acknowledges that Tenant and Tenant’s experts (if any) have had ample opportunity to review the Order and that Tenant has satisfied itself as to the environmental conditions of the Property and the suitability of such conditions for Tenant’s intended use of the Property. Additional environmental reports are available for Tenant’s review at Landlord’s offices. In the event the Regional Board determines that the majority of the Premises cannot be occupied for a period in excess of thirty (30) days due to the any Hazardous Materials conditions related to the Landfill Contamination, then, provided Tenant has not caused and/or materially contributed to the incident responsible for said occupancy restriction, Tenant may terminate this Lease provided Tenant gives Landlord written notice of its election to so terminate the Lease within fifteen (15) business days of Tenant’s receipt of notice that the Premises cannot be occupied for a period in excess of thirty (30) days for the purpose referenced in this Lease. In the event said notice is received by Landlord as required herein and the majority of the Premises cannot be occupied as referenced above, this Lease shall thereafter terminate on the date of termination referenced in said Tenant notice (which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days from the date the Premises are deemed un-occupiable). Tenant agrees to cooperate and provide Landlord and the Regional Board or their authorized representatives, upon presentation of credentials, during normal business hours, immediate entry upon the Premises to assess any and all aspects of the environmental condition of the Project and its use, including, but not limited to, conducting any environmental assessment or audit, taking samples of soil, groundwater or other water, air or building materials, the inspection of treatment equipment, monitoring equipment or monitoring methods, or sampling of any discharge governed by the Order.

 

51



 

33.8                         Notwithstanding any other provision in this Lease, Tenant shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Materials in, on or under the Premises, Building or Project except for (a) any violations of the Order caused by Tenant or any of the Tenant Parties, (b) Hazardous Materials in, on or under the Premises, Building or Project due to the actions, negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of the Tenant Parties, and (c) Hazardous Materials present in, on or under the Premises, Building or Project disturbed by the actions, negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of the Tenant Parties.

 

ARTICLE 34.
COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND OTHER REGULATIONS

 

34.1                         Tenant, as its sole cost and expense, shall promptly comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances, and governmental rules, regulations, or requirements now in force or which may hereafter become in force, of federal, state, county, and municipal authorities, including, but not limited to, the Americans with Disabilities Act, with the requirements of any board of fire underwriters or other similar body now or hereafter constituted, and with any occupancy certificate issued pursuant to any law by any public officer or officers, which impose, any duty upon Landlord or Tenant, insofar as any thereof specifically relate to Tenant’s particular use of the Premises, Tenant’s alterations to the Premises (after installation of the Tenant Improvements) or Tenant’s obligations to maintain the Premises. Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s plans for any improvements shall create no responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord for their completeness, design sufficiency, or compliance with all laws, rules, and regulations of governmental agencies or authorities, including, but not limited to, the Americans with Disabilities Act.

 

34.2                         As an inducement to Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant hereby represents and warrants that: (i) Tenant is not, nor is it owned or controlled directly or indirectly by, any person, group, entity or nation named on any list issued by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury pursuant to Executive Order 13224 or any similar list or any law, order, rule or regulation or any Executive Order of the President of the United States as a terrorist, “Specially Designated National and Blocked Person” or other banned or blocked person (any such person, group, entity or nation being hereinafter referred to as a “Prohibited Person”); (ii) Tenant is not (nor is it owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any person, group, entity or nation which is) acting directly or indirectly for or on behalf of any Prohibited Person; and (iii) neither Tenant (nor any person, group, entity or nation which owns or controls Tenant, directly or indirectly) has conducted or will conduct business or has engaged or will engage in any transaction or dealing with any Prohibited Person, including without limitation any assignment of this Lease or any subletting of all or any portion of the Premises or the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person. Tenant covenants and agrees (a) to comply with all requirements of law relating to money laundering, anti-terrorism, trade embargos and economic sanctions, now or hereafter in effect, (b) to immediately notify Landlord in writing if any of the representations, warranties or covenants set forth in this Section 34.2 are no longer true or have been breached or if Tenant has a reasonable basis to believe that they may no longer be true or have been breached, (c) not to use funds from any Prohibited Person to make any payment due to Landlord under the Lease and (d) at the request of

 

52


 

Landlord, to provide such information as may be requested by Landlord to determine Tenant’s compliance with the terms hereof. Any breach by Tenant of the foregoing representations and warranties shall be deemed an Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease and shall be covered by the indemnity provisions of Section 21.1 above. The representations and warranties contained in this subsection shall be continuing in nature and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

34.3                         Pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1938, Tenant is hereby notified that, as of the date hereof, the Property has not undergone an inspection by a “Certified Access Specialist.” Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has made no representation regarding compliance of the Premises or the Building with accessibility standards.

 

ARTICLE 35.
SEVERABILITY

 

35.1                         This Lease shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid, or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the Term, then it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby. It is also the intention of both parties that in lieu of each clause or provision that is illegal, or unenforceable, there is added as a part of this Lease a clause or provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable clause or provision as may be possible and still be legal, valid, and enforceable.

 

ARTICLE 36.
NOTICES

 

36.1                         Whenever in this Lease it shall be required or permitted that notice or demand be given or served by either party to this Lease to or on the other, such notice or demand shall be given or served in writing and delivered personally, or forwarded by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, or recognized overnight courier, addressed to Landlord’s address and Tenant’s address, as applicable, as specified in the Basic Lease Information. Either party may change its address for notice from time to time by serving written notice of the new address as provided in this Article 36 .

 

36.2                         Notice hereunder shall become effective upon (a) delivery in case of personal delivery and (b) receipt or refusal in case of certified or registered mail or delivery by overnight courier.

 

ARTICLE 37.
OBLIGATIONS OF, SUCCESSORS, PLURALITY, GENDER

 

37.1                         Landlord and Tenant agree that all the provisions hereof are to be construed as covenants and agreements as though the words imparting such covenants were used in each paragraph hereof, and that, except as restricted by the provisions hereof, shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns. If the rights of Tenant hereunder are owned by two or more parties, or two or more parties are

 

53



 

designated herein as Tenant, then all such parties shall be jointly and severally liable for the obligations of Tenant hereunder. Whenever the singular or plural number, masculine or feminine or neuter gender is used herein, it shall equally include the other.

 

ARTICLE 38.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

38.1                         This Lease and any attached addenda or exhibits constitute the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant. No prior or contemporaneous written or oral leases or representations shall be binding. This Lease shall not be amended, changed, or extended except by written instrument signed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

38.2                         THE SUBMISSION OF THIS LEASE BY LANDLORD, ITS AGENT OR REPRESENTATIVE FOR EXAMINATION OR EXECUTION BY TENANT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OPTION OR OFFER TO LEASE THE PREMISES UPON THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS CONTAINED HEREIN OR A RESERVATION OF THE PREMISES IN FAVOR OF TENANT, IT BEING INTENDED HEREBY THAT THIS LEASE SHALL ONLY BECOME EFFECTIVE UPON THE EXECUTION HEREOF BY LANDLORD AND DELIVERY OF A FULLY EXECUTED LEASE TO TENANT.

 

ARTICLE 39.
CAPTIONS

 

39.1                         Paragraph captions are for Landlord’s and Tenant’s convenience only, and neither limit nor amplify the provisions of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 40.
CHANGES

 

40.1                         Should any mortgagee require a modification of this Lease, which modification will not bring about any increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way materially and adversely change the liabilities, rights or obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified.

 

ARTICLE 41.
AUTHORITY

 

41.1                         All rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease, or those which may be provided by law, may be exercised by Landlord in its own name individually, or in its name by its agent, and all legal proceedings for the enforcement of any such rights or remedies, including distress for Rent, unlawful detainer, and any other legal or equitable proceedings may be commenced and prosecuted to final judgment and be executed by Landlord in its own name individually or in its name by its agent. Landlord and Tenant each represent to the other that each has full power and authority to execute this Lease and to make and perform the agreements herein contained, and Tenant expressly stipulates that any rights or remedies available to Landlord, either

 

54



 

by the provisions of this Lease or otherwise, may be enforced by Landlord in its own name individually or in its name by its agent or principal.

 

ARTICLE 42.
BROKERAGE

 

42.1                         Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that it has dealt only with Tenant’s Broker and Landlord’s Broker, in negotiation of this Lease. Landlord shall make payment of the brokerage fee due the Landlord’s Broker pursuant to and in accordance with a separate agreement between Landlord and Landlord’s Broker. Landlord’s Broker shall pay a portion of its commission to Tenant’s Broker pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker. Except for amounts owing to Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker, each party hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the other party harmless of and from any and all damages, losses, costs, or expenses (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and disbursements) by reason of any claim of or liability to any other broker or other person claiming through the indemnifying party and arising out of or in connection with the negotiation, execution, and delivery of this Lease. Additionally, except as may be otherwise expressly agreed upon by Landlord in writing, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord and/or Landlord’s agent shall have no obligation for payment of any brokerage fee or similar compensation to any person with whom Tenant has dealt or may in the future deal with respect to leasing of any additional or expansion space in the Building or renewals or extensions of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 43.
EXHIBITS

 

43.1                         Exhibits A through I are attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes and are hereby acknowledged by both parties to this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 44.
APPURTENANCES

 

44.1                         The Premises include the right of ingress and egress thereto and therefrom; however, Landlord reserves the right to make changes and alterations to the Building, fixtures and equipment thereof, in the street entrances, doors, halls, corridors, lobbies, passages, elevators, escalators, stairways, toilets and other parts thereof which Landlord may deem necessary or desirable; provided that Tenant at all times has a reasonable means of access to the Premises (subject to a temporary interruption due to Force Majeure Events or necessary maintenance that cannot reasonably be performed without such interruption of access). Neither this Lease nor any use by Tenant of the Building or any passage, door, tunnel, concourse, plaza or any other area connecting the garages or other buildings with the Building, shall give Tenant any right or easement of such use and, except as expressly otherwise provide in this Lease, the use thereof may, without notice to Tenant, be regulated or discontinued at any time and from time to time by Landlord without liability of any kind to Tenant and without affecting the obligations of Tenant under this Lease.

 

55



 

ARTICLE 45.
PREJUDGMENT REMEDY, REDEMPTION, COUNTERCLAIM, AND JURY

 

45.1                         Tenant, for itself and for all persons claiming through or under it, hereby expressly waives any and all rights which are, or in the future may be, conferred upon Tenant by any present or future law to redeem the Premises, or to any new trial in any action for ejection under any provisions of law, after reentry thereupon, or upon any part thereof, by Landlord, or after any warrant to dispossess or judgment in ejection. If Landlord shall acquire possession of the Premises by summary proceedings, or in any other lawful manner without judicial proceedings, it shall be deemed a reentry within the meaning of that word as used in this Lease. In the event that Landlord commences any summary proceedings or action for nonpayment of Rent or other charges provided for in this Lease, Tenant shall not interpose any counterclaim of any nature or description in any such proceeding or action except to the extent that failure to interpose such counterclaim would constitute a forfeiture of that counterclaim by Tenant or such counterclaims are expressly permitted or required to be brought in such summary proceeding. Tenant and Landlord both waive a trial by jury of any or all issues arising in any action or proceeding between the parties hereto or their successors, under or connected with this Lease, or any of its provisions.

 

ARTICLE 46.
RECORDING

 

46.1                         Tenant shall not record this Lease but will, at the request of Landlord, execute a memorandum or notice thereof in recordable form satisfactory to both Landlord and Tenant specifying the date of commencement and expiration of the Term of this Lease and other information required by statute. Either Landlord or Tenant may then record said memorandum or notice of lease at the cost of the recording party.

 

ARTICLE 47.
MORTGAGEE PROTECTION

 

47.1                         Tenant agrees to give any mortgagees and/or trust deed holders, by registered mail, a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been notified, in writing of the address of such mortgagees and/or trust deed holders. Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within the time provided for in this Lease, then the mortgagees and/or trust deed holders shall have an additional thirty (30) days within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary to cure such default (including but not limited to commencement of foreclosure proceedings, if necessary to effect such cure) in which event this Lease shall not be terminated while such remedies are being so diligently pursued.

 

ARTICLE 48.
OTHER LANDLORD CONSTRUCTION

 

48.1                         Tenant acknowledges that portions of the Project may be under construction following Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, and that such construction may result in levels of

 

56



 

noise, dust, odor, obstruction of access, etc. which are in excess of that present in a fully constructed project. Tenant hereby waives any and all rent offsets or claims of constructive eviction which may arise in connection with such construction. If any excavation or construction is made adjacent to, upon or within the Building, or any part thereof, Tenant shall afford to any and all persons causing or authorized to cause such excavation or construction license to enter upon the Premises for the purpose of doing such work as such persons shall deem necessary to preserve the Building or any portion thereof from injury or damage and to support the same by proper foundations, braces and supports, without any claim for damages or indemnity or abatement of Rent (subject to the express provisions of this Lease), or of a constructive or actual eviction of Tenant.

 

48.2                         It is specifically understood and agreed that Landlord has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, renovate, repair or decorate the Premises, the Building, or any part thereof and that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant except as specifically set forth herein or in the Tenant Work Letter. However, Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord is currently renovating or may during the Lease Term renovate, improve, alter, or modify (collectively, the “Renovations”) the Project, the Building and/or the Premises. Tenant hereby agrees that such Renovations shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent. Landlord shall have no responsibility and shall not be liable to Tenant for any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the Renovations, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from the Renovations, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Renovations.

 

48.3                         In exercising its rights under this Article 48 , Landlord shall make commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the disruption to Tenant’s business operations during standard business hours.

 

ARTICLE 49.
PARKING

 

49.1                         The use by Tenant, its employees and invitees, of the parking facilities of the Project shall be on the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit E attached hereto and by this reference incorporated herein and shall be subject to such other agreement between Landlord and Tenant as may hereinafter be established and to such other rules and regulations as Landlord may establish; provided, that the parking ratio shall not be reduced below the Maximum Parking Allocation ratio, and notwithstanding anything herein or in Exhibit E to the contrary, no charge, cost, fee or expense of any kind may be charged to Tenant or any of its officers, partners, members, subtenants, employees, customers or invitees for use of the parking areas or for any privileges associated therewith other that as provided in Article 5 . Tenant, its employees and invitees shall use no more than the Maximum Parking Allocation. Tenant’s use of the parking spaces shall be confined to the Project. If, in Landlord’s reasonable business judgment, it becomes necessary, Landlord shall exercise due diligence to cause the creation of cross-parking easements and such other agreements as are necessary to permit Tenant, its employees and invitees to use parking spaces on properties and

 

57



 

buildings which are separate legal parcels from the Project. Tenant acknowledges that other tenants of the Project and the tenants of the other buildings, their employees and invitees, may be given the right to park at the Project. Tenant may use the parking on a non-exclusive, first-come first-served basis, with other tenants of the Project.

 

ARTICLE 50.
ELECTRICAL CAPACITY

 

Tenant covenants and agrees that at all times, its use of electric energy shall never exceed the capacity of the existing feeders to the Building or the risers of wiring installation. Any riser or risers to supply Tenant’s electrical requirements upon written request of Tenant shall be installed by Landlord at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, if, in Landlord’s sole judgment, the same are necessary and will not cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition or entail excess or unreasonable alterations, repairs or expense or interfere with or disrupt other tenants or occupants. In addition to the installation of such riser or risers, at Tenant’s request, Landlord will also, at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, install all other equipment proper and necessary in connection therewith subject to the aforesaid terms and conditions.

 

ARTICLE 51.
OPTION TO EXTEND LEASE

 

51.1                         Extension Option. Tenant shall have the option to extend this Lease (the “Extension Option”) for one additional term of five (5) years (the “Extension Period”), upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth:

 

(a)                                  If the Extension Option is exercised, then the Base Rent per annum for such Extension Period (the “Option Rent”) shall be an amount equal to the Fair Market Rental Value (as defined hereinafter) for the Premises as of the commencement of the Extension Option for such Extension Period; provided, however, that the Option Rent shall in no event be less than the Base Rent scheduled to be paid during the year immediately prior to the commencement of the Extension Period.

 

(b)                                  The Extension Option must be exercised by Tenant, if at all. only at the time and in the manner provided in this Section 51.1(b) .

 

(i)              If Tenant wishes to exercise the Extension Option, Tenant must, on or before the date occurring twelve (12) months before the expiration of the initial Lease Term (but not before the date that is fifteen (15) months before the expiration of the Initial Lease Term), exercise the Extension Option by delivering written notice (the “Exercise Notice”) to Landlord. If Tenant timely and properly exercises its Extension Option, the Lease Term shall be extended for the Extension Period upon all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease, as amended, except that the Base Rent for the Extension Period shall be as provided in Section 51.1(a)  and Tenant shall have no further options to extend the Lease Term.

 

(ii)           If Tenant fails to deliver a timely Exercise Notice, Tenant shall be considered to have elected not to exercise the Extension Option.

 

58



 

(c)                                   It is understood and agreed that the Extension Option hereby granted is personal to Tenant and is not transferable except to a Permitted Transferee in connection with an assignment of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease. In the event of any assignment or subletting of the Premises or any part thereof (other than to a Permitted Transferee), the Extension Option shall automatically terminate and shall thereafter be null and void.

 

(d)                                  Tenant’s exercise of the Extension Option shall, if Landlord so elects in its absolute discretion, be ineffective in the event that (i) an Event of Default by Tenant remains uncured at the time of delivery of the Exercise Notice or at the commencement of the Extension Period, or (ii) Tenant shall have reduced the size of the Premises below the size of the initial Premises by agreement with Landlord or pursuant to an express right in this Lease.

 

51.2                         Fair Market Rental Value . The provisions of this Section shall apply in any instance in which this Lease provides that the Fair Market Rental Value is to apply.

 

(a)                                  “Fair Market Rental Value” means the annual amount per square foot that a willing tenant would pay and a willing landlord would accept in arm’s length negotiations, without any additional inducements, for a lease of the Premises in its condition at the exercise of the Option on the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease (other than Base Rent) for the Extension Period. Fair Market Rental Value shall be determined as determined in Section 51.3 considering the most recent new direct leases (and market renewals and extensions, if applicable) in the Building and in Comparable Buildings owned or managed by Landlord in the Market Area. If there are no such direct leases that are recent, consideration shall be given to the most recent new direct leases (and market renewals and extensions, if applicable) in other Comparable Buildings in the Market Area. Landlord shall provide this lease information to Tenant.

 

(b)                                  In determining the rental rate of comparable space, the parties shall include all escalations and take into consideration the following concessions:

 

(i)                            Rental abatement concessions, if any, being granted to tenants in connection with the comparable space;

 

(ii)                         Tenant improvements or allowances provided or to be provided for the comparable space, taking into account the value of the existing improvements in the Premises, based on the age, quality, and layout of the improvements.

 

(c)                                   If in determining the Fair Market Rental Value the parties determine that the economic terms of leases of comparable space include a tenant improvement allowance, Landlord may, at Landlord’s sole option, elect to do the following:

 

(i)                            Grant some or all of the value of the tenant improvement allowance as an allowance for the refurbishment of the Premises; and

 

59



 

(ii)                         Reduce the Base Rent component of the Fair Market Rental Value to be an effective rental rate that takes into consideration the total dollar value of that portion of the tenant improvement allowance that Landlord has elected not to grant to Tenant (in which case that portion of the tenant improvement allowance evidenced in the effective rental rate shall not be granted to Tenant).

 

51.3                         Determination of Fair Market Rental Value . The determination of Fair Market Rental Value shall be as provided in this Section 51.3 .

 

(a)                                  Negotiated Agreement . Landlord and Tenant shall diligently attempt in good faith to agree on the Fair Market Rental Value on or before the twentieth (20th) day after Tenant’s exercise of the Extension Option (the “Outside Agreement Date”).

 

(b)                                  Parties’ Separate Determinations . If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement on or before the Outside Agreement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall each make a separate determination of the Fair Market Rental Value and notify the other party of this determination within ten (10) days after the Outside Agreement Date.

 

(i)                            Two Determinations . If each party makes a timely determination of the Fair Market Rental Value, those determinations shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with subsection (c).

 

(ii)                         One Determination . If Landlord or Tenant fails to make a determination of the Fair Market Rental Value within the ten (10) day period, that failure shall be conclusively considered to be that party’s approval of the Fair Market Rental Value submitted within the five (5) day period by the other party.

 

(c)                                   Arbitration . If both parties make timely individual determinations of the Fair Market Rental Value under subsection (b), the Fair Market Rental Value shall be determined by arbitration under this subsection (c).

 

(i)                            Scope of Arbitration . The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited to the sole issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Fair Market Rental Value is the closest to the actual Fair Market Rental Value as determined by the arbitrators, taking into account the requirements of Section 51.2.

 

(ii)                         Qualifications of Arbitrator(s) . The arbitrators must be licensed real estate brokers who have been active in the leasing of commercial multi-story properties in the Market Area over the five-year period ending on the date of their appointment as arbitrator(s).

 

(iii)                      Parties’ Appointment of Arbitrators . Within fifteen (15) days after the Outside Agreement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator and notify the other party of the arbitrator’s name and business address.

 

60



 

(iv)                     Appointment of Third Arbitrator . If each party timely appoints an arbitrator, the two (2) arbitrators shall, within ten (10) days after the appointment of the second arbitrator, agree on and appoint a third arbitrator (who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth above for qualification of the initial two (2) arbitrators) and provide notice to Landlord and Tenant of the arbitrator’s name and business address.

 

(v)                        Arbitrators’ Decision . Within thirty (30) days after the appointment of the third arbitrator, the three (3) arbitrators shall decide whether the parties will use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Fair Market Rental Value and shall notify Landlord and Tenant of their decision. The decision of the majority the three (3) arbitrators shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant.

 

(vi)                     If Only One Arbitrator is Appointed . If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the Outside Agreement Date, the arbitrator timely appointed by one of them shall reach a decision and notify Landlord and Tenant of that decision within thirty (30) days after the arbitrator’s appointment. The arbitrator’s decision shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant.

 

(vii)                  If Only Two Arbitrators Are Appointed . If each party appoints an arbitrator in a timely manner, but the two (2) arbitrators fail to agree on and appoint a third arbitrator within the required period, the arbitrators shall be dismissed without delay and the issue of Fair Market Rental Value shall be submitted to binding arbitration under the real estate arbitration rules of JAMS, subject to the provisions of this section.

 

(viii)               If No Arbitrator Is Appointed . If Landlord and Tenant each fail to appoint an arbitrator in a timely manner, the matter to be decided shall be submitted without delay to binding arbitration under the real estate arbitration rules of JAMS subject the provisions of this Section 51.3(c) .

 

51.4                         Cost of Arbitration . The cost of the arbitration shall he paid by the party whose submitted Fair Market Rental Value is not selected by the arbitrators.

 

ARTICLE 52.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS LINES AND EQUIPMENT

 

52.1                         Location of Tenant’s Equipment and Landlord Consent :

 

52.1.1               Except as set forth as part of Tenant’s Improvements, Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove and use communications or computer wires, cables and related devices (collectively, the “Lines”) at the Building in or serving the Premises only with Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall locate all electronic telecommunications equipment within the Premises and shall

 

61



 

coordinate the location of all Lines with Landlord. Any request for consent shall contain such information as Landlord may request.

 

52.1.2               Landlord’s approval of, or requirements concerning, the Lines or any equipment related thereto, the plans, specifications or designs related thereto, the contractor or subcontractor, or the work performed hereunder, shall not be deemed a warranty as to the adequacy or appropriateness thereof, and Landlord hereby disclaims any responsibility or liability for the same.

 

52.1.3               If Landlord consents to Tenant’s proposal, Tenant shall pay all of Tenant’s and Landlord’s third party costs in connection therewith (including without limitation all costs related to new Lines) and shall use, maintain and operate the Lines and related equipment in accordance with and subject to all laws governing the Lines and equipment and at Tenant’s sole risk and expense. Tenant shall comply with all of the requirements of this Lease concerning alterations in connection with installing the Lines. As soon as the work is completed, Tenant shall submit as-built drawings to Landlord.

 

52.1.4               Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant remove any Lines located in or serving the Premises which are installed in violation of these provisions, or which are at any time in violation of any laws or present a dangerous or potentially dangerous condition (whether such Lines were installed by Tenant or any other party), within three (3) days after written notice.

 

52.2                         Reallocation of Line Space . Landlord may (but shall not have the obligation to) (a) install and relocate Lines at the Building; and (b) monitor and control the installation, maintenance, replacement and removal of, the allocation and periodic re-allocation of available space (if any) for, and the allocation of excess capacity (if any) on, any Lines now or hereafter installed at the Building by Landlord, Tenant or any other party. Landlord shall undertake such activities in a reasonable manner so as to minimize interference with Tenant’s business.

 

52.3                         Line Problems . Except to the extent arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s contractors, agents or employees, or breach of this Lease by Landlord, Landlord shall have no liability for damages arising from, and Landlord does not warrant that the Tenant’s use of any Lines will be free from the following (collectively called “Line Problems”): (a) any shortages, failures, variations, interruptions, disconnections, loss or damage caused by the installation, maintenance, or replacement, use or removal of Lines by or for other tenants or occupants in the Building, by any failure of the environmental conditions or the power supply for the Building to conform to any requirement of the Lines or any associated equipment, or any other problems associated with any Lines by any other cause; (b) any failure of any Lines to satisfy Tenant’s requirements; or (c) any eavesdropping or wiretapping by unauthorized parties. Landlord in no event shall be liable for damages by reason of loss of profits, business interruption or other consequential damage arising from any Line Problems.

 

52.4                         Electromagnetic Fields . If Tenant at any time uses any equipment that may create an electromagnetic field and/or radio frequency exceeding the normal insulation ratings of ordinary twisted pair riser cable or cause radiation higher than normal background radiation,

 

62


 

Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant to appropriately insulate that equipment and the Lines therefor (including without limitation riser cables), and take such other remedial action at Tenant’s sole cost and expense as Landlord may require in its sole discretion to prevent such excessive electromagnetic fields, radio frequency or radiation.

 

52.5                         Removal of Electrical and Telecommunications Wires .

 

52.5.1               Within thirty (30) days after the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease, Landlord may elect by written notice to Tenant to:

 

(a)                                  Retain any or all Lines installed by Tenant in the risers of the Building;

 

(b)                                  Remove any or all such Lines and restore the Premises and risers to their condition existing prior to the installation of the Lines (“Wire Restoration Work”). Landlord shall perform such Wire Restoration Work at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; or

 

(c)                                   Require Tenant to perform the Wire Restoration Work at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

52.5.2               In the event Landlord elects to retain the Lines, Tenant covenants that Tenant shall have good right to surrender such Lines, free of all liens and encumbrances, and that all Lines shall be left in their then existing condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted, properly labeled at each end and in each telecommunications/electrical closet and junction box, and in safe condition.

 

52.5.3               In the event Tenant fails or refuses to pay all costs of the Wire Restoration Work within ten (10) days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s notice requesting Tenant’s reimbursement for or payment of such costs, Landlord may apply all or any portion of Tenant’s Security Deposit toward the payment of such unpaid costs relative to the Wire Restoration Work. The retention or application of such Security Deposit by Landlord pursuant to this clause does not constitute a limitation on or waiver of Landlord’s right to seek further remedy under law or equity. The provisions of this clause shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease.

 

ARTICLE 53.

ERISA

 

53.1                         It is understood that from time to time during the Lease Term, Landlord may be subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) and as a result may be prohibited by law from engaging in certain transactions. Tenant represents and warrants to the best of its knowledge after due inquiry that at the time this Lease is entered into and at any time thereafter when its terms are amended or modified, neither Tenant nor its affiliates (within the meaning of part VI(c) of Department of Labor Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 84-14 (“PTE 84-14”, as amended), has or will have the authority to appoint or terminate The Prudential Insurance Company of America (“Prudential”) as an investment manager to any

 

63



 

employee benefit plan then holding a ten percent (10%) or greater interest in the Prudential separate account PRISA II, nor the authority to negotiate the terms of any management agreement between Prudential and any such employee pension benefit plan for its investment in PRISA II. Further, Tenant is not “related” to Prudential within the meaning of part VI(h) of PTE 84-14.

 

ARTICLE 54.
TENANT’S RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

 

54.1                         As used herein, “Offer Space” means space on the first floor of the Building that is contiguous to the Premises. Landlord may from time to time give Tenant a written notice (the “Availability Notice”) identifying the particular Offer Space (the “Specific Offer Space”) that is Available (as defined below). As used herein, “Available” means that the space (i) is not part of the Premises, (ii) is not then subject to a lease, (iii) is not then subject to any rights of tenant to renew their lease or expand their premises as set forth in their lease, and (iv) is not then subject to any negotiations between Landlord and a prospective tenant or an existing tenant.

 

54.2                         Tenant may inform Landlord (the “Request Notice”) not more than once in any twelve (12) month period and not within six (6) months after receipt of an Availability Notice that Tenant desires to lease additional space. Landlord shall, within ten (10) business days of receiving the properly given Request Notice, deliver to Tenant an Availability Notice identifying Specific Offer Space that is Available or that Landlord in good faith determines will become Available during the six (6) month period after the Request Notice.

 

54.3                         The location and configuration of the Specific Offer Space shall be reasonably determined by Landlord; provided that Landlord shall have no obligations to designate Specific Offer Space that would result in any space not included in the Specific Offer Space being not Configured For Leasing (as defined below). For purposes of this Lease, “Configured For Leasing” means the applicable space must have convenient access to the central corridor on the applicable floor and must have a size and configuration that complies with all applicable building codes and other laws and is such that Landlord judges, in its reasonable discretion, that Landlord will be able to lease such space to a third party. The Availability Notice shall:

 

(a)                                  Describe the particular Specific Offer Space (including rentable area, usable area and location);

 

(b)                                  Include an attached floor plan identifying such space;

 

(c)                                   State the date (the “Specific Offer Space Delivery Date”) the space will be available for delivery to Tenant; and

 

(d)                                  Specify the Base Rent for the Specific Offer Space.

 

(e)                                   Specify the increase in the security deposit that will apply to reflect the addition of the Specific Offer Space to the Premises.

 

64



 

(f)                                    If the Specific Offer Space Delivery Date is after the fourth

 

(4 th ) anniversary of the Commencement Date, specify the length of the term of the leasing of the Specific Offer Space that will be available (the “Specific Offer Space Term”).

 

54.4                         If Tenant wishes to exercise Tenant’s rights set forth in this Article 54 with respect to the Specific Offer Space, then within five (5) business days of delivery of the Availability Notice to Tenant, Tenant shall deliver irrevocable notice to Landlord (the “First Offer Exercise Notice”) offering to lease the Specific Offer Space on the terms and conditions as may be specified by Landlord in the Availability Notice.

 

54.5                         In the event Tenant fails to give a First Offer Exercise Notice in response to any Availability Notice, Tenant shall have no further rights to receive an Availability Notice as to such Specific Offer Space and Landlord shall be free to lease that Specific Offer Space to anyone on any terms at any time during the Term, without any obligation to provide Tenant with any further right to lease that space; provided that if Landlord has not leased such space within six (6) months of the original Availability Notice delivered pursuant to this Paragraph, then Tenant shall again have the right to receive an Availability Notice as to such space as provided in this Article 54 . Nothing herein shall affect Tenant’s right to receive an Availability Notice as to other Offer Space that is not the Specific Offer Space offered by Landlord pursuant to an Availability Notice.

 

54.6                         If Tenant timely and validly gives the First Offer Exercise Notice, then beginning on the Specific Offer Space Delivery Date and continuing (i) if the Specific Offer Space Delivery Date is on or before the fourth (4 1 ”) anniversary of the Commencement Date, for the balance of the Term (including any extensions), or (ii) if the Specific Offer Space Delivery Date is after the fourth (4 1h ) anniversary of the Commencement Date, for the Specific Offer Space Term:

 

(a)                                  The Specific Offer Space shall be part of the Premises under this Lease (so that the term “Premises” in this Lease shall refer to the space in the Premises immediately before the Specific Offer Space Delivery Date plus the Specific Offer Space);

 

(b)                                  Tenant’s Building Percentage and Tenant’s Common Area Building Percentage shall be adjusted to reflect the increased rentable area of the Premises.

 

(c)                                   Base Rent for the Specific Offer Space shall be as specified in the Availability Notice.

 

(d)                                  The security deposit Tenant must provide (if any) shall be increased by the amounts specified in the Availability Notice.

 

(e)                                   Tenant’s lease of the Specific Offer Space shall be on the same terms and conditions as affect the original Premises from time to time, except as otherwise provided in this section. Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent with respect to the Specific Offer Space shall begin on the Specific Offer Space Delivery Date. The Specific Offer Space shall be leased to Tenant in its “as-is” condition and Landlord shall not be required to construct

 

65



 

improvements in, or contribute any tenant improvement allowance for, the Specific Offer Space. Tenant’s construction of any improvements in the Specific Offer Space shall comply with the terms of this Lease concerning alterations.

 

(f)                                    If requested by Landlord, Landlord and Tenant shall confirm in writing the addition of the Specific Offer Space to the Premises on the terms and conditions set forth in this section, but Tenant’s failure to execute or deliver such written confirmation shall not affect the enforceability of the First Offer Exercise Notice.

 

54.7                         Tenant’s rights and Landlord’s obligations under this Article 54 are expressly subject to and conditioned upon there not existing an Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease, either at the time of delivery of the First Offer Exercise Notice or at the time the Specific Offer Space is to be added to the Premises.

 

54.8                         It is understood and agreed that Tenant’s rights under this Article 54 are personal to Tenant and not transferable. In the event of any assignment or subletting of the Premises or any part thereof, this expansion right shall automatically terminate and shall thereafter be null and void.

 

ARTICLE 55.
LETTER OF CREDIT

 

55.1                         Letter of Credit . Tenant agrees to provide, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a Letter of Credit (as defined below) in the Letter of Credit Required Amount (as defined below) as additional security for the faithful performance and observance by Tenant of all of the provisions of this Lease, on the terms and conditions set forth below. The use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the Letter of Credit and the Letter of Credit shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. As used herein the term “Letter of Credit Required Amount” initially means $362,737.50. Subject to the remaining terms of this Article 55 , and provided the Reduction Condition (as defined below) has been satisfied at the particular reduction effective date. Tenant shall have the right to reduce the Required Amount so that the new Required Amount shall be $241,825.00 effective as of the first day of the forty third (43rd) month of the Term and $120,912.50 effective as of the first day of the sixty first (61st) month of the Term. If Tenant is not entitled to reduce the Required Amount as of a particular reduction effective date due to the failure of the Reduction Condition, then any subsequent reduction(s) Tenant is entitled to hereunder shall be reduced by the amount of the reduction Tenant would have been entitled to had the Reduction Condition been satisfied. If Tenant is entitled to a reduction in the Required Amount, Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice requesting that the Required Amount be reduced as provided above (the “Reduction Notice”). If Tenant provides Landlord with a Reduction Notice, and Tenant is entitled to reduce the Required Amount as provided herein, the reduction shall be effectuated by Tenant replacing the Letter of Credit then being held by Landlord with a new Letter of Credit in the new Required Amount or amending the then-existing Letter of

 

66



 

Credit to that new Required Amount. The term “Reduction Condition” means no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under this Lease.

 

55.2                         Delivery of Letter of Credit . (a) Tenant shall cause a Letter of Credit, in the amount of the Letter of Credit Required Amount to be issued by the L/C Bank (as defined below) in favor of Landlord, and its successors, assigns and transferees; (b) Tenant will cause the Letter of Credit to remain in full force and effect during the entire Term and thereafter until thirty (30) days after expiration or earlier termination of the Lease; and (c) the initial Letter of Credit will be delivered to Landlord upon the execution and delivery of this Lease by Tenant. So long as no Event of Default then exists, Landlord shall return the Letter of Credit to Tenant within 30 days after the Expiration Date. The specific requirements for the Letter of Credit and the rights of Landlord to make draws thereon will be as set forth in this Article 55 . All of Tenant’s rights and all of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease are strictly contingent on Tenant’s delivering and thereafter causing the Letter of Credit to remain in full force and effect during the entire Term.

 

55.3                         Draws on the Letter of Credit . Immediately upon, and at any time or from time to time after, the occurrence of any one or more Draw Events (as defined below), Landlord will have the unconditional right to draw on the Letter of Credit in accordance with this Article 55 . Upon the payment to Landlord of the Draw Proceeds, Landlord will hold the Draw Proceeds in its own name and for its own account, without liability for interest, to use and apply any and all of the Draw Proceeds only (a) to cure any Event of Default by Tenant; (b) to pay any other sum to which Landlord becomes obligated by reason of Tenant’s failure to carry out its obligations under this Lease; or (c) to compensate Landlord for any monetary loss or damage which Landlord suffers thereby arising from Tenant’s failure to carry out its obligations under this Lease. In addition, if the Draw Event is the failure of Tenant to renew the Letter of Credit as required hereunder, then Landlord shall be entitled to draw the entire Letter of Credit as a cash security deposit, held as a pledge under the California Uniform Commercial Code to secure Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Among other things, it is expressly understood that the Draw Proceeds will not be considered an advance payment of Base Rent or Additional Rent or a measure of Landlord’s damages resulting from any Event of Default hereunder (past, present or future). Further, immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any one or more Draw Events, Landlord may, from time to time and without prejudice to any other remedy, use the Draw Proceeds (whether from a contemporaneous or prior draw on the Letter of Credit) to the extent necessary to make good any arrearages of Base Rent or Additional Rent, to pay to Landlord any and all amounts to which Landlord is entitled in connection with the pursuit of any one or more of its remedies hereunder, and to compensate Landlord for any and all other damage, injury, expense or liability caused to Landlord by any and all such Events of Default. Any delays in Landlord’s draw on the Letter of Credit or in Landlord’s use of the Draw Proceeds as provided in this Article 55 will not constitute a waiver by Landlord of any of its rights hereunder with respect to the Letter of Credit or the Draw Proceeds. Following any such application of the Draw Proceeds, Tenant will either pay to Landlord on demand the cash amount so applied in order to restore the Draw Proceeds to the full amount thereof immediately prior to such application or cause the Letter of Credit to be replenished to its full amount thereunder. Failure to either pay that cash amount or cause the Letter of Credit to be replenished to its full amount thereunder within three (3) days after that application of the Draw

 

67



 

Proceeds shall constitute an Event of Default without the right to any notice or cure period. Landlord will not be liable for any indirect, consequential, special or punitive damages incurred by Tenant arising from a claim that Landlord violated the bankruptcy code’s automatic stay in connection with any draw by Landlord of any Draw Proceeds, Landlord’s liability (if any) under such circumstances being limited to the reimbursement of direct costs as and to the extent expressly provided in this Section 55.3 . Nothing in this Lease or in the Letter of Credit will confer upon Tenant any property rights or interests in any Draw Proceeds; provided, however, that upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and so long as there then exist no Draw Events or Events of Default hereunder, Landlord agrees to return of any remaining unapplied balance of the Draw Proceeds then held by Landlord to Tenant, and the Letter of Credit itself (if and to the extent not previously drawn in full) to the L/C Bank. Landlord may draw on the Letter of Credit and/or apply any Security Deposit in any order.

 

55.4                         Applicable Definitions .

 

“Draw Event” means each of the following events:

 

(a)                                  the occurrence of any one or more of the following which shall have also been preceded, simultaneously accompanied, or succeeded by an Event of Default under this Lease regardless of the absence of any notice of default which might otherwise be required with respect to an Event of Default if the giving of notice to Tenant about such breach by Tenant is stayed or barred due to one of the following events: (i) Tenant’s filing of a petition under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, or under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or insolvency statute now existing or hereafter enacted, or Tenant’s making a general assignment or general arrangement for the benefit of creditors, (ii) the filing of an involuntary petition under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, or under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or insolvency statute now existing or hereafter enacted, or the filing of a petition for adjudication of bankruptcy or for reorganization or rearrangement, by or against Tenant and such filing not being dismissed within sixty (60) days, (iii) the entry of an order for relief under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, or under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or insolvency statute now existing or hereafter enacted, (iv) the appointment of a “custodian,” as such term is defined in the Bankruptcy Code (or of an equivalent thereto under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or insolvency statute now existing or hereafter enacted), for Tenant, or the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease and possession not being restored to Tenant within sixty (60) days, or (v) the subjection of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease to attachment, execution or other judicial seizure and such subjection not being discharged within sixty (60) days;

 

(b)                                  the failure of Tenant, not less than thirty (30) days prior to the stated expiration date of the Letter of Credit then in effect, to cause an extension, renewal or replacement issuance of the Letter of Credit, to be effected, which extension, renewal or replacement issuance will be made by the L/C Bank, will otherwise meet all of the

 

68



 

requirements of the initial Letter of Credit hereunder, which failure will be an Event of Default under this Lease;

 

(c)                                   the failure of Tenant to make when due any payment of Base Rent, of any monthly installment of any Additional Rent, or pay any other monetary obligation within five (5) days after the amount is due; provided that in the event Tenant is entitled to a notice prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default for non-payment of Base Rent pursuant to Section 22.1(a) , this Draw Event shall not be deemed to have occurred until expiration of five (5) days after that notice (or, if Landlord is prevented from giving notice by application of the bankruptcy code’s automatic stay, any failure of Tenant to make when due any payment of Base Rent, of any monthly installment of any Additional Rent, or to pay any other monetary obligation within five (5) days after the amount is due).

 

(d)                                  the payment by Landlord of any sum to cure a failure by Tenant to comply with any non-monetary obligation hereunder which Tenant has not cured within thirty (30) days after notice thereof by Landlord (or, if Landlord is prevented from giving notice by application of the bankruptcy code’s automatic stay, the payment of Landlord of any sum to cure a failure by Tenant to comply with any non-monetary obligation hereunder that Tenant has not cured within thirty (30) days from the date of the breach).

 

“Draw Proceeds” means the proceeds of any draw or draws made by Landlord under the Letter of Credit, together with any and all interest accruing thereon.

 

“L/C Bank” means any United States bank which is approved by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

“Letter of Credit” means that certain one-year irrevocable letter of credit, in the Letter of Credit Required Amount, issued by the L/C Bank, as required under Section 55.2 and, if applicable, as extended, renewed, replaced or modified from time to time in accordance with this Lease, which letter of credit will be transferable and in substantially the same form as attached Exhibit I .

 

55.5                         Transfer of Letter of Credit . The Letter of Credit shall not be mortgaged, assigned or encumbered in any manner whatsoever by Tenant. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer or mortgage its interest in the Premises and the Building and in this Lease and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer or mortgage, Landlord shall have the right to transfer or assign the Letter of Credit and/or the Draw Proceeds to the transferee or mortgagee, and in such event, Tenant shall look solely to such transferee or mortgagee for return of the Letter of Credit and/or the Draw Proceeds so transferred. Tenant shall pay all fees and charges of the L/C Bank with respect to any transfer of the Letter of Credit. Tenant shall, within five (5) days of request by Landlord, execute such further instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm Landlord’s transfer or assignment of the Letter of Credit and/or the Draw Proceeds to such transferee or mortgagee.

 

69



 

55.6                         Letter of Credit is Not Security Deposit . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit, any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or the proceeds thereof be (i) deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” within the meaning of California Civil Code Section 1950.7, (ii) subject to the terms of such Section 1950.7, or (iii) intended to serve as a “security deposit” within the meaning of such Section 1950.7. The parties hereto (A) recite that the Letter of Credit is not intended to serve as a security deposit and such Section 1950.7 and any and all other laws, rules and regulations applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (“Security Deposit Laws”) shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto and (13) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent California Civil Code 1950.7 in any way: (a) is determined to be applicable to this Lease or the Letter of Credit (or any proceeds thereof); or (b) controls Landlord’s rights to draw on the Letter of Credit or apply the proceeds of the Letter of Credit to any amounts due under this Lease or any damages Landlord may suffer following termination of this Lease, then Tenant fully and irrevocably waives the benefits and protections of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, it being agreed that Landlord may recover from the Letter of Credit (or its proceeds) all of Landlord’s damages under this Lease and California law including, but not limited to, any damages accruing upon the termination of this Lease in accordance with this Lease and Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code.

 

55.7                         Substitute Letter of Credit . In the event the L/C Bank is declared insolvent by the FDIC or is closed for any reason, Tenant shall immediately provide a substitute Letter of Credit meeting the requirements of this Article 55 from another United States bank which is approved by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

70



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant, acting herein through duly authorized individuals, have caused these presents to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

TALEND, INC.,

 

a California corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas Tuchscherer

 

 

Thomas Tuchscherer, CFO

 

 

[Printed Name and Title]

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael H. Tuchen

 

 

Michael H. Tuchen, CEO

 

 

[Printed Name and Title]

 

 

 

If Tenant is a corporation, this instrument must be executed by the chairman of the board, the president or any vice president and the secretary, any assistant secretary, the chief financial officer or any assistant financial officer or any assistant treasurer of such corporation, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall otherwise provide, in which case the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution, as the case may be, must be attached to this instrument.

 

 

 

Tenant’s NAICS Code: 511210

 

71



 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

WESTPORT OFFICE PARK, LLC,

 

a California limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, a New Jersey corporation, acting solely on behalf of and for the benefit of, and with its liability limited to the assets of, its insurance company separate account, PRISA II, its member

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey D. Mills

 

 

 

Jeffrey D. Mills, Vice President

 

 

 

[Printed Name and Title]

 

72


 

Exhibit A

 

The Project

 



 

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

PREMISES

 

(See Attached)

 



 

 


 

EXHIBIT C

 

TENANT WORK LETTER

 

This Tenant Work Letter (“Tenant Work Letter”) sets forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of improvements for the Premises. All references in this Tenant Work Letter to “the Lease” shall mean the relevant portions of the Lease to which this Tenant Work Letter is attached as Exhibit C .

 

SECTION 1

 

BASE, SHELL AND CORE

 

Landlord has previously constructed the base, shell, and core (i) of the Premises and (ii) of the floor(s) of the Building on which the Premises are located (collectively, the “Base, Shell, and Core”), and Tenant shall accept the Base, Shell and Core in its current “As-Is” condition existing as of the date of the Lease and the Commencement Date; provided that nothing herein shall affect or modify Landlord’s maintenance and repair obligations or be deemed to be an acceptance by Tenant of any latent defects, errors in design or construction, or non-compliance of the Base, Shell or Core or other portions of the Project with Applicable Laws. Landlord shall install in the Premises certain “Tenant Improvements” (as defined below) pursuant to the provisions of this Tenant Work Letter. Except for the Tenant Improvement work described in this Tenant Work Letter and except for the Tenant Improvement Allowance set forth below, Landlord shall not be obligated to make or pay for any alterations or improvements to the Premises, the Building or the Project.

 

SECTION 2

 

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

 

2.1                                Tenant Improvement Allowance . Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time tenant improvement allowance (the “Tenant Improvement Allowance”) in the amount of up to, but not exceeding $35.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises (i.e., up to $877,765.00, based on 25,079 rentable square feet in the Premises), for the costs relating to the design and construction of Tenant’s improvements which are permanently affixed to the Premises (the “Tenant Improvements”). In no event shall Landlord be obligated to make disbursements pursuant to this Tenant Work Letter in a total amount which exceeds the Tenant Improvement Allowance. Tenant shall not be entitled to receive any cash payment or credit against Rent or otherwise for any portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance which is not used to pay for the Tenant Improvement Allowance Items (as such term is defined below).

 

2.2                                Disbursement of the Tenant Improvement Allowance . Except as otherwise set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord (each of which disbursement shall be made pursuant to Landlord’s standard disbursement process), only for the following items and costs (collectively, the “Tenant Improvement Allowance Items”):

 

1



 

2.2.1                   Payment of the fees of design professionals, including without limitation the “Architect” and the “Engineers,” as those terms are defined in Section 3.1 of this Tenant Work Letter, and payment of the fees incurred by, and the cost of documents and materials supplied by, Landlord and Landlord’s consultants in connection with the preparation and review of the “Construction Drawings,” as that term is defined in Section 3.1 of this Tenant Work Letter;

 

2.2.2                   The payment of costs for obtaining permits and approvals for the Tenant Improvements from the City of Redwood City or other jurisdictions having authority over the Tenant Improvements, if any, including without limitation application fees, staff time deposits, plan check, inspection, permit and license fees relating to construction of the Tenant Improvements;

 

2.2.3                   The cost of construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, materials, labor, contractors’ fees and general conditions, testing and inspection costs, costs of utilities, trash removal, parking and hoists;

 

2.2.4                   The cost of any changes in the Base, Shell and Core when such changes are required by the Construction Drawings (including if such changes are due to the fact that such work is prepared on an unoccupied basis), such cost to include all direct architectural and/or engineering fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith;

 

2.2.5                   The cost of any changes to the Construction Drawings or Tenant Improvements required by any Applicable Laws;

 

2.2.6                   Sales and use taxes and Title 24 fees;

 

2.2.7                   “Landlord’s Supervision Fee,” as that term is defined in Section 4.3.2 of this Tenant Work Letter; and

 

2.2.8                   All other costs to be expended by Landlord in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements as provided herein.

 

2.3                                Specifications for Building Standard Components . Landlord has established specifications (the “Specifications”) for the Building standard components to be used in the construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises, which Specifications have been received by Tenant. Unless otherwise agreed to by Landlord, the Tenant Improvements shall comply with the Specifications. Landlord may make changes to the Specifications from time to time.

 

SECTION 3

 

CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS

 

3.1                                Selection of Architect/Construction Drawings . Landlord shall retain an architect/space planner (the “Architect”) to prepare the “Construction Drawings,” as that term is defined in this Section 3.1. Landlord shall retain Landlord’s engineering consultants (the

 

2



 

“Engineers”) to prepare all plans and engineering working drawings relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, lifesafety, and sprinkler work in the Premises. The plans and drawings to be prepared by Architect and the Engineers hereunder shall be known collectively as the “Construction Drawings.” Notwithstanding that any Construction Drawings are reviewed by Landlord or prepared by its Architect, Engineers and consultants, and notwithstanding any advice or assistance which may be rendered to Tenant by Landlord or Landlord’s Architect, Engineers, and consultants, Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith and shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors contained in the Construction Drawings, and Tenant’s waiver and indemnity set forth in Article 10 of the Lease shall specifically apply to the Construction Drawings. However, nothing herein shall release the Architect, Engineers or other consultants from liability for errors or omissions, and Landlord hereby assigns its rights on a non-exclusive basis to pursue any such claims against said parties to Tenant.

 

3.2                                Final Space Plan . Within three (3) days of the full execution and delivery of the Lease by Landlord and Tenant, Tenant shall meet with Landlord’s Architect and provide Landlord’s Architect with information regarding the preliminary layout and designation of all proposed offices, rooms and other partitioning, and their intended use and equipment to be contained therein (the “Information”). Landlord and Architect shall, based on such Information (subject to changes reasonably required by Landlord), prepare the final space plan for Tenant Improvements in the Premises (collectively, the “Final Space Plan”), which Final Space Plan shall include a layout and designation of all offices, rooms and other partitioning, their intended use, and equipment to be contained therein, and shall deliver the Final Space Plan to Tenant for Tenant’s approval. Tenant shall approve or reasonably disapprove the Final Space Plan or any revisions thereto within three (3) business days after Landlord delivers the Final Space Plan or such revisions to Tenant; provided, however, that Tenant may only disapprove the Final Space Plan to the extent the same is not (subject to changes reasonably required by Landlord) in substantial conformance with the Information provided by Tenant to Architect (“Space Plan Design Problem”). Tenant’s failure to disapprove the Final Space Plan for any Space Plan Design Problem or any revisions thereto by written notice to Landlord (which notice shall specify in detail the reasonable reasons for Tenant’s disapproval pertaining to any Space Plan Design Problem) within said three (3) business day period shall be deemed to constitute Tenant’s approval of the Final Space Plan or such revisions.

 

3.3                                Final Working Drawings . Based on the Final Space Plan, Landlord shall cause the Architect and the Engineers to complete the architectural and engineering drawings for the Premises, and Architect shall compile a fully coordinated set of architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing working drawings in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits (collectively, the “Final Working Drawings”) and shall submit the same to Tenant for Tenant’s approval. The Final Working Drawings shall incorporate modifications to the Final Space Plan as necessary to comply with the floor load and other structural and system requirements of the Building. To the extent that the finishes and specifications are not completely set forth in the Final Space Plan for any portion of the Tenant Improvements depicted thereon, the actual specifications and finish work shall be in accordance with the Specifications. Tenant shall approve or reasonably disapprove the Final Working Drawings or

 

3



 

any revisions thereto within three (3) business days after Landlord delivers the Final Working Drawings or any revisions thereto to Tenant; provided, however, that Tenant may only disapprove the Final Working Drawings to the extent the same are not (subject to changes reasonably required by Landlord) in substantial conformance with the Final Space Plan (“Working Drawing Design Problem”). Tenant’s failure to reasonably disapprove the Final Working Drawings or any revisions thereto by written notice to Landlord (which notice shall specify in detail the reasonable reasons for Tenant’s disapproval pertaining to any Working Drawing Design Problem) within said three (3) business day period shall be deemed to constitute Tenant’s approval of the Final Working Drawings or such revisions. No changes or modifications to the Final Working Drawings (other than changes required by Applicable Law) shall be made unless by written change orders signed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

3.4                                Approved Working Drawings . The Final Working Drawings shall be approved or deemed approved by Tenant (the “Approved Working Drawings”) prior to the commencement of the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall cause the Architect to submit the Approved Working Drawing to the applicable local governmental agency for all applicable building permits necessary to allow “Contractor,” as that term is defined in Section 4.1 of this Tenant Work Letter, to commence and fully complete the construction of the Tenant Improvements (the “Permits”). No changes, modifications or alterations in the Approved Working Drawings may be made without the prior written consent of Landlord, provided that Landlord may withhold its consent, in its sole discretion, to any change in the Approved Working Drawings, if such change would directly or indirectly delay the Substantial Completion of the Premises.

 

3.5                                Time Deadlines . Tenant shall use its best efforts to cooperate with Architect, the Engineers, and Landlord to complete all phases of the Construction Drawings and the permitting process and to receive the Permits, and with Contractor, for approval of the “Cost Proposal,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2 below as soon as possible after the execution of the Lease and, in this regard, to the extent Landlord considers such meeting(s) to be reasonably necessary, Tenant shall meet with Landlord on a weekly basis to discuss Tenant’s progress in connection with the same.

 

SECTION 4

 

CONSTRUCTION OF THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

 

4.1                                Contractor . A contractor duly licensed in the State of California, under the supervision of and selected by Landlord, shall construct the Tenant Improvements (the “Contractor”).

 

4.2                                Cost Proposal . After the Approved Working Drawings are signed by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord cause the Contractor to competitively bid the subcontracts with the major trades and based on that bidding process shall provide Tenant with a cost proposal in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings, which cost proposal shall include, as nearly as possible, the cost of all Tenant Improvement Allowance Items to be incurred by Tenant in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements (the “Cost Proposal”). Notwithstanding the foregoing,

 

4



 

portions of the cost of the Tenant Improvements may be delivered to Tenant as such portions of the Tenant Improvements are priced by Contractor (on an individual item-by-item or trade-by-trade basis), even before the Approved Working Drawings are completed (the “Partial Cost Proposal”). Tenant shall approve and deliver the Cost Proposal to Landlord within five (5) business days of the receipt of the same (or, as to a Partial Cost Proposal, within two (2) business days of receipt of the same). The date by which Tenant must approve and deliver the Cost Proposal, or the last Partial Cost Proposal to Landlord, as the case may be, shall be known hereafter as the “Cost Proposal Delivery Date.” The total of all Partial Cost Proposals, if any, shall be known as the Cost Proposal.

 

4.3                                Construction of Tenant Improvements by Landlord’s Contractor under the Supervision of Landlord.

 

4.3.1                      Over-Allowance Amount . On the Cost Proposal Delivery Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord cash in an amount (the “Over-Allowance Amount”) equal to the difference between (i) the amount of the Cost Proposal and (ii) the amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (less any portion thereof already disbursed by Landlord, or in the process of being disbursed by Landlord, on or before the Cost Proposal Delivery Date). The Over-Allowance Amount shall be disbursed by Landlord prior to the disbursement of any then remaining portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, and such disbursement shall be pursuant to the same procedure as the Tenant Improvement Allowance. In the event that, after the Cost Proposal Delivery Date, any revisions, changes, or substitutions shall be made to the Construction Drawings or the Tenant Improvements, any additional costs which arise in connection with such revisions, changes or substitutions shall be added to the Cost Proposal and shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord immediately upon Landlord’s request to the extent such additional costs increase any existing Over-Allowance Amount or result in an Over-Allowance Amount. Following completion of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a final cost statement which shall indicate the final costs of the Tenant Improvement Allowance Items, and if such cost statement indicates that Tenant has underpaid or overpaid the Over-Allowance Amount, then within ten (10) business days after receipt of such statement, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the amount of such underpayment or Landlord shall return to Tenant the amount of such overpayment, as the case may be.

 

4.3.2                      Landlord Supervision . After Landlord selects the Contractor, Landlord shall independently retain Contractor to construct the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings and the Cost Proposal and Landlord shall supervise the construction by Contractor, and Tenant shall pay a construction supervision and management fee (the “Landlord’s Supervision Fee”) to Landlord in an amount equal to the product of (i) three percent (3%) and (ii) an amount equal to the Tenant Improvement Allowance plus the Over-Allowance Amount (as such Over-Allowance Amount may increase pursuant to the terms of this Tenant Work Letter).

 

4.3.3                   Contractor’s Warranties and Guaranties . Landlord hereby assigns to Tenant all remedies available for errors or omissions of Architect, Engineer and other design professionals and consultants involved in the Tenant Improvements, and all remedies available for errors or omissions of Contractor and warranties and guaranties by Contractor relating to the Tenant

 

5



 

Improvements, which assignment shall be on a non-exclusive basis such that the remedies and warranties and guarantees may be enforced by Landlord and/or Tenant, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord relating to, or arising out of the construction of, the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall have no liability or responsibility for any failure of the Tenant Improvements to comply with Applicable Laws, or for any patent or latent defects or construction errors. Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant and assist Tenant in obtaining correction of any such matters from the responsible parties at Tenant’s cost.

 

SECTION 5

 

SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION :,

 

LEASE COMMENCEMENT DATE

 

5.1                                Substantial Completion . For purposes of the Lease, including for purposes of determining the Commencement Date “Substantial Completion” of the Premises shall occur upon the completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings and issuance of a certificate of occupancy or its equivalent as used in the City of Redwood City (“C/O”), with the exception of any punchlist items not required to be completed to obtain the C/O and any tenant fixtures, work-stations, built-in furniture, or equipment to be installed by Tenant. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing at such time as Landlord reasonably determines that Substantial Completion of the Premises has occurred. Promptly thereafter, Landlord and Tenant shall set a mutually convenient time for Tenant, the Architect, Landlord and the Contractor to inspect the Premises and Tenant Improvement work during which they shall develop a mutually agreeable list of punchlist Items to be completed by the Contractor. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the punchlist Items to be completed within thirty (30) calendar days after Substantial Completion of the Premises, but in any event as soon as commercially feasible. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord to facilitate completion of any punchlist Items as quickly as commercially feasible; provided that completion of the same shall not materially interfere with Tenant’s installations of Tenant’s fixtures, equipment, Lines and furnishings.

 

5.2                                Tenant Delays . If there shall be a delay or there are delays in the Substantial Completion of the Premises (as a direct, indirect, partial, or total result of any of the following (collectively, “Tenant Delays”):

 

5.2.1                   Tenant’s failure to timely approve any matter requiring Tenant’s approval, including a Partial Cost Proposal or the Cost Proposal and/or Tenant’s failure to timely perform any other obligation or act required of Tenant hereunder;

 

5.2.2                   a breach by Tenant of the terms of this Tenant Work Letter or the Lease;

 

5.2.3                   Tenant’s request for changes in the Construction Drawings;

 

6



 

5.2.4                   Tenant’s requirement for materials, components, finishes or improvements which are not available in a reasonable time (based upon the anticipated date of the Commencement Date) or which are different from, or not included in, the Specifications;

 

5.2.5                   changes to the Base, Shell and Core required by the Approved Working Drawings;

 

5.2.6                   any changes in the Construction Drawings and/or the Tenant Improvements required by (i) applicable laws if such changes are directly attributable to Tenant’s use of the Premises or Tenant’s specialized tenant improvement(s) (as determined by Landlord), and/or (ii) Landlord pursuant to Section 4.2 above; or

 

5.2.7                   any other wilful acts or omissions of Tenant, or its agents, or employees with the construction of the Tenant Improvements;

 

5.2.8                   then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease and regardless of the actual date of the Substantial Completion of the Premises, the Commencement Date shall be deemed to be the date the Commencement Date would have occurred if no Tenant Delays, as set forth above, had occurred, or to the extent of delays partially or indirectly caused by Tenant if the Tenant Delay was only partially or indirectly due to Tenant’s actions or omissions.

 

SECTION 6

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1                                Tenant’s Entry Into the Premises Prior to Substantial Completion . Subject to the terms hereof and provided that Tenant and its agents do not interfere with, or delay, Contractor’s work in the Building and the Premises, at Landlord’s reasonable discretion, Contractor shall allow Tenant access to the Premises fourteen (14) days prior to the Substantial Completion of the Premises for the purpose of Tenant installing equipment or fixtures (including Tenant’s data and telephone equipment) in the Premises. Prior to Tenant’s entry into the Premises as permitted by the terms of this Section 6.1 , Tenant shall submit a schedule to Landlord and Contractor, for their approval, which schedule shall reasonably detail the timing and purpose of Tenant’s entry. In connection with any such entry, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, consultants, workmen, mechanics, suppliers and invitees shall fully cooperate, work in harmony and not, in any manner, interfere with Landlord or Landlord’s Contractor, agents or representatives in performing work in the Building and the Premises, or interfere with the general operation of the Building and/or the Project. If at any time any such person representing Tenant shall not be cooperative or shall otherwise cause or threaten to cause any such disharmony or interference, including, without limitation, labor disharmony, and Tenant fails to immediately institute and maintain corrective actions as directed by Landlord, then Landlord may revoke Tenant’s entry rights upon twenty-four (24) hours’ prior written notice to Tenant. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any such entry into and occupancy of the Premises or any portion thereof by Tenant or any person or entity working for or on behalf of Tenant shall be deemed to be subject to all of the terms,

 

7



 

covenants, conditions and provisions of the Lease, excluding only the covenant to pay Rent (until the occurrence of the Commencement Date). Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any of Tenant’s work made in or about the Premises in connection with such entry or to any property placed therein prior to the Commencement Date, the same being at Tenant’s sole risk and liability. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any damage to any portion of the Premises, including the Tenant Improvement work. caused by Tenant or any of Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, consultants, workmen, mechanics, suppliers and invitees. In the event that the performance of Tenant’s work in connection with such entry causes extra costs to be incurred by Landlord or requires the use of any Building services, Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord for such extra costs and/or shall pay Landlord for such Building services at Landlord’s standard rates then in effect. In addition, Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and indemnify, protect and defend Landlord against any loss or damage to the Building or Premises and against injury to any persons caused by Tenant’s actions pursuant to this Section 6.1 .

 

6.2                                Tenant’s Representative . Tenant has designated Thomas Tuchscherer or a party designated in writing by him to Landlord as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Tenant Work Letter.

 

6.3                                Landlord’s Representative . Landlord has designated Christine Scheerer as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who, until further notice to Tenant, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Tenant Work Letter.

 

6.4                                Time of the Essence in This Tenant Work Letter . Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to a “number of days” shall mean and refer to calendar days. In all instances where Tenant is required to approve or deliver an item, if no written notice of approval is given or the item is not delivered within the stated time period, at Landlord’s sole option, at the end of said period the item shall automatically be deemed approved or delivered by Tenant and the next succeeding time period shall commence.

 

6.5                                Tenant’s Lease Default . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease, if an Event of Default by Tenant under the Lease or any default by Tenant under this Tenant Work Letter has occurred at any time on or before the Substantial Completion of the Premises, then (i) in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord pursuant to the Lease, at law and/or in equity, Landlord shall have the right to withhold payment of all or any portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance and/or Landlord may cause Contractor to cease the construction of the Premises (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the Substantial Completion of the Premises caused by such work stoppage as set forth in Section 5.2 of this Tenant Work Letter), and (ii) all other obligations of Landlord under the terms of this Tenant Work Letter shall be forgiven until such time as such default is cured pursuant to the terms of the Lease (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the Substantial Completion of the

 

8



 

Premises caused by such inaction by Landlord). In addition, if the Lease is terminated prior to the Commencement Date, for any reason due to an Event of Default by Tenant under the Lease or a default under this Tenant Work Letter, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord under the Lease, at law and/or in equity, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent under the Lease, within five (5) days of receipt of a statement therefor, any and all costs incurred by Landlord (including any portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance disbursed by Landlord) and not reimbursed or otherwise paid by Tenant through the date of such termination in connection with the Tenant Improvements to the extent planned, installed and/or constructed as of such date of termination, including, but not limited to, any costs related to the removal of all or any portion of the Tenant Improvements and restoration costs related thereto.

 

6.6                                Space Planning Allowance . Landlord shall provide Tenant a space planning allowance of up to $0.14 per rentable square foot of the Premises (the “Space Planning Allowance”), in addition to the Tenant Improvement Allowance, which may be used only for the costs to prepare preliminary space plans for, and to assist Tenant in its evaluation of, the Premises. If Tenant uses its own space planner to prepare the space plan, Landlord shall pay the Space Planning Allowance to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the later of (a) the full execution and delivery of this Lease and (b) Landlord’s receipt of an invoice from Tenant’s space planner. If Tenant uses Landlord’s architect for space planning, Landlord will apply the Space Planning Allowance to payment of the fees charged by Landlord’s architect for the space plans. Landlord shall be entitled to copies of all plans created utilizing the Space Planning Allowance.

 

9



 

EXHIBIT D

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations:

 

1.                                       Except in connection with Tenant’s work (if any) under Exhibit C, Tenant shall not alter any locks or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant and Tenant shall promptly deliver any new keys to Landlord.

 

2.                                       All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises. Tenant shall assume any and all responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed.

 

3.                                       Tenant, its employees and agents must be sure that the entry doors to the Premises are securely closed and locked when leaving the Premises if it is after the normal hours of business of the Project. Tenant, its employees, agents or any other persons entering or leaving the Project at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Project, may be required to sign the Project register. Access to the Project may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously received authorization for access to the Project. Landlord and its agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Project of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Project during the continuance thereof by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.

 

4.                                       Landlord reserves the right, in the event of an emergency in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, to close or limit access to the Project and/or the Premises, from time to time, due to damage to the Project and/or the Premises, to ensure the safety of persons or property or due to government order or directive, and Tenant agrees to immediately comply with any such reasonable decision by Landlord. If Landlord closes or limits access to the Project and/or the Premises for the reasons described above, Landlord’s actions shall not constitute a breach of the Lease.

 

5.                                       Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, or canvass any occupant of the Project and shall cooperate with Landlord and its agents to prevent the same. Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in or on the entrances, corridors, sidewalks, lobbies, halls, stairways, elevators, or any Common Areas for the purposes of smoking tobacco products or for any other purpose, nor in any way obstruct such areas, and shall use them only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises. Smoking shall not be permitted in the Common Areas.

 

1


 

6.                                       The toilet rooms, urinals and wash bowls shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenants who, or whose employees or agents, shall have caused it.

 

7.                                       Except for vending machines intended for the sole use of Tenant’s employees and invitees, no vending machine or machines other than fractional horsepower office machines shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without the written consent of Landlord. All vendors or other persons visiting the Premises shall be subject to the reasonable control of Landlord. Tenant shall not permit its vendors or other persons visiting the Premises to solicit other tenants of the Project.

 

8.                                       Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises or the Project any kerosene, gasoline or other inflammable or combustible fluid or material, except as otherwise permitted in the Lease. Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Premises or the Project any animals, birds or vehicles (other than service animals, passenger vehicles, forklifts or bicycles).

 

9.                                       Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Project by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations, or to otherwise unreasonably interfere with the use of the Project by other tenants.

 

10.                                No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise, for loading or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ Laboratory approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and visitors of Tenant, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations; and provided further that such cooking does not result in odors escaping from the Premises.

 

11.                                Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.

 

12.                                No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash in the vicinity of the Project without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entryways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate.

 

13.                                Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

 

2



 

14.                                Tenant acknowledges that the local fire department has previously required Landlord to participate in a fire and emergency preparedness program or may require Landlord and/or Tenant to participate in such a program in the future. Tenant agrees to take all actions reasonably necessary to comply with the requirements of such a program including, but not limited to, designating certain employees as “fire wardens” and requiring them to attend any necessary classes and meetings and to perform any required functions.

 

15.                                Tenant and its employees shall comply with all federal, state and local recycling and/or resource conservation laws and shall take all actions reasonably requested by Landlord in order to comply with such laws.

 

Landlord reserves the right at any time to reasonably change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable and nondiscriminatory Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Project, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Project. Landlord, however, shall apply such Rules and Regulations in a nondiscriminatory manner. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them.

 

3



 

EXHIBIT E

 

PARKING RULES

 

1.                                       Parking areas shall be used only for parking by vehicles no longer than full size, passenger automobiles, vans, pickup trucks and sport utility vehicles. Tenant and its employees shall park automobiles within the lines of the parking spaces.

 

2.                                       Tenant shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Landlord for such activities. Users of the parking area will obey all posted signs and park only in the areas designated for vehicle parking.

 

3.                                       Parking stickers and parking cards, if any, shall be the property of Landlord and shall be returned to Landlord by the holder thereof upon termination of the holder’s parking privileges. Landlord may require Tenant and each of its employees to give Landlord a commercially reasonable deposit when a parking card or other parking device is issued. Landlord shall not be obligated to return the deposit unless and until the parking card or other device is returned to Landlord. Tenant will pay such replacement charges as is reasonably established by Landlord for the loss of such devices. Loss or theft of parking identification stickers or devices from automobiles must be reported to the parking operator immediately. Any parking identification stickers reported lost or stolen found on any unauthorized car will be confiscated and the illegal holder will be subject to prosecution.

 

4.                                       Unless otherwise instructed, every person using the parking area is required to park and, lock his own vehicle. Landlord will not be responsible for any damage to vehicles, injury to persons or loss of property, all of which risks are assumed by the party using the parking area.

 

5.                                       The maintenance, washing, waxing or cleaning of vehicles in the parking structure or Common Areas is prohibited.

 

6.                                       Tenant shall be responsible for seeing that all of its employees, agents and invitees comply with the applicable parking rules, regulations, laws, and agreements. Parking area managers or attendants, if any, are not authorized to make or allow any exceptions to these Parking Rules and Regulations. Landlord reserves the right to terminate parking rights for any person or entity that willfully refuses to comply with these rules and regulations.

 

7.                                       Every driver is required to park his or her own car. Tenant agrees that all responsibility for damage to cars or the theft of or from cars is assumed by the driver, and further agrees that Tenant will hold Landlord harmless for any such damages or theft.

 

8.                                       No vehicles shall be parked in the parking areas overnight. The parking area shall only be used for daily parking and no vehicle or other property shall be stored in a parking space.

 

1



 

9.                                       Any vehicle parked by Tenant, its employees, contractors or visitors in a reserved parking space or in any area of the parking area that is not designated for the parking of such a vehicle may, at Landlord’s option, and without notice or demand, be towed away by any towing company selected by Landlord, and the cost of such towing shall be paid for by Tenant and/or the driver of said vehicle.

 

Landlord reserves the right at any time to reasonably change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable and nondiscriminatory Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Project, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Project. Landlord, however, shall apply such Rules and Regulations in a nondiscriminatory manner. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them.

 

2



 

EXHIBIT F

 

COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

 

With respect to that certain lease (“Lease”) dated                , 2014 between WESTPORT OFFICE PARK, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), and TALEND, INC., a California corporation (“Tenant”), whereby Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord approximately            rentable square feet of that certain office building located at                                      , California (“Premises”), Tenant hereby acknowledges and certifies to Landlord as follows:

 

(1)                                  Landlord delivered possession of the Premises to Tenant Substantially Complete on                                     .

 

(2)                                  The Lease commenced on                           (“Commencement Date”) and Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent commenced on                                  (“Rent Commencement Date”) subject to Tenant’s right to rent abatement and reduction as set forth in the Lease;

 

(3)                                  The Premises contain            rentable square feet of space; and

 

(4)                                  Tenant has accepted and is currently in possession of the Premises and the Premises are acceptable for Tenant’s use.

 

(5)                                  Tenant’s Building Percentage is

 

(6)                                  Base Rent Per Month (commencing after the rental abatement period) is                     

 

Capitalized terms used in this Commencement Date Memorandum shall have the meaning set forth in the Lease.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Commencement Date Memorandum is executed this day of                .

 

“Landlord”

 

“Tenant”

 

 

 

WESTPORT OFFICE PARK, LLC

 

TALEND, INC.,

a California limited liability company

 

a California corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

1



 

EXHIBIT G

 

STANDARDS FOR UTILITIES AND SERVICES

 

The following Standards for Utilities and Services are in effect. Landlord reserves the right to adopt nondiscriminatory modifications and additions hereto:

 

As long as Tenant is not in default under any of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions, or agreements of this Lease, Landlord shall:

 

(a)                                  On Monday through Friday, except holidays, from 8 A.M. to 6 P.M. (and other times for a reasonable additional charge to be fixed by Landlord), ventilate the Premises and furnish air conditioning or heating on such days and hours, when in the judgment of Landlord it may be required for the comfortable occupancy of the Premises. The air conditioning system achieves maximum cooling when the window coverings are closed. Landlord shall not be responsible for room temperatures if Tenant does not keep all window coverings in the Premises closed whenever the system is in operation. Tenant agrees to cooperate fully at all times with Landlord, and to abide by all regulations and requirements which Landlord may prescribe for the proper function and protection of said air conditioning system. Tenant agrees not to connect any apparatus, device, conduit or pipe to the Building chilled and hot water air conditioning supply lines. Tenant further agrees that neither Tenant nor its servants, employees, agents, visitors, licensees or contractors shall at any time enter mechanical installations or facilities of the Building or adjust, tamper with, touch or otherwise in any manner affect said installations or facilities. The cost of maintenance and service calls to adjust and regulate the air conditioning system shall be charged to Tenant if the need for maintenance work results from either Tenant’s adjustment of room thermostats or Tenant’s failure to comply with its obligations under this section, including keeping window coverings closed as needed. Such work shall be charged at hourly rates equal to then current journeymen’s wages for air conditioning mechanics.

 

(b)                                  Landlord reserves the right to charge Tenant for the cost to Landlord of providing such after-hours heating and air-conditioning.

 

(c)                                   Landlord shall furnish to the Premises, during the usual business hours on business days, electric current sufficient for normal office use. Tenant agrees, should its electrical installation or electrical consumption be in excess of the aforesaid quantity or extend beyond normal business hours, to reimburse Landlord monthly for the measured consumption at the average cost per kilowatt hour charged to the Building during the period. If a separate meter is not installed at Tenant’s cost, such excess cost will be established by an estimate agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, and if the parties fail to agree, as established by an independent licensed engineer. Said estimates to be reviewed and adjusted quarterly. Tenant agrees not to use any apparatus or device in, or upon, or about the Premises which may in any way increase the amount of such services usually furnished or supplied to said Premises, and Tenant further agrees not to connect any apparatus or device with wires, conduits or pipes, or other means by which such services are supplied, for the purpose of

 

1



 

using additional or unusual amounts of such services without written consent of Landlord. Should Tenant use the same to excess, the refusal on the part of Tenant to pay upon demand of Landlord the amount established by Landlord for such excess charge shall constitute a breach of the obligation to pay Rent under this Lease and shall entitle Landlord to the rights therein granted for such breach. At all times Tenant’s use of electric current shall never exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Building or the risers or wiring installation and Tenants shall not install or use or permit the installation or use of any computer, larger than personal computer, or electronic data processing equipment in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord. If Tenant is billed directly by a public utility with respect to Tenant’s electrical usage at the Premises, upon request from time to time, Tenant shall provide monthly electrical utility usage for the Premises to Landlord for the period of time requested by Landlord (in electronic or paper format) or, at Landlord’s option, provide any written authorization or other documentation required for Landlord to request information regarding Tenant’s electricity usage with respect to the Premises directly from the applicable utility company.

 

(d)                                  Water will be available in public areas for drinking and lavatory purposes only, but if Tenant requires, uses or consumes water for any purposes in addition to ordinary drinking and lavatory purposes of which fact Tenant constitutes Landlord to be the sole judge, Landlord may install a water meter and thereby measure Tenant’s water consumption for all purposes. Tenant shall pay Landlord for the cost of the meter and the cost of the installation thereof and throughout the duration of Tenant’s occupancy Tenant shall keep said meter and installation equipment in good working order and repair at Tenant’s own cost and expense, in default of which Landlord may cause such meter and equipment to be replaced or repaired and collect the cost thereof from Tenant. Tenant agrees to pay for water consumed, as shown on said meter, as and when bills are rendered, and on default in making such payment, Landlord may pay such charges and collect the same from Tenant. Any such costs or expenses incurred, or payments made by Landlord for any of the reasons or purposes hereinabove stated shall be deemed to be additional rent payable by Tenant and collectible by Landlord as such.

 

(e)                                   Landlord reserves the right to stop service of the elevator, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning and electric systems, when necessary, by reason of accident or emergency or for repairs, alterations or improvements, in the judgment of Landlord desirable or necessary to be made, until said repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed, and shall further have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply elevator facilities, plumbing, ventilating, air conditioning or electric service, when prevented from so doing by strike or accident or by any cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, or by laws, rules, orders, ordinances, directions, regulations or requirements of any federal, state, county or municipal authority or failure of gas, oil or other suitable fuel supply or inability by exercise of reasonable diligence to obtain gas, oil or other suitable fuel. It is expressly understood and agreed that any covenants on Landlord’s part to furnish any service pursuant to any of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions or agreements of this Lease, or to perform any act or thing for the benefit of Tenant, shall not be deemed breached if Landlord is unable to furnish or perform the same by virtue of a strike or labor trouble or any other cause whatsoever beyond Landlord’s control.

 

2



 

EXHIBIT H

 

COPY OF ORDER

 

(See Attached.)

 

1



 

CALIFORNIA REGIONAL WATER QUALITY CONTROL BOARD
SAN FRANCISCO BAY REGION

 

ORDER NO. R2-2003-0074
UPDATED WASTE DISCHARGE REQUIREMENTS
AND RESCISSION OF ORDER NO. 94-181 FOR:

 

WESTPORT LANDFILL
JOHN ARRILLAGA SURVIVOR’S TRUST, THE PEERY PRIVATE
INVESTMENT COMPANY, PEERY PUBLIC INVESTMENT COMPANY
REDWOOD CITY, SAN MATEO COUNTY

 

The California Regional Water Quality Control Board, San Francisco Bay Region,
(hereinafter called the Board), finds that:

 

SITE OWNER AND LOCATION

 

1.                                       The legal owners of the site are the John Arrillaga Survivor’s Trust, The Peery Private Investment Company, and the Peery Public Investment Company and are hereinafter referred to as the Dischargers. The unlined landfill site, as shown in Figure 1, is located adjacent to Belmont Slough in Redwood City. A commercial business park including twenty (20) two-story buildings and associated site improvements has been constructed at the site (Figure 2).

 

PURPOSE OF ORDER UPDATE

 

2.                                       The primary purposes of this Order are 1) to update the existing Waste Discharge Requirements (WDRs) to reflect recent site development and current facility conditions and 2) to assure compliance with the appropriate portions of Title 27 of the California Code Of Regulations (formerly known as Chapter 15, Title 23), referred to hereinafter as Title 27. The “appropriate portions” of Title 27 are hereby defined as the relevant sections pertaining to post-closure maintenance and water quality monitoring.

 

SITE DESCRIPTION

 

3.                                       The site was tidal marshlands until approximately 1910, at which time the area was diked and portions used for pastureland and for a hog farm. The landfill area was used as a refuse disposal site from about 1948 to its closing in about 1970. Disposal in the southeastern portion of the site (referred to as the Panhandle area) reportedly ceased in about 1963, while disposal in the northeastern portion of the site (the Mound area) continued until about 1970.

 

4.                                       The Westport Landfill is a closed 45-acre unlined site located approximately one-mile east of Highway 101, and is bordered by Belmont Slough to the north and west, and by existing residential developments and Marine World Parkway to the east and south. The landfill

 

1



 

covers the majority of two contiguous parcels that have been developed as a commercial business park called Westport Office Park.

 

5.                                       The site currently includes a commercial business park with twenty (20) two-story office and research buildings totaling approximately 968,000 leasable square feet. The site (Figure 2) is currently covered by approximately 522,000 square feet of building footprints (14.2% of entire area), 1,522,100 square feet of asphalt and concrete pavement (41.4% of entire area), and 1,631,400 square feet of landscaped area (44.4% of entire area).

 

REGULATORY HISTORY

 

6.                                       On July 20, 1976 Waste Discharge Requirements were adopted for the site in Board Order No. 76-77. In that Order Parkwood 101, Limited (the previous landfill owner), was required to place “a final cover of at least four-feet of compacted inert fill material” over the waste disposal areas. Board Order No. 76-77 was subsequently revised on October 18, 1977 by Order No. 77-134, wherein a revised time schedule was adopted for compliance with site closure specifications. Closure activities at the site included placement of additional cover material over the waste disposal areas and grading to eliminate ponding.

 

7.                                       On December 14, 1994, the Board adopted Order No. 94-181, rescinding Order Nos. 76-77 and 77-134. Among other activities in response to the requirements of Order No. 94-181, and in conjunction with the reconstructed cap and site development, the lateral extent of refuse was determined using historical aerial photos taken throughout the operational period of the landfill and through organized trenching. Based on the results of these studies a perimeter cut-off wall was installed consisting of a vertical clay barrier with a minimum width of two-feet connecting the overlying low permeability cover layer with the underlying young Bay Mud, completing the containment envelope. The vertical extent of the refuse as depicted in various geotechnical studies was confirmed by a deep boring program and by pile driving observations.

 

LANDFILL HISTORY

 

8.                                       Approximately 45 acres of the project site were used for landfill disposal of municipal solid waste and incinerator ash from about 1948 to about 1970. Approximately 650,000 cubic yards of fill material was disposed of at the site on the existing unlined Bay Mud. The waste material reportedly disposed at the site consists of non-hazardous material including: municipal solid waste, construction debris paper, glass, plastic, wood, rock fragments, and incinerator ashes.

 

9.                                       The landfill can be divided into three areas. Refuse is present primarily in the southern and eastern portions of the site and forms two elevated areas, referred to as (1) the Mound (35 acres) in the eastern portion of the site, and (2) the Panhandle (an elongated area of 10 acres) along the southeastern property boundary. The third area (40 acres), located between the refuse fill and the levees, is a low-lying area where unplanned sporadic refuse disposal occurred. Limited refuse disposal activities occurred outside the current property boundary as

 

2


 

indicated by small pockets of discontinuous refuse identified during the installation of underground utilities and a perimeter leachate collection system. The site’s surface soils are currently composed largely of fill that has been used to: establish a cap over the refuse fill area; to fill low-lying elevations; to construct building pads; to serve as a base for site paving; and, to provide topsoil for landscaped areas.

 

LANDFILL INVESTIGATIONS AND WORK

 

10.                                During the 1970’s several possible real estate developments were proposed and various site investigations were performed. Until Westport Office Park, no proposed project continued beyond the preliminary stage. In conjunction with the planning and design of Westport Office Park, additional site investigations were performed and substantial information was developed and recorded.

 

11.                                Preliminary Soil and Groundwater Investigation- 1988 : In 1988, a preliminary soil and groundwater investigation was conducted by Kaldveer Associates. Kaldveer installed five monitoring wells in the western portion of the site to evaluate shallow groundwater quality adjacent to the refuse fill area.

 

12.                                SWAT- 1988 to 1989 : In 1988 and 1989, Levine-Fricke conducted a Solid Waste Assessment Test (SWAT) to determine the landfill’s potential to have adverse effects on water quality. Levine-Fricke installed seven shallow groundwater monitoring wells outside the primary refuse areas, seven monitoring wells within the primary refuse areas, and three deeper wells.

 

13.                                Addendum to SWAT- 1992 and 1993 : Levine-Fricke conducted groundwater monitoring activities to complete the SWAT.

 

14.                                Removal and Replacement of Lead-Affected Soils and Landfill Materials- 1994 :  Levine-Fricke investigated and remediated lead-affected soil in three locations at the site. In order to complete the removal activities, two monitoring wells were abandoned. (P-1A and P-5)

 

15.                                On March 2, 1994, United Soil Engineering, Inc., (USE) conducted an investigation to determine the thickness of the landfill cover. A total of 77 borings were advanced to a depth of 6 feet. USE’s investigation revealed that some portions of the landfill cover did not meet the four-foot cover requirement as specified in Order No. 76-77 and as revised by Order No. 77-134. USE’s investigations revealed that an additional one to two feet of clay or low permeability soil was required to achieve the minimum required thickness for most of the landfill cover.

 

16.                                Provision C.10 of WDR Order No. 94-181 required the Dischargers to reconstruct those portions of the landfill cap that did not meet the requirements of Section 2581 of Article 8, Chapter 15 (e.g., a cap containing a minimum of two feet of foundation material, one foot low permeability layer with a hydraulic conductivity of less than or equal to 10 -6  cm/sec, and a one foot layer for erosion protection). The Dischargers submitted a Cap Reconstruction

 

3



 

Plan dated February 14, 1995. The Cap Reconstruction is now complete in conformance with the Cap Reconstruction Plan.

 

17.                                Deep Boring Program — 1995 : Geomatrix performed a subsurface study to determine the physical characteristics of the soil by advancing 13 deep borings to approximately 140 feet BGS.

 

18.                                Additional Well Installation — 1996-1998 : Geomatrix installed four new monitoring wells to provide additional monitoring points for the landfill, as required by Board Order No. 94-181. (MW3-IR, MW3-2, MW-4, and P5-1)

 

19.                                Ammonia Investigation — 1998 : Geomatrix conducted an assessment of ammonia in soil and groundwater in the vicinity of the former pig farm and found that these conditions may not be related to the landfill. Soil and grab groundwater samples were collected from 11 borings.

 

20.                                Acetone Investigation — 1999 : Following the detection of acetone in a groundwater sample collected during a semi-annual monitoring event, an investigation was conducted by Geomatrix to assess the lateral extent of the acetone. Grab groundwater samples were collected from borings placed in the vicinity of the well where acetone had been detected.

 

21.                                Concurrent with site and building approval and construction (most of which took place in the late 1990s), landfill gas (LFG) venting and monitoring systems were approved and installed and meet regulatory requirements.

 

SITE GEOLOGIC SETTING

 

22.                                The site is domed in the northeast, central, and southeast portions of the site where refuse was placed and is relatively flat in the northwest and west portions. Elevations at the site currently range from 104.5 to 133.5 feet where City of Redwood City datum 100.0 equals mean sea level. The fill at the site overlies estuarine deposits referred to as Bay Mud. The Bay Mud deposits surround San Francisco Bay and generally consist of very low permeability plastic silty clays with high organic content. Stiff to very stiff sandy clay/clayey sand has been encountered below the Bay Mud extending to a depth of approximately 200 feet below ground surface (bgs). It has been reported that a moderately permeable sequence of clay, sand, and gravel underlies the stiff clays, beginning at a depth of 200 feet bgs. Franciscan bedrock was reported to exist at a depth of approximately 300 feet bgs along the western side of the site and 500 feet bgs along the eastern side of the site

 

SITE HYDROGEOLOGIC SETTING

 

23.                                Hydrogeologic investigations have shown that, within the former landfill, the groundwater movement is radially away from the Mound area (eastern portion of site). As part of corrective action at the site groundwater collection trenches were installed along the northern and southeastern margins of the Mound and the Panhandle to assist with containment and removal of leachate-impacted groundwater adjacent to the primary refuse disposal areas.

 

4



 

24.                                The direction of deeper groundwater flow cannot be established with a high level of certainty because of the relatively discontinuous nature of the water bearing zones in the low permeability clay layer beneath the younger Bay Mud. However, it has been reported that regional hydrogeologic conditions suggest that deeper groundwater flows in an easterly direction towards San Francisco Bay.

 

25.                                Comparisons of shallow and deep groundwater levels have indicated the existence of both upward and downward vertical hydraulic gradients across the site.

 

26.                                Confined regional aquifer zones of moderate permeability are present at a depth of approximately 190 to 200 feet bgs. These aquifer zones are an extension of the major artesian basin of the south Bay and Santa Clara Valley and consists chiefly of unconsolidated Quaternary Alluvium.

 

GROUND WATER CONTAMINATION AND WATER QUALITY

 

27.                                Groundwater within the landfill refuse has been shown to contain volatile organic compounds (VOCs), semi-volatile organic compounds (SVOCs), polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), and ammonia.

 

28.                                Shallow and deep groundwater around the perimeter and/or beneath the landfill, outside the refuse limit, has had sporadic detections of low levels of VOCs and SVOCs at the following maximum concentrations: benzene at 7.2 micrograms per liter ( m g/L), ethyl-benzene at 5 m g/L, acetone at 120 m g/L, toluene at 6 m g/L, trichloroethylene at 33 m g/L, carbon tetra-chloride at 5 m g/L, 1,1,1-trichloroethane at 7 m g/L, chloroform at 1 m g/L, 4-methyl-2-pentanone at 43 m g/L, phenol at 54 m g/L, bis (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate at 81 m g/L. Elevated concentrations of ammonia are present along the western edge of the landfill where a pig farm operated during the 1940’s and 1950’s and is the suspected ammonia source.

 

LEACHATE COLLECTION AND REMOVAL SYSTEM (LCRS)

 

29.                                The leachate collection system at the site was expanded and upgraded in 1988, concurrent with site development and consists of three groundwater collection trenches. The trenches were excavated to depths of 8 to 13 feet bgs and intercept the full thickness of the refuse-containing fill layer. The collection trenches are filled with permeable material to allow leachate to flow into perforated collection pipes. The trenches are capped with low-permeability clay. The locations of the leachate control trenches are shown in Figure 2. The northern leachate collection and removal trench is 1,400 feet long and is fitted with a sensor-activated automatic pumping system that periodically pumps leachate from manhole No. 3 to a connection with the sanitary sewer lateral where the leachate then flows by gravity to the South Bayside System Authority (SBSA) publicly operated treatment works (POTW) plant.. The two southeastern leachate collection and removal trenches total 2,800 feet in length. To remove leachate-impacted groundwater from these trenches, sensor activated automatic pumping systems have been installed in manhole No.’s 1 and 2; leachate-impacted

 

5



 

groundwater is automatically pumped from manhole No. 2 and from manhole No. 1 to the sanitary sewer lateral where the leachate then flows by gravity to the SBSA POTW plant.

 

30.                                Leachate is discharged under a permit issued by the SBSA. The SBSA does random sampling and testing of the leachate discharge. All repeat test results forwarded by the SBSA have shown that the leachate discharge meets the SBSA criteria for discharge to the SBSA system without treatment.

 

LANDFILL GAS MANAGEMENT

 

31.                                Concurrently with site and building approval and construction, landfill gas (LFG) venting and monitoring systems for each building were approved and installed. A trench network was excavated under each building. A perforated high-density polyethylene (HDPE) pipe was embedded in rounded rock backfill in these trenches. The perforated pipes were extended beyond the building perimeter where they were manifolded together. The LFG pipe manifolds are connected to vertical LFG vent risers that allow the LFG to be vented to, and dissipated in, the atmosphere. The LFG vent risers and their immediate vicinity are monitored at a minimum of monthly to insure that dangerous concentrations of gas do not exist.

 

32.                                A continuous 60 mil HDPE membrane was installed on the underside of each first floor building slab to prevent LFG penetration into each building. Each building has a system of ten LFG sensors that are continuously monitored by an offsite life safety monitoring company. The LFG sensors are calibrated quarterly. The LFG detection alarm system and the LFG sensor calibration records are inspected annually by the San Mateo County Health Services Agency.

 

33.                                The LCRS trenches described above also act as a LFG cut-off wall. There are 13 LFG vent risers connected to the vadose zone in the permeable material above the leachate. They serve to collect the LFG intercepted by the leachate trenches and to vent this gas to the atmosphere before the LFG migrates to the property line. These LFG vent risers are monitored and inspected not less frequently then once per month.

 

CURRENT AND FUTURE LAND USES

 

34.                                In accordance with plans submitted to, and approved by, the City of Redwood City and the San Mateo County Health Services Agency, the former landfill site has been developed, occupied, and maintained as a commercial business park.

 

35.                                The parcels are zoned for commercial use by the City of Redwood City. Permits for additional development and/or modifications to the existing developments may be applied for in the future.

 

6



 

POST CLOSURE MONITORING AND MAINTENANCE

 

36.                                The Dischargers submitted Utility Inspection, Maintenance, and Settlement Monitoring programs for different portions of the site to the City of Redwood City as part of the site’s post-closure activities. This program includes providing surveyed permanent benchmarks on the property, surveyed utility alignments, and detailed periodic observations and records of settlement of the water facilities and the sanitary sewer force main.

 

MONITORING PROGRAMS

 

37.                                Title 27 requires that the Dischargers maintain a groundwater-monitoring program designed to detect the presence of waste constituents in groundwater outside of the waste management unit (WMU). The required monitoring is included in the Discharge Monitoring Program (Attachment A) and consists of a list of constituents of concern (COCs), sampling frequency, approved analytical methods, reporting requirements, the point of compliance, and an approved evaluation method to determine compliance consistent with Title 27.

 

38.                                Groundwater Monitoring - Board Order No. 94-181 required the Dischargers to document the installation of four additional monitoring wells to be included in the Discharge Monitoring Program (Attachment A). A report documenting completion of these wells, or their equivalent monitoring points, was submitted to the Board in a letter dated June 28, 1996. (MW3-1R, MW3-2, MW-4, and P5-1)

 

39.                                Groundwater Monitoring - There are 12 shallow (4 feet to 32 feet bgs) groundwater monitoring wells and piezometers at the site. These arc shown on Figure 2 and include P3-R, P-7, P-8, MW-4, MW-4P, K-4, P5-1R, MW-3, MW3-2R, UPG-1, UPG-2, and K-1. There are three deeper (35 feet to 72 feet bgsj groundwater-monitoring wells and piezometers at the site. These are shown on Figure 2 and include DW-1, DW-2 and DW-3. Groundwater-monitoring is detailed in the Discharge Monitoring Program attached to this Order (Attachment A). The Dischargers are required to analyze according to the monitoring parameters presented in Attachment A of this Order.

 

40.                                Leachate Monitoring — There are 17 leachate monitoring wells/piezometers at the site. These are shown on Figure 2 and include S-2, S-3A, S-4A, S-5, P-2A, P3-PZ, P-4, P5-1-PZ, P-6, K3-R, K3-PZ, MW3-1R, PZ-2, PZ-2P, PZ-3A, PZ-3B, and PZ-3C. The Leachate Monitoring Program is detailed in the Discharge Monitoring Program attached to this Order (Attachment A).

 

41.                                Vadose Zone Monitoring — Vadose zone monitoring is conducted as part of the landfill gas venting and monitoring program and has been integrated into the commercial development of the site.

 

BASIN PLAN

 

42.                                The Regional Board adopted a revised Water Quality Plan for the San Francisco Bay Basin (Basin Plan) in June 21, 1995. This updated and consolidated plan represents the Board’s master water quality control planning document. The State Water Resource Control Board

 

7



 

and the Office of the Administrative Law approved the revised Basin Plan on July 20 and November 13, respectively, of 1995. A summary of regulatory provisions is contained in Title 23 of the California Code of Regulations, Section 3912. The Basin Plan defines beneficial uses and water quality objectives for waters of the State, including surface waters and groundwater.

 

43.                                State Board Resolution No. 89-39, “Sources of Drinking Water,” defines potential sources of drinking water to include all groundwater in the region, with limited exceptions for areas containing high TDS, high background contaminant levels, or those areas with a low-yield. Shallow and deeper (33-75 feet bgs) groundwater at the site is not considered a potential drinking water source as it exceeds electrical conductivities of 5,000 microseimens per centimeter (uS/cm). There is no current use of the site’s shallow or deep groundwater, nor any anticipated plans for its use. However, any groundwater at the site meeting Resolution 89-39 requirements of TDS concentrations below 3000 mg/L, electrical conductivities below 5,000 uS/cm, and with production yields greater that 200 gallons per day will be considered a potential drinking water source.

 

BENEFICIAL USES

 

44.                                The beneficial uses of Belmont Slough, and South San Francisco Bay as contained in the Basin Plan are as follows:

 

a.                                       Wildlife habitat;

 

b.                                       Brackish and salt water marshes;

 

c.                                        Water contact recreation;

 

d.                                       Non-water contact recreation;

 

e.                                        Commercial and sport fishing;

 

f.                                         Preservation of rare and endangered species;

 

g.                                        Estuarine habitat;

 

h.                                       Fish migration and spawning;

 

i.                                           Industrial process supply; and,

 

j.                                          Industrial service supply.

 

45.                                The present and potential beneficial uses of the groundwater are as follows:

 

a.                                       Domestic and municipal water supply;

 

b.                                       Freshwater replenishment; and,

 

c.                                        Agricultural supply.

 

STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION

 

46.                                Board Order No. 94-181 required the Dischargers to prepare, implement and submit a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) in accordance with requirements specified in State Water Resources Control Board General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Industrial Activities (NPDES Permit No. CAS000001). The Dischargers prepared and submitted a SWPPP dated March 24, 1995, in accordance with requirements specified in

 

8



 

State Water Resources Control Board General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activities (NPDES Permit No. CAS000002). The SWPPP was implemented at the site during the construction phase. The NPDES General Permit requires the Dischargers to submit annual reports. The Dischargers implemented the SWPPP and submitted annual reports. With the completion of the construction phase, the Dischargers have filed a Notice of Termination for the site.

 

CONTINGENCY PLAN

 

47.                                Board Order No. 94-181 required the Dischargers to submit a Contingency Plan that would be implemented in the event of a leak or spill from the leachate collection facilities. An acceptable Contingency Plan was submitted to the Board on March 15, 1995. The Contingency Plan provides for immediate notice to the Board, the Local Enforcement Agency, and the California Department of Toxic Substances Control. The Contingency Plan also provides for the implementation of a corrective action plan to stop and contain the migration of pollutants from the site.

 

POST-EARTHQUAKE INSPECTION AND CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN

 

48.                                Board Order No. 94-181 required the Dischargers to submit a detailed Post-Earthquake Inspection and Corrective Action Plan to be implemented in the event of an earthquake generating ground shaking of Richter Magnitude 7 or greater at, or within 30 miles of, the landfill. The Dischargers submitted an acceptable Plan dated March 14, 1995. The Plan describes containment features and groundwater monitoring and leachate control facilities potentially impacted by the static and seismic deformations of the landfill. The Plan provides for reporting results of the post earthquake inspection to the Board within 72 hours of the occurrence of an appropriate earthquake. Immediately after an earthquake event causing damage to the landfill structures, the Plan includes the implementation of the corrective action plan and includes providing notification of any damage to the Board.

 

CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT

 

49.                                The Dischargers have completed a Final Environmental Impact Report, a Supplemental Environmental Impact Report, a Health Risk Assessment, and a Technical Addendum for development at the site that resulted in the filing of Notice of Determination 108639 Appendix H by the Redwood City Planning Division on March 3, 1995 stating that the findings were pursuant to California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA).

 

50.                                This action is exempted from the provision of CEQA pursuant to Section 15301, Title 14, of the California Code of Regulations.

 

PUBLIC NOTICE

 

51                                   The Board has notified the Dischargers and interested agencies and persons of its intent to issue waste discharge requirements for the Dischargers and has provided them with an

 

9



 

opportunity for a public hearing and an opportunity to submit their written views and recommendations.

 

PUBLIC MEETING

 

52                                   The Board in a public meeting heard and considered all comments pertaining to the discharge.

 

IT IS HEREBY ORDERED that the Dischargers, their agents, successors and assigns are to conduct post-closure maintenance and monitoring and shall meet the applicable provisions contained in Title 27, Division 2, Subdivision 1 of the California Code of Regulations and Division 7 of the California Water Code and shall comply with the following:

 

A.                                  PROHIBITIONS

 

1.                                       Waste shall not be in contact with ponded water from any source whatsoever.

 

2.                                       The site is regulated as a closed facility. Therefore, no further waste shall be deposited or stored at this site.

 

3.                                       Leachate from waste and ponded water containing leachate or in contract with solid wastes shall not be discharged to the waters of the State or the United States.

 

4.                                       Neither the treatment nor the discharge of waste shall create a condition of pollution, contamination or nuisance, as defined by Section 13050 of the California Water Code (CWC). (H & SC Section 5411, CWC Section 13263)

 

5.                                       The Dischargers, or any future site owner or operator of the site, shall not cause the following conditions to exist in waters of the State at any place outside the waste management facility:

 

a.                                       Surface Waters

 

1)                                      Floating, suspended, or deposited macroscopic particulate matter or foam.

 

2)                                      Bottom deposits or aquatic growths;

 

3)                                      Alteration of temperature, turbidity, or apparent color beyond natural background levels;

 

4)                                      Visible, floating, suspended or deposited oil or other products of petroleum origin; and,

 

5)                                      Toxic or other deleterious substances to be present in concentrations or quantities which may cause deleterious effects on aquatic biota, wildlife or waterfowl, or which render any of these unfit for human consumption either at

 

10



 

levels created in the receiving waters or as a result of biological concentrations.

 

b.                                       Groundwater

 

1)                                      Groundwater shall not be degraded as a result of the waste maintained at this facility.

 

B.                                  SPECIFICATIONS

 

1.                                       All reports pursuant to this order shall be prepared under the supervision of a registered civil engineer, California registered geologist or certified engineering geologist.

 

2.                                       The final cover system shall be maintained to promote lateral runoff and prevent ponding and infiltration of water.

 

3.                                       Surface drainage from tributary areas and internal site drainage from surface sources shall not contact or percolate through wastes during the life of the site.

 

4.                                       The site shall be protected from any washout or erosion of wastes or covering material and from inundation which could occur as a result of a 100-year, 24-hour precipitation event, or as the result of flooding with a return frequency of 100 years.

 

5.                                       The existing LCRS shall be inspected monthly or more frequently as necessary and any excess accumulated fluid shall be removed.

 

6.                                       The existing containment, drainage, landfill gas, leachate collection, and monitoring systems at the facility, shall be operated and/or maintained as long as leachate or landfill gas is present and either or both pose a threat to water quality. In the event these existing features are found to be ineffective at resolving impairments to groundwater, the Dischargers may be required to take additional corrective actions.

 

7.                                       The Dischargers shall assure that the foundation of the site, the solid waste fill, and the structures (including future site structures) which control leachate, surface drainage, erosion, and gas are maintained to relevant engineering criteria, including the ability to withstand conditions generated during the maximum probable earthquake. Furthermore, new structures shall be constructed and maintained in compliance with approved engineering criteria.

 

8.                                       The Dischargers shall analyze the samples from the specified groundwater wells as outlined in the Discharge Monitoring Program (Attachment A).

 

9.                                       The Dischargers shall install any reasonable additional groundwater and leachate monitoring devices required to fulfill the terms of any future Discharge Monitoring Program issued by the Executive Officer.

 

11



 

10.                                Landfill gases shall be adequately vented, removed from the landfill, or otherwise controlled to minimize the danger of explosion, adverse health effects, nuisance conditions, or the impairment of beneficial uses of water.

 

11.                                The Dischargers are subject to performance standards adopted by the California Integrated Waste Management Board for post-closure land use, which specify that the devices and features installed in accordance with this Order are designed, maintained, and continue to operate as intended without significant interruption.

 

12.                                The Dischargers shall maintain a minimum of two surveyed permanent monuments installed by a licensed land surveyor near the landfill from which the location and elevation of wastes, containment structures, and monitoring facilities can be determined throughout the operation and post-closure maintenance period.

 

13.                                The Regional Board shall be notified immediately of any failure occurring in the waste management unit. Any failure that threatens the integrity of containment features or the landfill shall be promptly corrected after approval of the method and schedule by the Executive Officer.

 

14.                                The Dischargers shall maintain the facility so as to prevent a statistically significant increase in the concentrations of indicator parameters or constituents of concern at groundwater monitoring points as provided in Section 20415 (e) (7) of Title 27. The Dischargers shall maintain the facility so as not to exceed the “Water Quality Protection Standard” (WQPS) of the Discharge Monitoring Program (Attachment A).

 

15.                                In the event of a release of a constituent of concern from the WMU beyond the Point of Compliance (Section 20405, Title 27), the site begins a Compliance Period (Section 20410, Title 27). During the Compliance Period, the Dischargers shall perform an Evaluation Monitoring Program and, depending on the findings, prepare an Optional Demonstration Report or Feasibility Study and Corrective Action Program, as appropriate. The Point of Compliance is defined as the vertical surface located along the hydraulically downgradient limit of the waste management unit and extending through the uppermost aquifer underlying the unit.

 

16.                                The Dischargers shall comply with all applicable provisions of Title 27 of the California Code of Regulations not specifically referred to in this Order.

 

C.                                     PROVISIONS

 

1.                                       The Dischargers shall comply with all Prohibitions, Specifications and Provisions of this Order. All required submittals must be acceptable to the Executive Officer. The Dischargers must also comply with all conditions of these Waste Discharge Requirements. Violations may result in enforcement actions, including Regional Board orders or court orders requiring corrective action or imposing civil monetary liability, or in modification or revocation of

 

12


 

these waste discharge requirements by the Regional Board. (CWC Section 13261, 13263, 13265, 13267, 13268, 13300, 13301, 13304, 13340, 13350).

 

2.                                       All technical and monitoring reports submitted in accordance to this Order are being requested pursuant to Section 13267 of the California Water Code. Failure to submit reports in accordance with schedules established by this Order or failure to submit a report of sufficient technical quality to be acceptable to the Executive Officer may subject the Dischargers to enforcement action pursuant to Section 13268 of the California Water Code.

 

3.                                       In addition to printed submittals, all reports submitted pursuant to this Order must be submitted as electronic files in PDF format. The Regional Board has implemented a document imaging system, which is ultimately intended to reduce the need for printed report storage space and streamline the public file review process. Documents in the imaging system may be viewed, and print copies made, by the public, during file reviews conducted at the Regional Board’s office. PDF files can be created by converting the original electronic files format (e.g., Microsoft Word) and/or by scanning printed text, figures, and tables. Data tables containing water level measurements, sample analytical results, coordinates, elevations and other monitoring information shall also be provided electronically in Microsoft Excel® or similar spreadsheet format to provide an easy to review summary, and to facilitate data computations and/or plotting that Regional Board staff may undertake during their review. Data tables submitted in electronic spreadsheet format will not be included in the case file for public review. All electronic files must be submitted on CD or diskette and included with the print report.

 

4.                                       The Dischargers shall file with the Regional Board, Discharger Monitoring Reports, performed according to the attached Discharge Monitoring Program issued by the Executive Officer. The Executive Officer may amend the Discharge Monitoring Program at any time, as water quality conditions warrant.

 

5.                                       The Dischargers shall submit an Annual Monitoring Report, acceptable to the Executive Officer, by January 31 of each year in accordance with the attached Discharge Monitoring Program (Attachment A). The annual report to the Board shall cover the previous calendar year as described in Part A of the Discharge Monitoring Program. In addition to the requirements outlined in Attachment A, this report shall also include the following: location and operational condition of all leachate and groundwater monitoring wells; groundwater and leachate potentiometric contours for each monitoring event; and tabulation of monthly leachate volumes discharged to the sanitary district along with any tabulated analytical results (if collected by the Dischargers). Furthermore, the Dischargers shall submit Semi-Annual Monitoring Reports, in accordance with the Discharge Monitoring Program (Attachment A), no later than January 31 and July 31 of each year; the January 31 semi-annual report may be combined with the annual report. The semi-annual report shall document any proposed maintenance activities for the upcoming monitoring period.

 

13



 

REPORT DUE DATES :

SEMI-ANNUAL AND ANNUAL REPORTS:

ANNUAL REPORT—January 31 (Each Year)

SEMI-ANNUAL REPORT — January 31 and July 31 (Each Year)

 

6.                                       The Dischargers shall immediately notify the Board of any flooding, equipment failure, slope failure, or other change in site conditions that could impair the integrity of waste or leachate containment facilities or precipitation and drainage control structures.

 

REPORT DUE DATE :

Verbally Report Immediately (Written Report to follow within 5 Days)

 

7.                                       The Dischargers shall prepare and submit a Development Proposal , acceptable to the Executive Officer, for any proposed additional development at the landfill.

 

COMPLIANCE DUE DATE :

120 days prior to commencement of construction

 

8.                                       The Discharge Monitoring Program accompanying this Order (Attachment A) does not require the installation of any new wells. However, for any new wells required and installed as part of any future revised Discharge Monitoring Program, the Dischargers shall submit a Well Installation Report, acceptable to the Executive Officer, that provides all well construction details, geologic boring logs, and well development logs for these new wells.

 

COMPLIANCE DUE DATE :

45 days following completion of well installation activities

 

9.                                       The Dischargers shall maintain a copy of these waste discharge requirements and these requirements shall be available to site personnel at the facility office at all times. (CWC Section 13263).

 

10.                                The Board considers the property owner(s) to have continuing responsibility for correcting any problems that arise in the future as a result of waste discharged or related activities.

 

11.                                The Dischargers shall permit the Regional Board or its authorized representative, upon presentation of credentials, during normal business hours:

 

a.                                       Immediate entry upon the premises on which wastes are located or in which any required records are kept;

 

b.                                       Access to copy any records required to be kept under the terms and conditions of this order;

 

c.                                        Inspection of any treatment equipment, monitoring equipment, or monitoring methods required by this order or by any other California State Agency; and,

 

d.                                       Sampling of any discharge or groundwater governed by this order.

 

14



 

12.                                The Dischargers shall notify the succeeding owners or operators of this Order by letter in the event of any change in control, ownership of land, or waste discharge facilities presently owned or controlled by the Dischargers. The Dischargers must notify the Executive Officer, in writing at least 30 days in advance of any proposed transfer of this Order’s responsibility and coverage to a new discharger. The notice must include a written agreement between the existing Dischargers and the new dischargers-containing a specific date for the transfer of this order’s responsibility and coverage between the current Dischargers and the new dischargers. This agreement shall include an acknowledgment that the existing Dischargers are liable for violations up to the transfer date and that the new dischargers are liable from the transfer date on. (CWC Sections 13267 and 13263). The request must contain the requesting entity’s full legal name, and the address and telephone number of the persons responsible for contact with the Board. Failure to submit the request shall be considered a discharge without requirements, a violation of the California Water Code.

 

13.                                This Order is subject to Board review and updating, as necessary, to comply with changing State and Federal laws, regulations, policies, or guidelines; changes in the Board’s Basin Plan; or changes in the discharge characteristics (CWC Section 13263).

 

14.                                Where the Dischargers becomes aware that they failed to submit any relevant facts in a Report of Waste Discharge or submitted incorrect information in a Report of Waste Discharge or in any report to the Regional Board, it shall promptly submit such facts or information (CWC Sections 13260 and 13267).

 

15.                                This Order does not convey any property rights of any sort or any exclusive privileges. The requirements prescribed herein do not authorize the commission of any act causing injury to persons or property, do not protect the Dischargers from liability under Federal, State or local laws, nor do they create a vested right for the Dischargers to continue waste discharge [CWC Section 13263(g)].

 

16.                                Provisions of these waste discharge requirements are severable. If any provision of these requirements is found invalid, the remainder of these requirements shall not be affected.

 

17.                                The Dischargers shall, at all times, properly operate and maintain all facilities and systems of treatment and control (and related appurtenances) which are installed or used by the Dischargers to achieve compliance with conditions of this Order. Proper operation and maintenance includes effective performance, adequate funding, adequate operator staffing and training, and adequate laboratory and process controls including appropriate quality assurance procedures. This provision requires the operation of backup or auxiliary facilities or similar systems only when necessary to achieve compliance with the conditions of this order [CWC Section 13263(f)].

 

18.                                Except for a discharge which is in compliance with these waste discharge requirements, any person who, without regard to intent or negligence, causes or permits any hazardous substance or sewage to be discharged in or on any waters of the State, or discharged or deposited where it is, or probably will be, discharged in or on any waters of the State, shall,

 

15



 

as soon as (a) that person has knowledge of the discharge, (b) notification is possible, and (c) notification can be provided without substantially impeding cleanup or other emergency measures, immediately notify the Office of Emergency Services of the discharge in accordance with the spill reporting provision of the state toxic disaster contingency plan adopted pursuant to Article 3.7 (commencing with Section 8574.7) of Chapter 7 of Division 1 of Title 2 of the Government Code, and immediately notify the State Board or the appropriate Regional Board of the discharge. This provision does not require reporting of any discharge of less than a reportable quantity as provided for under subdivisions (f) and (g) of Section 13271 of the Water Code unless the Dischargers are in violation of a prohibition in the applicable Water Quality Control Plan [CWC Section 13271(a)].

 

19.                                The Dischargers shall report any noncompliance that may endanger health or the environment. Any such information shall be provided orally to the Executive officer within 24 hours from the time the Dischargers becomes aware of the circumstances. A written submission shall also be provided within five days of the time the Dischargers becomes aware of the circumstances. The written submission shall contain a description of the noncompliance and its cause; the period of noncompliance, including exact dates and times, and if the noncompliance has not been corrected; the anticipated time it is expected to continue and steps taken or planned to reduce, eliminate, and prevent recurrence of the noncompliance. The Executive Officer, or an authorized representative, may waive the written report on a case-by-case basis if the oral report has been received within 24 hours [CWC Sections 13263 and 13267].

 

20.                                All monitoring instruments and devices used by the Dischargers to fulfill the prescribed Discharge Monitoring Program (Attachment A) shall be properly maintained and calibrated as necessary to ensure their continued accuracy.

 

21.                                Unless otherwise permitted by the Regional Board Executive officer, all analyses shall be conducted at a laboratory certified for such analyses by the State Department of Health Services. The Executive Officer may allow use of an uncertified laboratory under exceptional circumstances, such as when the closest laboratory to the monitoring location is outside the State boundaries and therefore not subject to certification. All analyses shall be required to be conducted in accordance with the latest edition of “Guidelines Establishing Test Procedures for Analysis of Pollutants” (40 CFR, Part 1360) promulgated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (CCR Title 23, Section 2230).

 

22.                                This Board’s Order No. 94-181 is hereby rescinded.

 

16



 

I, Loretta K. Barsamian, Executive Officer, do hereby certify that the foregoing is a full, complete, and correct copy of an Order adopted by the California Regional Water Quality Control Board, San Francisco Bay Region, on August 20, 2003.

 

 

/s/ Loretta K. Barsamian

 

Loretta K. Barsamian

 

Executive Officer

 

Figures:

Figure 1 - Site Location Map

 

Figure 2 - Site Plan

 

 

Attachment:

Attachment A - Discharge Monitoring Program

 

17


 

 



 

 


 

CALIFORNIA REGIONAL WATER QUALITY CONTROL BOARD
SAN FRANCISCO BAY REGION

 

DISCHARGE MONITORING PROGRAM

FOR

 

WESTPORT LANDFILL
JOHN ARRILLAGA SURVIVOR’S TRUST, PEERY
PRIVATE INVESTMENT COMPANY, AND THE PEERY
PUBLIC INVESTMENT COMPANY

 

REDWOOD CITY, SAN MATEO COUNTY

 

ORDER NO. R2-2003-0074

 

CONSISTS OF

 

PART A

 

AND

 

PART B

 



 

PART A

 

A.                                  GENERAL

 

Reporting responsibilities of waste dischargers are specified in Sections 13225(a), 13267(b), 13383, and 13387(b) of the California Water Code and this Regional Board’s Resolution No.73-16. This Discharge Monitoring Program is issued in accordance with Provision C.3 of Regional Board Order No. R2-2003-0074

 

The principal purposes of a discharge-monitoring program are:

 

(1)                                  to document compliance with waste discharge requirements and prohibitions established by the Board,

 

(2)                                  to facilitate self-policing by the Dischargers in the prevention and abatement of pollution arising from waste discharge,

 

(3)                                  to develop or assist in the development of standards of performance and toxicity standards, and

 

(4)                                  to assist the Dischargers in complying with the requirements of Title 27.

 

B.                                     SAMPLING AND ANALYTICAL METHODS

 

Sample collection, storage, and analyses shall be performed according to the most recent version of EPA Standard Methods and in accordance with an approved sampling and analysis plan.

 

Water and waste analysis shall be performed by a laboratory approved for these analyses by the State of California. The director of the laboratory whose name appears on the certification shall supervise all analytical work in his/her laboratory and shall sign all reports of such work submitted to the Regional Board.

 

All monitoring instruments and equipment shall be properly calibrated and maintained to ensure accuracy of measurements.

 

C.                                     DEFINITION OF TERMS

 

1.                                       A grab sample is a discrete sample collected at any time.

 

2.                                       Receiving waters refers to any surface water, which actually or potentially receives surface or groundwater which passes over, t, or under waste materials or contaminated soils. In this case, the groundwater adjacent to the landfill areas and the surface runoff from the site are considered receiving waters.

 

1



 

3.                                       Standard observations refer to:

a.                                    Receiving Waters:

1)                                      Floating and suspended materials of waste origin: presence or absence, source, and size of affected area;

2)                                      Discoloration and turbidity: description of color, source, and size of affected area;

3)                                      Evidence of odors, presence or absence, characterization, source, and distance of travel from source;

4)                                      Evidence of beneficial use: presence of water associated wildlife;

5)                                      Flow rate; and,

6)                                      Weather conditions: wind direction and estimated velocity, total precipitation during the previous five days and on the day of observation.

 

b.                                       Perimeter of the Waste Management Unit:

1)                                      Evidence of liquid leaving or entering the waste management unit, estimated size of affected area and flow rate. (Show affected area on map);

2)                                      Evidence of odors, presence or absence, characterization, source, and distance of travel from source; and,

3)                                      Evidence of erosion and/or daylighted refuse.

 

c.                                        The Waste Management Unit:

1)                                      Evidence of ponded water at any point on the waste management facility;

2)                                      Evidence of odors, presence or absence, characterization, source, and distance of travel from source;

3)                                      Evidence of erosion, slope movement, ground movement, and/or daylighted refuse; and,

4)                                      Standard Analysis (SA) and measurements are listed on Part B, 1., A., Table A (attached)

 

D.                                     SAMPLING, ANALYSIS, AND OBSERVATIONS

 

The Dischargers are required to perform sampling, analyses, and observations in the following media:

1.                                       Groundwater per Section 20415 and

2.                                       Surface water per Section 20415 and per the general requirements specified in Section 20415 of Title 27 is not required. Due to the extensive Bay Mud flats surrounding the site and the hazards associated with traversing them, sampling this medium is not feasible. Shallow groundwater is considered receiving waters at this site.

 

2



 

3.                                       Vadose zone per Section 2550.7(d) which is accomplished by sampling, analyzing, and recording the landfill gas concentrations at gas vent risers located at each building and at the east and southeast boundary of the site.

 

F.                                      RECORDS TO BE MAINTAINED

 

Written reports shall he maintained by the Dischargers or laboratory, and shall be retained for a minimum of five years. This period of retention shall be extended during the course of any unresolved litigation regarding this discharge or when requested by the Board. Such records shall show the following for each sample:

1.                                       Identity of sample and sample station number;

2.                                       Date and time of sampling;

3.                                       Date and time that analyses are started and completed, and name of the personnel performing the analyses;

4.                                       Complete procedure used, including method of preserving the sample, and the identity and volumes of reagents used;

5.                                       Calculation of results; and,

6.                                       Results of analyses, and detection limits for each analysis.

 

F.                                      REPORTS TO BE FILED WITH THE BOARD

 

1.                                       MONITORING REPORTS

 

Written discharge monitoring reports shall be filed by the 31st day of the month following the reporting period (the reporting period is specified in Part B of this program). In addition an annual report shall be filed as indicated in F.3 below. The reports shall comprise the following:

 

a.                                       Letter of Transmittal

 

A letter transmitting the essential points in each report should accompany each report. Such a letter shall include a discussion of any requirement violations found during the last report period, and actions taken or planned for correcting the violations. If the Dischargers have previously submitted a detailed time schedule for correcting requirement violations, a reference to the correspondence transmitting such schedule will be satisfactory. If no violations have occurred in the last report period this shall be stated in the letter of transmittal. Monitoring reports and the letter transmitting the monitoring reports shall be signed by a principal executive officer at the level of vice president or his duly authorized representative, if such representative is responsible for the overall operation of the facility from which the discharge originates. The letter shall contain a statement by the official, under penalty of perjury, that to the best of the signer’s knowledge the report is true, complete, and correct.

 

b.                                       Each monitoring report shall include a compliance evaluation summary.  The summary shall contain:

 

3



 

1)                                      Concentration Limits for the Westport Landfill for all constituents of concern except ammonia, are “laboratory non-detect” based upon laboratory non-detect results for background concentrations of the listed COCs. As such, a non-statistical method is appropriate to determine whether a measurably significant release has occurred from the Westport Landfill. Therefore, any reported laboratory detection at a point of compliance monitoring well is considered a potential release. For ammonia, a statistically significant increase shall be evaluated using a statistical method acceptable to the Regional Board staff. Any potential release must be evaluated through additional monitoring and analyses acceptable to the Executive Officer.

 

2)                                      A graphic description of the direction of groundwater flow under/around the waste management unit, based upon the water level elevations obtained during the monitoring period and pertinent visual observations.

 

3)                                      The method and time of water level measurement, the type of pump used for purging, pump placement in the well; method of purging, pumping rate, equipment and methods used to monitor field pH, temperature, and conductivity during purging, calibration of the field equipment, results of pH, temperature, and conductivity testing, and the method of disposing of the purge water.

 

4)                                      Type of pump used, pump placement for sampling, a detailed description of the sampling procedure; number and description of equipment, field and travel blanks; number and description of duplicate samples; type of sample containers and preservatives used, the date and time of sampling, the name and qualifications of the person actually taking the samples, and any other observations.

 

c.                                        A map or aerial photograph shall accompany each report showing observation and monitoring station locations.

 

d.                                       Laboratory statements of results of analyses specified in Part B, Table A must
be included in each report. The director of the laboratory whose name appears on the laboratory certification shall supervise all analytical work in his/her laboratory and shall sign all reports of such work submitted to the Board.

 

1)                                   The methods of analyses and detection limits must be appropriate for the expected concentrations. Specific methods of analyses must be identified. If methods other than EPA approved methods or Standard Methods are used, the exact methodology must be submitted for review and approved by the Executive Officer prior to use.

 

2)                                   In addition to the results of the analyses, laboratory quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) information must be included in the monitoring report. The

 

4



 

laboratory QA/QC information should include the method, equipment and analytical detection limits; the recovery rates; an explanation for any recovery rate that is less than 80% of the specific laboratory recovery limits; the results of equipment and method blanks; the results of spiked and surrogate samples; the frequency of quality control analysis; and the name and qualifications of the person(s) performing the analyses.

 

e.                                        An evaluation of the effectiveness of the leachate monitoring or control facilities, which includes an evaluation of leachate buildup within the disposal units, a potentiometric surface map, a summary of leachate volumes removed from the units, and a discussion of the leachate disposal methods utilized.

 

f.                                         A summary and certification of completion of all standard observations for the
waste management unit, the perimeter of the waste management unit, and the receiving waters.

 

2.                                    CONTINGENCY REPORTING

 

A report shall be made by telephone of any seepage from the disposal area immediately after it is discovered. A written report shall be filed with the Board within five working days thereafter. This report shall contain the following information:

1)                                      A map showing the location(s) of discharge;

2)                                      Approximate flow rate;

3)                                      Nature of effects; i.e. all pertinent observations and analyses; and

4)                                      Corrective measures underway, proposed, or as specified in the Waste Discharge Requirements.

 

3.                                    REPORTING

 

By January 31 of each year the Dischargers shall submit an annual report to the Board covering the previous calendar year. This report shall contain:

 

a.                                       Tabular summaries of the historical and recent monitoring data obtained during the previous year; the report should be accompanied by a compact disk (CD), MS-EXCEL format, tabulating the year’s data.

b.                                       A comprehensive discussion of the compliance record, and the corrective actions taken or planned which may be needed to bring the Dischargers into full compliance with the waste discharge requirements.

c.                                        A written summary of the groundwater analyses indicating any change in the quality of the groundwater.

d.                                       An evaluation of the effectiveness of the leachate monitoring/ control facilities, which includes an evaluation of leachate buildup within the disposal units, a summary of leachate volumes removed from the units, and a discussion of the leachate disposal methods utilized.

 

5


 

4.                                       WELL LOGS

 

Although no new wells are required at the time of the adoption of this Order, if future conditions require the installation of additional monitoring wells, a boring log and a monitoring well construction log shall be submitted for each new sampling well established for this monitoring program, as well as a report of inspection or certification that each well has been constructed in accordance with the construction standards of the Department of Water Resources. These shall be submitted within 45 days after well installation.

 

6



 

PART B

 

1.                                       DESCRIPTIONS OF OBSERVATION STATIONS AND SCHEDULE OF OBSERVATIONS.

 

A.                                     GROUNDWATER AND LEACHATE MONITORING

Report Semi-annually

 

i.                                           Groundwater: Groundwater samples shall be analyzed as outlined in Table A (Attached). Groundwater elevations shall be recorded quarterly and reported semi-annually in the July and January semi-annual monitoring reports.

 

Monitoring Points:

 

Groundwater

 

P-8, P-7, P3-R, MW-4, MW-4P,
K-4, P5-1R, MW3-2R, MW-3, DW-1,
DW-2, DW-3, UPG-1, UPG-2

 

MW-4 and MW-4P are in close proximity, therefore only one well needs to be monitored for the parameters listed in Table A. The other well (MW-4P) is intended as a piezometer well and shall be monitored for water elevation only. MW-4 is considered a POC well.

 

Wells UPG-1, UPG-2, and MW-3 shall be monitored for water elevation only.

 

ii.                                        Leachate samples shall be analyzed once every five years (First leachate
chemical analysis due for the January through July 2003 semi-annual monitoring event) for the parameters outlined in Table A (Attached). Leachate water elevations shall be recorded quarterly and reported semiannually in the July and January semi-annual monitoring reports.

 

Monitoring Points:

 

Leachate-Impacted Groundwater

 

S-2, S-3A, S-4A, S-5, P-2A, P3-PZ,
P-4, P5-1-PZ, P-6, K3-R, K3-PZ*, MW3-1R,
PZ-2*, PZ-2P, PZ-3A*, PZ-3B*, PZ-3C

 

All wells shall be monitoring for water elevation. All wells shall be monitored for chemical constituents outlined in Table A (Attached) once every 5 Years. Wells denoted with an asterisk (*) shall be monitored for leachate elevations only.

 

B.                                     FACILITIES MONITORING

 

The Dischargers shall inspect all facilities to ensure proper and safe operation once per quarter and report semi-annually.

 

7



 

MONITORING REPORT SCHEDULE

 

Reports shall be due on the following schedule:

 

First semi-annual report:

 

July 31 of each year

Second semi-annual Report:

 

January 31 of each year

Annual Report:

 

Combined with the second semiannual report, due January 31 of each year

 

I, Loretta K. Barsamian, Executive Officer, hereby certify that the foregoing Self-Monitoring Program:

 

1.                                       Has been developed in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Board’s Resolution No. 73-16 in order to obtain data and document compliance with waste discharge requirements established in this Board’s Order No. R2-2003-0074

 

2.                                       Is effective on the date shown below.

 

3.                                       May be reviewed or modified at any time subsequent to the effective date, upon written notice from the Executive Officer.

 

 

 

/s/ Loretta K. Barsamian

 

Loretta K. Barsamian

 

Executive Officer

 

 

Date Ordered: August 20, 2003

 

Attachment: Table A — Schedule for Sampling, Measurement, and Analysis

 

8



 

Table A - Discharge Monitoring Program, List of Analytical Parameters-Leachate and Groundwater

 

Field/Inorganic Parameters

 

Method(1)

 

Frequency

pH

 

Field

 

Semi-Annual

Electrical conductivity

 

Field

 

Semi-Annual

Groundwater Elevations

 

Field

 

Quarterly (2)

Leachate Elevations

 

Field

 

Quarterly (2)

Total Ammonia

 

350.3

 

Semi-Annual

Ammonia (un-ionized)

 

350.1

 

Semi-Annual

 

Organics/ PCBs

 

Method(1)

 

Frequency

Volatile Organic Compounds
(including MTBE)

 

8260

 

Semi-Annual (3),(4)

Semi-Volatile Organic Compounds

 

8270

 

Semi-Annual (3),(4)

PCBs

 

8082

 

Semi-Annual (3),(4)

 


Notes:

(1)          Test methods per Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Waste, USEPA 600/4/79/029, revised March 1983, or Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Wastes: Physical/Chemical Methods, USEPA SW-846, 3 rd  edition, November 1986 and revisions. Board staff may consider alternative EPA and/or Standard Methods, with comparable MDLs and PQLs, for use at the Westport Landfill.

 

(2)          Analyzed quarterly and reported semi-annually.

 

(3)          Analysis of groundwater (wells located outside the waste management unit) shall be conducted during the 2003 calendar year. Any identified impacted groundwater monitoring wells shall be analyzed semi-annually thereafter. All other groundwater-monitoring wells shall be sampled annually, thereafter.

 

(4)          Analysis of existing leachate-impacted groundwater wells within the WMU shall be conducted during the 2003 calendar year and once every 5 years, thereafter.

 

9



 

EXHIBIT I

 

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

 

(See Attached)

 

1




Exhibit 10.4

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

This First Amendment to Lease (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of December 16, 2014, by and between WESTPORT OFFICE PARK, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), and TALEND, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), with respect to the following facts and circumstances:

 

A.            Landlord and Tenant have previously entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated as of April 11, 2014 (the “Original Lease”) of certain premises more particularly described in the Original Lease. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given those terms in the Original Lease.

 

B.            Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Original Lease to correct typographical errors on the terms and conditions provided herein.

 

IT IS, THEREFORE, agreed as follows:

 

1.             Section 18.5(b) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “In the case of a subletting, fifty percent (50%) of any sums or economic consideration received by Tenant as a result of such subletting shall be paid to Landlord after first deducting (i) the Rent due hereunder prorated to reflect only Rent allocable to the sublet portion of the Premises, and (ii) Transaction Costs, which shall be amortized over the term of the sublease.”

 

2.             Except as specifically provided herein, the terms and conditions of the Original Lease as amended hereby are confirmed and continue in full force and effect. This Agreement shall be binding on the heirs, administrators, successors and assigns (as the case may be) of the parties hereto. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. There have been no additional oral or written representations or agreements.

 

1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

TALEND, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas Tuchscherer

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas Tuchscherer, CFO

 

[Printed Name and Title]

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Printed Name and Title]

 

 

 

If Tenant is a corporation, this instrument must be executed by the chairman of the board, the president or any vice president and the secretary, any assistant secretary, the chief financial officer or any assistant financial officer or any assistant treasurer of such corporation, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall otherwise provide, in which case the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution, as the case may be, must be attached to this instrument.

 

 

 

Tenant’s NAICS Code:

511210

 

2



 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

WESTPORT OFFICE PARK, LLC,

 

a California limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, a New Jersey corporation, acting solely on behalf of and for the benefit of, and with its liability limited to the assets of, its insurance company separate account, PRISA II, its member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey D. Mills

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jeffrey D. Mills, Vice President

 

 

[Printed Name and Title]

 

3




Exhibit 10.5

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

This Second Amendment to Lease (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of April 20, 2015, by and between WESTPORT OFFICE PARK, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), and TALEND, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), with respect to the following facts and circumstances:

 

A.                                     Landlord and Tenant have previously entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated as of April 11, 2014, as amended by a First Amendment to Lease dated December 16, 2014 (collectively the “Original Lease”) of certain premises more particularly described in the Original Lease.  Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given those terms in the Original Lease.  Effective as of the date hereof, all references to the “Lease” shall refer to the Original Lease, as amended by this Agreement.

 

B.                                     Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Original Lease on the terms and conditions provided herein.

 

IT IS, THEREFORE, agreed as follows:

 

1.                                       The following new Article 56 is hereby added to the Lease:

 

“ARTICLE 56.

TENANT’S ROOFTOP RIGHTS

 

56.1                         Right to Install and Maintain Rooftop Equipment .  During the Lease Term and subject to the terms of this Article 56, Tenant may install on the roof of the Building telecommunications antennae, microwave dishes or other communication equipment, as necessary for the operation of Tenant’s business within the Premises, including any cabling or wiring necessary to connect this rooftop equipment to the Premises (collectively, the “Rooftop Equipment”).  If Tenant wishes to install any Rooftop Equipment, Tenant shall first notify Landlord in writing, which notice shall fully describe the Rooftop Equipment, including, without limitation, its purpose, weight, size and desired location on the roof of the Building and its intended method of connection to the Premises.  All of Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment must be located within a total aggregate area not to exceed four (4) square feet, at locations reasonably approved by Landlord prior to any installation.  Landlord hereby consents to the installation of Rooftop Equipment consisting of one (1) antennae and/or satellite dishes (the “Initial Rooftop Equipment”).  Landlord also reserves the right to restrict the number and size of dishes, antennae and other Rooftop Equipment in addition to the Initial Rooftop Equipment installed on the roof of the Building in its sole discretion.

 

56.2                         Additional Charges for Rooftop Equipment .  Tenant will be solely responsible, at Tenant’s sole expense, for the installation, maintenance, repair and removal of the Rooftop Equipment, and Tenant shall at all times maintain the Rooftop Equipment in good condition and repair.  Landlord agrees that the named Tenant hereunder shall not pay any rental charge for Tenant’s use of the rooftop pursuant to the terms of this Article 56 for the Initial Rooftop Equipment, provided, however, if any successor to the named

 

1



 

Tenant wishes to utilize rooftop space or if Tenant seeks to use rooftop space for Rooftop Equipment in addition to the Initial Rooftop Equipment, Landlord reserves the right to impose a charge for such use, which shall be consistent with market rates.

 

56.3                         Conditions of Installation .  The installation of the Rooftop Equipment shall constitute an alteration and shall be performed in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Article 15 of this Lease.  Tenant shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations relating to the installation, maintenance and operation of Rooftop Equipment at the Building (including, without limitation, all construction rules and regulations) and will pay all costs and expenses relating to such Rooftop Equipment, including the cost of obtaining and maintaining any necessary permits or approvals for the installation, operation and maintenance thereof in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations.  The installation, operation and maintenance of the Rooftop Equipment at the Building shall not adversely affect the structure or operating systems of the Building or the business operations of any other tenant or occupant at the Building.  For purposes of determining Landlord’s and Tenant’s respective rights and obligations with respect to the use of the roof, the portion of the roof affected by the Rooftop Equipment shall be deemed to be a portion of the Premises (provided that such portion shall not be measured for purposes of determining the area of the Premises); consequently, all of the provisions of this Lease respecting Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall apply to the installation, use and maintenance of the Rooftop Equipment, including without limitation provisions relating to compliance with requirements as to insurance, indemnity, repairs and maintenance.  Tenant may install cabling and wiring through the Building interior conduits, risers, and pathways of the Building in accordance with Article 52 in order to connect Rooftop Equipment with the Premises.

 

56.4                         Non-Exclusive Right .  Tenant’s right to install and maintain Rooftop Equipment is non-exclusive and is subject to termination or revocation as set forth herein, including pursuant to Section 22.2(b) of this Lease.  Landlord shall be entitled to all revenue from use of the roof other than revenue from the Rooftop Equipment installed by Tenant.  Subject to the terms set forth below in this Section 56.4, Landlord at its election may require the relocation, reconfiguration or removal of the Rooftop Equipment, if in Landlord’s reasonable judgment the Rooftop Equipment is interfering with the use of the rooftop for the helipad or other Building operations (including without limitation maintenance, repairs and replacements of the roof) or the business operations of other tenants or occupants of the Building, causing damage to the Building or if Tenant otherwise fails to comply with the terms of this Article 56.  If relocation or reconfiguration becomes necessary due to interference difficulties, Landlord and Tenant will reasonably cooperate in good faith to agree upon an alternative location or configuration that will permit the operation of the Rooftop Equipment for Tenant’s business at the Premises without interfering with other operations at the Building or communications uses of other tenants or occupants.  If removal is required due to any breach or default by Tenant under the terms of this Article 56, Tenant shall remove the Rooftop Equipment upon thirty (30) days’ written notice from Landlord.  Any relocation, removal or reconfiguration of the Rooftop Equipment as provided above shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.  In addition to the other rights of relocation and removal as set forth herein, Landlord reserves the right to require relocation of Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment at any time at its election at

 

2



 

Landlord’s cost (but not more frequently than once per year) so long as Tenant is able to continue operating its Rooftop Equipment in substantially the same manner as it was operated prior to its relocation.  In connection with any relocation of Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment at the request of or required by Landlord (other than in the case of a default by Tenant hereunder), Landlord shall provide Tenant with at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of the required relocation and will conduct the relocation in a commercially reasonable manner and in such a way that will, to the extent reasonably possible, prevent interference with the normal operation of Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment.  In connection with any relocation, Landlord further agrees to work with Tenant in good faith to relocate Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment to a location that will permit its normal operation for Tenant’s business operations.  Landlord acknowledges that relocation of Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment may be disruptive to Tenant’s business and, without limiting its rights to require such removal, confirms that it will not exercise its rights hereunder in a bad faith manner or for the purpose of harassing or causing a hardship to Tenant.

 

56.5                         Costs and Expenses .  If Tenant fails to comply with the terms of this Article 56 within thirty (30) days following written notice by Landlord (or such longer period as may be reasonably required to comply so long as Tenant is diligently attempting to comply), Landlord may take such action as may be necessary to comply with these requirements.  In such event, Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord for all costs incurred by Landlord to effect any such maintenance, removal or other compliance subject to the terms of this Article 56, including interest on all such amounts incurred at the Agreed Rate, accruing from the date which is ten (10) days after the date of Landlord’s demand until the date paid in full by Tenant, with all such amounts being Additional Rent under this Lease.

 

56.6                         Indemnification; Removal .  Tenant agrees to indemnify Landlord, its partners, agents, officers, directors, employees and representatives from and against any and all liability, expense, loss or damage of any kind or nature from any suits, claims or demands, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising out of Tenant’s installation, operation, maintenance, repair, relocation or removal of the Rooftop Equipment, except to the extent any such liability, expense, loss or damage results from the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of Landlord or its agents, partners, officers, directors, employees, contractors or representatives.  At the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant may and, upon request by Landlord, shall remove all of the Rooftop Equipment, including any wiring or cabling relating thereto, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and will repair at Tenant’s cost any damage resulting from such removal.  If Landlord does not require such removal, any Rooftop Equipment remaining at the Building after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease which is not removed by Tenant shall be deemed abandoned and shall become the property of Landlord.

 

56.7                         Roof Access; Rules and Regulations .  Subject to compliance with the construction rules for the Building and Landlord’s reasonable and nondiscriminatory rules and regulations regarding access to the roof and, upon receipt of Landlord’s prior written consent to such activity (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), Tenant and its representatives shall have access to and the right to go upon the roof of the Building, on a seven (7) day per week, twenty-four (24) hour basis, to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under this Article 56, Tenant acknowledges that,

 

3



 

except in the case of an emergency or when a Building engineer is not made available to Tenant in sufficient time to allow Tenant to avoid or minimize interruption of use of the Rooftop Equipment, advance notice is required and a Building engineer must accompany all persons gaining access to the rooftop.  Tenant may install Rooftop Equipment at the Building only in connection with its business operations at the Premises, and may not lease or license any rights or equipment to third parties or allow the use of any rooftop equipment by any party other than Tenant.  Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has made no representation or warranty as to Tenant’s ability to operate Rooftop Equipment at the Building and Tenant acknowledges that helicopters, other equipment installations and other structures and activities at or around the Building may result in interference with Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment.  Except as set forth in this Article 56, Landlord shall have no obligation to prevent, minimize or in any way limit or control any existing or future interference with Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment.”

 

2.                                       As additional consideration for this Agreement, Tenant hereby certifies that:

 

(a)                                  The Original Lease (as amended hereby) is in full force and effect.

 

(b)                                  To Tenant’s knowledge, there are no uncured defaults on the part of Landlord or Tenant under the Original Lease.

 

(c)                                   There are no existing offsets or defenses which Tenant has against the enforcement of the Original Lease (as amended hereby) by Landlord.

 

3.                                       Except as specifically provided herein, the terms and conditions of the Original Lease as amended hereby are confirmed and continue in full force and effect.  This Agreement shall be binding on the heirs, administrators, successors and assigns (as the case may be) of the parties hereto.  This Agreement set forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein.  There have been no additional oral or written representations or agreements.  Under no circumstances shall Tenant be entitled to any Rent abatement, improvement allowance, leasehold improvements, or other work to the Premises, or any similar economic incentives that may have been provided Tenant in connection with entering into the Lease, unless specifically set forth in this Agreement.  Tenant agrees that neither Tenant nor its agents or any other parties acting on behalf of Tenant shall disclose any matters set forth in this Agreement or disseminate or distribute any information concerning the terms, details or conditions hereof to any person, firm or entity without obtaining the express written consent of Landlord.  In the case of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Lease and this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern and control.  Submission of this Agreement by Landlord is not an offer to enter into this Agreement but rather is a solicitation for such an offer by Tenant.  Landlord shall not be bound by this Agreement until Landlord has executed and delivered the same to Tenant.

 

4.                                       Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that it has dealt with no broker, finder or similar person in connection with this Agreement, and Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that it has dealt with no broker, finder or similar person in connection with this Agreement.  Landlord and Tenant shall each defend, indemnify and hold the other harmless with respect to all claims, causes of action, liabilities, losses, costs and expenses

 

4



 

(including without limitation attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of the indemnifying party’s dealings with any real estate broker, agent, finder or similar person.

 

5.                                       As an inducement to Landlord to enter into this Agreement, Tenant hereby represents and warrants that: (i) Tenant is not, nor is it owned or controlled directly or indirectly by, any person, group, entity or nation named on any list issued by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) pursuant to Executive Order 13224 or any similar list or any law, order, rule or regulation or any Executive Order of the President of the United States as a terrorist, “Specially Designated National and Blocked Person” or other banned or blocked person (any such person, group, entity or nation being hereinafter referred to as a “Prohibited Person”); (ii) Tenant is not (nor is it owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any person, group, entity or nation which is) acting directly or indirectly for or on behalf of any Prohibited Person; and (iii) neither Tenant (nor any person, group, entity or nation which owns or controls Tenant, directly or indirectly) has conducted or will conduct business or has engaged or will engage in any transaction or dealing with any Prohibited Person, including without limitation any assignment of the Lease or any subletting of all or any portion of the Premises or the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person.  Tenant covenants and agrees (a) to comply with all requirements of law relating to money laundering, anti-terrorism, trade embargos and economic sanctions, now or hereafter in effect, (b) to immediately notify Landlord in writing if any of the representations, warranties or covenants set forth in this Section are no longer true or have been breached or if Tenant has a reasonable basis to believe that they may no longer be true or have been breached, (c) not to use funds from any Prohibited Person to make any payment due to Landlord under the Lease and (d) at the request of Landlord, to provide such information as may be requested by Landlord to determine Tenant’s compliance with the terms hereof.  Any breach by Tenant of the foregoing representations and warranties shall be deemed a default by Tenant under this Lease and shall be covered by the indemnity provisions of the Original Lease.  The representations and warranties contained in this Section shall be continuing in nature and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

 

6.                                       It is understood that from time to time during the term of the Lease, Landlord may be subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) and as a result may be prohibited by law from engaging in certain transactions.  Tenant represents and warrants to the best of its knowledge after due inquiry that at the time this Agreement is entered into and at any time thereafter when the terms of the Lease are amended or modified, neither Tenant nor its affiliates (within the meaning of part VI(c) of Department of Labor Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 84-14 (“PTE 84-14”, as amended), has or will have the authority to appoint or terminate The Prudential Insurance Company of America (“Prudential”) as an investment manager to any employee benefit plan then holding a ten percent (10%) or greater interest in the Prudential separate account PRISA II, nor the authority to negotiate the terms of any management agreement between Prudential and any such employee pension benefit plan for its investment in PRISA II.  Further, Tenant is not “related” to Prudential within the meaning of part VI(h) of PTE 84-14.

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

WESTPORT OFFICE PARK, LLC,

 

a California limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, a New Jersey corporation, acting solely on behalf of and for the benefit of, and with its liability limited to the assets of, its insurance company separate account, PRISA II, its member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey D. Mills

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jeffrey D. Mills, Vice President

 

 

 

 

[Printed Name and Title]

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

TALEND, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Silvia Campbell

 

 

 

 

 

Director of Contracts and Legal Affairs

 

 

 

[Printed Name and Title]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Printed Name and Title]

 

 

6




Exhibit 10.6

 

English Summary of French language lease agreement dated February 7, 2014 (the “Lease”) by and between Foncière Medicale N°1 (the “Lessor”) and Talend S.A. (the “Tenant”).

 

a.                   Lessor

 

FONCIÈRE MEDICALE N°1, a French civil company registered under the laws of France, having its registered office 10, rue de Valmy — 92800 Puteaux (France), duly registered with the Companies register under number 331 691 709 RCS Nanterre.

 

b.                   Description of the leased premises

 

Commercial activity premises and office space in a building located at 9/11 rue Pagès — 92150 Suresnes (France), consisting of:

 

·                   Commercial activities: lot n°12 on the first floor of the building A

·                   Offices: lot n°21 on the 2nd floor of the building A

·                   Offices: lot n°22 on the 2nd floor of the building A

·                   Offices: lot n°51 on the 5th floor of the building A

·                   Twelve underground parking spaces

·                   Four outside parking spaces

 

c.                    Duration and effectiveness of the lease

 

In compliance with the French Commercial Code, the commercial lease duration is nine years and shall terminate on February 16, 2023. Tenant holds the possibility to terminate the Lease at the end of each three-year period. The end of the first three-year period is February 16, 2017 and second three-year period ends on February 16, 2020.

 

The effective date of the Lease is February 17, 2014.

 

d.                   Allowed activity in the premises

 

Premises are leased to the use of commercial activity and office space in compliance with Tenant corporate purpose.

 

e.                    Rent

 

Annual rent is €246,000, VAT and charges excluded, payable on a quarterly basis, each January 1st, April 1st, July 1st and October 1st.

 

Amount of the annual charges and tax is €80,280.

 

f.                     Rent adjustment

 

Amount of the rent shall be adjusted annually on the anniversary date of the contract (February 7th), according to the National Cost of Construction index published quarterly by the National Institute of Statistics and Economic Studies (“INSEE”).

 

g.                   Security deposit

 

Security deposit is equal to three-month rent, which is €61,500. Each rent adjustment shall imply corresponding adjustment of the security deposit.

 

h.                   Sublease

 

Tenant may sublease part of the premises to subsidiaries, in which Tenant holds more than 50% of the share capital.

 



 

In this case, Tenant shall sole remain liable for the payment of the rent vis-à-vis the Lessor.

 

i.                       Repairs

 

In compliance with applicable regulation, Tenant commits to keep the premises in good condition and to bear minor and current repairs and daily maintenance.

 

By way of derogation from Article 606 of the French Civil Code, major repairs in the premises shall be borne by the Lessor.

 

j.                      Works, installations, arrangements

 

Tenant shall not make any disposal modification of the premises, no wall piercing or any work related to the building structure without prior administrative and Lessor authorization.

 

k.                   Insurance

 

Lessor shall have the building insured against the following risks: fire, climate events and natural disaster. Tenant shall be insured against all risks related to its activities.

 

l.                      Liability and remedies

 

Tenant waives all recourse against the Lessor, and in particular in case of (i) theft or pillaging in the premises, the Lessor being not liable for any monitoring obligation, (ii) gas or electricity public services interruptions in the building, deriving from administration’s liability, works, or any force majeure event.

 

m.               Termination

 

In case of a failure by Tenant to pay any due amount by the required date or to meet any of the provisions of the lease agreement, the Lessor may decide to terminate the lease agreement upon expiry of a one-month period starting from an unproductive summons to pay delivered to Tenant.

 




Exhibit 10.7

 

English Summary of the First Amendment dated April 14, 2014 (the “First Amendment”) by and between Foncière Medicale N°1 (the “Lessor”) and Talend S.A. (the “Tenant”), amending the Lease Agreement dated February 7, 2014 (hereinafter the “Original Lease”). The parties hereby agree to the following amendments:

 

a.                   Expansion of the leased premises

 

In addition to the premises as referred to in the initial lease agreement, Tenant rents retroactively as from March 4, 2014, four additional underground parking spaces.

 

b.                   Rent and security deposit adjustment

 

Annual rent is increased to €250,000, VAT excluded, as from March 4, 2014.

 

As a consequence, security deposit is correlatively increased to €62,500.

 

All other clauses and provisions of the Original Lease remain unchanged.

 




Exhibit 10.8

 

English Summary of the Second Amendment dated September 11, 2015 (the “Second Amendment”) by and between Foncière Medicale N°1 (the “Lessor”) and Talend S.A. (the “Tenant”), amending the Lease Agreement dated February 7, 2014 (hereinafter the “Original Lease”) and the Amendment, dated April 14, 2014, to the Original Lease (the “First Amendment”). The parties hereby agree to the following amendments:

 

a.                   Expansion of the leased premises

 

In addition to the premises as referred to in the Original Lease and First Amendment, Tenant rents as from September 15, 2015 the following additional lots:

 

·                   Commercial activities: lot n°11 on the first floor of the building A

·                   ten underground parking spaces

·                   An underground storeroom (lot n°304)

·                   Parking space n°58 in exchange for parking space n°49

 

b.                   Rent and security deposit adjustment

 

Annual rent is increased up to €359,476.51, VAT and charges excluded, as from September 15, 2015.

 

As a consequence, security deposit is increased correlatively to €89,869.13.

 

c.                    Rent-free period

 

Tenant shall benefit from a three-month rent-free period in order to take into account arrangements to the premises.

 

All other clauses and provisions of the Original Lease and First Amendment remain unchanged.

 




Exhibit 10.9

 

English Summary of the Third Amendment dated January 20, 2016 (the “Third Amendment”) by and between Foncière Medicale N°1 (the “Lessor”) and Talend S.A. (the “Tenant”), amending the Lease Agreement dated February 7, 2014 (hereinafter the “Original Lease”), the First Amendment, Lease dated April 14, 2014, to the Original (the “First Amendment”) and the Second Amendment, dated September 11, 2015, to the Original Lease and First Amendment (the “Third Amendment”). The parties hereby agree to the following amendments:

 

a.                   Expansion of the leased premises

 

In addition to the premises as referred to in the Original Lease, First Amendment and Second Amendment, Tenant rents as from January 20, 2016, the following additional lots:

 

·                   An underground storeroom (lot n°303)

·                   One underground parking space

 

b.                   Rent and security deposit adjustment

 

Annual rent is increased up to €364,046.51, VAT excluded, as from January 20, 2016.

 

As a consequence, security deposit is increased correlatively to €91,011.63.

 

All other clauses and provisions of the Original Lease, First Amendment and Second Amendment remain unchanged.

 




Exhibit 10.10

 

English Summary of the Fourth Amendment dated April 26, 2016 (the “Fourth Amendment”) by and between Foncière Medicale N°1 (the “Lessor”) and Talend S.A. (the “Tenant”), amending the Lease Agreement dated February 7, 2014 (hereinafter the “Original Lease”), the First Amendment, dated April 14, 2014, to the Original Lease (the “First Amendment”), the Second Amendment, dated September 11, 2015, to the Original Lease and First Amendment (the “Second Amendment”) and the Third Amendment, dated January 20, 2016, to the Original Lease, First Amendment and Second Amendment (the “Third Amendment”). The parties hereby agree to the following amendments:

 

a.                   Expansion of the leased premises

 

In addition to the premises as referred to in the Original Lease, First Amendment, Second Amendment and Third Amendment, Tenant rents as from April 26, 2016, the following additional lots:

 

·                   Offices: lot n°43 on the fourth floor of the Building A

·                   Four underground parking spaces (lots n°432 - 443 - 444 - 445)

·                   One outside parking space (lot n°510)

 

b.                   Rent and security deposit adjustment

 

Annual rent is increased to €415,944.44, VAT excluded, as from April 26, 2016.

 

As a consequence, security deposit is correlatively increased to €103,986.11.

 

c.                    Rent-free period

 

Tenant shall benefit from a partial three-month rent-free period in order to take into account works to be realized.

 

d.                   Duration of the lease

 

By way of derogation from initial agreement, Tenant shall expressly waive its right to terminate the lease at the end of the first three-year period (February 16, 2017). As a consequence, Tenant is committed to remain in the premises until February 16, 2020.

 

All other clauses and provisions of the February 7, 2014 Original Lease, First Amendment, Second Amendment and Third Amendment remain unchanged.

 


1

 



Exhibit 10.11

 

 

Loan and Security Agreement

 

Borrowers:

Talend, Inc.

 

Talend USA, Inc.

 

 

Address:

800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 200

 

Redwood City, California 94065

 

 

Date:

May 29, 2015

 

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is entered into on the above date between SQUARE 1 BANK (“Lender”), whose address is 406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240, Durham, North Carolina 27701, and the borrowers named above (jointly and severally, the “Borrower”), whose chief executive office is located at the above address (“Borrower’s Address”). The Schedule to this Agreement (the “Schedule”) shall for all purposes be deemed to be a part of this Agreement, and the same is an integral part of this Agreement.  (Definitions of certain terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Section 8 below.)

 

1.  LOANS.

 

1.1  Loans.  Lender will make loans to Borrower (the “Loans”), in amounts not to exceed the Credit Limit shown on the Schedule, subject to the provisions of this Agreement and subject to deduction of Ancillary Services Reserves and such other Reserves as Lender deems proper from time to time in its Good Faith Business Judgment with three Business Days prior written notice to Borrower.

 

1.2  Interest.   All Loans shall bear interest at the interest rate shown on the Schedule.  Accrued interest shall be payable monthly, on the last day of the month, and shall be charged to Borrower’s loan account (and the same shall thereafter bear interest at the same rate as the other Loans).

 

1.3  Overadvances.  If at any time or for any reason the total of all outstanding Loans exceeds the Credit Limit after giving effect to Ancillary Services Reserves and other Reserves as described in Section 1.1 (an “Overadvance”), Borrower shall immediately pay the amount of the excess to Lender, without notice or demand.  Without limiting Borrower’s obligation to repay to Lender the amount of any Overadvance, at Lender’s option (exercised by written notice to Borrower), Borrower agrees to pay Lender interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at the Default Rate.

 

1.4  Fees.   Borrower shall pay Lender the fees shown on the Schedule, which are in addition to all interest and other sums payable to Lender and are not refundable.

 

1.5  Loan Requests. To obtain a Loan, Borrower shall make a request to Lender by facsimile or telephone.  Loan requests received after 1:00 PM Eastern Time will be deemed made on the next Business Day. Lender may rely on any telephone request for a Loan given by a person whom Lender believes is an authorized representative of Borrower, and Borrower will indemnify Lender for any loss Lender suffers as a result of that reliance.

 

1.6  Ancillary Services Sublimit.  Subject to the availability of Loans, at any time and from time to time from the date hereof through the Business Day immediately prior to the Maturity Date, Borrower may request the provision of Ancillary Services from Lender.  The aggregate amount of the monetary Obligations relating to Ancillary Services at any time shall not exceed the Ancillary Services Sublimit, and the Credit Limit shall be reduced by reserves for Ancillary Services in an amount equal to the aggregate amounts of the following (the “Ancillary Services Reserves”): (i) any outstanding and undrawn amounts under all Letters of Credit issued hereunder, (ii) corporate credit card services provided to Borrower established by Lender in accordance with its customary practice, (iii) the total amount of any Automated Clearing House processing

 

1



 

reserves, established by Lender in accordance with its customary practice, (iv) the applicable Foreign Exchange Reserve Percentage, and (v) any other reserves taken by Lender in connection with other treasury management services requested by Borrower and approved by Lender, established by Lender in accordance with its customary practice. In the event Ancillary Services Reserves would cause an Overadvance, Borrower shall deposit and maintain with Lender cash collateral in an amount at all times equal to such deficiency, which shall be held as Collateral for all purposes of this Agreement. In addition, Lender may, in its sole discretion, charge as Loans any amounts for which Lender becomes liable to third parties in connection with the provision of the Ancillary Services.  The terms and conditions (including repayment and fees) of such Ancillary Services shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Lender’s standard forms of application and agreement for the applicable Ancillary Services, which Borrower hereby agrees to execute, to the extent not already executed.

 

1.7  Letters of Credit. Subject to Section 1.6 above, at the request of Borrower, Lender may, in its Good Faith Business Judgment, issue or arrange for the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Borrower, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion. Borrower shall pay Lender’s standard fees and charges in connection with all Letters of Credit and all other all bank charges (including charges of Lender’s letter of credit department) in connection with the Letters of Credit (collectively, the “Letter of Credit Fees”).  Any payment by Lender under or in connection with a Letter of Credit shall constitute a Loan hereunder on the date such payment is made.  Each Letter of Credit shall have an expiry date no later than six months after the Maturity Date.  Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Lender harmless from any loss, cost, expense, or liability, including payments made by Lender, expenses, and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Lender arising out of or in connection with any Letters of Credit other than any loss, cost, expense or liability that results from Lender’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Borrower agrees to be bound by the regulations and interpretations of the issuer of any Letters of Credit guarantied by Lender and opened for Borrower’s account or by Lender’s interpretations of any Letter of Credit issued by Lender for Borrower’s account, and Borrower understands and agrees that Lender shall not be liable for any error, negligence (but excluding gross negligence), or mistake, whether of omission or commission, in following Borrower’s instructions or those contained in the Letters of Credit or any modifications, amendments, or supplements thereto.  Borrower understands that Letters of Credit may require Lender to indemnify the issuing bank for certain costs or liabilities arising out of claims by Borrower against such issuing bank.  Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Lender harmless with respect to any loss, cost, expense, or liability incurred by Lender under any Letter of Credit as a result of Lender’s indemnification of any such issuing bank other than any loss, cost, expense or liability that results from such issuing bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The provisions of this Loan Agreement, as it pertains to Letters of Credit, and any other Loan Documents relating to Letters of Credit are cumulative.

 

1.8  Collateralization of Obligations Extending Beyond Maturity.   If Borrower has not secured to Lender’s satisfaction its Obligations with respect to any Ancillary Services by the Maturity Date, then, effective as of such date, without limiting Lender’s other rights and remedies, the balance in any deposit accounts held by Lender and the certificates of deposit or time deposit accounts issued by Lender in Borrower’s name (and any interest paid thereon or proceeds thereof, including any amounts payable upon the maturity or liquidation of such certificates or accounts), shall automatically secure such obligations to the extent of the then continuing or outstanding Ancillary Services.  Borrower authorizes Lender to hold such balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any requests by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the applicable Ancillary Services are outstanding or continue. Without limiting the foregoing, all Obligations relating to Ancillary Services shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date.

 

2.  SECURITY INTEREST. To secure the payment and performance of all of the Obligations when due, Borrower hereby grants to Lender a security interest in all of the following (collectively, the “Collateral”):  all right, title and interest of Borrower in and to all of the following, whether now owned or hereafter arising or acquired and wherever located: all Accounts; all Inventory; all Equipment; all Deposit Accounts; all General Intangibles (including without limitation all Intellectual Property); all Investment Property; all Other Property; and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above, and all guaranties and security for any of the above, and all substitutions and replacements for, additions, accessions, attachments, accessories, and improvements to, and proceeds (including proceeds of any insurance policies, proceeds of proceeds and claims against third parties) of, any and all of the above, and all Borrower’s books relating to any and all of the above.

 

3.  REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF BORROWER.

 

In order to induce Lender to enter into this Agreement and to make Loans, Borrower represents and warrants to Lender as follows, and Borrower covenants that the following representations will continue to be true (except to the extent that such representation or warranty relates to a particular date), and that Borrower will at all times comply with all of the following covenants, throughout the term of this Agreement and until all Obligations have been paid and performed in full:

 

2



 

3.1  Corporate Existence and Authority.   Borrower is, and will continue to be, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization.  Borrower is and will continue to be qualified and licensed to do business in all jurisdictions in which any failure to do so would result in a Material Adverse Change.  The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Agreement, and all other documents contemplated hereby (i) have been duly and validly authorized, (ii) are not subject to any consents, which have not been obtained, (iii) are enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their terms (except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles and by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally), and (iv) do not violate Borrower’s articles or certificate of incorporation, or Borrower’s by-laws, or any law or any material agreement or instrument, which is binding upon Borrower or its property, and (v) do not constitute grounds for acceleration of any indebtedness or obligations in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate, under any agreement or instrument which is binding upon Borrower or its property.

 

3.2  Name; Trade Names and Styles. As of the date hereof, the name of Borrower set forth in the heading to this Agreement is its correct name.  Listed in the Representations are all prior names of Borrower and all of Borrower’s present and prior trade names, as of the date hereof.  Borrower shall give Lender 30 days’ prior written notice before changing its name or doing business under any other name.  Borrower has complied, and will in the future comply, in all material respects, with all laws relating to the conduct of business under a fictitious business name.

 

3.3  Place of Business; Location of Collateral. As of the date hereof, the address set forth in the heading to this Agreement is Borrower’s chief executive office.  In addition, as of the date hereof, Borrower has places of business and Collateral is located only at the locations set forth in the Representations.  Borrower will give Lender at least 30 days prior written notice before opening any additional place of business, changing its chief executive office, or moving any of the Collateral to a location other than Borrower’s Address or one of the locations set forth in the Representations, except that Borrower may maintain sales offices in the ordinary course of business at which not more than a total of $100,000 fair market value of Equipment and Inventory is located at any such sales office.

 

3.4  Title to Collateral; Perfection; Permitted Liens.

 

(a)          Borrower is now, and will at all times in the future be, the sole owner of all the Collateral, except for items of Equipment which are leased to Borrower, and except for non-exclusive licenses granted by Borrower to its customers in the ordinary course of business.  The Collateral now is and will remain free and clear of any and all adverse claims in an amount exceeding $100,000 for all such claims, and free and clear of any and all Liens, except for Permitted Liens.  Lender now has, and will continue to have, a first-priority perfected and enforceable security interest in all of the Collateral, subject only to the Permitted Liens, and Borrower will at all times defend Lender and the Collateral against all claims of others.

 

(b)          Borrower has set forth in the Representations all of Borrower’s Deposit Accounts as of the date hereof, and Borrower will give Lender five Business Days advance written notice before establishing any new Deposit Accounts and will cause the institution where any such new Deposit Account (other than Excluded Accounts) is maintained to execute and deliver to Lender a control agreement in form sufficient to perfect Lender’s security interest in the Deposit Account and otherwise satisfactory to Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment. Nothing herein limits any requirements which may be set forth in the Schedule as to where Deposit Accounts will be maintained.

 

(c)           In the event that Borrower shall at any time after the date hereof have any commercial tort claims against others, which it is asserting or intends to assert, and in which the potential recovery exceeds $100,000, Borrower shall promptly notify Lender thereof in writing and provide Lender with such information regarding the same as Lender shall reasonably request.  Such notification to Lender shall constitute a grant of a security interest in the commercial tort claim and all proceeds thereof to Lender, and Borrower shall execute and deliver all such documents and take all such actions as Lender shall reasonably request in connection therewith.

 

(d)          Whenever any Collateral with fair market value in excess of $100,000 is located upon premises in which any third party has an interest, Borrower shall, whenever requested by Lender, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such third party to execute and deliver to Lender, in form acceptable to Lender, such landlord agreements, waivers, subordinations and other agreements as Lender shall specify in its Good Faith Business Judgment.  Borrower will keep in full force and effect, and will comply with all material terms of, any lease of real property where any of the Collateral now or in the future may be located.

 

(e)           Except as disclosed in the Representations, Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any inbound license that is material to the conduct of Borrower’s business (other than commercially available off-the-shelf software or open source software) and that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property important for the conduct of Borrower’s business.

 

3



 

(f)            Borrower and the Related Companies are the sole owner of the Intellectual Property material to the conduct of its business, except for non-exclusive licenses granted to their customers in the ordinary course of business.  To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, each of the Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents material to the conduct of it business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property material to the conduct of it business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made to Borrower that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

 

3.5  Maintenance of Collateral.  Borrower will maintain the Inventory in good and merchantable condition and maintain all other tangible Collateral in good working condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted), and Borrower will not use the Collateral for any unlawful purpose.  Borrower will immediately advise Lender in writing of any material loss or damage to the Collateral.

 

3.6  Books and Records. Borrower has maintained and will maintain at Borrower’s Address books and records, which are complete and accurate in all material respects, and comprise an accounting system in accordance with IFRS.

 

3.7  Financial Condition, Statements and Reports.   All financial statements now or in the future delivered to Lender have been, and will be, prepared in conformity with IFRS, and now and in the future will fairly present the results of operations and financial condition of Borrower, in accordance with IFRS, at the times and for the periods therein stated (except, in the case of interim financial statements, for the lack of footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments).  Between the last date covered by any such statement provided to Lender and the date hereof, there has been no Material Adverse Change.

 

3.8  Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions.   Borrower has timely filed, and will timely file, all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid, and will timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions now or in the future owed by Borrower, except for inadvertent failures to file or pay which do not result in liability exceeding $100,000 and which are promptly cured.  Borrower may, however, defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower (i) in good faith contests Borrower’s obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (ii) notifies Lender in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (iii) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to keep the contested taxes from becoming a Lien upon any of the Collateral.  Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower.  Borrower has paid, and shall continue to pay all amounts necessary to fund all present and future pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not and will not withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower in excess of $100,000, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

3.9  Compliance with Law.   Borrower has, to the best of its knowledge, complied, and will in the future comply, in all material respects, with all provisions of all foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to Borrower, including, but not limited to, those relating to Borrower’s ownership of real or personal property, the conduct and licensing of Borrower’s business, and all environmental matters, except where a failure to do so would not reasonably result in liability exceeding $100,000. Borrower has obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all governmental authorities that are necessary for the continued operation of Borrower’s business as currently conducted, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

 

3.10  Litigation.   As of the date hereof, there is no claim, suit, litigation, proceeding or investigation pending or, to Borrower’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting Borrower in any court or before any governmental agency (or any basis therefor known to Borrower) involving any claim against Borrower that could reasonably result in damages of more than $100,000.  Borrower will promptly inform Lender in writing of any claim, proceeding, litigation or investigation in the future threatened or instituted against Borrower involving any claim against Borrower that could reasonably result in damages of more than $100,000.

 

3.11  Use of Proceeds.   All proceeds of all Loans shall be used solely to refinance existing Indebtedness for borrowed money and for Borrower’s working capital.  Borrower is not purchasing or carrying any “margin stock” (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and no part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used to purchase or carry any “margin stock” or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin stock.”

 

4



 

3.12  Solvency, Payment of Debts.  Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature; the fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; and Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

4.  [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED].

 

5.  ADDITIONAL DUTIES OF BORROWER.

 

5.1  Financial and Other Covenants.   Borrower shall at all times comply with the financial and other covenants set forth in the Schedule.

 

5.2  Insurance.   Borrower shall, at all times insure all of the tangible personal property Collateral and carry such other business insurance, with insurers reasonably acceptable to Lender, in such form and amounts as Lender may reasonably require and that are customary and in accordance with standard practices for Borrower’s industry and locations, and Borrower shall provide evidence of such insurance to Lender.  Lender confirms that said insurance in effect at the date hereof is acceptable to Lender.  All such insurance policies shall name Lender as the exclusive loss payee, and shall contain a lenders loss payee endorsement in form reasonably acceptable to Lender. Upon receipt of the proceeds of any such insurance, Lender shall apply such proceeds in reduction of the principal amount of the Loan (or cash collateralization of the other Obligations) as Lender shall determine in its Good Faith Business Judgment, except that, provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Lender shall release to Borrower insurance proceeds with respect to Equipment totaling less than $100,000, which shall be utilized by Borrower for the replacement of the Equipment with respect to which the insurance proceeds were paid.  Lender may require reasonable assurance that the insurance proceeds so released will be so used.  If Borrower fails to provide or pay for any insurance, Lender may, but is not obligated to, obtain the same at Borrower’s expense.  Borrower shall promptly deliver to Lender copies of all material reports made to insurance companies.

 

5.3  Reports.   Borrower, at its expense, shall provide Lender with the written reports set forth in the Schedule, and such other information with respect to Borrower as Lender shall from time to time specify in its Good Faith Business Judgment.

 

5.4  Access to Collateral, Books and Records.   At reasonable times, and on five Business Days’ prior notice (or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, on one Business Day’s prior notice), Lender, or its agents, shall have the right to inspect the Collateral, and the right to audit and copy Borrower’s books and records. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense and the charge therefor shall be $900 per person per day (or such other amount as shall represent Lender’s then current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including without limitation any additional costs and expenses of outside auditors retained by Lender); provided that Borrower shall not be obligated to pay for more than two such audits in any calendar year (except that this limitation shall not apply to audits conducted while an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing).

 

5.5  Negative Covenants.   Except as may be permitted in the Schedule, Borrower shall not, without Lender’s prior written consent (which shall be a matter of its Good Faith Business Judgment), do any of the following:

 

(i) merge or consolidate with another corporation or entity, except (a) where the Obligations are repaid in full concurrently with the closing of any merger or consolidation, and (b) that a Borrower may merge into another Borrower with ten Business Days prior written notice to Lender;

 

(ii) acquire any assets, except in the ordinary course of business, except for (i) acquisitions of assets outside the ordinary course of business for a purchase price not exceeding $150,000 for all such acquisitions in any fiscal year, and (ii) transfers of assets to Borrower from Related Companies;

 

(iii) enter into any other transaction outside the ordinary course of business which requires approval of Borrower’s Board of Directors, except for such transaction outside the ordinary course of business involving not more than $150,000 for all such transactions in any fiscal year;

 

(iv) sell or transfer any Collateral, except for (a) the sale of finished Inventory in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, (b) the sale of obsolete or unneeded Equipment in the ordinary course of business, or outside the ordinary course of business for a sale price not exceeding $150,000 for all such sales in any fiscal year, (c) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business; (d) transfers of Collateral to a Perfected Related Company, (e) transfers of Collateral to any Non-Perfected Related Company that do not in the aggregate exceed $100,000 during any fiscal year, (f) dispositions of Accounts in connection with the settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices and (g) other transfers of Collateral that do not in the aggregate exceed $100,000 during any fiscal year.

 

5



 

(v) store any Inventory or other Collateral with any warehouseman or other third party, unless Borrower has complied with Section 3.4(d);

 

(vi) sell any Inventory on a sale-or-return, guaranteed sale, consignment, or other contingent basis;

 

(vii) make any loans of any money or other assets or any other Investments, other than Permitted Investments;

 

(viii) create, incur, assume or permit to be outstanding any Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness;

 

(ix) guarantee or otherwise become liable with respect to the obligations of another party or entity other than Permitted Indebtedness;

 

(x) pay or declare any dividends on Borrower’s stock except for (A) dividends payable solely in stock of Borrower and (B) dividends payable to Parent or any other Perfected Related Company;

 

(xi) redeem, retire, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of Borrower’s stock or other equity securities except for (A) repurchases of stock of former employees pursuant to stock purchase agreements for an aggregate purchase price not exceeding $150,000 in any fiscal year, as long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing prior to such repurchase or would result or exist after giving effect to such repurchase, and (B) repurchases of stock of former employees pursuant to stock purchase agreements by the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees to Borrower regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

(xii) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower or reasonably related thereto, or become an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940;

 

(xiii) directly or indirectly enter into, or permit to exist, any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower (other than Perfected Related Companies), except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, and are on fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person; or

 

(xiv) reincorporate in another state;

 

(xv) change its fiscal year without giving Lender 30 days prior written notice;

 

(xvi) create a Subsidiary, except for a wholly-owned Subsidiary of a Borrower that is organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof and that becomes a co-Borrower hereunder pursuant to documentation reasonably specified by Lender within 30 days after the date it is created;

 

(xvii) dissolve or elect to dissolve, except that a Borrower which is a wholly-owned Subsidiary of another Borrower may dissolve, with ten Business Day prior written notice to the Lender, if all of its assets are distributed to another Borrower; or

 

(xviii) agree to do any of the foregoing, unless such agreement provides that it is subject to the prior written consent of Lender or the Obligations will be paid in full in connection therewith.

 

Transactions permitted by the foregoing provisions of this Section are only permitted if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would occur as a result of such transaction.

 

5.6  Litigation Cooperation.   Should any third-party suit or proceeding be instituted by or against Lender with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower, Borrower shall, without expense to Lender, make available Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Lender may deem them reasonably necessary in order to prosecute or defend any such suit or proceeding.

 

5.7  Notification of Changes.  Borrower will give Lender written notice of any change in its executive officers within ten days after the date of such change.

 

5.8  Registration of Intellectual Property Rights.

 

(a)          Without limitation on the terms of subsection “b” below, Borrower shall promptly give Lender written notice of any applications or registrations it files or obtains with respect to Intellectual Property filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, including the date of any such filing and the registration or application numbers, if any.

 

(b)          Borrower shall (i) give Lender not less than 30 days prior written notice of the filing of any applications or registrations with the United States Copyright Office, including the title of such intellectual property rights to be registered, as such title will appear on such applications or registrations, and the date such applications or registrations will be filed; (ii)

 

6



 

prior to the filing of any such applications or registrations, execute such documents as Lender may reasonably request for Lender to maintain its perfection in the Intellectual Property rights to be registered by Borrower; (iii) upon the request of Lender, either deliver to Lender or file such documents simultaneously with the filing of any such applications or registrations; (iv) upon filing any such applications or registrations, promptly provide Lender with a copy of such applications or registrations together with any exhibits, evidence of the filing of any documents requested by Lender to be filed for Lender to maintain the perfection and priority of its security interest in such Intellectual Property rights.

 

(c)           Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of the Intellectual Property that is material to the conduct of its business, (ii) detect infringements of the Intellectual Property that is material to the conduct of its business, and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property that is material to the conduct of its business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without the written consent of Lender, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(d)          Lender shall have the right, but not the obligation, to take, at Borrower’s sole expense, any actions that Borrower is required under this Section 5.8 to take but which Borrower fails to take, after 15 days’ notice to Borrower.  Borrower shall reimburse and indemnify Lender for all reasonable costs and reasonable expenses incurred in the reasonable exercise of its rights under this Section.

 

5.9  Consent of Inbound Licensors.  Prior to entering into or becoming bound by any inbound license that is material to the conduct of its business (other than commercially available off-the-shelf software or open source software) in the future, Borrower shall:  (i) provide written notice to Lender of the material terms of such license with a description of its likely impact on Borrower’s business or financial condition; and (ii) in good faith use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for Borrower’s interest in such licenses or contract rights to be deemed Collateral and for Lender to have a security interest therein, provided, however, that the failure to obtain any such consent or waiver shall not constitute a default under this Agreement.

 

5.10  Further Assurances.   Borrower agrees, at its expense, on request by Lender, to execute all documents and take all actions, as Lender, may, in its Good Faith Business Judgment, deem necessary or useful in order to perfect and maintain Lender’s perfected first-priority security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens), and in order to fully consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

6.  TERM.

 

6.1  Maturity Date.   This Agreement shall continue in effect until the maturity date set forth on the Schedule (the “Maturity Date”), subject to Section 6.3 below.

 

6.2  Early Termination.   This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Maturity Date as follows:  (i) by Borrower, effective upon three days after written notice of termination is given to Lender and the Loan being repaid in full (and the other Obligations being fully cash collateralized as provided herein); or (ii) by Lender at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without notice, effective immediately.

 

6.3  Payment of Obligations.   On the Maturity Date or on any earlier effective date of termination, Borrower shall pay and perform in full all Obligations, whether evidenced by installment notes or otherwise, and whether or not all or any part of such Obligations are otherwise then due and payable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if on the Maturity Date, or on any earlier effective date of termination, there are any outstanding Letters of Credit issued by Lender or issued by another institution based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity or similar agreement on the part of Lender, then on such date Borrower shall provide to Lender cash collateral in an amount equal to 100% of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit, plus all interest, fees and cost due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to said Letters of Credit, pursuant to Lender’s then standard form cash pledge agreement. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, all of Lender’s security interests in all of the Collateral and all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until all Obligations have been paid and performed in full or fully cash-collateralized in a manner acceptable to Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment; provided that Lender may, in its sole discretion, refuse to make any further Loans after termination.  No termination shall in any way affect or impair any right or remedy of Lender, nor shall any such termination relieve Borrower of any Obligation to Lender, until all of the Obligations have been paid and performed in full. Lender shall, at Borrower’s expense, release or terminate all financing statements and other filings in favor of Lender as may be required to fully terminate Lender’s security interests, provided that there are no suits, actions, proceedings or claims pending or threatened against any Person indemnified by Borrower under this Agreement with respect to which indemnity has been or may be sought, upon Lender’s receipt of the following, in form and content satisfactory to Lender: (i) cash payment in full of all of the Obligations and performance by Borrower of all non-monetary Obligations under this Agreement, (ii) written

 

7



 

confirmation by Borrower that the commitment of Lender to make Loans under this Agreement has terminated, and (iii) an agreement by Borrower to indemnify Lender for any payments received by Lender that are applied to the Obligations that may subsequently be returned or otherwise not paid for any reason.

 

7.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

 

7.1  Events of Default.   The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Agreement, and Borrower shall give Lender immediate written notice thereof:

 

(a) Any warranty, representation, statement, report or certificate made or delivered to Lender by Borrower or any of Borrower’s officers, employees or agents, now or in the future, shall be untrue or misleading in a material respect when made or deemed to be made; or

 

(b) Borrower shall fail to pay (i) any Loan or any interest thereon when due, or (ii) any other monetary Obligation within three Business Days of the due date therefor; or

 

(c) an Overadvance exists and is not repaid or cash collateralized within three Business Days thereof; or

 

(d) Borrower shall fail to comply with any non-monetary Obligation under or relating to this Agreement, which by its nature cannot be cured, or shall fail to comply with the provisions of Section 3.8 (titled “Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions”), Section 5.2 (titled “Insurance”), Section 5.4 (titled “Access to Collateral, Books and Records”), Section 5.5 (titled “Negative Covenants”), Section 5 of the Schedule (titled “Financial Covenants”), Section 6 of the Schedule (titled “Reporting”), or Section 8 of the Schedule (titled “Additional Provisions”); or

 

(e) Borrower shall fail to perform any other non-monetary Obligation under or relating to this Agreement, (other than those in clause (d) above), which failure is not cured within five Business Days after the date due, provided that if such failure cannot reasonably be cured within such five Business Days, Borrower shall have an additional reasonable period of time not to exceed an additional ten Business Days to cure such failure; or

 

(f) any Collateral becomes subject to any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) which is not cured within 10 days after the occurrence of the same; or

 

(g) any Collateral having a value in the aggregate of more than $100,000 is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within twenty days, or if Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs, or if a judgment or other claim becomes a Lien on any of the Collateral having an aggregate value in excess of $100,000 and action is taken to execute on such Lien, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any of the Collateral by the United States Government, or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency and has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within 10 days after it has been filed (but no Loans or other extensions of credit need be made or provided by Lender during such 10-day period);

 

(h) [intentionally omitted]; or

 

(i) a default or event of default shall occur under any document or agreement evidencing or relating to any Permitted Indebtedness in an amount in excess of $250,000 (after the expiration of any cure period under the documents relating thereto); or

 

(j) Borrower breaches any material contract or obligation, which has resulted or may reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; or

 

(k) a final, judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least $500,000 shall be rendered against Borrower, and the same remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of 20 days or more; or

 

(l) Dissolution, termination of existence, or permanent suspension of business of Borrower; or appointment of a receiver, trustee or custodian, for all or any part of the property of, assignment for the benefit of creditors by, or the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding by Borrower; or

 

(m) the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding against Borrower or any Guarantor, which is not cured by the dismissal thereof within 60 days after the date commenced (but no Loans or other extensions of credit need be made or provided by Lender until such dismissal had occurred); or

 

8



 

(n) any revocation or termination of, or limitation or denial of liability upon, or default under, any guaranty of the Obligations, or any document or agreement securing such guaranty or relating thereto, or any attempt to do any of the foregoing, or commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding by any Guarantor; or

 

(o) revocation or termination of, or limitation or denial of liability upon, or default under, any pledge of any certificate of deposit, securities or other property or asset of any kind pledged by any Related Company to secure any or all of the Obligations, or any attempt to do any of the foregoing, or commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding by or against any such third party; or

 

(p) Borrower makes any payment on account of any Subordinated Debt, other than as permitted in the applicable subordination agreement, or if any Person who has subordinated such indebtedness or obligations terminates or in any way limits its subordination agreement; or

 

(q) a Change in Control shall occur; or

 

(r) Borrower shall generally not pay its debts as they become due, or Borrower shall conceal, remove or transfer any part of its property, with intent to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors, or make or suffer any transfer of any of its property which may be fraudulent under any bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance or similar law; or

 

(s) a Material Adverse Change shall occur.

 

Lender may cease making any Loans hereunder during any of the above cure periods, and thereafter if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

7.2  Remedies.   Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, and at any time thereafter, Lender, at its option, and without notice or demand of any kind (all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower), may do any one or more of the following: (a) Cease making Loans or otherwise extending credit to Borrower under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (b) Accelerate and declare all or any part of the Obligations to be immediately due, payable, and performable, notwithstanding any deferred or installment payments allowed by any instrument evidencing or relating to any Obligation, and demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Lender in an amount equal to the amount of any Ancillary Services Reserves, as collateral security for the repayment of all Obligations, and (ii) pay in advance all Letter of Credit fees and other fees relating to Ancillary Services scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of the Letters of Credit or applicable Ancillary Service, and Borrower shall promptly deposit and pay such amounts; (c) Take possession of any or all of the Collateral wherever it may be found, and for that purpose Borrower hereby authorizes Lender without judicial process to enter onto any of Borrower’s premises without interference to search for, take possession of, keep, store, or remove any of the Collateral, and remain on the premises or cause a custodian to remain on the premises in exclusive control thereof, without charge for so long as Lender deems it necessary, in its Good Faith Business Judgment, in order to complete the enforcement of its rights under this Agreement or any other agreement; provided, however, that should Lender seek to take possession of any of the Collateral by court process, Borrower hereby irrevocably waives: (i) any bond and any surety or security relating thereto required by any statute, court rule or otherwise as an incident to such possession; (ii) any demand for possession prior to the commencement of any suit or action to recover possession thereof; and (iii) any requirement that Lender retain possession of, and not dispose of, any such Collateral until after trial or final judgment; (d) Require Borrower to assemble any or all of the Collateral and make it available to Lender at places designated by Lender which are reasonably convenient to Lender and Borrower, and to remove the Collateral to such locations as Lender may deem advisable; (e) Complete the processing, manufacturing or repair of any Collateral prior to a disposition thereof and, for such purpose and for the purpose of removal, Lender shall have the right to use Borrower’s premises, vehicles, hoists, lifts, cranes, and other Equipment and all other property without charge; (f) Sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral, in its condition at the time Lender obtains possession of it or after further manufacturing, processing or repair, at one or more public and/or private sales, in lots or in bulk, for cash, exchange or other property, or on credit, and to adjourn any such sale from time to time without notice other than oral announcement at the time scheduled for sale.  Lender shall have the right to conduct such disposition on Borrower’s premises without charge, for such time or times as Lender deems reasonable, or on Lender’s premises, or elsewhere and the Collateral need not be located at the place of disposition.  Lender may directly or through any Affiliate purchase or lease any Collateral at any such public disposition, and if permissible under applicable law, at any private disposition.  Any sale or other disposition of Collateral shall not relieve Borrower of any liability Borrower may have if any Collateral is defective as to title or physical condition or otherwise at the time of sale; (g) demand payment of, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles comprising Collateral and, in connection therewith, Borrower irrevocably authorizes Lender to endorse or sign Borrower’s name on all collections, receipts, instruments and other documents, to take possession of and open mail addressed to Borrower and remove therefrom payments made with respect to any item of the Collateral or proceeds thereof, and, in Lender’s Good Faith Business Judgment, to grant extensions of time to pay, compromise claims and settle Accounts and the like for less than face value; (h) demand and receive possession of any of Borrower’s federal and state

 

9



 

income tax returns and the books and records utilized in the preparation thereof or referring thereto; and (i) set off any of the Obligations against any general, special or other Deposit Accounts of Borrower maintained with Lender.  All reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses, costs, liabilities and obligations incurred by Lender with respect to the foregoing shall be added to and become part of the Obligations, shall be due on demand (provided that no demand shall be required if Borrower is subject to any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding), and shall bear interest at a rate equal to the highest interest rate applicable to any of the Obligations.  Without limiting any of Lender’s rights and remedies, from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the interest rate applicable to the Obligations and Letter of Credit Fees may be increased at the option of Lender by an additional two percent per annum (the “Default Rate”).

 

7.3  Standards for Determining Commercial Reasonableness.   Borrower and Lender agree that a sale or other disposition (collectively, “Sale of Collateral”) of any Collateral which complies with the following standards will conclusively be deemed to be commercially reasonable:  (i) notice of the Sale of Collateral is given to Borrower at least ten days prior to the Sale of Collateral, and, in the case of a public Sale of Collateral, notice of the Sale of Collateral is published at least five days before the date of the Sale of Collateral in a newspaper of general circulation in the county where the Sale of Collateral is to be conducted; (ii) notice of the Sale of Collateral describes the Collateral in general, non-specific terms; (iii) the Sale of Collateral is conducted at a place designated by Lender, with or without the Collateral being present; (iv) the Sale of Collateral commences at any time between 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m;  (v) payment of the purchase price in cash or by cashier’s check or wire transfer is required; (vi) with respect to any Sale of Collateral of any of the Collateral, Lender may (but is not obligated to) direct any prospective purchaser to ascertain directly from Borrower any and all information concerning the same.  Lender shall be free to employ other methods of noticing and selling the Collateral, in its discretion, if they are commercially reasonable.

 

7.4  Investment Property.  If a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at Lender’s option (exercised by written notice to Borrower), Borrower shall hold all payments on, and proceeds of, and distributions with respect to, Investment Property in trust for Lender, and Borrower shall deliver all such payments, proceeds and distributions to Lender, immediately upon receipt, in their original form, duly endorsed, to be applied to the Obligations in such order as Lender shall determine. Borrower recognizes that Lender may be unable to make a public sale of any or all of the Investment Property, by reason of prohibitions contained in applicable securities laws or otherwise, and expressly agrees that a private sale to a restricted group of purchasers for investment and not with a view to any distribution thereof shall be considered a commercially reasonable sale thereof.

 

7.5  Power of Attorney.   Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, without limiting Lender’s other rights and remedies, Borrower grants to Lender an irrevocable power of attorney coupled with an interest, authorizing and permitting Lender (acting through any of its employees, attorneys or agents) at any time, at its option, but without obligation, with or without notice to Borrower, and at Borrower’s expense, to do any or all of the following, in Borrower’s name or otherwise, but Lender agrees that if it exercises any right hereunder, it will do so in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner:  (a) execute on behalf of Borrower any documents that Lender may, in its Good Faith Business Judgment, deem advisable in order to perfect and maintain Lender’s security interest in the Collateral, or in order to exercise a right of Borrower or Lender, or in order to fully consummate all the transactions contemplated under this Agreement, and all other Loan Documents; (b) execute on behalf of Borrower, any invoices relating to any Account, any draft against any Account Debtor and any notice to any Account Debtor, any proof of claim in bankruptcy, any Notice of Lien, claim of mechanic’s, materialman’s or other Lien, or assignment or satisfaction of mechanic’s, materialman’s or other Lien; (c) take control in any manner of any cash or non-cash items of payment or proceeds of Collateral; endorse the name of Borrower upon any instruments, or documents, evidence of payment or Collateral that may come into Lender’s possession; (d) endorse all checks and other forms of remittances received by Lender; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien and adverse claim in or to any of the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; (f) grant extensions of time to pay, compromise claims and settle Accounts and General Intangibles for less than face value and execute all releases and other documents in connection therewith; (g) pay any sums required on account of Borrower’s taxes or to secure the release of any Liens therefor, or both; (h) settle and adjust, and give releases of, any insurance claim that relates to any of the Collateral and obtain payment therefor; (i) instruct any third party having custody or control of any books or records belonging to, or relating to, Borrower to give Lender the same rights of access and other rights with respect thereto as Lender has under this Agreement; and (j) take any action or pay any sum required of Borrower pursuant to this Agreement and any other Loan Documents, which action or payment is reasonably necessary to protect Lender’s interests; (k) enter into a short-form intellectual property security agreement consistent with the terms of this Agreement for recording purposes only or modify, in its sole discretion, any intellectual property security agreement entered into between Borrower and Lender without first obtaining Borrower’s approval of or signature to such modification by amending exhibits thereto, as appropriate, to include reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks acquired by Borrower after the execution hereof or to delete any reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks in which

 

10


 

Borrower no longer has or claims to have any right, title or interest; and (l) file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral; provided Lender may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of Borrower on any of the documents described in clauses (k) and (l) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred.  Any and all reasonable sums paid and any and all reasonable costs, expenses, liabilities, obligations and attorneys’ fees incurred by Lender with respect to the foregoing shall be added to and become part of the Obligations, shall be payable on demand, and shall bear interest at a rate equal to the highest interest rate applicable to any of the Obligations.  In no event shall Lender’s rights under the foregoing power of attorney or any of Lender’s other rights under this Agreement be deemed to indicate that Lender is in control of the business, management or properties of Borrower.

 

7.6  Application of Proceeds.   All proceeds realized as the result of any Sale of the Collateral shall be applied by Lender first to the reasonable costs, expenses, liabilities, obligations and attorneys’ fees incurred by Lender in the exercise of its rights under this Agreement, second to the interest due upon any of the Obligations, and third to the principal of the Obligations, in such order as Lender shall determine in its sole discretion.  Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower or other persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Lender for any deficiency.  If, Lender, in its Good Faith Business Judgment, directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any Sale of Collateral, Lender shall have the option, exercisable at any time, in its Good Faith Business Judgment, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Lender of the cash therefor.

 

7.7  Remedies Cumulative.   In addition to the rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement, Lender shall have all the other rights and remedies accorded a secured party under the Code and under all other applicable laws, and under any other instrument or agreement now or in the future entered into between Lender and Borrower, and all of such rights and remedies are cumulative and none is exclusive.  Exercise or partial exercise by Lender of one or more of its rights or remedies shall not be deemed an election, nor bar Lender from subsequent exercise or partial exercise of any other rights or remedies.  The failure or delay of Lender to exercise any rights or remedies shall not operate as a waiver thereof, but all rights and remedies shall continue in full force and effect until all of the Obligations have been fully paid and performed.

 

8.               DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Account Debtor ” means the obligor on an Account.

 

Accounts ” means all present and future “accounts” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.

 

this Agreement ”, “ the Loan Agreement ” and “ this Loan Agreement ” mean collectively to this Loan and Security Agreement and the Schedule and all exhibits and schedules thereto, as the same may be modified, amended or restated from time to time by a written agreement signed by Borrower and Lender.

 

Ancillary Services ” means any of the products or services requested by Borrower and approved by Lender, including, without limitation, Automated Clearing House transactions, corporate credit card services, FX Contracts, Letters of Credit, and other treasury management services.

 

Ancillary Services Reserves ” is defined in Section 1.6

 

Ancillary Services Sublimit ” is set forth in Section 1 of the Schedule.

 

Business Day ” means a day on which Lender is open for business.

 

Change in Control ” means any of the following, in each case without the prior written consent of Lender (which shall be a matter of its Good Faith Business Judgment):  (i) Toro Acquisition S.à r.l. or its Affiliates ceases to own (beneficially and of record) at least 15% of the outstanding shares of stock of Parent, or Balderton Capital IV, L2 S.à.r.l. or its Affiliates ceases to own (beneficially and of record) at least 10% of the outstanding shares of stock of Parent, or Parent shall cease to own 100% of the outstanding stock of any Borrower, in each case without the prior written consent of Lender , or (ii) any direct or indirect reorganization, consolidation, or merger of Parent where the holders of the Parent’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction, or (iii) a sale or other transfer of assets of Parent (on a consolidated basis) having a value of more than 50% of the total value of the assets of Parent (on a consolidated basis), in any single transaction or series of related transactions.

 

11



 

Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted and in effect in the State of California from time to time.

 

Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2 above.

 

Contingent Obligation ” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to (i) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, including, without limitation, any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations with respect to undrawn letters of credit, corporate credit cards or merchant services issued for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations arising under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.  The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith; provided, however, that such amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.

 

continuing ” and “ during the continuance of ” when used with reference to a Default or Event of Default means that the Default or Event of Default has occurred and has not been either waived in writing by Lender or cured within any applicable cure period.

 

control ” of a Person means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies of such Person (whether through ownership of voting securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise).

 

Copyrights ” means any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held.

 

Default ” means any event which with notice or passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

Default Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 above.

 

Deposit Accounts ” means all present and future “deposit accounts” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all general and special bank accounts, demand accounts, checking accounts, savings accounts and certificates of deposit.

 

Equipment ” means all present and future “equipment” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

 

Event of Default ” means any of the events set forth in Section 7.1 of this Agreement.

 

Excluded Accounts ” means Deposit Accounts (i)  where the balance maintained in such accounts will not exceed, for a period of more than two consecutive Business Days in any month, $50,000 for any one account or $150,000 for all such accounts, (ii) used specifically and exclusively for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for Borrower’s employees or (iii) consisting of collateral Deposit Accounts subject to Permitted Liens.

 

Foreign Subs ” has the meaning given in Section 8(a) of the Schedule.

 

Foreign Exchange Reserve Percentage ” means reserves in an amount equal to a percentage of FX Contracts outstanding, as established by Lender in accordance with its customary practice.

 

FX Contracts ” means contracts between Borrower and Lender for foreign exchange transactions.

 

General Intangibles ” means all present and future “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all Intellectual Property, payment intangibles, royalties, contract rights, goodwill, franchise agreements, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, telephone numbers, domain names, claims, income tax refunds, security and other deposits, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

 

12



 

Good Faith Business Judgment ” means Lender’s business judgment as a secured lender, exercised honestly and in good faith and not arbitrarily.

 

Guarantor ” means any Person who has guaranteed, or in the future guarantees, any of the Obligations.

 

IFRS ” means International Financial Reporting Standards promulgated by the International Accounting Standards Board, as in effect from time to time.

 

including ” means including (but not limited to).

 

Indebtedness” means (a) all indebtedness created, assumed or incurred in any manner by Borrower representing money borrowed (including by the issuance of debt securities, notes, bonds debentures or similar instruments), (b) all indebtedness for the deferred purchase price of property or services, (c) the Obligations, (d) obligations and liabilities of any Person secured by a Lien or claim on property owned by Borrower, even though Borrower has not assumed or become liable therefor, (e) obligations and liabilities created or arising under any capital lease or conditional sales contract or other title retention agreement with respect to property used or acquired by Borrower, even though the rights and remedies of the lessor, seller or lender are limited to repossession or otherwise limited; (f) all obligations of Borrower on or with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and other similar extensions of credit whether or not representing obligations for borrowed money; and (g) the amount of any Contingent Obligations.

 

Intellectual Property ” means all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following: Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents; any and all trade secrets, and any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held; any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held; any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the rights included above, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual property rights identified above; all licenses or other rights to use any of the Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks, and all license fees and royalties arising from such use; and all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

 

Insolvency Proceeding ” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other state, federal or other bankruptcy or insolvency law, now or hereafter in effect,  including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation, or other relief.

 

Inventory ” means all present and future “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit, and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

 

Investment ” means any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, securities, partnership interest, limited liability company interest, or other interests), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person, including the creation or capital contribution to a wholly-owned or partially-owned subsidiary)

 

Investment Property ” means all present and future investment property, securities, stocks, bonds, debentures, debt securities, partnership interests, limited liability company interests, options, security entitlements, securities accounts, commodity contracts, commodity accounts, and all financial assets held in any securities account or otherwise, and all options and warrants to purchase any of the foregoing, wherever located, and all other securities of every kind, whether certificated or uncertificated.

 

Letter of Credit ” means a commercial or standby letter of credit or similar undertaking issued by Lender at Borrower’s request.

 

Letter of Credit Fees ” is defined in Section 1.7.

 

Lien ” means any mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.

 

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Representations, and all other present and future documents, instruments and agreements between Lender and Borrower, including, but not limited to those relating to this Agreement, and all amendments and modifications thereto and replacements therefor.

 

13



 

Material Adverse Change ” means a material adverse effect on (i) the operations, business or financial condition of Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of Borrower to repay the Obligations or otherwise perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, or (iii) Borrower’s interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of Lender’s security interest in the Collateral.

 

Obligations ” means all present and future Loans, advances, debts, liabilities, obligations, guaranties, covenants, duties and indebtedness at any time owing by Borrower to Lender, whether evidenced by this Agreement or any note or other instrument or document, or otherwise, whether arising from an extension of credit, opening of a letter of credit, banker’s acceptance, loan, guaranty, indemnification, Ancillary Service, or otherwise, whether direct or indirect (including, without limitation, any interest and other obligations that accrue after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, including, without limitation, all interest, charges, expenses, fees, attorney’s fees, expert witness fees, audit fees, letter of credit fees, collateral monitoring fees, closing fees, facility fees, termination fees, minimum interest charges and any other sums chargeable to Borrower under this Agreement or under any other Loan Documents.

 

Other Property ” means the following as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and all rights relating thereto: all present and future “commercial tort claims” (including without limitation any commercial tort claims identified in the Representations), “documents”, “instruments”, “promissory notes”, “chattel paper”, “letters of credit”, “letter-of-credit rights”, “fixtures”, “farm products” and “money”; and all other goods and personal property of every kind, tangible and intangible, whether or not governed by the Code.

 

Overadvance ” is defined in Section 1.3.

 

Parent ” means Talend SA, a French société anonyme .

 

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

 

Payment ” means all checks, wire transfers and other items of payment received by Lender (including proceeds of Accounts and payment of the Obligations in full) for credit to Borrower’s outstanding Loans.

 

Permitted Indebtedness ” means:

 

(i)  the Obligations;

 

(ii) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and disclosed on Exhibit A;

 

(iii) trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(iv) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

 

(v) capitalized leases and purchase money Indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens in an aggregate amount not exceeding $200,000 at any time outstanding, provided the amount of such capitalized leases and purchase money Indebtedness do not exceed, at the time they were incurred, the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the property so leased or financed with such Indebtedness;

 

(vi) Subordinated Debt;

 

(vii) Indebtedness in a principal amount not to exceed $450,000 with respect to reimbursement obligations for letters of credit issued for the benefit of Borrower, and (but only for a period for 180 days after the date hereof) Indebtedness in a principal amount not to exceed $150,000 with respect to credit cards issued for Borrower;

 

(viii) Indebtedness of Borrower to any Perfected Related Company;

 

(ix) Indebtedness owed to any Person providing workers’ compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits of property, casualty or liability insurance, pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations of such Person, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(x) Indebtedness in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds or similar obligations, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(xi) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness in clauses (ii) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased and the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower, and provided, in the case of Subordinated Debt, that it continues to be Subordinated Debt.

 

14



 

Permitted Investments ” means:

 

(i)           Investments existing on the date hereof and disclosed on Exhibit A;

 

(ii)           Marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof,  commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, Lender’s certificates of deposit maturing no more than one year from the date of investment therein, and Lender’s money market accounts; Investments in regular deposit or checking accounts held with Lender or subject to a control agreement in favor of Lender;

 

(iii)        Investments in (A) a Perfected Related Company or (B) a Non-Perfected Related Company not to exceed $100,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

 

(iv) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

 

(v)          Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(vi) Repurchases of stock permitted under clause (xi) of Section 5.5;

 

(vii) Investments not to exceed $100,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year consisting of (A) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business and (B) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Borrower’s board of directors;

 

(viii) deposits in Deposit Accounts and securities accounts maintained in accordance with this Agreement; and

 

(ix) joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, so long as any cash Investment by Borrower does not exceed $100,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

 

Permitted Liens ” means the following:

 

(i) purchase money security interests in, and leases of, specific items of Equipment;

 

(ii) Liens for taxes not yet payable;

 

(iii) additional security interests which are consented to in writing by Lender, which consent may be withheld in its Good Faith Business Judgment, and which are subordinate to the security interest of Lender pursuant to a Subordination Agreement in such form and containing such provisions as Lender shall specify in its Good Faith Business Judgment;

 

(iv)  Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default;

 

(v) security interests being terminated substantially concurrently with this Agreement;

 

(vi) Liens incurred on deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers compensation, unemployment insurance, social security and other like laws or to secure the performance of statutory obligations;

 

(vii)  Liens of mechanics, materialmen, workers, repairmen, fillers and common carriers arising by operation of law for amounts that are not yet due and payable or which are being contested in good faith by Borrower by appropriate proceedings;

 

(viii) deposits or pledges of cash to secure bids, tenders, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money), leases, surety and appeal bonds and other obligations of a like nature arising in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate amount not exceeding $250,000 at any time;

 

(ix) Liens existing on the date hereof and disclosed on Exhibit A;

 

(x) cash collateral securing the following Permitted Indebtedness under clause (vii) of the definition thereof: (A) reimbursement obligations for letters of credit issued for the benefit of Borrower, and (B) only for a period for 180 days after the date hereof, obligations with respect to credit cards issued for Borrower;

 

(xi) leases or sublease of real property granted in the ordinary course of business, including in connection with leased premises.

 

15



 

Lender will have the right to require, as a condition to its consent under subparagraph (iii) above, that the holder of the additional security interest or voluntary Lien sign a subordination agreement on Lender’s then standard form, acknowledge that the security interest is subordinate to the security interest in favor of Lender, and agree not to take any action to enforce its subordinate security interest so long as any Obligations remain outstanding, and that Borrower agree that any uncured default in any obligation secured by the subordinate security interest shall also constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement.

 

Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, government, or any agency or political division thereof, or any other entity.

 

Prime Rate ” means the variable rate of interest per annum, most recently announced by Lender as its “prime rate” (whether or not such announced rate is the lowest rate available from Lender).

 

Representations ” has the meaning set forth in the Schedule.

 

Reserves ” means, as of any date of determination, such amounts as Lender may from time to time establish and revise in its Good Faith Business Judgment, reducing the Credit Limit:  (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment, do or may adversely affect (i) the Collateral or any other property which is security for the Obligations or its value, (ii) the assets, business or prospects of Borrower or any Guarantor, or (iii) the security interests and other rights of Lender in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof); or (b) to reflect Lender’s good faith belief that any Collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or any Guarantor to Lender is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect.

 

Subordinated Debt ” means unsecured Indebtedness which is on terms acceptable to Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment, and which is subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to a Subordination Agreement in such form as Lender shall specify in its Good Faith Business Judgment

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a Person of which more than 50% of the voting stock or other equity interests is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more Affiliates of such Person.

 

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

 

Other Terms .  All accounting terms used in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meanings given to such terms in accordance with IFRS, consistently applied.  All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meanings provided by the Code, to the extent such terms are defined therein.

 

9.               GENERAL PROVISIONS.

 

9.1  Application of Payments. Lender shall not be required to credit Borrower’s account for the amount of any item of payment which is unsatisfactory to Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment, and Lender may charge Borrower’s loan account for the amount of any item of payment which is returned to Lender unpaid. In computing interest on the Obligations, all Payments will be deemed received when received in immediately available funds, and if such immediately available funds are received after 1:00 PM Eastern Time on any day, they shall be deemed received on the next Business Day.

 

9.2  Increased Costs and Reduced Return . If Lender shall have determined that the adoption or implementation of, or any change in, any law, rule, treaty or regulation, or any policy, guideline or directive of, or any change in, the interpretation or administration thereof by, any court, central bank or other administrative or governmental authority, or compliance by Lender with any directive of, or guideline from, any central bank or other governmental authority or the introduction of, or change in, any accounting principles applicable to Lender (whether or not having the force of law) shall (i) subject the Lender to any tax, duty or other charge with respect to this Agreement or any Loan made hereunder, or change the basis of taxation of payments to Lender of any amounts payable hereunder (except for taxes on the overall net income of Lender), (ii) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against any Loan, or against assets of or held by, or deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, Lender, or (iii) impose on Lender any other condition regarding this Agreement or any Loan, and the result of any event referred to in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above shall be to increase in any material respect the cost to Lender of making any Loan, or agreeing to make any Loan or to reduce any amount received or receivable by Lender, then, upon demand by Lender, Borrower shall pay to Lender such additional amounts as will compensate the Lender for such increased costs or reductions in amount. With respect to this Section 9.2, Lender shall treat

 

16



 

Borrower no differently than Lender treats other similarly situated Borrowers.  A certificate of the Lender claiming compensation under this Section, specifying the event herein above described and the nature of such event shall be submitted by the Lender to Borrower, setting forth the additional amount due and an explanation of the calculation thereof, and the Lender’s reasons for invoking the provisions of this Section, and the same shall be final and conclusive absent manifest error.  Failure or delay on the part of Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that Borrower shall not be required to compensate Lender pursuant to this Section for any increased costs incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that Lender notifies Borrower of the change giving rise to such increased costs and of Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the change giving rise to such increased costs is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

 

9.3  Charges to Accounts.  Lender may, in its discretion, require that Borrower pay monetary Obligations in cash to Lender, or charge them to Borrower’s Loan account (in which event they will bear interest at the same rate applicable to the Loans), or any of Borrower’s Deposit Accounts maintained with Lender.

 

9.4  Monthly Accountings.   Lender may provide Borrower monthly with an account of advances, charges, expenses and payments made pursuant to this Agreement.  Such account shall be deemed correct, accurate and binding on Borrower absent manifest error.

 

9.5  Notices.   All notices to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given either personally or by reputable private delivery service or by regular first-class mail, or certified mail return receipt requested, addressed (i) to Borrower at the address shown in the heading to this Agreement, or (ii) to Lender at the address shown in the heading to this Agreement, or (iii) for either party at any other address designated in writing by one party to the other party. All notices shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery in the case of notices personally delivered, or at the expiration of one Business Day following delivery to the private delivery service, or three Business Days following the deposit thereof in the United States mail, with postage prepaid.

 

9.6  Severability.   Should any provision of this Agreement be held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be void or unenforceable, such defect shall not affect the remainder of this Agreement, which shall continue in full force and effect.

 

9.7  Integration.   This Agreement and such other written agreements, documents and instruments as may be executed in connection herewith are the final, entire and complete agreement between Borrower and Lender and supersede all prior and contemporaneous negotiations and oral representations and agreements, all of which are merged and integrated in this Agreement.  There are no oral understandings, representations or agreements between the parties which are not set forth in this Agreement or in other written agreements signed by the parties in connection herewith.

 

9.8  Waivers; Indemnity.   The failure of Lender at any time or times to require Borrower to strictly comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive or diminish any right of Lender later to demand and receive strict compliance therewith.  Any waiver of any default shall not waive or affect any other default, whether prior or subsequent, and whether or not similar.  None of the provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to have been waived by any act or knowledge of Lender or its agents or employees, but only by a specific written waiver signed by an authorized officer of Lender and delivered to Borrower.  Borrower waives the benefit of all statutes of limitations relating to any of the Obligations or this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest and notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of any commercial paper, instrument, account, General Intangible, document or guaranty at any time held by Lender on which Borrower is or may in any way be liable, and notice of any action taken by Lender, unless expressly required by this Agreement. Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify Lender and its Affiliates, subsidiaries, parent, directors, officers, employees, agents, and attorneys, and to hold them harmless from and against any and all claims, debts, liabilities, demands, obligations, actions, causes of action, penalties, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), of every kind, which they may sustain or incur based upon or arising out of any of the Obligations, or any relationship or agreement between Lender and Borrower, or any other matter, relating to Borrower or the Obligations; provided that this indemnity shall not extend to damages caused by the indemnitee’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the indemnity agreement set forth in this Section shall survive any termination of this Agreement and shall for all purposes continue in full force and effect.

 

9.9 Liability. NEITHER LENDER NOR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, SUBSIDIARIES, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR ATTORNEYS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE TO BORROWER OR TO ANY OTHER PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHICH MAY BE ALLEGED AS A RESULT OF ANY FINANCIAL ACCOMMODATION HAVING BEEN EXTENDED, SUSPENDED

 

17



 

OR TERMINATED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR AS A RESULT OF ANY OTHER ACT, OMISSION OR TRANSACTION.

 

9.10  Amendment.   The terms and provisions of this Agreement may not be waived or amended, except in a writing executed by Borrower and a duly authorized officer of Lender.

 

9.11  Time of Essence.   Time is of the essence in the performance by Borrower of each and every obligation under this Agreement.

 

9.12  Attorneys Fees and Costs.   Borrower shall reimburse Lender for all reasonable attorneys’ and consultant’s fees (including without limitation those of Lender’s outside counsel, and whether incurred before, during or after an Insolvency Proceeding), and all filing, recording, search, title insurance, appraisal, audit, and other reasonable costs incurred by Lender, pursuant to, or in connection with, or relating to this Agreement (whether or not a lawsuit is filed), including, but not limited to, any reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs Lender incurs in order to do the following: prepare and negotiate this Agreement and all present and future documents relating to this Agreement; obtain legal advice in connection with this Agreement or Borrower; enforce, or seek to enforce, any of its rights; prosecute actions against, or defend actions by, Account Debtors; commence, intervene in, or defend any action or proceeding; initiate any complaint to be relieved of any automatic stay in bankruptcy; file or prosecute any probate claim, bankruptcy claim, third-party claim, or other claim; examine, audit, copy, and inspect any of the Collateral or any of Borrower’s books and records (subject to the limitations in Section 5.4); protect, obtain possession of, lease, dispose of, or otherwise enforce Lender’s security interest in, the Collateral; and otherwise represent Lender in any litigation relating to Borrower. If either Lender or Borrower files any lawsuit against the other predicated on a breach of this Agreement, the prevailing party in such action shall be entitled to recover its reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees, including (but not limited to) reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in the enforcement of, execution upon or defense of any order, decree, award or judgment from the non-prevailing party. All attorneys’ fees and costs to which Lender may be entitled pursuant to this Paragraph shall immediately become part of Borrower’s Obligations, shall be due on demand, and shall bear interest thereafter at a rate equal to the highest interest rate then applicable to any of the Obligations.

 

9.13  Benefit of Agreement.   The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective successors, assigns, heirs, beneficiaries and representatives of Borrower and Lender; provided, however, that Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Lender, and any prohibited assignment shall be void.  No consent by Lender to any assignment shall release Borrower from its liability for the Obligations.

 

9.14  Joint and Several Liability.   If Borrower consists of more than one Person, their liability shall be joint and several, and the compromise of any claim with, or the release of, any Borrower shall not constitute a compromise with, or a release of, any other Borrower.

 

9.15 [intentionally omitted].

 

9.16  Paragraph Headings; Construction.   Paragraph headings are only used in this Agreement for convenience.  Borrower and Lender acknowledge that the headings may not describe completely the subject matter of the applicable paragraph, and the headings shall not be used in any manner to construe, limit, define or interpret any term or provision of this Agreement. This Agreement has been fully reviewed and negotiated between the parties and no uncertainty or ambiguity in any term or provision of this Agreement shall be construed strictly against Lender or Borrower under any rule of construction or otherwise.

 

9.17  Public Announcement.   Borrower hereby agrees that Lender may make a public announcement of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and may publicize the same in marketing materials, newspapers and other publications, and otherwise, and in connection therewith may use Borrower’s name, tradenames and logos.

 

9.18  Confidentiality .   Lender agrees to use the same degree of care that it exercises with respect to its own proprietary information, to maintain the confidentiality of any and all information provided to or received by Lender from Borrower which would reasonably be understood to be confidential, including business plans and forecasts, non-public financial information, confidential or secret processes, formulae, devices and contractual information, customer lists, and employee relation matters, provided that Lender may disclose such information to (i) its officers, directors, employees, attorneys, accountants and Affiliates so long as such Persons are instructed as to the confidential nature of such information, (ii) participants, prospective participants, assignees and prospective assignees so long as such Persons agree to maintain the confidentiality of such information in the same manner as this Section and (iii) such other Persons to whom Lender shall at any time be required to make such disclosure in accordance with applicable law, and provided, that the foregoing provisions shall not apply to disclosures made by Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment in connection with the enforcement of its

 

18



 

rights or remedies after an Event of Default.  The confidentiality agreement in this Section supersedes any prior confidentiality agreement of Lender relating to Borrower.

 

9.19  Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue. This Agreement and all acts, transactions, disputes and controversies arising hereunder or relating hereto, and all rights and obligations of the parties shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws (and not the conflict of laws rules) of the State of California. All disputes, controversies, claims, actions and other proceedings involving, directly or indirectly, any matter in any way arising out of, related to, or connected with, this Agreement or the relationship between Borrower and Lender, and any and all other claims of Borrower against Lender of any kind, shall be brought only in a court located in Los Angeles County, California, and each party consents to the jurisdiction of an such court and the referee referred to in Section 9.20 below, and waives any and all rights the party may have to object to the jurisdiction of any such court, or to transfer or change the venue of any such action or proceeding, including, without limitation, any objection to venue or request for change in venue based on the doctrine of forum non conveniens ; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall limit the right of Lender to bring proceedings against Borrower in the courts of any other competent jurisdiction. Borrower consents to service of process in any action or proceeding brought against it by Lender, by personal delivery, or by mail addressed as set forth in this Agreement or by any other method permitted by law.

 

9.20  Dispute Resolution.   Any controversy, dispute or claim between the parties based upon, arising out of, or in any way relating to: (i) this Agreement or any supplement or amendment thereto; or (ii) any other present or future instrument or agreement between the parties hereto; or (iii) any breach, conduct, acts or omissions of any of the parties hereto or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys or any other person affiliated with or representing any of the parties hereto; in each of the foregoing cases, whether sounding in contract or tort or otherwise (a “Dispute”) shall be resolved exclusively by judicial reference in accordance with Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”) and Rules 3.900 et seq. of the California Rules of Court (“CRC”), subject to the following terms and conditions. (All references in this section to provisions of the CCP and/or CRC shall be deemed to include any and all successor provisions.)

 

(a)          The reference shall be a consensual general reference pursuant to CCP Sections 638 and 644(a). Unless the parties otherwise agree in writing, the reference shall be to a single referee. The referee shall be a retired Judge of the Los Angeles County Superior Court (“Superior Court”) or a retired Justice of the California Court of Appeal or California Supreme Court. Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the right of Lender, pending or after the appointment of the referee, to seek and obtain provisional relief from the Superior Court or such referee, or any other court in a jurisdiction in which any Collateral is located or having jurisdiction over any Collateral, including without limitation, writ of attachment, writ of possession, appointment of a receiver, temporary restraining order and/or preliminary injunction, or other “provisional remedy” (as such term is defined in CCP Section 1281.8).

 

(b)          Within fifteen (15) days after a party gives written notice in accordance with this Agreement to all other parties to a Dispute that the Dispute exists, all parties to the Dispute shall attempt to agree on the individual to be appointed as referee. If the parties are unable to agree on the individual to be appointed as referee, the referee shall be appointed, upon noticed motion or ex parte application by any party, by the Superior Court in accordance with CCP Section 640, subject to all rights of the parties to challenge or object to the appointment, including without limitation the right to peremptory challenge under CCP Section 170.6. If the referee (or any successor referee) appointed by the Superior Court is unable, or at any time becomes unable, to serve as referee in the Dispute, the Superior Court shall appoint a new referee as agreed to by the parties or, if the parties cannot agree, in accordance with CCP Section 640, which new referee shall then have the same powers, and be subject to the same terms and conditions, as the predecessor referee.

 

(c)           Venue for all proceedings before the referee, and for any Superior Court proceeding for the appointment of the referee, shall be exclusively within the County of Los Angeles, State of California.  The referee shall have the exclusive power to determine whether a Dispute is subject to judicial reference pursuant to this section. Trial, and all proceedings and hearings on dispositive motions, conducted before the referee shall be conducted in the presence of, and shall be transcribed by, a court reporter, unless otherwise agreed in writing by all parties to the proceeding. The referee shall issue a written statement of decision, which shall be subject to objections of the parties pursuant to CRC Rule 3.1590 as if the statement of decision were issued by the Superior Court. The referee’s powers include, in addition to those set forth in CCP Sections 638, et seq., and CRC Rules 3.900 et seq., (i) the power to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, writ of attachment, writ of possession, appointment of a receiver, temporary restraining order and/or preliminary injunction, or other “provisional remedy” (as such term is defined in CCP Section 1281.8), and (ii) the power to hear and resolve all post-trial matters in connection with the Dispute that would otherwise be determined by the Superior Court, including without limitation motions for new trial, reconsideration, to vacate judgment, to stay execution or enforcement, to tax costs, and/or for attorneys’ fees. The parties shall, subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, bear equally the costs of the reference proceeding, including without limitation the fees and costs of the referee and the court reporter.

 

19



 

(d)          The parties acknowledge and agree that (i) the referee alone shall determine all issues of fact and/or law in the Dispute, without a jury (subject, however, to the right of a party, pending or after the appointment of the referee, to seek and obtain provisional relief from the Superior Court or such referee, including without limitation, writ of attachment, writ of possession, appointment of a receiver, temporary restraining order and/or preliminary injunction, or other “provisional remedy” (as such term is defined in CCP Section 1281.8)), (ii) the referee does not have the power to empanel a jury, (iii) the Superior Court shall enter judgment on the decision of the referee pursuant to CCP Section 644(a) as if the decision were issued by the Superior Court, (iv) the decision of the referee shall not be subject to review by the Superior Court, and (v) the decision of the referee, once entered as a judgment by the Superior Court, shall be binding, final and conclusive, shall have the full force and effect of a judgment of the Superior Court, and shall be subject to appeal to the same extent as a judgment of the Superior Court.

 

9.21  Multiple Borrowers; Suretyship Waivers.

 

(a) Borrowers’ Agent. Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints each other Borrower, as the agent, attorney-in-fact and legal representative of all Borrowers for all purposes, including requesting disbursement of Loans and receiving account statements and other notices and communications to Borrowers (or any of them) from Lender. Lender may rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, on any request for a Loan, disbursement instruction, report, information or any other notice or communication made or given by any Borrower, whether in its own name, as Borrowers’ agent, or on behalf of one or more Borrowers, and Lender shall not have any obligation to make any inquiry or request any confirmation from or on behalf of any other Borrower as to the binding effect on it of any such request, instruction, report, information, other notice or communication, nor shall the joint and several character of Borrowers’ obligations hereunder be affected thereby.

 

(b)          Waivers.  Each Borrower hereby waives:  (i) any right to require Lender to institute suit against, or to exhaust its rights and remedies against, any other Borrower or any other person, or to proceed against any property of any kind which secures all or any part of the Obligations, or to exercise any right of offset or other right with respect to any reserves, credits or deposit accounts held by or maintained with Lender or any indebtedness of Lender to any other Borrower, or to exercise any other right or power, or pursue any other remedy Lender may have; (ii) any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of any other Borrower or any Guarantor or any endorser, co-maker or other person, or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of any liability of any other Borrower or any Guarantor or any endorser, co-maker or other person, with respect to all or any part of the Obligations, or by reason of any act or omission of Lender or others which directly or indirectly results in the discharge or release of any other Borrower or any Guarantor or any other person or any Obligations or any security therefor, whether by operation of law or otherwise; (iii) any defense arising by reason of any failure of Lender to obtain, perfect, maintain or keep in force any Lien on, any property of any Borrower or any other person; (iv) any defense based upon or arising out of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, liquidation or dissolution proceeding commenced by or against any other Borrower or any Guarantor or any endorser, co-maker or other person, including without limitation any discharge of, or bar against collecting, any of the Obligations (including without limitation any interest thereon), in or as a result of any such proceeding.  Until all of the Obligations have been paid, performed, and discharged in full, nothing shall discharge or satisfy the liability of Borrower hereunder except the full performance and payment of all of the Obligations.  If any claim is ever made upon Lender for repayment or recovery of any amount or amounts received by Lender in payment of or on account of any of the Obligations, because of any claim that any such payment constituted a preferential transfer or fraudulent conveyance, or for any other reason whatsoever, and Lender repays all or part of said amount by reason of any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative body having jurisdiction over Lender or any of its property, or by reason of any settlement or compromise of any such claim effected by Lender with any such claimant (including without limitation any other Borrower), then and in any such event, Borrower agrees that any such judgment, decree, order, settlement and compromise shall be binding upon Borrower, notwithstanding any revocation or release of this Agreement or the cancellation of any note or other instrument evidencing any of the Obligations, or any release of any of the Obligations, and Borrower shall be and remain liable to Lender under this Agreement for the amount so repaid or recovered, to the same extent as if such amount had never originally been received by Lender, and the provisions of this sentence shall survive, and continue in effect, notwithstanding any revocation or release of this Agreement.  Until the Obligations are indefeasibly paid in full in cash, each Borrower hereby expressly and unconditionally waives all rights of subrogation, reimbursement and indemnity of every kind against any other Borrower, and all rights of recourse to any assets or property of any other Borrower, and all rights to any collateral or security held for the payment and performance of any Obligations, including (but not limited to) any of the foregoing rights which Borrower may have under any present or future document or agreement with any other Borrower or other person, and including (but not limited to) any of the foregoing rights which Borrower may have under any equitable doctrine of subrogation, implied contract, or unjust enrichment, or any other equitable or legal doctrine. Each Borrower further hereby waives any other rights and defenses that are or may become available to Borrower by reason of California Civil Code Sections 2787 to 2855 (inclusive), 2899, and 3433, as now in effect or hereafter amended, and under all other similar statutes and rules now or hereafter in effect.

 

20



 

(c)           Consents. Each Borrower hereby consents and agrees that, without notice to or by Borrower and without affecting or impairing in any way the obligations or liability of Borrower hereunder, Lender may, from time to time before or after revocation of this Agreement, do any one or more of the following in Lender’s sole and absolute discretion:  (i) accept partial payments of, compromise or settle, renew, extend the time for the payment, discharge, or performance of, refuse to enforce, and release all or any parties to, any or all of the Obligations; (ii) grant any other indulgence to any Borrower or any other person in respect of any or all of the Obligations or any other matter; (iii) accept, release, waive, surrender, enforce, exchange, modify, impair, or extend the time for the performance, discharge, or payment of, any and all property of any kind securing any or all of the Obligations or any guaranty of any or all of the Obligations, or on which Lender at any time may have a Lien, or refuse to enforce its rights or make any compromise or settlement or agreement therefor in respect of any or all of such property; (iv) substitute or add, or take any action or omit to take any action which results in the release of, any one or more other Borrowers or any endorsers or Guarantors of all or any part of the Obligations, including, without limitation one or more parties to this Agreement, regardless of any destruction or impairment of any right of contribution or other right of Borrower; (v) apply any sums received from any other Borrower, any Guarantor, endorser, or co-signer, or from the disposition of any Collateral or security, to any indebtedness whatsoever owing from such person or secured by such Collateral or security, in such manner and order as Lender determines in its sole discretion, and regardless of whether such indebtedness is part of the Obligations, is secured, or is due and payable.  Borrower consents and agrees that Lender shall be under no obligation to marshal any assets in favor of Borrower, or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations.  Borrower further consents and agrees that Lender shall have no duties or responsibilities whatsoever with respect to any property securing any or all of the Obligations.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Lender shall have no obligation to monitor, verify, audit, examine, or obtain or maintain any insurance with respect to, any property securing any or all of the Obligations.

 

(d)          [intentionally omitted].

 

(e)           Independent Liability.  Each Borrower hereby agrees that one or more successive or concurrent actions may be brought hereon against Borrower, in the same action in which any other Borrower may be sued or in separate actions, as often as deemed advisable by Lender. Each Borrower is fully aware of the financial condition of each other Borrower and is executing and delivering this Agreement based solely upon its own independent investigation of all matters pertinent hereto, and Borrower is not relying in any manner upon any representation or statement of Lender with respect thereto.  Each Borrower represents and warrants that it is in a position to obtain, and each Borrower hereby assumes full responsibility for obtaining, any additional information concerning any other Borrower’s financial condition and any other matter pertinent hereto as Borrower may desire, and Borrower is not relying upon or expecting Lender to furnish to it any information now or hereafter in Lender’s possession concerning the same or any other matter.

 

(f) Subordination.  All indebtedness of a Borrower now or hereafter arising held by another Borrower is subordinated to the Obligations and Borrower holding the indebtedness shall take all actions reasonably requested by Lender to effect, to enforce and to give notice of such subordination.

 

[Signatures on Next Page]

 

21



 

9.22  Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial.   LENDER AND BORROWER EACH ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHT, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED.  EACH OF THE PARTIES, AFTER CONSULTING OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT, WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR CHOICE, KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED INSTRUMENT OR LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN), ACTION OR INACTION OF ANY OF THEM.  THESE PROVISIONS SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MODIFIED IN ANY RESPECT OR RELINQUISHED BY LENDER OR BORROWER, EXCEPT BY A WRITTEN INSTRUMENT EXECUTED BY EACH OF THEM.  IF FOR ANY REASON THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION ARE VOID, INVALID OR UNENFORCEABLE, THE SAME SHALL NOT AFFECT ANY OTHER TERM OR PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, AND ALL OTHER TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE UNAFFECTED BY THE SAME AND CONTINUE IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT.

 

Borrower:

 

 

 

TALEND, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Thomas Tuchscherer

 

Title

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Borrower:

 

 

 

TALEND USA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Thomas Tuchscherer

 

Title

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Lender:

 

 

 

SQUARE 1 BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Baron Chen

 

Title

Vice President

 

 

22


 

 

Schedule to

 

Loan and Security Agreement

 

Borrowers:                                                                                Talend, Inc.

Talend USA, Inc.

 

Address:                                                                                                800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 200

Redwood City, California  94065

 

Date:                                                                                                                   May 29, 2015

 

This Schedule forms an integral part of the Loan and Security Agreement between SQUARE 1 BANK and the above Borrower of even date (the “Loan Agreement”).

 

1.  CREDIT LIMIT

(Section 1.1):                                                                                                                         An amount not to exceed the lesser of (a) and (b) below (the “Credit Limit”):

 

(a) a total of $ 15,000,000 at any one time outstanding (the “Maximum Credit Limit”), provided that, until the UK and French Company Requirements (set forth in Section 8(b) below) have been satisfied, the Maximum Credit Limit shall be $2,000,000 ; or

 

(b) the following (the “Borrowing Base”):

 

(i) an amount equal to the Advance Rate (determined as provided below (the “Advance Rate”)) multiplied by the combined Trailing Three-Month Subscription Revenue of Borrower and the Perfected Related Companies; plus

 

(ii) an amount equal to the Advance Rate multiplied by the Trailing Three-Month Subscription Revenue of the Non-Perfected Related Companies; provided that the portion of the Borrowing Base under this clause (ii) 

 

1



 

may not exceed 25% of the portion of the Borrowing Base under clause (i) above.

 

The “Advance Rate” shall be based on the “Renewal Rate” as follows:

 

Renewal Rate

 

Advance Rate

 

 

 

 

 

Equal to or greater than 85%

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

Less than 85% and equal to or greater than 80%

 

80

%

 

 

 

 

Less than 80% and equal to or greater than 70%

 

60

%

 

 

 

 

Less than 70%

 

0

%

 

Definitions.   For purposes of this Agreement the following additional terms have the following meanings:

 

Renewal Rate ” means, at any date, for the four-quarter period immediately preceding, and including, the most recent quarter for which reports under Section 6 below have been received by Lender: (a) the total dollar value (determined on an annualized basis) of subscription contracts of Borrower and Related Companies that were renewed during such period (and, in Lender’s Good Faith Business Judgment, during the two-week period following the end of such period), including any incremental value of subscription contracts due to upsells or cross sells; divided by (b) the total dollar value (determined on an annualized basis) of subscription contracts of Borrower and Related Companies that were up for renewal during such period.  (If such reports have not been received by the date due therefor, Lender may adjust the Advance Rate in its Good Faith Business Judgment.)

 

Trailing Three-Month Subscription Revenue ” of an entity means, at any date, the revenue from subscription contracts of such entity during the three-month period immediately preceding, and including, the most recent month for which reports under Section 6 below have been received by Lender (provided that if such reports have not been received by the date due therefor, Lender may adjust the Borrowing Base in its Good Faith Business Judgment).

 

Related Companies ” means Parent and Parent’s direct and indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries (other than Borrower),

 

2



 

which are engaged in the same business as Parent as determined by Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment.

 

Perfected Related Company ” means a Related Company during such time as Lender holds a Continuing Guaranty from such Related Company and Lender has a perfected first-priority security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the Related Company (subject to Permitted Liens), in each case, satisfactory to Lender and pursuant to documentation satisfactory to Lender, in its Good Faith Business Judgment.  If a Perfected Related Company later becomes a Non-Perfected Related Company, it shall at all times be deemed to have been a Non-Perfected Related Company, for purposes of computing the Borrowing Base.

 

Non-Perfected Related Company ” means a Related Company during such time as it is not a Perfected Related Company.

 

For purposes of the above, “Renewal Rate” and “Trailing Three-Month Subscription Revenue” shall be determined by including the Renewal Rate and Trailing Three-Month Subscription Revenue of both Borrower and the Related Companies.

 

Ancillary Services Sublimit:                                                                     $4,000,000.

 

Total Overall Credit Limit:                                                                          Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, in no event shall the total Loans and Ancillary Services Reserves at any time outstanding exceed $15,000,000.

 

2.  INTEREST.

 

Interest Rate (Section 1.2):

 

A rate equal to the Prime Rate in effect from time to time, plus 2.50% per annum, provided that the interest rate in effect on any day shall not be less than 5.75% per annum.  Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. The interest rate applicable to the Obligations shall change on each date there is a change in the Prime Rate.

 

3



 

3.  FEES (Section 1.4):

 

Loan Fee:                                                                                                                                          $75,000, payable concurrently herewith.

 

Sale Fee:                                                                                                                                                A Sale Fee in an amount equal to $200,000, upon the earlier of (i) any Sale of Parent or a Borrower; or (ii) any initial public offering of any equity securities of Parent or a Borrower; including (but not limited to) any Sale of Parent or a Borrower or initial public offering of Parent or a Borrower, (a) if the Obligations are paid in full in connection with such Sale or initial public offering, and this Agreement is then terminated, and (b) such Sale or initial public offering occurs within three months after termination of this Agreement by Borrower and prior to the Maturity Date.

 

As used herein, “Sale” of Parent or a Borrower means any of the following:

 

(i) any direct or indirect reorganization, consolidation, or merger of Parent or a Borrower where the holders of the Parent’s or Borrower’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction; or

 

(ii) a sale or other transfer of more than 50% of the assets of Parent (on a consolidated basis) or a Borrower in any single transaction or series of related transactions; or

 

(iii) a sale or other transfer of Parent’s or a Borrower’s capital stock in any single transaction or series of related transactions where the holders of the Parent’s or Borrower’s capital stock before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding capital stock after the transaction.

 

Nothing herein shall imply Lender’s consent to any Sale of the Parent or a Borrower.

 

4.  MATURITY DATE

(Section 6.1):                                                                                                                         May 29, 2017.

 

5.  FINANCIAL COVENANTS

(Section 5.1):                                                                                                                         Parent shall comply with each of the following covenants.  Compliance shall be determined on a consolidated basis, as of the end of each month (unless otherwise specifically provided below):

 

4



 

Minimum Billings:                                                                     Parent shall maintain Billings of not less than the following amounts during the following periods:

 

Period

 

Minimum Billings

 

5 months ending May 31, 2015

 

$

20,000,000

 

6 months ending Jun 30, 2015

 

$

31,000,000

 

7 months ending Jul 31, 2015

 

$

34,500,000

 

8 months ending Aug 31, 2015

 

$

39,000,000

 

9 months ending Sep 30, 2015

 

$

51,000,000

 

10 months ending Oct 31, 2015

 

$

55,000,000

 

11 months ending Nov 30, 2015

 

$

62,000,000

 

12 months ending Dec 31, 2015

 

$

80,000,000

 

 

Minimum Cash Flow:                                                   Parent shall maintain Cash Flow of not less than the following amounts during the following periods:

 

Period

 

Minimum Cash Flow

 

5 months ending May 31, 2015

 

$

(6,000,000

)

6 months ending Jun 30, 2015

 

$

(7,500,000

)

7 months ending Jul 31, 2015

 

$

(8,750,000

)

8 months ending Aug 31, 2015

 

$

(10,000,000

)

9 months ending Sep 30, 2015

 

$

(11,250,000

)

10 months ending Oct 31, 2015

 

$

(12,500,000

)

11 months ending Nov 30, 2015

 

$

(13,750,000

)

12 months ending Dec 31, 2015

 

$

(15,000,000

)

 

For periods after December 31, 2015, the above covenants shall be determined as follows:  Prior to December 31 of each year, Parent shall submit to Lender projections for the next year, on a monthly basis, as prepared by Parent’s management, which shall include projections of Billings and Cash Flow for such periods, and Lender and Parent shall negotiate in good faith to agree in writing on the amount of the minimum Billings and Cash Flow which Parent shall be required to maintain for such periods.  If for any reason, Parent and Lender are not able to agree in writing on the same prior to February 28 of the following year, then the minimum Billings and Cash Flow for the period ending at the end

 

5



 

of each month in the following year shall be determined by Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment.

 

Definitions :                                                                                                          “Billings” means with respect to any fiscal period, on a consolidated basis, the amounts billed by Borrower and the Related Companies to their respective customers in such period in accordance with its agreements with its customers.

 

“Cash Flow” means the sum of Parent’s operating cash flow and investing cash flow determined in accordance with IFRS on a consolidated basis.

 

6.  REPORTING.

(Section 5.3):

 

Borrower shall provide Lender with the following reports with respect to Parent, all of which shall be on a consolidated basis (unless otherwise provided below) and shall be in such form as Lender shall reasonably specify:

 

(a)                                  Monthly accounts receivable agings, aged by invoice date, within 30 days after the end of each month;

 

(b)                                  Monthly report as to Trailing Three-Month Subscription Revenue of (i) Borrower, (ii) Perfected Related Companies, and (iii) Non-Perfected Related Companies, with borrowing base certificate, within 30 days after the end of each month.

 

(c)                                   Monthly accounts payable agings, aged by invoice date, within 30 days after the end of each month;

 

(d)                                  Monthly unaudited financial statements, as soon as available, and in any event within 30 days after the end of each month;

 

(e)                                   Quarterly, within 30 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, a report as to the Renewal Rate, by quarter for the trailing four-quarter period (showing separately the effect of any incremental value of subscription contracts due to upsells or cross sells).

 

(f)                                    Annual operating budgets and financial projections (including income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements, by month) for each fiscal year of Parent within thirty days after the commencement of such fiscal year of Parent, approved by Parent’s board of directors;

 

6


 

 

(g)                                   Annual financial statements, as soon as available, and in any event within 180 days following the end of Parent’s fiscal year, certified by, and with an unqualified opinion of, independent certified public accountants reasonably acceptable to Lender;

 

(h)                                  Each of the financial statements in subsections (d) and (g) above shall be accompanied by Compliance Certificates, in such form as Lender shall reasonably specify, signed by the Chief Financial Officer of Borrower, certifying that as of the end of such period no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Lender shall request in its Good Faith Business Judgment;

 

(i)                                      promptly upon receipt, each management letter prepared by Parent’s independent certified public accounting firm regarding Borrower’s management control systems;

 

(j)                                     such budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial information generally prepared by Parent and Borrower in the ordinary course of business as Lender may reasonably request from time to time; and

 

(k)                                  within 30 days of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a report signed by Parent, in form reasonably acceptable to Lender, listing any applications or registrations that Borrower has made or filed in the United States of America in respect of any Patents, Copyrights or Trademarks and the status of any outstanding applications or registrations in the United States of America, including but not limited to any subsequent ownership right of Parent in or to any Trademark, Patent or Copyright not specified in exhibits to any Intellectual Property Security Agreement delivered to Lender by Parent in connection with the Loan Agreement.

 

7



 

7.  BORROWER INFORMATION:

 

Borrower represents and warrants that the information set forth in the Borrower Information Certificates previously submitted to Lender (collectively, the “Representations”) is true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

8.  ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

 

(a)                                  Subsidiaries.  Borrower represents and warrants that Parent has no partially-owned or wholly-owned Subsidiaries which are not Borrowers hereunder, except for Subsidiaries organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia (“Foreign Subs”), which, at the date hereof, are as follows:

 

Talend Limited (a UK entity) (“Talend UK”);

 

Talend Beijing Technology Co., Ltd. (a China entity);

 

Talend KK (a Japan entity);

 

Talend Germany GmbH (a German entity);

 

Talend GmbH (a Switzerland entity); and

 

Talend Ltd. (an Ireland entity).

 

The Borrower further represents and warrants that Talend USA, INC. does not do business in California in a manner that requires it to be qualified to do business in California.

 

(b)                                  Guaranties and Security Agreements.  Within 30 days after the date hereof, Borrower shall comply with the following (collectively, the “UK and French Company Requirements”):  Borrower shall cause Parent and Talend UK to each execute and deliver to Lender a Continuing Guaranty with respect to all of the Obligations, and a Security Agreement granting Lender a first-priority security interest in all of its assets (subject to “Permitted Liens” as therein defined), in such form as shall be recommended by Lender’s counsel in France and the UK, respectively, and as shall be reasonably acceptable to Lender, together with certified resolutions or other evidence of authority with respect to the execution and delivery of such

 

8



 

Guaranty and Security Agreement, and Parent and Talend UK shall execute and deliver such other documents and take such actions as shall be reasonably necessary in order to perfect Lender’s first-priority perfected security interest in such assets (subject to “Permitted Liens”) or shall be reasonably recommended by Lender’s counsel in France and the UK, respectively.  Throughout the term of the Loan Agreement, Borrower shall cause such Guaranties and Security Agreements to continue in full force and effect

 

(c)                                   Subordination of Inside Debt of Borrower .  All present and future indebtedness of Borrower to its officers, directors and shareholders (“Inside Debt”) shall, at all times, be subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to a subordination agreement on Lender’s standard form.  Borrower represents and warrants that there is no Inside Debt presently outstanding.  Prior to incurring any Inside Debt in the future, Borrower shall cause the person to whom such Inside Debt will be owed to execute and deliver to Lender a subordination agreement on Lender’s standard form.

 

(d)                                  Subordination of Inside Debt of Parent .  Borrower shall cause all present and future indebtedness of Parent to its officers, directors and shareholders (“Parent Inside Debt”) shall, at all times, be subordinated to the obligations of Parent under its Guaranty referred to above, pursuant to a subordination agreement in such form as Lender shall specify in its Good Faith Business Judgment.  Borrower represents and warrants that there is no Parent Inside Debt presently outstanding.  Prior to incurring any Parent Inside Debt in the future, Borrower shall cause the person to whom such Parent Inside Debt will be owed to execute and deliver to Lender a subordination agreement in such form as Lender shall specify in its Good Faith Business Judgment.

 

(e)                                   Deposit Accounts. Within 60 days after the date hereof, Borrower shall (i) transfer all of its Deposit Accounts maintained in the United States to Lender (other than (i) Deposit Accounts where the balance maintained in such accounts will not exceed, for a period of more than two consecutive Business Days in any month, $50,000 for any one account or $150,000 for all such accounts and (ii) Deposit Accounts securing obligations relating to letters of credit constituting Permitted Indebtedness under clause (vii) of the definition thereof), and (ii) transfer its primary investment accounts in the United States to Lender or Lender’s Affiliates, and (iii) at all times thereafter maintain the foregoing with

 

9



 

Lender or Lender’s Affiliates, and (iv) cause the Parent to transfer all of its Deposit Accounts maintained in the United States (other than Deposit Accounts where the balance maintained in such accounts will not exceed, for a period of more than two consecutive Business Days in any month, $50,000 for any one account or $150,000 for all such accounts) to Lender, and transfer its primary investment accounts in the United States to Lender or Lender’s Affiliates, and at all times thereafter maintain the foregoing with Lender or Lender’s Affiliates.  Within 60 days after the date hereof, Borrower shall cause any other banks or other institutions where its investment accounts in the United States are maintained to enter into control agreements with Lender, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and sufficient to perfect Lender’ first-priority security interest in the same (subject to Permitted Liens).

 

(f)                                    [intentionally omitted] .

 

(g)                                  Foreign Assets.  Borrower covenants that (i) the total amount maintained by Borrower in foreign bank accounts shall not, at any time, exceed $500,000, and (ii) the total assets of Borrower located outside the United States (including without limitation deposits in foreign bank accounts) combined shall not, at any time, exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate.  Borrower shall not permit any of the assets of any of the Foreign Subs to be subject to any security interest, lien or encumbrance (other than Permitted Liens), and Borrower shall not agree with any other Person to restrict its ability to cause a Foreign Sub to grant any security interest in, or lien or encumbrance on, its assets.

 

[Signatures on Next Page]

 

10



 

Borrower:  

Lender:   

TALEND, INC.

SQUARE 1 BANK

 

 

 

 

 

By

 /s/ Thomas Tuchscherer

By

 /s/ Baron Chen

Title

 CFO

Title

 Vice President

 

 

 

 

Borrower:   

 

TALEND USA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By

 /s/ Thomas Tuchscherer

 

Title

 CFO

 

 

11



 

Exhibit A

 

Existing Indebtedness:  None

 

Existing Investments:  None

 

Existing Liens:  None

 




Exhibit 10.12

 

First Amendment to Loan
Agreement

 

Borrower:

Talend, Inc.

 

Talend USA, Inc.

 

 

Date:

March 7, 2016

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT (“Amendment”) is entered into between PACIFIC WESTERN BANK, a California state chartered bank (“Lender”) and the borrowers named above (jointly and severally “Borrower”).

 

Lender (as successor in interest by merger to Square 1 Bank) and Borrower agree to amend the Loan and Security Agreement between them, dated May 29, 2015 (the “Original Agreement” and, as amended hereby, the “Loan Agreement”), as follows, effective as of the date hereof. (Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings set forth in the Loan Agreement.)

 

1.                                       Modified Permitted Indebtedness .  Subclause (vii) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” set forth in Section 8 of the Loan Agreement that reads in the Original Loan Agreement as follows:

 

(vii) Indebtedness in a principal amount not to exceed $450,000 with respect to reimbursement obligations for letters of credit issued for the benefit of Borrower, and (but only for a period for 180 days after the date hereof) Indebtedness in a principal amount not to exceed $150,000 with respect to credit cards issued for Borrower;

 

is hereby amended to read as follows:

 

(vii) Indebtedness in a principal amount not to exceed $450,000 with respect to reimbursement obligations for letters of credit issued for the benefit of Borrower, and indebtedness in a principal amount not to exceed $150,000 with respect to credit cards issued for Borrower;

 

Moreover, any requirement in the Loan Agreement that Borrower transfer any existing credit cards to Lender is hereby removed.

 

1



 

2.                                       Modified Credit Limit . That portion of Section 1 of the Schedule to Loan and Security Agreement that reads in the Original Agreement as follows:

 

1.               CREDIT LIMIT

 

(Section 1.1):                         An amount not to exceed the lesser of (a) and (b) below (the “Credit Limit”):

 

(a)                      a total of $15,000,000 at any one time outstanding (the “Maximum Credit Limit”), provided that, until the UK and French Company Requirements (set forth in Section 8(b) below) have been satisfied, the Maximum Credit Limit shall be $2,000,000 ; or

 

(b)                      the following (the “Borrowing Base”):

 

(i) an amount equal to the Advance Rate (determined as provided below (the “Advance Rate”)) multiplied by the combined Trailing Three-Month Subscription Revenue of Borrower and the Perfected Related Companies; plus

 

(ii) an amount equal to the Advance Rate multiplied by the Trailing Three-Month Subscription Revenue of the Non-Perfected Related Companies; provided that the portion of the Borrowing Base under this clause (ii) may not exceed 25% or the portion of the Borrowing Base under clause (i) above.

 

The “Advance Rate” shall be based on the “Renewal Rate” as follows:

 

Renewal Rate

 

Advance Rate

 

 

 

 

 

Equal to or greater than 85%

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

Less than 85% and equal to or greater than 80%

 

80

%

 

 

 

 

Less than 80% and equal to or greater than 70%

 

60

%

 

 

 

 

Less than 70%

 

0

%

 

2



 

Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement the following additional terms have the following meanings:

 

Renewal Rate ” means, at any date, for the four-quarter period immediately preceding, and including, the most recent quarter for which reports under Section 6 below have been received by Lender: (a) the total dollar value (determined on an annualized basis) of subscription contracts of Borrower and Related Companies that were renewed during such period (and, in Lender’s Good Faith Business Judgment, during the two-week period following the end of such period), including any incremental value of subscription contracts due to upsells or cross sells; divided by (b) the total dollar value (determined on an annualized basis) of subscription contracts of Borrower and Related Companies that were up for renewal during such period. (If such reports have not been received by the date due therefor, Lender may adjust the Advance Rate in its Good Faith Business Judgment.)

 

is hereby amended to read as follows:

 

1.               CREDIT LIMIT

 

(Section 1.1):                         An amount not to exceed the lesser of (a) and (b) below (the “Credit Limit”):

 

(a)                      a total of $20,000,000 at any one time outstanding (the “Maximum Credit Limit”); or

 

(b)                      the following (the “Borrowing Base”):

 

(i) an amount equal to the Advance Rate (determined as provided below (the “Advance Rate”)) multiplied by the combined Trailing Three-Month Subscription Revenue of Borrower and the Perfected Related Companies; plus

 

(ii) an amount equal to the Advance Rate multiplied by the Trailing Three-Month Subscription Revenue

 

3



 

of the Non-Perfected Related Companies; provided that the portion of the Borrowing Base under this clause (ii) may not exceed 20% of the portion of the Borrowing Base under clause (i) above.

 

The “Advance Rate” shall be based on the “Renewal Rate” as follows:

 

Renewal Rate

 

Advance Rate

 

 

 

 

 

Equal to or greater than 95%

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

Less than 95% and equal to or greater than 90%

 

80

%

 

 

 

 

Less than 90% and equal to or greater than 80%

 

60

%

 

 

 

 

Less than 80%

 

0

%

 

Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement the following additional terms have the following meanings:

 

Renewal Rate ” means, at any date, for the four-quarter period immediately preceding, and including, the most recent quarter for which reports under Section 6 below have been received by Lender: (a) the trailing four quarter subscription recognized revenue in dollars of Borrower and Related Companies, deducting subscription revenue generated from new customers during that given period; divided by (b) the prior annual trailing four quarter period subscription recognized revenue in dollars of Borrower and Related Companies. (If such reports have not been received by the date due therefor, Lender may adjust the Advance Rate in its Good Faith Business Judgment.)

 

3.                                       Modified Total Overall Credit Limit . That portion of Section 1 of the Schedule to Loan and Security Agreement that reads in the Original Agreement as follows:

 

4



 

Total Overall Credit Limit:

 

Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, in no event shall the total Loans and Ancillary Services Reserves at any time outstanding exceed $15,000,000.

 

is hereby amended to read as follows:

 

Total Overall Credit Limit:

 

Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, in no event shall the total Loans and Ancillary Services Reserves at any time outstanding exceed $20,000,000.

 

4.                                       Modified Sale Fee . That portion of Section 3 of the Schedule to Loan and Security Agreement that reads in the Original Agreement as follows:

 

Sale

Fee:                          A Sale Fee in an amount equal to $200,000, upon the earlier of (i) any Sale of Parent or a Borrower; or (ii) any initial public offering of any equity securities of Parent or a Borrower; including (but not limited to) any Sale of Parent or a Borrower or initial public offering of Parent or a Borrower, (a) if the Obligations are paid in full in connection with such Sale or initial public offering, and this Agreement is then terminated, and (b) such Sale or initial public offering occurs within three months after termination of this Agreement by Borrower and prior to the Maturity Date.

 

is hereby amended to read as follows:

 

Sale

Fee:                          A Sale Fee in an amount equal to $266,500, upon the earlier of (i) any Sale of Parent or a Borrower; or (ii) any initial public offering of any equity securities of Parent or a Borrower; including (but not limited to) any Sale of Parent or a Borrower or initial public offering of Parent or a Borrower, (a) if the Obligations are paid in full in connection with such Sale or initial public offering, and this Agreement is then terminated, and (b) such Sale or initial public offering occurs within three months after termination of this Agreement by Borrower and prior to the Maturity Date.

 

5



 

5.                                       Modified Minimum Billings Financial Covenant . The following is hereby added at the end of the table for the Minimum Billings Financial Covenant set forth in Section 5 of the Schedule to Loan and Security Agreement and shall read as follows:

 

Period

 

Minimum Billings

 

1 month ending Jan 31, 2016

 

$

2,500,000

 

2 months ending Feb 29, 2016

 

$

7,500,000

 

3 months ending Mar 31, 2016

 

$

22,000,000

 

4 months ending Apr 30, 2016

 

$

25,000,000

 

5 months ending May 31, 2016

 

$

32,000,000

 

6 months ending Jun 30, 2016

 

$

52,000,000

 

7 months ending Jul 31, 2016

 

$

56,000,000

 

8 months ending Aug 31, 2016

 

$

62,000,000

 

9 months ending Sep 30, 2016

 

$

82,000,000

 

10 months ending Oct 31, 2016

 

$

87,500,000

 

11 months ending Nov 30, 2016

 

$

96,500,000

 

12 months ending Dec 31, 2016

 

$

125,000,000

 

 

6.                                       Modified Minimum Cash Flow Financial Covenant . The following is hereby added at the end of the table for the Minimum Cash Flow Financial Covenant set forth in Section 5 of the Schedule to Loan Agreement and shall read as follows:

 

Period

 

Minimum Cash Flow

 

1 month ending Jan 31, 2016

 

$

(2,700,000

)

2 months ending Feb 29, 2016

 

$

(2,000,000

)

3 months ending Mar 31, 2016

 

$

(5,100,000

)

4 months ending Apr 30, 2016

 

$

(5,300,000

)

5 months ending May 31, 2016

 

$

(6,200,000

)

6 months ending Jun 30, 2016

 

$

(8,300,000

)

7 months ending Jul 31, 2016

 

$

(7,000,000

)

8 months ending Aug 31, 2016

 

$

(7,350,000

)

9 months ending Sep 30, 2016

 

$

(8,900,000

)

10 months ending Oct 31, 2016

 

$

(6,500,000

)

11 months ending Nov 30, 2016

 

$

(6,000,000

)

12 months ending Dec 31, 2016

 

$

(7,500,000

)

 

6



 

7.                                       Modified Language Regarding Future Financial Covenants and Financial Covenant Definitions . That portion of Section 5 of the Schedule to Loan and Security Agreement that currently reads in the Original Loan Agreement as follows:

 

For periods after December 31, 2015, the above covenants shall be determined as follows: Prior to. December 31 of each year, Parent shall submit to Lender projections for the next year, on a monthly basis, as prepared by Parent’s management, which shall include projections of Billings and Cash Flow for such periods, and Lender and Parent shall negotiate in good faith to agree in writing on the amount of the minimum Billings and Cash Flow which Parent shall be required to maintain for such periods. If for any reason, Parent and Lender arc not able to agree in writing on the same prior to February 28 of the following year, then the minimum Billings and Cash Flow for the period ending at the end of each month in the following year shall be determined by Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment.

 

Definitions :                                  “Billings” means with respect to any fiscal period, on a consolidated basis, the amounts billed by Borrower and the Related Companies to their respective customers in such period in accordance with its agreements with its customers.

 

“Cash Flow” means the sum of Parent’s Operating cash flow and investing cash flow determined in accordance with IFRS on a consolidated basis.

 

is hereby amended to read as follows:

 

7


 

For periods after December 31, 2016, the above covenants shall be determined as follows: Prior to December 31 of each year, Patent shall submit to Lender projections for the next year, on a monthly basis, as prepared by Parent’s management, which shall include projections of Billings and Cash Flow for such periods, and Lender and Parent shall negotiate in good faith to agree in writing on the amount of the minimum Billings and Cash Flow which Parent shall be required to maintain for such periods. If for any reason, Parent and Lender are not able to agree in writing on the same prior to. February 28 of the following year, then the minimum Billings and Cash Flow for the period ending at the end of each month in the following year shall be determined by Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment.

 

Definitions :               “Billings” means with respect to any fiscal period, on a consolidated basis, the amounts billed by Borrower and the Related Companies to their respective customers in such period in accordance with its agreements with its customers.

 

“Cash Flow” means the sum of Parent’s operating cash flow and investing cash flow determined in accordance with IRS on a consolidated basis, adjusted for foreign exchange fluctuations.

 

8.                                       Fee . In consideration for Lender entering into this Amendment. Borrower shall concurrently pay Lender a fee in the amount of $5,000, which shall be non-refundable and in addition to all interest and other fees payable to Lender under the Loan Documents. Lender is authorized to charge said fee to Borrower’s loan account or any of Borrower’s deposit accounts with Lender.

 

9.                                       Representations True . Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that all representations and warranties set forth in the Loan Agreement, as amended hereby, are true and correct.

 

10.                                General Release . In consideration for Lender entering into this Amendment, Borrower and Guarantor (individually and collectively, the “Obligor”) hereby irrevocably releases and forever discharges Lender, and its successors, assigns, agents, shareholders, directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, parent corporations, subsidiary corporations, affiliated corporations, affiliates, participants, and each of them (collectively, the “Releasers”), from any and all claims, debts, liabilities, demands, obligations, costs, expenses, actions and causes of action, of every nature and description, known and unknown, which Obligor now has or at any time may hold, by reason of any matter, cause or thing occurred, done, omitted or

 

8



 

suffered to be done prior to the date of this Amendment (collectively, the “Released Claims”). Obligor hereby irrevocably waives the benefits of any and all statutes and rules of law to the extent the same provide in substance that a general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in its favor at the time of executing the release, and, without limiting the foregoing, and without limiting the stipulation to governing law in Section 10, Obligor irrevocably waives any benefits it may have under California Civil Code Section 1542 which provides: “A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.” Obligor represents and warrants that it has not assigned to any other Person any Released Claim, and agrees to indemnify Lender against any and all actions, demands, obligations, causes of action, decrees, awards, claims, liabilities, losses and costs, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees of counsel of Lender’s choice and costs, which Lender may sustain or incur as a result of a breach or purported breach of the foregoing representation and warranty.

 

11.                                No Waiver . Nothing herein constitutes a waiver of any default or Event of Default under the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Documents, whether or not known to Bank.

 

12.                                Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue . This Amendment and all acts, transactions, disputes and controversies arising hereunder or relating hereto, and all rights and obligations of the parties shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws (and not the conflict of laws rules) of the State of California. All disputes, controversies, claims, actions and other proceedings involving, directly or indirectly, any matter in any way arising out of, related to, or connected with, this Amendment or the relationship between Borrower and Lender, and any and all other claims of Borrower against Lender of any kind, shall be brought only in a court located in Los Angeles County, California, and each party consents to the jurisdiction of any such court and the referee referred to in Section 9.20 of the Loan Agreement, and waives any and all rights the party may have to object to the jurisdiction of any such court, or to transfer or change the venue of any such action or proceeding, including, without limitation, any objection to venue or request for change in venue based on the doctrine of forum non conveniens; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall limit the right of Lender to bring proceedings against Borrower in the courts of any other jurisdiction, Borrower consents to service of process in any action or proceeding brought against it by Lender, by personal delivery, or by mail addressed as set forth in the Loan Agreement or by any other method permitted by law.

 

9



 

13.                                Dispute Resolution . The provisions of Section 9.20 of the Loan Agreement relating to dispute resolution shall apply to this Amendment, and the terms thereof are incorporated herein by this reference.

 

14.                                General Provisions . Borrower hereby ratifies and confirms the continuing validity, enforceability and effectiveness of the Loan Agreement and all other Loan Documents. This Amendment, the Original Loan Agreement, any prior written amendments to the Original Loan Agreement signed by Lender and Borrower, and the other written documents and agreements between Lender and Borrower set forth in full all of the representations and agreements of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior discussions, representations, agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to the subject hereof. Except as herein expressly amended, all of the terms and provisions of the Original Loan Agreement, and all other documents and agreements between Lender and Borrower shall continue in full force and effect and the same are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, by different parties signing separate counterparts, and all of the same taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

15.                                Mutual Waiver of July Trial. LENDER AND BORROWER EACH ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHT, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED. EACH OF THE PARTIES, AFTER CONSULTING OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT, WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR CHOICE, KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AMENDMENT OR ANY RELATED INSTRUMENT OR LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AMENDMENT OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN), ACTION OR INACTION OF ANY OF THEM. THESE PROVISIONS SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MODIFIED IN ANY RESPECT OR RELINQUISHED BY LENDER OR BORROWER, EXCEPT BY A WRITTEN INSTRUMENT EXECUTED BY EACH OF THEM. IF FOR ANY REASON THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION ARE VOID, INVALID OR UNENFORCEABLE, THE SAME SHALL NOT AFFECT ANY OTHER TERM OR PROVISION OF THIS AMENDMENT, AND ALL OTHER TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE UNAFFECTED BY THE SAME AND CONTINUE IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT.

 

[ Signatures on Next Page ]

 

10



 

Borrower:

 

Lender:

 

 

 

 

 

 

TALEND, INC.

 

PACIFIC WESTERN BANK

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Thomas Tuchscherer

 

By

/s/ [signature]

Title

CFO

 

Title

V.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrower:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TALEND USA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Thomas Tuchscherer

 

 

Title

CFO

 

 

 

[ Signature Page—Amendment Loan Agreement ]

 

11



 

CONSENT

 

Each of the undersigned hereby expressly agrees to Section 10 of the foregoing Amendment and acknowledges that its consent to the foregoing Amendment is not required, but each of the undersigned nevertheless does hereby consent to the foregoing Amendment and to the documents and agreements referred to therein and to all future modifications and amendments thereto, and any termination thereof, and to any and all other present and future documents and agreements between or among the foregoing parties. Nothing herein shall in any way limit any of the terms or provisions of the First-Demand Guarantee of Talend SA (and all related documents, including without limitation, the First Rank Accounts Pledge Agreement, Pledge Agreement, Pledge of IP Rights Agreement, Pledge of Receivables Agreement and Supplemental Agreement) all of which are hereby ratified and affirmed. Nothing herein shall in any way limit any of the terms or provisions of the Guarantee and Indemnity of Talend Ltd (and all related documents, including without limitation, the Debenture), all of which are hereby ratified and affirmed.

 

 

TALEND SA

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Michael Tuchen

 

Title

CEO

 

 

 

 

 

TALEND LTD

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ David Arkell

 

Title

Director

 

 

12




Exhibit 10.13

 

Dated 8 July 2015

 

(1) TALEND LTD

 

and

 

(2) SQUARE 1 BANK

 


 

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 


 

 

25 Fenchurch Avenue

London

EC3M 5AD

DX: 766 London/City

 

Tel: 020 7667 9667

Fax: 020 7667 9777

Ref: 10/JS/L181-783663

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1

2.

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

4

3.

LENDER PROTECTIONS

5

4.

INTEREST

8

5.

COSTS

8

6.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

8

7.

ACCOUNTS

11

8.

DISCHARGE CONDITIONAL

12

9.

PAYMENTS

12

10.

CURRENCY AND INDEMNITY

12

11.

TRANSFER

13

12.

LENDER’S RIGHT OF SET-OFF

13

13.

EVIDENCE OF AMOUNTS AND CERTIFICATES

13

14.

REMEDIES, WAIVERS, AMENDMENTS AND CONSENTS

14

15.

SEVERANCE

15

16.

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

15

17.

COUNTERPARTS

15

18.

NOTICES

15

19.

GOVERNING LAW

16

20.

JURISDICTION

17

21.

AGENT FOR SERVICE

17

 



 

THIS DEED is dated 8 July 2015

 

PARTIES

 

(1)                                                          TALEND LTD , a company incorporated and registered in England and Wales with company number 06844892 whose registered office is at Statesman House, Stafferton Way, Maidenhead, Berkshire SL6 1AY as guarantor and indemnifier (the “ Guarantor ”); and

 

(2)                                                          SQUARE 1 BANK whose address is at 406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240 Durham, North Carolina, 27701, USA (the “ Lender ”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

(A)                                                        The Lender has agreed to provide banking facilities to the Borrowers.

 

(B)                                                        In consideration of the Lender agreeing to provide banking facilities to the Borrowers, the Guarantor has agreed to enter into this guarantee and indemnity for the purpose of guaranteeing to the Lender all of the Borrowers’ liabilities from time to time outstanding to the Lender.

 

AGREED TERMS

 

1.                                                               DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                                        The definitions and rules of interpretation in this clause apply in this guarantee.

 

Affiliate : means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

 

Borrowers : means each of:

 

(a)                                  Talend, Inc., of 800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 200, Redwood City, California 94065; and

 

(b)                                  Talend USA, inc, of 800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 200, Redwood City, California 94065.

 

Business Day : means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in England when banks in London are open for business.

 

Debenture : means the debenture in the agreed form granted by the Guarantor in favour of the Lender over all of its assets and undertaking, to be entered into on or around the date of this guarantee.

 

Group : means each of the Borrowers, the Guarantor and each of their Subsidiaries for the time being.

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

1



 

Guaranteed Obligations : means all present, future, monies, debts and liabilities of any nature from time to time due, owing or incurred by the Borrowers to the Lender, whether actual or contingent and whether owed jointly or severally, as principal or surety or in any other capacity, on any current or other account under or in connection with any present or future banking or credit facilities provided by the Lender to the Borrowers, including without (imitation, under the Loan and Security Agreement (and any further advances contemplated thereunder) together with all interest (including without limitation, default interest), costs and expenses accruing in respect of such monies or liabilities.

 

Holding Company : means, in relation to a person, any other person in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

 

Limitation Acts : means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984.

 

Loan and Security Agreement : means a loan and security agreement dated 29 May 2015 made between (1) Square 1 Bank (as lender) and (2) the Borrowers (as borrowers), as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or varied from time to time.

 

Reservations : means

 

(a)                                  the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

 

(b)                                  the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for, or indemnify a person against, non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or counterclaim;

 

(c)                                   similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any relevant jurisdiction; and

 

(d)                                  any other general principles, qualifications or reservations as to matters of law contained in any legal opinion delivered to the Lender in connection with this guarantee or the Debenture.

 

Rights : means any Security or other right or benefit whether arising by set-off, counterclaim, subrogation, indemnity, proof in liquidation or otherwise and whether from contribution or otherwise.

 

Security : means a mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating, legal or equitable), pledge, lien, assignment by way of security or other security interest securing or purporting to secure any obligation of any person, or any other agreement or document having a similar effect.

 

2



 

Subsidiary : means a subsidiary undertaking within the meaning of section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

Supplemental Agreement : means the supplemental agreement dated or around the date of this deed and made between (1) Talend SA and (2) the Lender in connection with the Loan and Security Agreement.

 

Talend SA : means Talend SA, a societe anonyme , incorporated under French laws, whose registered office is located at 9 Rue Pages, 92150 Suresnes, France, identified with the corporate and trade register of Nanterre under number 484 175 252, being the parent company of the Company.

 

Tax : means all forms of taxation and statutory, governmental, state, federal, provincial, local, government or municipal charges, duties, imposts, contributions, levies, withholdings or Liabilities wherever chargeable and whether of the UK or any other jurisdiction and any penalty, fine, surcharge, interest, charges or costs relating to them.

 

Warranties : the representations and warranties set out in clause 6 ( Representations and Warranties ).

 

1.1.1                                              Clause headings shall not affect the interpretation of this guarantee;

 

1.1.2                                              a reference to a person shall include a reference to an individual, firm, company, corporation, partnership, unincorporated body of persons, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture or consortium (whether or not having separate legal personality) and that person’s personal representatives, successors, permitted assigns and permitted transferees;

 

1.1.3                                              unless the context otherwise requires, words in the singular shall include the plural and in the plural shall include the singular;

 

1.1.4                                              unless the context otherwise requires, a reference to one gender shall include a reference to the other genders;

 

1.1.5                                              a reference to the Lender shall include the Lenders Affiliates, successors, permitted assigns and permitted transferees;

 

1.1.6                                              a reference to a statute or statutory provision is a reference to it as amended, extended or re-enacted from time to time;

 

1.1.7                                              a reference to a statute or statutory provision shalt include all subordinate legislation made from time to time under that statute or statutory provision;

 

1.1.8                                              a reference to writing or written includes fax but not e-mail;

 

3



 

1.1.9                                              a reference to this guarantee (or any provision of it) or to any other agreement or document referred to in this guarantee is a reference to this guarantee, that provision or such other agreement or document as amended (in each case, other than in breach of the provisions of this guarantee) from time to time;

 

1.1.10                                       unless the context otherwise requires, a reference to a clause is to a clause of this guarantee;

 

1.1.11                                       any words following the terms including , include , in particular , for example or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words, description, definition, phrase or term preceding those terms;

 

1.1.12                                       a reference to an amendment includes a novation, re-enactment, supplement or variation (and amended shall be construed accordingly);

 

1.1.13                                       a reference to assets includes present and future properties, undertakings, revenues, rights and benefits of every description;

 

1.1.14                                       a reference to an authorisation includes an approval, authorisation, consent, exemption, filing, licence, notarisation, registration and resolution;

 

1.1.15                                       a reference to determines or determined means, unless the contrary is indicated, a determination made at the absolute discretion of the person making it; and

 

1.1.16                                       a reference to a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, inter-governmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation.

 

2.                                                               GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

2.1                                                        In consideration of the Lender making or continuing loans to, giving credit or granting banking facilities, accommodation or time to the Borrowers as the Lender in its absolute discretion sees fit, the Guarantor guarantees to the Lender, whenever the Borrowers do not pay any of the Guaranteed Obligations when due, to pay on demand the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

2.2                                                        As a separate, independent and primary obligation and liability from its obligations and liabilities under clause 2.1, the Guarantor agrees to indemnify and Keep indemnified the Lender in full and on demand from and against all and any losses, costs, claims, liabilities, damages, demands and expenses suffered or incurred by the Lender arising as a result of:

 

4



 

2.2.1                                              any of the Borrowers’ obligations or liabilities in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations being or becoming unenforceable, invalid or illegal; or

 

2.2.2                                              any unenforceability, invalidity or illegality of the guarantee provided by the Guarantor under clause 2.1,

 

which would, in each case, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegally have been payable by the Borrowers or the Guarantor, provided that, in each case, the amount of the cost, loss or liability shall be no greater than the amount which the Lender would have otherwise have been able to recover but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality.

 

3.                                                               LENDER PROTECTIONS

 

3.1                                                        The Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that this guarantee is and shall at all times be a continuing security and shall cover the ultimate balance from time to time owing to the Lender by the Borrowers in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations and shall remain in operation until all monies payable in connection with the Guaranteed Obligations have been paid in full to the satisfaction of the Lender.

 

3.2                                                        The liability of the Guarantor under this guarantee shall not be reduced, discharged or otherwise adversely affected by:

 

3.2.1                                              any intermediate payment, settlement of account or discharge in whole or in part of the Guaranteed Obligations;

 

3.2.2                                              any variation, amendment, extension, discharge, compromise, dealing with, exchange or renewal of any right or remedy which the Lender may now or after the date of this guarantee have from or against any of the Borrowers and any other person in connection with the Guaranteed Obligations;

 

3.2.3                                              any act or omission by the Lender or any other person in taking up, perfecting or enforcing any Security, indemnity, or guarantee from or against the Borrowers, the Group or any other person in any jurisdiction;

 

3.2.4                                              any termination, amendment, amendment and restatement, variation, novation, assignment, replacement or supplement of or to any of the Guaranteed Obligations including without (imitation any change in the purpose of, any increase in or extension of the Guaranteed Obligations and any addition of new Guaranteed Obligations or any termination, amendment, amendment and restatement, variation, novation, replacement or supplement of or to the Loan and Security Agreement;

 

3.2.5                                              any grant of time, indulgence, waiver or concession to the Borrowers or any other person;

 

5



 

3.2.6                                              any insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation, administration, winding-up, incapacity, limitation, disability, the discharge by operation of law, or any change in the constitution, name or style of the Borrowers, any member of the Group or any other person, in any jurisdiction;

 

3.2.7                                              any invalidity, illegality, unenforceability, irregularity or frustration of any actual or purported obligation of, or Security held from, the Borrowers, any member of the Group or any other person in connection with the Guaranteed Obligations;

 

3.2.8                                              any failure of, or defect or informality in, any Security given by, for and/or on behalf the Borrowers and/or the Guarantor in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations or by any legal limitation, disability, incapacity or lack of any powers of or by fraud of the Borrowers or any other person or by the non-existence of any matter which the Guarantor considers (expressly or impliedly) or may be deemed to consider a condition precedent to the giving of this guarantee (and, where any such matter is considered a condition precedent, it is expressly waived by the Guarantor), or tack of authority of any director or other person acting for the Borrowers or appearing or purporting to so act in any matter in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations or by any other fact or circumstances (whether known or not to the Guarantor and the Lender) as a result of which any of the obligations incurred or purported to be incurred by or on behalf of the Borrowers is or may be rendered invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable by the Lender against the Borrowers in whole or in part and so that all such circumstances shall be discharged as between the Guarantor and the Lender, and the Guarantor shall be treated as being bound to observe and perform its obligations for the purposes of this guarantee whether the Borrowers are so bound as between themselves and the Lender or not so bound between themselves and the Lender on the basis of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of its obligations;

 

3.2.9                                              any claim or enforcement of payment from the Borrowers or any other person; or

 

3.2.10                                       any act or omission which would not have discharged or affected the Liability of the Guarantor had it been a principal debtor instead of a guarantor, or indemnifier or by anything done or omitted by any person which but for this provision might operate to exonerate or discharge the Guarantor or otherwise reduce or extinguish its liability under this guarantee.

 

3.3                                                        The Lender shall not be obliged, before taking steps to enforce any of its rights and remedies under this Guarantee to:

 

3.3.1                                              take any action or obtain judgment it any court against the Borrowers or any other person;

 

6



 

3.3.2                                              make or file any claim in a bankruptcy, liquidation, administration or insolvency (or analogous proceedings) of the Borrowers or any other person, in any jurisdiction;

 

3.3.3                                              make demand, enforce or seek to enforce any claim, right or remedy against the Borrowers or any other person; or

 

3.3.4                                              enforce or seek to enforce any Security held by the Lender from the Borrowers and/or the Guarantor, including without limitation, the Debenture.

 

3.4                                                        The Guarantor warrants to the Lender that:

 

3.4.1                                              it has not taken or received, and shall not take, exercise or receive the benefit of any Rights from or against the Borrowers, their liquidator, administrator, co-guarantor or any other person in any jurisdiction in connection with any liability of, or payment by, the Guarantor under this guarantee;

 

3.4.2                                              it shall not be entitled to share in any Security held or money received or receivable by the Lender on account of that balance or to stand in the place of the Lender in respect of any Security or money; and

 

3.4.3                                              it shall not exercise any rights as surety in competition with or in priority to any claim of the Lender,

 

until all amounts payable under this guarantee have been paid and discharged in full and the Lender has formally waived or released the Guarantor in writing from alt or any further liability under this guarantee (which waiver or release in such circumstances shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

3.5                                                        Without prejudice to clause 3.4, if any of the Rights are taken, exercised or received by the Guarantor, the Guarantor declares that those Rights and all monies at any time received or held in respect of those Rights shalt be held by the Guarantor on trust for the Lender for application in or towards the discharge of the Guaranteed Obligations under this guarantee and on demand by the Lender, the Guarantor shall promptly transfer, assign or pay to the Lender all other Rights and all monies from time to time held on trust by the Guarantor under clause 3.4.

 

3.6                                                        This guarantee is in addition to and shall not affect nor be affected by or merge with any other judgment, Security, right or remedy obtained or held by the Lender from time to time for the discharge and performance of the Borrowers of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

7


 

4.                                                               INTEREST

 

4.1                                                        The Guarantor shall pay interest to the Lender after as well as before judgment at the annual rate which is the Default Rate as defined in the Loan and Security Agreement on all sums demanded under this guarantee from the date of demand by the Lender or, if earlier, the date on which the relevant damages, losses, costs or expenses arose in respect of which the demand has been made, until, but excluding, the date of actual payment.

 

4.2                                                        Interest under clause 4.1 shall accrue on a day-to-day basis calculated by the Lender on such terms as the Lender may from time to time determine and shall be compounded on the last Business Day of each month.

 

4.3                                                        The Lender shall be entitled to recover any amount in respect of interest under any arrangements entered into between the Lender and the Borrowers in respect of any failure by the Borrowers to make any payment in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations but shall not be entitled to recover additional interest in respect of the same amount under this guarantee.

 

5.                                                               COSTS

 

5.1                                                        The Guarantor shall on a full indemnity basis pay to the Lender within 5 Business days of demand the amount of all reasonable costs and expenses (including legal and out-of-pocket expenses and any valued added tax on such costs and expenses) which the Lender incurs in connection with:

 

(a)                                  the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this guarantee (subject to any agreed caps);

 

(b)                                  any actual or proposed amendment, variation, supplement, waiver or consent under or in connection with this guarantee;

 

(c)                                   any discharge or release of this guarantee;

 

(d)                                  the preservation, exercise and enforcement or recovery of the Guaranteed Obligations or of any rights under or in connection with this guarantee or any attempt so to do; and

 

(e)                                   any stamping or registration of this guarantee.

 

6.                                                               REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

6.1                                                        The Guarantor represents and warrants that each of the Warranties as set out in this clause 6 is true and correct on the date of this guarantee.

 

8



 

6.2                                                        Due Incorporation

 

The Guarantor:

 

(a)                                  is a duly incorporated limited liability company validly existing under the taw of its jurisdiction of incorporation; and

 

(b)                                  has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted and has the capacity to sue or be sued in its own name.

 

6.3                                                        Powers

 

The Guarantor has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this guarantee and the transactions contemplated by them.

 

6.4                                                        Non-Contravention

 

The execution, delivery and performance of the obligations in, and transactions contemplated by, this guarantee does not and will not contravene or conflict with:

 

(a)                                  the Guarantor’s memorandum and articles of association or any of its other constitutional documents;

 

(b)                                  any material agreement, document or instrument binding on the Guarantor or its assets; or

 

(c)                                   any applicable law statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree or permit to which the Guarantor is subject,

 

and no limitation on the powers of the Guarantor shall be exceeded as a result of the Guarantor entering into his guarantee.

 

6.5                                                        Authorisations

 

The Guarantor has taken all necessary action and obtained all necessary consents to enable it to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this guarantee and to make this guarantee admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation. Any such authorisations are in full force and effect.

 

6.6                                                        Binding Obligations

 

The Guarantor’s obligations under this guarantee are, subject to any Reservations, legal, valid, binding and enforceable.

 

9



 

6.7                                                        Assets not immune to Action

 

None of the Guarantors assets is entitled to immunity on any grounds from any legal action or proceeding (including, without limitation, suit, attachment prior to judgment, execution or other enforcement).

 

6.8                                                        No default

 

No event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any deed or instrument which is binding on the Guarantor, or to which its assets are subject, which might have a material adverse effect on the Guarantor’s ability to perform its obligations under this guarantee.

 

6.9                                                        Ranking of Obligations

 

The Guarantor’s payment obligations under this guarantee rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

6.10                                                 Other Security

 

The Guarantor does not hold and shall not take or hold, without the Lender’s prior written consent, in connection with this guarantee or any intercompany indebtedness, any Security from the Borrowers. Any Security so taken (whether with or without the consent of the Lender) shall be held on trust for the Lender and as Security for the Guarantor’s liability under this guarantee. The Guarantor shall deposit all such Security and all documents relating thereto with the Lender as soon as practicable or on the written demand of the Lender.

 

6.11                                                 Governing Law

 

The choice of English law as the governing law of this guarantee will be recognised and enforced in the Guarantor’s jurisdiction of incorporation and any judgment obtained in England in relation to this guarantee will be recognised and enforced in that jurisdiction.

 

6.2 2                                              No Tax Deductions

 

The Guarantor is not required under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation to make any deduction for, or on account of, Tax from any payment it may make under this guarantee,

 

6.13                                                 No Registration

 

Under the law of the Guarantor’s jurisdiction of incorporation, it is not necessary that this guarantee be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or

 

10



 

similar Tax be paid on or in relation to this guarantee or the transactions contemplated by it.

 

6.14                                                 Lender’s reliance on the Warranties

 

The Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that the Lender has accepted this guarantee in full reliance on the representations and warranties set out in Clause 6 ( Representations and Warranties ).

 

7.                                                               ACCOUNTS

 

7.1                                                        The Lender may place to the credit of an interest bearing suspense account any monies received under or in connection with this guarantee in order to preserve the rights of the Lender to prove for the full amount of all its claims against the Borrowers or any other person in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

7.2                                                        The Lender may at any time and from time to time apply all or any monies held in any suspense account in or towards satisfaction of any of the monies, obligations and liabilities that are the subject of this guarantee as the Lender, in its absolute discretion, may conclusively determine. Notwithstanding any such payment, in any proceedings in liquidation, administration, composition or arrangement, (or analogous thereto in any jurisdiction), the Lender may prove for and agree to accept any dividend or composition in respect of the whole or any part of any of the Guaranteed Obligations as if this guarantee had not been given. Any excess amount recovered by the Lender and held in such suspense account shall be returned to the Guarantor.

 

7.3                                                        if this guarantee ceases for any reason whatsoever to be continuing, the Lender may open a new account or accounts in the name of the Borrowers.

 

7.4                                                        If the Lender does not open a new account or accounts in accordance with clause 7.3, it shall nevertheless be treated as if it had done so at the time that this guarantee ceased to be continuing whether by termination, calling in or otherwise, in relation to the Borrowers.

 

7.5                                                        As from the time of opening or deemed opening of a new account or accounts, all payments made to the Lender by or on behalf of the Borrowers shall be credited or be treated as having been credited to the new account or accounts and shall not operate to reduce the amount for which this guarantee is available at that time nor shall the liability of the Guarantor under this guarantee in any manner be reduced or affected by any subsequent transactions, receipts or payments.

 

11



 

8.                                                               DISCHARGE CONDITIONAL

 

8.1                                                        Any release, discharge or settlement between the Guarantor and the Lender in relation to this guarantee shall be conditional on no right, Security, disposition or payment to the Lender by the Guarantor, the Borrowers or any other person in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations being avoided, set aside or ordered to be refunded under any enactment or :aw relating to breach of duty by any person, bankruptcy, liquidation, administration, protection from creditors generally or insolvency or for any other reason.

 

8.2                                                        If any right, Security, disposition or payment referred to in clause 8.1 is avoided, set aside or ordered to be refunded, the Lender shall be entitled subsequently to enforce this guarantee against the Guarantor as if such release, discharge or settlement had not occurred and any such right, Security, disposition or payment had not been given or made.

 

9.                                                               PAYMENTS

 

9.1                                                        All sums payable by the Guarantor under this guarantee shall be paid in full to the Lender in the currency in which the Guaranteed Obligations are payable:

 

9.1.1                                              without any set-off, condition or counterclaim whatsoever; and

 

9.1.2                                              free and clear of any deductions or withholdings whatsoever except as may be required by law or regulation which is binding on the Guarantor.

 

9.2                                                        If any deduction or withholding is required by any law or regulation to be made by the Guarantor, the amount of the payment due from the Guarantor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any deduction or withholding) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no deduction or withholding had been required.

 

9.3                                                        The Guarantor shall promptly deliver or procure delivery to the Lender of all receipts issued to it evidencing each deduction or withholding which it has made.

 

9.4                                                        The Guarantor shalt not and may not direct the application by the Lender of any sums received by the Lender from the Guarantor under or pursuant to any of the terms of this guarantee.

 

10.                                                        CURRENCY AND INDEMNITY

 

If, under any applicable law or regulation or pursuant to a Judgment or order being made or registered against the Guarantor or the liquidation or administration of the Guarantor or without limitation for any other reason, any payment under or in connection with this guarantee is made or falls to be satisfied in a currency (the “ payment currency” ) other than the

 

12



 

currency in which such payment is expressed by the Lender to be due under or in connection with this guarantee (the “ contractual currency ”) then, to the extent that the amount of such payment actually received by the Lender, when converted into the contractual currency at the rate of exchange, falls short of the amount due under or in connection with this guarantee, the Guarantor, as a separate and independent obligation, shalt indemnify and hold harmless within 5 Business Days of demand the Lender against the amount of such shortfall and to the extent such amount exceeds the amount due under or in connection with this Guarantee the Lender shall pay an amount equal to such excess to the Guarantor. For the purposes of this clause, “ rate of exchange ” means the rate at which the Lender is able (acting reasonably) on or about the date of such payment to purchase, in accordance with its normal practice, the contractual currency with the payment currency and shalt take into account (and the Guarantor shalt be liable for) any premium and other reasonable costs of exchange including any taxes or duties properly incurred by reason of any such exchange.

 

11.                                                        TRANSFER

 

11.1                                                 This guarantee is freely assignable or transferable by the Lender at any time.

 

11.2                                                 This guarantee shall be binding on the Guarantor’s successors in title but the Guarantor may not assign any of its rights and may not transfer any of its obligations under this guarantee or enter into any transaction which would result in any of those rights or obligations passing to another person.

 

12.                                                        LENDER’S RIGHT OF SET-OFF

 

12.1                                                 The Lender may at any time set off any matured liability of the Guarantor to the Lender against any matured liability of the Lender to the Guarantor, whether or not either liability arises under this guarantee. if the liabilities to be set off are expressed in different currencies, the Lender may convert either liability at a market rate of exchange for the purpose of set-off. Any exercise by the Lender of its rights under this clause 12.1 shall not limit or affect any other rights or remedies available to it under this guarantee or otherwise.

 

12.2                                                 The Lender is not obliged to exercise its rights under clause 12.1. If, however, it does exercise those rights it must promptly notify the Guarantor of the set-off that has been made.

 

13.                                                        EVIDENCE OF AMOUNTS AND CERTIFICATES

 

Any certificate, determination or notification by the Lender as to a rate or any amount payable under this guarantee is (in the absence of manifest

 

13



 

error) conclusive evidence of the matter to which it relates and shall contain reasonable details of the basis of determination.

 

14.                                                        REMEDIES, WAIVERS, AMENDMENTS AND CONSENTS

 

14.1                                                 No amendment of this guarantee shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by, or on behalf of, each party (or its authorised representative),

 

14.2                                                 A waiver of any right or remedy under this guarantee or by law, or any consent given under this guarantee is only effective if given in writing and signed by the waiving or consenting party and shall not be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default it only applies in the circumstances for which it is given and shalt not prevent the party giving it from subsequently relying on the relevant provision.

 

14.3                                                 A failure, omission or delay by a party to exercise any right or remedy provided under this guarantee or by law shall not constitute a waiver of that or any other right or remedy, prevent or restrict any further exercise of that or any other right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm this guarantee. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy provided under this guarantee or by law shall prevent or restrict the further exercise of that or any other right or remedy. No election to affirm this guarantee by the Lender shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed.

 

14.4                                                 The rights and remedies provided under this guarantee are cumulative and are in addition to, and not exclusive of, any rights and remedies provided by law.

 

14.5                                                 This guarantee shalt remain the property of the Lender.

 

14.6                                                 The Guarantor may not terminate this guarantee at any time while any obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to the Lender remain outstanding.

 

14.7                                                 This guarantee is executed in addition to any other guarantee or other Security document between the parties hereto (whether or not governed by English law) and is not to be construed as replacing or amending the obligations in such other guarantee or Security document.

 

14.8                                                 if the rule against perpetuities applies to any trust created by this guarantee, the perpetuity period shall be 125 years (as specified by section 5(1) of the Perpetuities and Accumulations Act 2009).

 

14.9                                                 All notices. demands or communications under or in connection with this Guarantee shall be in English,

 

14



 

15.                                                        SEVERANCE

 

If any provision (or part of a provision) of this guarantee is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable, it shall be deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it valid, Legal and enforceable. If such modification is not possible, the relevant provision (or part of a provision) shall be deemed deleted. Any modification to or deletion of a provision (or part of a provision) under this clause shall not affect the Legality, validity and enforceability of the rest of this guarantee.

 

16.                                                        THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

 

A person who is not a party to this guarantee shall not have any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce, or enjoy the benefit of, any term of this guarantee. This does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists, or is available, apart from that Act.

 

17.                                                        COUNTERPARTS

 

17.1                                                 This deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall constitute a duplicate original, but all the counterparts shall together constitute one deed.

 

17.2                                                 This deed is intended to be a deed even if any party’s execution is not in accordance with the formalities required for the execution of deeds.

 

18.                                                        NOTICES

 

18.1                                                 Any notice, demand or other communication given to a party under or in connection with this guarantee shall be:

 

18.1.1                                       in writing;

 

18.1.2                                       delivered by hand, by pre-paid first-class post or other next working day delivery service or sent by fax; and

 

18.1.3                                       sent to:

 

(a)                                                          the Guarantor at:

 

Talend Ltd

Statesman House

Stafferton Way

Maidenhead

Berkshire SL6 1AY

Attention: The Directors

 

and

 

15



 

c/o Taiend

800 Bridge Parkway

Suite 200

Redwood City

California 94065, USA

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

(b)                                                          the Lender at:

 

Square 1 Bank

406 Blackwell Street

Suite 240 Durham

North Carolina, 27701

USA

Attention: Richard Suhl

 

or to any other address or fax number as is notified in writing by one party to the other from time to time.

 

18.2                                                 Any notice or other communication that the Lender gives to the Guarantor shall be deemed to have been received:

 

18.2.1                                       if delivered by hand, at the time it is left at the relevant address;

 

18.2.2                                       if posted by pre-paid first-class post or other next working day delivery service, on the second Business Day after posting; and

 

18.2.3                                       if sent by fax, when received in legible form.

 

A notice or other communication given as described in clause 18.1 or on a day that is not a Business Day, or after normal business hours, in the place it is received, shall be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day.

 

18.3                                                 Any notice or other communication given to the Lender shall be deemed to have been given only on actual receipt by the Lender.

 

18.4                                                 This clause 18 does not apply to the service of any proceedings or other documents in any legal action or, where applicable, any arbitration or other method of dispute resolution.

 

18.5                                                 A notice or other communication given under or in connection with this guarantee is not valid if sent by e-mail.

 

19.                                                        GOVERNING LAW

 

This guarantee and any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with it or its subject matter or formation (including non-contractual

 

16



 

disputes or claims) shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of England and Wales.

 

20.                                                        JURISDICTION

 

20.1                                                 The Guarantor irrevocably agrees for the exclusive benefit of the Lender that the courts of England shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceeding, and to settle any dispute (including non-contractual disputes or claims), which may arise out of or in connection with this Guarantee and for such purposes hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts.

 

20.2                                                 Nothing contained in this clause shall limit the right of the Lender to take proceedings against the Guarantor in any other court of competent jurisdiction, nor shall the taking of any such proceedings in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not (unless precluded by applicable law).

 

20.3                                                 The Guarantor irrevocably waives any objection which it may have now or in the future to the courts of England being nominated for the purpose of this Clause 20 on the ground of venue or otherwise and agrees not to claim that any such court is not a convenient or appropriate forum and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby.

 

20.4                                                 Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the Guarantor also:

 

20.4.1                                       agrees that any dispute, difference, actions and proceedings arising under or otherwise in connection with this guarantee (including non-contractual disputes or claims) may, at the Lender’s option, be referred to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of or litigated in the state, and federal courts located in Los Angeles County, California in the United States of America;

 

20.4.2                                       consents to the jurisdiction and venue of any such court and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby and consents to service of process in any such action or proceeding by personal delivery or any other method permitted by law; and

 

20.4.3                                       irrevocably waives any and all rights it may have to object to the jurisdiction of any such court, or to transfer or change the venue of any such action or proceeding or to object to any judgment rendered in such court or to the enforcement of such judgment in England and Wales.

 

21.                                                        AGENT FOR SERVICE

 

The Lender’s address for service of proceedings in England and Wales shall be c/o Kennedys Law LLP, 25 Fenchurch Avenue, London EC3M 5AD (ref: 10\JS\L181\783663) (fax no.: 020-7667-9777) or such other address in England and Wales as the Lender may from time to time notify to the Guarantor in writing.

 

17


 

This document has been executed and delivered as a deed on the date first stated above.

 

18



 

GUARANTOR

 

Executed and Delivered as a deed

)

 

 

 

 

by TALEND LTD

)

 

 

 

 

Acting by

)

/s/ David Arkell

 

Director

David Arkell

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

Witness:

/s/ Thomas Tuchscherer

 

 

 

 

Name:

Thomas Tuchscherer

 

 

 

 

Address:

800 Bridge Parkway

 

 

 

 

 

Redwood City, CA 94065

 

 

 

 

Occupation:

CFO

 

 

 

LENDER

 

 

 

Executed and Delivered as a Deed by

)

 

SQUARE 1 BANK

)

 

acting by

)

 

 

Authorised Signatory

 

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

Witness signature

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Occupation:

 

 

 

19



 

GUARANTOR

 

Executed and Delivered as a deed

)

 

 

 

 

by TALEND LTD

)

 

 

 

 

Acting by

)

 

 

Director

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Occupation:

 

 

 

 

LENDER

 

 

 

Executed and Delivered as a Deed by

)

/s/ James L. Duncan

SQUARE 1 BANK

)

James L. Duncan, Vice President

acting by

)

 

 

Authorised Signatory

 

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

/s/ Stephen J. Berens

 

 

Witness signature

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Stephen J. Berens

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

406 Blackwell Street

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Durham, NC 27701

 

 

 

 

 

 

Occupation:

Account Executive

 

 

20




Exhibit 10.14

 

Execution version

 

FIRST-DEMAND GUARANTEE
(ARTICLE 2321 OF THE FRENCH CIVIL CODE)

 

Paris, on June 29 th , 2015

 

THE UNDERSIGNED:

 

(A)                                The company TALEND SA, a société anonyme, with a share capital of EUR 1,775,886.20, incorporated under French laws, whose registered office is located at 9 rue Pages, 92150 Suresnes, France, identified with the corporate and trade register of Nanterre under number 484 175 252

 

Hereinafter the “ Guarantor

 

IN FAVOR OF:

 

(B)                                SQUARE 1 BANK, a commercial bank incorporated under the laws of North Carolina, whose registered office is located at 406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240, Durham, North Carolina 27701, United States.

 

Hereinafter the “ Lender ” or the “ Beneficiary

 

RECITALS

 

I.                                         Talend, Inc ., incorporated under the laws of Delaware whose registered office is at 800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 200, Redwood City, California 94065, United States, and Talend USA, Inc ., incorporated under the laws of Delaware whose registered office is at 800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 200, Redwood City, California 94065, United States, (jointly and severally the “ Borrower ”), are wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Guarantor.

 

II.                                    Within the framework of their activity, the Borrower contacted the Beneficiary to obtain a facility to refinance existing indebtedness and to finance the Borrower’s working capital.

 

III.                               Pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement executed on May 29, 2015, the Beneficiary, as Lender, has agreed to make available to the Borrower, loans in amounts not exceeding fifteen millions US Dollars ($15,000,000) (hereinafter the “ Loan Agreement ”).

 

IV.                                The Guarantor owns 100% of the shares and voting rights of Talend, Inc ., and Talend, Inc . owns 100% of the shares and voting rights of Talend USA, Inc .

 

V.                                     Clause 8(b) of the Schedule to the Loan Agreement provides for the obligation for the Guarantor to grant to the Lender a Continuing Guaranty, which is constituted by the first demand guarantee delivered by the Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Article 2321 of the French Civil Code (“garantie autonome”), to guarantee the fulfillment of the Guaranteed Obligations (as defined below).

 

MHT

 



 

VI.                                In accordance with Clause 8(b) of the Schedule to the Loan Agreement, the Guarantor has agreed to deliver this guarantee (the “ Guarantee ”) pursuant to the terms and conditions herein.

 

CLAUSES

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS

 

The following terms and expressions used in this Pledge Agreement and in the recitals of this Guarantee shall, unless the context requires otherwise or otherwise mentioned in the Loan Agreement, have the following meanings:

 

Beneficiary ” means Square 1 Bank, as further detailed in the recitals, and any of its assignees or successors.

 

Finance Documents ” means the Loan Documents as defined in Article 8 (Definitions) of the Loan Agreement, this Guarantee, the Supplemental Agreement, any security document entered into between the Guarantor and the Beneficiary as security for the Guaranteed Obligations and any other documents designated as such by the Guarantor and the Beneficiary.

 

French Business day ” means any day other than Saturday or Sunday on which banks are open for business in Paris.

 

Guaranteed Obligations ” mean the payments obligations of principal, ordinary interest, default interest, judicial expenses, costs and any other accessory expense that may arise, including therefore every monetary obligation of the Borrower under the Loan Agreement, including, for the sake of clarity, those arising on Early Termination (as set out in Article 6.2 “ Early Termination ” of the Loan Agreement).

 

Guarantor ” means TALEND SA, as further detailed in the recitals, as further described in the headings.

 

Supplemental Agreement ” means the supplemental agreement to this Guarantee executed on the date hereof by the Guarantor and the Beneficiary.

 

Capitalized terms not expressly defined in this Guarantee shall be construed in accordance with the definitions provided for in the Supplemental Agreement.

 

2.                                       FIRST-DEMAND GUARANTEE

 

2.1.                             GUARANTEED AMOUNT

 

(1)                                  The Guarantor hereby undertakes, under the provisions of Article 2321 of the French Civil Code, in consideration of the Guaranteed Obligations, to irrevocably and unconditionally pay to the Beneficiary, upon first demand, made in accordance with the terms and conditions stipulated in Article 2.1 of this Guarantee, all sums requested by the Beneficiary before the expiration date stipulated in Article 2.2 of this Guarantee, for up to a maximum cumulated amount of sixteen millions US Dollars ($16,000,000) (hereinafter, the “ Guaranteed Amount ”).

 

2



 

(2)                                  The Guarantor acknowledges that it commits itself in the capacity of an autonomous guarantor in accordance with the provisions of Article 2321 of the French Civil Code and that as such, the commitment which is now made is autonomous and totally separate and distinct from the legal relationships existing between the Beneficiary and the Borrower and resulting or which could result directly or indirectly from the Finance Documents.

 

It is therefore expressly agreed that by signing this Guarantee, the Guarantor is prohibited, as a fundamental term of its undertaking, from invoking any nullity, defense, objection, estoppels whatsoever liable to affect the Guaranteed Obligations in order to delay or to avoid the unconditional and immediate performance of this Guarantee and consequently the payment which it is responsible for.

 

(3)                                  The Beneficiary, will be entitled to deliver by registered letter with acknowledgement of receipt, a payment request notice substantially in the form of the model attached under Schedule 1 of this Guarantee (the “ Payment Request Notice ”) duly completed and including the amount requested (the “ Requested Amount ”) under this Guarantee, at any time before the expiration date stipulated in Article 2.2 below.

 

(4)                                  The payment of the Requested Amount shall be done on first demand, within three (3) French Business Days as from the first presentation of the Payment Request Notice by registered letter with acknowledgement of receipt to the Guarantor sent by the Beneficiary.

 

(5)                                  If the Guarantor fails to pay any payment which is payable by it under the terms of this Guarantee on its due date, it will owe the Beneficiary interest on arrears, which will apply to the unpaid amount from its due date, up to the date of actual payment at a rate of EONIA plus three (3) percent, it being specified that there shall be no double counting with the default interest payable by the Borrower under the Loan Agreement.  Any interest under this clause will be calculated on a daily basis up until payment.

 

2.2.                             DURATION OF THE GUARANTEE

 

The Guarantor’s undertaking under this Guarantee will automatically expire as soon as the Guarantor has paid the amount covered by this Guarantee, or in case the Guarantee has not been requested under the conditions set out above, on the first of the following dates:

 

(i)                          the date of return of this Guarantee by the Beneficiary to the Guarantor or the date that this Guarantee is expressly withdrawn in writing by the Beneficiary;

 

(ii)                       one (1) year after the Maturity Date (as defined in the Loan Agreement), as the same may be extended from time to time; or

 

(iii)                    the Guaranteed Obligations in consideration of which the Guarantee is provided have been repaid in full, as confirmed in writing by the Beneficiary.

 

3



 

2.3.                             REDUCTION OF THE GUARANTEED AMOUNT

 

This Guarantee shall be implemented in a single or several payments and each payment made by the Guarantor will reduce, automatically and to the same extent, the Guaranteed Amount.

 

3.                                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE GUARANTOR

 

3.1.                             The Guarantor has made representations and warranties in Section 1 of the Supplemental Agreement that are considered essential by the Beneficiary.

 

3.2 .                                   The Guarantor expressly reiterates hereby representations and warranties of Section l of the Supplemental Agreement.

 

3.3.                                   Each representation and warranty mentioned in Articles 3.1 and 3.2 above shall remain in force and continue to be effective from the date of execution of the Guarantee, for the duration of the Guarantee and until complete payment of all amounts payable by the Guarantor hereunder.

 

4.                                       COMMUNICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS BETWEEN THE PARTIES

 

(1)                                  The Guarantor establishes its domicile at the address identified with its name above.

 

(2)                                  Every request, notifications, warning and communications to be made by virtue of this Guarantee shall be considered as properly done when, within the terms indicated in this Guarantee, they are made by means of registered letter with acknowledgement of receipt sent to the domiciles mentioned in paragraph (1) above, with no prejudice to the subsequent confirmation by telefax (“ télécopie ”) signed by authorized attorney.

 

(3)                                  The Guarantor shall send its communications to the Beneficiary to the address identified with its name above, and the Beneficiary will send such communication to the rest of the Beneficiary.

 

(4)                                  Any change in the said domiciles or telephones or telefax described will have no effect until the communication of such change between the Parties or to the Beneficiary with notice of receipt.

 

5.                                       EXPENSES

 

All reasonable costs, expenses and taxes derived from the granting of this Guarantee, as well as any amendment hereof, and all reasonable costs and expenses, including legal fees incurred by the Beneficiary in connection with the enforcement in court of the Guarantee, shall be paid by the Guarantor.

 

6.                                       GROSS-UP

 

In the event where the Guarantor would have, pursuant to a legal or a regulatory provision, to deduct, retain or withhold amounts from the sums due pursuant to the Guarantee, these sums would be increased by the amount necessary for the Beneficiary to receive, after all deductions and withholdings, a net amount equal to the amount it would have received in the absence of such deductions or withholdings.

 

4



 

7.                                       BENEFIT — ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS

 

(1)                                  This Guarantee is issued to the Beneficiary as well as to its possible successors and beneficiaries following any restructuring transfer of control, spin-off, merger or partial contribution operation subject to the valid transfer of the rights and obligations of the Beneficiary under the other Finance Documents to said entity or entities.

 

(2)                                  The Guarantee shall remain in force and binding on any full legal successors and assignee of the Guarantor and/or of the Beneficiary.

 

(3)                                  By derogation to the terms of Article 2321 of the French Civil Code, this Guarantee shall attach to the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents so that the benefit of this Guarantee shall automatically pass to any assignee of the Beneficiary.

 

8.                                       LAW — JURISDICTION

 

(1)                                  This Guarantee will be fully interpreted and performed by its own terms and will be governed by French Law.

 

(2)                                  The Guarantor and the Beneficiary expressly and specifically accept, pursuant to Article 23 of Council Regulation n°1215/2012, to give exclusive jurisdiction to the courts within the territorial jurisdiction of the Commercial Court of Paris to settle any dispute that may arise between the Parties in connection with the construction or performance of this Pledge Agreement.

 

(Signatures on the following page)

 

5



 

Made in Paris, on June 29 th , 2015
in two (2) original copies

 

TALEND SA.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael Tuchen

 

Represented by:

 

duly authorized

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Tuchen

 

President Directeur General

 

 

 

 

 

Accepted by the Beneficiary

 

 

 

 

 

SQUARE 1 BANK

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ James Duncan

 

Represented by:

 

duly authorized

 

 



 

Schedule 1

 

Payment Request Notice

[Beneficiary Letterhead]

 

 

To the attention of [ · ]

 

[Guarantor’s name]

 

[Guarantor’s address]

 

On [ · ]

 

Undertaking to pay on first demand dated June 29 th , 2015

 

Dear Sirs,

 

We refer to the first demand guarantee that you have granted in our favor, dated June 29 th , 2015 up to a maximum cumulated amount of sixteen millions US Dollars ($16,000,000) (the “ Guarantee ”).  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Guarantee.

 

We hereby request that, in accordance with the terms of this first demand guarantee, you pay an amount of [ · ] ( amount to be specified in words and . figures ) at the latest on the third French Business Day from the date of receipt of this notification, by way of a wire transfer to our bank account n° [ · ] open at [ · - bank] in [ · - location].

 

We hereby certify that this payment has been previously requested to the Borrower (as this term is defined by the Guarantee) and the amount of [amount to be specified in words and figures] is still due and payable to us.

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

For the Beneficiary

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

2




Exhibit 10.15

 

SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

 

THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT is entered into as of June 29, 2015 between SQUARE 1 BANK (“Lender”), whose address is 406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240, Durham, North Carolina 27701, and TALEND SA , a société anonyme, (“Guarantor”) incorporated under French laws, whose registered office is located at 9 rue Pages, 92150 Suresnes, France (“Guarantor’s Address”) and registered with the Companies and commercial registry of Nanterre under number 484 175 252, with reference to the following:

 

A.                       Lender and Talend, Inc. and Talend USA, Inc. (jointly and severally, “Borrower”) are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 29, 2015 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”) and related documents.  (Capitalized terms used in this Agreement which are not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Loan Agreement.)

 

B.                       Guarantor is the owner of 100% of the outstanding stock of the Borrower (directly or indirectly) and Talend Ltd, a company incorporated and registered in England and Wales with company number 06844892 (“Talend UK”).  Guarantor has executed and delivered to Lender that certain First-Demand Guaranty and Guarantee and Indemnity, in each case with respect to all Obligations (as defined in the Loan Agreement) (as amended from time to time, collectively, the “Guaranties”), and that certain Pledge of Receivables Agreement.  First Rank Accounts Pledge Agreement, Pledge of IP Rights Agreement, and Pledge Agreement (Stock in Borrower) (as amended from time to time, collectively, the “Security Agreements”).  This Agreement, the Guaranties, the Security Agreements and any other present and future written agreements between Guarantor and Lender, as the same may be amended from time to time are referred to herein collectively as the “Guarantor Documents” and as the “Finance Documents”.  Phis Agreement is one of the “Finance Documents” as defined in the Guaranties and the Security Agreements.

 

C.                       The purpose of this Agreement is to supplement the Guaranty and the Security Agreements.

 

The parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF GUARANTOR.

 

In order to induce Lender to enter into the Loan Agreement and to make Loans, Guarantor represents and warrants to Lender as follows, and Guarantor covenants that the following representations will continue to be true (except to the extent that such representation or warranty relates to a particular date), and that Guarantor and its Subsidiaries will at all times comply with all of the following covenants, throughout the term of this Agreement.

 

1.1                                Corporate Existence and Authority.  Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, and will continue to be, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization.  Guarantor and its Subsidiaries are and will continue to be qualified and licensed to do business in all jurisdictions in which any failure to do so would result in a Material Adverse Change.  The execution, delivery and performance by Guarantor of this Agreement, and all other documents contemplated hereby (i) have been duly and validly authorized, (ii) are not subject to any consents, which have not been obtained, (iii) are enforceable against Guarantor in accordance with their terms (except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles and by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally), and (iv) do not violate Guarantor’s organizational documents, or any law or any material agreement or instrument, which is binding upon Guarantor or its property, and (v) do not constitute grounds for acceleration of any indebtedness or

 



 

obligations in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate, under any agreement or instrument which is binding upon Guarantor or its property.

 

1.2                                Title to Collateral; Perfection; Permitted Liens.

 

(a)                                  Guarantor is now, and will at all times in the future be, the sole owner of all the Collateral, except for (i) items of Equipment which are leased to Guarantor, (ii) non-exclusive licenses granted by Guarantor to its customers in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) the trademark “Talend” (which is subject to Section 3.4 of the IP Rights Agreement referred to above).  The Collateral now is and will remain free and clear of any and all adverse claims in an amount exceeding $100,000 for all such claims, and free and clear of any and all Liens, except for Permitted Liens.  Lender now has, and will continue to have, a first-priority perfected and enforceable security interest in all of the Collateral, subject only to the Permitted Liens, and Subject to the qualifications and requirements set forth therefor in the Security Documents, and Guarantor will at all times defend Lender and the Collateral against all claims of others.

 

(b)                                  Except as disclosed on Exhibit A hereto, neither Guarantor nor its Subsidiaries are a party to, or are bound by, any inbound license that is material to the conduct of Guarantor’s business (other than commercially available off-the-shelf software or open source software) and that prohibits or otherwise restricts Guarantor from granting a security interest in Guarantor’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property important for the conduct of Guarantor’s business.

 

(c)                                   Guarantor and its Subsidiaries are the sole owner of the Intellectual Property material to the conduct of its business, except for non-exclusive licenses granted to their customers in the ordinary course of business.  To the best of Guarantor’s knowledge, each of the Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents material to the conduct of its business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property material to the conduct of its business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made to Guarantor that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

 

1.3                          Maintenance of Collateral.  Guarantor will not use the Collateral for any unlawful purpose.  Guarantor will immediately advise Lender in writing of any material loss or damage to the Collateral.

 

1.4                          Books and Records.  Guarantor has maintained and will maintain at Guarantor’s Address books and records, which are complete and accurate in all material respects, and comprise an accounting system in accordance with IFRS.

 

1.5                          Financial Condition, Statements and Reports.  All financial statements now or in the future delivered to Lender have been, and will be, prepared in conformity with IFRS, and now and in the future will fairly present the results of operations and financial condition of Guarantor, in accordance with IFRS, at the times and for the periods therein stated (except, in the case of interim financial statements, for the lack of footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments).  Between the last date covered by any such statement provided to Lender and the date hereof, there has been no Material Adverse Change.

 

2



 

1.6                          Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions.  Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have timely filed, and will timely file, all required tax returns and reports, and Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have timely paid, and will timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions now or in the future owed by them, except for inadvertent failures to file or pay which do not result in liability exceeding $200,000 and which arc promptly cured.  Guarantor and its Subsidiaries may, however, defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that they (i) in good faith contest their obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (ii) notify Lender in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (iii) post bonds or takes any other steps required to keep the contested taxes from becoming a Lien upon any of the Collateral.  Guarantor is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Guarantor’s or its Subsidiaries prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by them.  Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have paid, and shall continue to pay all amounts necessary to fund all present and future pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and they have not and will not withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Guarantor or its Subsidiaries in excess of $100,000, including any liability to any governmental agency.

 

1.7                                Compliance with Law.  Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have, to the best of Guarantor’s knowledge, complied, and will in the future comply, in all material respects, with all provisions of all foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to them, including, but not limited to, those relating to their ownership of real or personal property, the conduct and licensing of their business, and all environmental matters, except where a failure to do so would not reasonably result in liability exceeding $100,000.  Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all governmental authorities that are necessary for the continued operation of Guarantor’s business as currently conducted, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

 

1.8                                Litigation.  As of the date hereof, there is no claim, suit, litigation, proceeding or investigation pending or, to Guarantor’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting Guarantor or its Subsidiaries in any court or before any governmental agency (or any basis therefor known to Guarantor) involving any claim against them that could reasonably result in damages of more than $300,000.  Guarantor will promptly inform Lender in writing of any claim, proceeding, litigation or investigation in the future threatened or instituted against Guarantor or its Subsidiaries involving any claim against them that could reasonably result in damages of more than $200,000.

 

2.                                       ADDITIONAL DUTIES OF GUARANTOR.

 

2.1                                Financial and Other Covenants.  Guarantor shall at all times comply with the financial covenants set forth in the Section 5 of the Schedule to the Loan Agreement, the reporting covenants set forth in Section 6 of the Schedule to the Loan Agreement, and the representations and agreements relating to Parent Inside Debt in Section 8(d) of the Schedule to the Loan Agreement.

 

2.2                                Reports.  Guarantor, at its expense, shall provide Lender with such other information with respect to Guarantor as Lender shall from time to time specify in its Good Faith Business Judgment.

 

3



 

2.3                                Negative Covenants.  Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries do any of the following, without Lender’s prior written consent (which shall be a matter of its Good Faith Business Judgment):

 

(i)                                      merge or consolidate with another corporation or entity, except (a) where the Obligations are repaid in full concurrently with the closing of any merger or consolidation, and (b) that a Borrower may merge into a Borrower and a Related Company (other than a Borrower or Guarantor) may merge into another Related Party with ten Business Days prior written notice to Lender;

 

(ii)                                   acquire any assets, except in the ordinary course of business, except for (i) acquisitions of assets outside the ordinary course of business for a purchase price not exceeding $150,000 for all such acquisitions in any fiscal year, and (ii) transfers of assets by Guarantor to any Related Companies;

 

(iii)                                enter into any other transaction outside the ordinary course of business which requires approval of Guarantor’s or a Borrower’s Board of Directors, except for such transactions outside the ordinary course of business involving not more than $150,000 for all such transactions in any fiscal year;

 

(iv)                               sell or transfer any Collateral or other assets, except for (a) the sale of finished Inventory in the ordinary course of business, (b) the sale of obsolete or unneeded Equipment in the ordinary course of business, or outside the ordinary course of business for a sale price not exceeding $150,000 for all such sales in any fiscal year, (c) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business, (d) transfers of Collateral or other assets to a Perfected Related Company, (e) transfers of Collateral or other assets to any Non-Perfected Related Company that do not in the aggregate exceed $100,000 during any fiscal year, (f) dispositions of Accounts in connection with the settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices, (g) factoring by Guarantor of Accounts in accordance with its past practice, provided that Guarantor shall cease all such factoring of its Accounts on and after October 1, 2015, and (h) other transfers of Collateral that do not in the aggregate exceed $200,000 during any fiscal year

 

(v)                                  sell any Inventory on a sale-or-return, guaranteed sale, consignment, or other contingent basis;

 

(vi)                               make any loans of any money or other assets or any other Investments, other than Permitted Investments;

 

(vii)                            create, incur, assume or permit to be outstanding any Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness;

 

(viii)                         guarantee or otherwise become liable with respect to the obligations of another party or entity other than Permitted Indebtedness;

 

(ix)                               pay or declare any dividends on Guarantor’s stock except for dividends payable solely in stock of Guarantor;

 

(x)                                  redeem, retire, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of Guarantor’s stock or other equity securities except for (A) repurchases of stock of former employees pursuant to stock purchase agreements for an aggregate purchase price not exceeding $150,000 in any fiscal year, as long as

 

4



 

no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing prior to such repurchase or would result or exist after giving effect to such repurchase, and (B) repurchases of stock of former employees pursuant to stock purchase agreements by the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees to Guarantor regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

(xi)                               directly or indirectly enter into, or permit to exist, any material transaction with any Affiliate of Guarantor (other than Related Companies), except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of Guarantor’s business, and are on fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Guarantor than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a nonaffiliated Person; or

 

(xii)                            create a Subsidiary, except for: (A) a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of Guarantor that is organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof, and that becomes a co-Borrower under the Loan Agreement, or a Guarantor of the Obligations, as determined by Lender, pursuant to documentation reasonably specified by Lender, within 30 days after the date it is created; and (B) a direct or indirect wholly-owned (other than directors’ qualifying shares or other similar arrangements that may be required under applicable local law) Subsidiary of Guarantor that is not organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof, and that does not own or hold any Intellectual Property;

 

(xiii)                         dissolve or elect to dissolve except that (A) a Subsidiary (other than a Borrower) may dissolve, with ten Business Days prior written notice to Lender, if all of its assets are distributed to another Related Company and (B) a Borrower may dissolve as permitted under the Loan Agreement; or

 

(xiv)                        agree to do any of the foregoing, unless such agreement provides that it is subject to the prior written consent of Lender or that the Obligations will be paid in full in connection therewith.

 

Transactions permitted by the foregoing provisions of this Section are only permitted if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would occur as a result of such transaction.

 

2.4                                Litigation Cooperation.  Should any third-party suit or proceeding be instituted by or against Lender with respect to any Collateral or relating to Guarantor or its Subsidiaries.  Guarantor shall, without expense to Lender, make available Guarantor and its Subsidiaries and their officers, employees and agents and books and records, to the extent that Lender may deem them reasonably necessary in order to prosecute or defend any such suit or proceeding.

 

2.5                                Notification of Changes.  Guarantor will give Lender written notice of any change in its executive officers within 20 days after the date of such change.

 

2.6                                Registration of Intellectual Property Rights.

 

(a)                                  Without limitation on the terms of subsection “b” below, Guarantor shall promptly give Lender written notice of any applications or registrations it or any of its Subsidiaries files or obtains with respect to Intellectual Property filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, including the date of any such filing and the registration or application numbers, if any.

 

5



 

(b)                                  Guarantor shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, do the following: (i) give Lender not less than 30 days prior written notice of the filing of any applications or registrations with the United States Copyright Office, including the title of such intellectual property rights to be registered, as such title will appear on such applications or registrations, and the date such applications or registrations will he filed; (ii) prior to the tiling of any such applications or registrations, execute such documents as Lender may reasonably request for Lender to maintain its perfection in the Intellectual Property rights to be registered; (iii) upon the request of Lender, either deliver to Lender or file such documents simultaneously with the filing of any such applications or registrations; (iv) upon filing any such applications or registrations, promptly provide Lender with a copy of such applications or registrations together with any exhibits, evidence of the tiling of any documents requested by Lender to be filed for Lender to create and maintain the perfection and priority of its security interest in such Intellectual Property rights.

 

(c)                                   Guarantor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of the Intellectual Property that is material to the conduct of its business, (ii) detect infringements of the Intellectual Property that is material to the conduct of its business, and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property that is material to the conduct of its business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without the written consent of Lender, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(d)                                  Lender shall have the right, but not the obligation, to take, at Guarantor’s sole expense, any actions that Guarantor is required under this Section 2.6 to take but which Guarantor or a Subsidiary fails to take, after 15 days’ notice to Guarantor.  Guarantor shall reimburse and indemnify Lender for all reasonable costs and reasonable expenses incurred in the reasonable exercise of its rights under this Section.

 

2.7                                Consent of Inbound Licensors.   Prior to entering into or becoming bound by any inbound license that is material to the conduct of its business (other than commercially available off-the-shelf software or open source software) in the future.  Guarantor shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to do the following: (i) provide written notice to Lender of the material terms of such license with a description of its likely impact on Guarantor’s business or financial condition; and (ii) in good faith use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for Guarantor’s interest in such licenses or contract rights to be deemed Collateral and for Lender to have a security interest therein, provided, however, that the failure to obtain any such consent or waiver shall not constitute a default under this Agreement.

 

2.8                                Further Assurances.  Guarantor agrees, at its expense, on request by Lender, to execute, and cause its Subsidiaries to execute, all documents and take all actions, as Lender, may, in its Good Faith Business Judgment, deem necessary or useful in order to perfect and maintain Lender’s perfected first-priority security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens), and in order to fully consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

3.                                       TERM.  This Agreement shall continue in effect until all Obligations have been paid in full and the Loan Agreement has terminated.

 

6



 

4.                                       DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.

 

this Agreement ” means this Agreement, as the same may be modified, amended or restated from time to time by a written agreement signed by Guarantor and Lender.

 

Business Day ” means a day on which Lender is open for business.

 

Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted and in effect in the State of California from time to time.

 

Collateral ” means all present and future tangible and intangible assets in which Lender has a security interest or pledge under any of the Security Agreements.

 

control ” of a Person means possession. directly or indirectly. of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies of such Person (whether through ownership of voting securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise).

 

Copyrights ” means any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held.

 

Equipment ” means all present and future “equipment” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter he made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

 

Event of Default ” means any “Event of Default” as defined in the Loan Agreement or any default (after any applicable cure period) under, or “Event of Default” as defined in, any Guarantor Document.

 

General Intangibles ” means all present and future “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all Intellectual Property, payment intangibles, royalties, contract rights, goodwill, franchise agreements, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, telephone numbers, domain names, claims, income tax refunds, security and other deposits, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

 

Good Faith Business Judgment ” means Lender’s business judgment as a secured lender, exercised honestly and in good faith and not arbitrarily.

 

7



 

IFRS ” means International Financial Reporting Standards promulgated by the International Accounting Standards Board, as in effect from time to time.

 

including ” means including (but not limited to).

 

Indebtedness ” means (a) all indebtedness created, assumed or incurred in any manner, representing money borrowed (including by the issuance of debt securities, notes, bonds debentures or similar instruments), (b) all indebtedness for the deferred purchase price of property or services, (c) the Obligations, (d) obligations and liabilities of any Person secured by a Lien or claim on property owned by Guarantor or a Subsidiary, even though Guarantor or the Subsidiary has not assumed or become liable there for, (e) obligations and liabilities created or arising under any capital lease or conditional sales contract or other title retention agreement with respect to property used or acquired by Guarantor or a Subsidiary, even though the rights and remedies of the lessor, seller or lender are limited to repossession or otherwise limited; (f) all obligations of Guarantor or a Subsidiary on or with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and other similar extensions of credit whether or not representing obligations for borrowed money; and (g) the amount of any contingent obligations.

 

Intellectual Property ” means all of Guarantor’s and its Subsidiaries’ right, title, and interest in and to the following: Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents; any and all trade secrets, and any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held; any and all design rights which may be available to Guarantor or a Subsidiary now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held: any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the rights included above, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual property rights identified above; all licenses or other rights to use any of the Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks, and all license fees and royalties arising from such use; and all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

 

Inventory ” means all present and future “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter he made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of a Person’s custody or possession or in transit, and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

 

Investment ” means any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, securities, partnership interest, limited liability company interest, or other interests), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person, including the creation or capital contribution to a wholly-owned or partially-owned subsidiary).

 

Lien ” means any mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.

 

Material Adverse Change ” means a material adverse effect on (i) the operations, business or financial condition of Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of Guarantor to

 

8



 

repay the Obligations or otherwise perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, or (iii) Guarantor’s interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of Lender’s security interest in the Collateral.

 

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

 

Permitted indebtedness ” means:

 

(i)                          the Obligations;

 

(ii)                       indebtedness existing on the date hereof and disclosed on Exhibit A;

 

(iii)                    trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(iv)                   Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

 

(v)                      capitalized leases and purchase money Indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens in an aggregate amount not exceeding $200,000 at any time outstanding, provided the amount of such capitalized leases and purchase money Indebtedness do not exceed, at the time they were incurred, the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the property so leased or financed with such Indebtedness;

 

(vi)                   Subordinated Debt:

 

(vii)                Indebtedness in a principal amount not to exceed $450,000 with respect to reimbursement obligations for letters of credit issued for the benefit of Guarantor or a Subsidiary, and Indebtedness in a principal amount not to exceed the following amounts with respect to credit cards issued for Guarantor or a Subsidiary: (a) $450,000 until November 25, 2015; and (b) $300,000 thereafter;

 

(viii)             Indebtedness of Guarantor or a Subsidiary to any Related Company;

 

(ix)                   Indebtedness owed to any Person providing workers’ compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits of property, casualty or liability insurance, pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations of such Person, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(x)                      Indebtedness in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds or similar obligations, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business, in particular guarantees issued by Guarantor in favor of third parties as security for the obligations of its Subsidiaries under commercial contracts;

 

(xi)                   factoring by Guarantor of Accounts in accordance with its past practice, provided that Guarantor shall cease all such factoring of its Accounts on and after October 1, 2015; and

 

(xii)                extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness in clauses (ii) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased

 

9



 

and the terms thereof arc not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Guarantor or a Subsidiary, and provided, in the case of Subordinated Debt, that it continues to be Subordinated Debt.

 

Permitted Investments ” means:

 

(i)                          Investments existing on the date hereof and disclosed on Exhibit A;

 

(ii)                       cash equivalent investments and investments held in securities accounts;

 

(iii)                    Investments in (A) a Perfected Related Company or (B) a Non-Perfected Related Company not to exceed $100,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

 

(iv)                   Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Guarantor’s business;

 

(v)                      Investments consisting or notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who arc not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(vi)                   Repurchases of stock permitted under this Agreement;

 

(vii)                Investments not to exceed $100,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year consisting of (A) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business and (B) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Guarantor pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Guarantor’s board of directors;

 

(viii)             deposits in deposit accounts and securities accounts maintained in accordance with this Agreement and the Guarantor Documents; and

 

(ix)                   joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Guarantor’s or its Subsidiaries’ business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, so long as any cash Investment by Guarantor and its Subsidiaries does not exceed $100,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

 

Permitted Liens ” means the following:

 

(i)                          purchase money security interests in, and leases of, specific items of Equipment;

 

(ii)                       Liens for taxes not yet payable;

 

(iii)                    additional security interests which are consented to in writing by Lender, which consent may be withheld in its Good Faith Business Judgment, and which are subordinate to the security interest of Lender pursuant to a Subordination Agreement in such form and containing such provisions as Lender shall specify in its Good Faith Business Judgment;

 

10


 

(iv)                   Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default;

 

(v)                      Liens incurred on deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers compensation, unemployment insurance, social security and other like laws or to secure the performance of statutory obligations;

 

(vi)                   Liens of mechanics, materialmen, workers, repairmen, fillers and common carriers arising by operation of law for amounts that are not yet due and payable or which are being contested in good faith by Guarantor or its Subsidiaries by appropriate proceedings;

 

(vii)                deposits or pledges of cash to secure bids, tenders, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money), leases, surety and appeal bonds and other obligations of a like nature arising in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate amount not exceeding $450,000 at any time;

 

(viii)             Liens existing on the dale hereof and disclosed on Exhibit A:

 

(ix)                   cash collateral securing Permitted Indebtedness under clause (vii) of the definition thereof;

 

(x)                      leases or sublease of real property granted in the ordinary course of business, including in connection with leased premises:

 

(xi)                   any Liens on any equipment arising under any retention of title, hire purchase or conditional sale arrangement or arrangements having similar effect in respect of goods supplied to Guarantor or one its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of trading and on the supplier’s standard or usual terms and not arising as a result of any default or omission by Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(xii)                Liens arising under factoring by Guarantor of Accounts in accordance with its past practice, provided that Guarantor shall cease all such factoring of its Accounts on and after October 1, 2015; and

 

(xiii)             any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading and not as a result of any default or omission by Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Lender will have the right to require, as a condition to its consent under subparagraph (iii) above, that the holder of the additional security interest or voluntary Lien sign a subordination agreement on Lender’s then standard form, acknowledge that the security interest is subordinate to the security interest in favor of Lender, and agree not to take any action to enforce its subordinate security interest so long as any Obligations remain outstanding, and that Guarantor agree that any uncured default in any obligation secured by the subordinate security interest shall also constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement.

 

Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, government, or any agency or political division thereof, or any other entity.

 

11



 

Subordinated Debt ” means unsecured Indebtedness which is on terms acceptable to Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment, and which is subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to a Subordination Agreement in such form as Lender shall specify in its Good Faith Business Judgment

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a Person of which more than 50% of the voting stock or other equity interests is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more Affiliates of such Person.

 

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Guarantor and its Subsidiaries connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

 

Other Terms .  All accounting terms used in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meanings given to such terms in accordance with IFRS, consistently applied.  All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meanings provided by the Code, to the extent such terms arc defined therein.

 

5.                                       GENERAL PROVISIONS.

 

5.1                                Notices.  All notices to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given either personally or by reputable private delivery service or by regular first-class mail, or certified mail return receipt requested, addressed (i) to Guarantor at the address shown in the heading to this Agreement, or (ii) to Lender at the address shown in the heading to this Agreement, or (iii) for either party at any other address designated in writing by one party to the other party.  All notices shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery in the case of notices personally delivered, or at the expiration of one Business Day following delivery to the private delivery service, or three Business Days following the deposit thereof in the United States mail, with postage prepaid.

 

5.2                                Severability.  Should any provision of this Agreement be held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be void or unenforceable, such defect shall not affect the remainder of this Agreement, which shall continue in full force and effect.

 

5.3                                Integration.  This Agreement and such other written agreements, documents and instruments as may be executed in connection herewith are the final, entire and complete agreement between Guarantor and Lender and supersede all prior and contemporaneous negotiations and oral representations and agreements, all of which are merged and integrated in this Agreement.  There are no oral understandings, representations or agreements between the parties which are not set forth in  this Agreement or in other written agreements signed by the parties in connection herewith .

 

5.4                                Waivers; Indemnity.  The failure of Lender at any time or times to require Guarantor to strictly comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive or diminish any right of Lender later to demand and receive strict compliance therewith.  Any waiver of any default shall not waive or affect any other default, whether prior or subsequent, and whether or not similar.  None of the provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall he deemed to have been waived by any act or knowledge of Lender or its agents or employees, but only by a specific written waiver signed by an authorized officer of Lender and delivered to Guarantor.  Guarantor waives the benefit of all statutes of limitations relating to any of the Obligations or this Agreement or any other Loan

 

12



 

Document, and Guarantor waives demand, protest, notice of protest and notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of any commercial paper, instrument, account, General Intangible, document or guaranty at any time held by Lender on which Guarantor is or may in any way be liable, and notice of any action taken by Lender, unless expressly required by this Agreement.  Guarantor hereby agrees to indemnify Lender and its Affiliates, subsidiaries, parent, directors, officers, employees, agents, and attorneys, and to hold them harmless from and against any and all claims, debts, liabilities, demands, obligations, actions, causes of action, penalties, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), of every kind, which they may sustain or incur based upon or arising out of any of the Obligations, or any relationship or agreement between Lender and Guarantor, or any other matter, relating to Guarantor or the Obligations; provided that this indemnity shall not extend to damages caused by the indemnitee’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the indemnity agreement set forth in this Section shall survive any termination of this Agreement and shall for all purposes continue in full force and effect.

 

5.5                                Liability.  NEITHER LENDER NOR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, SUBSIDIARIES, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR ATTORNEYS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE TO GUARANTOR OR TO ANY OTHER PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHICH MAY BE ALLEGED AS A RESULT OF ANY FINANCIAL ACCOMMODATION HAVING BEEN EXTENDED, SUSPENDED OR TERMINATED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR AS A RESULT OF ANY OTHER ACT, OMISSION OR TRANSACTION.

 

5.6                                Amendment.  The terms and provisions of this Agreement may not he waived or amended, except in a writing executed by Guarantor and a duly authorized officer of Lender.

 

5.7                                Time of Essence.  Time is of the essence in the performance by Guarantor of each and every obligation under this Agreement.

 

5.8                                Attorneys Fees and Costs.  Subject to applicable laws and governmental regulations.  Guarantor shall reimburse Lender for all reasonable attorneys’ and consultant’s fees (including without limitation those of Lender’s outside counsel, and whether incurred before, during or after an bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding), and all filing, recording, search, title insurance, appraisal, audit, and other reasonable costs incurred by Lender, pursuant to, or in connection with, or relating to this Agreement (whether or not a lawsuit is filed), including, but not limited to, any reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs Lender incurs in order to do the following: prepare and negotiate this Agreement and all present and future documents relating to this Agreement; obtain legal advice in connection with this Agreement or Guarantor; enforce, or seek to enforce, any of its rights; prosecute actions against, or defend actions by, Account Debtors; commence, intervene in, or defend any action or proceeding; initiate any complaint to be relieved of any automatic stay in bankruptcy; tile or prosecute any probate claim, bankruptcy claim, third-party claim, or other claim; examine, audit, copy, and inspect any of the Collateral or any of Guarantor’s books and records (subject to the limitations in Section 5.4): protect, obtain possession of, lease, dispose of, or otherwise enforce Lender’s security interest in, the Collateral: and otherwise represent Lender in any litigation relating to Guarantor.  If either Lender or Guarantor files any lawsuit against the other predicated on a breach of this Agreement, the prevailing party in such action shall be entitled to recover its reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees, including (but not limited to) reasonable

 

13



 

attorneys fees and costs incurred in the enforcement of, execution upon or defense of any order, decree, award or judgment from the non-prevailing party.  All attorneys’ fees and costs to which Lender may be entitled pursuant to this Paragraph shall immediately become part of Guarantor’s Obligations, shall be due on demand, and shall hear interest thereafter at a rate equal to the highest interest rate then applicable to any of the Obligations.

 

5.9                                Benefit of Agreement.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective successors, assigns, heirs, beneficiaries and representatives of Guarantor and Lender; provided, however, that Guarantor may not assign or transfer any of its rights under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Lender, and any prohibited assignment shall be void.  No consent by Lender to any assignment shall release Guarantor from its liability for the Obligations.

 

5.10                         Paragraph Headings; Construction.  Paragraph headings are only used in this Agreement for convenience.  Guarantor and Lender acknowledge that the headings may not describe completely the subject matter of the applicable paragraph, and the headings shall not be used in any manner to construe, limit, define or interpret any term or provision of this Agreement.  This Agreement has been fully reviewed and negotiated between the parties and no uncertainty or ambiguity in any term or provision of this Agreement shall be construed strictly against Lender or Guarantor under any rule of construction or otherwise.

 

5.11                         Confidentiality.  Lender agrees to use the same degree of care that it exercises with respect to its own proprietary information, to maintain the confidentiality of any and all information provided to or received by Lender from Guarantor which would reasonably be understood to be confidential, including business plans and forecasts, non-public financial information, confidential or secret processes, formulae, devices and contractual information, customer lists, and employee relation matters, provided that Lender may disclose such information to (i) its officers, directors, employees, attorneys, accountants and Affiliates so long as such Persons are instructed as to the confidential nature of such information, (ii) participants, prospective participants, assignees and prospective assignees so long as such Persons agree to maintain the confidentiality of such information in the same manner as this Section and (iii) such other Persons to whom Lender shall at any time he required to make such disclosure in accordance with applicable law, and provided, that the foregoing provisions shall not apply to disclosures made by Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment in connection with the enforcement of its rights or remedies after an Event of Default.  The confidentiality agreement in this Section supersedes any prior confidentiality agreement of Lender relating to Guarantor.

 

5.12                         Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue.  This Agreement and all acts, transactions, disputes and controversies arising hereunder or relating hereto, and all rights and obligations of the parties shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws (and not the conflict of laws rules) of the State of California.  All disputes, controversies, claims, actions and other proceedings involving, directly or indirectly, any matter in any way arising out of, related to, or connected with, this Agreement or the relationship between Guarantor and Lender, and any and all other claims of Guarantor against Lender of any kind, may be brought in a court located in Los Angeles County, California, and each party consents to the jurisdiction of an such court and the referee referred to in Section 5.13 below, and waives any and all rights the party may have to object to the jurisdiction of any such court, or to transfer or change the venue of any such action or proceeding, including, without limitation, any objection to venue or request for change in venue based on the doctrine of forum non conveniens; it being

 

14



 

understood that Lender may bring proceedings against Guarantor in the courts of any competent jurisdiction.  Guarantor consents to service of process in any action or proceeding brought against it by Lender, by personal delivery, or by mail addressed as set forth in this Agreement or by any other method permitted by law.

 

5.13                         Dispute Resolution.  Any controversy, dispute or claim between the parties based upon, arising out of, or in any way relating to: (i) this Agreement or any supplement or amendment thereto; or (ii) any other present or future instrument or agreement between the parties hereto; or (iii) any breach, conduct, acts or omissions of any of the parties hereto or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys or any other person affiliated with or representing any of the parties hereto; in each of the foregoing cases, whether sounding in contract or tort or otherwise (a “Dispute”) shall be resolved exclusively by judicial reference in accordance with Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”) and Rules 3.900 et seq. of the California Rules of Court (“CRC”), subject to the following terms and conditions.  (All references in this section to provisions of the CCP and/or CRC shall be deemed to include any and all successor provisions.)

 

(a)                                  The reference shall be a consensual general reference pursuant to CCP Sections 638 and 644(a).  Unless the parties otherwise agree in writing, the reference shall be to a single referee.  The referee shall be a retired Judge of the Los Angeles County Superior Court (“Superior Court”) or a retired Justice of’ the California Court of Appeal or California Supreme Court.  Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the right of Lender, pending or after the appointment of the referee, to seek and obtain provisional relief from the Superior Court or such referee, or any other court in a jurisdiction in which any Collateral is located or having jurisdiction over any Collateral, including without limitation, writ of attachment, writ of possession, appointment of a receiver, temporary restraining order and/or preliminary injunction, or other “provisional remedy” (as such term is defined in CCP Section 1281.8).

 

(b)                                  Within fifteen (15) days after a party gives written notice in accordance with this Agreement to all other parties to a Dispute that the Dispute exists, all parties to the Dispute shall attempt to agree on the individual to be appointed as referee.  If the parties are unable to agree on the individual to be appointed as referee, the referee shall be appointed, upon noticed motion or ex parte application by any party, by the Superior Court in accordance with CCP Section 640, subject to all rights of the parties to challenge or object to the appointment, including without limitation the right to peremptory challenge under CCP Section 170.6.  If the referee (or any successor referee) appointed by the Superior Court is unable, or at any time becomes unable, to serve as referee in the Dispute, the Superior Court shall appoint a new referee as agreed to by the parties or, if the parties cannot agree, in accordance with CCP Section 640, which new referee shall then have the same powers, and be subject to the same terms and conditions, as the predecessor referee.

 

(c)                                   Venue for all proceedings before the referee, and for any Superior Court proceeding for the appointment of the referee, shall be exclusively within the County of Los Angeles, State of California.  The referee shall have the exclusive power to determine whether a Dispute is subject to judicial reference pursuant to this section.  Trial, and all proceedings and hearings on dispositive motions, conducted before the referee shall be conducted in the presence of, and shall be transcribed by, a court reporter, unless otherwise agreed in writing by all parties to the proceeding.  The referee shall issue a written statement of decision, which shall be subject to objections of the parties pursuant to CRC Rule 3.1590 as if the statement of decision were issued by the Superior Court.  The referee’s powers include, in addition to

 

15



 

those set forth in CCP Sections 638, et seq., and CRC Rules 3.900 et seq., (i) the power to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, writ of attachment, writ of possession, appointment of a receiver, temporary restraining order and/or preliminary injunction, or other “provisional remedy” (as such term is defined in CCP Section 1281.8), and (ii) the power to hear and resolve all post-trial matters in connection with the Dispute that would otherwise he determined by the Superior Court, including without limitation motions for new trial, reconsideration, to vacate judgment, to stay execution or enforcement, to tax costs, and/or for attorneys’ fees.  The parties shall, subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, bear equally the costs of the reference proceeding, including without limitation the fees and costs of the referee and the court reporter.

 

(d)                                  The parties acknowledge and agree that (i) the referee alone shall determine all issues of fact and/or law in the Dispute, without a jury (subject, however, to the right of a party, pending or after the appointment of the referee, to seek and obtain provisional relief from the Superior Court or such referee, including without limitation, writ of attachment, writ of possession, appointment of a receiver, temporary restraining order and/or preliminary injunction, or other “provisional remedy” (as such term is defined in CCP Section 1281.8)), (ii) the referee does not have the power to empanel a jury, (iii) the Superior Court shall enter judgment on the decision of the referee pursuant to CCP Section 644(a) as if the decision were issued by the Superior Court, (iv) the decision of the referee shall not be subject to review by the Superior Court, and (v) the decision of the referee, once entered as a judgment by the Superior Court, shall be binding, final and conclusive, shall have the full force and effect of a judgment of the Superior Court, and shall be subject to appeal to the same extent as a judgment of the Superior Court.

 

[Signatures on Next Page]

 

Form Version: -5.4 (07-13)

Document Version -4

 

16



 

5.14                         Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial.  LENDER AND GUARANTOR EACH ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHT, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED.  EACH OF THE PARTIES, AFTER CONSULTING OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT, WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR CHOICE, KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED INSTRUMENT OR LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN), ACTION OR INACTION OF ANY OF THEM.  THESE PROVISIONS SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MODIFIED IN ANY RESPECT OR RELINQUISHED BY LENDER OR GUARANTOR, EXCEPT BY A WRITTEN INSTRUMENT EXECUTED BY EACH OF THEM.  IF FOR ANY REASON THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION ARE VOID, INVALID OR UNENFORCEABLE, THE SAME SHALL NOT AFFECT ANY OTHER TERM OR PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, AND ALL OTHER TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE UNAFFECTED BY THE SAME AND CONTINUE IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT.

 

Guarantor:

 

TALEND SA.

 

 

/s/ Michael Tuchen

 

 

 

 

 

Represented by:

 

 

 

 

 

duly authorized

 

 

Michael Tuchen

 

 

President Directeur General

 

 

 

 

 

Lender:

 

 

 

 

 

SQUARE 1 BANK

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ James Duncan

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

17



 

Exhibit A

 

Section 1.2(b) — Exceptions: None

 

Existing Indebtedness: None

 

Existing Investments: None

 

Existing Liens: None

 




Exhibit 10.16

 

Dated  July 8, 2015

 

(1) TALEND LTD

 

and

 

(2) SQUARE 1 BANK

 


 

DEBENTURE

 


 

 

25 Fenchurch Avenue

London

EC3M 5AD

DX: 766 London/City

 

Tel: 020 7667 9667

Fax: 020 7667 9777

Ref: 10/JS/L181-783663

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

3

2

COVENANT TO PAY

9

3

GRANT OF SECURITY

9

4

LIABILITY OF THE COMPANY

12

5

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

12

6

GENERAL COVENANTS

15

7

PROPERTY COVENANTS

20

8

INVESTMENTS COVENANTS

23

9

EQUIPMENT COVENANTS

26

10

BOOK DEBTS COVENANTS

27

11

RELEVANT AGREEMENTS COVENANTS

27

12

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY COVENANTS

28

13

POWERS OF THE LENDER

29

14

WHEN SECURITY BECOMES ENFORCEABLE

31

15

ENFORCEMENT OF SECURITY

32

16

RECEIVER

35

17

POWERS OF RECEIVER

36

18

DELEGATION

39

19

APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS

39

20

COSTS AND INDEMNITY

40

21

FURTHER ASSURANCE

41

22

POWER OF ATTORNEY

42

23

RELEASE

43

24

ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER

43

25

SET-OFF

43

26

AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS AND CONSENTS

44

27

SEVERANCE

44

28

COUNTERPARTS

44

29

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

44

30

FURTHER PROVISIONS

45

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

1



 

31

NOTICES

46

32

MISCELLANEOUS

47

33

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

48

 

2



 

 

THIS DEED is dated  July 8, 2015

 

PARTIES

 

(1)                                  TALEND LTD , a company incorporated and registered in England and Wales with company number 06844892 whose registered office is at Statesman House, Stafferton Way, Maidenhead, Berkshire SL6 1AY (the “ Company ”); and

 

(2)                                  SQUARE 1 BANK , a company incorporated and registered in North Carolina, USA, whose address is at 406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240 Durham, North Carolina, 27701, USA (the “ Lender ”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

(A)                                The Lender has agreed, pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement, to provide the Borrowers (as defined below) with loan facilities on a secured basis.

 

(B)                                Under this deed, the Company provides security to the Lender for the loan facilities made available to the Borrowers under the Loan and Security Agreement.

 

AGREED TERMS

 

1                                          DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                Definitions

 

The following definitions apply in this deed.

 

Administrator : an administrator appointed to manage the affairs, business and property of the Company pursuant to clause 13.9.

 

Book Debts : all present and future book and other debts, revenues, receivables and monetary or other claims both present and future due or owing or which may become due or owing to the Company, and the benefit of all security, guarantees and other rights of any nature enjoyed or held by the Company in relation to any of them.

 

Borrowers : means each of:

 

(a)                                  Talend, Inc., of 800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 200, Redwood City, California 94065; and

 

(b)                                  Talend USA, Inc, of 800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 200, Redwood City, California 94065.

 

Business Day : a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in England when banks in London are open for business.

 

3



 

Copyrights : any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or

 

Delegate : any person appointed by the Lender or any Receiver pursuant to clause 13 (Delegate) and any Person appointed as attorney of the Lender, Receiver or Delegate.

 

Designated Account : any account of the Company nominated by the Lender as a designated account for the purposes of this deed.

 

Environment : the natural arid man-made environment including all or any of the following media, namely air, water and land (including air within buildings and other natural or man-made structures above or below the ground) and any living organisms (including man) or systems supported by those media.

 

Environmental Law : all applicable laws, statutes, regulations, secondary legislation, bye-laws, common law, directives, treaties and other measures, judgments and decisions of any court or tribunal, codes of practice arid guidance notes in so far as they relate to or apply to the Environment.

 

Equipment : all present and future equipment, plant, machinery, tools, vehicles, furniture, fittings, installations and apparatus and other tangible moveable property for the time being owned by the Company, including any part of it and all spare parts, replacements, modifications an additions.

 

Event of Default : has the meaning given to that term in the Loan and Security Agreement.

 

Financial Collateral : shall have the meaning given to that expression in the Financial, Collateral Regulations.

 

Financial Collateral Regulations : the Financial Collateral Arrangements (No 2) Regulations 2003 (S1 2003/3226).

 

Guarantee : the guarantee granted by the Company in favour of the Lender, dated on or around the date of this deed.

 

Insurance Policy : each contract and policy of insurance effected or maintained by the Company from time to time in respect of its assets or business (including, without limitation, any insurances relating to the Properties or the Equipment).

 

Intellectual Property : the Company’s present and future Patents, Trademarks, trade names, business names, designs, design rights now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held, Copyrights, computer programs, computer software and computer software products now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held, inventions, topographical or similar rights, confidential information and

 

4



 

know-how and any interest in any of these rights and in each case in any part of the world, whether or not registered, including all applications and rights to apply for registration and all fees, royalties and other rights derived from, or incidental to, such rights; arid any and ail claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the rights included above, with the right but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for the use or infringement of the intellectual property rights identified above; all licence or other rights to use any of the Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks and all licence fees and royalties arising from such use; and all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

 

Investments : all present and future certificated stocks, shares, loan capital, securities, debentures, debenture stock, loan notes, bills, warrants, coupons, deposit receipts or certificates, bonds and investments (whether or not marketable) and all other interests in (and form) any company, firm, consortium or entity wheresoever situated, for the time being owned (at law or in equity) by the Company, including without limitation any:

 

(a)                                  dividend, interest or other distribution paid or payable in relation to any of the Investments; and

 

(b)                                  right, money, shares or property accruing, offered or issued at any time in relation to any of the Investments by way of redemption, substitution, exchange, conversion, bonus, preference or otherwise, under option rights or otherwise.

 

Loan and Security Agreement : the loan and security agreement dated 29 May 2015 and made between (1) the Borrowers and (2) the Lender for the provision of the loan facilities secured by this deed, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, novated, varied and/or supplemented from time to time.

 

LPA 1925 : Law of property Act 1925.

 

Material Adverse Change : means a material adverse effect on (i) the operations, business or financial condition of Talend SA and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (ii) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this deed; or (iii) the Company’s interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of the Lender’s security interest in, the Secured Assets.

 

Patents : all patents, patent applications and like protections, including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extension and continuations in-part of the same.

 

Perfection Requirements means the making of appropriate registrations or filings, the obtaining or effecting of any necessary authorisations and taking of all other actions in respect of any Secured Asset as contemplated by any legal opinion delivered to the Lender in connection with this Debenture.

 

5



 

Permitted Liens : has the same meaning as defined in the Supplemental Agreement.

 

Properties : all freehold and leasehold properties (whether registered or unregistered) and all commonhold properties, now or in the future (and from time to time) owned by or vested in the Company, or in which the Company holds any estate or interest (including, but not limited to, the properties specified in Schedule 1 (Property)), and Property means any of them.

 

Receiver : a receiver, receiver and manager or administrative receiver of any or all of the Secured Assets appointed by the Lender under clause 16 (Receiver).

 

Relevant Agreement : each agreement as may he specified in Schedule 2 (Relevant Agreement).

 

Reservations has the same meaning as defined in the Guarantee.

 

Secured Assets : all the assets, property and undertaking for the time being subject to the Security created by, or pursuant to, this deed.

 

Secured Liabilities : all present and future monies, obligations and liabilities owed by the Borrowers and/or the Company to the Lender, whether actual or contingent and whether owed jointly or severally, as principal or surety or in any other capacity including, without limitation, under or in connection with the Loan and Security Agreement, the Guarantee and any document related thereto and/or this deed (including, without limitation, those arising under clause 30.3.2), together with all interest (including, without limitation, default interest) accruing in respect of those monies or liabilities and all costs, expenses or other charges incurred by the Lender and/or Receiver (including any Receiver’s remuneration) in relation to this deed.

 

Security Financial Collateral Arrangement : shall have the meaning given to that expression in the Financial Collateral Regulations.

 

Security : any mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating, legal or equitable), pledge, lien, assignment by way of security or other security interest securing any obligation of any person, or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

 

Security Period : the period starting on the date of this deed and ending on the date on which the Lender (acting reasonably) is satisfied that all the Secured Liabilities have been unconditionally and irrevocably paid and discharged in full and no further Secured Liabilities are capable of being outstanding.

 

Supplemental Agreement : means the supplemental agreement dated or around the date of this deed and made between (1) Talend SA and (2) the Lender in connection with the Loan and Security Agreement.

 

6



 

Talend SA : means Talend SA, a societe anonyme , incorporated under French laws, whose registered office is located at 9 Rue Pages, 92150 Suresnes, France, identified with the corporate and trade register of Nanterre under number 484 175 252, being the parent company of the Company.

 

Trademarks : any trademark, service mark, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of the Company connected with and represented by such trademarks.

 

1.2                                Interpretation

 

In this deed:

 

1.2.1                                  Clause, Schedule and paragraph headings shall not affect the interpretation of this deed;

 

1.2.2                                  a reference to a person shall include a reference to an Individual, firm, company, corporation, partnership, unincorporated body of persons, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture or consortium (whether or not having separate legal personality) and that person’s personal representatives, successors, permitted assigns and permitted transferees;

 

1.2.3                                  unless the context otherwise requires, words in the singular shall include the plural and in the plural shalt include the singular;

 

1.2.4                                  unless the context otherwise requires, a reference to one gender shall include a reference to the other genders;

 

1.2.5                                  a reference to a party shall include that party’s successors, permitted assigns and permitted transferees;

 

1.2.6                                  a reference to a statute or statutory provision is a reference to it as amended, extended or re-enacted from time to time;

 

1.2.7                                  a reference to a statute or statutory provision shalt include all subordinate legislation made from time to time under that statute or statutory provision;

 

1.2.8                                  a reference to writing or written includes fax but not e-mail;

 

1.2.9                                  an obligation on a party not to do something includes an obligation not to allow that thing to be clone;

 

1.2.10                           a reference to this deed {or any provision of it) or to any other agreement or document referred to in this deed is a reference to this deed, that provision or such other agreement or document as amended (in each case, other than in breach of the provisions of this deed) from time to time;

 

7



 

1.2.11                           unless the context otherwise requires,. a reference to a clause or Schedule is to a clause of, or Schedule to, this deed;

 

1.2.12                           any words following the terms including, include, in particular, for example or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words, description, definition, phrase or term preceding those terms;

 

1.2.13                           a reference to an amendment includes a novation, re-enactment, supplement or variation (and amended shall be construed accordingly);

 

1.2.14                           a reference to assets includes present and future properties, undertakings, revenues, rights and benefits of every description;

 

1.2.15                           a reference to an authorisation includes an approval, authorisation, consent, exemption, filing, licence, notarisation, registration and resolution;

 

1.2.16                           a reference to continuing in relation to an Event of Default means an Event of Default that has not been remedied in accordance with the Loan and Security Agreement or waived;

 

1.2.17                           a reference to determines or determined means, unless the contrary is indicated, a determination made at the absolute discretion of the person making it; and

 

1.2.18                           a reference to a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, inter-governmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority of organisation.

 

1.3                                Clawback

 

If the Lender considers that an amount paid by the Borrowers anther the Company in respect of the Secured Liabilities is capable of being avoided or otherwise set aside on the liquidation or administration for analogous insolvency process in the jurisdiction of the Borrowers) of the Borrowers and/or the Company or otherwise, then that amount shalt not be considered to have been irrevocably paid for the purposes of this deed.

 

1.4                                Nature of Security over Real Property

 

A reference in this deed to a charge or mortgage of or over any Property includes:

 

1.4.1                      all buildings and fixtures and fittings (including trade and tenant’s fixtures and fittings) that are situated on or firm part of that Property at any time;

 

8



 

1.4.2                      the proceeds of the sale of any part of that Property and any other monies paid or payable in respect of or in connection with that Property;

 

1.4.3                      the benefit of any covenants for title given, or entered into, by any predecessor in title of the Company in respect of that Property, and any monies paid or payable in respect of those covenants; and

 

1.4.4                      all rights under any licence, agreement for sale or agreement for lease in respect of that Property.

 

1.5                                Law of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989

 

For the purposes of section 2 of the Law of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989, the term of the Loan and Security Agreement and of any side letters between any parties in relation to the Loan and Security Agreement are incorporated into this deed.

 

1.6                                Perpetuity Period

 

if the rule against perpetuities applies to any trust created by this deed, the perpetuity period Shall be 125 years (as specified by section 5(1) of the Perpetuities and Accumulations Act 2009).

 

1.7                                Schedules

 

The Schedules form part of this deed arid shall have effect as if set out in full in the body of this deed.  Any reference to this deed Includes the Schedules.

 

2                                          COVENANT TO PAY

 

The Company hereby covenants on demand to pay to the Lender and discharge, in accordance with and subject to the terms of the Guarantee, all of the Secured Liabilities when they become due.

 

3                                          GRANT OF SECURITY

 

3.1                                            As a continuing security for the payment and discharge of the Secured Liabilities, the Company with full title guarantee charges to the Lender, by way of first legal mortgage, each Property specified in Schedule 1 (Property).

 

3.2                                            As a continuing security for the payment and discharge of the Secured Liabilities, the company with full title guarantee charges to the Lender by way of first fixed charge:

 

3.2.1                                  all Properties acquired by the Company in the future;

 

9


 

3.2.2                                  all present and future interests of the Company not effectively mortgaged or charged under the preceding provisions of this clause 3 in, or over, freehold or leasehold property (whether registered or unregistered);

 

3.2.3                                  all present and future rights, licences, guarantees, rents, deposits, contracts, covenants and warranties relating to each Property;

 

3.2.4                                  all licences, consents and authorisations (statutory or otherwise) held or required in connection with the Company’s business or the use of any Secured Asset, and all rights in connection with them;

 

3.2.5                                  all its present and future goodwill;

 

3.2.6                                  all its uncalled capital;

 

3.2.7                                  all the Equipment;

 

3.2.8                                  all the Intellectual Property;

 

3.2.9                                  all the Book Debts;

 

3.2.10                           all the Investments;

 

3.2.11                           all monies from time to time standing to the credit of its accounts with any bank, financial institution or other person (including without limitation each Designated Account);

 

3.2.12                           all its rights in each Insurance Policy, including all claims, the proceeds of all claims and all returns of premium in connection with each Insurance Policy. to the extent not effectively assigned under clause 3.3.1; and

 

3.2.13                           the benefit of each Relevant Agreement and the benefit of any guarantee or security for the performance of a Relevant Agreement, to the extent not effectively assigned under clause 3.3.2.

 

3.3                                As a continuing security for the payment and discharge of the Secured Liabilities, the Company with full title guarantee assigns to the Lender absolutely, subject to a proviso for reassignment on irrevocable discharge in full of the Secured Liabilities to the satisfaction of the Lender:

 

3.3.1                      all its rights in each Insurance Policy, including all claims, the proceeds of all claims and all returns of premium in connection with each Insurance Policy; and

 

3.3.2                      the benefit of each Relevant Agreement and the benefit of any guarantee or security for the performance of a Relevant Agreement.

 

3.4                                As a continuing security for the payment and discharge of the Secured Liabilities, the Company with full title guarantee charges to the Lender, by way

 

10



 

of first floating charge, all the undertaking, property, assets and rights of the Company at any time not effectively mortgaged, charged or assigned pursuant to clause 3.1 to clause 3.3 inclusive.

 

3.5                                Paragraph 14 of Schedule B1 to the Insolvency Act 1986 applies to the floating charge created by clause 3.4.

 

3.6                                The floating charge created by clause 3.4 shall automatically and immediately (without notice) be converted into a fixed charge over the assets subject to that floating charge if:

 

3.6.1                      the Company:

 

(a)                                  creates, or attempts to create, without the prior written consent of the Lender, a Security or a trust to favour of another person over all or any part of the Secured Assets (except as expressly permitted by the terms of this deed, the Loan and Security Agreement or Supplemental Agreement); or

 

(b)                                  disposes, or attempts to dispose of, all or any part of the Secured Assets (except as expressly permitted by the terms of this deed or the Loan and Security Agreement or Supplemental Agreement arid other than Secured Assets that are only subject to the floating charge while it remains uncrystallised);

 

3.6.2                      any person levies for attempts to levy) any distress, attachment, execution or other process against all or any part of the Secured Assets; or

 

3.6.3                      a resolution is passed or an order is made for the winding-up, dissolution, administration or re-organisation of the Company.

 

3.7                                The Lender may, in its sole discretion, by written notice to the Company, convert the floating charge created under this deed into a fixed charge as regards any part of the Secured Assets specified by the Lender in that notice if:

 

3.7.1                      an Event of Default occurs and is continuing; or

 

3.7.2                      the Lender considers those assets to be in danger of being seized or sold under any form of distress, attachment. execution or other legal process.

 

3.8                                Any asset acquired by the Company after any crystallisation of the floating charge created under this deed that, but for that crystallisation, would be subject to a floating charge under this deed, shall (unless the Lender confirms otherwise to the Company in writing) be charged to the Lender by way of first fixed charge.

 

11



 

4                                          LIABILITY OF THE COMPANY

 

4.1                                The Company’s liability under this deed in respect of any of the Secured Liabilities shall not be discharged, prejudiced or affected by:

 

4.1.1                      any security, guarantee, Indemnity, remedy or other right held by, or available to, the Lender that is, or becomes, wholly or partially illegal, void or unenforceable on any ground;

 

4.1.2                      the Lender renewing, determining, varying, amending or increasing any facility or other transaction or any documents relating thereto) including, without limitation, the Loan and Security Agreement, in any mariner or concurring in, accepting or varying any compromise, arrangement or settlement, or omitting to claim or enforce payment from any other person; or

 

4.1.3                      any other act or omission that, but for this clause 4.1, might have discharged, or otherwise prejudiced or affected, the liability of the Company.

 

4.2                                The Company waives any right it may have to require the Lender to enforce any security or other right, or claim any payment from, or otherwise proceed against, any other person before enforcing this deed against the Company.

 

5                                          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

The Company hereby represents and warrants each of the representations and warranties set out in this clause 5 to the Lender.

 

5.1                                The Company is now and will at all times during the continuance of this security be the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Secured Assets except for any non-exclusive licences granted by the Company to its customers in the ordinary course of business.

 

5.2                                The Company is now and will at all times during the continuance of this security be a corporation, duty incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation, the name of the Company is as set out at the head of this deed and the Company has the power to own its own property and other assets and carry on business as it is being conducted.

 

5.3                                The Company has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance of and delivery of this deed and the transactions contemplated by this deed.

 

5.4                                The Company is and will continue to be qualified and licensed to do business in all jurisdictions in which any failure to do so would have a material adverse effect on:

 

(a)                                  the operations, business or financial condition of the Company;

 

12



 

(b)                                  its ability to repay the Secured Liabilities or perform its obligations under this deed and/or the Loan and Security Agreement; and

 

(c)                                   the Secured Assets or the value, perfection or priority of the Lender’s interest in the Secured Assets.

 

5.5                                The Secured Assets are free from any Security other than Permitted Liens and the Security created by this deed and, subject to the Perfection Requirements, the Lender has and will continue to have a first ranking perfected and enforceable Security over all of the Secured Assets, subject only to the Permitted Liens

 

5.6                                The Company has not received, or acknowledged notice of, any adverse claim by arty person in respect of the Secured Assets or any interest in them.

 

5.7                                There are no covenants, agreements, reservations, conditions, interests, rights or other matters whatsoever that materially and adversely affect the Secured Assets.

 

5.8                                The Company is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property, except for any non-exclusive licences granted by the Company to its customers in the ordinary course of business.  To the best of the Company’s knowledge, each of the Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents is valid and enforceable and no part of the Intellectual Property has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made to the Company that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party.

 

5.9                                To the best of the Company’s knowledge:

 

(a)                                  there is no breach of any law or regulation that materially and adversely affects the Secured Assets;

 

(b)                                  no facility necessary for the enjoyment and use of the Secured Assets is subject to terms entitling any person to terminate or curtail its use; and

 

(c)                                   nothing has arisen, has been created or is subsisting, that would constitute an overriding interest in any Property.

 

5.10                         To the best of the Company’s knowledge, no Security expressed to be created under this deed is liable to be avoided, or otherwise set aside, on the liquidation or administration of the Company or otherwise.

 

5.11                         There is no prohibition on assignment in any insurance Policy or Relevant Agreement and the entry into this deed by the Company does not, and will not, constitute a breach of any Insurance Policy.  Relevant Agreement or any other agreement or instrument binding on the Company or any of its subsidiaries or it or any of its subsidiaries assets.

 

13



 

5.12                         The Company has, at all times, complied in all material respects with all applicable legislation, regulations and codes of practice applicable to it and the Secured Assets, including but not limited to those relating to the Company’s ownership of the Secured Assets, the conduct and licensing of the Company’s business and all Environmental Law.  The Company has obtained all consents, approvals and authorisations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all governmental authorities that are necessary for the continued operation of the Company’s business as currently conducted, except where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.13                         Subject to the Reservations and Perfection Requirements, this deed (and the obligations assumed under this deed) constitutes and will constitute the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Company, and is and will continue to be effective security over all and every part of the Secured Assets in accordance with its terms.

 

5.14                         The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this deed and all other documents contemplated by this deed are not subject to any consents which have not been obtained, are enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms and do not violate the Company’s constitutional documents or any law or regulation or any material agreement or instrument which is binding upon the Company or the Secured Assets.

 

5.15                         The investments are fully paid and are not subject to any option to purchase or similar rights.

 

5.16                         No constitutional document of an issuer of an investment, nor any other agreement:

 

(a)                                  restricts or inhibits any transfer of the Investments an creation or enforcement of the security constituted by this deed; or

 

(b)                                  contains any rights of pre-emption in relation to the Investments.

 

5.17                         There is no claim, suit, litigation, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Company in any Court or before any governmental agency.

 

5.18                         The Company is able to pay its debts as they fall due and the value of the Company’s assets exceeds the value of its liabilities.

 

5.19                         The representations and warranties set out in clause 5.1 to clause 5.18 are made by the Company on the date of this deed and the representations and warranties set out in clauses 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5. 5.8, 5.12, 5.13, 5.16 and 5.17 are deemed to be repeated on each day of the Security Period with reference to the facts and circumstances existing at the time or repetition.

 

14



 

6                                          GENERAL COVENANTS

 

6.1                                Negative Pledge and Disposal Restrictions

 

The Company shall not at any time, except with the prior written consent of the Lender:

 

6.1.1                      create, purport to create or permit to subsist any Security on, or in relation to, any Secured Asset other than any Security created by this deed or any Permitted Liens;

 

6.1.2                      sell, assign, transfer, part with possession of, or otherwise dispose of in any manner (or purport to do so), all or any part of, or any interest in, the Secured Assets (except, in the ordinary course of business, Secured Assets that are only subject to an uncrystallised second ranking floating charge or pursuant to a Permitted Lien); or

 

6.1.3                      create or grant (or purport to create or grant) any interest whatsoever in the Secured Assets in favour of a third party (except, in the ordinary course of business, Secured Assets that are only subject to an uncrystallised floating charge or pursuant to a Permitted Lien).

 

6.2                                Preservation of Secured Assets

 

The Company shall not do, or permit to be done, any act or thing that would or might depreciate, jeopardise or otherwise prejudice the security held by the Lender, or materially diminish the value of any of the Secured Assets or the effectiveness of the security created by this deed. The Company will immediately advise the Lender in writing of any material loss or damage to the Secured Assets.

 

6.3                                Compliance With Laws and Regulations

 

6.3.1                      The Company shall not, without the Lender’s prior written consent, use or permit the Secured Assets to be used in any way contrary to law.

 

6.3.2                      The Company will comply, in all material respects, with all provisions of all law and regulation applicable to the Company, including but not limited to those relating to the Company’s ownership of the Secured Assets, the conduct and licensing of the Company’s business and all Environmental Law, except where a failure to do so would not reasonably result in liability exceeding US$100,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency).

 

6.3.3                      The Company shall:

 

(a)                                  comply, in all material respects, with the requirements of any law and regulation relating to or affecting the Secured Assets of the use of it or any part of them;

 

15



 

(b)                                  obtain, and promptly renew from time to time, and comply , in all material respects, with the terms of all authorisations that are required in connection with the Secured Assets or their use or that are necessary to preserve, maintain or renew any Secured Asset; and

 

(c)                                   promptly effect any maintenance, modifications, alterations or repairs that are required to keep the Secured Assets in good and merchantable condition (fair wear and tear excepted) or as required by any law or regulation to be effected on or in connection with the Secured Assets,

 

in each case except where the failure to do so would not reasonable be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

 

6.4                                Enforcement of Rights

 

The Company shall use its reasonable commercial endeavours to:

 

6.4.1                      procure the prompt observance and performance of the covenants and other obligations imposed on the Company’s counterparties (including each counterparty in respect of a Relevant Agreement and each insurer in respect of an Insurance Policy); and

 

6.4.2                      enforce any rights and institute, continue or defend any proceedings relating to any of the Secured Assets which the Lender may require from time to time.

 

6.5                                Notice of Misrepresentation and Breaches

 

The Company shall, promptly on becoming aware of any of the same, give the Lender notice in writing of:

 

6.5.1                      any representation or warranty set out in this deed that is incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be repeated;

 

6.5.2                      any breach of any covenant set out in this deed;

 

6.5.3                      the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

6.5.4                      any meeting of creditors whether called by the Company or otherwise to discuss, or any proposal or application for the appointment of an administrator, receiver, manager, liquidator, or similar official in respect of the Company or any of its assets and if any such official is appointed; and

 

6.5.5                      any change of any of its executive officers within 10 days after the date of such change.

 

16



 

6.6                                Title Documents

 

The Company shall, on the execution of this deed or, if later, the date of acquisition of the relevant Secured Asset, deposit with the Lender and the Lender shall, for the duration of this deed be entitled to hold:

 

6.6.1                      all deeds and documents of title relating to the Secured Assets that are in the possession or control of the Company (and if these are not within the possession or control of the Company, the Company undertakes to obtain possession of all these deeds and documents of title);

 

6.6.2                      all Insurance Policies and any other insurance policies relating to any of the Secured Assets that the Company is entitled to possess;

 

6.6.3                      all deeds and documents of title (if any) relating to the Book Debts as the Lender may specify from time to time; and

 

6.6.4                      copies of all the Relevant Agreements, certified to be true copies by either a director of the Company, the secretary of the Company or by the Company’s solicitors (as the Lender may require).

 

6.7                                Insurance

 

6.7.1                      The Company shall procure that the Secured Assets are insured and kept insured (or where, in the case of any leasehold property, insurance is the responsibility of the landlord under the terms of the lease, either procure that the landlord insures and keeps insured or, if and to the extent that the landlord does not do so, itself insure and keep insured) against:

 

(a)                                  loss or damage by fire or terrorist acts;

 

(b)                                  other risks, perils and contingencies that would be insured against by reasonably prudent persons carrying on the same class of business as the Company; and

 

(c)                                   any other risk, perils and contingencies as the Lender may reasonably require.

 

Any such insurance must be with a reputable insurance company or underwriters, and on such terms, as are reasonably acceptable to the Lender, and must be for not less than the replacement value of the Secured Assets.

 

6.8                                No Invalidation of Insurance

 

The Company shall not do or omit to do, or permit to be done or omitted, any act or thing that may invalidate or otherwise prejudice any insurance policy maintained in accordance with clause 6.7.1.

 

17



 

6.9                                Proceeds of Insurance Policies

 

6.9.1                           Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, all monies received or receivable by the Company under any insurance policy maintained in accordance with clause 6.7.1 (including all monies received or receivable by it under any Insurance Policy) shall be applied in repairing, replacing, restoring or rebuilding the property or assets destroyed including, for the avoidance of doubt, reimbursing the Company for its costs in effecting the same.

 

6.9.2                           Following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, all monies received or receivable by the Company under any insurance policy maintained in accordance with clause 6.7.1 (including all monies received or receivable by it under any Insurance Policy) at any time (whether or not the security constituted by this deed has become enforceable) shall:

 

(a)                             immediately be paid to the Lender;

 

(b)                             if they are not paid directly to the Lender by the insurers, be held by the Company as trustee of the same for the benefit of the Lender (and the Company shall account for them to the Lender); and

 

(c)                              at the option of the Lender, be applied in making good or recouping expenditure in respect of the loss or damage for which those monies are received or in, or towards, discharge or reduction of the Secured Liabilities.

 

6.10                         Notices to be given by the Company

 

The Company shall immediately on the execution of this deed (or, if later, the date of acquisition of the relevant Secured Asset):

 

6.10.1                           give notice to each counterparty to a Relevant Agreement that it has charged or assigned its rights and interest in and under that Relevant Agreement under clause 3 ( Grant of Security) and procure that each addressee of any such notice promptly provides within five Business Days to the Lender an acknowledgement of the notice of the Lender’s interest;

 

6.10.2                           give notice to any bank, financial institution of other person (excluding the Lender) with whom it has an account that it has charged to the Lender its rights and interests under that account under clause 3.2.11 and procure that each addressee of any such notice promptly provides within five Business Days to the Lender an acknowledgement of the notice of the Lender’s interest.

 

The Company shall obtain the Lender’s prior approval of the form of any notice or acknowledgement to be used under this clause 6.10.

 

6.11                                     In the event that the Company shall at any time after the date of this deed have any claims against any other person which it is bringing or intending to

 

18



 

bring, the Company shall promptly notify the Lender in writing of such claim and shall provide the Lender with such information regarding the same as the Lender shall request. The Company shall, at the written request of the Lender grant any Security in respect of the proceeds of such claim and shall execute and deliver all such documents and take all such actions as the Lender shall request in connection therewith.

 

6.12                                     Information

 

The Company shall:

 

6.12.1                           Promptly give the Lender and/or Talend SA such information and documentation relating to the Company as may be required to be provided by Talend SA to the Lender under the terms of the Supplemental Agreement;

 

6.12.2                           promptly give the Lender such information concerning the location, condition, use and operation of the Secured Assets as the Lender may reasonably require;

 

6.12.3                           permit any persons designated by the Lender and any Receiver to enter on its premises and inspect and examine any Secured Asset, and the records relating to that Secured Asset, at all reasonable times and on reasonable prior notice; and

 

6.12.4                           promptly notify the Lender in writing of any action, claim or demand made by or against it in connection with any Secured Asset or of any fact, matter or circumstance which may, with the passage of time, give rise to such an action, claim or demand, together with, in each case, the Company’s proposals for settling, liquidating, compounding or contesting any such action, claim or demand and shall, subject to the Lender’s prior approval, implement those proposals at its own expense.

 

6.13                                     Payment of Outgoings

 

The Company shall promptly pay all taxes, fees, licence duties, registration charges, insurance premiums and other outgoings in respect of the Secured Assets and, within 5 Business Days of demand, produce evidence of payment to the Lender.

 

6.14                                     Appointment of Accountants

 

6.14.1                           The Company shall:

 

(a)                                              at its own cost, if at any time so required by the Lender (acting reasonably), appoint an accountant or firm of accountants nominated by the Lender to investigate the financial affairs of the Company and those of its subsidiaries (if any) and report to the Lender; and

 

19


 

(b)                                              co-operate fully with any accountants so appointed and immediately provide those accountants with all information requested.

 

6.14.2                           The Company hereby authorises the Lender to make an appointment as it shall think fit at any time, without further authority from the Company.  In every case, the Company shall pay, or reimburse the Lender for, the reasonable fees and expenses of those accountants.

 

7                                          PROPERTY COVENANTS

 

7.1                                Maintenance

 

The Company shall keep all buildings and all fixtures on each Property in good and substantial repair and condition.

 

7.2                                Preservation of Property, Fixtures and Equipment

 

The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Lender:

 

7.2.1                      pull down or remove the whole, or any part of, any building forming part of any Property or permit the same to occur;

 

7.2.2                      make or permit any material alterations to any Property, or sever or remove, or permit to be severed or removed, any of its fixtures;

 

7.2.3                      remove or make any material alterations to any of the Equipment belonging to, or in use by, the Company on any Property (except to effect necessary repairs or replace them with new or improved models or substitutes); or

 

7.2.4                      become a lessee under any lease affecting any real property pursuant to which the lessor may obtain any rights in any of the Secured Assets.

 

7.3                                Conduct of Business on Properties

 

The Company shall carry on its trade and business on those parts (if any) of the Properties as are used for the purposes of trade or business in accordance with the standards of good management from time to time current in that trade or business.

 

7.4                                Planning Information

 

The Company shall:

 

7.4.1                           give full particulars to the Lender of any notice, order, direction, designation, resolution or proposal given or made by any planning authority or other public body or authority ( “Planning Notice ”) that specifically applies to any Property, or to the locality in which it is situated, within seven days after becoming aware of the relevant Planning Notice; and

 

20



 

7.4.2                           (if the Lender so requires) immediately, and at the Cost of the Company, take all reasonable and necessary steps to comply with any Planning Notice, and make, or join with the Lender in making, any objections or representations in respect of that Planning Notice that the Lender may desire.

 

7.5                                Compliance with Covenants

 

The Company shall:

 

7.5.1                           observe and perform all covenants, stipulations and conditions to which each Property, or the use of it, is or may be subjected, and (if the Lender so requires) produce evidence sufficient to satisfy the Lender that those covenants, stipulations and conditions have been observed acid performed;

 

7.5.2                           diligently enforce all covenants, stipulations and conditions benefiting each Property and shall not (and shall not agree to) waive, release of vary any of the same; and

 

7.5.3                           (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) where a Property, or Part of it, is held under a lease, duly and punctually perform and observe all the tenant’s covenants and conditions.

 

7.6                                Payment of Rent and Outgoings.

 

The Company shall:

 

7.6.1                      where a Property, or part of it, is held under a lease, duly and punctually pay all rents due from time to time;

 

7.6.2                      pay (or procure payment of the same) when due all charges, rates, taxes, duties, assessments and other outgoings relating to or imposed on each Property or on its occupier; and

 

7.6.3                      comply fully with the terms of any such lease and with any lease of property where any of the Secured Assets now or in the future may be located.

 

7.7                                Maintenance of Interests in Properties

 

The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Lender:

 

7.7.1                      grant, or agree to grant, any licence or tenancy affecting the whole or any part of any Property, or exercise, or agree to exercise, the statutory powers of leasing or of accepting surrenders under sections 99 or 100 of the Law of Property Act 1925; or

 

7.7.2                      in any other way dispose of, surrender or create, or agree to dispose of surrender or create, any legal or equitable estate or interest in the whole or any part of any Property.

 

21



 

7.8                                Registration Restrictions

 

If the title to any Property is not registered at the Land Registry, the Company shall procure that no person (other than itself) shall be registered under the Land Registration Acts 1925 to 2002 as proprietor of all or any part of any Property without the prior written consent of the Lender. The Company shall be liable for the costs and expenses of the Lender in lodging cautions against the registration of the title to the whole or any part of any Property from time to time.

 

7.9                                Environment

 

The Company shall:

 

7.9.1                      comply with all the requirements of Environmental Law both in the conduct of its general business and in the management, possession or occupation of each Property; and

 

7.9.2                           obtain and comply with all authorisations, permits and other types of licences necessary under Environmental Law.

 

7.10                         No Restrictive Obligations

 

The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Lender, enter into any onerous or restrictive obligations affecting the whole or any part of any Property, or create or permit to arise any overriding interest, easement or right whatever in or over the whole or any part of any Property.

 

7.11                         Proprietary Rights

 

The Company shall procure that no person shall become entitled to assert any proprietary or other like right or interest over the whole or any part of any Property without the prior written consent of the Lender.

 

7.12                         Property Information

 

The Company shall inform the Lender promptly of any acquisition by the Company of, or contract made by the Company to acquire, any freehold, leasehold or other interest in any property.

 

7.13                         VAT Option to Tax

 

The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Lender:

 

7.13.1               exercise any VAT option to tax in relation to any Property; or

 

7.13.2               revoke any VAT option to tax exercised, and disclosed to the Lender, before the date of this deed.

 

22



 

7.14                         Registration at the Land Registry

 

The Company consents to an application being made by the Lender to the Land Registrar for the following restriction to be registered against its title to each Property:

 

“No disposition of the registered estate by the proprietor of the registered estate or by the proprietor of any registered charge, not being a charge registered before the entry of this restriction is to be registered without a written consent signed by the proprietor for the time being of the charge dated [DATE] 2015 in favour of Square 1 Bank referred to in the charges register or its conveyancer.”“

 

8                                          INVESTMENTS COVENANTS

 

8.1                                The Company shall:

 

(a)                                  on the execution of this deed, deposit with the Lender all stock or share certificates and other documents of title or evidence of ownership relating to any Investments owned by the Company at that time; and

 

(b)                                  on the purchase or acquisition by it of Investments after the date of this deed, deposit with the Lender all stock or share certificates and other documents of title or evidence of ownership relating to those Investments.

 

8.2                                At the same time as depositing documents with the Lender in accordance with clause 8.1(a) or clause 8.1(b), the Company shall also deposit with the Lender:

 

(a)                                  all stock transfers forms relating to the relevant Investments duly completed and executed by or on behalf of the Company, but with the name of the transferee, the consideration and the date left blank; and

 

(b)                                  any other documents (in each case duly completed and executed by or on behalf of the Company) that the Lender may request in order to enable it or any of its nominees, or any purchaser or transferee, to be registered as the owner of, or otherwise obtain a legal title to, or to perfect its security interest in any of the relevant Investments,

 

so that the Lender may, at any time and without notice to the Company, complete and present those stock transfer forms and other documents to the issuer of the investments for registration.

 

8.3                                The Company shall terminate with immediate effect all nominations it may have made (including, without limitation, any nomination made under section 145 or section 146 of the Companies Act 2006) in respect of any Investments and, pending that termination, procure that any person so nominated:

 

23



 

(a)                                  does not exercise any rights in respect of any Investments without the prior written approval of the Lender; and

 

(b)                                  immediately on receipt by it. forward to the Lender all communications or other information received by it in respect of any Investments for which it has been so nominated.

 

8.4                                The Company shall not, during the Security Period, exercise any rights (including, without limitation, any rights under sections 145 and 146 of the Companies Act 2006) to nominate any person in respect of any of the Investments.

 

The Company shall:

 

8.5                                obtain all consents, waivers, approvals and permissions that are necessary, under the articles of association for otherwise) of an issuer, for the transfer of the Investments to the Lender or its nominee, or to a purchaser on enforcement of this deed; and

 

8.6                                use reasonable endeavours to procure the amendment of the share transfer provisions (including, but not limited to, deletion of any pre-emption provisions) under the articles of association, other constitutional documents or otherwise of each issuer in any manner that the Lender may require in order to permit the transfer of the Investments to the Lender or its nominee, or to a purchaser on enforcement of this deed.

 

8.7                                Before the security constituted by this deed becomes enforceable, the Company may retain and apply for its own use all dividends, interest and other monies paid or payable in respect of the Investments and, if any are paid or payable to the Lender or any of its nominees, the Lender will hold all those dividends, interest and other monies received by it for the Company and wilt pay them to the Company promptly on request; and

 

8.8                                Before the security constituted by this deed becomes enforceable, the Company may exercise all voting and other rights and powers in respect of the Investments or, if any of the same are exercisable by the Lender of any of its nominees, to direct in writing the exercise of those voting and other rights and powers provided that:

 

(a)                                  it shall not do so in any way that would breach any provision of the Loan and Security Agreement or this deed or for any purpose inconsistent with the Loan and Security Agreement or this deed; and

 

(b)                                  the exercise of, or the failure to exercise, those voting rights or other rights and powers would not, in the Lender’s opinion, have an adverse effect on the value of the Investments or otherwise prejudice the Lender’s security under this deed.

 

24



 

8.8.2                           The Company shall indemnify the Lender against any loss or liability incurred by the Lender (or its nominee) as a consequence of the Lender (or its nominee) acting in respect of the investments at the direction of the Company.

 

8.8.3                           The Lender shall not, by exercising or not exercising any voting rights or otherwise, be construed as permitting or agreeing to any variation or other change in the rights attaching to or conferred by any of the Investments that the Lender considers prejudicial to, or impairing the value of, the security created by this deed.

 

8.9                                After the security constituted by this deed has become enforceable:

 

(a)                                  all dividends and other distributions paid in respect of the Investments and received by the Company shall be held by the Company on trust for the Lender and immediately paid into a Designated Account or, if received by the Lender, shall be retained by the Lender; and

 

(b)                                  all voting and other rights and powers attaching to the Investments shall be exercised by, or at the direction of, the Lender and the Company shall, and shall procure that its nominees shall, comply with any directions the Lender may give, in its absolute discretion, concerning the exercise of those rights and powers.

 

8.10                              The Company shall promptly pay all calls, instalments and other payments that may be or become due and payable in respect of all or any of the Investments. The Company acknowledges that the Lender shall not be under any liability in respect of any such calls, instalments or other payments.

 

8.11                              The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Lender, amend, or agree to the amendment of:

 

(a)                                  the memorandum or articles of association, or any other constitutional documents, of any issuer that is not a public company; or

 

(b)                                  the rights or liabilities attaching to any of the Investments,

 

which has a material and adverse effect on the rights of the Lender to the Investments under this deed or the Company’s interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of the Lender’s security interest in, the Investments.

 

8.12                              The Company shall ensure (as far as it is able to by the exercise of all voting rights, powers of control and other means available to it) that any issuer that is not a public company shall not:

 

(a)                                  consolidate or subdivide any of its Investments, or reduce or re-organise its share capital in any way;

 

(b)                                  issue any new shares or stock; or

 

25



 

(c)                                   refuse to register any transfer of any of its Investments that may be lodged for registration by, or on behalf of, the Lender or the Company in accordance with this deed.

 

8.13                         The Company shall, promptly following receipt, send to the Lender copies of any notice, circular, report, accounts and any other document received by it that relates to the Investments.

 

9                                          EQUIPMENT COVENANTS

 

9.1                                The Company shall;

 

(a)                                  maintain the Equipment in good and serviceable condition (except for expected fair wear and tear) in compliance with all relevant manuals, handbooks, manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations and maintenance or servicing schedules;

 

(b)                                  at its own expense, renew and replace any parts of the Equipment when they become obsolete, worn out or damaged with parts of a similar quality and of equal or greater value; and

 

(c)                                   not permit any Equipment to be:

 

(i)                                      used or handled other than by properly qualified and trained persons: or

 

(ii)                                   overloaded or used for any purpose for which it is not designed or reasonably suitable.

 

9.2                                The Company shall promptly pay all taxes, fees, licence duties, registration charges, insurance premiums and other outgoings in respect of the Equipment and, on demand, produce evidence of such payment to the Lender.

 

9.3                                The Company:

 

(a)                                  shall, if so requested by the Lender, affix to and maintain on each item of Equipment in a conspicuous place, a clearly legible identification plate containing the following wording:

 

‘NOTICE OF CHARGE

 

This [DESCRIBE ITEM] and all additions to it [and ancillary equipment] are subject to a fixed charge dated [DATE] in favour of Square 1 Bank.”

 

(b)                                  shall not, and shall not permit any person to, conceal, obscure, alter or remove any plate affixed in accordance with clause 9.3(a).

 

26



 

10                                   BOOK DEBTS COVENANTS

 

10.1                         The Company shall:

 

(a)                                  as an agent for the Lender, following the enforcement of this deed, collect in and realise all Book Debts, pay the proceeds into the Designated Account immediately on receipt and, pending that payment, hold those proceeds in trust for the Lender;

 

(b)                                  not, at any time on or following the enforcement of this deed, withdraw any amounts standing to the credit of any Designated Account; and

 

(c)                                   at any time during the Security period, if called on to do so by the Lender, execute a legal assignment of the Book Debts to the Lender on such terms as the Lender may require and give notice of that assignment to the debtors from whom the Book Debts are due, owing or incurred.

 

10.2                         The Company shall not at any time during the Security Period (except with the prior written consent of the Lender) release, exchange, compound, setoff, grant time or indulgence in respect of, or in any other manner deal with, all or any of the Book Debts.

 

11                                   RELEVANT AGREEMENTS COVENANTS

 

11.1                         The Company shall, unless the Lender agrees otherwise in writing comply with the terms of each Relevant Agreement and any other document, agreement or arrangement comprising the Secured Assets (including the Insurance Policies to the extent that they apply to the Company);

 

11.2                         The Company shall not, unless the Lender agrees otherwise in writing;

 

(a)                                  amend or vary or agree to any change in, or waive any requirement of;

 

(b)                                  settle, compromise, terminate, rescind or discharge (except by performance); and

 

(c)                                   abandon, waive, dismiss, release or discharge any action, claim or proceedings against any counterparty to a Relevant Agreement or other person in connection with,

 

any Relevant Agreement and any other document, agreement or arrangement comprising the Secured Assets (other than the Insurance Policies) if the same would have a material and adverse effect on the rights of the Lender under this deed or the Company’s interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of the Lender’s security interest in, the Secured Assets.

 

11.3                              Prior to entering into or becoming bound by any material licence or agreement in the future, the Company shall:

 

27



 

(a)                    Provide written notice to Lender of the material terms of such licence or agreement with a description of its likely impact on the Company’s business or financial condition; and

 

(b)                    in good faith use its reasonable endeavours to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for the Company’s interest in such Licences or contract rights to be deemed Secured Assets and for Lender to have a security interest in such licences or contract rights, provided, however, that the failure to obtain any such consent or waiver shall not constitute an Event of Default.

 

12                                   INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY COVENANTS

 

12.1                         The Company shall take all necessary action to

 

(a)                                  protect, safeguard, defend and maintain present and future rights in, or relating to, the Intellectual Property including (without limitation) by observing all covenants and stipulations relating to those rights, and by paying all applicable renewal fees, licence fees and other outgoings; and

 

(b)                                  detect infringements of the Intellectual Property.

 

12.2                         The Company shall:

 

(a)                                  give the Lender not less than 30 days prior written notice of the filing of any applications or registrations of any Intellectual Property, including the title of such Intellectual Property rights to be registered and the date such applications or registrations will, be filed and shall keep the Lender informed of all matters relating to each such registration;

 

(b)                                  prior to the filing of any such applications or registrations, execute such documents as the Lender may reasonably request for the Lender to maintain its perfection in the Intellectual Property rights to be registered by the Company;

 

(c)                                   upon the request of the Lender, either deliver to the Lender or file such documents simultaneously with the filing of any such applications or registrations; and

 

(d)                                  upon filing any such applications or registrations, promptly provide the Lender with a copy of such applications or registration together with any exhibits, evidence of the filing of any documents requested by the Lender to be filed for the Lender to maintain the perfection and priority of its security interest in such Intellectual Property rights.

 

12.3                         The Company shall not permit any Intellectual Property to be abandoned, cancelled, forfeited or to lapse.

 

28


 

13                                   POWERS OF THE LENDER

 

13.1                         Power to Remedy

 

13.1.1                           The Lender shall be entitled (but shall not be obliged) to remedy, at any time, a breach by the Company of any of its obligations contained in this deed.

 

13.1.2                           The Company irrevocably authorises the Lender and its agents to do all things that are necessary or desirable for that purpose.

 

13.1.3                           Any monies expended by the Lender in remedying a breach by the Company of its obligations contained in this deed shall be reimbursed by the Company to the Lender on a full indemnity basis and shall carry interest in accordance with clause 20.1.

 

13.2                         Exercise of Rights

 

The rights of the Lender under clause 13.1 are without prejudice to any other rights of the Lender under this deed. The exercise of any rights of the Lender under this deed shall not make the Lender liable to account as a mortgagee in possession.

 

13.3                         Power to Dispose of Chattels

 

13.3.1                           At any time after the security constituted by this deed has become enforceable, the Lender or any Receiver may, as agent for the Company, dispose of any chattels or produce found on any Property.

 

13.3.2                           Without prejudice to any obligation to account for the proceeds of any disposal made under clause 13.3.1, the Company shall indemnify the Lender and any Receiver against any liability arising from any disposal made under clause 13.3.1.

 

13.4                         Lender has Receiver’s Powers

 

To the extent permitted by law, any right, power or discretion conferred by this deed on a Receiver may, after the security constituted by this deed has become enforceable, be exercised by the Lender in relation to any of the Secured Assets whether or not it has taken possession of any Secured Assets and without first appointing a Receiver or notwithstanding the appointment of a Receiver.

 

13.5                         Conversion of Currency

 

13.5.1                           For the purpose of, or pending the discharge of, any of the Secured Liabilities, the Lender may convert any monies received, recovered or realised by it under this deed (including the proceeds of any previous conversion under this clause 13.5) from their existing currencies of denomination into any other currencies of denomination that the Lender may think fit.

 

29



 

13.5.2                           Any such conversion shall be effected at the Lender’s (or at any reference bank’s as may be determined by the Lender) then prevailing spot selling rate of exchange for such other currency against the existing currency.

 

13.5.3                           Each reference in this clause 13.5 to a currency extends to funds of that currency and, for the avoidance of doubt, funds of one currency may be converted into different funds of the same currency.

 

13.5.4                           If, under any applicable law or regulation or pursuant to a judgment or order being made or registered against the Company or the liquidation of the Company or without limitation for any other reason, any payment under or in connection with this deed is made or requires to be satisfied in a currency (the “payment currency”) other than the currency in which such payment is expressed by the Lender to be due under or in connection with this deed (the “contractual currency”) then, to the extent that the amount of such payment actually received by the Lender, when converted into the contractual currency at the rate of exchange, falls short of the amount due under or in connection with this deed, the Company, as a separate and independent obligation, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Lender against the amount of such shortfall.

 

13.6                         New Accounts

 

13.6.1                           lf the Lender receives, or is deemed to have received, notice of any subsequent Security, or other interest, affecting all or part of the Secured Assets, the Lender may open a new account for the Company in the Lender’s books. Without prejudice to the Lender’s right to combine accounts, no money paid to the credit of the Company in any such new account shall be appropriated towards, or have the effect of discharging, any part of the Secured Liabilities.

 

13.6.2                           If the Lender does not open a new account immediately on receipt of the notice, or deemed notice, under clause 13.6.1, then, unless the Lender gives express written notice to the contrary to the Company, all payments made by the Company to the Lender shall be treated as having been credited to a new account of the Company and not as having been applied in reduction of the Secured Liabilities, as from the time of receipt or deemed receipt of the relevant notice by the Lender.

 

13.7                         Lender’s Set-off Rights

 

If the Lender has more than one account for the Company in its books, the Lender may at any time after:

 

13.7.1                           the security constituted by this deed has become enforceable; or

 

13.7.2                           the Lender has received, or is deemed to have received, notice of any subsequent Security or other interest affecting all or any part of the Secured Assets,

 

30



 

transfer, without prior notice, all or any part of the balance standing to the credit of any account to any other account that may be in debit. After making any such transfer, the Lender shall notify the Company of that transfer.

 

13.8                         Indulgence

 

The Lender may, at its discretion, grant time or other indulgence, or make any other arrangement, variation or release with any person not being a party to this deed (whether or not any such person is jointly liable with the Company) in respect of any, of the Secured Liabilities, or of any other security for them without prejudice either to this deed or to the liability of the Company for the Secured Liabilities.

 

13.9                         Appointment of an Administrator

 

13.9.1                           The Lender may at any time, without notice to the Company, appoint any one or more persons to be an Administrator of the Company pursuant to Paragraph 14 of Schedule B1 of the Insolvency Act 1986 if the security constituted by this deed becomes enforceable.

 

13.9.2                           Any appointment under this clause 13.9 shall:

 

(a)                                  be in writing signed by a duly authorised signatory of the Lender; and

 

(b)                                  take effect, in accordance with paragraph 19 of Schedule B1 of the Insolvency Act 1986.

 

13.9.3                           The Lender may apply to the court for an order removing an Administrator from office and may by notice in writing in accordance with this clause 13.9 appoint a replacement for any Administrator who has died, resigned, been removed or who has vacated office upon ceasing to be qualified.

 

14                                   WHEN SECURITY BECOMES ENFORCEABLE

 

14.1                         Security Becomes Enforceable on Event of Default

 

(a)                                  The security constituted by this deed shall be immediately enforceable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing;

 

(b)                                  If the Company is in breach of any of its obligations under this deed and that breach (if capable of remedy) has not been remedied to the satisfaction of the Lender within 7 Business Days of the occurrence of such breach;

 

(c)                                   If an encumbrancer other than the Lender shall take possession of any or the Secured Assets or any part thereof of any secured creditor of the Company enforces its Security in respect of any of the Secured Assets or

 

31



 

any part thereof or any other event shall happen which puts in material jeopardy all or any material part of the Secured Assets.

 

14.2                         Discretion

 

After the security constituted by this deed has become enforceable, the Lender may, in its absolute discretion, enforce all or any part of that security at the times, in the manner and on the terms it thinks fit, and take possession of and hold or dispose of all or any part of the Secured Assets.

 

15                                   ENFORCEMENT OF SECURITY

 

15.1                         Enforcement Powers

 

15.1.1                           The power of sale and other powers conferred by section 101 of the LPA 1925 (as varied or extended by this deed) shall, as between the Lender and a purchaser from the Lender, arise on and be exercisable at any time after the execution or this deed, but the Lender shall not exercise such power of sale or other powers until the security constituted by this deed has become enforceable under clause 14.1 ( Security Becomes Enforceable on Event of Default ).

 

15.1.2                           Section 103 of the LPA 1925 does not apply to the security constituted by this deed.

 

15.2                         Extension of Statutory Powers of Leasing

 

The statutory powers of leasing and accepting surrenders conferred on mortgagees under the LPA 1925 and by any other statute are extended so as to authorise the Lender and any Receiver, at any time after the security constituted by this deed has become enforceable, whether in its own name or in that of the Company, to:

 

15.2.1                           grant a lease or agreement to lease;

 

15.2.2                           accept surrenders of leases; or

 

15.7.3                           grant any option of the whole or any part of the Secured Assets with whatever rights relating to other parts of it,

 

whether or not at a premium and containing such covenants on the part of the Company, and on such terms and conditions (including the payment of money to a lessee or tenant on a surrender) as the Lender or Receiver thinks fit without the need to comply with any of the restrictions imposed by sections 99 and 100 of the LPA 1925.

 

32



 

15.3                         Access on Enforcement

 

15.3.1                           At any time after the Lender has demanded payment of the Secured Liabilities or if the Company defaults in the performance of its obligations under this deed or the Loan and Security Agreement, the Company will allow the Lender or its Receiver, without further notice or demand, immediately to exercise all its rights, Vowels and remedies in particular land without (imitation) to take possession of any Secured Asset and for that purpose to enter on any premises where a Secured Asset is situated for where the Lender or a Receiver reasonably believes a Secured Asset to be situated) without incurring any liability to the Company for, or by any reason of, that entry.

 

15.3.2                           At all times, the Company must allow the Lender or its Receiver or procure that the Lender or its Receiver is allowed access to any premises for the purpose of clause 15.3.1 (including obtaining any necessary consents or permits of other persons) and ensure that its employees and officers do the same.

 

15.4                         Prior Security

 

At any time after the security constituted by this deed has become enforceable, or after any powers conferred by any Security having priority to this deed shall have become exercisable, the Lender may:

 

15.4.1                           redeem that or any other prior Security;

 

15.4.2                           procure the transfer of that Security to it; and

 

15.4.3                           settle and pass any account of the holder of any prior Security.

 

Any accounts so settled and passed shall be, in the absence of any manifest error, conclusive and binding on the Company. All monies paid by the Lender to an encumbrancer in settlement of any of those accounts shall, as from its payment by the Lender, be due from the Company to the Lender on current account and shall bear interest at the default rate of interest specified in the Loan and Security Agreement and be secured as part of the Secured Liabilities.

 

15.5                         Protection of Third Parties

 

No purchaser, mortgagee or other person dealing with the Lender, any Receiver or Delegate shall be concerned to enquire:

 

15.5.1                           whether any of the Secured Liabilities have become due or payable, or remain unpaid or undischarged;

 

15.5.2                           whether any power the Lender, a Receiver or Delegate is purporting to exercise has become exercisable or is properly exercisable; or

 

33



 

15.5.3                           how any money paid to the Lender, any Receiver or any Delegate is to be applied.

 

15.6                         Privileges

 

Each Receiver and the Lender is entitled to all the rights, powers, privileges and immunities conferred by the LPA 1925 on mortgagees and receivers.

 

15.7                         No Liability as Mortgagee in Possession

 

Neither the Lender, any Receiver, any Delegate nor any Administrator shall be liable to account as mortgagee in possession in respect of all or any of the Secured Assets, nor shall any of them be liable for any loss on realisation of, or for any neglect or default of any nature in connection with, all or any of the Secured Assets for which a mortgagee in possession might be liable as such.

 

15.8                         Conclusive Discharge to Purchasers

 

The receipt of the Lender or any Receiver or Delegate shall be a conclusive discharge to a purchaser and, in making any sale or other disposal of any of the Secured Assets or in making any acquisition in the exercise of their respective powers, the Lender, every Receiver and Delegate may do so for any consideration, in any manner and on any terms that it or he thinks fit.

 

15.9                         Right of Appropriation

 

15.9.1                           To the extent that:

 

(a)                      the Secured Assets constitute Financial Collateral; and

 

(b)                      this deed and the obligations of the Company under it constitute a Security Financial Collateral Arrangement.

 

the Lender shall have the right, at any time after the security constituted by this deed has become enforceable, to appropriate all or any of those Secured Assets in or towards the payment or discharge of the Secured Liabilities in any order that the Lender may, in its absolute discretion, determine.

 

15.9.2                           The value of any Secured Assets appropriated in accordance with clause 15.9.1 shall be the price of those Secured Assets at the time the right of appropriation is exercised as listed on any recognised market index, or determined by any other method that the Lender may select (including independent valuation).

 

15.9.3                           The Company agrees that the methods of valuation provided for in this clause are commercially reasonable for the purposes of the Financial Collateral Regulations.

 

34



 

16                                   RECEIVER

 

16.1                         Appointment

 

At any time after the security constituted by this deed has become enforceable, or at the request of the Company, the Lender may, without further notice, appoint by way of deed, or otherwise in writing, any one or more persons to be a Receiver of all or any part of the Secured Assets.

 

16.2                         Removal

 

The Lender may, without further notice (subject to section 45 of the Insolvency Act 1986), from time to time, by way of deed, or otherwise in writing, remove any Receiver appointed by it and may, whenever it thinks fit, appoint a new Receiver in the place of any Receiver whose appointment may for any reason have terminated.

 

16.3                         Remuneration

 

The Lender may fix the remuneration of any Receiver appointed by it without the restrictions contained in section 109 of the LPA 1925, and the remuneration of the Receiver shall be a debt secured by this deed and form part of the Secured Liabilities, which shall be due and payable immediately on such remuneration being paid by the Lender.

 

16.4                         Power of Appointment Additional to Statutory Powers

 

The power to appoint a Receiver conferred by this deed shall be in addition to all statutory and other powers of the Lender under the Insolvency Act 1986, the LIPA 1925 or otherwise, and shall be exercisable without the restrictions contained in sections 103 and 109 of the LPA 1925 or otherwise.

 

16.5                         Power of Appointment Exercisable Despite Prior Appointments

 

The power to appoint a Receiver (whether conferred by this deed or by statute) shall be, and remain, exercisable by the Lender despite any prior appointment in respect of all or any part of the Secured Assets.

 

16.6                         Agent of the Company

 

Any Receiver appointed by the Lender under this deed shall be the agent of the Company and the Company shall be solely responsible for the contracts, engagements, acts, omissions, defaults, losses and remuneration of that Receiver and for liabilities incurred by that Receiver. The agency of each Receiver shall continue until the Company goes into liquidation and after that the Receiver shall act as principal and shall not become the agent of the Lender.

 

35



 

17                                   POWERS OF RECEIVER

 

17.1                         General

 

17.1.1                           Any Receiver appointed by the Lender under this deed shall, in addition to the powers conferred on him by statute, have the powers set out in clause 17.2 to clause 17.23.

 

17.1.2                           If there is more than one Receiver holding office at the same time, each Receiver may (unless the document appointing him states otherwise) exercise all of the powers conferred on a Receiver under this deed individually and to the exclusion of any other Receiver.

 

17.1.3                           Any exercise by a Receiver of any of the powers provided under clause 17 ( Powers of a Receiver ) may be on behalf of the Company, the directors of the Company (in the case of the power contained in clause 17.16) or himself.

 

17.2                         Repair and Develop Properties

 

A Receiver may undertake or complete any works of repair, building or development err the Properties and may apply for and maintain any planning permission, development consent, building regulation approval or any other permission, consent or licence to carry out any of the same.

 

17.3                         Surrender Leases

 

A Receiver may grant, or accept surrenders of, any leases or tenancies affecting any Property and may grant any other interest or right over any Property on any terms, and subject to any conditions, that he thinks fit.

 

17.4                         Employ Personnel and Advisors

 

A Receiver may provide services and employ, or engage any managers, officers, servants, contractors, workmen, agents, other personnel and professional advisers on any terms, and subject to any conditions, that he thinks fit. A Receiver may discharge any such person or any such person appointed by the Company.

 

17.5                         Make VAT Elections

 

A Receiver may make, exercise or revoke any value added tax option to tax as he thinks fit.

 

17.6                         Remuneration

 

A Receiver may charge and receive any sum by way of remuneration (in addition to all costs, charges and expenses incurred by him) that the Lender may prescribe or agree with him.

 

36



 

17.7                         Realise Secured Assets

 

A Receiver may collect and get in the Secured Assets or any part of them in respect of which he is appointed, and make any demands and take any proceedings as may seem expedient for that purpose, and take possession of the Secured Assets with like rights.

 

17.8                         Manage or Reconstruct the Company’s Business

 

A Receiver may carry on, manage, develop, reconstruct, amalgamate or diversify or concur in carrying on, managing, developing, reconstructing, amalgamating or diversifying the business of the Company.

 

17.9                         Dispose of Secured Assets

 

A Receiver may sell, exchange, convert into money and realise all or any of the Secured Assets in respect of which he is appointed in any manner (including, without limitation, by public auction or private sale) and generally on any terms and conditions as he thinks fit. Any sale may be for any consideration that the Receiver thinks fit and a Receiver may promote, or concur in promoting, a company to purchase the Secured Assets to be sold.

 

17.10                  Sever Fixtures and Fittings

 

A Receiver may sewer and sell separately any fixtures or fittings from any Property without the consent of the Company.

 

17.11                  Collection and Sale of Book Debts

 

A Receiver may, collect in, sell and assign all or any of the Book Debts in respect of which he is appointed in any manner, and generally on any terms and conditions, that he thinks fit.

 

17.12                  Valid Receipts

 

A Receiver may give valid receipt for all monies and execute all assurances and things that may be proper or desirable for realising any of the Secured Assets.

 

17.13                  Make Settlements

 

A Receiver may make any arrangement, settlement or compromise between the Company and any other person that he may think expedient.

 

17.14                  Bring Proceedings

 

A Receiver may bring, prosecute, enforce, defend and abandon all actions, suits and proceedings in relation to any of the Secured Assets as he thinks fit.

 

37



 

17.15                  Improve the Equipment

 

A Receiver may make substitutions of, or improvements to, the Equipment as he may think expedient.

 

17.16                  Make Calls on Company Members

 

A Receiver may make calls conditionally or unconditionally on the members of the Company in respect of uncalled capital with (for that purpose and for the purpose of enforcing payments of any calls so made) the same powers as are conferred by the articles of association of the Company on its directors in respect of calls authorised to be made by them.

 

17.17                  Insure

 

A Receiver may, if he thinks fit, but without prejudice to the indemnity provided under clause 20 ( Costs and Indemnity ), effect with any insurer any policy of insurance either in lieu or satisfaction of, or in addition to, the insurance required to be maintained by the Company under this deed.

 

17.18                  Powers under the LPA 1925

 

A Receiver may exercise all powers provided for in the LPA 1925 in the same way as if he had been duly appointed under the LPA 1925, and exercise all powers provided for an administrative receiver in Schedule 1 to the Insolvency Act 1986.

 

17.19                  Borrow

 

A Receiver may, for any purpose, raise money by borrowing from the Lender (or from any other person) either unsecured or on the security of all or any of the Secured Assets in respect of which he is appointed on any terms that he thinks fit (including, if the Lender consents, terms under which that security ranks in priority to this deed).

 

17.20                  Redeem Prior Security

 

A Receiver may redeem any prior Security and settle and pass the accounts to which the Security relates. Any accounts so settled and passed shall be, in the absence of any manifest error, conclusive and binding on the Company, and the monies so paid shall be deemed to be an expense properly incurred by the Receiver.

 

17.21                  Delegation

 

A Receiver may delegate his powers in accordance with this deed.

 

38


 

17.22                  Absolute Beneficial Owner

 

A Receiver may, in relation to any of the Secured Assets, exercise all powers, authorisations and rights he would be capable of exercising, and do all those acts and things, as an absolute beneficial owner could exercise or do in the ownership and management of the Secured Assets or any part of the Secured Assets.

 

17.23                  Incidental Powers

 

A Receiver may do any other acts and things:

 

17.23.1                    that he may consider desirable or necessary for realising any of the Secured Assets;

 

17.23.2                    that he may consider incidental or conducive to any of the rights or powers conferred on a Receiver under or by virtue of this deed or law; or

 

17.23.3                    that he lawfully may or can do as agent for the Company.

 

18                                   DELEGATION

 

18.1                         The Lender or any Receiver may delegate (either generally or specifically) by power of attorney or in any other manner to any person any right, power, authority or discretion conferred on it by this deed (including the power of attorney granted under clause 22.1).

 

18.2                         The Lender and each Receiver may make a delegation on the terms and conditions (including the power to sub delegate) that it thinks fit.

 

18.3                         Neither the Lender nor any Receiver shall be in any way liable or responsible to the Company for any loss or liability arising from any act, default, omission or misconduct on the part of any Delegate.

 

19                                   APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS

 

19.1                         All monies received by the Lender, a Receiver or a Delegate pursuant to this deed, after the security constituted by this deed has become enforceable, shall (subject to the claims of any person having prior rights and by way of variation of the LPA 1925) be applied in the following order of priority:

 

(a)                                  in or towards payment of or provision for all costs, charges and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Lender (and any Receiver, Delegate, attorney or agent appointed by it) under or in connection with this deed, and of all remuneration due to any Receiver under or in connection with this deed;

 

39



 

(b)                                  in or towards payment of or provision for the secured Liabilities in any order and manner that the Lender determines; and

 

(c)                                   in payment of the surplus (if any) to the Company or other person entitled to it.

 

19.2                         Neither the Lender, any Receiver nor any Delegate shall be bound (whether by virtue of section 109(8) of the LPA 1925, which is varied accordingly, or otherwise) to pay or appropriate any receipt or payment first towards Interest rather than principal or otherwise in any particular order between any of the Secured Liabilities.

 

19.3                         All monies received by the Lender, a Receiver or a Delegate under this deed:

 

(a)                                  may, at the discretion of the Lender, Receiver or Delegate, be credited to any suspense or securities realised account;

 

(b)                                  shall bear interest, if any, at the rate agreed in writing between the Lender and the Company; and

 

(c)                                   may be held in that account for so long as the Lender, Receiver or Delegate thinks fit.

 

20                                   COSTS AND INDEMNITY

 

20.1                         The Company shall, promptly within 5 Business Days of demand, pay to, or reimburse, the Lender and any Receiver, on a full indemnity basis, all costs, charges, expenses, taxes and liabilities of any kind (including, without limitation, legal, printing and out-of-pocket expenses) reasonably incurred by the Lender, any Receiver or any Delegate in connection with:

 

(a)                                  this deed or the Secured Assets;

 

(b)                                  taking, holding, protecting, perfecting, preserving or enforcing (or attempting to do so) any of the Lender’s, a Receiver’s or a Delegates rights under this deed; or

 

(c)                                   taking proceedings for, or recovering, any of the Secured Liabilities,

 

together with interest, which shall accrue and be payable (without the need for any demand for payment being made) from the date on which the relevant cost or expense arose until full discharge of that cost or expense (whether before or after judgment, liquidation, winding up or administration of the Company) at the rate and in the mariner specified in the Loan and Security Agreement.

 

20.2                         The Company shall indemnify the Lender, each Receiver and each Delegate, and their respective employees and agents against all liabilities, costs, expenses, damages and losses (including interest, penalties and legal costs (calculated on

 

40



 

a full indemnity basis) and all other professional costs and expenses but excluding indirect or consequential losses, loss of profit and loss of reputation) suffered or incurred by any of them arising out of or in connection with:

 

(a)                                  the exercise or purported exercise of any of the rights, powers, authorities or discretions vested in them under this deed or by law in respect of the Secured Assets;

 

(b)                                  taking, holding, protecting, perfecting, preserving or enforcing (or attempting to do so) the security constituted by this deed; or

 

(c)                                   any default or delay by the Company in performing any of its obligations under this deed,

 

except where such liability, cost, expense, damage or toss is caused by the Lender’s, a Receiver’s, a Delegate’s or any of theft respective employees’ or agents’ wilful default or gross negligence.

 

Any past or present employee or agent may enforce the terms of this clause. 20.2 subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

21                                   FURTHER ASSURANCE

 

21.1                         The Company shall, at its own expense, take whatever action the Lender or any Receiver may reasonably require for:

 

(a)                                  creating, perfecting or protecting the security intended to be created by this deed;

 

(b)                                  facilitating the realisation of any Secured Asset; or

 

(c)                                   facilitating the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion exercisable by the Lender or any Receiver in respect of any Secured Asset,

 

including, without limitation (if the Lender or Receiver thinks it expedient) the execution of any transfer, conveyance, assignment or assurance of all or any of the assets forming part of (or intended to form part of) the Secured Assets (whether to the Lender or to its nominee) and the giving of any notice, order or direction and the making of any registration.

 

21.2                         Without prejudice to clause 22.1, the Company shall, at its own expense, perfect the Lender’s Security created by this deed over the Intellectual Property and shall register this deed at each of the appropriate registers relevant to the Intellectual Property (if any), by no later than 10 Business Days following the date of this deed.

 

41



 

22                                   POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

22.1                         By way of security and without prejudice to any other provision of this deed, the Company irrevocably appoints the Lender, every Receiver and every Delegate separately to be the attorney of the Company and, with full power of delegation for it and in its name, on its behalf and as its act and deed, to execute seal and deliver and otherwise perfect any documents, deeds assurances, agreements or instruments and do any acts and things that:

 

(a)                                  the Company is required to execute and do under this deed; or

 

(b)                                  any attorney deems proper or desirable in exercising any of the rights, powers, authorities and discretions conferred by this deed or by law on the Lender, any Receiver or any Delegate,

 

and the Company irrevocably acknowledges and agrees that the power of attorney granted under this clause 22 is given to the Lender and/or any Receiver to secure the performance of these obligations owed to the Lender and/or any Receiver by the Company.

 

22.2                         Without prejudice to Clause 22.1, the Company hereby covenants with the Lender and separately with any Receiver that if reasonably required so to do it shall ratify and confirm:

 

22.2.1                           all transactions properly and Lawfully entered into by him or them at his or their instance in the exercise of his or their powers under Clause 22.1;

 

22.2.2                           all transactions lawfully and properly entered into by him or them in signing, executing, delivering and otherwise perfecting any assignment, mortgage, charge, security, deed, assurance or act as aforesaid,

 

and the Company irrevocably acknowledges and agrees that such power of attorney is ( inter alia ) given to the Lender and/or any Receiver to secure the performance of these obligations owed to the Lender and/or any Receiver by the Company.

 

22.3                         All powers of the Receiver under this deed may be exercised by the Lender following demand under this deed whether as attorney of the Company or otherwise and whether or not the Receiver shall have been appointed.

 

22.4                         The Lender or any duly authorised manager or officer of the Lender is hereby irrevocably empowered upon the occurrence of an event under Clause 14 ( When Security becomes enforceable ) to receive all Book Debts and other debts and claims whether or not assigned to the Lender under this deed and on payment thereof to give an effectual discharge therefore and on non-payment thereof to take and institute (if the Lender in its sole discretion so decides) all reasonable steps (which shall not, for the avoidance of doubt, include legal proceedings without the prior written consent of the Company (not to be unreasonably

 

42



 

withheld)) either in the name of the Company, the relevant assignor or in the name of the Lender for the recovery thereof and also to agree accounts and to make allowances and to give time to any surety and whatsoever the Lender or any manager or officer of the Lender shall properly and lawfully do or purport to do hereunder the relevant assignor hereby undertakes to ratify and confirm.

 

22.5                         The Lender shall have no liability or responsibility of any kind to the Company arising out of the exercise or non-exercise of the right conferred on it by Clause 22.4 save for any gross negligence or manifest error on the behalf of the Lender.

 

22.6                         The Lender shall not be obliged to make any enquiry as to the sufficiency of any sums received by it in respect of any book debts or other debt or claim so assigned to it tit to make any claim or to take any other action to collect in or enforce the same.

 

23                                   RELEASE

 

23.1                         Subject to clause 30.3, on the expiry of the Security Period (but not otherwise), the Lender shall, at the request and cost of the Company, take whatever action is necessary to:

 

(a)                                  release the Secured Assets from the security constituted by this deed; and

 

(b)                                  reassign the Secured Assets to the Company.

 

24                                   ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER

 

24.1                         At any time, without the consent of the Company, the Lender may assign or transfer any or all of its rights and obligations under this deed.

 

24.2                         The Lender may disclose to any actual or proposed assignee or transferee any information in its possession that relates to the Company, the Secured Assets and this deed that the Lender considers appropriate.

 

24.3                         The Company may not assign any of its rights, or transfer any of its rights or obligations, under this deed.

 

25                                   SET-OFF

 

25.1                         The Lender may at any time set off any matured liability of the Company to the Lender against any matured liability of the Lender to the Company, and whether or not either liability arises under this deed. If the liabilities to be set off are expressed in different currencies, the Lender may convert either liability at a market rate of exchange for the purpose of set-off. Any exercise by the Lender of its rights under this clause 25 shall not limit or affect any other rights or remedies available to it under this deed or otherwise.

 

43



 

25.2                         The Lender is not obliged to exercise its rights under clause 25.1. lf, however, it does exercise those rights it shall promptly notify the Company of the set-off that has been made.

 

26                                   AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS AND CONSENTS

 

26.1                         No amendment of this deed shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by, or on behalf of, each party for its authorised representative).

 

26.2                         A waiver of any right or remedy under this deed or by law, or any consent given under this deed, is only effective if given in writing by the waiving or consenting party and shall not be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default. It only applies in the circumstances for which it is given and shall not prevent the party giving it from subsequently relying on the relevant provision.

 

26.3                         A failure or delay by a party to exercise any right or remedy provided under this deed or by law shall not constitute a waiver of that or any other right or remedy, prevent or restrict any further exercise of that or any other right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm this deed. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy provided under this deed or by law shall prevent or restrict the further exercise of that or any other right or remedy. No election to affirm this deed by the Lender shall be effective unless it is in writing.

 

26.4                         The rights and remedies provided under this deed are cumulative and are in addition to, and not exclusive of, any rights and remedies provided by law.

 

27                                   SEVERANCE

 

If any provision (or part of a provision) of this deed is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable, it shall be deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it valid, legal and enforceable. If such modification is not possible, the relevant provision (or put of a provision) shall be deemed deleted. Any modification to or deletion of a provision (or part of a provision) under this clause shall not affect the legality, validity and enforceability of the rest of this deed.

 

28                                   COUNTERPARTS

 

This deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall constitute a duplicate original, but all the counterparts shall together constitute one deed.

 

29                                   THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

 

Except as expressly provided elsewhere in this deed, a person who is not a party to this deed shall not have any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce, or enjoy the benefit of, any term of this deed. This

 

44



 

does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists, or is available, apart from that Act.

 

30                                   FURTHER PROVISIONS

 

30.1                         Independent Security

 

This deed shall be in addition to, and independent of, any other security or guarantee that the Lender may hold for any of the Secured Liabilities at any time. No prior security held by the Lender over the whole or any part of the Secured Assets shall merge in the security created by this deed.

 

30.2                         Continuing Security

 

This deed shall remain in full force and effect as a continuing security for the Secured Liabilities, despite any settlement of account, or intermediate payment, or other matter or thing, unless and until the Lender discharges this deed in writing.

 

30.3                         Discharge Conditional

 

Any release, discharge or settlement between the Company and the Lender shall be deemed conditional on no payment or security received by the Lender in respect of the Secured Liabilities being avoided, reduced or ordered to be refunded pursuant to any law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy, winding-up, administration, receivership or otherwise. Despite any such release, discharge or settlement:

 

30.3.1                           the Lender or its nominee may retain this deed and the security created by or pursuant to it, including all certificates and documents relating to the whole or any part of the Secured Assets, for any period that the Lender deems necessary to provide the Lender with security against any such avoidance, reduction or order for refund; and

 

303.2                              the Lender may recover the value or amount of such security or payment from the Company subsequently as if the release, discharge at settlement had not occurred.

 

30.4                         Certificates

 

A certificate or determination by the Lender as to any amount for the time being due to it from the Company under this deed and/or the Loan and Security Agreement shall be, in the absence of any manifest error, conclusive evidence of the amount due.

 

45



 

30.5                         Consolidation

 

The restriction on the right of consolidation contained in section 93 of the LPA 1925 shall not apply to this deed.

 

31                                   NOTICES

 

31.1                         Any notice or other communication requited to be given to a party under or in connection with this deed shall be:

 

(a)                                  in writing;

 

(b)                                  delivered by hand, by pre-paid first-class post or other next working day delivery service or sent by fax; and

 

(c)                                   sent to:

 

(i)                                      the Company at:

 

Statesman Mouse, Stafferton Way, Maidenhead, Berkshire, SL6 1AY

 

Attention: The Directors

 

and

 

c/o Talend, 800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 200, Redwood City, California 94065, USA

 

Attention: Chief Financial officer

 

(ii)                                   the Lender at:

 

406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240, Durham, North Carolina 27701, USA

 

Attention: Richard Suhl

 

or to any other address or fax number as is notified in writing by one party to the other from time to time.

 

31.2                         Any notice or other communication that the Lender gives to the Company shall be deemed to have been received:

 

(a)                                  if delivered by hand, at the time it is left at the relevant address;

 

(b)                                  if posted by pre-paid first-class post or other next working day delivery service, on the second Business Day after posting; and

 

46



 

(c)                                   if sent by fax, at the time acknowledged as received by the Lender’s or the Company’s fax machine (as appropriate).

 

31.3                         A notice or other communication given as described in clause 31.2(a) or clause 31.2(c) on a day that is not a Business Day, or after normal business hours, in the place it is received, shall be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day.

 

31.4                         Any notice or other communication given to the Lender shall be deemed to have been received only on actual receipt.

 

31.5                         This clause 31 does not apply to the service of any proceedings or other documents in any legal action or, where applicable, any arbitration or other method of dispute resolution.

 

31.6                         A notice or other communication given under or in connection with this deed is not valid if sent by e-mail.

 

32                                   MISCELLANEOUS

 

32.1                         No delay or omission on the part of the Lender in exercising any right or remedy under this deed shall impair that right or remedy or operate as or be taken to be a waiver of it; nor shall any single partial or defective exercise of any such right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise under this deed of that or any other right or remedy.

 

32.2                         The Lender’s rights under this deed are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights provided by law and may be exercised from time to time and as often as the Lender deems to be expedient.

 

32.3                         Any waiver by the Lender of any terms of this deed, or any consent of approval given by the Lender under it, shall only be effective if given in writing and then only for the purpose and upon the terms and conditions, if any, on which it is given.

 

32.4                         Any certificate or determination of the Lender as to any matter provided for in this deed shall in the absence of manifest error be prima facie evidence of the matters provided for therein.

 

32.5                         This deed is and shall remain the property of the Lender.

 

32.6                         Any reconstruction, reorganisation or change in the constitution of the Lender or its absorption in or amalgamating with any other person or the acquisition of all or part of its undertaking by any other person shall not in any way prejudice or affect its rights hereunder.

 

47


 

33                                   GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

33.1                         Governing Law

 

This deed and any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with it or its subject matter or formation (including non-contractual disputes or claims) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of England and Wales.

 

33.2                         Jurisdiction

 

33.2.1                           The Company irrevocably agrees for the exclusive benefit of the Lender that the courts of England shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceeding, and to settle any dispute (including non-contractual disputes or claims), which may arise out of or in connection with this deed and for such purposes hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts.

 

33.2.2                           The Company irrevocably waives any objection which it may have now or in the future to the courts of England being nominated for the purpose of this clause on the ground of venue or otherwise and agrees not to claim that any such court is not a convenient or appropriate forum and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby.

 

33.2.3                           Nothing contained in this clause shall limit the right of the Lender to take proceedings against the Company in any other court of competent jurisdiction, nor shall the taking of any such proceedings in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not (unless precluded by applicable law) and for these purposes the Company:

 

(a)                      agrees that any actions and proceedings relating directly or indirectly to this deed may, at the Lender’s option, be litigated in the state and federal courts located in Los Angeles County, California in the United States of America;

 

(b)                      consents to the jurisdiction and venue of any such court and agrees not to claim that any such court is not a convenient or appropriate forum, and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby, and consents to service of process in any such action or proceeding by personal delivery or any other method permitted by law; and

 

(c)                       irrevocably waives any and all rights which the Company may have to object to the jurisdiction of any such court, or to transfer or change the venue of any such action or proceeding or to object to any judgment rendered in such court or to the enforcement of such judgment in England and Wales.

 

48



 

33.3                         Agent for Service

 

33.3.1                           The Lender’s address for service of proceedings in England and Wales shall be: c/o Kennedy’s Law LLP, 25 Fenchurch Avenue, London, EC3M 5AD (Ref: 10/JS/L181-783663) or such other address in England as the Lender may from time to time notify the Company in writing.

 

This document has been executed and delivered as a deed on the date first stated above.

 

49



 

SCHEDULE 1

PROPERTY

 

PART 1

REGISTERED PROPERTY

 

[DETAILS OF REGISTERED PROPERTY, INCLUDING TITLE NUMBER]

 

PART 2

UNREGISTERED PROPERTY

 

[DETAILS OF UNREGISTERED PROPERTY]

 

50



 

SCHEDULE 2

RELEVANT AGREEMENTS

 

Type of contract: [DESCRIBE CONTRACT]

 

Date: [DATE OF CONTRACT]

 

Parties:

 

51



 

LENDER

 

 

 

Executed and Delivered as a Deed by

)

 

 

SQUARE 1 BANK

)

 

 

acting, by

)

/s/ James Duncan

 

 

Authorised Signatory

 

 

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

Witness signature

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Occupation

 

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

Executed and Delivered as a Deed by

)

 

 

TALEND LTD

)

 

 

acting by

)

 

 

/s/ David Arkell

 

 

David Arkell

 

 

Director

 

 

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas Tuchscherer

 

Witness signature

 

 

 

Name:

Thomas Tuchscherer

 

Address:

800 Bridge Parkway

 

 

Redwood City, CA 94065

 

Occupation

CFO

 

52




Exhibit 10.17

 

Execution version

 

June 29 th , 2015

 

BETWEEN

 

TALEND SA

As Pledgor

 

AND

 

SQUARE 1 BANK

As Beneficiary

 


 

FIRST RANK ACCOUNTS PLEDGE AGREEMENT

(nantissement de soldes de comptes bancaires)

 


 

Lefévre Pelletier & Associés

 

MHT

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

5

 

 

 

2.

FIRST RANKING PLEDGE

7

 

 

 

3.

SITUATION OF THE PARTIES PRIOR TO THE DATE OF BLOCKING NOTICE

7

 

 

 

4.

SITUATION OF THE PARTIES FOLLOWING THE DATE OF BLOCKING NOTICE

8

 

 

 

5.

RESTITUTION DATE

8

 

 

 

6.

ENFORCEMENT OF THE PLEDGE

8

 

 

 

7.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PLEDGOR

9

 

 

 

8.

COVENANTS

10

 

 

 

9.

INDEMNITY

11

 

 

 

10.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

11

 

 

 

11.

DELEGATION

12

 

 

 

12.

POWER OF ATTORNEY

12

 

 

 

13.

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

12

 

 

 

14.

TERM AND RELEASE

13

 

 

 

15.

MISCELLANEOUS

13

 

 

 

16.

NOTICES

14

 

 

 

17.

GOVERNING LAW - JURISDICTION

14

 

2



 

THIS ACCOUNTS PLEDGE AGREEMENT HAS BEEN ENTERED INTO ON JUNE 29 TH , 2015 BETWEEN:

 

1.                                       TALEND SA, a société anonyme , with a share capital of EUR 1,775,886.20, incorporated under French laws, whose registered office is at 9 rue Pages, 92150 Suresnes, France, registered with the Nanterre Registry under number 484 175 252;

 

hereinafter referred to as the “ Pledgor ”.

 

AND

 

2.                                       SQUARE 1 BANK, a commercial bank incorporated under the laws of North Carolina, whose registered office is located at 406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240, Durham, North Carolina 27701, United States;

 

hereinafter referred to as the “ Beneficiary ” ,

 

The above-mentioned parties being hereafter named each a “Party”, or, together, the “Parties” .

 

3



 

WHEREAS:

 

A.                                     Within the framework of their activity, Talend, Inc. and Talend USA, Inc. (hereinafter jointly and severally the “ Borrower ”), contacted the Beneficiary to obtain a facility to refinance existing indebteness and to finance the Borrower’s working capital.

 

B.                                     Pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement executed on May 29, 2015, the Beneficiary, as Lender, has agreed to make available to the Borrower, in amounts not exceeding fifteen millions US Dollars ($15,000,000) (hereinafter the “ Loan Agreement ”).

 

C.                                     Clause 8(b) of the Schedule to the Loan Agreement provides for the obligation for the Pledgor to grant to the Beneficiary a Continuing Guaranty as well as security over certain of its assets to secure the payment and performance of all of the Secured Obligations (as defined hereinafter).

 

D.                                     The Pledgor has undertaken to provide to the Beneficiary a first ranking pledge over its bank accounts, to the benefit of the Beneficiary, under the terms of this accounts pledge agreement (hereinafter the “ Pledge Agreement ”).

 

4



 

IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWED :

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                DEFINED TERMS

 

The following terms and expressions used in this Pledge Agreement and in the recitals of this Pledge Agreement shall, unless the context requires otherwise or otherwise mentioned in the Supplemental Agreement, have the following meanings:

 

“Accounts”

 

means the account(s) opened in the name of the Pledgor in the books of the Accounts Holder as identified in Schedule 1.

 

 

 

“Accounts Holder”

 

means the account holders as identified in Schedule 1 the list of Talend SA France’s banking account.

 

 

 

“Beneficiary”

 

means Square 1 bank and any of its assignees or successors.

 

 

 

“Blocking Notice”

 

has the meaning given to it in Article 3.2 below.

 

 

 

“Credit Balance”

 

means any and all sums from time to time standing to the credit of any Account or the total thereof.

 

 

 

“Date of Blocking Notice”

 

means the first Business Day (as defined in the Supplemental Agreement) following the date of receipt by the Accounts Holder of a Blocking Notice.

 

 

 

“Enforcement Date”

 

has the meaning given to it in Article 6.1 below.

 

 

 

“Event of Default”

 

has the meaning indicated in in Article 7 of the Loan Agreement.

 

 

 

“Finance Documents”

 

mean the Loan Documents, as defined in Article 8 ( Definitions ) of the Loan Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Supplemental Agreement, any security document entered into between the Pledgor and the Beneficiary as security for the Secured Obligations and any other documents designated as such by the Pledgor and the Beneficiary.

 

 

 

“Loan Agreement”

 

shall have the meaning indicated in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

5



 

“Notification Event”

 

means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) a Borrower’s payment default pursuant to clause 7.1 (b) of the Loan Agreement, (ii) the acceleration of the Loans pursuant to clause 7.2(b) of the Loan Agreement or (iii) a Pledgor’s payment default under the first-demand guarantee issued on or about the date hereof in favour of the Beneficiary as security for the Secured Obligations, following receipt of a valid payment request from the Beneficiary.

 

 

 

“Pledged Accounts”

 

means collectively the Accounts, including all sub-accounts.

 

 

 

“Restitution Date”

 

has the meaning given to it in Article 5 below.

 

 

 

“Secured Obligations”

 

means all present and future, including contingent and limited obligations of the Pledgor or Borrower, or pursuant to the provisions of the Loan Agreement towards the Beneficiary, arising under or in connection with the Loan Agreement, this Pledge Agreement or any other Finance Documents, including all interest, fees, costs, penalties and expenses owing by the Pledgor to the Beneficiary under the Loan Agreement, this Pledge Agreement and any other Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

 

 

“Supplemental Agreement”

 

means the supplemental agreement to this Pledge Agreement executed on [the date hereof by the Pledgor and the Beneficiary.

 

1.2                                INTERPRETATION

 

(a)                                                    In this Pledge Agreement, unless a contrary provision appears, a reference to:

 

(i)             words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa;

 

(ii)            a person is a reference to or includes its successors and assignees; and

 

(iii)           an agreement or document includes a reference to that agreement or document as varied or novated at any time.

 

(b)                                                    The headings in this Pledge Agreement are for convenience only and are to be ignored in construing this Pledge Agreement.

 

6



 

(c)                                                     If there is any conflict between the provisions in this Pledge Agreement and the provisions of the Loan Agreement, the provisions of the Loan Agreement shall prevail.

 

(d)                                                    The principles of interpretation set out in the Loan Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Pledge Agreement.

 

2.                                       FIRST RANKING PLEDGE

 

2.1                                As security for the due performance, payment and discharge in full of the Secured Obligations, the Pledgor hereby irrevocably grants to the benefit of the Beneficiary, which has accepted it, a first ranking pledge ( nantissement de premier rang ) over the Credit Balance in accordance with Article 2360 of the French Civil Code ( Code civil )) and Article L. 521-I and sequitur of the French Commercial Code ( Code de commerce ) (hereinafter the “ Accounts Pledge ”).

 

2.2                                Any right of the Pledgor on the amount credited on any of the Pledged Accounts shall immediately become part of the Accounts Pledge.

 

2.3                                In case of enforcement of the Pledge Agreement, the Pledgor agrees that the Beneficiary will enforce the Pledge as security for the Secured Obligations, pursuant to the terms of this Pledge Agreement and shall have no recourse over the assets of the Pledgor other than the Credit Balance, in accordance with the provisions of article 2334 of the French Civil Code ( Code civil ).

 

2.4                                This Pledge Agreement shall be notified upon signature by the Beneficiary to the Accounts Holder(s) solely for perfection purposes as provided in Article 2362 of the French Civil code ( Code civil ), but without triggering any obligation for the Accounts Holder to pay off in the hands of the Beneficiary until the issuance of a Blocking Notice, by way of exception to the provisions of Article 2363 of the French Civil code ( Code civil ).

 

2.5                                The security interest constituted by virtue of the Pledge Agreement will not be considered extinguished and will not be affected by the punctual instalments made for payment and/or partial reimbursement of the Secured Obligations.

 

2.6                                The Pledgor irrevocably and definitively waives, by the execution of this Pledge Agreement, its right to require from the Beneficiary to perform or exercise any other right or security interest towards any other person, before exercising its rights under the Pledge Agreement and any right to require the Beneficiary to exercise its rights in a specific order.

 

3.                                       SITUATION OF THE PARTIES PRIOR TO THE DATE OF BLOCKING NOTICE

 

3.1                                Until the Date of Blocking Notice, the Pledgor shall be entitled to withdraw any monies standing to the credit of the Pledged Accounts and may freely dispose of any amount standing to the credit of the Pledged Accounts in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Supplemental Agreement.

 

7



 

3.2                                Upon the occurrence of a Notification Event, the Beneficiary may notify any Accounts Holder of the blocking of the Pledged Accounts until further notice, in accordance with Articles 2362 and 2363 of the French Civil Code (Code civil), by sending a notice (with a copy to the Pledgor for information) in the form attached in Schedule 2 (the “ Blocking Notice ”).

 

4.                                       SITUATION OF THE PARTIES FOLLOWING THE DATE OF BLOCKING NOTICE

 

4.1                                From the Date of Blocking Notice, the Pledgor agrees not to dispose of any amount appearing on the credit of any of the Pledged Accounts at the Date of Blocking Notice as well as all amount that would come to be credited on the aforementioned Pledged Accounts, until the Enforcement Date or the Restitution Date, being understood that from the Date of Blocking Notice, the Pledged Account shall remain opened.

 

4.2                                From the Date of Blocking Notice, the Accounts Holder may not authorise any debit operation unless such debit operation (i) has been expressly agreed by the Beneficiary, (ii) is a payment of Secured Obligations or (iii) is a payment of interests, commissions and expenses owed by the Pledgor to the Accounts Holder within to its day-to-day operations.

 

5.                                       RESTITUTION DATE

 

5.1                                If the Notification Event is further remedied or waived, the Beneficiary shall promptly send a notice to the Accounts Holder(s) having received a Blocking Notice instructing them to unblock the Pledged Accounts and the provisions of Article 3.1 will apply again.

 

5.2                                From the date on which the Beneficiary will notify the Account Holder(s) of the unblocking of the Pledged Accounts, the Pledgor shall again be entitled to dispose of the amounts appearing on the credit of the Pledged Accounts in accordance with the Supplemental Agreement (hereinafter the “Restitution Date”).

 

6.                                       ENFORCEMENT OF THE PLEDGE

 

6.1                                Upon the occurrence of a Notification Event which is continuing, the Beneficiary shall be entitled to, in accordance with the law and subject to the provisions of Article 2360 of the French Civil Code (Code civil), allocate, in its sole discretion and without any formalities whatsoever, at any time (hereinafter, for the purpose of this paragraph, the “Enforcement Date”) the Credit Balance of the Pledged Accounts, as it will then appear, to the payment of the Secured Obligations, decreased by the amount due under the payment referred to below, as they appear in the books of the Pledgor:

 

·                                           checks drawn from the concerned account and dated at the latest of the Business Day preceding the Date of Blocking Notice;

 

·                                           transfer orders received before the Date of Blocking Notice and withdrawals presented before the Date of Blocking Notice; and

 

8



 

·                                           all interests, commissions and expenses owed by the Pledgor to the Accounts Holder pursuant to its day-to-day operations at the Date of Blocking Notice.

 

6.2                                In accordance with Article 2366 of French Civil Code ( Code civil ), the Beneficiary agrees to promptly repay to the Pledgor all amounts that it would have received in excess of its the amounts outstanding under the Secured Obligations, it being specified that the Parties allow set-off.

 

7.                                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PLEDGOR

 

The Pledgor expressly reiterates hereby representations and warranties of Section 1 of the Supplemental Agreement and hereby represents and warrants to the Beneficiary that, on the date of this Pledge Agreement and for the entire term of the Pledge Agreement:

 

7.1                                this Pledge Agreement shall constitute a non possessory first-priority perfected and enforceable security interest over the Pledged Accounts (except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles and by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally), subject only to the Permitted Liens, it being specified that the Pledge will only be enforceable as against the Account Holder(s) when notified to them pursuant to clause 2.4 above;

 

7.2                                the execution, delivery and performance by the Pledgor of this Agreement, and all other documents contemplated hereby (i) have been duly and validly authorized, (ii) are not subject to any consents, which have not been obtained, (iii) are enforceable against Pledgor in accordance with their terms (except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles and by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally), and (iv) do not violate Pledgor’s articles or certificate of incorporation, or Pledgor’s by-laws, or any law or any material agreement or instrument, which is binding upon Pledgor or its property;

 

7.3                                there is no action, claims or proceeding before any court or administrative authority, pending or likely to occur, that could affect the validity, applicability or the capacity of the Pledgor to perform its obligations under this Pledge Agreement;

 

7.4                                it is the sole and beneficial owner of the Pledged Accounts and the related Credit Balances and will remain the sole and beneficial owner of the Pledged Accounts and the related Credit Balances;

 

7.5                                from the entry into force of this Pledge Agreement, the Pledged Accounts and the monies that are credited in it are and will remain free of any third party right (other than those of the Accounts Holder(s)), except for the Pledge, any Permitted Lien and any adverse claim in an amount lower than USD 100,000;

 

7.6                                the amendments of the Secured Obligations are immediately enforceable against it, automatically and without any formalities whatsoever.  The novation shall not be presumed by the Pledgor which shall only invoke it if the Beneficiary has expressly notified its will to perform the novation;

 

9


 

7.7                                there will be no several and joint liability or indivisibility between any successors and assignees of the Beneficiary;

 

7.8                                this Pledge Agreement does not affect and will not affect in any way the nature and the scope of all the guarantees and the actual or personal commitments which may have been or would be entered into or granted by the Pledgor or any third party to which it is added or will be added;

 

7.9                                it will provide the Beneficiary with any information relating to the Pledged Accounts that the Beneficiary could reasonably require, including any litigation related to them;

 

7.10                         the Pledgor is not on the date of this Pledge Agreement (a) insolvent or (b) informed of an action or proceedings whatsoever initiated, in the course of a bankruptcy proceedings, for the purpose of requesting the suspension of payment, the dissolution or liquidation or ad hoc proceedings or the opening of a safeguard proceedings or the appointment of a mediator or a conciliator or any other similar proceedings described in the Livre Sixiéme of the French Code de Commerce or any other similar proceedings provided by any other applicable law;

 

7.11                         it shall refrain, in order to discharge itself from its undertakings, to invoke any modifications of the legal form of the Beneficiary, even if these modifications would result in the creation of a new legal person, provided that the Secured Obligations are validly transferred to the new legal entity;

 

7.12                         it shall not be discharged by:

 

(i)                                      any modifications to the Loan Agreement (occurring one or several times provided those do not cause a novation);

 

(ii)                                   the addition or the removal of new security interests, new creditors or new debtors;

 

(iii)                                a prorogation of the repayment date of the Loans in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Agreement;

 

affecting in any way the provisions of the Loan Agreement.

 

8.                                       COVENANTS

 

The Pledgor hereby covenants to the Beneficiary that:

 

8.1                                it will not assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, nor suffer or permit any of the same to occur with respect to, any Pledged Account or any Credit Balance or its rights attached to such Pledged Account or such Credit Balance to the benefit of a party other than the Beneficiary, it being understood that the Pledgor is entitled to freely use any Pledged Account pursuant to Article 4.1 of this Pledge Agreement;

 

8.2                                it will perform all acts and execute all documents and instrument as may be necessary and as the Beneficiary may reasonably request from time to time in order to evidence, perfect,

 

10



 

maintain or enforce the Pledge or otherwise in furtherance of the provisions of this Pledge Agreement;

 

8.3                                it will not create, grant or permit to subsist any pledge, charge, lien or other security over any Account or any Credit Balance, excepted any Permitted Lien ( as such term is defined in the Supplemental Agreement);

 

8.4                                to the extent permitted under applicable law, it will not agree to the exercise by any person other than the Beneficiary of any right, and hereby waives any right which it may have, now or hereafter, to assert or counter-claim against or with respect to any Pledged Account or any Credit Balance;

 

8.5                                it will furnish upon demand to the Beneficiary such information, reports and records in respect of any Account and any Credit Balance as the Beneficiary may reasonably request from time to time;

 

8.6                                it will not locate or permit to locate any cash received from any person whatsoever, for whatever reason, in an account other than an Account, execpt for factoring accounts which may be opened with factors from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Supplemental Agreement and/or Excluded Accounts;

 

8.7                                it will not open an account either with any Account Holder or with another bank without the prior Beneficiary’s written consent unless the said account is pledged in favour of the Beneficiary pursuant to the same terms and conditions as stated in this Pledge Agreement, in such case the prior Beneficiary’s written consent is not required;

 

8.8                                after the occurrence of a Notification Event, it shall not close any of the Pledged Accounts without prior written notice to the Beneficiary.

 

9.                                       INDEMNITY

 

The Pledgor must indemnify, promptly on reasonable demand, the Beneficiary against any liabilities and claims incurred by or made against the Beneficiary for anything done or omitted in the reasonable exercise or purported exercise of the powers contained in this Pledge Agreement or as a result of any breach of the Pledgor of any of its obligations or undertakings in this Pledge Agreement except for any liabilities and claims incurred by, or made against, the Beneficiary caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Beneficiary.

 

10.                                COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

The Pledgor undertakes, from time to time on demand of the Beneficiary, to indemnify the Beneficiary, in respect of all reasonable costs and expenses, incurred by the latter and/or by every attorney, manager, agent or other person appointed by it, in relation to the preparation, negotiation (including any renegotiation), perfection or enforcement of this Pledge Agreement, including legal fees and expenses, and all charges, duties, taxes or registration fees relating thereto.

 

11



 

11.                                DELEGATION

 

11.1                         The Beneficiary or any person appointed by the Beneficiary may delegate by power of attorney or in any other manner to any properly qualified person or persons any right, power, authority and discretion exercisable by the Beneficiary under this Pledge Agreement in relation to the Pledge.

 

11.2                         Any such delegation may be made upon such terms (including power to sub-delegate) and subject to such regulations as the Beneficiary or such person appointed by the Beneficiary may think fit.

 

11.3                         Neither the Beneficiary nor any such person appointed by the Beneficiary will be in any way liable or responsible to the Pledgor for any loss or damage arising from any fact, default, omission or misconduct on the part of any such delegate or sub-delegate.

 

12.                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

12.1                         The Pledgor hereby, in order more fully to secure the performance of its obligations hereunder, appoints the Beneficiary and every person appointed by the Beneficiary hereunder to be its attorney (mandataire) acting severally, and on its behalf and in its name or otherwise, to execute and do all such assurances, acts and things which the Pledgor is required to do and fails to do under the covenants and provisions contained in this Pledge Agreement.

 

12.2                         The Pledgor hereby ratifies and confirms and agrees to ratify and confirm whatever any such attorney as is mentioned in paragraph 12.1 above shall properly do or purport to do in the exercise or purported exercise of all or any of the powers, authorities and discretion referred to in such paragraph.

 

13.                                SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

 

13.1                         All the rights, privileges, powers and actions of the Beneficiary will ensure to the benefit of its permitted successors and assigns in accordance with clause 9.13 of the Loan Agreement.

 

13.2                         The Pledgor shall not assign, transfer, novate or dispose of any of, or any interest in its rights and/or obligations hereunder.

 

13.3                         The Beneficiary shall be entitled to assign, transfer, novate or dispose of any of, or any interest in, its rights and/or obligations hereunder to a third party in accordance with the Loan Agreement.

 

13.4                         In the event of an assignment, a transfer, a novation or disposal of all or part of the rights and obligations by the Beneficiary which might be regarded as a novation under French law, the Beneficiary expressly reserves the rights, powers, privileges and actions that it enjoys under this Pledge Agreement in favour of its assignees or, as the case may be, its successors, in accordance with the provisions of Article 1278 of the Civil Code.

 

12



 

14.                                TERM AND RELEASE

 

14.1                         The Pledge enters into force on the date hereof and remains enforceable until the date on which effective repayment and payment of all sums due by the Borrower to the Beneficiary under the Finance Documents (including all sums that may become due from future drawings under the Finance Documents) is made and the Loan Agreement is terminated (the “Discharge Date”), it being specified that the Beneficiary shall expressly release the Pledge and all the rights of the Beneficiary under the Pledge Agreement following the Discharge Date.

 

14.2                         The Beneficiary undertakes to execute and remit to the Pledgor, at such Pledgor’s cost and if so requested, all certificates that the said Pledgor may reasonably request in order to confirm the above release.

 

15.                                MISCELLANEOUS

 

15.1                         The Beneficiary shall not be liable for any loss on realisation, or for any default or omission in exercising its rights hereunder.  The Pledgor alone shall be responsible for its own contracts, engagements, acts, omissions, defaults and losses and for liabilities incurred by it and the Beneficiary shall not incur any liability therefore (either to the Pledgor or any other person whatsoever) for any reason whatsoever.

 

15.2                         No failure to exercise, or any delay in exercising, by the Beneficiary any right or remedy under this Pledge Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof.  Nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy.  The Beneficiary shall not assume any responsibility towards the Pledgor or its legal successors, individually or generally, due to the late exercise or failure to exercise the rights and prerogatives conferred on the Beneficiary by this Pledge Agreement. The rights and remedies provided for in this Pledge Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law and may be waived only in writing and specifically.

 

15.3                         A waiver by the Beneficiary of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy which such Beneficiary would otherwise have on any future occasion. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

 

15.4                         The security created by this Pledge Agreement shall be in addition to, and shall not in any way be prejudiced or affected by, and shall be without prejudice to, any other security or guarantee from time to time held by the Beneficiary in respect of the Secured Obligations or any thereof.

 

15.5                         In the event that one or more provisions of this Pledge Agreement is considered illegal, invalid or unenforceable, this Pledge Agreement shall be interpreted as if it did not contain that provision and the nullity or invalidity of the said provision shall not affect the validity

 

13



 

or the performance of the other provisions of this Pledge Agreement, which shall nevertheless remain legal and valid and shall continue to be in force.

 

15.6                         The parties to this Pledge Agreement recognise that this Pledge Agreement has the sole objective of establishing the present security for the benefit of the Beneficiary and does not have the objective or effect of modifying the rights and obligations set out in the Supplemental Agreement.

 

15.7                         The Beneficiary is not liable for any losses arising from the exercise by Beneficiary of any rights or privileges under this Pledge Agreement, except in cases of voluntary or gross negligence (faute lourde ou intentionnelle).

 

16.                                NOTICES

 

All notices, demands or other communications under or in connection with this Pledge Agreement shall be in writing and may be given by letter, facsimile or other comparable means of communication:

 

(a)                                  to the Beneficiary, at the address specified at the head of this Pledge Agreement marked for the attention of the Directors, or to the following facsimile number                , marked for the attention of                 ;

 

(b)                                  to the Pledgor at the address specified at the head of this Pledge Agreement marked for the attention of the Directors, or to the following facsimile number                , marked for the attention of                ;

 

or (in any case) to such other address or facsimile number as the relevant party may notify to the other in accordance with this Article for such purpose.

 

17.                                GOVERNING LAW - JURISDICTION

 

17.1                         This Pledge Agreement shall be governed by and construed in all respects in accordance with French law.

 

17.2                         The Parties expressly and specifically accept, pursuant to Article 23 of Council Regulation n°1215/2012, to give exclusive jurisdiction to the courts within the territorial jurisdiction of the Commercial Court of Paris to settle any dispute that may arise between the Parties in connection with the construction or performance of this Pledge Agreement.

 

(Signatures on the next page)

 

14



 

This signature page refers to the Bank Account Pledge Agreement .

 

Executed in two (2) originals,

in Paris, on June 29 th , 2015.

 

 

/s/ Michael Tuchen

 

/s/ James Duncan

TALEN SA

 

SQUARE 1 BANK

As Pledgor

 

As Beneficiary

 

 

 

Represented by:

 

Represented by:

duly authorized

 

duly authorized

 

 

 

Michael Tuchen

 

 

 

 

 

President Directeur General

 

 

 

15



 

SCHEDULE I

 

DETAILS OF EACH ACCOUNT

 

16



 

SCHEDULE 2

 

FORM OF THE LETTER OF BLOCKING NOTICE

 

[Letterhead of the Beneficiary]

 

[Debtor]

 

Registered letter with acknowledgment of receipt

 

Object: Blocking Notice pursuant to the first rank bank accounts pledge agreement dated June 29 th , 2015.

 

Dear Sirs,

 

We are referring to the pledge agreement dated as of June 29 th , 2015, a signed copy of which is attached thereto (the “ Pledge Agreement”), entered into between Square 1 Bank and the company TALEND SA, a société anonyme , whose registered office is at 9 rue Pages, 92150 Suresnes, France, registered with the Nanterre Registry under number in SIREN 484 I75 252 (hereinafter, the “Pledgor”), under the terms of which the Pledgor has granted to Square 1 Bank’s benefit a first rank pledge without recourse over the Credit Balance of the bank accounts opened under its name in your books (hereinafter, the “Pledged Accounts “) and which references are the following:

 

Pledged Account(s): [***].

 

In accordance with the provisions of Article 2362 of the French Civil Code (Code civil), we are notifying you the Pledge through this Blocking Notice and instructing you to block the Pledged Accounts until further notice, it being specified that the Pledged Accounts may only be debited with:

 

(1) On the Date of Blocking Notice:

 

·                                           checks drawn from the concerned account and dated at the latest of the Business Day preceding the Date of Blocking Notice;

 

·                                           transfer orders received before the Date of Blocking Notice and withdrawals presented before the Date of Blocking Notice; and

 

·                                           all interests, commissions and expenses owed by the Pledgor to the Accounts Holder pursuant to its day-to-day operations at the Date of Blocking Notice,

 

(2) After the Date of Blocking Notice:

 

·                                           debit operation expressly agreed by the Beneficiary,

 

17



 

·                                           payments of Secured Obligations, or

 

·                                           payments of interests, commissions and expenses owed by the Pledgor to the Accounts Holder pursuant to its day-to-day operations.

 

Yours sincerely,

 

18




Exhibit 10.18

 

Execution version

 

June 29 th , 2015

 

BETWEEN

 

TALEND SA

as Pledgor

 

AND

 

SQUARE 1 BANK

as Beneficiary

 


 

PLEDGE OF RECEIVABLES AGREEMENT

( Convention de nantissement de créances )

 


 

Lefèvre Pelletier & associés, Avocats

 

MHT

 



 

THIS PLEDGE OF RECEIVABLES HAS BEEN ENTERED INTO ON JUNE 29 TH  2015 BETWEEN:

 

1.                                       TALEND SA , a société anonyme with a share capital of EUR 1,775,886.20, incorporated under French laws, whose registered office is at 9 rue Pages, 92150 Suresnes, France, identified with the corporate and trade register of Nanterre under number 484 175 252;

 

(hereinafter referred to as the “ P l edgor ”)

 

AND

 

2.                                       SQUARE 1 BANK , a commercial bank incorporated under the laws of North Carolina, whose registered office is located at 406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240, Durham, North Carolina 27701, United States;

 

(hereinafter referred to as the “ Beneficiary ”)

 

The above-mentioned parties being hereafter named each a “ Party ”, or, together, the “ Parties ”.

 

2



 

WHEREAS:

 

( A )                                Within the framework of their activity, Talend, Inc. and Talend USA, Inc. (hereinafter jointly and severally the “ Borrower ”), contacted the Beneficiary to obtain a facility to refinance existing indebtedness and to finance the Borrower’s working capital.

 

(B)                                Pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement executed on May 29, 2015, the Beneficiary, as Lender, has agreed to make available to the Borrower, loans in amounts not exceeding fifteen millions US Dollars ($15,000,000) (hereinafter the “ Loan Agreement ”).

 

(C)                                Clause 8(b) of the Schedule to the Loan Agreement provides for the obligation for the Pledgor to grant to the Beneficiary a Continuing Guaranty as well as security over certain of its assets to secure the payment and performance of all of the Secured Obligations (as defined hereinafter).

 

(C)                                The Pledgor has agreed to grant to the Beneficiary a first ranking pledge over the receivables it holds against its Pledged Debtors (as defined hereafter), pursuant to the terms and conditions of this pledge of receivables agreement (hereinafter with its schedules as amended, restated or supplemented in the future referred to as the “ Pledge Agreement ”).

 

3



 

IT HAS THEREFORE BEEN AGREED AS FOLLOW S :

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                General definitions

 

Capitalized terms and expressions herein shall have the meaning which is attributed to them in the Supplemental Agreement unless hereinafter defined.

 

Beneficiary ” means Square 1 Bank, as further described in the recitals, and any of its assignees or successors.

 

Commercial Contract ” means any contract entered (or to be entered) into between the Pledgor, as seller or provider, and a Pledged Debtor, as client and purchaser or subscriber, relating to the provision of products or services (such as technical support, training or consulting services) in the ordinary course of business.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning indicated in Article 7 of the Loan Agreement.

 

Finance Documents ” mean the Loan Documents, as defined in Article 8 of the Loan Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Supplemental Agreement, any other security document entered into between the Pledgor and the Beneficiary as security for the Secured Obligations and any other documents designated as such by the Pledgor and the Beneficiary.

 

Loan Agreement ” shall have the meaning indicated in the recitals of this Pledge Agreement.

 

Guarantee Account ” has the meaning set out in Article 3.3 (ii) of this Pledge Agreement.

 

Notification Event ” means the occurrence of any of the following events: ( i) a Borrower’s payment default pursuant to clause 7.1 (b) of the Loan Agreement, (ii) the acceleration of the Loans pursuant to clause 7.2(b) of the Loan Agreement or (iii) a Pledgor’s payment default under the first-demand guarantee issued on or about the date hereof in favour of the Beneficiary as security for the Secured Obligations, following receipt of a valid payment request from the Beneficiary.

 

Pledged Claims ” means all of the Pledgor’s claims, rights and interests, current or future, or vested or contingent, which it holds or may hold against its Pledged Debtors under Commercial Contracts. The Pledged Claims at the time of execution of this Pledge Agreement are listed in Schedule 1.

 

Pledged Debtors ” means any and all persons and entities, being the debtors of the Pledgor in connection with one or several Pledged Claims as listed in Schedule 1 as at the time of execution of this Pledge Agreement

 

4



 

Secured Obligations ” means all present and future, including contingent and limited claims of the Beneficiary against the Borrower or Pledgor arising under or in connection with the Loan Agreement, this Pledge Agreement or any other Finance Document, including all interest, fees, costs, penalties and expenses incurred by the Beneficiary under the Loan Agreement and any other Finance Documents,.

 

Supplemental Agreement ” means the supplemental agreement to this Pledge Agreement executed on the date hereof by the Pledgor and the Beneficiary.

 

1.2                                Interpretation

 

(a)                                  In this Pledge Agreement, unless a contrary provision appears, a reference to:

 

(i)                                      an Article is a reference to a clause of this Pledge Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa;

 

(iii)                                a person is a reference to or includes its successors and assignees; and

 

(iv)                               an agreement or document includes a reference to that agreement or document as varied or novated at any time.

 

(b)                                  The headings in this Pledge Agreement are for convenience only and are to be ignored in construing this Pledge Agreement.

 

(c)                                   If there is any conflict between the provisions in this Pledge Agreement and the provisions of the Loan Agreement, the provisions of the Loan Agreement shall prevail.

 

(d)                                  The principles of interpretation set out in the Loan Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Pledge Agreement.

 

5



 

2.                                       PLEDGE ( NANTISSEMENT )

 

2.1                                As security for all the Secured Obligations, the Pledgor hereby irrevocably grants in favor of the Beneficiary who accepts it, a first ranking pledge over the Pledged Claims in accordance with Articles 2355 et seq of the French Civil Code ( Code Civil ) (excluding Article 2360 of the French Civil Code) and Article L. 521-1 et seq of the French Commercial Code ( Code de Commerce ) (hereinafter the “ Pledge ”).

 

2.2                                In case of enforcement of the Pledge Agreement, the Pledgor agrees that the Beneficiary will enforce the Pledge as security for the Secured Obligations, pursuant to the terms of this Pledge Agreement and shall have no recourse over the assets of the Pledgor other than the Pledged Claims, in accordance with the provisions of article 2334 of the French Civil Code ( Code civil ) .

 

2.3                                The Pledge Agreement shall include the entire value, current and future of the Pledged Claims, including any interest and proceeds of any kind, deriving, among others, from any assignment thereof, related to the Pledged Claims and paid after the enforcement of the Pledge Agreement by the Beneficiary.

 

2.4                                The security interest constituted by virtue of the Pledge Agreement will not be considered extinguished and will not be affected by the punctual installments made for payment and / or partial reimbursement of the Secured Obligations.

 

2.5                                The Pledgor irrevocably and definitively waives, by the execution of this Pledge Agreement, its right to require from the Beneficiary to perform or exercise any other right or security interest towards any other person, before exercising its rights under the Pledge Agreement and any right to require the Beneficiary to exercise its rights in a specific order.

 

3.                                       SITUATION OF THE PARTIES UNTIL THE TERM OF THE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

3.1                                As long as no Notification Event has occurred, and subject to the provisions of this Article, the Pledgor may freely receive any payment under or with respect to the Pledged Claims.

 

3.2                                Upon the occurrence of a Notification Event , the Beneficiary may notify any Pledged Debtor of the grant of the Pledge in the form attached in Schedule 1 hereto, which the Pledgor hereby expressly accepts, subject only to prior notice to the Pledgor.

 

The Parties expressly acknowledge that, from the date of any such notification, the relevant Pledged Debtors shall pay the amounts due under the Pledged Claims directly to the Beneficiary, pursuant to the provisions of Article 2362 et seq. of the French Civil Code.

 

6



 

3.3                                Any payment made by the Pledged Debtors to the Beneficiary pursuant to the provisions of Article 3.2 above, shall, as applicable, be:

 

(i)                                      allocated to the payment of all amounts due and payable under the Secured Obligations in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Agreement and Article 2364 of the French Civil Code; or

 

(ii)                                   in the event that (x) all or part of the amounts due are not then payable ( échus ) under the Secured Obligations and (y) so long as the relevant Notification Event is outstanding, pursuant to Article 2364 of the French Civil Code, be kept as collateral on a bank account opened in the name of the Beneficiary in the books of a bank selected by the Beneficiary (hereafter the “Guarantee Account”), until the amount of the Pledged Claims has been allocated in full to the payment of all amounts due and payable under the Secured Obligations or any of the events referred to in Article 3.4 below has occurred.

 

3.4                                In the event a Notification Event is outstanding and has not been remedied or waived, and in the event where the Beneficiary has notified the Pledged Debtors pursuant to Article 3.2 above, the Pledgor shall be entitled to receive the repayment of the balance of the Guarantee Account, if any, subject to (i) the written request of the Pledgor to the Beneficiary, in relation thereto, and (ii) provided that (1) all events constituting a Notification Event have been remedied within the cure period set forth in the Loan Agreement, or (2) the Beneficiary has expressly waived its right to benefit from such Notification Event, in each case in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Loan Agreement.

 

Sums from the Guarantee Account will also be repaid following the occurrence of the Discharge Date.

 

The pledged debtors will be notified to cease paying Pledged Claims on to the Guarantee Account at the same time repayment is due.

 

3.5                                Subject to the foregoing, the Beneficiary shall return to the Pledgor, within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of the Pledgor’s written request under Article 3.4 above, the amounts paid, if any, on the credit of the Guarantee Account, minus any sums allocated to the payment of any amount due and payable in respect of the Secured Obligations, at the relevant date.

 

4.                                       ENFORCEMENT OF THE PLEDGE

 

4.1                                Upon the occurrence of a Notification Default which is continuing and following notification of the Pledge to the relevant Pledged Debtors pursuant to clause 3.2 above, the Beneficiary shall be entitled automatically and without any formality to appropriate such Pledged Claims as provided in Articles 2346 to 2348 of the French Code civil.

 

4.2                                Any amount received by the Beneficiary, or as the case may be on its own behalf shall be allocated to the payment of any amount due and payable in respect of the Secured Obligations, in accordance with the provisions of Articles 3.4 to 3.5 above.

 

7



 

4.3                                In accordance with Article 2348 of French Civil Code (Code civil), the Beneficiary agrees to promptly repay to the Pledgor the difference between (i) the value of the Pledged Claims transferred to the Beneficiary pursuant to clause 4.1 above and (ii) the amounts outstanding under the Secured Obligations, it being specified that the Parties allow set-off.

 

5.                                       REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTIES OF THE PLEDGOR

 

5.1                                The Pledgor expressly reiterates hereby representations and warranties of Sections 1 of the Supplemental Agreement and hereby represents and warrants to the Beneficiary that on the date of this Pledge Agreement and for the entire term of the Pledge Agreement:

 

(i)                                      the execution, delivery and performance by the Pledgor of this Agreement, and all other documents contemplated hereby (i) have been duly and validly authorized, (ii) are not subject to any consents, which have not been obtained, (iii) are enforceable against Pledgor in accordance with their terms (except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles and by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally), and (iv) do not violate Pledgor’s articles or certificate of incorporation, or Pledgor’s by-laws, or any law or any material agreement or instrument, which is binding upon Pledgor or its property;

 

(ii)                                   to the extent it could have a material adverse effect on its ability to perform its obligations under this Pledge Agreement, no default has occurred under any Commercial Contract;

 

(iii)                                there is no action, claims or proceeding before any court or administrative authority, pending or likely to occur, that could affect the validity, applicability or the capacity of the Pledgor to perform its obligations under this Pledge Agreement.

 

5.2                                The Pledgor represents and warrants that on the date of this Pledge Agreement and for the entire term of the Pledge Agreement it has the full ownership of the Pledged Claims it holds from time to time against the Pledged Debtors.

 

5.3                                The Pledgor represents and warrants that on the date of this Pledge Agreement and for the entire term of the Pledge Agreement the Pledged Claims are and will remain, free from any transfer, pledge, lien or any other third party rights and are not subject, to any foreclosure proceedings of which it would not have immediately informed the Beneficiary, except for the Pledge, any Permitted Lien and any adverse claim in an amount lower than USD 100,000.

 

5.4                                The Pledgor represents and warrants that the Beneficiary has and will continue to have a first-priority perfected and enforceable security interest in the Pledged Claims (except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles and by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally), subject only to the Permitted Liens, it being specified that the Pledge will only be enforceable as against the Pledged Debtors when notified to them pursuant to clause 3.2 above.

 

8



 

5.5                                The Pledgor represents and warrants that on the date of this Pledge Agreement (a) it is not insolvent and (b) is not informed of an action or proceedings whatsoever initiated, in the course of a bankruptcy proceedings, for the purpose of requesting the suspension of payment, the dissolution or liquidation or ad hoc proceedings or the opening of a safeguard proceedings or the appointment of a mediator or a conciliator or any other similar proceedings described in the Livre Sixième of the French Code de Commerce or any other similar proceedings provided by any other applicable law.

 

5.6                                The Pledgor shall refrain, in order to discharge itself from its undertaking, to invoke any change in the legal structure of the Beneficiary even though it would create a new legal entity, provided that the Secured Obligations are validly transferred to the new legal entity.

 

5.7                                The Pledgor shall not be discharged by:

 

(i)                                      any modifications to the Loan Agreement (occurring one or several times provided those do not cause a novation);

 

(ii)                                   the addition or the removal of new security interests, new creditors or new debtors;

 

(iii)                                a prorogation of the repayment date of the Loans in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Agreement;

 

(iv)                               the addition of new forms of drawdown of the Loans;

 

(v)                                  any changes in the account currency or settling of the Facility:

 

(vi)                               the renewal, even tacit, of the Loans in compliance with the provisions of the Loan Agreement;

 

which would affect in any manner the provisions of the Loan Agreement.

 

5.8                                The Pledgor represents and warrants that changes to the Secured Obligations will immediately, automatically and without formality (except those required by law) be included into the scope of the Secured Obligations. Novation shall not be presumed by the Pledgor who shall only be able to invoke it if the Beneficiary, expressly states its intention to carry-out a novation without prejudice to the provisions of Article 5.5 above.

 

5.9                                In case of assignment, conveyance or transfer of all or part of its rights and obligations by any of the Beneficiary as provided under the Loan Agreement, the Beneficiary reserves and preserves specifically, which the Pledgor hereby expressly accepts, all its rights, actions and privileges under this Pledge Agreement in favor of the relevant transferees, pursuant to the provisions of Article 1278 of the French Civil Code so that the Pledge may guarantee the Secured Obligations for the benefit of such transferee without any further formality in the event such assignment, conveyance or transfer might be regarded as a novation under French law.

 

9



 

5.10                         The Pledgor represents and warrants that this Pledge Agreement is in addition to the other security interests granted under the Finance Documents and does not affect in any way the nature and extent of the other security interests that may be contracted or granted by him and to which it is or shall be added.

 

6.                                       COVENANTS OF THE PLEDGOR

 

6.1                                The Pledgor agrees, at its expenses, on request by the Beneficiary, to execute all documents and take all actions, as may be necessary and as the Beneficiary may reasonably request in order to perfect and maintain the Beneficiary’s perfected first-priority security interest in the Pledged Assets (subject only to Permitted Liens and notification to the Pledged Debtors pursuant to clause 3.2 above), and in order to fully consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or to enable the Beneficiary to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to the Pledged Claims.

 

6.2                                In addition to the undertakings made in Article 1 (Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Guarantor) of the Supplemental Agreement, the Pledger covenants on the date of the Pledge Agreement and for the entire term of the Pledge Agreement not to conclude any agreement that the terms would have a material adverse effect on the rights of the Beneficiary under this Pledge Agreement.

 

7.                                       INDEMNITY

 

7.1                                The Pledgor must indemnify, promptly on reasonable demand, the Beneficiary against any liabilities and claims incurred by or made against the Beneficiary for anything done or omitted in the reasonable exercise or purported exercise of the powers contained in this Pledge Agreement or as a result of any breach of the Pledgor of any of its obligations or undertakings in this Pledge Agreement except for any liabilities and claims incurred by, or made against, the Beneficiary caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Beneficiary.

 

8.                                       COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

The P ledgor undertakes, from time to time, on demand of the Beneficiary, to indemnify the Beneficiary, in respect of all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the latter and/or by every attorney, manager, agent or other person appointed by it, in relation to the amendment or enforcement of this Pledge Agreement, including legal fees and expenses, and all charges, duties, taxes or registration fees relating thereto.

 

9.                                       DELEGATION

 

9.1                                The Beneficiary or any person appointed by the Beneficiary may delegate by power of attorney or in any other manner to any properly qualified person or persons, any right, power, authority and discretion exercisable by the Beneficiary under this Pledge Agreement in relation to the Pledge.

 

10


 

9.2                                Any such delegation may be made upon such terms (including power to sub-delegate) and subject to such regulations as the Beneficiary or such person appointed by the Beneficiary may think fit.

 

9.3                                Neither the Beneficiary nor any such person appointed by the Beneficiary will be in any way liable or responsible to the Pledgor for any loss or damage arising from any fact, default, omission or misconduct on the part of any such delegate or sub-delegate.

 

10.                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

10.1                         The Pledgor hereby, in order more fully to secure the performance of its obligations hereunder, appoints the Beneficiary and every person appointed by the Beneficiary hereunder to be its attorney ( manda t aire ) acting severally, and on its behalf and in its name or otherwise, to execute and do all such assurances, acts and things which the Pledgor is required to do and fails to do under the covenants and provisions contained in this Pledge Agreement.

 

10.2                         The Pledgor hereby ratifies and confirms and agrees to ratify and confirm whatever any such attorney as is mentioned in paragraph 9.1 above shall properly do or purport to do in the exercise or purported exercise of all or any of the powers, authorities and discretion referred to in such paragraph.

 

11.                                SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

 

11.1                         All the rights, privileges, powers and actions of the Beneficiary will ensure to the benefit of its permitted successors and assigns in accordance with clause 9.13 of the Loan Agreement.

 

11.2                         The Pledgor shall not assign, transfer, novate or dispose of any of, or any interest in its rights and/or obligations hereunder.

 

11.3                         The Beneficiary shall be entitled to assign, transfer. novate or dispose of any of, or any interest in, its rights and/or obligations hereunder to a third party in accordance with the Article 19 of the Loan Agreement (Assignment and Transfer).

 

11.4                         In the event of an assignment. a transfer, a novation or disposal of all or part of the rights and obligations by the Beneficiary, the Beneficiary expressly reserves the rights, powers, privileges and actions that it enjoys under this Pledge Agreement in favor of its assignees or, as the case may be, its successors, in accordance with the provisions of article 1278 of the Civil Code.

 

12.                                TERM AND RELEASE

 

12.1                         The Pledge enters into force on the date hereof and remains enforceable until the date on which effective repayment and payment of all sums due by the Borrower to the Beneficiary under the Finance Documents (including all sums that may become due from future drawings under the Finance Documents) is made and the Loan Agreement is terminated (the “ Discharge Date ”), it being specified that the Beneficiary shall

 

11



 

expressly release the Pledge and all the rights of the Beneficiary under the Pledge Agreement following the Discharge Date.

 

12.2                         The Beneficiary undertakes to execute and remit to the Pledgor, at such Pledgor’s cost and if so requested, all certificates that the said Pledgor may reasonably request in order to confirm the above release.

 

12.3                         In the event of a release of the Pledge and the Pledge Agreement as referred to above, and subject to the applicable legal provisions, the Beneficiary agrees to pay to the Pledgor all amounts as per clause 3.5 above.

 

13.                                MISCELLANEOUS

 

13.1                         The Beneficiary shall not be liable for any loss on realization, or for any default or omission in exercising its rights hereunder.

 

13.2                         The Pledgor alone shall be responsible for its own contracts, engagements, acts, omissions, defaults and losses and for liabilities incurred by it and the Beneficiary shall not incur any liability therefore (either to the Pledgor or any other person whatsoever) for any reason whatsoever.

 

13.3                         No failure to exercise, or any delay in exercising, by the Beneficiary any right or remedy under this Pledge Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof. Nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The Beneficiary shall not assume any responsibility towards the Pledgor or its legal successors, individually or generally, due to the late exercise or failure to exercise the rights and prerogatives conferred on the Beneficiary by this Pledge Agreement. The rights and remedies provided for in this Pledge Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law and may be waived only in writing and specifically.

 

13.4                         A waiver by the Beneficiary of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy which such Beneficiary would otherwise have on any future occasion. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

 

13.5                         The security created by this Pledge Agreement shall be in addition to, and shall not in any way be prejudiced or affected by, and shall be without prejudice to, any other security or guarantee from time to time held by the Beneficiary in respect of the Secured Obligations or any thereof.In the event that one or more provisions of this Pledge Agreement is considered illegal, invalid or unenforceable, this Pledge Agreement shall be interpreted as if it did not contain that provision and the nullity or invalidity of the said provision shall not affect the validity or the performance of the other provisions of this Pledge Agreement, which shall nevertheless remain legal and valid and shall continue to be in force.

 

12



 

13.6                         The parties to this Pledge Agreement recognize that this Pledge Agreement has the sole objective of establishing the present security for the benefit of the Beneficiary and does not have the objective or effect of modifying the rights and obligations set out in the Supplemental Agreement.

 

13.7                         The Beneficiary is not liable for any losses arising from the exercise by Beneficiary of any rights or privileges under this Pledge Agreement, except in cases of voluntary or gross negligence ( faute lourde ou intentio nn elle ) .

 

14.                                NOTICES

 

All notices, demands or other communications under or in connection with this Pledge Agreement shall be in writing and may be given as provided in clause 5.1 ( Notices ) of the Supplemental Agreement.

 

15.                                GOVERNING LAW - JURISDICTION

 

15.1                         This Pledge Agreement shall be governed by and construed in all respects in accordance with French law.

 

15.2                         The Parties expressly and specifically accept, pursuant to Article 23 of Council Regulation n°1215/2012, to give exclusive jurisdiction to the courts within the territorial jurisdiction of the Commercial Court of Paris to settle any dispute that may arise between the Parties in connection with the construction or performance of this Pledge Agreement.

 

(Signatures on following page)

 

13



 

This signature page refers to the Pledge of Receivables Agreement.

 

Executed in two (2) originals,

in Paris, on June 29 th , 2015.

 

 

/s/ Michael Tuchen

 

/s/ James Duncan

TALEN D SA .

 

SQUARE 1 BANK

As Pledgor

 

As Beneficiary

 

 

 

Represented by:

 

Represented by:

duly authorized

 

duly authorized

 

 

 

Michael Tuchen

 

 

 

 

 

President Directeur General

 

 

 

14



 

SCHEDULE 1 - PLEDGED DEBTORS - PLEDGED CLAIMS

 

15



 

SCHEDULE 2 - FORM OF LETTER OF NOTIFICATION

 

[ Beneficiary’s heading ]

 

[To the Pledged Debtor]

 

Registered letter with acknowledgment of receipt

 

Re: Notification of the first ranking pledge dated [ · ]

 

Dear Sir or Madam,

 

We refer to the claims held by TALEND SA , a société par actions, with a share capital of EUR [•] incorporated under French laws, whose registered office is at 9 rue Pages, 92150 Suresnes, France, identified with the corporate and trade register of Nanterre under number 484 175 252 (hereinafter referred to as the “ Pledgor ”), against you under the [•] agreement entered into with your company on [•] (hereinafter referred to as the “ Pledged Claims ”).

 

Under a first rank pledge agreement (the “ Pledge Agreement ”), a copy of which is attached, entered into on June 29 th , 2015 between (i) the Pledgor and (ii) our institution as Beneficiary, the Pledgor has pledged, on a first-ranking basis and without pari pass u ranking, to us, all of the Pledged Claims (the “ Pledge ”).

 

In accordance with the provisions of Article 2362 and sequitur of the French Civil Code, we hereby notify you the said Pledge and request you to pay, after receipt of such notification, and until further notice from us, any amount under the Pledged Claims on the bank account opened in our books which references are: [•].

 

Best regards,

 

16




Exhibit 10.19

 

Execution version

 

June 29 th , 2015

 

BETWEEN

 

TALEND SA

as Pledgor

 

AND

 

SQUARE 1 BANK

as Beneficiary

 


 

PLEDGE OF IP RIGHTS AGREEMENT

( nantissement de dro it de propriété in tellectuelle )

 


 

Lefèvre Pelletier & Associés

 

MHT

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE

 

PAGE

 

 

 

 

 

1.

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

PLEDGE

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

4.

 

COVENANTS

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

5.

 

ENFORCEMENT

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

6.

 

TERM OF THE AGREEMENT AND RELEASE OF PLEDGE

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

7.

 

NOTICES

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

8.

 

PERFECTION

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

9.

 

EXPENSES

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

10.

 

TRANSFER AND ASSIGNMENT

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

11.

 

GOVERNING VERSION AND TRANSLATION

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

12.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

13.

 

GOVERNING LAW - JURISDICTION

 

13

 



 

THIS PLEDGE OF IP RIGHTS AGREEMENT HAS BEEN ENTERED ON JUNE 29 TH , 2015 BETWEEN:

 

1.                                       TALEND SA , a société anonyme , with a share capital of EUR 1,775,886.20, incorporated under French laws, whose registered office is at 9 rue Pages, 92150 Suresnes, france, registered with the Nanterre Registry under number 484 175 252;

 

(hereinafter referred to as the “ P l edgor ”)

 

AND

 

2.                                       SQUARE 1 BANK , a commercial bank incorporated under the laws of North Carolina, whose registered office is located at 406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240, Durham, North Carolina 27701, United States;

 

(hereinafter referred to as the “ Beneficiary ”)

 

The above-mentioned parties being hereafter named each a “ Party ”, or, together, the “ Parties ”.

 

3



 

PREAMBLE

 

( A )                                Within the framework of their activity, Talend, Inc. and Talend USA, Inc. (hereinafter jointly and severally the “ Borrower ”), contacted the Beneficiary to obtain a facility to refinance existing indebtedness and to finance the Borrower’s working capital.

 

(B)                                Pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement executed on May 29, 2015, the Beneficiary, as Lender, has agreed to make available to the Borrower, loans in amounts not exceeding fifteen millions US Dollars ($15,000,000) (hereinafter the “ Loan Agreement ”).

 

(C)                                Clause 8(b) of the Schedule to the Loan Agreement provides for the obligation for the Pledgor to grant to the Beneficiary a Continuing Guaranty as well as security over certain of its assets to secure the payment and performance of all of the Secured Obligations (as defined hereinafter).

 

(D)                                The Pledgor has undertaken to provide to the Beneficiary a pledge over the Existing Pledged IP Rights, as well as any Future Pledged IP Rights upon formalization of a Confirmation of Pledge of New IP Rights (as defined hereinafter),  to the benefit of the Beneficiary, under the terms of this pledge of IP rights (hereinafter the “ Pledge Agreement ”).

 

4



 

IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                DEFINED TERMS

 

The following terms and expressions used in this Pledge Agreement and in the recitals of this Pledge Agreement shall, unless the context requires otherwise or otherwise mentioned in the Supplemental Agreement, have the following meanings:

 

Confirmation of Pledge of New IP Rights ” means any confirmation substantially in the form set out in Annexe 2 signed by the Pledgor in accordance with Article 2(b).

 

Enforcement Event ” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the acceleration of the Loans pursuant to clause 7.2(b) of the Loan Agreement or (ii) a Pledgor’s payment default under the first-demand guarantee issued on or about the date hereof in favour of the Beneficiary as security for the Secured Obligations, following receipt of a valid payment request from the Beneficiary.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning indicated in Section 7 of the Loan Agreement.

 

Existing Pledged IP Rights ” the existing software as defined and identified in the list set forth in Annex 1.

 

Finance Documents ” mean the Loan Documents, as defined in Section 8 ( Definitions ) of the Loan Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Supplemental Agreement, any other security document entered into between the Pledgor and the Beneficiary as security for the Secured Obligations and any other documents designated as such by the Pledgor and the Beneficiary.

 

Future Pledged IP Rights ” means any and all future software of the Pledgor.

 

Loan Agreement ” shall have the meaning indicated in the recitals of this Pledge Agreement.

 

Pledge ” means the pledge over each of the Existing Pledged IP Rights created under this Agreement and the pledge over Future Pledged IP Rights as added to this Pledge Agreement to be created pursuant to the relevant Confirmations of Pledge of New IP Rights .

 

Pledged IP Rights ” means the Existing Pledged IP Rights and the Future Pledged IP Rights.

 

Secured Obligations ” means all present and future, including contingent and limited obligations of the Borrower or Pledgor arising under or in connection with the Loan Agreement, this Pledge Agreement or any other Finance Document, including all interest, fees, costs, penalties and expenses owing to the Beneficiary under the Loan Agreement and any other Finance Documents.

 

5



 

Supplemental Agreement ” means the supplemental agreement to this Pledge Agreement executed on [the date hereof] by the Pledgor and the Beneficiary.

 

1.2                                INTERPRETATION

 

(a)                                  In this Pledge Agreement, unless a contrary provision appears, a reference to:

 

(i)                                      words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa;

 

(ii)                                   a person is a reference to or includes its successors and assignees; and

 

(iii)                                an agreement or document includes a reference to that agreement or document as varied or novated at any time.

 

(b)                                  The headings in this Pledge Agreement are for convenience only and are to be ignored in construing this Pledge Agreement.

 

(c)                                   If there is any conflict between the provisions in this Pledge Agreement and the provisions of the Loan Agreement, the provisions of the Loan Agreement shall prevail.

 

(d)                                  The principles of the interpretation set out in the Loan Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Pledge Agreement.

 

2.                                       FIRST RANKING PLEDGE

 

(a)                                  As security for the due performance, payment and discharge in full of the Secured Obligations, the Pledgor hereby irrevocably grants to the benefit of the Beneficiary the Pledged IP Rights, in accordance with article 2355 of the French Civil Code and with articles L. 521-1 et seq. of the French Commercial Code.

 

(b)                                  In case of enforcement of the Pledge Agreement, the Pledgor agrees that the Beneficiary will enforce the Pledge as security for the Secured Obligations, pursuant to the terms of this Pledge Agreement and shall have no recourse over the assets of the Pledgor other that the Pledged Claims, in accordance with the provisions of article 2334 of the French Civil Code.

 

(c)                                   The Pledgor undertakes:

 

(i)                                      to disclose to the Beneficiary the existence and/or creation of any Future Pledged IP Rights once they become subject to a deposit filed with any Intellectual Property Office or public notary, bailiffs or Agence de Protection des Programmes (A.P.P.), as set forth in Section 4.1 of this Pledge Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   to execute any Confirmation of Pledge of New IP Rights relating to any Future Pledged IP Rights which shall be included in the scope of the Pledge after the

 

6



 

date hereof in accordance with paragraph (a) above, as soon as practicable upon the date upon which the Pledgor files such Future Pledged IP Rights; and

 

(iii)                                to carry out any formalities relating to the Pledge with respect to such Pledged IP Rights and Future Pledged IP Rights in accordance with Article 8 ( Perfection ).

 

3.                                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Without limitation to the representations and warranties provided for in the Supplemental Agreement, the Pledgor expressly reiterates hereby representations and warranties of Section 1 of the Supplemental Agreement and hereby represents and warrants to the Beneficiary as at the date hereof and at all times until the Discharge Date that:

 

3.1                                the execution, delivery and performance by the Pledgor of this Agreement, and all other documents contemplated hereby (i) have been duly and validly authorized, (ii) are not subject to any consents, which have not been obtained, (iii) are enforceable against Pledgor in accordance with their terms (except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles and by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally), and (iv) do not violate Pledgor’s articles or certificate of incorporation, or Pledgor’s by-laws, or any law or any material agreement or instrument, which is binding upon Pledgor or its property

 

3.2                                there is no action, claims or proceeding before any court or administrative authority, pending or likely to occur, that could affect the validity, applicability or the capacity of the Pledgor to perform its obligations under this Pledge Agreement;

 

3.3                                it is the sole owner of the Pledged IP Rights, except for non-exclusive licenses granted by Pledgor to its customers in the ordinary course of business.  To the best of Pledgor’s knowledge, each of the Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents relating to Pledged IP Rights is, when applicable, existing, and no part of the Pledged IP Rights has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made to Pledgor that any part of the Pledged IP Rights violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change;

 

3.4                                with respect to the trademark “Talend”, Mr Fabrice Bonan has issued a statement pursuant to which in particular he commits itself to carry-out any formalities or steps, if necessary, to proceed to the take-over of the trademark “Talend” to the Pledgor at its next shareholders meeting, copy of such agreement to be provided to the Beneficiary at the latest at the time of signing of the Pledge Agreement.

 

In case of the occurrence of an Event of Default and at the Beneficiary notice, the Pledgor undertakes to organize a shareholders’ meeting within thirty (30) days from the Beneficiary notice and cause the take-over of the trademark “Talend” to the Pledgor to be completed and the pledge of the trademark “Talend” in favor of the Beneficiary.

 

7



 

3.5                                on the date of this Pledge Agreement and for the entire term of the Pledge Agreement, the Pledged IP Rights are and will remain, free from any transfer, pledge or lien and are not subject to any foreclosure proceedings of which it would not have immediately informed the Beneficiary, except for the Pledge, any Permitted Lien and any adverse claim in an amount lower than USD 100,000.

 

3.6                                the Beneficiary has and will continue to have a first-priority perfected and enforceable security interest in the Pledged IP Rights (except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles and by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally), subject only to the Permitted Liens, it being specified that the Pledge will only be enforceable as against third parties after completion of the perfection formalities as set out in Article 8 (Perfection) .

 

3.7                                on the date of this Pledge Agreement (a) it is not insolvent and (b) is not informed of an action or proceedings whatsoever initiated, in the course of a bankruptcy proceedings, for the purpose of requesting the suspension of payment, the dissolution or liquidation or ad hoc proceedings or the opening of a safeguard proceedings or the appointment of a mediator or a conciliator or any other similar proceedings described in the Livre Sixième of the French Code de Commerce or any other similar proceedings provided by any other applicable law.

 

4.                                       COVENANTS

 

4.1                                Registration of software that are material to the conduct of its business:

 

(i)                                      the Pledgor shall promptly give Beneficiary written notice of any deposits it files with respect to existing or Future Pledged IP Rights filed with any Intellectual Property Office or public notary, bailiffs or Agence de Protection des Programmes (A.P.P.), including the date of any such filing and the deposits numbers, if any, and a copy of such deposits together with any exhibits, evidence of the filing of any documents requested by Beneficiary to be filed for Beneficiary to maintain the perfection and priority of its security interest in such Intellectual Property rights on the software;

 

(ii)                                   to the extent compatible with their open source nature, the Pledgor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of the Pledged IP Rights, (ii) detect infringements of the Pledged IP Rights, and (iii) not allow any material Pledged IP Rights or Future Pledged IP Rights to be abandoned or forfeited without the written consent of Beneficiary, which shall not be unreasonably withheld;

 

(iii)                                the Beneficiary shall have the right, but not the obligation, to take, at the Pledgor’s sole expense, any actions that Pledgor required to take but which Pledgor fails to take, after 15 days notice to Pledgor.  Pledgor shall reimburse and indemnify Beneficiary for all reasonable costs and reasonable expenses incurred in the reasonable exercise of its rights under this Article.

 

8



 

5.                                       ENFORCEMENT

 

5.1                                REMEDIES UPON ENFORCEMENT

 

In the event of the occurrence of an Enforcement Event which is continuing, the Beneficiary may exercise all rights, remedies and actions whatsoever which are available under French law to enforce the Beneficiary’s rights under the Pledge in accordance with the provisions of this Pledge Agreement, in each case subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Bond Issue Agreement and French law.

 

5.2                                TRANSFER OF TITLE TO THE PLEDGED IP RIGHTS

 

(a)                                  Without limitation to the provisions of Article 5.1 ( Remedies upon enforcement ), in the event of the occurrence of an Enforcement Event, the parties irrevocably agree that the Beneficiary may freely decide to enforce the Pledge by having full title to the Pledged IP Rights transferred to the Beneficiary, in accordance with articles L.521-3 of the French Commercial Code and 2348 of the French Civil Code and the provisions of paragraph (c) below.

 

(b)                                  The Beneficiary will notify the enforcement of the Pledge referred to in paragraph (a) above, to the Pledgor, by sending an enforcement notice notified ( signifié ) by a bailiff ( huissier ) or by registered letter with acknowledgement of receipt or delivered in person, such notice indicating the date of the enforcement of the Pledge as being the second Business Day following the date of such notice (the “ Enforcement Date ”).

 

(c)                                   In accordance with article 2348 of the French Civil Code, the value of the Pledged IP Rights as of the Enforcement Date (the “ Enforcement Value ”) shall be determined by an expert appointed as specified below (the “ Expert ”) in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(i)                                      the Expert’s mission shall be the determination of the Enforcement Value (the “ Mission ”);

 

(ii)                                   the Expert shall be appointed in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(A)                                the Expert shall be the first person mentioned in the list referred to in Annexe 3 ( List of Experts for determination of Enforcement Value ), unless the Pledgor and the Beneficiary consider, acting reasonably, that such person is in a conflict of interest situation or that such person refuses the Mission, in which case the Expert shall be the first person next mentioned in the list referred to in Annexe 3 ( List of Experts for determination of Enforcement Value ), and successively in the order of priority referred therein until an Expert is appointed; and

 

(B)                                if all the persons listed in Annexe 3 ( List of Experts for determination of Enforcement Value ) are in a conflict of interest situation or refuse the Mission as specified in sub-paragraph (A) above, the Expert shall be appointed by the Président of the Tribunal de Grande Instance of

 

9



 

Paris under the form of summary proceedings and without any recourse ( procedure en la forme des référés et sans recours possible ) further to a motion by the most diligent party and shall be selected from leading financial or audit company conducting activities in France;

 

(iii)                                the Expert shall act as joint agent ( mandataire commun ) for the parties in accordance with the provisions of article 2348 of the French Civil Code;

 

(iv)                               the Expert shall carry out all diligences which it considers necessary in order to fulfil its Mission and may in particular obtain from the Pledgor and/or the Beneficiary any documents and any information relating to the Pledged IP Rights and consult together or separately the Pledgor and/or the Beneficiary;

 

(v)                                  the assessment methods applied for the performance of the Mission shall be consistent with the methods usually used for the purpose of the assessment of intellectual property rights;

 

(vi)                               the Expert shall deliver to the Beneficiary and the Pledgor, within sixty (60) Business Days (as defined in the Loan Agreement) after the date of acceptance of its Mission, a copy of its report setting forth its determination of the Enforcement Value and the assessment methods applied for the purpose of the Mission, the date of delivery being hereafter referred to as the “ Valuation Date ”;

 

(vii)                            the determination of the Enforcement Value made by the Expert referred to in sub-paragraph (vi) above shall, in the absence of a manifest error ( erreur grossière ) as referred to in sub-paragraph (viii) below, be final and binding on the parties;

 

(viii)                         in the event of a manifest error ( erreur grossière ) in the determination of the Enforcement Value, such error being acknowledged by a final decision of the relevant court having jurisdiction in accordance with Article 13, a new Expert shall be appointed in accordance with the same terms and conditions as referred to in sub-paragraph (ii) above and perform the Mission in accordance with the same terms and conditions as referred to in this paragraph (c);

 

(ix)                               the Beneficiary shall not be liable for the determination of the Enforcement Value; and

 

(x)                                  the Beneficiary shall fully bear all fees and expenses of the Expert in the discharge of its Mission hereunder.

 

(d)                                  if the aggregate amount of the Enforcement Value is greater than the amount of the Secured Obligations that are due and payable by the Pledgor, the Beneficiary shall pay to the Pledgor the difference between those two amounts within 30 (thirty) Business Days following the Valuation Date.

 

10


 

5.3                                WAIVER

 

Any right of subrogation or recourse against the Pledgor shall be exercised in accordance with and subject to the Loan and Supplemental Agreement, as the case may be.

 

6.                                       TERM OF THE AGREEMENT AND RELEASE OF PLEDGE

 

6.1                                The Pledge enters into force on the date hereof and remains enforceable until the date on which effective repayment and payment of all sums due by the Borrower to the Beneficiary under the Finance Documents (including all sums that may become due from future drawings under the Finance Documents) is made and the Loan Agreement is terminated (the “ Discharge Date ”), it being specified that the Beneficiary shall expressly release the Pledge and all the rights of the Beneficiary under the Pledge Agreement following the Discharge Date.

 

6.2                                The Beneficiary undertakes to execute and remit to the Pledgor, at such Pledgor’s cost and if so requested, all certificates that the said Pledgor may reasonably request in order to confirm the above release.

 

7.                                       NOTICES

 

All notices, demands or other communications under or in connection with this Pledge Agreement shall be in writing and may be given as provided in clause 5.1 ( Notices ) of the Supplemental Agreement.

 

8.                                       PERFECTION

 

(a)                                  This Agreement and, as the case may be, any Confirmation of Pledge of New IP Rights shall be filed with the French intellectual property office ( Registre National Spécial des Logiciels ) in accordance with the laws and regulations applicable to the Pledged IP Rights in the Intellectual Property Code and the Loan Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The registration of the Pledged IP Rights shalt be filed within ten (10) Business Days of the date of this Pledge Agreement or any Confirmation of Pledge of New IP Rights with the abovementioned intellectual property registry. The Pledgor hereby grants the relevant power of attorney to the Beneficiary to carry out such registration.

 

(c)                                   The Pledgor hereby grants all powers and authority to any person acting on its behalf and holding an original copy of the Agreement or, as the case may be, any Confirmation of Pledge of New IP Rights, for the purpose of carrying out all formalities referred to in paragraph (a) above.

 

9.                                       EXPENSES

 

The Pledgor shall bear all reasonable costs and expenses (including legal fees and other out of pocket expenses and any Taxes) which may be incurred in connection with the perfection, preservation, performance or enforcement of any of the Beneficiary’s rights under this

 

11



 

Pledge Agreement and the Pledge, and the release of the Pledge, all in accordance with the provisions of the Finance Documents.

 

10.                                TRANSFER AND ASSIGNMENT

 

(a)                                  In the event of the transfer or assignment of all or part of the Beneficiary’s rights and/or obligations under any of the Finance Documents, this Pledge Agreement and the Pledge created hereunder shall benefit ipso jure to such transferee or assignee to the extent of such transfer or assignment.

 

(b)                                  Any reference in this Pledge Agreement to the Beneficiary will include such new transferee or assignee, which the Pledgor acknowledges and expressly accepts.

 

11.                                GOVERNING VERSION AND TRANSLATION

 

A translation of this Pledge Agreement shall be prepared by the Beneficiary and agreed by the Pledgor and the Beneficiary within ten (10) Business Days of the date of this Pledge Agreement, for the purposes of its perfection and registration pursuant to relevant provisions of the French Intellectual Property Code, provided that in the event of discrepancy or inconsistency between this Pledge Agreement and such translation, the terms of this Pledge Agreement shall prevail.

 

12.                                MISCELLANEOUS

 

(a)                                  This Agreement and the Pledge are in addition to and are not in any way prejudiced by any other Lien now or subsequently held by the Beneficiary.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement and the Pledge created hereunder do not exclude or limit in any way the rights of the Beneficiary pursuant to or in connection with any of the other Finance Documents and do not prevent the exercise of any other rights or remedies provided by law or any other Finance Documents.

 

(c)                                   Should any provision of this Pledge Agreement be or become illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of this Pledge Agreement shall remain legal, valid and enforceable against the parties to this Pledge Agreement independently of the said illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The Parties hereto will however negotiate in good faith so as to replace such ineffective provision by a legal, valid and enforceable provision and having, to the extent possible, the same effects as those expected from the replaced provisions, should they be legal, valid and enforceable.

 

(d)                                  No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Beneficiary, any right or remedy under this Pledge Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy.

 

(e)                                   The rights and remedies provided pursuant to this Pledge Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

12



 

(f)                                    All the terms, conditions, undertakings, representations and warranties of the Pledgor under this Pledge Agreement will be binding upon its successors or assignees in the same terms.

 

13.                                GOVERNING LAW - JURISDICTION

 

13.1                         This Pledge Agreement shall be governed by and construed in all respects in accordance with French law.

 

13.2                         The Parties expressly and specifically accept, pursuant to Article 23 of Council Regulation n°1215/2012, to give exclusive jurisdiction to the courts within the territorial jurisdiction of the Commercial Court of Paris to settle any dispute that may arise between the Parties in connection with the construction or performance of this Pledge Agreement.

 

(Signatures on the next page)

 

13



 

Executed in t hree (3) originals (one for registration),

in Paris, on June 29 th , 2015.

 

 

/s/ Michael Tuchen

 

/s/ James Duncan

TALEN D SA .

 

SQUARE 1 BANK

As Pledgor

 

As Beneficiary

 

 

 

Represented by:

 

Represented by:

duly authorized

 

duly authorized

 

 

 

Michael Tuchen

 

 

 

 

 

President Directeur General

 

 

 

14



 

ANNEXE 1

 

Pledged IP Rights

 

15



 

List of existing software to be pledged

 

Talend Open Studio for Data Integration

 

Talend Open Studio for Data Quality

 

Talend Open Studio for Master Data Management

 

Talend Open Studio for Big Data

 

Talend Open Studio for Enterprise Service Bus

 

Talend Enterprise Data Integration

 

Talend Enterprise Big Data

 

Talend Enterprise ESB

 

Talend Platform for Master Data Management

 

Talend Platform for Data Management

 

Talend Platform for Data Services

 

Talend Platform for Big Data

 

Talend Platform for Enterprise Integration

 

16



 

ANNEXE 2

 

Confirmation of Pledge of New IP Rights

 

[On Pledgor letter-head]

 

From:                TALEND SA in its capacity as Pledgor

 

To:                              SQUARE 1 BANK in its capacity as Beneficiary

 

Dated:              

 

Pledge granted by TALEND SA over the IP Rights — Confirmation of Pledge of New IP Rights

 

Dear Sir/Madam,

 

(a)                                  We refer to a pledge over intellectual property rights dated June 29 th , 2015 and entered into between TALEND SA as Pledger and Square 1 Bank as Beneficiary pursuant to the Initial Pledged IP Right Agreement, a copy of which is attached as a Schedule 1 hereto.

 

(b)                                  Terms and expressions used and not defined in this Confirmation of Pledge of New IP Rights shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Initial Pledged IP Right Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Pursuant to this Confirmation, the Pledgor:

 

(i)                                      confirms that the intellectual property rights described in Schedule 2 hereto, of which the Pledgor is the owner are included in the scope of the Pledge granted pursuant to the Initial Pledged IP Right Agreement as security for the due performance, payment and discharge in full of the Secured Obligations, in favor of Square 1 Bank as Beneficiary;

 

(ii)                                   acknowledges that the provisions of the Initial Pledged IP Right will apply to the intellectual property rights referred to under sub-paragraph (i) above which shall be deemed to become Pledged IP Rights as from the date upon which the Pledgor has become the owner thereof.

 

Yours faithfully,

 

TALEND SA

The Pledgor

Represented by:

 

17



 

Schedule 1 - Copy of the Pledge Agreement

 

Schedule 2 — Description of new Pledged IP Rights

 

18



 

Schedule 1

 

Copy of the Pledge Agreement

 

19


 

Pledge Agreement

(Stock in Borrower)

 

Pledgor:

TALEND SA, a socié t é anonyme, incorporated under French laws, whose registered office is located at 9 rue Pages, 92150 Suresnes, France and registered with the Companies and commercial registry of Nanterre under number 484 175 252

 

 

Date:

June  29, 2015

 

THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT (“Pledge Agreement”), dated the above date, is entered into at between SQUARE 1 BANK (“Lender”), whose address is 406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240, Durham, North Carolina 27701, and the pledgor named above (“Pledgor”), whose address is set forth above.  Pledgor has executed and delivered to Lender that certain First-Demand Guaranty with respect to all Obligations (as defined in the Loan Agreement) (as amended from time to time, collectively, the “Guaranty”), and that certain Pledge of Receivables Agreement, First Rank Accounts Pledge Agreement. and Pledge of IP Rights Agreement (as amended from time to time, collectively, the “Security Agreements”).  This Agreement, the Guaranty, the Security Agreements and any other present and future written agreements between Pledgor and Lender, as the same may be amended from time to time are referred to herein collectively as the “Pledgor Documents” and as the “Finance Documents”.  This Agreement is one of the “Finance Documents” as defined in the Guaranty and the Security Agreements.

 

1.                                       Pledge of Securities and Other Collateral.   Pledgor shall concurrently deliver to Lender the stock certificates and other securities evidencing the stock and securities issued by Talend, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), together with duly executed instruments of assignment thereof to Lender (which, together with all replacements and substitutions therefore, and all additions thereto pursuant to this Agreement, are hereinafter referred to as the “Securities”).  Pledgor hereby pledges to Lender and grants Lender a security interest in the Securities, including without limitation all stock and securities issued by Borrower hereafter acquired by Pledgor, and all rights and remedies relating to, or arising out of, any and all of the foregoing, and all proceeds thereof (collectively, the “Collateral”) to secure the payment and performance of all “Obligations”, as defined in the Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 29, 2015 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”) between Borrower and Lender.  Any and all stock dividends, rights, warrants, options, puts, calls, conversion rights and other securities and any and all property and money distributed or delivered with respect to the Securities or issued upon the exercise of any puts, calls, conversion rights, options, warrants or other rights included in or pertaining to the Securities, and any and all stock and securities issued by Borrower hereafter acquired by Pledgor shall be included in the term “Securities” as used herein and shall be subject to this Pledge Agreement, and Pledgor shall deliver the same to Lender immediately upon receipt thereof together with any necessary instruments or transfer.  Pledgor will pay all taxes, assessments and charges levied, assessed or imposed upon the Collateral owned by it before the same become delinquent or become Liens upon any of the Collateral,

 

2.  Voting and Other Rights; Irrevocable Proxy.  Pledgor shall have the right to exercise all voting rights with respect to the Securities, provided no Notification or Enforcement Event (as defined in the Security Agreements) has occurred and is continuing.  Upon the occurrence of any Notification or Enforcement Event and during the continuance thereof, Lender shall have the exclusive right (but not any obligation) to exercise all voting rights with respect to the Securities, and Pledgor irrevocably designates, makes, constitutes and appoints the Lender (and all Persons designated by the Lender) as its true and lawful attorney, proxy, and agent-in-fact to, and the Lender, or the Lender’s agent, may, without notice to Pledgor, at such time or times thereafter as the Lender or said agent, in its discretion, may determine, in the name of Pledgor or the Lender: (a) transfer the Collateral on the books of the issuer thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises; (b) endorse the name of Pledgor upon any checks, notes, acceptance, money orders, certificates, drafts or other forms of payment of security that come into the Lender’s possession to the extent they constitute Collateral; (c) vote and give written consents with

 

20



 

respect to the Securities and other Collateral, in all matters and circumstances; and (d) do all acts and things necessary, in the Lender’s discretion, to fulfill the obligations of Pledgor under this Agreement.  THIS PROXY IS COUPLED WITH AN INTEREST AND IS IRREVOCABLE, Provided no Notification or Enforcement Event has occurred, Pledgor shall have the right to exercise all puts, calls, straddles, conversion rights, options, warrants, and other rights and remedies with respect to the Securities, provided that if a Notification or Enforcement Event has occurred and is continuing, Lender shall have the exclusive right (but not any obligation) to exercise all puts, calls, straddles, conversion rights, options, warrants, and other rights and remedies with respect to the Securities.  Lender shall have no responsibility or liability for the exercise of, or failure to exercise, any puts, calls, straddles, conversion rights, options, warrants, rights to vote or consent, or other rights with respect to any of the Securities.  If a Notification or Enforcement Event has occurred , Lender shall have the right from time to time to transfer all or any part of the Securities to Lender’s own name or the name of its nominee.  The exercise by the Lender of any of its rights and remedies under this Section shall not be deemed a disposition of Collateral under Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code nor an acceptance by the Lender of any of the Collateral in satisfaction of any of the Obligations.

 

3.          Representations and Warranties.   Pledgor hereby represents and warrants to Lender that (i) Pledgor is the sole holder of record and the sole beneficial owner of the Collateral free and clear of any lien, security interest, claim or encumbrance thereon or affecting the title thereto except for the security interest created by this Agreement; (ii) the Securities included in the Collateral constitute 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Borrower, and all of the Securities have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable, and there are no existing options, warrants or commitments of any kind or nature or any outstanding securities or other instruments convertible into shares of any class of capital stock of the Borrower, and no capital stock of the Borrower is held in the treasury of the Borrower; (iii) [intentionally omitted]; (iv) none of the Securities has been issued or transferred in violation of the securities registration, securities disclosure or similar laws of any jurisdiction to which such issuance or transfer may be subject, and Pledgor’s execution and delivery of this Agreement and the pledge of the Collateral hereunder do not, directly or indirectly, violate or result in a violation of any such laws; (v) no consent, approval, authorization or other order of any person and no consent, authorization, approval, or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental departments, commissions, boards, bureaus, agencies or other instrumentalities, domestic or foreign, is required to be made or obtained by Pledgor, for the exercise by the Lender of the voting or other rights provided for in this Agreement or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement, except as may be required in connection with such disposition by laws affecting the offering and sale of securities generally; (vi) the pledge, assignment and delivery of the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement will create a valid, perfected first-priority security interest in the Collateral in favor of Lender securing the payment of the Obligations; and (vii) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Pledgor and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Pledgor enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, or other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally or by the application of general equity principles.

 

4.          Events of Default.   If any one or more of the following events shall occur, any such event shall constitute an “Event of Default” and Pledgor shall provide Lender with immediate notice thereof: (a) any warranty, representation, statement, report or certificate made or delivered to Lender by Pledgor or any of Pledgor’s officers, employees or agents now or hereafter is incorrect, false, untrue or misleading in any material respect; or (b) Pledgor shall breach any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement, which is not cured within 10 Business Days after written notice thereof to Pledgor; or (c) any Collateral becomes subject to any lien, claim or encumbrance other than in favor of Lender; or (d) any Collateral is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within 10 Business days.

 

5.          Remedies.  If a Notification or Enforcement Event occurs, Pledgor shall give immediate written notice thereof to Lender.  Upon the occurrence of a Notification or Enforcement Event, or an Event of Default, and at any time thereafter, Lender shall have the right, without notice to or demand upon Pledgor, to exercise any one or more of the following remedies: sell or otherwise dispose of the Securities, and other Collateral, at a public or private sale, for cash, or other property, or on credit, with the authority to adjourn or postpone any such sale from

 

21



 

time to time without notice other than oral announcement at the time scheduled for sale.  Lender may directly or through any affiliate purchase the Securities, and other Collateral, at any such public disposition, and if permissible under applicable law, at any private disposition.  Pledgor and Lender hereby agree that it shall conclusively be deemed commercially reasonable for Lender, in connection with any sale or disposition of the Securities, to impose restrictions and conditions as to the investment intent of a purchaser or bidder, the ability of a purchaser or bidder to bear the economic risk of an investment in the Securities, the knowledge and experience in business and financial matters of a purchaser or bidder, the access of a purchaser or bidder to information concerning the issuer of the Securities, as well as legend conditions and stop transfer instructions restricting subsequent transfer of the Securities, and any other restrictions or conditions which Lender believes to be necessary or advisable in order to comply with any state or federal securities or other laws.  Pledgor acknowledges that the foregoing restrictions may result in fewer proceeds being received upon such sale then would otherwise be the case.  Pledgor hereby agrees to provide to Lender any and all information required by Lender in connection with any sales of Securities by Lender hereunder.  If, after the occurrence of any Notification or Enforcement Event or Event of Default, Rule 144 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any other similar rule) is available for use by Lender in connection with the sales of any Securities hereunder, Pledgor agrees not to utilize Rule 144 in the sale of any securities held by Pledgor of the same class as the Securities, without the prior written consent of Lender.  Any and all reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses, costs, liabilities and obligations incurred by Lender in connection with the foregoing shall be added to and become a part of the Obligations and shall be due from Pledgor to Lender upon demand.

 

6.          Remedies, Cumulative; No Waiver.   The failure of Lender to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement at any time or for any period of time shall not be construed to be a waiver of any such provision or the right thereafter to enforce the same.  All remedies hereunder shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given to Lender by law.

 

7.          Term.   This Agreement and Lender’s rights hereunder shall continue in full force and effect until all of the Obligations have been fully paid, performed and discharged and the Loan Agreement and all other present and future agreements between Borrower and Lender have terminated.  As soon as practicable, but no later than live business days after termination, Lender shall return the Collateral to Pledgor, with any necessary instruments of transfer.

 

8.          Waivers.   Pledgor hereby waives: (a) presentment for payment, demand, protest, and notice thereof as to any instrument, and all other notices and demands to which Pledgor might be entitled, including without limitation notice of all of the following: the acceptance hereof; the creation, existence, or acquisition of any Obligations; the amount of the Obligations from time to time outstanding; any adverse change in Borrower’s financial position; any other fact which might increase Pledgor’s risk; any default, partial payment or non-payment of all or any part of the Obligations; any and all agreements and arrangements between Lender and Borrower and any changes, modifications, or extensions thereof; (b) any right to require Lender to institute suit against, or to exhaust its rights and remedies against, Borrower or any other person, or to proceed against any property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, which secures all or any part of the Obligations, or to exercise any right of offset or other right with respect to any reserves or credits held by Lender or any indebtedness of Lender to Borrower, or to exercise any other right or power, or pursue any other remedy Lender may have; (c) any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense by Borrower or any endorser, guarantor, co-maker or other person, or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of any liability of Borrower or any endorser, guarantor, co-maker or other person with respect to all or any part of the Obligations (other than payment in full of the Obligations); and (d) all rights of subrogation, reimbursement, and indemnity whatsoever, and all rights of recourse to or with respect to any assets or property of Borrower and any collateral or security for any or all of the Obligations, until the Obligations have been paid in full.

 

9.          Consents.   Pledgor hereby consents and agrees that, without notice to or further consent by Pledgor and without affecting or impairing in any way Lender’s rights hereunder, Lender may do any one or more of the following: (a) accelerate, accept partial payments of, compromise or settle, renew, extend the time for the payment, discharge, or performance of, refuse to enforce, and release all or any parties to, any or all of the Obligations; (b) grant any other indulgence to Borrower or any other person in respect of any or all of the

 

22



 

Obligations and any other matter; (c) accept, release, waive, surrender, enforce, exchange, modify, impair, or extend the time for the performance, discharge, or payment of, any and all property, real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, securing any or all of the Obligations or any guaranty of any or all of the Obligations, or on which Lender at any time may have a lien, or refuse to enforce its rights or make any compromise or settlement or agreement therefor in respect of any or all of such property; (d) release, substitute or add any one or more endorsers or guarantors of all or any part of the Obligations, including, without limitation one or more parties to this Agreement; (c) amend, alter or change in any respect whatsoever any term or provision relating to any or all of the Obligations, including the rate of interest thereon, by agreement with the Borrower; (f) apply any sums received from Borrower, any guarantor, endorser, or cosigner, or from the disposition of any collateral or security, to any indebtedness whatsoever owing from such person or secured by such collateral or security, as provided in the Loan Agreement, and regardless of whether such indebtedness is part of the Obligations, is secured, or is due and payable; (g) exercise any right or remedy it may have with respect to any or all of the Obligations or any property, real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, securing any or all of the Obligations or any guaranty thereof, including but not limited to judicial foreclosure, exercise of a power of sale, and taking a deed, assignment or transfer in lieu of foreclosure as to any such property, and no such action or proceeding shall affect Lender’s rights hereunder notwithstanding the effect of any such action or proceeding upon, or destruction of, any of Pledgor’s rights of subrogation against Borrower, whether by operation of Section 580d or Section 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, or otherwise.  Pledgor consents and agrees that Lender shall be under no obligation to marshal any assets in favor of Pledgor, or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations.

 

10.        Financial Condition of Borrower.   Pledgor is fully aware of the financial condition of Borrower and is executing and delivering this Agreement based solely upon his own independent investigation of all matters pertinent hereto and is not relying in any manner upon any representation or statement of Lender with respect thereto.  Pledgor represents and warrants that it is in a position to obtain, and Pledgor hereby assumes full responsibility for obtaining, any additional information concerning Borrower’s financial condition and any other matter pertinent hereto as Pledgor may desire, and Pledgor is not relying upon or expecting Lender to furnish to him any information now or hereafter in Lender’s possession concerning the same or any other matter.  By executing this agreement Pledgor knowingly accepts the full range of risks encompassed within this Agreement including without limitation the possibility that Borrower will incur additional Obligations for which recourse may be had against the Collateral after Borrower’s financial condition or ability to pay such Obligations has deteriorated.  Pledgor shall have no right to require Lender or any other person, to provide any financial or other information concerning Borrower or any other matter, fact, or occurrence to Pledgor.

 

11.        Revivor.   If any payment made on any of the Obligations to Lender shall for any reason be required to be returned by Lender, whether on the ground that such payment constituted a preference or for any other reason, then for purposes of this Agreement, and notwithstanding any prior termination of the Loan Agreement or this Agreement, such payment shall be treated as not having been made, and this Agreement shall in all respects be effective with respect to the Obligations as though such payment had not been made; and if any of the Collateral been released or returned to Pledgor, then Pledgor shall return the Collateral to Lender, to be held and dealt with in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

12.        General Provisions.   This Agreement and the documents referred to herein are the entire and only agreements between Pledgor and Lender with respect to the subject matter hereof, and all representations, warranties, agreements, or undertakings heretofore or contemporaneously made, with respect to the subject matter hereof, which are not set forth herein or therein, are superseded hereby.  The terms and provisions hereof may not be waived, altered, modified, or amended except in a writing executed by Pledgor and Lender.  All rights, benefits and privileges hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Lender and its successors and assigns and shall be binding upon Pledgor and its successors and assigns; provided that Pledgor may not transfer any of its rights hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender.  Paragraph headings are used herein for convenience only.  Pledgor acknowledges that the same may not describe completely the subject matter of the applicable paragraph, and the same shall not be used in any manner to construe, limit, define or interpret any term or provision hereof.  Pledgor shall upon demand reimburse Lender for all costs, fees and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees, whether or not suit be brought), which are incurred by Lender in connection with, or arising out of, this Agreement.

 

23



 

13.        Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue.   This Agreement and all acts, transactions, disputes and controversies arising hereunder or relating hereto, and all rights and obligations of the parties shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws (and not the conflict of laws rules) of the State of California.  All disputes, controversies, claims, actions and other proceedings involving, directly or indirectly, any matter in any way arising out of, related to, or connected with, this Agreement or the relationship between Pledgor and Lender, and any and all other claims of Pledgor against Lender of any kind, may be brought in a court located in Los Angeles County, California, and each party consents to the jurisdiction of an such court and the referee referred to in Section 14 below, and waives any and all rights the party may have to object to the jurisdiction of any such court, or to transfer or change the venue of any such action or proceeding, including, without limitation, any objection to venue or request for change in venue based on the doctrine of forum non conveniens; it being understood that Lender may bring proceedings against Pledgor in the courts of any other jurisdiction, Pledgor consents to service of process in any action or proceeding brought against it by Lender, by personal delivery, or by mail addressed as set forth in this Agreement or by any other method permitted by law.

 

14.        Dispute Resolution.   The parties prefer that any dispute between them be resolved in litigation subject to a Jury Trial Waiver as set forth in Section 15 below, but the California Supreme Court has held that such pre-dispute jury trial waivers are unenforceable.  This Section will be applicable until: (i) the California Supreme Court holds that a pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision similar to that contained in Section 15 herein is valid or enforceable; or (ii) the California Legislature passes legislation and the governor of the State of California signs into law a statute authorizing pre-dispute jury trial waivers and as a result such waivers become enforceable.

 

(a) Any controversy, dispute or claim between the parties based upon, arising out of, or in any way relating to: (i) this Agreement or any supplement or amendment thereto ; or (ii) any other present or future instrument or agreement between the parties hereto; or (iii) any breach, conduct, acts or omissions of any of the parties hereto or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys or any other person affiliated with or representing any of the parties hereto; in each of the foregoing cases, whether sounding in contract or tort or otherwise (a “Dispute”) shall be resolved exclusively by judicial reference in accordance with Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”) and Rules 3.900 et seq. of the California Rules of Court (“CRC”), subject to the following terms and conditions. (All references in this section to provisions of the CCP and/or CRC shall be deemed to include any and all successor provisions.)

 

(b)          The reference shall be a consensual general reference pursuant to CCP Sections 638 and 644(a).  Unless the parties otherwise agree in writing, the reference shall be to a single referee.  The referee shall be a retired Judge of the Los Angeles County Superior Court (“Superior Court”) or a retired Justice of the California Court of Appeal or California Supreme Court.  Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the right of Lender, pending or after the appointment of the referee, to seek and obtain provisional relief from the Superior Court or such referee, or any other court in a jurisdiction in which any Collateral is located or having jurisdiction over any Collateral, including without limitation, writ of attachment, writ of possession, appointment of a receiver, temporary restraining order and/or preliminary injunction, or other “provisional remedy” (as such term is defined in CCP Section 1281.8).

 

(c)           Within fifteen (15) days after a party gives written notice in accordance with this Agreement to all other parties to a Dispute that the Dispute exists, all parties to the Dispute shall attempt to agree on the individual to be appointed as referee.  If the parties are unable to agree on the individual to be appointed as referee, the referee shall be appointed, upon noticed motion or ex parte application by any party, by the Superior Court in accordance with CCP Section 640, subject to all rights of the parties to challenge or object to the appointment, including without limitation the right to peremptory challenge under CCP Section 170.6.  If the referee (or any successor referee) appointed by the Superior Court is unable, or at any time becomes unable, to serve as referee in the Dispute, the Superior Court shall appoint a new referee as agreed to by the parties or, if the parties cannot agree, in accordance with CCP Section 640, which new referee shall then have the same powers, and be subject to the same terms and conditions, as the predecessor referee.

 

(d)          Venue for all proceedings before the referee, and for any Superior Court proceeding for the appointment of the referee, shall be exclusively within the County of Los Angeles, State of California.  The

 

24



 

referee shall have the exclusive power to determine whether a Dispute is subject to judicial reference pursuant to this section.  Trial, and all proceedings and hearings on di spositive motions, conducted before the referee shall be conducted in the presence of, and shall be transcribed by, a court reporter, unless otherwise agreed in writing by all parties to the proceeding.  The referee shall issue a written statement of decision, which shall be subject to objections of the parties pursuant to CRC Rule 3.1590 as if the statement of decision were issued by the Superior Court.  The referee’s powers include, in addition to those set forth in CCP Sections 638, et seq., and CRC Rules 3.900 et seq., (i) the power to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, writ of attachment, writ of possession, appointment of a receiver, temporary restraining order and/or preliminary injunction, or other “provisional remedy” (as such term is defined in CCP Section 1281.8), and (ii) the power to hear and resolve all post-trial matters in connection with the Dispute that would otherwise be determined by the Superior Court, including without limitation motions for new trial, reconsideration, to vacate judgment, to stay execution or enforcement, to tax costs, and/or for attorneys’ fees.  The parties shall, subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, bear equally the costs of the reference proceeding, including without limitation the fees and costs of the referee and the court reporter.

 

(e)           The parties acknowledge and agree that (i) the referee alone shall determine all issues of fact and/or law in the Dispute, without a jury (subject, however, to the right of a party, pending or after the appointment of the referee, to seek and obtain provisional relief from the Superior Court or such referee, including without limitation, writ of attachment, writ of possession, appointment of a receiver, temporary restraining order and/or preliminary injunction, or other “provisional remedy” (as such term is defined in CCP Section 1281.8)), (ii) the referee does not have the power to empanel a jury, (iii) the Superior Court shall enter judgment on the decision of the referee pursuant to CCP Section 644(a) as if the decision were issued by the Superior Court, (iv) the decision of the referee shall not be subject to review by the Superior Court, and (v) the decision of the referee, once entered as a judgment by the Superior Court, shall be binding, final and conclusive, shall have the full force and effect of a judgment of the Superior Court, and shall be subject to appeal to the same extent as a judgment of the Superior Court.

 

15.  Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial .  LENDER AND PLEDGOR EACH ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHT, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED.  EACH OF THE PARTIES, AFTER CONSULTING OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT, WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR CHOICE, KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED INSTRUMENT OR LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN), ACTION OR INACTION OF ANY OF THEM.  THESE PROVISIONS SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MODIFIED IN ANY RESPECT OR RELINQUISHED BY LENDER OR PLEDGOR, EXCEPT BY A WRITTEN INSTRUMENT EXECUTED BY EACH OF THEM.  IF FOR ANY REASON THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION ARE VOID, INVALID OR UNENFORCEABLE, THE SAME SHALL NOT AFFECT ANY OTHER TERM OR PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, AND ALL OTHER TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE UNAFFECTED BY THE SAME AND CONTINUE IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT.

 

[Signatures on Next Page ]

 

25



 

Pledgor :

 

Lend er:

 

 

 

TALEND SA.

 

SQUARE 1 BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

Represented by:

 

Name

 

 

 

 

 

duly authorized

 

Ti tle

 

 

 

 

Michael Tuchen

 

 

President Directeur General

 

 

 

26



 

Schedule 2

 

Description of new Pledged IP Rights

 

Talend Open Studio for Data Integration

 

Talend Open Studio for Data Quality

 

Talend Open Studio for Master Data Management

 

Talend Open Studio for Big Data

 

Talend Open Studio for Enterprise Service Bus

 

Talend Enterprise Data Integration

 

Talend Enterprise Big Data

 

Talend Enterprise ESB

 

Talend Platform for Master Data Management

 

Talend Platform for Data Management

 

Talend Platform for Data Services

 

Talend Platform for Big Data

 

Talend Platform for Enterprise Integration

 

27



 

ANNEXE 3

 

List of Experts for determination of Enforcement Value

 

 

 

ENTITY

1.

 

Deloitte

2.

 

Price Waterhouse Coopers

3.

 

Interbrand

4.

 

Sorgem évaluation

 

28




Exhibit 10.20

 

Pledge Agreement

(Stock in Borrower)

 

Pledgor:

TALEND SA, a socié t é anonyme, incorporated under French laws, whose registered office is located at 9 rue Pages, 92150 Suresnes, France and registered with the Companies and commercial registry of Nanterre under number 484 175 252

 

 

Date:

June  29, 2015

 

THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT (“Pledge Agreement”), dated the above date, is entered into at between SQUARE 1 BANK (“Lender”), whose address is 406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240, Durham, North Carolina 27701, and the pledgor named above (“Pledgor”), whose address is set forth above.  Pledgor has executed and delivered to Lender that certain First-Demand Guaranty with respect to all Obligations (as defined in the Loan Agreement) (as amended from time to time, collectively, the “Guaranty”), and that certain Pledge of Receivables Agreement, First Rank Accounts Pledge Agreement. and Pledge of IP Rights Agreement (as amended from time to time, collectively, the “Security Agreements”).  This Agreement, the Guaranty, the Security Agreements and any other present and future written agreements between Pledgor and Lender, as the same may be amended from time to time are referred to herein collectively as the “Pledgor Documents” and as the “Finance Documents”.  This Agreement is one of the “Finance Documents” as defined in the Guaranty and the Security Agreements.

 

1.                                       Pledge of Securities and Other Collateral.   Pledgor shall concurrently deliver to Lender the stock certificates and other securities evidencing the stock and securities issued by Talend, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), together with duly executed instruments of assignment thereof to Lender (which, together with all replacements and substitutions therefore, and all additions thereto pursuant to this Agreement, are hereinafter referred to as the “Securities”).  Pledgor hereby pledges to Lender and grants Lender a security interest in the Securities, including without limitation all stock and securities issued by Borrower hereafter acquired by Pledgor, and all rights and remedies relating to, or arising out of, any and all of the foregoing, and all proceeds thereof (collectively, the “Collateral”) to secure the payment and performance of all “Obligations”, as defined in the Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 29, 2015 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”) between Borrower and Lender.  Any and all stock dividends, rights, warrants, options, puts, calls, conversion rights and other securities and any and all property and money distributed or delivered with respect to the Securities or issued upon the exercise of any puts, calls, conversion rights, options, warrants or other rights included in or pertaining to the Securities, and any and all stock and securities issued by Borrower hereafter acquired by Pledgor shall be included in the term “Securities” as used herein and shall be subject to this Pledge Agreement, and Pledgor shall deliver the same to Lender immediately upon receipt thereof together with any necessary instruments or transfer.  Pledgor will pay all taxes, assessments and charges levied, assessed or imposed upon the Collateral owned by it before the same become delinquent or become Liens upon any of the Collateral,

 

2.      Voting and Other Rights; Irrevocable Proxy.  Pledgor shall have the right to exercise all voting rights with respect to the Securities, provided no Notification or Enforcement Event (as defined in the Security Agreements) has occurred and is continuing.  Upon the occurrence of any Notification or Enforcement Event and during the continuance thereof, Lender shall have the exclusive right (but not any obligation) to exercise all voting rights with respect to the Securities, and Pledgor irrevocably designates, makes, constitutes and appoints the Lender (and all Persons designated by the Lender) as its true and lawful attorney, proxy, and agent-in-fact to, and the Lender, or the Lender’s agent, may, without notice to Pledgor, at such time or times thereafter as the Lender or said agent, in its discretion, may determine, in the name of Pledgor or the Lender: (a) transfer the Collateral on the books of the issuer thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises; (b) endorse the name of Pledgor upon any checks, notes, acceptance, money orders, certificates, drafts or other forms of payment of security that come into the Lender’s possession to the extent they constitute Collateral; (c) vote and give written consents with respect to the Securities and other Collateral, in all matters and circumstances; and (d) do all acts and things necessary, in the Lender’s discretion, to fulfill the obligations of Pledgor under this Agreement.  THIS PROXY IS COUPLED WITH AN INTEREST AND IS IRREVOCABLE,

 

1



 

Provided no Notification or Enforcement Event has occurred, Pledgor shall have the right to exercise all puts, calls, straddles, conversion rights, options, warrants, and other rights and remedies with respect to the Securities, provided that if a Notification or Enforcement Event has occurred and is continuing, Lender shall have the exclusive right (but not any obligation) to exercise all puts, calls, straddles, conversion rights, options, warrants, and other rights and remedies with respect to the Securities.  Lender shall have no responsibility or liability for the exercise of, or failure to exercise, any puts, calls, straddles, conversion rights, options, warrants, rights to vote or consent, or other rights with respect to any of the Securities.  If a Notification or Enforcement Event has occurred , Lender shall have the right from time to time to transfer all or any part of the Securities to Lender’s own name or the name of its nominee.  The exercise by the Lender of any of its rights and remedies under this Section shall not be deemed a disposition of Collateral under Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code nor an acceptance by the Lender of any of the Collateral in satisfaction of any of the Obligations.

 

3.          Representations and Warranties.   Pledgor hereby represents and warrants to Lender that (i) Pledgor is the sole holder of record and the sole beneficial owner of the Collateral free and clear of any lien, security interest, claim or encumbrance thereon or affecting the title thereto except for the security interest created by this Agreement; (ii) the Securities included in the Collateral constitute 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Borrower, and all of the Securities have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable, and there are no existing options, warrants or commitments of any kind or nature or any outstanding securities or other instruments convertible into shares of any class of capital stock of the Borrower, and no capital stock of the Borrower is held in the treasury of the Borrower; (iii) [intentionally omitted]; (iv) none of the Securities has been issued or transferred in violation of the securities registration, securities disclosure or similar laws of any jurisdiction to which such issuance or transfer may be subject, and Pledgor’s execution and delivery of this Agreement and the pledge of the Collateral hereunder do not, directly or indirectly, violate or result in a violation of any such laws; (v) no consent, approval, authorization or other order of any person and no consent, authorization, approval, or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental departments, commissions, boards, bureaus, agencies or other instrumentalities, domestic or foreign, is required to be made or obtained by Pledgor, for the exercise by the Lender of the voting or other rights provided for in this Agreement or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement, except as may be required in connection with such disposition by laws affecting the offering and sale of securities generally; (vi) the pledge, assignment and delivery of the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement will create a valid, perfected first-priority security interest in the Collateral in favor of Lender securing the payment of the Obligations; and (vii) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Pledgor and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Pledgor enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, or other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally or by the application of general equity principles.

 

4.          Events of Default.   If any one or more of the following events shall occur, any such event shall constitute an “Event of Default” and Pledgor shall provide Lender with immediate notice thereof: (a) any warranty, representation, statement, report or certificate made or delivered to Lender by Pledgor or any of Pledgor’s officers, employees or agents now or hereafter is incorrect, false, untrue or misleading in any material respect; or (b) Pledgor shall breach any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement, which is not cured within 10 Business Days after written notice thereof to Pledgor; or (c) any Collateral becomes subject to any lien, claim or encumbrance other than in favor of Lender; or (d) any Collateral is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within 10 Business days.

 

5.          Remedies.  If a Notification or Enforcement Event occurs, Pledgor shall give immediate written notice thereof to Lender.  Upon the occurrence of a Notification or Enforcement Event, or an Event of Default, and at any time thereafter, Lender shall have the right, without notice to or demand upon Pledgor, to exercise any one or more of the following remedies: sell or otherwise dispose of the Securities, and other Collateral, at a public or private sale, for cash, or other property, or on credit, with the authority to adjourn or postpone any such sale from time to time without notice other than oral announcement at the time scheduled for sale.  Lender may directly or through any affiliate purchase the Securities, and other Collateral, at any such public disposition, and if permissible under applicable law, at any private disposition.  Pledgor and Lender hereby agree that it shall conclusively be deemed commercially reasonable for Lender, in connection with any sale or disposition of the Securities, to impose restrictions and conditions as to the investment intent of a purchaser or bidder, the ability of a purchaser or bidder to bear the economic risk of an investment in the

 

2



 

Securities, the knowledge and experience in business and financial matters of a purchaser or bidder, the access of a purchaser or bidder to information concerning the issuer of the Securities, as well as legend conditions and stop transfer instructions restricting subsequent transfer of the Securities, and any other restrictions or conditions which Lender believes to be necessary or advisable in order to comply with any state or federal securities or other laws.  Pledgor acknowledges that the foregoing restrictions may result in fewer proceeds being received upon such sale then would otherwise be the case.  Pledgor hereby agrees to provide to Lender any and all information required by Lender in connection with any sales of Securities by Lender hereunder.  If, after the occurrence of any Notification or Enforcement Event or Event of Default, Rule 144 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any other similar rule) is available for use by Lender in connection with the sales of any Securities hereunder, Pledgor agrees not to utilize Rule 144 in the sale of any securities held by Pledgor of the same class as the Securities, without the prior written consent of Lender.  Any and all reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses, costs, liabilities and obligations incurred by Lender in connection with the foregoing shall be added to and become a part of the Obligations and shall be due from Pledgor to Lender upon demand.

 

6.          Remedies, Cumulative; No Waiver.   The failure of Lender to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement at any time or for any period of time shall not be construed to be a waiver of any such provision or the right thereafter to enforce the same.  All remedies hereunder shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given to Lender by law.

 

7.          Term.   This Agreement and Lender’s rights hereunder shall continue in full force and effect until all of the Obligations have been fully paid, performed and discharged and the Loan Agreement and all other present and future agreements between Borrower and Lender have terminated.  As soon as practicable, but no later than live business days after termination, Lender shall return the Collateral to Pledgor, with any necessary instruments of transfer.

 

8.          Waivers.   Pledgor hereby waives: (a) presentment for payment, demand, protest, and notice thereof as to any instrument, and all other notices and demands to which Pledgor might be entitled, including without limitation notice of all of the following: the acceptance hereof; the creation, existence, or acquisition of any Obligations; the amount of the Obligations from time to time outstanding; any adverse change in Borrower’s financial position; any other fact which might increase Pledgor’s risk; any default, partial payment or non-payment of all or any part of the Obligations; any and all agreements and arrangements between Lender and Borrower and any changes, modifications, or extensions thereof; (b) any right to require Lender to institute suit against, or to exhaust its rights and remedies against, Borrower or any other person, or to proceed against any property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, which secures all or any part of the Obligations, or to exercise any right of offset or other right with respect to any reserves or credits held by Lender or any indebtedness of Lender to Borrower, or to exercise any other right or power, or pursue any other remedy Lender may have; (c) any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense by Borrower or any endorser, guarantor, co-maker or other person, or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of any liability of Borrower or any endorser, guarantor, co-maker or other person with respect to all or any part of the Obligations (other than payment in full of the Obligations); and (d) all rights of subrogation, reimbursement, and indemnity whatsoever, and all rights of recourse to or with respect to any assets or property of Borrower and any collateral or security for any or all of the Obligations, until the Obligations have been paid in full.

 

9.          Consents.   Pledgor hereby consents and agrees that, without notice to or further consent by Pledgor and without affecting or impairing in any way Lender’s rights hereunder, Lender may do any one or more of the following: (a) accelerate, accept partial payments of, compromise or settle, renew, extend the time for the payment, discharge, or performance of, refuse to enforce, and release all or any parties to, any or all of the Obligations; (b) grant any other indulgence to Borrower or any other person in respect of any or all of the Obligations and any other matter; (c) accept, release, waive, surrender, enforce, exchange, modify, impair, or extend the time for the performance, discharge, or payment of, any and all property, real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, securing any or all of the Obligations or any guaranty of any or all of the Obligations, or on which Lender at any time may have a lien, or refuse to enforce its rights or make any compromise or settlement or agreement therefor in respect of any or all of such property; (d) release, substitute or add any one or more endorsers or guarantors of all or any part of the Obligations, including, without limitation one or more parties to this Agreement; (c) amend, alter or change in any respect whatsoever any term or provision relating to any or all of the Obligations, including the rate of interest thereon, by agreement with the Borrower; (f) apply any sums received from Borrower, any guarantor, endorser, or cosigner, or from the disposition of any

 

3



 

collateral or security, to any indebtedness whatsoever owing from such person or secured by such collateral or security, as provided in the Loan Agreement, and regardless of whether such indebtedness is part of the Obligations, is secured, or is due and payable; (g) exercise any right or remedy it may have with respect to any or all of the Obligations or any property, real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, securing any or all of the Obligations or any guaranty thereof, including but not limited to judicial foreclosure, exercise of a power of sale, and taking a deed, assignment or transfer in lieu of foreclosure as to any such property, and no such action or proceeding shall affect Lender’s rights hereunder notwithstanding the effect of any such action or proceeding upon, or destruction of, any of Pledgor’s rights of subrogation against Borrower, whether by operation of Section 580d or Section 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, or otherwise.  Pledgor consents and agrees that Lender shall be under no obligation to marshal any assets in favor of Pledgor, or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations.

 

10.        Financial Condition of Borrower.   Pledgor is fully aware of the financial condition of Borrower and is executing and delivering this Agreement based solely upon his own independent investigation of all matters pertinent hereto and is not relying in any manner upon any representation or statement of Lender with respect thereto.  Pledgor represents and warrants that it is in a position to obtain, and Pledgor hereby assumes full responsibility for obtaining, any additional information concerning Borrower’s financial condition and any other matter pertinent hereto as Pledgor may desire, and Pledgor is not relying upon or expecting Lender to furnish to him any information now or hereafter in Lender’s possession concerning the same or any other matter.  By executing this agreement Pledgor knowingly accepts the full range of risks encompassed within this Agreement including without limitation the possibility that Borrower will incur additional Obligations for which recourse may be had against the Collateral after Borrower’s financial condition or ability to pay such Obligations has deteriorated.  Pledgor shall have no right to require Lender or any other person, to provide any financial or other information concerning Borrower or any other matter, fact, or occurrence to Pledgor.

 

11.        Revivor.   If any payment made on any of the Obligations to Lender shall for any reason be required to be returned by Lender, whether on the ground that such payment constituted a preference or for any other reason, then for purposes of this Agreement, and notwithstanding any prior termination of the Loan Agreement or this Agreement, such payment shall be treated as not having been made, and this Agreement shall in all respects be effective with respect to the Obligations as though such payment had not been made; and if any of the Collateral been released or returned to Pledgor, then Pledgor shall return the Collateral to Lender, to be held and dealt with in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

12.        General Provisions.   This Agreement and the documents referred to herein are the entire and only agreements between Pledgor and Lender with respect to the subject matter hereof, and all representations, warranties, agreements, or undertakings heretofore or contemporaneously made, with respect to the subject matter hereof, which are not set forth herein or therein, are superseded hereby.  The terms and provisions hereof may not be waived, altered, modified, or amended except in a writing executed by Pledgor and Lender.  All rights, benefits and privileges hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Lender and its successors and assigns and shall be binding upon Pledgor and its successors and assigns; provided that Pledgor may not transfer any of its rights hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender.  Paragraph headings are used herein for convenience only.  Pledgor acknowledges that the same may not describe completely the subject matter of the applicable paragraph, and the same shall not be used in any manner to construe, limit, define or interpret any term or provision hereof.  Pledgor shall upon demand reimburse Lender for all costs, fees and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees, whether or not suit be brought), which are incurred by Lender in connection with, or arising out of, this Agreement.

 

13.        Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue.   This Agreement and all acts, transactions, disputes and controversies arising hereunder or relating hereto, and all rights and obligations of the parties shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws (and not the conflict of laws rules) of the State of California.  All disputes, controversies, claims, actions and other proceedings involving, directly or indirectly, any matter in any way arising out of, related to, or connected with, this Agreement or the relationship between Pledgor and Lender, and any and all other claims of Pledgor against Lender of any kind, may be brought in a court located in Los Angeles County, California, and each party consents to the jurisdiction of an such court and the referee referred to in Section 14 below, and waives any and all rights the party may have to object to the jurisdiction of any such court, or to transfer or change the venue of any such action or proceeding, including, without limitation, any objection to venue or request for change in venue based on the doctrine of forum non conveniens; it being understood that Lender may bring proceedings against Pledgor in the

 

4



 

courts of any other jurisdiction, Pledgor consents to service of process in any action or proceeding brought against it by Lender, by personal delivery, or by mail addressed as set forth in this Agreement or by any other method permitted by law.

 

14.        Dispute Resolution.   The parties prefer that any dispute between them be resolved in litigation subject to a Jury Trial Waiver as set forth in Section 15 below, but the California Supreme Court has held that such pre-dispute jury trial waivers are unenforceable.  This Section will be applicable until: (i) the California Supreme Court holds that a pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision similar to that contained in Section 15 herein is valid or enforceable; or (ii) the California Legislature passes legislation and the governor of the State of California signs into law a statute authorizing pre-dispute jury trial waivers and as a result such waivers become enforceable.

 

(a)   Any controversy, dispute or claim between the parties based upon, arising out of, or in any way relating to: (i) this Agreement or any supplement or amendment thereto ; or (ii) any other present or future instrument or agreement between the parties hereto; or (iii) any breach, conduct, acts or omissions of any of the parties hereto or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys or any other person affiliated with or representing any of the parties hereto; in each of the foregoing cases, whether sounding in contract or tort or otherwise (a “Dispute”) shall be resolved exclusively by judicial reference in accordance with Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”) and Rules 3.900 et seq. of the California Rules of Court (“CRC”), subject to the following terms and conditions. (All references in this section to provisions of the CCP and/or CRC shall be deemed to include any and all successor provisions.)

 

(b)          The reference shall be a consensual general reference pursuant to CCP Sections 638 and 644(a).  Unless the parties otherwise agree in writing, the reference shall be to a single referee.  The referee shall be a retired Judge of the Los Angeles County Superior Court (“Superior Court”) or a retired Justice of the California Court of Appeal or California Supreme Court.  Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the right of Lender, pending or after the appointment of the referee, to seek and obtain provisional relief from the Superior Court or such referee, or any other court in a jurisdiction in which any Collateral is located or having jurisdiction over any Collateral, including without limitation, writ of attachment, writ of possession, appointment of a receiver, temporary restraining order and/or preliminary injunction, or other “provisional remedy” (as such term is defined in CCP Section 1281.8).

 

(c)           Within fifteen (15) days after a party gives written notice in accordance with this Agreement to all other parties to a Dispute that the Dispute exists, all parties to the Dispute shall attempt to agree on the individual to be appointed as referee.  If the parties are unable to agree on the individual to be appointed as referee, the referee shall be appointed, upon noticed motion or ex parte application by any party, by the Superior Court in accordance with CCP Section 640, subject to all rights of the parties to challenge or object to the appointment, including without limitation the right to peremptory challenge under CCP Section 170.6.  If the referee (or any successor referee) appointed by the Superior Court is unable, or at any time becomes unable, to serve as referee in the Dispute, the Superior Court shall appoint a new referee as agreed to by the parties or, if the parties cannot agree, in accordance with CCP Section 640, which new referee shall then have the same powers, and be subject to the same terms and conditions, as the predecessor referee.

 

(d)          Venue for all proceedings before the referee, and for any Superior Court proceeding for the appointment of the referee, shall be exclusively within the County of Los Angeles, State of California.  The referee shall have the exclusive power to determine whether a Dispute is subject to judicial reference pursuant to this section.  Trial, and all proceedings and hearings on dispositive motions, conducted before the referee shall be conducted in the presence of, and shall be transcribed by, a court reporter, unless otherwise agreed in writing by all parties to the proceeding.  The referee shall issue a written statement of decision, which shall be subject to objections of the parties pursuant to CRC Rule 3.1590 as if the statement of decision were issued by the Superior Court.  The referee’s powers include, in addition to those set forth in CCP Sections 638, et seq., and CRC Rules 3.900 et seq., (i) the power to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, writ of attachment, writ of possession, appointment of a receiver, temporary restraining order and/or preliminary injunction, or other “provisional remedy” (as such term is defined in CCP Section 1281.8), and (ii) the power to hear and resolve all post-trial matters in connection with the Dispute that would otherwise be determined by the Superior Court, including without limitation motions for new trial, reconsideration, to vacate judgment, to stay execution or enforcement, to tax costs, and/or for attorneys’ fees.  The parties shall, subject to the

 

5



 

referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, bear equally the costs of the reference proceeding, including without limitation the fees and costs of the referee and the court reporter.

 

(e)           The parties acknowledge and agree that (i) the referee alone shall determine all issues of fact and/or law in the Dispute, without a jury (subject, however, to the right of a party, pending or after the appointment of the referee, to seek and obtain provisional relief from the Superior Court or such referee, including without limitation, writ of attachment, writ of possession, appointment of a receiver, temporary restraining order and/or preliminary injunction, or other “provisional remedy” (as such term is defined in CCP Section 1281.8)), (ii) the referee does not have the power to empanel a jury, (iii) the Superior Court shall enter judgment on the decision of the referee pursuant to CCP Section 644(a) as if the decision were issued by the Superior Court, (iv) the decision of the referee shall not be subject to review by the Superior Court, and (v) the decision of the referee, once entered as a judgment by the Superior Court, shall be binding, final and conclusive, shall have the full force and effect of a judgment of the Superior Court, and shall be subject to appeal to the same extent as a judgment of the Superior Court.

 

15.  Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial .  LENDER AND PLEDGOR EACH ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHT, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED.  EACH OF THE PARTIES, AFTER CONSULTING OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT, WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR CHOICE, KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED INSTRUMENT OR LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN), ACTION OR INACTION OF ANY OF THEM.  THESE PROVISIONS SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MODIFIED IN ANY RESPECT OR RELINQUISHED BY LENDER OR PLEDGOR, EXCEPT BY A WRITTEN INSTRUMENT EXECUTED BY EACH OF THEM.  IF FOR ANY REASON THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION ARE VOID, INVALID OR UNENFORCEABLE, THE SAME SHALL NOT AFFECT ANY OTHER TERM OR PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, AND ALL OTHER TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE UNAFFECTED BY THE SAME AND CONTINUE IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT.

 

[Signatures on Next Page ]

 

6



 

Pledgor :

 

Lend er:

 

 

 

TALEND SA.

 

SQUARE 1 BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael Tuchen

 

By

/s/ James Duncan

 

 

 

Represented by:

 

Name

 

 

 

 

duly authorized

 

Ti tle

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Tuchen

 

 

 

President Directeur General

 

 

 

 

7




Exhibit 10.21

 

FORM OF OFFER

TO DIRECTORS, OFFICERS OR SPECIFICALLY DESIGNATED PERSONS

TO SUBSCRIBE LIABILITY INSURANCE

 

WHEREAS

 

The public offering in the United States by Talend SA (the “Company”) of shares under the form of American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) each representing one Ordinary Share of the Company, the filing of forms with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in connection with such public offering, the quotation of the ADSs on the Nasdaq Global Market (“Market”) and more generally the opening of the Company’s share capital to the public expose the directors and the officers of the Company, whether or not still employed by the Company, to major and specific risks as a result of the US securities laws.

 

The Company, taking into account the scope of the obligations and possible personal liability of the directors and officers induced by the US securities laws and the fact that they are significantly more burdensome than under French law, has resolved that it is not fair that the said directors and officers should be exposed to such personal liability.

 

Moreover, in the United States and in some other countries, directors and officers are usually indemnified or insured. As a result, the Company has concluded that in the absence a such protection against risks sustained by reason of the fact that they are serving as such, independent personalities might not accept to serve as directors of the Company or might resign from their office and qualified persons might not accept to act as officers of the Company. The Company has also concluded that it is necessary to have such independent personalities on its Board and such qualified persons as officers if it is to achieve its objectives in the international financial and commercial markets. Most significantly, the Market requires that such independent personalities be on its Board.

 

Accordingly, as well as on the fact that the quotation of the ADSs on the Market is a key factor to the future development of the Company, the Company resolved that providing insurance coverage to said directors and officers is consistent with the Company’s corporate interest.

 

NOW THEREFORE, THE COMPANY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY UNDERTAKES AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Beneficiary

 

The persons, whether individuals or corporations, who may benefit from and accept the offer (the “Offer”) are:

 

(i) a director (a “Director”) of the Company, and

 

(ii) the Chairman of the Board, the Directeur Général , a Directeur Général Delegué as well as any executive officer, who is not a director, employed by the Company to whom the Board of Directors of the Company would elect to make the Offer (an “Officer”).

 

A « Beneficiary », for the purpose of the Offer, shall be a Director or an Officer having accepted and signed this Offer.

 



 

2. Undertaking to subscribe Insurance Policy

 

2.1.  Upon acceptance and signature of this Offer by a Beneficiary, the Company shall immediately provide to the Beneficiary the benefit of an insurance policy (the “Insurance Policy”) subscribed with an insurance company of national or international repute (the “Insurance Company”) providing coverage in line with standard practice for companies with a similar profile to the Beneficiary, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, if the Beneficiary was or is or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other by reason of (or arising in part out of) any event or occurrence related to the fact that the Beneficiary is or was a Director or Officer of the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action or inaction on the part of the Beneficiary while serving in such capacity. Also to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, the Insurance Policy shall provide for indemnification of the Beneficiary in line with standard practice for companies with a similar profile against reasonable and necessary expenses as a result of the facts, acts or omission described above, in the event the Beneficiary was, is or is threatened to be made, a party or witness or participant in, by whatever means, a hearing or investigation which the Beneficiary in good faith and reasonably thinks could lead to an action or other relief, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or other.

 

For the purpose of the Offer, any action or other relief, including but not limited to a suit, proceeding, alternative dispute resolution mechanism or arbitration, whether civil, criminal, administrative or other described above shall hereinafter be described as a “Claim”.

 

To the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, the Insurance Policy shall provide for indemnification of the Beneficiary in line with standard practice for companies with a similar profile against reasonable and necessary expenses (including attorneys’ fees and all other costs, expenses (including judgment expenses) and obligations incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, be a witness in or participate in, any such action, suit, proceeding, alternative dispute resolution mechanism, hearing, inquiry or investigation), judgment, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (if such settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) of such Claim and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Beneficiary (collectively, hereinafter “Expenses”), including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses.

 

2.2.  As a result of the acceptance and signature of this Offer by the Beneficiary, a bilateral contract will be formed between the Company and the Beneficiary.

 

2.3. To the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, the Company agrees that, so long as a Director or Officer shall continue to serve as a Director or Officer of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, or shall continue at the request of the Company to serve as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, and thereafter so long as a Director or Officer shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal or investigative by reason of the fact that said Director or Officer was a Director or Officer of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or at the request of the Company to serve as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, and thereafter, the Company will maintain in effect for the benefit of such Director or Officer one or more valid, binding and enforceable insurance policies with the Insurance Company providing coverage at least comparable to that provided in this Offer, and such insurance policy or policies shall be or be deemed to be the Insurance Policy for all purposes of this Offer.

 

2



 

3. Exclusions

 

The Insurance Policy shall not cover any liabilities or Expenses incurred by a Beneficiary:

 

(i)  with respect to a Claim made by the Company or by a shareholder or any other person on behalf of the Company (derivative action);

 

(ii)  to the extent the Claim is pending at the date this Offer is accepted and signed by the relevant Beneficiary;

 

(iii) with respect to a Claim relating to remuneration paid to the Beneficiary, if it shall be determined that such remuneration was not due;

 

(iv) with respect to any Claim for which a judgment is rendered against the Beneficiary for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale of, or the procurement to purchase or sell, securities of the Company pursuant to insider trading laws or regulations;

 

(v) with respect to any Claim which is based on the Beneficiary’s willful or gross misconduct or on a fraud or a fraudulent misrepresentation, intentional or fraudulent (or deemed to be so) misconduct, whether the Beneficiary has acted alone or as an accomplice if it should be finally determined that the Beneficiary is guilty of such misconduct;

 

(vi) with respect to any Claim which is based on the Beneficiary’s criminal actions;

 

(vii) which arise from the settlement of any action or Claim without the Company’s written consent; or

 

(viii) generally, that cannot be insured under applicable laws and regulations.

 

4. Notification and Defense of Claim

 

4.1. As soon as practicable and at the latest fifteen (15) days after the receipt by the Beneficiary of a Claim, the Beneficiary shall notify the Company in writing thereof, which notification shall specify:

 

·  the existence and the nature of the Claim; and

 

·  the nature and the estimate of the amount of the Expenses.

 

Omission so to notify the Company will relieve the Company from any and all liability under the Offer, if thereby the Beneficiary has been excluded from Insurance Policy coverage or benefit and/or if thereby the Company has been materially prejudiced.

 

4.2. The Beneficiary shall assume its defense, with counsel satisfactory to the Company.

 

The Insurance Company may join the suit if it so elects.

 

No settlement of any Claim shall be agreed upon and entered into without the Company’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld. By default of such Company’s prior written consent, the Company will be relieved from any and all liability under the Offer, if thereby the Beneficiary has been excluded from Insurance Policy coverage or benefit and/or if thereby the Company has been materially prejudiced.

 

3



 

5. Advance on reimbursement of Expenses

 

To the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations and provided always that the Beneficiary has acted in good faith and within his or her capacities as a Director or Officer of the Company, the Expenses (including attorney’s fees) reasonably incurred by the Beneficiary in defending or investigating any Claim duly notified to the Company shall be paid by the Insurance Company or by default, by the Company, in advance of a final determination of the matter upon the request of the Beneficiary, upon presentation of satisfactory evidence that such costs Expenses have been incurred and remittance to the Insurance Company, or at the case may be, to the Company, of Beneficiary’s written commitment to repay these advances in the event that it is ultimately determined that the Beneficiary is not entitled to have these Expenses reimbursed.

 

6. Payment by Company

 

To the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations and provided always that the Beneficiary has acted in good faith and within his or her capacities as a Director or Officer of the Company, in the event that a Beneficiary shall not be indemnified for all the Expenses and any other amounts due and payable in accordance to this Offer due to the failure of the Company to obtain or maintain the Insurance Policy in accordance with this Offer, the Company shall pay in full to the Beneficiary the amount of any such Expenses to which the Beneficiary is entitled to be reimbursed or shall pay the difference between the amount received by the Beneficiary from the Insurance Company and such amount of reimbursement of the Expenses to which it is so entitled, as the case may be.

 

7. Subrogation

 

In the event of payment by the Company to Beneficiary under the Offer, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Beneficiary, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

8. Right to payment upon application

 

All payment under the Offer, whether relating to the reimbursement of the Expenses or any advances of Expenses shall be paid by the Company, or on its behalf, within 30 days after a written claim for payment has been received by the Company. Expenses reasonably incurred by the Beneficiary in connection with successfully establishing the right to payment according to the Offer, in whole or in part, shall also be paid by the Company.

 

9. Offer not exclusive; Primacy of obligation

 

9.1. This Offer shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the Beneficiary may be entitled under any agreement, any vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, statute, or otherwise.

 

4



 

[9.2. The Company hereby acknowledges that Beneficiary has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by [FUND] (the “Fund”) and certain affiliates that, directly or indirectly, (i) are controlled by, (ii) control or (iii) are under common control with, the Fund (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”).  With respect to any amounts that may be owed to the Beneficiary pursuant to this Offer and also subject to an indemnity obligation owed by Fund Indemnitors, the Company hereby agrees (i) that, as compared to the Fund Indemnitors, the Company (through the Insurance Company) is the obligor of first resort with respect to any rights provided to the Beneficiary herein (i.e., its obligations to the Beneficiary are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by the Beneficiary is secondary), (ii) that payment by the Company or the Insurance Company under the Insurance Policy shall be made without regard to any rights the Beneficiary may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof.  The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of the Beneficiary with respect to any claim for which the Beneficiary has sought payment under the Offer from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Beneficiary against the Company and/or the Insurance Company.  The Company and the Beneficiary agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 9.2.](1)

 

10. Notices

 

10.1. Any notices served pursuant to this Offer shall be sent by registered mail with return receipt requested or delivered by hand against receipt if to the Company to the registered office, if to the Beneficiary to the address indicated below at the end of this Offer.

 

10.2. Any change of address shall be notified by the relevant party to the other party by registered mail with return receipt requested or delivered by hand against receipt within fifteen (15) days of the actual date of change of address.

 

10.3. Notices shall be deemed to have been received on the date of reception of the registered letter, as evidenced by the return receipt or, as the case may be, of the letter delivered by hand, as evidenced by the receipt.

 

11. Amendments- Assignment

 

11.1. No alteration of, amendment to or waiver of any of the provisions of this Offer shall be binding on any of the parties unless it is written and executed by a duly authorized representative of each of the parties.

 

11.2. This Offer may not be assigned by any party hereto except with the prior written consent of the other party.

 

12. Successors

 

12.1. The legal representatives of the parties or their successors shall be bound by and may rely on all the terms of the Offer.

 


(1)                                  To be included in agreements with fund appointed directors.

 

5



 

12.2.  The obligations of the Company specified herein shall bind all successors and assignees of the Company.

 

13. Miscellaneous provisions

 

13.1. The parties agree that the provisions contained in the preamble and Exhibit hereto form an integral part of the Offer.

 

13.2. Should any of the provisions of this Offer be held null and void or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, the parties undertake to use their best efforts to remedy the causes of such nullity, so that, except where such is impossible, the Offer shall remain in force without any discontinuity.

 

13.3. The parties agree to provide any information as well as to execute and to deliver all documents reasonably required for the performance of this Offer.

 

14. Applicable Law

 

This Offer shall be governed as to its validity, construction and performance in accordance with the laws of the Republic of France.

 

15. Disputes

 

Any dispute arising from the Offer or which are a result or a consequence thereof shall be made subject to the jurisdiction of the Tribunal de Commerce de Paris.

 

Executed in

 

On

 

In two (2) original copies

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

CEO ( Directeur Général )

 

 

 

Accepted by

 

Residing at

 

On

 

 

being a Director or an Officer of the Company, as these terms are defined in the Offer

 

who hereby declares that he or she:

 

·  has a good and fair knowledge of the terms, conditions and exclusions of the Offer;

 

·  is fully aware that applicable French laws and regulations generally prohibit a company from indemnifying its directors against liability; and

 

·  formally and irrevocably accepts the Offer, as it stands.

 

 

 

 

6




Exhibit 10.22

 

TALEND

 

2016 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 



 

SUMMARY

 

 

Page

 

 

1. Purposes of the Plan

1

 

 

2. Definitions

1

 

 

3. Shares subject to the Plan

5

 

 

4. Administration of the Plan

5

 

 

(a) procedure

 

(b) powers of the Administrator

 

(c) effect of Administrator’s decision

 

 

 

5. Limitations

6

 

 

6. Term of the Plan

7

 

 

7. Term of the Options

7

 

 

8. Options exercise price and consideration

8

 

 

(a) subscription or purchase price

 

(b) waiting period and exercise dates

 

(c) form of consideration

 

 

 

9. Exercise of Options

9

 

 

(a) procedure for exercise ; rights of the shareholders

 

(b) termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as Beneficiary

 

(c) disability of Optionee

 

(d) death of Optionee

 

 



 

 

Page

 

 

10. Non-transferability of Options

10

 

 

11. Adjustments upon changes

10

 

 

(a) changes in capitalization of the Company

 

(b) dissolution or liquidation of the Company

 

(c) merger or asset sale

 

 

 

12. Grant

11

 

 

13. Amendment and termination of the Plan

12

 

 

(a) amendment and termination

 

(b) shareholders’ approval

 

(c) effect of amendment or termination

 

 

 

14. Conditions upon issuance of shares

12

 

 

(a) legal compliance

 

(b) investment representations

 

 

 

15. Liability of the Company

12

 

 

16. Shareholder’s approval

13

 

 

17. SAR for PRC Beneficiaries

13

 

 

18. Law, jurisdiction

13

 

 

Stock Option Grant Agreement (for non PRC citizen)

 

 

 

Part I - Notice of stock options grant

 

Part II - Term and conditions

 

Exercise notice

 

 

 

Stock Appreciation Right Grant Agreement (for PRC citizen)

 

 

 

Part I - Notice of stock appreciation right grant

 

Part II —Term and conditions

 

Exercise notice

 

 



 

TALEND

2016 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

Subject to the authorization to be granted by the combined ordinary and extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting of June 1 st , 2016, the board of directors decided on May 13 th , 2016, in compliance with the provisions of articles L. 225-177 et. seq. of the French Commercial Code, to adopt the 2016 stock option plan of TALEND, the terms and conditions of which are set out below.

 

1.             PURPOSES OF THE PLAN

 

The purposes of the Plan are:

 

·                                           to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility;

 

·                                           to provide additional incentive to Beneficiaries; and

 

·                                           to promote the success of the Company’s business.

 

Options granted under the Plan to U.S. Beneficiaries are intended to be Incentive Stock Options or Non-Statutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an Option, and shall comply in all respects with Applicable Laws in order that they may benefit from available tax advantages.

 

2.             DEFINITIONS .

 

(a)                                 Administrator ” means the board of the Company which shall administer the Plan in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

 

(b)                                 Affiliated Company ” means a company which conforms with the criteria set forth in article L. 225-180 of the Law as follows:

 

·                                           companies of which at least ten per cent (10%) of the share capital or voting rights is held directly or indirectly by the Company;

 

·                                           companies which own directly or indirectly at least ten per cent (10%) of the share capital or voting rights of the Company; and

 

·                                           companies of which at least fifty per cent (50%) of the share capital or voting rights is held directly or indirectly by a company which owns directly or indirectly at least fifty percent (50%) of the share capital or voting rights of the Company,

 

(c)                                  Applicable Laws ” means for the US the legal requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under state corporate and securities laws and the Code in force in the United States of America.

 

(d)                                 Beneficiary ” means the president of the board of directors ( président du conseil d’administration) , the general manager ( directeur général) and the deputy general managers ( directeurs généraux délégués) or, as the case may be, the president and the members of the management board ( président et membres du directoire) of the

 



 

Company as well as any individual employed by the Company or by any Affiliated Company under the terms and conditions of an employment contract, it being specified that a term of office of director of the Company or director of an Affiliated Company (remunerated or not) shall not be deemed to constitute an employment relationship.

 

(e)           “ Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

(f)           “ Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(g)                                  Company ” means TALEND, a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of France.

 

(h)                                 Continuous Status as a Beneficiary ” means as regards the president of the board of directors, the general manager, the deputy general manager(s) or, as the case may be, the president and the members of the management board that the term of their office has not been terminated and, as regards an employee that the employment relationship between the Beneficiary and the Company or any Affiliated Company is not terminated. Continuous Status as a Beneficiary shall not be considered terminated in the case of (i) any leave of absence having received a prior approval from the Company or requiring no prior approval under U.S. laws, or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company or any Affiliated Company or the contrary or also from an Affiliated Company to another Affiliated Company. Leaves of absence which must receive a prior approval from the Company for the non-termination of the Continuous Status as a Beneficiary shall include leaves of more than three (3) months for illnesses or conditions about which the employee has advance knowledge, military leave, or any other personal leave. For purposes of U.S. Beneficiaries and Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute contract or Company policies. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, on the 91st day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by a U.S. Beneficiary shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for U.S. tax purposes as a Non-Statutory Stock Option.

 

(i)                                     Date of Dismissal ” means the date the employee received its dismissal letter.

 

(j)                                    Date of Grant ” means the date of the decision of the Board to grant the Options.

 

(k)                                 Disability ” means a disability declared further to a medical examination provided for in article L. 4624-21 of the French Labour Code or pursuant to any similar provision applicable to a foreign Affiliated Company.

 

(l)                                     Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(m)                             Fair Market Value ” means the value for one Share as determined in good faith by the Administrator, according to the following provisions, as provided in the Shareholder Authorization:

 

(i) as long as the Shares will not be listed on a regulated market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the New York Stock Exchange in the United States of America, the subscription or purchase price will be determined in accordance with the provision of article L. 225-177 of the French commercial Code and will be at least equal to the price

 

2



 

per share retained at the time of the last operation affecting the share capital of the Company, unless otherwise decided by the Board by a well-founded decision;

 

(ii) from the date on which the Company shall be listed on a regulated market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the New York Stock Exchange in the United States of America, the Board may determine the subscription or purchase price of a share by reference to the closing sales price of one share on such regulated market for the day prior to the day of the decision of the Board to grant the Options. However, the purchase or subscription price shall in no case be less than ninety five per cent (95%) of the average of the closing sales price for a share as quoted on said stock exchange market during the twenty market trading days prior to the day of the Board’s decision to grant the Options,

 

(iii) for US Beneficiaries, the subscription or purchase price shall not be less than the fair market value of the Shares on the Date of Grant, determined as follows (a) if the Shares are listed or quoted for trading on an exchange, the value will be deemed to be the closing or last offer price, as applicable, of the Shares on the principal exchange upon which such securities are traded or quoted on such date, provided, if such date is not a trading day, on the last market trading day prior to such date; and (b) if the Shares are not listed or quoted for trading on an exchange, the fair market value of the Shares as determined by the Board, consistent with the requirements of Sections 422 with respect to Incentive Stock Options, and 409A of the Code with respect to Options not intended to be Incentive Stock Options,

 

3



 

it being specified that, when an Option entitles the holder to purchase shares previously repurchased by the Company, the exercise price, notwithstanding the above provisions and in accordance with applicable law, may not be less than 80% of the average purchase price paid by the Company for all shares so previously repurchased.

 

This price settled for the subscription or purchase of Shares shall not be modified during the period in which the Option may be exercised. However, if the Company makes one of the operations mentioned in article L. 225-181 of the French Commercial Code, it must take all necessary measures to protect Optionee’s interests in the conditions provided for by article L 228-99 of the French Commercial Code. In case of issuance of securities granting access to the share capital of the Company, as well as in case of the Company’s merger or spin off ( scission ), the Board may decide, for a limited period of time, to suspend the right to exercise the Options.

 

(n)                                 Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(o)                                 Law ” means the French Commercial Code.

 

(p)                                 Non-Statutory Stock Option ” means an Option which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(q)                                 Notice of Grant ” means a written notice evidencing the main terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Notice of Grant is part of the Option Agreement.

 

(r)                                    Officer ” means either a U.S. Beneficiary designed by the Company or an Affiliated Company, as the case may be, as an officer (as defined in section 16 of the Exchange Act and its regulations),

 

(s)                                   Option ” means an option to purchase or subscribe Shares granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(t)            “ Optionee ” means a Beneficiary who holds at least one outstanding Option.

 

(u)                                 Option Agreement ” means a written agreement entered into between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(v)                                 Option Exchange Program ” means a program whereby outstanding Options are surrendered in exchange for Options with different exercise conditions.

 

(w)                               Parent ” means a “parent corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

(x)                                 Plan ” means the 2016 Stock Option Plan as approved by the Board on May 13, 2016.

 

(y)                                 Retirement ” means, pursuant to article L. 1237-5 of the French labor code, the retirement, upon the employer’s decision, at full rate of an employee who has reached the age giving right to retirement, or any similar provision applicable to a foreign Affiliated Company.

 

(z)                                  Share ” means a share of the Company

 

4



 

(aa)                          Shareholders Authorization ” means the authorization given by the shareholders of the Company in the combined ordinary and extraordinary general meeting dated June 1 st , 2016 as increased or amended from time to time by a further general meeting of the shareholders permitting the Board to grant Stock Options.

 

(bb)                          Share Capital ” means the issued and paid up capital of the Company.

 

(cc)                            Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

(dd)                          U.S. Beneficiary ” means a Beneficiary of the Company or an Affiliated Company residing in the United States or otherwise subject to United States’ laws, regulations or taxation.

 

3.                                      SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan and pursuant to the Shareholder Authorization, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be optioned and issued under the Plan is equal to [   ·   ] with a nominal value of [0.01] Euro [ To be adjusted once the 0:8 stock grouping is effective: the new nominal value per share will be 0.08 euro ] each, as may be adjusted to take into account any operation of split or grouping of Shares.  For “Incentive Stock Options”, the maximum number of Shares which may be optioned and issued is equal to [   ·   ].  The Shares optioned and issued under the Plan may be newly issued Shares, treasury Shares or Shares purchased on the open market.

 

Should the Option expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unsubscribed Shares which were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available again for future grant under the Plan.

 

4.             ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

(a)           Procedure

 

The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.

 

(b)           Powers of the Administrator .

 

Subject to the provisions of the Law, the Shareholders Authorization, the Plan, and the Applicable Laws, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

 

(i)             to determine the Fair Market Value of the Shares, in accordance with Section 2(m) of the Plan;

 

(ii)           to determine the Beneficiaries to whom Options may be granted hereunder;

 

(iii)          to select the Beneficiaries and determine whether and to what extent Options are granted hereunder;

 

(iv)           to approve or amend forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

 

5



 

(v)                                  to determine the terms and conditions of any Options granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or the Shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine with the exception of the exercise price; it being specified that the Administrator’s discretion remains subject to the rules and limitations set forth in this Plan and in the Law;

 

(vi)                              to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Options granted pursuant to the Plan;

 

(vii)                          to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws;

 

(viii)                      to modify or amend each Option (subject to the provisions of Section 13(c) of the Plan), including the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercise period of Options after the termination of the employment agreement or the end of the term of office, longer than is otherwise provided for in the Plan;

 

(ix)                              to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Option previously granted by the Administrator;

 

(x)                                  to implement an Option Exchange Program;

 

(xi)                              to determine the terms and restrictions applicable to Options; and

 

(xii)                          to make all other determinations deemed necessary or appropriate for administering the Plan.

 

(c)            Effect of Administrator’s Decision .

 

The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations shall be final and binding on all Optionees.

 

5.             LIMITATIONS

 

(a)            In the case of U.S. Beneficiaries, each Option shall be designated in the Notice of Grant either as an “Incentive Stock Option” or as a “Non-Statutory Stock Option”.   Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to Beneficiaries of the Company or a Subsidiary who meet the definition of “employees” under Section 3401(c) of the Code.

 

6



 

Nevertheless, the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares covered by Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan or any other stock option program of the Company (or any Parent or subsidiary of the Company) that become exercisable for the first time in any calendar year shall not exceed U.S. $100,000: to the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value of such Shares exceeds U.S. $100,000, the Options covering those Shares the Fair Market Values of which causes the aggregate Fair Market Value of all such Shares to be in excess of U.S. $100,000 shall be treated as Non-Statutory Options. Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the Date of the Grant.

 

(b)  The Options are governed by articles L. 225-177 and following of the Law. They are not part of the employment agreement or of the office which has allowed the Optionee to be granted the Option. Neither do they constitute an element of the Optionee’s remuneration.

 

Neither the Plan nor any Option shall confer upon an Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee’s employment or his term of office with the Company or any Affiliated Company, nor shall they interfere in any way with the Optionee’s right or the Company’s or Affiliated Company’s right, as the case may be, to terminate such employment or such term of office at any time, with or without cause.

 

(c)            Other than as expressly provided hereunder, no member of the board of directors of the Company or of the supervisory board (in the event of change of management formula of the Company) or of an equivalent management body of an Affiliated Company shall be as such eligible to receive Options under the Plan.

 

6.             TERM OF PLAN

 

Subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company in accordance with Section 16 of the Plan, the Plan shall be effective and Options may be granted as of June  1 st , 2016. Options may be granted hereunder until August 1 st , 2019. It shall continue in effect until the date of termination of the last Option in force, unless terminated earlier under Section 13 of the Plan.

 

7.             TERM OF OPTIONS

 

The term of each Option shall be stated in the Notice of Grant as ten (10) years from the Date of Grant, in accordance with the Shareholders Authorization or, in case of death or Disability of the Optionee during such 10-year period, six (6) months from the death or Disability of the Optionee in accordance with French law.

 

For all grants to U.S. Beneficiaries, in no event may his/her Options be exercised after ten (10) years from the Date of Grant (or 5 years for an Incentive Stock Option granted to a 10% owner).

 

7


 

8.             OPTIONS EXERCISE PRICE AND CONSIDERATION

 

(a)           Subscription or purchase Price

 

The per Share subscription or purchase price for the Shares to be issued or sold pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Administrator on the basis of the Fair Market Value.

 

(i)            In the case of an “Incentive Stock Option” granted to a U.S. Beneficiary who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting rights of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and, to the extent such Beneficiary is permitted by the Law to receive Option grants, the per Share subscription or purchase price shall be no less than 110% of the fair market value per Share on the Date of Grant as defined in Section 2(m)(iii);

 

(ii)           In the case of a “Non-Statutory Stock Option” or “Incentive Stock Option”, not covered by Section 8(a)9i) above, granted to any U.S. Beneficiary, the per Share subscription or purchase price shall be no less than 100% of the fair market value per Share on the Date of Grant as defined in Section 2(m)(iii).

 

(b)           Waiting Period and Exercise Dates

 

At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator shall fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and shall determine any conditions which must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised. In so doing, the Administrator may specify that an Option may not be exercised until the completion of a service period in the Company or an Affiliated Company.

 

(c)            Form of Consideration

 

The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued or purchased upon exercise of Options, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator. Such consideration shall consist entirely of an amount in Euro corresponding to the exercise price which shall be paid either by:

 

(1)            wire transfer;

(2)            check; or

(3)            any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

Where the exercise of an Option would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and the Optionee provides the Company with either the receipt stating the payment by the Optionee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

8



 

9.             EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

(a)           Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder

 

Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement.

 

An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) written notice of exercise (in accordance with the provisions of the Option Agreement) together with a share subscription or purchase form ( bulletin de souscription ou d’achat ) duly executed by the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan.

 

1. Where the exercise of an Option would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and the Optionee provides the Company with either the receipt stating the payment by the Optionee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

2. Upon exercise of an Option, the Shares issued or sold to the Optionee shall be assimilated with all other Shares of the Company of the same class and shall be entitled to dividends once the Shares are issued for the fiscal year during which the Option is exercised.

 

In the event that a Beneficiary infringes the above mentioned commitment, such Beneficiary shall be liable for any consequences resulting from such infringement for the Company and undertakes to indemnify the Company in respect of all amounts payable by the Company in connection with such infringement.

 

Granting of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares which thereafter may be available for purposes of the Plan, by the number of Shares as to which the Option may be exercised.

 

(b)                                  Termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as Beneficiary

 

Upon termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary, other than upon the Optionee’s death or Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Options, but only within such period of time as is specified in the Notice of Grant, and only for the part of the Options that the Optionee was entitled to exercise at the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Options as set forth in the Notice of Grant and, in the case of an “Incentive Stock Option”, three (3) months following the Optionee’s termination of Continuous Status as a Beneficiary). Unless a longer period is specified in the Notice of Grant or otherwise resolved by the Board, an Option shall remain exercisable for one (1) month following the Optionee’s termination of Continuous Status as a Beneficiary if such termination is due to the Optionee. In case of termination due to the Company’s decision, the Option will expire at the date of termination of Continous Status as a Beneficiary unless otherwise decided by the Board on or prior such termination.

 

9



 

If, at the date of termination, the Optionee is not entitled to exercise all his or her Options, the Shares covered by the unexercisable portion of Options shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise all of his or her Options within the period specified by the Administrator, the Options shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Options shall revert to the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Disability of Optionee

 

In the event that an Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary terminates as a result of the Optionee’s Disability, unless otherwise resolved by the Board, the Optionee may exercise his or her Options at any time within nine (9) months from the date of such termination, but only to the extent these Options are exercisable at the time of termination (and in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Options as set forth in the Notice of Grant). If, at the date of termination, the Optionee is not entitled to exercise all of his or her Options, the Shares covered by the unexercised portion of Options shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise all of his or her Options within the time specified herein, the Options shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Options shall revert to the Plan.

 

(d)                                  Death of Optionee

 

In the event of the death of an Optionee during the term of the Options, unless otherwise resolved by the Board, the Options may be exercised at any time within six (6) months following the date of death, by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent these Options are exercisable at the time of death. If, at the time of death, the Optionee was not entitled to exercise all of his or her Options, the Shares covered by the unexercised portion of Options shall immediately revert to the Plan. If, after death, the Optionee’s estate or a person who acquired the right to exercise the Options by bequest or inheritance does not exercise the Options within the time specified herein, the Options shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Options shall revert to the Plan.

 

10.                               NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS

 

An Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.

 

11.                               ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, DISSOLUTION, MERGER OR ASSET SALE

 

(a)           Changes in capitalization

 

In the event of the carrying out by the Company of any of the financial operations pursuant to article L. 225-181 of the Law as follows:

 

·                                           amortization or reduction of the share capital,

·                                           amendment of the allocation of profits,

·                                           distribution of free shares,

·                                           capitalization of reserves, profits, issuance premiums,

 

10



 

·                                           the issuance of shares or securities giving right to shares to be subscribed for in cash or by set-off of existing indebtedness offered exclusively to the shareholders;

 

the Company shall take the required measures to protect the interest of the Optionees in the conditions set forth in article L. 228-99 of the Law.

 

(b)           Dissolution or Liquidation

 

In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, to the extent that an Option has not been previously exercised, it will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action. The Administrator may, in the exercise of its sole discretion in such instances, declare that any Option shall terminate as of a date determined by the Administrator and give each Optionee the right to exercise his or her Options as to Shares for which the Options would not otherwise be exercisable.

 

(c)            Merger or Asset Sale

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board no later than immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event (as defined below):

 

· in the event of a merger of the Company into another corporation or of the sale by one or several shareholders, acting alone or in concert, of the Company to one or several third parties of a number of Shares resulting in a transfer of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the Shares of the Company to said third parties (in each case, a “ Liquidity Event ”), the Optionee’s right to exercise the Options will be accelerated so that the Optionee may exercise all of them with effect immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event;

 

·  the Options that may be exercised shall have to be exercised no later than immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event, it being specified that the Board shall inform the Optionee of any proposed Liquidity Event at least 15 days prior to the completion thereof; and

 

·  any Options not exercised for any reason on or prior to the date of completion of a Liquidity Event will automatically lapse.

 

For Incentive Stock Options, all assumptions and substitutions shall be determined in accordance with Sections 422 and 424 of the Code and the regulations promogated thereunder.

 

12.           GRANT

 

12.1.       The Date of Grant of an Option shall be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator decides to grant such Option. Notice of Grant shall be provided to each Optionee within a reasonable time after the Date of Grant.

 

12.2.       In the event of any tax liability arising on account of the Grant of the Options, the liability to pay such taxes shall be that of the Beneficiary alone.

 

The Beneficiary shall enter into such agreements of indemnity and execute any and all documents as the Company may specify for this purpose, if so required  at the time of the Grant and at any other time at the discretion of the Company, on such terms and conditions as the Company may think fit, for recovery of the tax due, from the Beneficiary.

 

11



 

13.           AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

 

(a)           Amendment and Termination

 

The Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

 

(b)           Shareholders’ approval

 

The Company shall obtain shareholders’ approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws (including the requirements of any exchange or quotation system on which Shares may then be listed or quoted). Such shareholders approval, if required, shall be obtained in such a manner and to such a degree as is required by the applicable law, rule or regulation.

 

(c)            Effect of amendment or termination

 

No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.

 

14.           CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES

 

(a)           Legal Compliance

 

Shares held by a US Beneficiary shall not be sold or issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option, and the issuance or sale and delivery of such Shares shall comply with all relevant provisions of law including, without limitation, the Law, the “ Securities Act ” of 1933, as amended, the “ Exchange Act ”, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, Applicable Laws and the requirements of any stock exchange or quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted.

 

(b)           Investment Representations

 

As a condition to the exercise of an Option by a US Beneficiary, the Company may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being subscribed or purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

15.           LIABILITY OF COMPANY

 

15.1.       The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by any counsel to the Company to be necessary to the lawful issuance or sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

15.2.       The Company and its Affiliated Companies may not be held responsible in any way if the Beneficiary for any reason not attributable to the Company or its Affiliated Companies was not able to exercise the Options or acquire the Shares.

 

12



 

16.           SHAREHOLDERS’ APPROVAL

 

The Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under the Law and Applicable Laws.

 

17.           LAW, JURISDICTION

 

This Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of France.

 

The relevant court of the registered office of the Company shall be exclusively competent to determine any claim or dispute arising in connection herewith.

 

The Grant of Options under this Plan shall entitle the Company to require the Beneficiary to comply with such requirements of law as may be necessary in the Options of the Company from time to time.

 

*

*     *     *

 

13



 

TALEND

STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT

Part I

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

[Optionee’s Name and Address]

 

You have been granted a total number of [   ·   ] [Options (the “ Options ”)][, corresponding to] [[   ·   ] Options called “ Base Options ”] [and] [[   ·   ] Options called “ Performance Options ”][,]  to subscribe ordinary Shares of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the 2016 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) and this Option Agreement. Options are governed by articles L. 225-177 and following of the French Commercial Code. They are not part of the employment agreement or of the office which has allowed the Optionee to be granted the Options. Neither do they constitute an element of the Optionee’s remuneration. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.

 

Grant Number(1):

[Base Options:

                                  ]

[Performance Options:

                                  ]

Total number of Options:

                                  ]

 

Date of Grant(2):

[   ·   ]

Vesting Commencement Date(3):

 

[Base Options:

[   ·   ]

[Performance Options:

[   ·   ]

Exercise Price per Share:

EUR

Total Number of Shares Granted:

 

Total Exercise Price:

EUR [   ·   ]

Type of Options(4):

[Incentive Stock Option]

 

[Nonstatutory Stock Option]

Term/Expiration Date(5):

[10 years — [   ·   ]]

 


(1) reference number to be allocated by the Company, if it wishes so

(2) date of the board meeting having allocated the Option

(3) date chosen by the board as the date of beginning of the vesting schedule or, if not, date of granting of the Option by the board

(4) for U.S. Beneficiaries only

(5) date of termination of the Option (article 7 of the Plan), which shall not exceed 5 years for an ISO granted to a 10% owner and 10 years for a US grantee (NQSO or ISO).

 



 

Where the exercise of an Option, as described under Article 9.(a) of the Plan, would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and the Optionee provides the Company with either the receipt stating the payment by the Optionnee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

In the event that you infringe the above mentioned commitment, you shall be liable for any consequences resulting from such infringement for the Company and undertake to indemnify the Company in respect of all amounts payable by the Company in connection with such infringement.

 

Validity of the Options:

 

The Options will be valid as from the Date of Grant.

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

The Options[, depending on whether they are Base or Performance Options,] may be exercised by the Beneficiary on the basis of the following initial vesting schedule subject to the condition precedent that the Optionee shall have previously returned to the Company the documents referred to under section 2. of Part II of the Stock Option Grant Agreement duly initialed and signed:

 

[ To be adapted by the Board upon the type of Options granted ]

 

[(i) For Base Options: ]

 

·                   [up to 25% of the Options, i.e. [   ·   ] Options, as from the expiration of a twelve (12)-month period following the Date of Grant, i.e. as from [   ·    ],

 

·                   then, up to an additional 6,25% of the Options, i.e. [   ·   ] Options, as from the expiration of each quarter, i.e. each period of three subsequent months, following [   ·   ] and until the expiration of the 36 th  month from such date, and

 

·                   at the latest within ten (10) years as from the Date of Grant or in case of death or Disability of the Optionee during such ten (10) year period, six (6) months as from the death or nine (9) months as from the Disability of the Optionee.]

 

[(ii) For Performance Options: ]

 

·                   [up to 25% of the Options, i.e. [   ·   ] Options, as from the Date of Grant, i.e. as from [   ·   ],

 

·                   then, up to an additional 6,25% of the Options, i.e. [   ·   ] Options, as from the expiration of each quarter, i.e. each period of three subsequent months, following [   ·   ] and until the expiration of the 36 th  month from such date, and

 

·                   at the latest within ten (10) years as from the Date of Grant or in case of death or Disability of the Optionee during such ten (10) year period, six (6) months as from the death or nine (9) months as from the Disability of the Optionee.]

 

2



 

The number of Options that could be exercised pursuant to the above vesting schedule will always be rounded down to the nearest full number.

 

If the Beneficiary fails to exercise the Options in whole or in part within the above period of ten (10) years (as may be extended to six (6) months from the death or nine (9) months from the Disability of the Optionee (except with respect to Options granted to U.S. Beneficiaries for whom the ten (10)-year period cannot be extended)), the Options will lapse automatically.

 

Unless the Board otherwise decides no later than immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event (as defined below), in the event of a merger of the Company into another corporation or of the sale by one or several shareholders, acting alone or in concert, of the Company to one or several third parties of a number of Shares resulting in a transfer of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the Shares of the Company to said third parties (in each case, a “ Liquidity Event ”), the Optionee’s right to exercise the Options will be accelerated so that the Optionee may exercise all of them with effect immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event.

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board no later than on the date of completion of a Liquidity Event:

 

·  the Options that may be exercised shall have to be exercised no later than immediately prior to the completion of the Liquidity Event, it being specified that the Board shall inform the Optionee of any proposed Liquidity Event at least 15 days prior to the completion thereof; and

 

·  any Options not exercised for any reason on or prior to the date of completion of a Liquidity Event will automatically lapse.

 

Termination Period:

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board prior to their expiration, the Options may be exercised for three (3) months after termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary, to the extent the Options are exercisable at the time of termination and if such Termination is due to the Optionee.

 

If the termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as Beneficiary is due to the Company, the Options will lapse at the date of termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary unless otherwise decided by the Board on or prior such termination.

 

Upon the death of the Optionee, the Options may be exercised during a period of six (6) months as provided in the Plan.

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board, upon the Disability of the Optionee, the Options may be exercised during a period of nine (9) months as provided in the Plan.

 

Save as provided in the Plan, in no event shall the Options be exercised later than the Term/Expiration Date as provided above. Should the Options expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unsubscribed Shares which were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan.

 

By his signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, the Optionee and the Company agree that the Options are granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. The Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option Agreement in their entirely, has had the opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Option

 

3



 

Agreement. The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Option Agreement. The Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

4


 

TALEND

STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT

Part II

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1.                                      Grant of Options .

 

1.1.                            The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant attached as Part I of this Agreement (the “Optionee”), a total number of [   ·   ] [Options (the “ Options ”)][, corresponding to] [[   ·   ] Options called “ Base Options ”] [and] [[   ·   ] Options called “ Performance Options ”][,]  to subscribe the number of ordinary Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

 

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option , this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code although the Company makes no representation as to the tax status of the Option. However, if this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option , to the extent that it exceeds the U.S.$ 100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) the excess shall be treated as a Non-Statutory Stock Option

 

1.2.                            An Option will be valid as from the Date of Grant.

 

1.3.                            In the event of any tax liability arising on account of the Grant of the Options, the liability to pay such taxes shall be that of the Beneficiary alone. The Beneficiary shall enter into such agreements of indemnity and execute any and all documents as the Company may specify for this purpose, if so required at the time of the Grant and at any other time at the discretion of the Company, on such terms and conditions as the Company may think fit, for recovery of the tax due, from the Beneficiary.

 

2.                                      Exercise of Options

 

(a)                                 Right to Exercise . An Option[, whether a Base or Performance Option,] is exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, subject to the condition precedent that the Optionee shall have previously returned to the Company (i) Part I and Part II of the Stock Option Grant Agreement and (ii) two copies of the short-form shareholders’ agreement (“ pacte d’actionnaires simplifié ”) provided to you by the Company, in each case duly initialed (all pages but for the signature page) and signed (signature page).  In the event of Optionee’s death, Disability or other termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary, the exercisability of an Option is governed by the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

 

5



 

(b)                                 Method of Exercise . An Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached hereto (the “Exercise Notice”), comprising a share subscription form ( bulletin de souscription ) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Company or its designated representative or by facsimile message to be immediately confirmed by certified mail to the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercice Price as to all Exercised Shares. An Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the proof of payment of such aggregate Exercise Price.

 

No Share shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and exercise complies with all relevant provisions of law as set out under Section 14(a) of the Plan.

 

Upon exercise of an Option, the Shares issued to the Optionee shall be assimilated with all other Shares of the Company and shall be entitled to dividends for the fiscal year in course during which the Option is exercised.

 

3 .                                      Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

 

(1)                                 wire transfer with the execution of the corresponding exchange contract;

(2)                                check; or

(3)                                any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

Where the exercise of an Option would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when (a) the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and (b) the Optionee provides the Company with either (i) the receipt stating the payment by the Optionee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, (ii) the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

The Company and its Affiliated Companies may not be held responsible in any way if the Beneficiary for any reason not attributable to the Company or its Affiliated Companies was not able to exercise the Option or purchase the Shares.  The payment for the purchase of the shares shall be made by the Optionee under his/her own responsibility according to these Terms and Conditions.

 

4.                                      Non-Transferability of Option. An Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

 

5.                                      Term of Options. Subject as provided in the Plan, an Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

 

6



 

6.                                      Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This agreement is governed by the laws of the Republic of France.

 

Any claim or dispute arising under the Plan or this Agreement shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the court competent for the place of the registered office of the Company.

 

7.                                      Tax Obligations. Regardless of any action the Company or Optionee’s employer (the “Employer”) takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, or other tax-related withholding (“Tax-Related Items”), Optionee acknowledges that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due by Optionee is and remains Optionee’s responsibility and that the Company and/or the Employer (1) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Option grant, including the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends; and (2) do not commit to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate Optionee’s liability for Tax-Related Items.

 

Prior to exercise of the Option, Optionee will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all withholding obligations of the Company and/or the Employer, if any.  In this regard, Optionee authorizes the Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable Tax-Related Items legally payable by Optionee from Optionee’s compensation paid to Optionee by the Company and/or Employer or from proceeds of the sale of Shares.  Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under local law, the Company may sell or arrange for the sale of Shares that Optionee acquires to meet the withholding obligation for Tax-Related Items.  Finally, Optionee will pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold as a result of Optionee’s participation in the Plan or Optionee’s purchase of Shares that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described.  The Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Options if Optionee fails to comply with Optionee’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items as described in this section.

 

8.                                     Nature of Grant.   In accepting the grant, Optionee acknowledges that:

 

(a)          the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, unless otherwise provided in the Plan and this Agreement;

 

(b)          the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted repeatedly in the past;

 

(c)           all decisions with respect to future option grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

 

(d)          Optionee’s participation in the Plan shall not create a right to further employment with the employer and shall not interfere with the ability of the Employer to terminate Optionee’s employment relationship at any time with or without cause;

 

(e)           Optionee is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

 

7



 

(f)            the Option is an extraordinary item that does not constitute compensation of any kind for services of any kind rendered to the Company or the Employer, and which is outside the scope of Optionee’s employment contract, if any;

 

(g)           the Option is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments and in no event should be considered as compensation for, or relating in any way to, past services for the Company or the Employer;

 

(h)          the Option grant will not be interpreted to form an employment contract with the Company, the Employer or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company;

 

(i)              the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty;

 

(j)             if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

 

(k)          if Optionee exercises Optionee’s Option and obtains Shares, the value of those Shares acquired upon exercise may increase or decrease in value, even below the exercise price;

 

(l)              in consideration of the grant of the Option, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from termination of the Option or diminution in value of the Option or Shares purchased through exercise of the Option resulting from termination of Optionee’s employment the Company or the Employer (for any reason whatsoever) and Optionee irrevocably releases the Company and the Employer from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen, then, by signing this Agreement, Optionee shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived Optionee’s entitlement to pursue such claim; and

 

(m)      in the event of termination of Optionee’s employment, Optionee’s right to receive the Option and vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate effective as of the date that Optionee receives notice of termination regardless of when such termination is effective; furthermore, in the event of termination of employment, Optionee’s right to exercise the Option after termination of employment, if any, will be measured by the date on which the Optionee receives notice of termination; the Company shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Optionee is no longer actively employed for purposes of Optionee’s Option grant.  In addition, any period of notice or compensation in lieu of such notice, that is given or ought to have been given under any contract, statute, common law or civil law shall be excluded.

 

9.                                     Data Privacy.  Optionee hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Optionee’s personal data as described in this document by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Optionee’s participation in the Plan.

 

Optionee understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Optionee, including, but not limited to, Optionee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Optionee’s favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”).

 

8



 

Optionee understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Optionee’s country.  Optionee understands that Optionee may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting Optionee’s local human resources representative.  Optionee authorizes the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing Optionee’s participation in the Plan.  Optionee understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Optionee’s participation in the Plan.  Optionee understands that Optionee may, at any time, view the Data, request additional information about the storage processing of the Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing Optionee’s local human resources representative.  Optionee understands, however, that refusing or withdrawing Optionee’s consent may affect Optionee’s ability to participate in the Plan.  For more information on the consequences of Optionee’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Optionee understands that Optionee may contact Optionee’s local human resources representative.

 

10.                              Electronic Delivery.   The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Option and participation in the Plan or future options that may be granted under the Plan by electronic means or to request Optionee’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means.  Optionee hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

11.                              Severability.   The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

 

OPTIONEE:

 

TALEND

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residence Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9



 

EXHIBIT A

 

TALEND

Société Anonyme having a share capital of EUR.[      ]

Registered office: [      ]

484 175 252 R.C.S. [   ]

 

2016 STOCK OPTION PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

(Share subscription form)

 

TALEND

[      ]

[      ]

France                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    [              ], [ ]

 

Attention: [           ]

 

1.                                      Exercise of Options . Effective as of today,                   ,   , the undersigned (“Optionee”) hereby elects to subscribe                 (     ) ordinary shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of TALEND (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Company’s 2016 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) adopted by the board on May 13, 2016 and the Stock Option Agreement dated            ,    (the “Option Agreement”). The subscription price for the Shares shall be EUR.       , as required by the Option Agreement.

 

2.                                      Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full subscription price for the Shares.

 

3.                                      Representations of Optionee . The Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions , in particular the Optionee agrees to abide and be bound by the obligation to hold and the prohibition to sell the Shares provided for in articles 9.(a) of the Plan and 6 of the Option Agreement as well as by the obligation to indemnify which stems from it (to the extent applicable) .

 

4.                                      Rights as Shareholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company) of the Shares, the Optionee shall have, as an Optionee, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, except those the Optionee may have as a shareholder of the Company. No adjustment will be made for rights in respect of which the record date is prior to the issuance date for the Shares, except as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.

 

5.                                      Tax consultation . The Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s subscription or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the subscription or disposition of the Shares. The Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 



 

6.                                      Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This agreement is governed by the laws of the Republic of France.

 

*

*       *

 

This Exercise notice is delivered in two originals one of which shall be returned to the Optionee.

 

Submitted by:

 

Accepted by:

OPTIONEE (*)

 

TALEND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(*)                                 The signature of the Optionee must be preceded by the following manuscript mention “accepted for formal and irrevocable subscription of [            ] ordinary Shares” .

 

2


 

TALEND

 

2015 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 



 

SUMMARY

 

 

Page

 

 

1. Purposes of the Plan

1

 

 

2. Definitions

1

 

 

3. Shares subject to the Plan

5

 

 

4. Administration of the Plan

5

 

 

(a) procedure

 

(b) powers of the Administrator

 

(c) effect of Administrator’s decision

 

 

 

5. Limitations

6

 

 

6. Term of the Plan

7

 

 

7. Term of the Options

7

 

 

8. Options exercise price and consideration

8

 

 

(a) subscription or purchase price

 

(b) waiting period and exercise dates

 

(c) form of consideration

 

 

 

9. Exercise of Options

9

 

 

(a) procedure for exercise ; rights of the shareholders

 

(b) termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as Beneficiary

 

(c) disability of Optionee

 

(d) death of Optionee

 

 



 

 

Page

 

 

10. Non-transferability of Options

10

 

 

11. Adjustments upon changes

10

 

 

(a) changes in capitalization of the Company

 

(b) dissolution or liquidation of the Company

 

(c) merger or asset sale

 

 

 

12. Grant

11

 

 

13. Amendment and termination of the Plan

12

 

 

(a) amendment and termination

 

(b) shareholders’ approval

 

(c) effect of amendment or termination

 

 

 

14. Conditions upon issuance of shares

12

 

 

(a) legal compliance

 

(b) investment representations

 

 

 

15. Liability of the Company

12

 

 

16. Shareholder’s approval

13

 

 

17. SAR for PRC Beneficiaries

13

 

 

18. Law, jurisdiction

13

 

 

Stock Option Grant Agreement (for non PRC citizen)

 

Part I - Notice of stock options grant

 

Part II -Term and conditions

 

Exercise notice

 

 

 

Stock Appreciation Right Grant Agreement (for PRC citizen)

 

Part I - Notice of stock appreciation right grant

 

Part II —Term and conditions

 

Exercise notice

 

 



 

TALEND

2015 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

In accordance with the authorization granted by the combined ordinary and extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting of November 27, 2015, the board of directors decided on February 4, 2016, in compliance with the provisions of articles L. 225-177 et. seq. of the French Commercial Code, to adopt the 2015 stock option plan of TALEND, the terms and conditions of which are set out below.

 

1.                                      PURPOSES OF THE PLAN

 

The purposes of the Plan are:

 

·                                          to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility;

 

·                                          to provide additional incentive to Beneficiaries; and

 

·                                          to promote the success of the Company’s business.

 

Options granted under the Plan to U.S. Beneficiaries are intended to be Incentive Stock Options or Non-Statutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an Option, and shall comply in all respects with Applicable Laws in order that they may benefit from available tax advantages.

 

2.                                      DEFINITIONS .

 

(a)                                 Administrator ” means the board of the Company which shall administer the Plan in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

 

(b)                                 Affiliated Company ” means a company which conforms with the criteria set forth in article L. 225-180 of the Law as follows:

 

·                                          companies of which at least ten per cent (10%) of the share capital or voting rights is held directly or indirectly by the Company;

 

·                                          companies which own directly or indirectly at least ten per cent (10%) of the share capital or voting rights of the Company; and

 

·                                          companies of which at least fifty per cent (50%) of the share capital or voting rights is held directly or indirectly by a company which owns directly or indirectly at least fifty percent (50%) of the share capital or voting rights of the Company,

 

(c)                                  Applicable Laws ” means for the US the legal requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under state corporate and securities laws and the Code in force in the United States of America.

 

(d)                                 Beneficiary ” means the president of the board of directors ( président du conseil d’administration) , the general manager ( directeur général) and the deputy general managers ( directeurs généraux délégués) or, as the case may be, the president and the members of the management board ( président et membres du directoire) of the

 



 

Company as well as any individual employed by the Company or by any Affiliated Company under the terms and conditions of an employment contract, it being specified that a term of office of director of the Company or director of an Affiliated Company (remunerated or not) shall not be deemed to constitute an employment relationship.

 

(e)                                  Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

(f)                                   Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(g)                                  Company ” means TALEND, a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of France.

 

(h)                                 Continuous Status as a Beneficiary ” means as regards the president of the board of directors, the general manager, the deputy general manager(s) or, as the case may be, the president and the members of the management board that the term of their office has not been terminated and, as regards an employee that the employment relationship between the Beneficiary and the Company or any Affiliated Company is not terminated. Continuous Status as a Beneficiary shall not be considered terminated in the case of (i) any leave of absence having received a prior approval from the Company or requiring no prior approval under U.S. laws, or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company or any Affiliated Company or the contrary or also from an Affiliated Company to another Affiliated Company. Leaves of absence which must receive a prior approval from the Company for the non-termination of the Continuous Status as a Beneficiary shall include leaves of more than three (3) months for illnesses or conditions about which the employee has advance knowledge, military leave, or any other personal leave. For purposes of U.S. Beneficiaries and Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute contract or Company policies. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, on the 91st day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by a U.S. Beneficiary shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for U.S. tax purposes as a Non-Statutory Stock Option.

 

(i)                                     Date of Dismissal ” means the date the employee received its dismissal letter.

 

(j)                                    Date of Grant ” means the date of the decision of the Board to grant the Options.

 

(k)                                 Disability ” means a disability declared further to a medical examination provided for in article L. 4624-21 of the French Labour Code or pursuant to any similar provision applicable to a foreign Affiliated Company.

 

(l)                                     Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(m)                             Fair Market Value ” means the value for one Share as determined in good faith by the Administrator, according to the following provisions, as provided in the Shareholder Authorization:

 

(i) as long as the Shares will not be listed on a regulated market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the New York Stock Exchange in the United States of America, the subscription or purchase price will be determined in accordance with the provision of article L. 225-177 of the French commercial Code and will be at least equal to the price

 

2



 

per share retained at the time of the last operation affecting the share capital of the Company, unless otherwise decided by the Board by a well-founded decision;

 

(ii) from the date on which the Company shall be listed on a regulated market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the New York Stock Exchange in the United States of America, the Board may determine the subscription or purchase price of a share by reference to the closing sales price of one share on such regulated market for the day prior to the day of the decision of the Board to grant the Options. However, the purchase or subscription price shall in no case be less than ninety five per cent (95%) of the average of the closing sales price for a share as quoted on said stock exchange market during the twenty market trading days prior to the day of the Board’s decision to grant the Options,

 

(iii) for US Beneficiaries, the subscription or purchase price shall not be less than the fair market value of the Shares on the Date of Grant, determined as follows (a) if the Shares are listed or quoted for trading on an exchange, the value will be deemed to be the closing or last offer price, as applicable, of the Shares on the principal exchange upon which such securities are traded or quoted on such date, provided, if such date is not a trading day, on the last market trading day prior to such date; and (b) if the Shares are not listed or quoted for trading on an exchange, the fair market value of the Shares as determined by the Board, consistent with the requirements of Sections 422 with respect to Incentive Stock Options, and 409A of the Code with respect to Options not intended to be Incentive Stock Options,

 

3



 

it being specified that, when an Option entitles the holder to purchase shares previously repurchased by the Company, the exercise price, notwithstanding the above provisions and in accordance with applicable law, may not be less than 80% of the average purchase price paid by the Company for all shares so previously repurchased.

 

This price settled for the subscription or purchase of Shares shall not be modified during the period in which the Option may be exercised. However, if the Company makes one of the operations mentioned in article L. 225-181 of the French Commercial Code, it must take all necessary measures to protect Optionee’s interests in the conditions provided for by article L 228-99 of the French Commercial Code. In case of issuance of securities granting access to the share capital of the Company, as well as in case of the Company’s merger or spin off ( scission ), the Board may decide, for a limited period of time, to suspend the right to exercise the Options.

 

(n)                                 Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(o)                                 Law ” means the French Commercial Code.

 

(p)                                 Non-Statutory Stock Option ” means an Option which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(q)                                 Notice of Grant ” means a written notice evidencing the main terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Notice of Grant is part of the Option Agreement.

 

(r)                                    Officer ” means either a U.S. Beneficiary designed by the Company or an Affiliated Company, as the case may be, as an officer (as defined in section 16 of the Exchange Act and its regulations),

 

(s)                                   Option ” means an option to purchase or subscribe Shares granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(t)                                    Optionee ” means a Beneficiary who holds at least one outstanding Option.

 

(u)                                 Option Agreement ” means a written agreement entered into between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(v)                                 Option Exchange Program ” means a program whereby outstanding Options are surrendered in exchange for Options with different exercise conditions.

 

(w)                               Parent ” means a “parent corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

(x)                                 Plan ” means the 2015 Stock Option Plan as approved by the Board on November 27, 2015.

 

(y)                                 Retirement ” means, pursuant to article L. 1237-5 of the French labor code, the retirement, upon the employer’s decision, at full rate of an employee who has reached the age giving right to retirement, or any similar provision applicable to a foreign Affiliated Company.

 

(z)                                  Share ” means a share of the Company

 

4



 

(aa)                          Shareholders Authorization ” means the authorization given by the shareholders of the Company in the combined ordinary and extraordinary general meeting held on November 27, 2015 as increased or amended from time to time by a further general meeting of the shareholders permitting the Board to grant Stock Options.

 

(bb)                          Share Capital ” means the issued and paid up capital of the Company.

 

(cc)                            Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

(dd)                          U.S. Beneficiary ” means a Beneficiary of the Company or an Affiliated Company residing in the United States or otherwise subject to United States’ laws, regulations or taxation.

 

3.                                      SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan and pursuant to the Shareholder Authorization, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be optioned and issued under the Plan is equal to 16,129,545 with a nominal value of 0.01 Euro each, as may be adjusted to take into account any operation of split or grouping of Shares.  For “Incentive Stock Options”, the maximum number of Shares which may be optioned and issued is equal to 16,129,545.  The Shares optioned and issued under the Plan may be newly issued Shares, treasury Shares or Shares purchased on the open market.

 

Should the Option expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unsubscribed Shares which were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available again for future grant under the Plan.

 

4.                                      ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

(a)                                 Procedure

 

The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.

 

(b)                                 Powers of the Administrator .

 

Subject to the provisions of the Law, the Shareholders Authorization, the Plan, and the Applicable Laws, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

 

(i)                                   to determine the Fair Market Value of the Shares, in accordance with Section 2(m) of the Plan;

 

(ii)                               to determine the Beneficiaries to whom Options may be granted hereunder;

 

(iii)                             to select the Beneficiaries and determine whether and to what extent Options are granted hereunder;

 

(iv)                             to approve or amend forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

 

5



 

(v)                                  to determine the terms and conditions of any Options granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or the Shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine with the exception of the exercise price; it being specified that the Administrator’s discretion remains subject to the rules and limitations set forth in this Plan and in the Law;

 

(vi)                              to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Options granted pursuant to the Plan;

 

(vii)                          to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws;

 

(viii)                      to modify or amend each Option (subject to the provisions of Section 13(c) of the Plan), including the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercise period of Options after the termination of the employment agreement or the end of the term of office, longer than is otherwise provided for in the Plan;

 

(ix)                              to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Option previously granted by the Administrator;

 

(x)                                  to implement an Option Exchange Program;

 

(xi)                              to determine the terms and restrictions applicable to Options; and

 

(xii)                          to make all other determinations deemed necessary or appropriate for administering the Plan.

 

(c)                                  Effect of Administrator’s Decision .

 

The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations shall be final and binding on all Optionees.

 

5.                                      LIMITATIONS

 

(a)                                 In the case of U.S. Beneficiaries, each Option shall be designated in the Notice of Grant either as an “Incentive Stock Option” or as a “Non-Statutory Stock Option”.   Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to Beneficiaries of the Company or a Subsidiary who meet the definition of “employees” under Section 3401(c) of the Code.

 

Nevertheless, the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares covered by Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan or any other stock option program of the Company (or any Parent or subsidiary of the Company) that become exercisable for the first time in any calendar year shall not exceed U.S. $100,000: to the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value of such

 

6



 

Shares exceeds U.S. $100,000, the Options covering those Shares the Fair Market Values of which causes the aggregate Fair Market Value of all such Shares to be in excess of U.S. $100,000 shall be treated as Non-Statutory Options. Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the Date of the Grant.

 

(b)                                 The Options are governed by articles L. 225-177 and following of the Law. They are not part of the employment agreement or of the office which has allowed the Optionee to be granted the Option. Neither do they constitute an element of the Optionee’s remuneration.

 

Neither the Plan nor any Option shall confer upon an Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee’s employment or his term of office with the Company or any Affiliated Company, nor shall they interfere in any way with the Optionee’s right or the Company’s or Affiliated Company’s right, as the case may be, to terminate such employment or such term of office at any time, with or without cause.

 

(c)                                  Other than as expressly provided hereunder, no member of the board of directors of the Company or of the supervisory board (in the event of change of management formula of the Company) or of an equivalent management body of an Affiliated Company shall be as such eligible to receive Options under the Plan.

 

6.                                      TERM OF PLAN

 

Subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company in accordance with Section 16 of the Plan, the Plan shall be effective and Options may be granted as of February 4, 2016, the date of the Plan’s adoption by the Board. Options may be granted hereunder until May 27, 2017. It shall continue in effect until the date of termination of the last Option in force, unless terminated earlier under Section 13 of the Plan.

 

7.                                      TERM OF OPTIONS

 

The term of each Option shall be stated in the Notice of Grant as ten (10) years from the Date of Grant, in accordance with the Shareholders Authorization or, in case of death or Disability of the Optionee during such 10-year period, six (6) months from the death or Disability of the Optionee in accordance with French law.

 

For all grants to U.S. Beneficiaries, in no event may his/her Options be exercised after ten (10) years from the Date of Grant (or 5 years for an Incentive Stock Option granted to a 10% owner).

 

7


 

8.                                      OPTIONS EXERCISE PRICE AND CONSIDERATION

 

(a)                                Subscription or purchase Price

 

The per Share subscription or purchase price for the Shares to be issued or sold pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Administrator on the basis of the Fair Market Value.

 

(i)                                     In the case of an “Incentive Stock Option” granted to a U.S. Beneficiary who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting rights of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and, to the extent such Beneficiary is permitted by the Law to receive Option grants, the per Share subscription or purchase price shall be no less than 110% of the fair market value per Share on the Date of Grant as defined in Section 2(m)(iii);

 

(ii)                                  In the case of a “Non-Statutory Stock Option” or “Incentive Stock Option”, not covered by Section 8(a)9i) above, granted to any U.S. Beneficiary, the per Share subscription or purchase price shall be no less than 100% of the fair market value per Share on the Date of Grant as defined in Section 2(m)(iii).

 

(b)                                Waiting Period and Exercise Dates

 

At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator shall fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and shall determine any conditions which must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised. In so doing, the Administrator may specify that an Option may not be exercised until the completion of a service period in the Company or an Affiliated Company.

 

(c)                                 Form of Consideration

 

The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued or purchased upon exercise of Options, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator. Such consideration shall consist entirely of an amount in Euro corresponding to the exercise price which shall be paid either by:

 

(1)                                 wire transfer;

(2)                                 check; or

(3)                                 any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

Where the exercise of an Option would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and the Optionee provides the Company with either the receipt stating the payment by the Optionee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

8



 

9.                                      EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

(a)                                Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder

 

Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement.

 

An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) written notice of exercise (in accordance with the provisions of the Option Agreement) together with a share subscription or purchase form ( bulletin de souscription ou d’achat ) duly executed by the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan.

 

1. Where the exercise of an Option would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and the Optionee provides the Company with either the receipt stating the payment by the Optionee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

2. Upon exercise of an Option, the Shares issued or sold to the Optionee shall be assimilated with all other Shares of the Company of the same class and shall be entitled to dividends once the Shares are issued for the fiscal year during which the Option is exercised.

 

In the event that a Beneficiary infringes the above mentioned commitment, such Beneficiary shall be liable for any consequences resulting from such infringement for the Company and undertakes to indemnify the Company in respect of all amounts payable by the Company in connection with such infringement.

 

Granting of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares which thereafter may be available for purposes of the Plan, by the number of Shares as to which the Option may be exercised.

 

(b)                                 Termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as Beneficiary

 

Upon termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary, other than upon the Optionee’s death or Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Options, but only within such period of time as is specified in the Notice of Grant, and only for the part of the Options that the Optionee was entitled to exercise at the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Options as set forth in the Notice of Grant and, in the case of an “Incentive Stock Option”, three (3) months following the Optionee’s termination of Continuous Status as a Beneficiary). Unless a longer period is specified in the Notice of Grant or otherwise resolved by the Board, an Option shall remain exercisable for one (1) month following the Optionee’s termination of Continuous Status as a Beneficiary if such termination is due to the Optionee. In case of termination due to the Company’s decision, the Option will expire at the date of termination of Continous Status as a Beneficiary unless otherwise decided by the Board on or prior such termination.

 

9



 

If, at the date of termination, the Optionee is not entitled to exercise all his or her Options, the Shares covered by the unexercisable portion of Options shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise all of his or her Options within the period specified by the Administrator, the Options shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Options shall revert to the Plan.

 

(c)                                  Disability of Optionee

 

In the event that an Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary terminates as a result of the Optionee’s Disability, unless otherwise resolved by the Board, the Optionee may exercise his or her Options at any time within nine (9) months from the date of such termination, but only to the extent these Options are exercisable at the time of termination (and in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Options as set forth in the Notice of Grant). If, at the date of termination, the Optionee is not entitled to exercise all of his or her Options, the Shares covered by the unexercised portion of Options shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise all of his or her Options within the time specified herein, the Options shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Options shall revert to the Plan.

 

(d)                                 Death of Optionee

 

In the event of the death of an Optionee during the term of the Options, unless otherwise resolved by the Board, the Options may be exercised at any time within six (6) months following the date of death, by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent these Options are exercisable at the time of death. If, at the time of death, the Optionee was not entitled to exercise all of his or her Options, the Shares covered by the unexercised portion of Options shall immediately revert to the Plan. If, after death, the Optionee’s estate or a person who acquired the right to exercise the Options by bequest or inheritance does not exercise the Options within the time specified herein, the Options shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Options shall revert to the Plan.

 

10.                               NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS

 

An Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.

 

11.                               ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, DISSOLUTION, MERGER OR ASSET SALE

 

(a)                                Changes in capitalization

 

In the event of the carrying out by the Company of any of the financial operations pursuant to article L. 225-181 of the Law as follows:

 

·                                          amortization or reduction of the share capital,

·                                          amendment of the allocation of profits,

·                                          distribution of free shares,

·                                          capitalization of reserves, profits, issuance premiums,

 

10



 

·                                          the issuance of shares or securities giving right to shares to be subscribed for in cash or by set-off of existing indebtedness offered exclusively to the shareholders;

 

the Company shall take the required measures to protect the interest of the Optionees in the conditions set forth in article L. 228-99 of the Law.

 

(b)                                Dissolution or Liquidation

 

In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, to the extent that an Option has not been previously exercised, it will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action. The Administrator may, in the exercise of its sole discretion in such instances, declare that any Option shall terminate as of a date determined by the Administrator and give each Optionee the right to exercise his or her Options as to Shares for which the Options would not otherwise be exercisable.

 

(c)                                 Merger or Asset Sale

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board no later than immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event (as defined below):

 

· in the event of a merger of the Company into another corporation or of the sale by one or several shareholders, acting alone or in concert, of the Company to one or several third parties of a number of Shares resulting in a transfer of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the Shares of the Company to said third parties (in each case, a “ Liquidity Event ”), the Optionee’s right to exercise the Options will be accelerated so that the Optionee may exercise all of them with effect immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event;

 

·  the Options that may be exercised shall have to be exercised no later than immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event, it being specified that the Board shall inform the Optionee of any proposed Liquidity Event at least 15 days prior to the completion thereof; and

 

·  any Options not exercised for any reason on or prior to the date of completion of a Liquidity Event will automatically lapse.

 

For Incentive Stock Options, all assumptions and substitutions shall be determined in accordance with Sections 422 and 424 of the Code and the regulations promogated thereunder.

 

12.                               GRANT

 

12.1.                     The Date of Grant of an Option shall be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator decides to grant such Option. Notice of Grant shall be provided to each Optionee within a reasonable time after the Date of Grant.

 

12.2.                     In the event of any tax liability arising on account of the Grant of the Options, the liability to pay such taxes shall be that of the Beneficiary alone.

 

The Beneficiary shall enter into such agreements of indemnity and execute any and all documents as the Company may specify for this purpose, if so required at the time of the Grant and at any other time at the discretion of the Company, on such terms and conditions as the Company may think fit, for recovery of the tax due, from the Beneficiary.

 

11



 

13.                               AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

 

(a)                                Amendment and Termination

 

The Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

 

(b)                                Shareholders’ approval

 

The Company shall obtain shareholders’ approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws (including the requirements of any exchange or quotation system on which Shares may then be listed or quoted). Such shareholders approval, if required, shall be obtained in such a manner and to such a degree as is required by the applicable law, rule or regulation.

 

(c)                                 Effect of amendment or termination

 

No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.

 

14.                               CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES

 

(a)                                Legal Compliance

 

Shares held by a US Beneficiary shall not be sold or issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option, and the issuance or sale and delivery of such Shares shall comply with all relevant provisions of law including, without limitation, the Law, the “ Securities Act ” of 1933, as amended, the “ Exchange Act ”, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, Applicable Laws and the requirements of any stock exchange or quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted.

 

(b)                                Investment Representations

 

As a condition to the exercise of an Option by a US Beneficiary, the Company may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being subscribed or purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

15.                               LIABILITY OF COMPANY

 

15.1.                     The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by any counsel to the Company to be necessary to the lawful issuance or sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

15.2.                     The Company and its Affiliated Companies may not be held responsible in any way if the Beneficiary for any reason not attributable to the Company or its Affiliated Companies was not able to exercise the Options or acquire the Shares.

 

12



 

16.                               SHAREHOLDERS’ APPROVAL

 

The Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under the Law and Applicable Laws.

 

17.                               LAW, JURISDICTION

 

This Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of France.

 

The relevant court of the registered office of the Company shall be exclusively competent to determine any claim or dispute arising in connection herewith.

 

The Grant of Options under this Plan shall entitle the Company to require the Beneficiary to comply with such requirements of law as may be necessary in the Options of the Company from time to time.

 

*

*     *     *

 

13


 

TALEND

STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT

Part I

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

[Optionee’s Name and Address]

 

You have been granted a total number of [   ·   ] [Options (the “ Options ”)][, corresponding to] [[   ·   ] Options called “ Base Options ”] [and] [[   ·   ] Options called “ Performance Options ”][,]  to subscribe ordinary Shares of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the 2015 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) and this Option Agreement. Options are governed by articles L. 225-177 and following of the French Commercial Code. They are not part of the employment agreement or of the office which has allowed the Optionee to be granted the Options. Neither do they constitute an element of the Optionee’s remuneration. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.

 

Grant Number(1):

[Base Options :

                                 ]

[Performance Options:

                                 ]

Total number of Options:

                                 ]

 

Date of Grant(2):

[   ·   ]

Vesting Commencement Date(3):

 

[Base Options:

[   ·   ]

[Performance Options:

[   ·   ]

Exercise Price per Share:

EUR

Total Number of Shares Granted:

 

Total Exercise Price:

EUR [   ·   ]

Type of Options(4):

[Incentive Stock Option]

 

[Nonstatutory Stock Option]

Term/Expiration Date(5):

[10 years — [   ·   ]]

 


(1) reference number to be allocated by the Company, if it wishes so

(2) date of the board meeting having allocated the Option

(3) date chosen by the board as the date of beginning of the vesting schedule or, if not, date of granting of the Option by the board

(4) for U.S. Beneficiaries only

(5) date of termination of the Option (article 7 of the Plan), which shall not exceed 5 years for an ISO granted to a 10% owner and 10 years for a US grantee (NQSO or ISO).

 



 

Where the exercise of an Option, as described under Article 9.(a) of the Plan, would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and the Optionee provides the Company with either the receipt stating the payment by the Optionnee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

In the event that you infringe the above mentioned commitment, you shall be liable for any consequences resulting from such infringement for the Company and undertake to indemnify the Company in respect of all amounts payable by the Company in connection with such infringement.

 

Validity of the Options:

 

The Options will be valid as from the Date of Grant.

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

The Options[, depending on whether they are Base or Performance Options,] may be exercised by the Beneficiary on the basis of the following initial vesting schedule subject to the condition precedent that the Optionee shall have previously returned to the Company the documents referred to under section 2. of Part II of the Stock Option Grant Agreement duly initialed and signed:

 

[ To be adapted by the Board upon the type of Options granted ]

 

[(i) For Base Options: ]

 

·                   [up to 25% of the Options, i.e. [   ·   ] Options, as from the expiration of a twelve (12)-month period following the Date of Grant, i.e. as from [   ·   ],

 

·                   then, up to an additional 6,25% of the Options, i.e. [   ·   ] Options, as from the expiration of each quarter, i.e. each period of three subsequent months, following [   ·   ] and until the expiration of the 36 th  month from such date, and

 

·                   at the latest within ten (10) years as from the Date of Grant or in case of death or Disability of the Optionee during such ten (10) year period, six (6) months as from the death or nine (9) months as from the Disability of the Optionee.]

 

[(ii) For Performance Options: ]

 

·                   [up to 25% of the Options, i.e. [   ·   ] Options, as from the Date of Grant, i.e. as from [   ·   ],

 

·                   then, up to an additional 6,25% of the Options, i.e. [   ·   ] Options, as from the expiration of each quarter, i.e. each period of three subsequent months, following [   ·   ] and until the expiration of the 36 th  month from such date, and

 

·                   at the latest within ten (10) years as from the Date of Grant or in case of death or Disability of the Optionee during such ten (10) year period, six (6) months as from the death or nine (9) months as from the Disability of the Optionee.]

 

2



 

The number of Options that could be exercised pursuant to the above vesting schedule will always be rounded down to the nearest full number.

 

If the Beneficiary fails to exercise the Options in whole or in part within the above period of ten (10) years (as may be extended to six (6) months from the death or nine (9) months from the Disability of the Optionee (except with respect to Options granted to U.S. Beneficiaries for whom the ten (10)-year period cannot be extended)), the Options will lapse automatically.

 

Unless the Board otherwise decides no later than immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event (as defined below), in the event of a merger of the Company into another corporation or of the sale by one or several shareholders, acting alone or in concert, of the Company to one or several third parties of a number of Shares resulting in a transfer of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the Shares of the Company to said third parties (in each case, a “ Liquidity Event ”), the Optionee’s right to exercise the Options will be accelerated so that the Optionee may exercise all of them with effect immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event.

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board no later than on the date of completion of a Liquidity Event:

 

·  the Options that may be exercised shall have to be exercised no later than immediately prior to the completion of the Liquidity Event, it being specified that the Board shall inform the Optionee of any proposed Liquidity Event at least 15 days prior to the completion thereof; and

 

·  any Options not exercised for any reason on or prior to the date of completion of a Liquidity Event will automatically lapse.

 

Termination Period:

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board prior to their expiration, the Options may be exercised for three (3) months after termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary, to the extent the Options are exercisable at the time of termination and if such Termination is due to the Optionee.

 

If the termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as Beneficiary is due to the Company, the Options will lapse at the date of termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary unless otherwise decided by the Board on or prior such termination.

 

Upon the death of the Optionee, the Options may be exercised during a period of six (6) months as provided in the Plan.

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board, upon the Disability of the Optionee, the Options may be exercised during a period of nine (9) months as provided in the Plan.

 

Save as provided in the Plan, in no event shall the Options be exercised later than the Term/Expiration Date as provided above. Should the Options expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unsubscribed Shares which were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan.

 

By his signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, the Optionee and the Company agree that the Options are granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. The Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option Agreement in their entirely, has had the opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Option

 

3



 

Agreement. The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Option Agreement. The Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

4



 

TALEND

STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT

Part II

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1.                                      Grant of Options .

 

1.1.                            The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant attached as Part I of this Agreement (the “Optionee”), a total number of [   ·   ] [Options (the “ Options ”)][, corresponding to] [[   ·   ] Options called “ Base Options ”] [and] [[   ·   ] Options called “ Performance Options ”][,]  to subscribe the number of ordinary Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

 

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option , this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code although the Company makes no representation as to the tax status of the Option. However, if this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option , to the extent that it exceeds the U.S.$ 100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) the excess shall be treated as a Non-Statutory Stock Option

 

1.2.                            An Option will be valid as from the Date of Grant.

 

1.3.                            In the event of any tax liability arising on account of the Grant of the Options, the liability to pay such taxes shall be that of the Beneficiary alone. The Beneficiary shall enter into such agreements of indemnity and execute any and all documents as the Company may specify for this purpose, if so required at the time of the Grant and at any other time at the discretion of the Company, on such terms and conditions as the Company may think fit, for recovery of the tax due, from the Beneficiary.

 

2.                                      Exercise of Options

 

(a)                                 Right to Exercise . An Option[, whether a Base or Performance Option,] is exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, subject to the condition precedent that the Optionee shall have previously returned to the Company (i) Part I and Part II of the Stock Option Grant Agreement and (ii) two copies of the short-form shareholders’ agreement (“ pacte d’actionnaires simplifié ”) provided to you by the Company, in each case duly initialed (all pages but for the signature page) and signed (signature page).  In the event of Optionee’s death, Disability or other termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary, the exercisability of an Option is governed by the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

 

5



 

(b)                                 Method of Exercise . An Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached hereto (the “Exercise Notice”), comprising a share subscription form ( bulletin de souscription ) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Company or its designated representative or by facsimile message to be immediately confirmed by certified mail to the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercice Price as to all Exercised Shares. An Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the proof of payment of such aggregate Exercise Price.

 

No Share shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and exercise complies with all relevant provisions of law as set out under Section 14(a) of the Plan.

 

Upon exercise of an Option, the Shares issued to the Optionee shall be assimilated with all other Shares of the Company and shall be entitled to dividends for the fiscal year in course during which the Option is exercised.

 

3 .                                      Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

 

(1)                                 wire transfer with the execution of the corresponding exchange contract;

(2)                                check; or

(3)                                any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

Where the exercise of an Option would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when (a) the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and (b) the Optionee provides the Company with either (i) the receipt stating the payment by the Optionee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, (ii) the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

The Company and its Affiliated Companies may not be held responsible in any way if the Beneficiary for any reason not attributable to the Company or its Affiliated Companies was not able to exercise the Option or purchase the Shares.   The payment for the purchase of the shares shall be made by the Optionee under his/her own responsibility according to these Terms and Conditions.

 

4.                                      Non-Transferability of Option. An Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

 

5.                                      Term of Options. Subject as provided in the Plan, an Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

 

6



 

6.                                      Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This agreement is governed by the laws of the Republic of France.

 

Any claim or dispute arising under the Plan or this Agreement shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the court competent for the place of the registered office of the Company.

 

7.                                      Tax Obligations. Regardless of any action the Company or Optionee’s employer (the “Employer”) takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, or other tax-related withholding (“Tax-Related Items”), Optionee acknowledges that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due by Optionee is and remains Optionee’s responsibility and that the Company and/or the Employer (1) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Option grant, including the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends; and (2) do not commit to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate Optionee’s liability for Tax-Related Items.

 

Prior to exercise of the Option, Optionee will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all withholding obligations of the Company and/or the Employer, if any.  In this regard, Optionee authorizes the Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable Tax-Related Items legally payable by Optionee from Optionee’s compensation paid to Optionee by the Company and/or Employer or from proceeds of the sale of Shares.  Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under local law, the Company may sell or arrange for the sale of Shares that Optionee acquires to meet the withholding obligation for Tax-Related Items.  Finally, Optionee will pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold as a result of Optionee’s participation in the Plan or Optionee’s purchase of Shares that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described.  The Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Options if Optionee fails to comply with Optionee’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items as described in this section.

 

8.                                     Nature of Grant.   In accepting the grant, Optionee acknowledges that:

 

(a)          the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, unless otherwise provided in the Plan and this Agreement;

 

(b)          the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted repeatedly in the past;

 

(c)           all decisions with respect to future option grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

 

(d)          Optionee’s  participation in the Plan shall not create a right to further employment with the employer and shall not interfere with the ability of the Employer to terminate Optionee’s employment relationship at any time with or without cause;

 

(e)           Optionee is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

 

7



 

(f)            the Option is an extraordinary item that does not constitute compensation of any kind for services of any kind rendered to the Company or the Employer, and which is outside the scope of Optionee’s employment contract, if any;

 

(g)           the Option is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments and in no event should be considered as compensation for, or relating in any way to, past services for the Company or the Employer;

 

(h)          the Option grant will not be interpreted to form an employment contract with the Company, the Employer or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company;

 

(i)              the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty;

 

(j)             if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

 

(k)          if Optionee exercises Optionee’s Option and obtains Shares, the value of those Shares acquired upon exercise may increase or decrease in value, even below the exercise price;

 

(l)              in consideration of the grant of the Option, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from termination of the Option or diminution in value of the Option or Shares purchased through exercise of the Option resulting from termination of Optionee’s employment the Company or the Employer (for any reason whatsoever) and Optionee irrevocably releases the Company and the Employer from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen, then, by signing this Agreement, Optionee shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived Optionee’s entitlement to pursue such claim; and

 

(m)      in the event of termination of Optionee’s employment, Optionee’s right to receive the Option and vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate effective as of the date that Optionee receives notice of termination regardless of when such termination is effective; furthermore, in the event of termination of employment, Optionee’s right to exercise the Option after termination of employment, if any, will be measured by the date on which the Optionee receives notice of termination; the Company shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Optionee is no longer actively employed for purposes of Optionee’s Option grant.  In addition, any period of notice or compensation in lieu of such notice, that is given or ought to have been given under any contract, statute, common law or civil law shall be excluded.

 

9.                                     Data Privacy.  Optionee hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Optionee’s personal data as described in this document by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Optionee’s participation in the Plan.

 

Optionee understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Optionee, including, but not limited to, Optionee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Optionee’s favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”).

 

8



 

Optionee understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Optionee’s country.  Optionee understands that Optionee may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting Optionee’s local human resources representative.  Optionee authorizes the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing Optionee’s participation in the Plan.  Optionee understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Optionee’s participation in the Plan.  Optionee understands that Optionee may, at any time, view the Data, request additional information about the storage processing of the Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing Optionee’s local human resources representative.  Optionee understands, however, that refusing or withdrawing Optionee’s consent may affect Optionee’s ability to participate in the Plan.  For more information on the consequences of Optionee’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Optionee understands that Optionee may contact Optionee’s local human resources representative.

 

10.                              Electronic Delivery.   The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Option and participation in the Plan or future options that may be granted under the Plan by electronic means or to request Optionee’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means.  Optionee hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

11.                              Severability.   The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

 

OPTIONEE:

 

TALEND

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residence Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9



 

EXHIBIT A

 

TALEND

Société Anonyme having a share capital of EUR.[      ]

Registered office: [      ]

484 175 252 R.C.S. [   ]

 

2015 STOCK OPTION PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

(Share subscription form)

 

TALEND

[      ]

[      ]

France                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    [              ], [ ]

 

Attention: [           ]

 

1.                                      Exercise of Options . Effective as of today,                   ,   , the undersigned (“Optionee”) hereby elects to subscribe                 (     ) ordinary shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of TALEND (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Company’s 2015 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) adopted by the board on February 4, 2016 and the Stock Option Agreement dated            ,    (the “Option Agreement”). The subscription price for the Shares shall be EUR.       , as required by the Option Agreement.

 

2.                                      Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full subscription price for the Shares.

 

3.                                      Representations of Optionee . The Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions , in particular the Optionee agrees to abide and be bound by the obligation to hold and the prohibition to sell the Shares provided for in articles 9.(a) of the Plan and 6 of the Option Agreement as well as by the obligation to indemnify which stems from it (to the extent applicable) .

 

4.                                      Rights as Shareholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company) of the Shares, the Optionee shall have, as an Optionee, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, except those the Optionee may have as a shareholder of the Company. No adjustment will be made for rights in respect of which the record date is prior to the issuance date for the Shares, except as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.

 

5.                                      Tax consultation . The Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s subscription or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the subscription or disposition of the Shares. The Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 



 

6.                                      Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This agreement is governed by the laws of the Republic of France.

 

*

*     *

 

This Exercise notice is delivered in two originals one of which shall be returned

to the Optionee.

 

Submitted by:

 

Accepted by:

OPTIONEE (*)

 

TALEND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(*)                                 The signature of the Optionee must be preceded by the following manuscript mention “accepted for formal and irrevocable subscription of [          ] ordinary Shares” .

 

2


 

TALEND

 

2014 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 



 

SUMMARY

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1. Purposes of the Plan

1

 

 

 

2. Definitions

 

1

 

 

 

3. Shares subject to the Plan

5

 

 

 

4. Administration of the Plan

5

 

 

 

(a)

procedure

 

(b)

powers of the Administrator

 

(c)

effect of Administrator’s decision

 

 

 

 

5. Limitations

7

 

 

 

6. Term of the Plan

8

 

 

 

7. Term of the Options

8

 

 

 

8. Options exercise price and consideration

8

 

 

 

(a)

subscription or purchase price

 

(b)

waiting period and exercise dates

 

(c)

form of consideration

 

 

 

 

9. Exercise of Options

9

 

 

 

(a)

procedure for exercise ; rights of the shareholders

 

(b)

termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as Beneficiary

 

(c)

disability of Optionee

 

(d)

death of Optionee

 

 

 

 

10. Non-transferability of Options

11

 

 

 

11. Adjustments upon changes

11

 

 

 

(a)

changes in capitalization of the Company

 

(b)

dissolution or liquidation of the Company

 

(c)

merger or asset sale

 

 

 

 

12. Grant

12

 

 

 

13. Amendment and termination of the Plan

13

 

 

 

(a)

amendment and termination

 

 



 

(b)

shareholders’ approval

 

(c)

effect of amendment or termination

 

 

 

 

14. Conditions upon issuance of shares

13

 

 

 

(a)

legal compliance

 

(b)

investment representations

 

 

 

 

15. Liability of the Company

14

 

 

 

16. Shareholder’s approval

14

 

 

 

17. SAR for PRC Beneficiaries

14

 

 

 

18. Law, jurisdiction

14

 

 

 

Stock Option Grant Agreement (for non PRC citizen)

 

Part I - Notice of stock options grant

 

Part II - Term and conditions

 

Exercise notice

 

 

 

 

Stock Appreciation Right Grant Agreement (for PRC citizen)

 

Part I - Notice of stock appreciation right grant

 

Part II —Term and conditions

 

Exercise notice

 

 



 

TALEND

 

2014 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

In accordance with the authorization granted by the extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting of December 18, 2014, the board of directors decided on December 18, 2014, in compliance with the provisions of articles L. 225-177 et. seq. of the French Commercial Code, to adopt the 2014 stock option plan of TALEND, the terms and conditions of which are set out below.

 

1.                                       PURPOSES OF THE PLAN

 

The purposes of the Plan are:

 

·                                      to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility;

 

·                                      to provide additional incentive to Beneficiaries; and

 

·                                      to promote the success of the Company’s business.

 

Options granted under the Plan to U.S. Beneficiaries are intended to be Incentive Stock Options or Non-Statutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an Option, and shall comply in all respects with Applicable Laws in order that they may benefit from available tax advantages.

 

2.                                       DEFINITIONS .

 

(a)                                  Administrator ” means the board of the Company which shall administer the Plan in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Affiliated Company ” means a company which conforms with the criteria set forth in article L. 225-180 of the Law as follows:

 

·                                           companies of which at least ten per cent (10%) of the share capital or voting rights is held directly or indirectly by the Company;

 

·                                      companies which own directly or indirectly at least ten per cent (10%) of the share capital or voting rights of the Company; and

 

·                                      companies of which at least fifty per cent (50%) of the share capital or voting rights is held directly or indirectly by a company which owns directly or indirectly at least fifty percent (50%) of the share capital or voting rights of the Company,

 

(c)                                   Applicable Laws ” means for the US the legal requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under state corporate and securities laws and the Code in force in the United States of America.

 



 

(d)                                  Beneficiary ” means the president of the board of directors ( président du conseil d’administration) , the general manager ( directeur général) and the deputy general managers ( directeurs généraux délégués) or, as the case may be, the president and the members of the management board ( président et membres du directoire) of the Company as well as any individual employed by the Company or by any Affiliated Company under the terms and conditions of an employment contract, it being specified that a term of office of director of the Company or director of an Affiliated Company (remunerated or not) shall not be deemed to constitute an employment relationship.

 

(e)                                   Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

(f)                                    Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(g)                                   Company ” means TALEND, a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of France.

 

(h)                                  Continuous Status as a Beneficiary ” means as regards the president of the board of directors, the general manager, the deputy general manager(s) or, as the case may be, the president and the members of the management board that the term of their office has not been terminated and, as regards an employee that the employment relationship between the Beneficiary and the Company or any Affiliated Company is not terminated. Continuous Status as a Beneficiary shall not be considered terminated in the case of (i) any leave of absence having received a prior approval from the Company or requiring no prior approval under U.S. laws, or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company or any Affiliated Company or the contrary or also from an Affiliated Company to another Affiliated Company. Leaves of absence which must receive a prior approval from the Company for the non-termination of the Continuous Status as a Beneficiary shall include leaves of more than three (3) months for illnesses or conditions about which the employee has advance knowledge, military leave, or any other personal leave. For purposes of U.S. Beneficiaries and Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute contract or Company policies. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, on the 91st day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by a U.S. Beneficiary shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for U.S. tax purposes as a Non-Statutory Stock Option.

 

(i)                                      Date of Dismissal ” means the date the employee received its dismissal letter.

 

(j)                                     Date of Grant ” means the date of the decision of the Board to grant the Options.

 

2



 

(k)                                  Disability ” means a disability declared further to a medical examination provided for in article L. 4624-21 of the French Labour Code or pursuant to any similar provision applicable to a foreign Affiliated Company.

 

(l)                                      Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(m)                              Fair Market Value ” means the value for one Share as determined in good faith by the Administrator, according to the following provisions, as provided in the Shareholder Authorization:

 

(i)                                      as long as the Shares will not be listed on a regulated market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the New York Stock Exchange in the United States of America, the subscription or purchase price will be determined in accordance with the provision of article L. 225-177 of the French commercial Code and will be at least equal to the price per share retained at the time of the last operation affecting the share capital of the Company, unless otherwise decided by the Board by a well-founded decision;

 

(ii)                                   from the date on which the Company shall be listed on a regulated market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the New York Stock Exchange in the United States of America, the Board may determine the subscription or purchase price of a share by reference to the closing sales price of one share on such regulated market for the day prior to the day of the decision of the Board to grant the Options. However, the purchase or subscription price shall in no case be less than ninety five per cent (95%) of the average of the closing sales price for a share as quoted on said stock exchange market during the twenty market trading days prior to the day of the Board’s decision to grant the Options,

 

(iii)                  for US Beneficiaries, the subscription or purchase price shall not be less than the fair market value of the Shares on the Date of Grant, determined as follows (a) if the Shares are listed or quoted for trading on an exchange, the value will be deemed to be the closing or last offer price, as applicable, of the Shares on the principal exchange upon which such securities are traded or quoted on such date, provided, if such date is not a trading day, on the last market trading day prior to such date; and (b) if the Shares are not listed or quoted for trading on an exchange, the fair market value of the Shares as determined by the Board, consistent with the requirements of Sections 422 with respect to Incentive Stock Options, and 409A of the Code with respect to Options not intended to be Incentive Stock Options,

 

3



 

it being specified that, when an Option entitles the holder to purchase shares previously repurchased by the Company, the exercise price, notwithstanding the above provisions and in accordance with applicable law, may not be less than 80% of the average purchase price paid by the Company for all shares so previously repurchased.

 

This price settled for the subscription or purchase of Shares shall not be modified during the period in which the Option may be exercised. However, if the Company makes one of the operations mentioned in article L. 225-181 of the French Commercial Code, it must take all necessary measures to protect Optionee’s interests in the conditions provided for by article L 228-99 of the French Commercial Code. In case of issuance of securities granting access to the share capital of the Company, as well as in case of the Company’s merger or spin off ( scission ), the Board may decide, for a limited period of time, to suspend the right to exercise the Options.

 

(n)                                  Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(o)                                  Law ” means the French Commercial Code.

 

(p)                                  Non-Statutory Stock Option ” means an Option which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(q)                                  Notice of Grant ” means a written notice evidencing the main terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Notice of Grant is part of the Option Agreement.

 

(r)                                     Officer ” means either a U.S. Beneficiary designed by the Company or an Affiliated Company, as the case may be, as an officer (as defined in section 16 of the Exchange Act and its regulations),

 

(s)                                    Option ” means an option to purchase or subscribe Shares granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(t)                                     Optionee ” means a Beneficiary who holds at least one outstanding Option.

 

(u)                                  Option Agreement ” means a written agreement entered into between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(v)                                  Option Exchange Program ” means a program whereby outstanding Options are surrendered in exchange for Options with different exercise conditions.

 

(w)                                Parent ” means a “parent corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

4



 

(x)                                  Plan ” means the 2014 Stock Option Plan as approved by the Board on December 18, 2014.

 

(y)                                  Retirement ” means, pursuant to article L. 1237-5 of the French labor code, the retirement, upon the employer’s decision, at full rate of an employee who has reached the age giving right to retirement, or any similar provision applicable to a foreign Affiliated Company.

 

(z)                                   Share ” means a share of the Company

 

(aa)                           Shareholders Authorization ” means the authorization given by the shareholders of the Company in the extraordinary general meeting held on December 18, 2014 as increased or amended from time to time by a further general meeting of the shareholders permitting the Board to grant Stock Options.

 

(bb)                           Share Capital ” means the issued and paid up capital of the Company.

 

(cc)                             Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

(dd)                           U.S. Beneficiary ” means a Beneficiary of the Company or an Affiliated Company residing in the United States or otherwise subject to United States’ laws, regulations or taxation.

 

3.                                       SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan and pursuant to the Shareholder Authorization, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be optioned and issued under the Plan is equal to 23,234,347 with a nominal value of 0.01 Euro each, as may be adjusted to take into account any operation of split or grouping of Shares. For “Incentive Stock Options”, the maximum number of Shares which may be optioned and issued is equal to 23,234,347. The Shares optioned and issued under the Plan may be newly issued Shares, treasury Shares or Shares purchased on the open market.

 

Should the Option expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unsubscribed Shares which were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available again for future grant under the Plan.

 

4.                                       ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

(a)                                  Procedure

 

The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.

 

5



 

(b)                                  Powers of the Administrator .

 

Subject to the provisions of the Law, the Shareholders Authorization, the Plan, and the Applicable Laws, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

 

( i )                                     to determine the Fair Market Value of the Shares, in accordance with Section 2(m) of the Plan;

 

( ii )                                 to determine the Beneficiaries to whom Options may be granted hereunder;

 

( iii )                             to select the Beneficiaries and determine whether and to what extent Options are granted hereunder;

 

( iv )                               to approve or amend forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

 

( v )                                   to determine the terms and conditions of any Options granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or the Shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine with the exception of the exercise price; it being specified that the Administrator’s discretion remains subject to the rules and limitations set forth in this Plan and in the Law;

 

( vi )                               to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Options granted pursuant to the Plan;

 

( vii )                           to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws;

 

( viii )                       to modify or amend each Option (subject to the provisions of Section 13(c) of the Plan), including the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercise period of Options after the termination of the employment agreement or the end of the term of office, longer than is otherwise provided for in the Plan;

 

( ix )                               to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Option previously granted by the Administrator;

 

( x )                                   to implement an Option Exchange Program;

 

6



 

(xi)                               to determine the terms and restrictions applicable to Options; and

 

(xii)                           to make all other determinations deemed necessary or appropriate for administering the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Effect of Administrator’s Decision .

 

The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations shall be final and binding on all Optionees.

 

5.                                       LIMITATIONS

 

(a)                                  In the case of U.S. Beneficiaries, each Option shall be designated in the Notice of Grant either as an “Incentive Stock Option” or as a “Non-Statutory Stock Option”. Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to Beneficiaries of the Company or a Subsidiary who meet the definition of “employees” under Section 3401(c) of the Code.

 

Nevertheless, the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares covered by Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan or any other stock option program of the Company (or any Parent or subsidiary of the Company) that become exercisable for the first time in any calendar year shall not exceed U.S. $100,000: to the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value of such Shares exceeds U.S. $100,000, the Options covering those Shares the Fair Market Values of which causes the aggregate Fair Market Value of all such Shares to be in excess of U.S. $100,000 shall be treated as Non-Statutory Options. Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the Date of the Grant.

 

(b)               The Options are governed by articles L. 225-177 and following of the Law. They are not part of the employment agreement or of the office which has allowed the Optionee to be granted the Option. Neither do they constitute an element of the Optionee’s remuneration.

 

Neither the Plan nor any Option shall confer upon an Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee’s employment or his term of office with the Company or any Affiliated Company, nor shall they interfere in any way with the Optionee’s right or the Company’s or Affiliated Company’s right, as the case may be, to terminate such employment or such term of office at any time, with or without cause.

 

(c)                                   Other than as expressly provided hereunder, no member of the board of directors of the Company or of the supervisory board (in the event of change of management formula of the Company) or of an equivalent management body of an Affiliated Company shall be as such eligible to receive Options under the Plan.

 

7


 

6.                                       TERM OF PLAN

 

Subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company in accordance with Section 16 of the Plan, the Plan shall be effective and Options may be granted as of December 18, 2014, the date of the Plan’s adoption by the Board. Options may be granted hereunder until June 18, 2016. It shall continue in effect until the date of termination of the last Option in force, unless terminated earlier under Section 13 of the Plan.

 

7.                                       TERM OF OPTIONS

 

The term of each Option shall be stated in the Notice of Grant as ten (10) years from the Date of Grant, in accordance with the Shareholders Authorization or, in case of death or Disability of the Optionee during such 10-year period, six (6) months from the death or Disability of the Optionee in accordance with French law.

 

For all grants to U.S. Beneficiaries, in no event may his/her Options be exercised after ten (10) years from the Date of Grant (or 5 years for an Incentive Stock Option granted to a 10% owner).

 

8.                                       OPTIONS EXERCISE PRICE AND CONSIDERATION

 

(a)                                  Subscription or purchase Price

 

The per Share subscription or purchase price for the Shares to be issued or sold pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Administrator on the basis of the Fair Market Value.

 

(i)                                      In the case of an “Incentive Stock Option” granted to a U.S. Beneficiary who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting rights of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and, to the extent such Beneficiary is permitted by the Law to receive Option grants, the per Share subscription or purchase price shall be no less than 110% of the fair market value per Share on the Date of Grant as defined in Section 2(m)(iii);

 

(ii)                                   In the case of a “Non-Statutory Stock Option” or “Incentive Stock Option”, not covered by Section 8(a)(i) above, granted to any U.S. Beneficiary, the per Share subscription or purchase price shall be no less than 100% of the fair market value per Share on the Date of Grant as defined in Section 2(m)(iii).

 

(b)                                  Waiting Period and Exercise Dates

 

At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator shall fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and shall determine any conditions which must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised. In so doing, the Administrator may specify that an Option may not be exercised until the completion of a service period in the Company or an Affiliated Company.

 

8



 

(c)                                   Form of Consideration

 

The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued or purchased upon exercise of Options, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator. Such consideration shall consist entirely of an amount in Euro corresponding to the exercise price which shall be paid either by:

 

( 1 )                                  wire transfer;

( 2 )                                  check; or

( 3 )                                  any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

Where the exercise of an Option would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and the Optionee provides the Company with either the receipt stating the payment by the Optionee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

9.                                       EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

(a)                                  Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder

 

Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement.

 

An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) written notice of exercise (in accordance with the provisions of the Option Agreement) together with a share subscription or purchase form ( bulletin de souscription ou d’achat ) duly executed by the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan.

 

9



 

1.          Where the exercise of an Option would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and the Optionee provides the Company with either the receipt stating the payment by the Optionee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

2.          Upon exercise of an Option, the Shares issued or sold to the Optionee shall be assimilated with all other Shares of the Company of the same class and shall be entitled to dividends once the Shares are issued for the fiscal year during which the Option is exercised.

 

In the event that a Beneficiary infringes the above mentioned commitment, such Beneficiary shall be liable for any consequences resulting from such infringement for the Company and undertakes to indemnify the Company in respect of all amounts payable by the Company in connection with such infringement.

 

Granting of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares which thereafter may be available for purposes of the Plan, by the number of Shares as to which the Option may be exercised.

 

(b)                                   Termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as Beneficiary

 

Upon termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary, other than upon the Optionee’s death or Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Options, but only within such period of time as is specified in the Notice of Grant, and only for the part of the Options that the Optionee was entitled to exercise at the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Options as set forth in the Notice of Grant and, in the case of an “Incentive Stock Option”, three (3) months following the Optionee’s termination of Continuous Status as a Beneficiary). Unless a longer period is specified in the Notice of Grant or otherwise resolved by the Board, an Option shall remain exercisable for one (1) month following the Optionee’s termination of Continuous Status as a Beneficiary if such termination is due to the Optionee. In case of termination due to the Company’s decision, the Option will expire at the date of termination of Continous Status as a Beneficiary unless otherwise decided by the Board on or prior such termination.

 

If, at the date of termination, the Optionee is not entitled to exercise all his or her Options, the Shares covered by the unexercisable portion of Options shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise all of his or her Options within the period specified by the Administrator, the Options shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Options shall revert to the Plan.

 

10



 

(c)                                   Disability of Optionee

 

In the event that an Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary terminates as a result of the Optionee’s Disability, unless otherwise resolved by the Board, the Optionee may exercise his or her Options at any time within nine (9) months from the date of such termination, but only to the extent these Options are exercisable at the time of termination (and in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Options as set forth in the Notice of Grant). If, at the date of termination, the Optionee is not entitled to exercise all of his or her Options, the Shares covered by the unexercised portion of Options shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise all of his or her Options within the time specified herein, the Options shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Options shall revert to the Plan.

 

(d)                                  Death of Optionee

 

In the event of the death of an Optionee during the term of the Options, unless otherwise resolved by the Board, the Options may be exercised at any time within six (6) months following the date of death, by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent these Options are exercisable at the time of death. If, at the time of death, the Optionee was not entitled to exercise all of his or her Options, the Shares covered by the unexercised portion of Options shall immediately revert to the Plan. If, after death, the Optionee’s estate or a person who acquired the right to exercise the Options by bequest or inheritance does not exercise the Options within the time specified herein, the Options shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Options shall revert to the Plan.

 

10.                                NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS

 

An Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.

 

11.                                ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, DISSOLUTION, MERGER OR ASSET SALE

 

(a)                                  Changes in capitalization

 

In the event of the carrying out by the Company of any of the financial operations pursuant to article L. 225-181 of the Law as follows:

 

·                                           amortization or reduction of the share capital,

·                                           amendment of the allocation of profits,

·                                           distribution of free shares,

·                                           capitalization of reserves, profits, issuance premiums,

 

11



 

·                                           the issuance of shares or securities giving right to shares to be subscribed for in cash or by set-off of existing indebtedness offered exclusively to the shareholders;

 

the Company shall take the required measures to protect the interest of the Optionees in the conditions set forth in article L. 228-99 of the Law.

 

(b)                                       Dissolution or Liquidation

 

In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, to the extent that an Option has not been previously exercised, it will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action. The Administrator may, in the exercise of its sole discretion in such instances, declare that any Option shall terminate as of a date determined by the Administrator and give each Optionee the right to exercise his or her Options as to Shares for which the Options would not otherwise be exercisable.

 

(c)                                        Merger or Asset Sale

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board no later than immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event (as defined below):

 

· in the event of a merger of the Company into another corporation or of the sale by one or several shareholders, acting alone or in concert, of the Company to one or several third parties of a number of Shares resulting in a transfer of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the Shares of the Company to said third parties (in each case, a “ Liquidity Event ”), the Optionee’s right to exercise the Options will be accelerated so that the Optionee may exercise all of them with effect immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event;

 

· the Options that may be exercised shall have to be exercised no later than immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event, it being specified that the Board shall inform the Optionee of any proposed Liquidity Event at least 15 days prior to the completion thereof; and

 

· any Options not exercised for any reason on or prior to the date of completion of a Liquidity Event will automatically lapse.

 

For Incentive Stock Options, all assumptions and substitutions shall be determined in accordance with Sections 422 and 424 of the Code and the regulations promogated thereunder.

 

12. GRANT

 

12.1. The Date of Grant of an Option shall be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator decides to grant such Option. Notice of Grant shall be provided to each Optionee within a reasonable time after the Date of Grant.

 

12



 

12.2. In the event of any tax liability arising on account of the Grant of the Options, the liability to pay such taxes shall be that of the Beneficiary alone.

 

The Beneficiary shall enter into such agreements of indemnity and execute any and all documents as the Company may specify for this purpose, if so required at the time of the Grant and at any other time at the discretion of the Company, on such terms and conditions as the Company may think fit, for recovery of the tax due, from the Beneficiary.

 

13.                                AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

 

(a)                                       Amendment and Termination

 

The Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

 

(b)                                       Shareholders’ approval

 

The Company shall obtain shareholders’ approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws (including the requirements of any exchange or quotation system on which Shares may then be listed or quoted). Such shareholders approval, if required, shall be obtained in such a manner and to such a degree as is required by the applicable law, rule or regulation.

 

(c)                                        Effect of amendment or termination

 

No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.

 

14.                                CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES

 

(a)                                  Legal Compliance

 

Shares held by a US Beneficiary shall not be sold or issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option, and the issuance or sale and delivery of such Shares shall comply with all relevant provisions of law including, without limitation, the Law, the “ Securities Act ” of 1933, as amended, the “ Exchange Act ”, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, Applicable Laws and the requirements of any stock exchange or quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted.

 

13



 

(b)                                  Investment Representations

 

As a condition to the exercise of an Option by a US Beneficiary, the Company may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being subscribed or purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

15.                                LIABILITY OF COMPANY

 

15.1. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by any counsel to the Company to be necessary to the lawful issuance or sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

15.2. The Company and its Affiliated Companies may not be held responsible in any way if the Beneficiary for any reason not attributable to the Company or its Affiliated Companies was not able to exercise the Options or acquire the Shares.

 

16.                                SHAREHOLDERS’ APPROVAL

 

The Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under the Law and Applicable Laws.

 

17.                                LAW, JURISDICTION

 

This Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of France.

 

The relevant court of the registered office of the Company shall be exclusively competent to determine any claim or dispute arising in connection herewith.

 

The Grant of Options under this Plan shall entitle the Company to require the Beneficiary to comply with such requirements of law as may be necessary in the Options of the Company from time to time.

 

*
* * *

 

14


 

TALEND
STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT
Part I
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

[Optionee’s Name and Address]

 

You have been granted a total number of [   · ] [Options (the “ Options ”)][, corresponding to] [[   · ] Options called “ Base Options ”] [and] [[   · ] Options called “ Performance Options ”][,] to subscribe ordinary Shares of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the 2014 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) and this Option Agreement. Options are governed by articles L. 225-177 and following of the French Commercial Code. They are not part of the employment agreement or of the office which has allowed the Optionee to be granted the Options. Neither do they constitute an element of the Optionee’s remuneration. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.

 

Grant Number(1):

[Base Options :

                                 ]

[Performance Options:

                                 ]

Total number of Options:

                                 ]

 

Date of Grant(2):

[   ·   ]

Vesting Commencement Date(3):

 

[Base Options:

[   ·   ]

[Performance Options:

[   ·   ]

Exercise Price per Share:

EUR

Total Number of Shares Granted:

 

Total Exercise Price:

EUR [   ·   ]

Type of Options(4):

[Incentive Stock Option]

 

[Nonstatutory Stock Option]

Term/Expiration Date(5):

[10 years — [   ·   ]]

 


(1)  reference number to be allocated by the Company, if it wishes so

(2)  date of the board meeting having allocated the Option

(3)  date chosen by the board as the date of beginning of the vesting schedule or, if not, date of granting of the Option by the board

(4)  for U.S. Beneficiaries only

(5)  date of termination of the Option (article 7 of the Plan), which shall not exceed 5 years for an ISO granted to a 10% owner and 10 years for a US grantee (NQSO or ISO).

 



 

Where the exercise of an Option, as described under Article 9.(a) of the Plan, would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and the Optionee provides the Company with either the receipt stating the payment by the Optionnee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

In the event that you infringe the above mentioned commitment, you shall be liable for any consequences resulting from such infringement for the Company and undertake to indemnify the Company in respect of all amounts payable by the Company in connection with such infringement.

 

Validity of the Options:

 

The Options will be valid as from the Date of Grant. Vesting Schedule:

 

The Options[, depending on whether they are Base or Performance Options,] may be exercised by the Beneficiary on the basis of the following initial vesting schedule subject to the condition precedent that the Optionee shall have previously returned to the Company the documents referred to under section 2. of Part II of the Stock Option Grant Agreement duly initialed and signed:

 

[ To be adapted by the Board upon the type of Options granted ]

 

[(i)                                  For Base Options:]

 

·                                           [up to 25% of the Options, i.e. [   ·   ] Options, as from the expiration of a twelve (12)-month period following the Date of Grant, i.e. as from [   ·   ],

 

·                                           then, up to an additional 6,25% of the Options, i.e. [   ·   ] Options, as from the expiration of each quarter, i.e. each period of three subsequent months, following [   ·   ] and until the expiration of the 36th month from such date, and

 

·                                           at the latest within ten (10) years as from the Date of Grant or in case of death or Disability of the Optionee during such ten (10) year period, six (6) months as from the death or nine (9) months as from the Disability of the Optionee.]

 

[(ii)                               For Performance Options:]

 

·                                           [up to 25% of the Options, i.e. [   ·   ] Options, as from the Date of Grant, i.e. as from [   ·   ],

 

2



 

·                                           then, up to an additional 6,25% of the Options, i.e. [   ·   ] Options, as from the expiration of each quarter, i.e. each period of three subsequent months, following [   ·   ] and until the expiration of the 36th month from such date, and

 

·                                           at the latest within ten (10) years as from the Date of Grant or in case of death or Disability of the Optionee during such ten (10) year period, six (6) months as from the death or nine (9) months as from the Disability of the Optionee.]

 

The number of Options that could be exercised pursuant to the above vesting schedule will always be rounded down to the nearest full number.

 

If the Beneficiary fails to exercise the Options in whole or in part within the above period of ten (10) years (as may be extended to six (6) months from the death or nine (9) months from the Disability of the Optionee (except with respect to Options granted to U.S. Beneficiaries for whom the ten (10)-year period cannot be extended)), the Options will lapse automatically.

 

Unless the Board otherwise decides no later than immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event (as defined below), in the event of a merger of the Company into another corporation or of the sale by one or several shareholders, acting alone or in concert, of the Company to one or several third parties of a number of Shares resulting in a transfer of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the Shares of the Company to said third parties (in each case, a “ Liquidity Event ”), the Optionee’s right to exercise the Options will be accelerated so that the Optionee may exercise all of them with effect immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event.

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board no later than on the date of completion of a Liquidity Event:

 

· the Options that may be exercised shall have to be exercised no later than immediately prior to the completion of the Liquidity Event, it being specified that the Board shall inform the Optionee of any proposed Liquidity Event at least 15 days prior to the completion thereof; and

 

· any Options not exercised for any reason on or prior to the date of completion of a Liquidity Event will automatically lapse.

 

Termination Period:

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board prior to their expiration, the Options may be exercised for three (3) months after termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary, to the extent the Options are exercisable at the time of termination and if such Termination is due to the Optionee.

 

If the termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as Beneficiary is due to the Company, the Options will lapse at the date of termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary unless otherwise decided by the Board on or prior such termination.

 

3



 

Upon the death of the Optionee, the Options may be exercised during a period of six (6) months as provided in the Plan.

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board, upon the Disability of the Optionee, the Options may be exercised during a period of nine (9) months as provided in the Plan.

 

Save as provided in the Plan, in no event shall the Options be exercised later than the Term/Expiration Date as provided above. Should the Options expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unsubscribed Shares which were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan.

 

By his signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, the Optionee and the Company agree that the Options are granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. The Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option Agreement in their entirely, has had the opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Option Agreement. The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Option Agreement. The Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

4


 

TALEND
STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT
Part II
TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1.                                       Grant of Options .

 

1.1.                             The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant attached as Part I of this Agreement (the “Optionee”), a total number of [  • ] [Options (the “ Options ”)][, corresponding to] [[  • ] Options called “ Base Options ”] [and] [[  • ] Options called “ Performance Options ”][,] to subscribe the number of ordinary Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

 

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option , this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code although the Company makes no representation as to the tax status of the Option. However, if this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option , to the extent that it exceeds the U.S.$ 100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) the excess shall be treated as a Non-Statutory Stock Option

 

1.2.                             An Option will be valid as from the Date of Grant.

 

1.3.                             In the event of any tax liability arising on account of the Grant of the Options, the liability to pay such taxes shall be that of the Beneficiary alone. The Beneficiary shall enter into such agreements of indemnity and execute any and all documents as the Company may specify for this purpose, if so required at the time of the Grant and at any other time at the discretion of the Company, on such terms and conditions as the Company may think fit, for recovery of the tax due, from the Beneficiary.

 

2.                                            Exercise of Options

 

(a)                                  Right to Exercise . An Option[, whether a Base or Performance Option,] is exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, subject to the condition precedent that the Optionee shall have previously returned to the Company (i) Part I and Part II of the Stock Option Grant Agreement and (ii) two copies of the short-form shareholders’ agreement (“ pacte d’actionnaires simplifié ”) provided to you by the Company, in each case duly initialed (all pages but for the signature page) and signed (signature page). In the event of Optionee’s death, Disability or other termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary, the exercisability of an Option is governed by the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

 

5



 

(b)                                  Method of Exercise . An Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached hereto (the “Exercise Notice”), comprising a share subscription form ( bulletin de souscription ) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Company or its designated representative or by facsimile message to be immediately confirmed by certified mail to the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercice Price as to all Exercised Shares. An Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the proof of payment of such aggregate Exercise Price.

 

No Share shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and exercise complies with all relevant provisions of law as set out under Section 14(a) of the Plan.

 

Upon exercise of an Option, the Shares issued to the Optionee shall be assimilated with all other Shares of the Company and shall be entitled to dividends for the fiscal year in course during which the Option is exercised.

 

3 .                                       Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

 

( 1 )                                  wire transfer with the execution of the corresponding exchange contract;

( 2 )                                  check; or

( 3 )                                  any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

Where the exercise of an Option would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when (a) the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and (b) the Optionee provides the Company with either (i) the receipt stating the payment by the Optionee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, (ii) the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

The Company and its Affiliated Companies may not be held responsible in any way if the Beneficiary for any reason not attributable to the Company or its Affiliated Companies was not able to exercise the Option or purchase the Shares. The payment for the purchase of the shares shall be made by the Optionee under his/her own responsibility according to these Terms and Conditions.

 

4.                                       Non-Transferability of Option. An Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this

 

6



 

Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

 

5.                                            Term of Options. Subject as provided in the Plan, an Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

 

6.                                            Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This agreement is governed by the laws of the Republic of France.

 

Any claim or dispute arising under the Plan or this Agreement shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the court competent for the place of the registered office of the Company.

 

7.                                            Tax Obligations. Regardless of any action the Company or Optionee’s employer (the “Employer”) takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, or other tax-related withholding (“Tax-Related Items”), Optionee acknowledges that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due by Optionee is and remains Optionee’s responsibility and that the Company and/or the Employer (1) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Option grant, including the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends; and (2) do not commit to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate Optionee’s liability for Tax-Related Items.

 

Prior to exercise of the Option, Optionee will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all withholding obligations of the Company and/or the Employer, if any. In this regard, Optionee authorizes the Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable Tax-Related Items legally payable by Optionee from Optionee’s compensation paid to Optionee by the Company and/or Employer or from proceeds of the sale of Shares. Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under local law, the Company may sell or arrange for the sale of Shares that Optionee acquires to meet the withholding obligation for Tax-Related Items. Finally, Optionee will pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold as a result of Optionee’s participation in the Plan or Optionee’s purchase of Shares that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Options if Optionee fails to comply with Optionee’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items as described in this section.

 

8.                                            Nature of Grant. In accepting the grant, Optionee acknowledges that:

 

7



 

(a)               the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, unless otherwise provided in the Plan and this Agreement;

 

(b)               the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted repeatedly in the past;

 

(c)                all decisions with respect to future option grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

 

(d)               Optionee’s participation in the Plan shall not create a right to further employment with the employer and shall not interfere with the ability of the Employer to terminate Optionee’s employment relationship at any time with or without cause;

 

(e)                Optionee is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

 

(f)                 the Option is an extraordinary item that does not constitute compensation of any kind for services of any kind rendered to the Company or the Employer, and which is outside the scope of Optionee’s employment contract, if any;

 

(g)                the Option is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments and in no event should be considered as compensation for, or relating in any way to, past services for the Company or the Employer;

 

(h)               the Option grant will not be interpreted to form an employment contract with the Company, the Employer or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company;

 

(i)                   the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty;

 

(j)                  if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

 

(k)               if Optionee exercises Optionee’s Option and obtains Shares, the value of those Shares acquired upon exercise may increase or decrease in value, even below the exercise price;

 

(l)                   in consideration of the grant of the Option, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from termination of the Option or diminution in value of the Option or Shares purchased through exercise of the Option resulting from termination of Optionee’s employment the Company or the Employer (for any reason whatsoever) and Optionee irrevocably releases the Company and the Employer from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen, then, by signing this Agreement, Optionee shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived Optionee’s entitlement to pursue such claim; and

 

8



 

(m)           in the event of termination of Optionee’s employment, Optionee’s right to receive the Option and vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate effective as of the date that Optionee receives notice of termination regardless of when such termination is effective; furthermore, in the event of termination of employment, Optionee’s right to exercise the Option after termination of employment if any will be measured by the date on which the Optionee receives notice of termination; the Company shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Optionee is no longer actively employed for purposes of Optionee’s Option grant. In addition, any period of notice or compensation in lieu of such notice, that is given or ought to have been given under any contract, statute, common law or civil law shall be excluded.

 

9.                                       Data Privacy. Optionee hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Optionee’s personal data as described in this document by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Optionee’s participation in the Plan.

 

Optionee understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Optionee, including, but not limited to, Optionee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Optionee’s favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”).

 

Optionee understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Optionee’s country. Optionee understands that Optionee may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting Optionee’s local human resources representative. Optionee authorizes the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing Optionee’s participation in the Plan. Optionee understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Optionee’s participation in the Plan. Optionee understands that Optionee may, at any time, view the Data, request additional information about the storage processing of the Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing Optionee’s local human resources representative. Optionee understands, however, that refusing or withdrawing Optionee’s consent may affect Optionee’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Optionee’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Optionee understands that Optionee may contact Optionee’s local human resources representative.

 

9



 

10.                                Electronic Delivery. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Option and participation in the Plan or future options that may be granted under the Plan by electronic means or to request Optionee’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Optionee hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

11.                                Severability. The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

 

OPTIONEE:

 

TALEND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title :

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residence Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10



 

EXHIBIT A

 

TALEND

 

Société Anonyme having a share capital of EUR.[      ]
Registered office: [      ]
484 175 252 R.C.S. [   ]

 

2014 STOCK OPTION PLAN
EXERCISE NOTICE
(Share subscription form)

 

TALEND

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

France

[                    ], [   ]

 

 

Attention: [                   ]

 

 

1.                                       Exercise of Options . Effective as of today,                     ,   , the undersigned (“Optionee”) hereby elects to subscribe                      (     ) ordinary shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of TALEND (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Company’s 2014 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) adopted by the board on December 18, 2014 and the Stock Option Agreement dated                     ,    (the “Option Agreement”). The subscription price for the Shares shall be EUR.        , as required by the Option Agreement.

 

2.                                       Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full subscription price for the Shares.

 

3.                                       Representations of Optionee . The Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions , in particular the Optionee agrees to abide and be bound by the obligation to hold and the prohibition to sell the Shares provided for in articles 9.(a) of the Plan and 6 of the Option Agreement as well as by the obligation to indemnify which stems from it (to the extent applicable) .

 

4.                                       Rights as Shareholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company) of the Shares, the Optionee shall have, as an Optionee, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, except those the Optionee may have as a shareholder of the Company. No adjustment will be made for rights in respect of which the record date is prior to the issuance date for the Shares, except as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.

 



 

5.                                       Tax consultation . The Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s subscription or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the subscription or disposition of the Shares. The Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

6.                                       Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This agreement is governed by the laws of the Republic of France.

 

*

* *

 

This Exercise notice is delivered in two originals one of which shall be returned
to the Optionee.

 

Submitted by:

 

Accepted by:

OPTIONEE (*)

 

TALEND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


*                  The signature of the Optionee must be preceded by the following manuscript mention “ accepted for formal and irrevocable subscription of [        ] ordinary Shares .”

 

2


 

TALEND

 

2013 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 



 

SUMMARY

 

 

Page

 

 

1.

Purposes of the Plan

1

 

 

 

2.

Definitions

1

 

 

 

3.

Shares subject to the Plan

5

 

 

 

4.

Administration of the Plan

5

 

 

 

 

(a)                                          procedure

 

 

(b)                                          powers of the Administrator

 

 

(c)                                           effect of Administrator’s decision

 

 

 

 

5.

Limitations

7

 

 

 

6.

Term of the Plan

8

 

 

 

7.

Term of the Options

8

 

 

 

8.

Options exercise price and consideration

8

 

 

 

 

(a)                                          subscription or purchase price

 

 

(b)                                          waiting period and exercise dates

 

 

(c)                                           form of consideration

 

 

 

 

9.

Exercise of Options

9

 

 

 

 

(a)                                          procedure for exercise; rights of the shareholders

 

 

(b)                                          termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as Beneficiary

 

 

(c)                                           disability of Optionee

 

 

(d)                                          death of Optionee

 

 

 

 

10.

Non-transferability of Options

11

 

 

 

11.

Adjustments upon changes

11

 

 

 

 

(a)                                          changes in capitalization of the Company

 

 

(b)                                          dissolution or liquidation of the Company

 

 

(c)                                           merger or asset sale

 

 

 

 

12.

Grant

12

 

 

 

13.

Amendment and termination of the Plan

13

 

 

 

 

(a)                                          amendment and termination

 

 

(b)                                          shareholders’ approval

 

 

(c)                                           effect of amendment or termination

 

 

 

14.

Conditions upon issuance of shares

13

 



 

 

(a)                                          legal compliance

 

 

(b)                                          investment representations

 

 

 

 

15.

Liability of the Company

14

 

 

 

16.

Shareholder’s approval

14

 

 

 

17.

SAR for PRC Beneficiaries

14

 

 

 

18.

Law, jurisdiction

14

 

 

 

Stock Option Grant Agreement (for non PRC citizen)

 

 

Part I - Notice of stock options grant

 

 

Part II - Term and conditions

 

 

Exercise notice

 

 

 

 

Stock Appreciation Right Grant Agreement (for PRC citizen)

 

 

Part I - Notice of stock appreciation right grant

 

 

Part II —Term and conditions

 

 

Exercise notice

 

 



 

TALEND

 

2013 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

In accordance with the authorization granted by the combined ordinary and extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting of December 17, 2013, the board of directors decided on December 17, 2013, in compliance with the provisions of articles L. 225-177 et. seq. of the French Commercial Code, to adopt the 2013 stock option plan of TALEND, the terms and conditions of which are set out below.

 

1.                                       PURPOSES OF THE PLAN

 

The purposes of the Plan are:

 

·                                           to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility;

 

·                                           to provide additional incentive to Beneficiaries; and

 

·                                           to promote the success of the Company’s business.

 

Options granted under the Plan to U.S. Beneficiaries are intended to be Incentive Stock Options or Non-Statutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an Option, and shall comply in all respects with Applicable Laws in order that they may benefit from available tax advantages.

 

2.                                       DEFINITIONS .

 

(a)                                  Administrator ” means the board of the Company which shall administer the Plan in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Affiliated Company ” means a company which conforms with the criteria set forth in article L. 225-180 of the Law as follows:

 

·                                           companies of which at least ten per cent (10%) of the share capital or voting rights is held directly or indirectly by the Company;

 

·                                           companies which own directly or indirectly at least ten per cent (10%) of the share capital or voting rights of the Company; and

 

·                                           companies of which at least fifty per cent (50%) of the share capital or voting rights is held directly or indirectly by a company which owns directly or indirectly at least fifty percent (50%) of the share capital or voting rights of the Company,

 

(c)                                   Applicable Laws ” means for the US the legal requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under state corporate and securities laws and the Code in force in the United States of America.

 



 

(d)                                  Beneficiary ” means the president of the board of directors ( président du conseil d’administration ), the general manager ( directeur général ) and the deputy general managers ( directeurs généraux délégués ) or, as the case may be, the president and the members of the management board ( président et membres du directoire ) of the Company as well as any individual employed by the Company or by any Affiliated Company under the terms and conditions of an employment contract, it being specified that a term of office of director of the Company or director of an Affiliated Company (remunerated or not) shall not be deemed to constitute an employment relationship.

 

(e)                                   Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

(f)                                    Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(g)                                   Company ” means TALEND, a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of France.

 

(h)                                  Continuous Status as a Beneficiary ” means as regards the president of the board of directors, the general manager, the deputy general manager(s) or, as the case may be, the president and the members of the management board that the term of their office has not been terminated and, as regards an employee that the employment relationship between the Beneficiary and the Company or any Affiliated Company is not terminated. Continuous Status as a Beneficiary shall not be considered terminated in the case of (i) any leave of absence having received a prior approval from the Company or requiring no prior approval under U.S. laws, or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company or any Affiliated Company or the contrary or also from an Affiliated Company to another Affiliated Company. Leaves of absence which must receive a prior approval from the Company for the non-termination of the Continuous Status as a Beneficiary shall include leaves of more than three (3) months for illnesses or conditions about which the employee has advance knowledge, military leave, or any other personal leave. For purposes of U.S. Beneficiaries and Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute contract or Company policies. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, on the 91st day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by a U.S. Beneficiary shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for U.S. tax purposes as a Non-Statutory Stock Option.

 

(i)                                      Date of Dismissal ” means the date the employee received its dismissal letter.

 

(j)                                     Date of Grant ” means the date of the decision of the Board to grant the Options.

 

2



 

(k)                                  Disability ” means a disability declared further to a medical examination provided for in article L. 4624-21 of the French Labour Code or pursuant to any similar provision applicable to a foreign Affiliated Company.

 

(l)                                      Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(m)                              Fair Market Value ” means the value for one Share as determined in good faith by the Administrator, according to the following provisions, as provided in the Shareholder Authorization:

 

(i)                                      as long as the Shares will not be listed on a regulated market of the European Union or on a Swiss stock exchange market or on the National Association of Securities Dealers Inc. Automated Quotation (“NASDAQ”) System or on the New York Stock Exchange in the United States of America, the subscription or purchase price will be determined in accordance with the provision of article L. 225-177 of the French commercial Code and will be at least equal to the price per share retained at the time of the last operation affecting the share capital of the Company, unless otherwise decided by the Board by a well-founded decision;

 

(ii)                                   from the date on which the Company shall be listed on a regulated market of the European Union or on a Swiss stock exchange market or on the National Association of Securities Dealers Inc. Automated Quotation (“NASDAQ”) System or on the New York Stock Exchange in the United States of America, the Board may determine the subscription or purchase price of a share by reference to the closing sales price of one share on such regulated market for the day prior to the day of the decision of the Board to grant the Options. However, the purchase or subscription price shall in no case be less than ninety five per cent (95%) of the average of the closing sales price for a share as quoted on said stock exchange market during the twenty market trading days prior to the day of the Board’s decision to grant the Options,

 

(iii)                                for US Beneficiaries, the subscription or purchase price shall not be less than the fair market value of the Shares on the Date of Grant, determined as follows (a) if the Shares are listed or quoted for trading on an exchange, the value will be deemed to be the closing or last offer price, as applicable, of the Shares on the principal exchange upon which such securities are traded or quoted on such date, provided, if such date is not a trading day, on the last market trading day prior to such date; and (b) if the Shares are not listed or quoted for trading on an exchange, the fair market value of the Shares as determined by the Board, consistent with the requirements of Sections 422 with respect to Incentive Stock Options, and 409A of the Code with respect to Options not intended to be Incentive Stock Options,

 

3



 

it being specified that, when an Option entitles the holder to purchase shares previously repurchased by the Company, the exercise price, notwithstanding the above provisions and in accordance with applicable law, may not be less than 80% of the average purchase price paid by the Company for all shares so previously repurchased.

 

This price settled for the subscription or purchase of Shares shall not be modified during the period in which the Option may be exercised. However, if the Company makes one of the operations mentioned in article L. 225-181 of the French Commercial Code, it must take all necessary measures to protect Optionee’s interests in the conditions provided for by article L 228-99 of the French Commercial Code. In case of issuance of securities granting access to the share capital of the Company, as well as in case of the Company’s merger or spin off ( scission ), the Board may decide, for a limited period of time, to suspend the right to exercise the Options.

 

(n)                                  Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(o)                                  Law ” means the French Commercial Code.

 

(p)                                  Non-Statutory Stock Option ” means an Option which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(q)                                  Notice of Grant ” means a written notice evidencing the main terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Notice of Grant is part of the Option Agreement.

 

(r)                                     Officer ” means either a U.S. Beneficiary designed by the Company or an Affiliated Company, as the case may be, as an officer (as defined in section 16 of the Exchange Act and its regulations),

 

(s)                                    Option ” means an option to purchase or subscribe Shares granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(t)                                     Optionee ” means a Beneficiary who holds at least one outstanding Option.

 

(u)                                  Option Agreement ” means a written agreement entered into between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(v)                                  Option Exchange Program ” means a program whereby outstanding Options are surrendered in exchange for Options with different exercise conditions.

 

(w)                                Parent ” means a “parent corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

4



 

(x)                                  Plan ” means the 2013 Stock Option Plan as approved by the Board on December 17, 2013.

 

(y)                                  Retirement ” means, pursuant to article L. 1237-5 of the French labor code, the retirement, upon the employer’s decision, at full rate of an employee who has reached the age giving right to retirement, or any similar provision applicable to a foreign Affiliated Company.

 

(z)                                   Share ” means a share of the Company

 

(aa)                           Shareholders Authorization ” means the authorization given by the shareholders of the Company in the extraordinary general meeting held on December 17, 2013 as increased or amended from time to time by a further general meeting of the shareholders permitting the Board to grant Stock Options.

 

(bb)                           Share Capital ” means the issued and paid up capital of the Company.

 

(cc)                             Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

(dd)                           U.S. Beneficiary ” means a Beneficiary of the Company or an Affiliated Company residing in the United States or otherwise subject to United States’ laws, regulations or taxation.

 

3.                                       SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan and pursuant to the Shareholder Authorization, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be optioned and issued under the Plan is equal to 8,405,736 with a nominal value of 0.01 Euro each, as may be adjusted to take into account any operation of split or grouping of Shares. For “Incentive Stock Options”, the maximum number of Shares which may be optioned and issued is equal to 8,405,736. The Shares optioned and issued under the Plan may be newly issued Shares, treasury Shares or Shares purchased on the open market.

 

Should the Option expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unsubscribed Shares which were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available again for future grant under the Plan.

 

4.                                       ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

(a)                                  Procedure

 

The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.

 

5



 

(b)                               Powers of the Administrator .

 

Subject to the provisions of the Law, the Shareholders Authorization, the Plan, and the Applicable Laws, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

 

( i )                                to determine the Fair Market Value of the Shares, in accordance with Section 2(m) of the Plan;

 

( ii )                            to determine the Beneficiaries to whom Options may be granted hereunder;

 

( iii )                        to select the Beneficiaries and determine whether and to what extent Options are granted hereunder;

 

( iv )                          to approve or amend forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

 

( v )                              to determine the terms and conditions of any Options granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or the Shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine with the exception of the exercise price; it being specified that the Administrator’s discretion remains subject to the rules and limitations set forth in this Plan and in the Law;

 

( vi )                          to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Options granted pursuant to the Plan;

 

( vii )                      to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws;

 

( viii )                  to modify or amend each Option (subject to the provisions of Section 13(c) of the Plan), including the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercise period of Options after the termination of the employment agreement or the end of the term of office, longer than is otherwise provided for in the Plan;

 

( ix )                          to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Option previously granted by the Administrator;

 

( x )                              to implement an Option Exchange Program;

 

6



 

( xi )                          to determine the terms and restrictions applicable to Options; and

 

(xii)                      to make all other determinations deemed necessary or appropriate for administering the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Effect of Administrator’s Decision .

 

The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations shall be final and binding on all Optionees.

 

5.                                       LIMITATIONS

 

(a)                                  In the case of U.S. Beneficiaries, each Option shall be designated in the Notice of Grant either as an “Incentive Stock Option” or as a “Non-Statutory Stock Option”. Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to Beneficiaries of the Company or a Subsidiary who meet the definition of “employees” under Section 3401(c) of the Code.

 

Nevertheless, the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares covered by Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan or any other stock option program of the Company (or any Parent or subsidiary of the Company) that become exercisable for the first time in any calendar year shall not exceed U.S. $100,000: to the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value of such Shares exceeds U.S. $100,000, the Options covering those Shares the Fair Market Values of which causes the aggregate Fair Market Value of all such Shares to be in excess of U.S. $100,000 shall be treated as Non-Statutory Options. Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the Date of the Grant.

 

(b)               The Options are governed by articles L. 225-177 and following of the Law. They are not part of the employment agreement or of the office which has allowed the Optionee to be granted the Option. Neither do they constitute an element of the Optionee’s remuneration.

 

Neither the Plan nor any Option shall confer upon an Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee’s employment or his term of office with the Company or any Affiliated Company, nor shall they interfere in any way with the Optionee’s right or the Company’s or Affiliated Company’s right, as the case may be, to terminate such employment or such term of office at any time, with or without cause.

 

(c)                                   Other than as expressly provided hereunder, no member of the board of directors of the Company or of the supervisory board (in the event of change of management formula of the Company) or of an equivalent management body of an Affiliated Company shall be as such eligible to receive Options under the Plan.

 

7


 

6.                                       TERM OF PLAN

 

Subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company in accordance with Section 16 of the Plan, the Plan shall be effective and Options may be granted as of December 17, 2013, the date of the Plan’s adoption by the Board. Options may be granted hereunder until June 17, 2015. It shall continue in effect until the date of termination of the last Option in force, unless terminated earlier under Section 13 of the Plan.

 

7.                                       TERM OF OPTIONS

 

The term of each Option shall be stated in the Notice of Grant as ten (10) years from the Date of Grant, in accordance with the Shareholders Authorization or, in case of death or Disability of the Optionee during such 10-year period, six (6) months from the death or Disability of the Optionee in accordance with French law.

 

8.                                       OPTIONS EXERCISE PRICE AND CONSIDERATION

 

(a)                                  Subscription or purchase Price

 

The per Share subscription or purchase price for the Shares to be issued or sold pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Administrator on the basis of the Fair Market Value.

 

(i)                                      In the case of an “Incentive Stock Option” granted to a U.S. Beneficiary who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting rights of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and, to the extent such Beneficiary is permitted by the Law to receive Option grants, the per Share subscription or purchase price shall be no less than 110% of the fair market value per Share on the Date of Grant as defined in Section 2(m)(iii);

 

(ii)                                   In the case of a “Non-Statutory Stock Option” or “Incentive Stock Option”, not covered by Section 8(a)(i) above, granted to any U.S. Beneficiary, the per Share subscription or purchase price shall be no less than 100% of the fair market value per Share on the Date of Grant as defined in Section 2(m)(iii).

 

(b)                               Waiting Period and Exercise Dates

 

At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator shall fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and shall determine any conditions which must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised. In so doing, the Administrator may specify that an Option may not be exercised until the completion of a service period in the Company or an Affiliated Company.

 

8



 

(c)                                   Form of Consideration

 

The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued or purchased upon exercise of Options, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator. Such consideration shall consist entirely of an amount in Euro corresponding to the exercise price which shall be paid either by:

 

(1)                                  wire transfer;

 

(2)                                  check; or

 

(3)                                  any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

Where the exercise of an Option would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and the Optionee provides the Company with either the receipt stating the payment by the Optionee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

9.                                       EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

(a)                                  Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder

 

Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement.

 

An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) written notice of exercise (in accordance with the provisions of the Option Agreement) together with a share subscription or purchase form ( bulletin de souscription ou d’achat ) duly executed by the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan.

 

9



 

1.          Where the exercise of an Option would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and the Optionee provides the Company with either the receipt stating the payment by the Optionee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

2.          Upon exercise of an Option, the Shares issued or sold to the Optionee shall be assimilated with all other Shares of the Company of the same class and shall be entitled to dividends once the Shares are issued for the fiscal year during which the Option is exercised.

 

In the event that a Beneficiary infringes the above mentioned commitment, such Beneficiary shall be liable for any consequences resulting from such infringement for the Company and undertakes to indemnify the Company in respect of all amounts payable by the Company in connection with such infringement.

 

Granting of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares which thereafter may be available for purposes of the Plan, by the number of Shares as to which the Option may be exercised.

 

(b)                                  Termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as Beneficiary

 

Upon termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary, other than upon the Optionee’s death or Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Options, but only within such period of time as is specified in the Notice of Grant, and only for the part of the Options that the Optionee was entitled to exercise at the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Options as set forth in the Notice of Grant and, in the case of an “Incentive Stock Option”, three (3) months following the Optionee’s termination of Continuous Status as a Beneficiary). Unless a longer period is specified in the Notice of Grant or otherwise resolved by the Board, an Option shall remain exercisable for one (1) month following the Optionee’s termination of Continuous Status as a Beneficiary if such termination is due to the Optionee. In case of termination due to the Company’s decision, the Option will expire at the date of termination of Continous Status as a Beneficiary unless otherwise decided by the Board on or prior such termination.

 

If, at the date of termination, the Optionee is not entitled to exercise all his or her Options, the Shares covered by the unexercisable portion of Options shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise all of his or her Options within the period specified by the Administrator, the Options shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Options shall revert to the Plan.

 

10



 

(c)                                   Disability of Optionee

 

In the event that an Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary terminates as a result of the Optionee’s Disability, unless otherwise resolved by the Board, the Optionee may exercise his or her Options at any time within nine (9) months from the date of such termination, but only to the extent these Options are exercisable at the time of termination (and in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Options as set forth in the Notice of Grant). If, at the date of termination, the Optionee is not entitled to exercise all of his or her Options, the Shares covered by the unexercised portion of Options shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise all of his or her Options within the time specified herein, the Options shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Options shall revert to the Plan.

 

(d)                                  Death of Optionee

 

In the event of the death of an Optionee during the term of the Options, unless otherwise resolved by the Board, the Options may be exercised at any time within six (6) months following the date of death, by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent these Options are exercisable at the time of death. If, at the time of death, the Optionee was not entitled to exercise all of his or her Options, the Shares covered by the unexercised portion of Options shall immediately revert to the Plan. If, after death, the Optionee’s estate or a person who acquired the right to exercise the Options by bequest or inheritance does not exercise the Options within the time specified herein, the Options shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Options shall revert to the Plan.

 

10.                           NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS

 

An Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.

 

11.                                ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, DISSOLUTION, MERGER OR ASSET SALE

 

(a)                                  Changes in capitalization

 

In the event of the carrying out by the Company of any of the financial operations pursuant to article L. 225-181 of the Law as follows:

 

·                                           amortization or reduction of the share capital,

 

·                                           amendment of the allocation of profits,

 

·                                           distribution of free shares,

 

·                                           capitalization of reserves, profits, issuance premiums,

 

11



 

·                                           the issuance of shares or securities giving right to shares to be subscribed for in cash or by set-off of existing indebtedness offered exclusively to the shareholders;

 

the Company shall take the required measures to protect the interest of the Optionees in the conditions set forth in article L. 228-99 of the Law.

 

(b)                                  Dissolution or Liquidation

 

In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, to the extent that an Option has not been previously exercised, it will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action. The Administrator may, in the exercise of its sole discretion in such instances, declare that any Option shall terminate as of a date determined by the Administrator and give each Optionee the right to exercise his or her Options as to Shares for which the Options would not otherwise be exercisable.

 

(c)                                   Merger or Asset Sale

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board no later than immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event (as defined below):

 

· in the event of a merger of the Company into another corporation or of the sale by one or several shareholders, acting alone or in concert, of the Company to one or several third parties of a number of Shares resulting in a transfer of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the Shares of the Company to said third parties or of first listing of the Shares of Company on a regulated marked of the EU, on the Alternext marked of NYSE Euronext Paris or on the AIM of the London stock exchange or on the NASDAQ or on the New York Stock Exchange (a “Liquidity Event”), the Optionee’s right to exercise the Options will be accelerated so that the Optionee may exercise all of them with effect immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event;

 

· the Options that may be exercised shall have to be exercised no later than immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event, it being specified that the Board shall inform the Optionee of any proposed Liquidity Event at least 15 days prior to the completion thereof; and

 

· any Options not exercised for any reason on or prior to the date of completion of a Liquidity Event will automatically lapse.

 

For Incentive Stock Options, all assumptions and substitutions shall be determined in accordance with Sections 422 and 424 of the Code and the regulations promogated thereunder.

 

12.                                GRANT

 

12.1. The Date of Grant of an Option shall be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator decides to grant such Option. Notice of Grant shall be provided to each Optionee within a reasonable time after the Date of Grant.

 

12



 

12.2. In the event of any tax liability arising on account of the Grant of the Options, the liability to pay such taxes shall be that of the Beneficiary alone.

 

The Beneficiary shall enter into such agreements of indemnity and execute any and all documents as the Company may specify for this purpose, if so required at the time of the Grant and at any other time at the discretion of the Company, on such terms and conditions as the Company may think fit, for recovery of the tax due, from the Beneficiary.

 

13.           AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

 

(a)                                  Amendment and Termination

 

The Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

 

(b)                                       Shareholders’ approval

 

The Company shall obtain shareholders’ approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws (including the requirements of any exchange or quotation system on which Shares may then be listed or quoted). Such shareholders approval, if required, shall be obtained in such a manner and to such a degree as is required by the applicable law, rule or regulation.

 

(c)                                        Effect of amendment or termination

 

No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.

 

14.          CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES

 

(a)                                  Legal Compliance

 

Shares held by a US Beneficiary shall not be sold or issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option, and the issuance or sale and delivery of such Shares shall comply with all relevant provisions of law including, without limitation, the Law, the “ Securities Act ” of 1933, as amended, the “ Exchange Act ”, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, Applicable Laws and the requirements of any stock exchange or quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted.

 

13



 

(b)                                  Investment Representations

 

As a condition to the exercise of an Option by a US Beneficiary, the Company may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being subscribed or purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

15.                                LIABILITY OF COMPANY

 

15.1. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by any counsel to the Company to be necessary to the lawful issuance or sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

15.2. The Company and its Affiliated Companies may not be held responsible in any way if the Beneficiary for any reason not attributable to the Company or its Affiliated Companies was not able to exercise the Options or acquire the Shares.

 

16.                                SHAREHOLDERS’ APPROVAL

 

The Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under the Law and Applicable Laws.

 

17.                                LAW, JURISDICTION

 

This Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of France.

 

The relevant court of the registered office of the Company shall be exclusively competent to determine any claim or dispute arising in connection herewith.

 

The Grant of Options under this Plan shall entitle the Company to require the Beneficiary to comply with such requirements of law as may be necessary in the Options of the Company from time to time.

 

*

* * *

 

14


 

TALEND
STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT
Part I
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

[Optionee’s Name and Address]

 

You have been granted a total number of [   · ] [Options (the “ Options ”)][, corresponding to] [[   · ] Options called “ Base Options ”] [and] [[   · ] Options called “ Performance Options ”][,] to subscribe ordinary Shares of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the 2013 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) and this Option Agreement. Options are governed by articles L. 225-177 and following of the French Commercial Code. They are not part of the employment agreement or of the office which has allowed the Optionee to be granted the Options. Neither do they constitute an element of the Optionee’s remuneration. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.

 

Grant Number:(1)

 

 

[Base Options:

                                                  ]

 

[Performance Options:

                                                  ]

 

Total number of Options:

                                                  ]

 

 

 

Date of Grant(2):

[   ·   ]

Vesting Commencement Date(3):

 

 

 

 

[Base Options:

[   ·   ]

 

[Performance Options:

[   ·   ]

Exercise Price per Share:

EUR              

Total Number of Shares Granted:

                                 

Total Exercise Price:

EUR [   ·   ]

Type of Options(4):

[Incentive Stock Option]

 

[Nonstatutory Stock Option]

Term/Expiration Date(5):

[10 years — [   ·   ]]

 


(1)                                  reference number to be allocated by the Company, if it wishes so

 

(2)                                  date of the board meeting having allocated the Option

 

(3)                                  date chosen by the board as the date of beginning of the vesting schedule or, if not, date of granting of the Option by the board

 

(4)  for U.S. Beneficiaries only

 

(5)                                  date of termination of the Option (article 7 of the Plan), which shall not exceed 5 years for an ISO granted to a 10% owner and 10 years for a US grantee (NQSO or ISO

 



 

Where the exercise of an Option, as described under Article 9.(a) of the Plan, would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and the Optionee provides the Company with either the receipt stating the payment by the Optionnee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

In the event that you infringe the above mentioned commitment, you shall be liable for any consequences resulting from such infringement for the Company and undertake to indemnify the Company in respect of all amounts payable by the Company in connection with such infringement.

 

Validity of the Options:

 

The Options will be valid as from the Date of Grant. Vesting Schedule:

 

The Options[, depending on whether they are Base or Performance Options,] may be exercised by the Beneficiary on the basis of the following initial vesting schedule subject to the condition precedent that the Optionee shall have previously returned to the Company the documents referred to under section 2. of Part II of the Stock Option Grant Agreement duly initialed and signed:

 

[ To be adapted by the Board upon the type of Options granted ]

 

[(i)                                  For Base Options:]

 

·                                           [up to 25% of the Options, i.e. [   ·   ] Options, as from the expiration of a twelve  (12)-month period following the Date of Grant, i.e. as from [   ·   ],

 

·                                           then, up to an additional 6,25% of the Options, i.e. [   ·   ] Options, as from the expiration of each quarter, i.e. each period of three subsequent months, following [   ·   ] and until the expiration of the 36th month from such date, and

 

·                                           at the latest within ten (10) years as from the Date of Grant or in case of death or Disability of the Optionee during such ten (10) year period, six (6) months as from the death or nine (9) months as from the Disability of the Optionee.]

 

[(ii)                               For Performance Options:]

 

·                                           [up to 25% of the Options, i.e. [   ·   ] Options, as from the Date of Grant, i.e. as from [   ·   ],

 

2



 

·                                           then, up to an additional 6,25% of the Options, i.e. [   ·   ] Options, as from the expiration of each quarter, i.e. each period of three subsequent months, following [   ·   ] and until the expiration of the 36th month from such date, and

 

·                                           at the latest within ten (10) years as from the Date of Grant or in case of death or Disability of the Optionee during such ten (10) year period, six (6) months as from the death or nine (9) months as from the Disability of the Optionee.]

 

The number of Options that could be exercised pursuant to the above vesting schedule will always be rounded down to the nearest full number.

 

If the Beneficiary fails to exercise the Options in whole or in part within the above period of ten (10) years (as may be extended to six (6) months from the death or nine (9) months from the Disability of the Optionee), the Options will lapse automatically.

 

Unless the Board otherwise decides no later than immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event (as defined below), in the event of a merger of the Company into another corporation or of the sale by one or several shareholders, acting alone or in concert, of the Company to one or several third parties of a number of Shares resulting in a transfer of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the Shares of the Company to said third parties or of first listing of the Shares of the Company on a regulated marked of the European Union, on the Alternext marked of NYSE Euronext Paris, on the AIM of the London stock exchange or on the NASDAQ or on the New York Stock Exchange (a “Liquidity Event”), the Optionee’s right to exercise the Options will be accelerated so that the Optionee may exercise all of them with effect immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event.

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board no later than on the date of completion of a Liquidity Event:

 

· the Options that may be exercised shall have to be exercised no later than immediately prior to the completion of the Liquidity Event, it being specified that the Board shall inform the Optionee of any proposed Liquidity Event at least 15 days prior to the completion thereof; and

 

· any Options not exercised for any reason on or prior to the date of completion of a Liquidity Event will automatically lapse.

 

Termination Period:

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board prior to their expiration, the Options may be exercised for one (1) month after termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary, to the extent the Options are exercisable at the time of termination and if such Termination is due to the Optionee.

 

If the termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as Beneficiary is due to the Company, the Options will lapse at the date of termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary unless otherwise decided by the Board on or prior such termination.

 

3



 

Upon the death of the Optionee, the Options may be exercised during a period of six (6) months as provided in the Plan.

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board, upon the Disability of the Optionee, the Options may be exercised during a period of nine (9) months as provided in the Plan.

 

Save as provided in the Plan, in no event shall the Options be exercised later than the Term/Expiration Date as provided above. Should the Options expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unsubscribed Shares which were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan.

 

By his signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, the Optionee and the Company agree that the Options are granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. The Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option Agreement in their entirely, has had the opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Option Agreement. The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Option Agreement. The Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

4



 

TALEND
STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT
Part II
TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1.                                            Grant of Options .

 

1.1. The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant attached as Part I of this Agreement (the “Optionee”), a total number of [   · ] [Options (the “Options”)][, corresponding to] [[   · ] Options called “Base Options”] [and] [[   · ] Options called “Performance Options”][,] to subscribe the number of ordinary Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

 

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option , this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code although the Company makes no representation as to the tax status of the Option. However, if this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option , to the extent that it exceeds the U.S.$ 100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) the excess shall be treated as a Non-Statutory Stock Option

 

1.2. An Option will be valid as from the Date of Grant.

 

1.3. In the event of any tax liability arising on account of the Grant of the Options, the liability to pay such taxes shall be that of the Beneficiary alone. The Beneficiary shall enter into such agreements of indemnity and execute any and all documents as the Company may specify for this purpose, if so required at the time of the Grant and at any other time at the discretion of the Company, on such terms and conditions as the Company may think fit, for recovery of the tax due, from the Beneficiary.

 

2.                                            Exercise of Options

 

(a)                                  Right to Exercise :  An Option [, whether a Base or Performance Option,] is exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, subject to the condition precedent that the Optionee shall have previously returned to the Company (i) Part I and Part II of the Stock Option Grant Agreement and (ii) two copies of the short-form shareholders’ agreement (“ pacte d’actionnaires simplifié ”) provided to you by the Company, in each case duly initialed (all pages but for the signature page) and signed (signature page). In the event of Optionee’s death, Disability or other termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary, the exercisability of an Option is governed by the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

 

5



 

(b)                                  Method of Exercise . An Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached hereto (the “Exercise Notice”), comprising a share subscription form ( bulletin de souscription ) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Company or its designated representative or by facsimile message to be immediately confirmed by certified mail to the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercice Price as to all Exercised Shares. An Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the proof of payment of such aggregate Exercise Price.

 

No Share shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and exercise complies with all relevant provisions of law as set out under Section 14(a) of the Plan.

 

Upon exercise of an Option, the Shares issued to the Optionee shall be assimilated with all other Shares of the Company and shall be entitled to dividends for the fiscal year in course during which the Option is exercised.

 

3 .                                       Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

 

(1)                                  wire transfer with the execution of the corresponding exchange contract;

 

(2)                                  check; or

 

(3)                                  any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

Where the exercise of an Option would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when (a) the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and (b) the Optionee provides the Company with either (i) the receipt stating the payment by the Optionee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, (ii) the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

The Company and its Affiliated Companies may not be held responsible in any way if the Beneficiary for any reason not attributable to the Company or its Affiliated Companies was not able to exercise the Option or purchase the Shares. The payment for the purchase of the shares shall be made by the Optionee under his/her own responsibility according to these Terms and Conditions.

 

4.                                       Non-Transferability of Option. An Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

 

6



 

5.                                            Term of Options. Subject as provided in the Plan, an Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

 

6.                                            Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This agreement is governed by the laws of the Republic of France.

 

Any claim or dispute arising under the Plan or this Agreement shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the court competent for the place of the registered office of the Company.

 

7.                                            Tax Obligations. Regardless of any action the Company or Optionee’s employer (the “Employer”) takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, or other tax-related withholding (“Tax-Related Items”), Optionee acknowledges that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due by Optionee is and remains Optionee’s responsibility and that the Company and/or the Employer (1) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Option grant, including the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends; and (2) do not commit to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate Optionee’s liability for Tax-Related Items.

 

Prior to exercise of the Option, Optionee will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all withholding obligations of the Company and/or the Employer, if any. In this regard, Optionee authorizes the Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable Tax-Related Items legally payable by Optionee from Optionee’s compensation paid to Optionee by the Company and/or Employer or from proceeds of the sale of Shares. Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under local law, the Company may sell or arrange for the sale of Shares that Optionee acquires to meet the withholding obligation for Tax-Related Items. Finally, Optionee will pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold as a result of Optionee’s participation in the Plan or Optionee’s purchase of Shares that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Options if Optionee fails to comply with Optionee’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items as described in this section.

 

8.                                            Nature of Grant. In accepting the grant, Optionee acknowledges that:

 

(a) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, unless otherwise provided in the Plan and this Agreement;

 

7



 

(b)               the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted repeatedly in the past;

 

(c)                all decisions with respect to future option grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

 

(d)               Optionee’s participation in the Plan shall not create a right to further employment with the employer and shall not interfere with the ability of the Employer to terminate Optionee’s employment relationship at any time with or without cause;

 

(e)                Optionee is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

 

(f)                 the Option is an extraordinary item that does not constitute compensation of any kind for services of any kind rendered to the Company or the Employer, and which is outside the scope of Optionee’s employment contract, if any;

 

(g)                the Option is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments and in no event should be considered as compensation for, or relating in any way to, past services for the Company or the Employer;

 

(h)               the Option grant will not be interpreted to form an employment contract with the Company, the Employer or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company;

 

(i)                   the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty;

 

(j)                  if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

 

(k)               if Optionee exercises Optionee’s Option and obtains Shares, the value of those Shares acquired upon exercise may increase or decrease in value, even below the exercise price;

 

(l)                   in consideration of the grant of the Option, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from termination of the Option or diminution in value of the Option or Shares purchased through exercise of the Option resulting from termination of Optionee’s employment the Company or the Employer (for any reason whatsoever) and Optionee irrevocably releases the Company and the Employer from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen, then, by signing this Agreement, Optionee shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived Optionee’s entitlement to pursue such claim; and

 

(m)           in the event of termination of Optionee’s employment, Optionee’s right to receive the Option and vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate effective as of the date that Optionee receives notice of termination regardless of when such termination is effective; furthermore, in the event of termination of employment, Optionee’s right to exercise the Option after termination of employment, if any, will be measured by the date on which the Optionee receives notice of termination; the Company shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Optionee is no longer actively employed for purposes of

 

8


 

Optionee’s Option grant. In addition, any period of notice or compensation in lieu of such notice, that is given or ought to have been given under any contract, statute, common law or civil law shall be excluded.

 

9.                                       Data Privacy. Optionee hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Optionee’s personal data as described in this document by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Optionee’s participation in the Plan.

 

Optionee understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Optionee, including, but not limited to, Optionee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Optionee’s favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”).

 

Optionee understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Optionee’s country. Optionee understands that Optionee may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting Optionee’s local human resources representative. Optionee authorizes the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing Optionee’s participation in the Plan. Optionee understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Optionee’s participation in the Plan. Optionee understands that Optionee may, at any time, view the Data, request additional information about the storage processing of the Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing Optionee’s local human resources representative. Optionee understands, however, that refusing or withdrawing Optionee’s consent may affect Optionee’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Optionee’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Optionee understands that Optionee may contact Optionee’s local human resources representative .

 

10.                                Electronic Delivery. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Option and participation in the Plan or future options that may be granted under the Plan by electronic means or to request Optionee’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Optionee hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

9



 

11.                           Severability. The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

 

OPTIONEE:

 

TALEND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By :

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title :

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residence Address

 

 

 

10



 

EXHIBIT A

 

TALEND

 

Société Anonyme having a share capital of EUR.[      ]
Registered office: [      ]

484 175 252 R.C.S. [                                                                                                                                                                                                                               ]

 

2013 STOCK OPTION PLAN
EXERCISE NOTICE
(Share subscription form)

 

TALEND

[      ]

[      ]

France                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      [                                                                                                                ], [   ]

 

Attention: [                                                                                                           ]

 

1.                                       Exercise of Options . Effective as of today,                     ,   , the undersigned (“Optionee”) hereby elects to subscribe                     (     )  ordinary shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of TALEND (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Company’s 2013 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) adopted by the board on December 17, 2013 and the Stock Option Agreement dated                     ,  (the “Option Agreement”). The subscription price for the Shares shall be EUR.           , as required by the Option Agreement.

 

2.                                       Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full subscription price for the Shares.

 

3.                                       Representations of Optionee . The Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions , in particular the Optionee agrees to abide and be bound by the obligation to hold and the prohibition to sell the Shares provided for in articles 9.(a) of the Plan and 6 of the Option Agreement as well as by the obligation to indemnify which stems from it (to the extent applicable) .

 

4.                                       Rights as Shareholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company) of the Shares, the Optionee shall have, as an Optionee, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, except those the Optionee may have as a shareholder of the Company. No adjustment will be made for rights in respect of which the record date is prior to the issuance date for the Shares, except as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.

 



 

5.                                       Tax consultation . The Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s subscription or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the subscription or disposition of the Shares. The Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

6.                                       Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This agreement is governed by the laws of the Republic of France.

 

*
*   *

 

This Exercise notice is delivered in two originals one of which shall be returned
to the Optionee.

 

Submitted by:

 

 

Accepted by:

OPTIONEE (*)

 

 

TALEND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(*)          The signature of the Optionee must be preceded by the following manuscript mention “accepted for formal and irrevocable subscription of [        ] ordinary Shares” .

 

2


 

TALEND

 

2012 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 



 

SUMMARY

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

Purposes of the Plan

1

 

 

 

2.

Definitions

1

 

 

 

3.

Shares subject to the Plan

6

 

 

 

4.

Administration of the Plan

6

 

 

 

 

(a)

procedure

 

 

(b)

powers of the Administrator

 

 

(c)

effect of Administrator’s decision

 

 

 

 

5.

Limitations

7

 

 

 

6.

Term of the Plan

8

 

 

 

7.

Term of the Options

8

 

 

 

8.

Options exercise price and consideration

9

 

 

 

 

(a)

subscription or purchase price

 

 

(b)

waiting period and exercise dates

 

 

(c)

form of consideration

 

 

 

 

9.

Exercise of Options

10

 

 

 

 

(a)

procedure for exercise ; rights of the shareholders

 

 

(b)

termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as Beneficiary

 

 

(c)

disability of Optionee

 

 

(d)

death of Optionee

 

 

 

 

10.

Non-transferability of Options

12

 

 

 

11.

Adjustments upon changes

12

 

 

 

 

(a)

changes in capitalization of the Company

 

 

(b)

dissolution or liquidation of the Company

 

 

(c)

merger or asset sale

 

 

 

 

12.

Grant

13

 



 

13.

Amendment and termination of the Plan

14

 

 

 

 

(a)

amendment and termination

 

 

(b)

shareholders’s approval

 

 

(c)

effect of amendment or termination

 

 

 

 

14.

Conditions upon issuance of shares

14

 

 

 

 

(a)

legal compliance

 

 

(b)

investment representations

 

 

 

 

15.

Liability of the Company

15

 

 

 

16.

Shareholder’s approval

15

 

 

 

17.

SAR for PRC Beneficiaries

15

 

 

 

18.

Law, jurisdiction

15

 

 

 

Stock Option Grant Agreement (for non PRC citizen)

 

 

 

 

 

Part I - Notice of stock options grant

 

 

Part II - Term and conditions

 

 

Exercise notice

 

 

 

 

Stock Appreciation Right Grant Agreement (for PRC citizen)

 

 

 

 

 

Part I - Notice of stock appreciation right grant

 

 

Part II —Term and conditions

 

 

Exercise notice

 

 



 

TALEND

 

2012 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

In accordance with the authorization granted by the extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting of April 25, 2012, the board of directors decided on April 25, 2012, in compliance with the provisions of articles L. 225-177 et. seq. of the French Commercial Code, to adopt the 2012 stock option plan of TALEND, the terms and conditions of which are set out below.

 

1.                                       PURPOSES OF THE PLAN

 

The purposes of the Plan are:

 

·                                           to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility;

 

·                                           to provide additional incentive to Beneficiaries; and

 

·                                           to promote the success of the Company’s business.

 

Options granted under the Plan to U.S. Beneficiaries are intended to be Incentive Stock Options or Non-Statutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an Option, and shall comply in all respects with Applicable Laws in order that they may benefit from available tax advantages.

 

2.                                       DEFINITIONS .

 

(a)                                  Administrator ” means the board of the Company which shall administer the Plan in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Affiliated Company ” means a company which conforms with the criteria set forth in article L. 225-180 of the Law as follows:

 

·                                           companies of which at least ten per cent (10%) of the share capital or voting rights is held directly or indirectly by the Company;

 

·                                           companies which own directly or indirectly at least ten per cent (10%) of the share capital or voting rights of the Company; and

 

·                                           companies of which at least fifty per cent (50%) of the share capital or voting rights is held directly or indirectly by a company which owns directly or indirectly at least fifty percent (50%) of the share capital or voting rights of the Company,

 

(c)                                   Applicable Laws ” means for the US the legal requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under state corporate and securities laws and the Code in force in the United States of America.

 



 

(d)                                  Beneficiary ” means the president of the board of directors ( président du conseil d’administration) , the general manager ( directeur général) and the deputy general managers ( directeurs généraux délégués) or, as the case may be, the president and the members of the management board ( président et membres du directoire) of the Company as well as any individual employed by the Company or by any Affiliated Company under the terms and conditions of an employment contract, it being specified that a term of office of director of the Company or director of an Affiliated Company (remunerated or not) shall not be deemed to constitute an employment relationship.

 

(e)                                   Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

(f)                                    Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(g)                                   Company ” means TALEND, a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of France.

 

(h)                                  Continuous Status as a Beneficiary ” means as regards the president of the board of directors, the general manager, the deputy general manager(s) or, as the case may be, the president and the members of the management board that the term of their office has not been terminated and, as regards an employee that the employment relationship between the Beneficiary and the Company or any Affiliated Company is not terminated.  Continuous Status as a Beneficiary shall not be considered terminated in the case of (i) any leave of absence having received a prior approval from the Company or requiring no prior approval under U.S. laws, or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company or any Affiliated Company or the contrary or also from an Affiliated Company to another Affiliated Company.  Leaves of absence which must receive a prior approval from the Company for the non-termination of the Continuous Status as a Beneficiary shall include leaves of more than three (3) months for illnesses or conditions about which the employee has advance knowledge, military leave, or any other personal leave.  For purposes of U.S. Beneficiaries and Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute contract or Company policies.  If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, on the 91st day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by a U.S. Beneficiary shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for U.S. tax purposes as a Non-Statutory Stock Option.

 

(i)                                      Date of Dismissal ” means the date the employee received its dismissal letter.

 

(j)                                     Date of Grant ” means the date of the decision of the Board to grant the Options.

 

2



 

(k)                                  Disability ” means a disability declared further to a medical examination provided for in article L. 4624-21 of the French Labour Code or pursuant to any similar provision applicable to a foreign Affiliated Company.

 

(l)                                      Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(m)                              Fair Market Value ” means the value for one Share as determined in good faith by the Administrator, according to the following provisions, as provided in the Shareholder Authorization:

 

(i)                                      as long as the Shares will not be listed on a regulated market of the European Union or on a Swiss stock exchange market or on the National Association of Securities Dealers Inc. Automated Quotation (“NASDAQ”) System or on the New York Stock Exchange in the United States of America, the subscription or purchase price will be determined in accordance with the provision of article L. 225-177 of the French commercial Code and will be at least equal to the price per share retained at the time of the last operation affecting the share capital of the Company, unless otherwise decided by the Board by a well-founded decision;

 

(ii)                                   from the date on which the Company shall be listed on a regulated market of the European Union or on a Swiss stock exchange market or on the National Association of Securities Dealers Inc. Automated Quotation (“NASDAQ”) System or on the New York Stock Exchange in the United States of America, the Board may determine the subscription or purchase price of a share by reference to the closing sales price of one share on such regulated market for the day prior to the day of the decision of the Board to grant the Options.  However, the purchase or subscription price shall in no case be less than ninety five per cent (95%) of the average of the closing sales price for a share as quoted on said stock exchange market during the twenty market trading days prior to the day of the Board’s decision to grant the Options,

 

(iii)                                for US Beneficiaries, the subscription or purchase price shall not be less than the fair market value of the Shares on the Date of Grant, determined as follows (a) if the Shares are listed or quoted for trading on an exchange, the value will be deemed to be the closing or last offer price, as applicable, of the Shares on the principal exchange upon which such securities are traded or quoted on such date, provided, if such date is not a trading day, on the last market trading day prior to such date; and (b) if the Shares are not listed or quoted for trading on an exchange, the fair market value of the Shares as determined by the Board, consistent with the requirements of Sections 422 with respect to Incentive Stock Options, and 409A of the Code with respect to Options not intended to be Incentive Stock Options,

 

3



 

it being specified that, when an Option entitles the holder to purchase shares previously repurchased by the Company, the exercise price, notwithstanding the above provisions and in accordance with applicable law, may not be less than 80% of the average purchase price paid by the Company for all shares so previously repurchased.

 

This price settled for the subscription or purchase of Shares shall not be modified during the period in which the Option may be exercised.  However, if the Company makes one of the operations mentioned in article L. 225-181 of the French Commercial Code, it must take all necessary measures to protect Optionee’s interests in the conditions provided for by article L 228-99 of the French Commercial Code.  In case of issuance of securities granting access to the share capital of the Company, as well as in case of the Company’s merger or spin off ( scission ), the Board may decide, for a limited period of time, to suspend the right to exercise the Options.

 

(n)                                  Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(o)                                  Law ” means the French Commercial Code.

 

(p)                                  Non-Statutory Stock Option ” means an Option which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(q)                                  Notice of Grant ” means a written notice evidencing the main terms and conditions of an individual Option grant.  The Notice of Grant is part of the Option Agreement.

 

(r)                                     Officer ” means either a U.S. Beneficiary designed by the Company or an Affiliated Company, as the case may be, as an officer (as defined in section 16 of the Exchange Act and its regulations),

 

(s)                                    Option ” means an option to purchase or subscribe Shares granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(t)                                     Optionee ” means a Beneficiary who holds at least one outstanding Option.

 

(u)                                  Option Agreement ” means a written agreement entered into between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant.  The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(v)                                  Option Exchange Program ” means a program whereby outstanding Options are surrendered in exchange for Options with different exercise conditions.

 

(w)                                Parent ” means a “parent corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

4



 

(x)                                  Plan ” means the 2012 Stock Option Plan as approved by the Board on April 25, 2012.

 

(y)                                  Retirement ” means, pursuant to article L. 1237-5 of the French labor code, the retirement, upon the employer’s decision, at full rate of an employee who has reached the age giving right to retirement, or any similar provision applicable to a foreign Affiliated Company.

 

(z)                                   Share ” means a share of the Company

 

(aa)                           Shareholders Authorization ” means the authorization given by the shareholders of the Company in the extraordinary general meeting held on April 25, 2012 as increased or amended from time to time by a further general meeting of the shareholders permitting the Board to grant Stock Options.

 

(bb)                           Share Capital ” means the issued and paid up capital of the Company.

 

(cc)                             Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

(dd)                           U.S. Beneficiary ” means a Beneficiary of the Company or an Affiliated Company residing in the United States or otherwise subject to United States’ laws, regulations or taxation.

 

5



 

3.                                       SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan and pursuant to the Shareholder Authorization, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be optioned and issued under the Plan is equal to 10,910,590 with a nominal value of 0.01 Euro each, as may be adjusted to take into account any operation of split or grouping of Shares.  For “Incentive Stock Options”, the maximum number of Shares which may be optioned and issued is equal to 10,910,590.  The Shares optioned and issued under the Plan may be newly issued Shares, treasury Shares or Shares purchased on the open market.

 

Should the Option expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unsubscribed Shares which were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available again for future grant under the Plan.

 

4.                                       ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

(a)                                  Procedure

 

The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.

 

(b)                                  Powers of the Administrator .

 

Subject to the provisions of the Law, the Shareholders Authorization, the Plan, and the Applicable Laws, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

 

(i)                                     to determine the Fair Market Value of the Shares, in accordance with Section 2(m) of the Plan;

 

(ii)                                 to determine the Beneficiaries to whom Options may be granted hereunder;

 

(iii)                             to select the Beneficiaries and determine whether and to what extent Options are granted hereunder;

 

(iv)                               to approve or amend forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

 

(v)                                   to determine the terms and conditions of any Options granted hereunder.  Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or the Shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine with the exception of the exercise price; it being specified that the Administrator’s discretion remains subject to the rules and limitations set forth in this Plan and in the Law;

 

6



 

(vi)                               to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Options granted pursuant to the Plan;

 

(vii)                           to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws;

 

(viii)                       to modify or amend each Option (subject to the provisions of Section 13(c) of the Plan), including the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercise period of Options after the termination of the employment agreement or the end of the term of office, longer than is otherwise provided for in the Plan;

 

(ix)                               to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Option previously granted by the Administrator;

 

(x)                                   to implement an Option Exchange Program;

 

(xi)                               to determine the terms and restrictions applicable to Options; and

 

(xii)                           to make all other determinations deemed necessary or appropriate for administering the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Effect of Administrator’s Decision .

 

The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations shall be final and binding on all Optionees.

 

5.                                       LIMITATIONS

 

(a)                                  In the case of U.S. Beneficiaries, each Option shall be designated in the Notice of Grant either as an “Incentive Stock Option” or as a “Non-Statutory Stock Option” .  Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to Beneficiaries of the Company or a Subsidiary who meet the definition of “employees” under Section 3401(c) of the Code.

 

Nevertheless, the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares covered by Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan or any other stock option program of the Company (or any Parent or subsidiary of the Company) that become exercisable for the first time in any calendar year shall not exceed U.S. $100,000: to the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value of such Shares exceeds U.S. $100,000, the Options covering those Shares the Fair Market Values of which causes the aggregate Fair Market Value of all such Shares to be in excess of U.S. $100,000 shall be treated as Non-Statutory Options.

 

7


 

Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the Date of the Grant.

 

(b)            The Options are governed by articles L. 225-177 and following of the Law.  They are not part of the employment agreement or of the office which has allowed the Optionee to be granted the Option.  Neither do they constitute an element of the Optionee’s remuneration.

 

Neither the Plan nor any Option shall confer upon an Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee’s employment or his term of office with the Company or any Affiliated Company, nor shall they interfere in any way with the Optionee’s right or the Company’s or Affiliated Company’s right, as the case may be, to terminate such employment or such term of office at any time, with or without cause.

 

(c)            Other than as expressly provided hereunder, no member of the board of directors of the Company or of the supervisory board (in the event of change of management formula of the Company) or of an equivalent management body of an Affiliated Company shall be as such eligible to receive Options under the Plan.

 

6.              TERM OF PLAN

 

Subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company in accordance with Section 16 of the Plan, the Plan shall be effective and Options may be granted as of April 25, 2012, the date of the Plan’s adoption by the Board.  Options may be granted hereunder until April 25, 2015.  It shall continue in effect until the date of termination of the last Option in force, unless terminated earlier under Section 13 of the Plan.

 

7.              TERM OF OPTIONS

 

The term of each Option shall be stated in the Notice of Grant as ten (10) years from the date of grant, in accordance with the Shareholders Authorization or, in case of death or Disability of the Optionee during such 10-year period, six (6) months from the death or Disability of the Optionee in accordance with French law.

 

8



 

8.              OPTIONS EXERCISE PRICE AND CONSIDERATION

 

(a)            Subscription or purchase Price

 

The per Share subscription or purchase price for the Shares to be issued or sold pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Administrator on the basis of the Fair Market Value.

 

(i)            In the case of an “Incentive Stock Option” granted to a U.S. Beneficiary who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting rights of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and, to the extent such Beneficiary is permitted by the Law to receive Option grants, the per Share subscription or purchase price shall be no less than 110% of the fair market value per Share on the Date of Grant as defined in Section 2(m)(iii);

 

(ii)           In the case of a “Non-Statutory Stock Option” or “Incentive Stock Option”, not covered by Section 8(a)9i) above, granted to any U.S. Beneficiary, the per Share subscription or purchase price shall be no less than 100% of the fair market value per Share on the Date of Grant as defined in Section 2(m)(iii).

 

(b)            Waiting Period and Exercise Dates

 

At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator shall fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and shall determine any conditions which must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.  In so doing, the Administrator may specify that an Option may not be exercised until the completion of a service period in the Company or an Affiliated Company.

 

(c)            Form of Consideration

 

The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued or purchased upon exercise of Options, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator.  Such consideration shall consist entirely of an amount in Euro corresponding to the exercise price which shall be paid either by:

 

(1)                                  wire transfer;

(2)                                  check; or

(3)                                  any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

9



 

Where the exercise of an Option would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and the Optionee provides the Company with either the receipt stating the payment by the Optionee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

9.              EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

(a)            Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder

 

Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement.

 

An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) written notice of exercise (in accordance with the provisions of the Option Agreement) together with a share subscription or purchase form ( bulletin de souscription ou d’achat ) duly executed by the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised.  Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan.

 

1.              Where the exercise of an Option would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and the Optionee provides the Company with either the receipt stating the payment by the Optionee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

2.             Upon exercise of an Option, the Shares issued or sold to the Optionee shall be assimilated with all other Shares of the Company of the same class and shall be entitled to dividends once the Shares are issued for the fiscal year during which the Option is exercised.

 

However, as an exception to the above, the Shares sold or issued, as a result of the exercise of an Option, pursuant to the exercise of an Option to a Beneficiary who is, as at the Date of Grant of the Option, a French tax resident, shall be held in the nominative form and shall not be sold prior to the earliest of four (4) years from the date of grant of the Option without exceeding three (3) years from the date of exercise of the Option even if, in the meantime, the Beneficiary loses the Continuous Status as a Beneficiary or ceases to be a French tax resident.  This prohibition of sale will also apply to a Beneficiary who becomes a French tax resident during the term of an Option, but only to the extent of the then unvested portion (if any) of such Option.  This restriction shall be mentioned in the shareholder’s accounts of the

 

10



 

Company as from the date of exercise of the relevant Options.  However, it will not be applicable in case of death or Incapacity of the Beneficiary.  In addition, this restriction will not be applicable in case of Dismissal or Retirement of the Beneficiary if the Options have been exercised at least three months before the Date of Dismissal or Retirement.

 

In the event that a Beneficiary infringes one of the above mentioned commitments, such Beneficiary shall be liable for any consequences resulting from such infringement for the Company and undertakes to indemnify the Company in respect of all amounts payable by the Company in connection with such infringement.

 

Granting of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares which thereafter may be available for purposes of the Plan, by the number of Shares as to which the Option may be exercised.

 

(b)            Termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as Beneficiary

 

Upon termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary, other than upon the Optionee’s death or Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Options, but only within such period of time as is specified in the Notice of Grant, and only for the part of the Options that the Optionee was entitled to exercise at the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Options as set forth in the Notice of Grant and, in the case of an “Incentive Stock Option”, three (3) months following the Optionee’s termination of Continuous Status as a Beneficiary).  Unless a longer period is specified in the Notice of Grant or otherwise resolved by the Board, an Option shall remain exercisable for one (1) month following the Optionee’s termination of Continuous Status as a Beneficiary if such termination is due to the Optionee.  In case of termination due to the Company’s decision, the Option will expire at the date of termination of Continuous Status as a Beneficiary unless otherwise decided by the Board on or prior such termination.

 

If, at the date of termination, the Optionee is not entitled to exercise all his or her Options, the Shares covered by the unexercisable portion of Options shall revert to the Plan.  If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise all of his or her Options within the period specified by the Administrator, the Options shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Options shall revert to the Plan.

 

11



 

(c)            Disability of Optionee

 

In the event that an Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary terminates as a result of the Optionee’s Disability, unless otherwise resolved by the Board, the Optionee may exercise his or her Options at any time within nine (9) months from the date of such termination, but only to the extent these Options are exercisable at the time of termination (and in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Options as set forth in the Notice of Grant).  If, at the date of termination, the Optionee is not entitled to exercise all of his or her Options, the Shares covered by the unexercised portion of Options shall revert to the Plan.  If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise all of his or her Options within the time specified herein, the Options shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Options shall revert to the Plan.

 

(d)            Death of Optionee

 

In the event of the death of an Optionee during the term of the Options, unless otherwise resolved by the Board, the Options may be exercised at any time within six (6) months following the date of death, by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent these Options are exercisable at the time of death.  If, at the time of death, the Optionee was not entitled to exercise all of his or her Options, the Shares covered by the unexercised portion of Options shall immediately revert to the Plan.  If, after death, the Optionee’s estate or a person who acquired the right to exercise the Options by bequest or inheritance does not exercise the Options within the time specified herein, the Options shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Options shall revert to the Plan.

 

10.           NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS

 

An Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.

 

11.                                ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, DISSOLUTION, MERGER OR ASSET SALE

 

(a)            Changes in capitalization

 

In the event of the carrying out by the Company of any of the financial operations pursuant to article L. 225-181 of the Law as follows:

 

·                                           amortization or reduction of the share capital,

·                                           amendment of the allocation of profits,

·                                           distribution of free shares,

·                                           capitalization of reserves, profits, issuance premiums,

 

12



 

·                                           the issuance of shares or securities giving right to shares to be subscribed for in cash or by set-off of existing indebtedness offered exclusively to the shareholders;

 

the Company shall take the required measures to protect the interest of the Optionees in the conditions set forth in article L. 228-99 of the Law.

 

(b)            Dissolution or Liquidation

 

In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, to the extent that an Option has not been previously exercised, it will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.  The Administrator may, in the exercise of its sole discretion in such instances, declare that any Option shall terminate as of a date determined by the Administrator and give each Optionee the right to exercise his or her Options as to Shares for which the Options would not otherwise be exercisable.

 

(c)            Merger or Asset Sale

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board no later than immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event (as defined below):

 

· in the event of a merger of the Company into another corporation or of the sale by one or several shareholders, acting alone or in concert, of the Company to one or several third parties of a number of Shares resulting in a transfer of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the Shares of the Company to said third parties or of first listing of the Shares of Company on a regulated marked of the EU, on the Alternext marked of NYSE Euronext Paris or on the AIM of the London stock exchange or on the NASDAQ or on the New York Stock Exchange (a “Liquidity Event”), the Optionee’s right to exercise the Options will be accelerated so that the Optionee may exercise all of them with effect immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event;

 

· the Options that may be exercised shall have to be exercised no later than immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event, it being specified that the Board shall inform the Optionee of any proposed Liquidity Event at least 15 days prior to the completion thereof; and

 

· any Options not exercised for any reason on or prior to the date of completion of a Liquidity Event will automatically lapse.

 

For Incentive Stock Options, all assumptions and substitutions shall be determined in accordance with Sections 422 and 424 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

12.           GRANT

 

12.1.       The Date of Grant of an Option shall be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator decides to grant such Option.  Notice of Grant shall be provided to each Optionee within a reasonable time after the Date of Grant.

 

13



 

12.2.       In the event of any tax liability arising on account of the Grant of the Options, the liability to pay such taxes shall be that of the Beneficiary alone.

 

The Beneficiary shall enter into such agreements of indemnity and execute any and all documents as the Company may specify for this purpose, if so required at the time of the Grant and at any other time at the discretion of the Company, on such terms and conditions as the Company may think fit, for recovery of the tax due, from the Beneficiary.

 

13.           AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

 

(a)            Amendment and Termination

 

The Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

 

(b)            Shareholders’ approval

 

The Company shall obtain shareholders’ approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws (including the requirements of any exchange or quotation system on which Shares may then be listed or quoted).  Such shareholders approval, if required, shall be obtained in such a manner and to such a degree as is required by the applicable law, rule or regulation.

 

(c)            Effect of amendment or termination

 

No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.

 

14.           CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES

 

(a)            Legal Compliance

 

Shares held by a US Beneficiary shall not be sold or issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option, and the issuance or sale and delivery of such Shares shall comply with all relevant provisions of law including, without limitation, the Law, the “ Securities Act ” of 1933, as amended, the “ Exchange Act ”, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, Applicable Laws and the requirements of any stock exchange or quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted.

 

14



 

(b)            Investment Representations

 

As a condition to the exercise of an Option by a US Beneficiary, the Company may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being subscribed or purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

15.           LIABILITY OF COMPANY

 

15.1.       The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by any counsel to the Company to be necessary to the lawful issuance or sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

15.2.       The Company and its Affiliated Companies may not be held responsible in any way if the Beneficiary for any reason not attributable to the Company or its Affiliated Companies was not able to exercise the Options or acquire the Shares.

 

16.           SHAREHOLDERS’ APPROVAL

 

The Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.  Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under the Law and Applicable Laws.

 

17.           LAW, JURISDICTION

 

This Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of France.

 

The relevant court of the registered office of the Company shall be exclusively competent to determine any claim or dispute arising in connection herewith.

 

The Grant of Options under this Plan shall entitle the Company to require the Beneficiary to comply with such requirements of law as may be necessary in the Options of the Company from time to time.

 

*

 

*   *   *

 

15



 

TALEND
STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT
Part I
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

[Optionee’s Name and Address]

 

You have been granted a total number of [     ·    ] [Options (the “ Options ”)][, corresponding to] [[    ·    ] Options called “ Base Options ”] [and] [[    ·    ] Options called “ Performance Options ”][,] to subscribe ordinary Shares of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the 2012 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) and this Option Agreement.  Options are governed by articles L. 225-177 and following of the French Commercial Code.  They are not part of the employment agreement or of the office which has allowed the Optionee to be granted the Options.  Neither do they constitute an element of the Optionee’s remuneration.  Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.

 

Grant Number(1):

 

[ Base Options :

                           ]

[ Performance Options :

                           ]

Total number of Options :

                           ]

 

 

Date of Grant(2):

[April 30, 2012]

Vesting Commencement Date(3):

 

 

 

[Base Options:

[April 30, 2012]

[Performance Options:

[April 30, 2013]

Exercise Price per Share:

EUR

 

Total Number of Shares Granted:

 

Total Exercise Price:

EUR

 

Type of Options(4):

[Incentive Stock Option]

 

[Nonstatutory Stock Option]

Term/Expiration Date(5):

[10 years — April 30, 2022]

 

We draw your attention upon the fact that should you be a French tax resident as at the Date of Grant, the Shares sold or issued, as a result of the exercise of an Option shall be held in the nominative form and shall not be sold prior to the earliest of four (4) years from the date of grant of the Option without exceeding three (3) years from the date of exercise of the Option even if, in the meantime, the Beneficiary loses the Continuous Status as a Beneficiary or

 


(1)  reference number to be allocated by the Company, if it wishes so

(2)  date of the board meeting having allocated the Option

(3)  date chosen by the board as the date of beginning of the vesting schedule or, if not, date of granting of the Option by the board

(4)  for U.S. Beneficiaries only

(5)  date of termination of the Option (article 7 of the Plan), which shall not exceed 5 years for an ISO granted to a 10% owner and 10 years for a US grantee (NQSO or ISO°.

 



 

ceases to be a French tax resident.  This prohibition of sale will also apply to you if you become a French tax resident during the term of an Option, but only to the extent of the then unvested portion (if any) of such Option.  This restriction shall be mentioned in your shareholder’s accounts of the Company as from the date of exercise of the relevant Options.  However, it will not be applicable in case of death or Incapacity.  In addition, this restriction will not be applicable in case of Dismissal or Retirement if the Options have been exercised at least three months before the Date of Dismissal or Retirement.

 

It is as a consequence, hereby, given mandate to the authorized financial intermediary holding the individual shareholders’ accounts of the Company not to register any assignment or transfer of Shares resulting from the exercise of Options occurring prior to the expiration of the above-mentioned period of four (4) years.

 

Where the exercise of an Option, as described under Article 9.(a) of the Plan, would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and the Optionee provides the Company with either the receipt stating the payment by the Optionee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

In the event that you infringe one of the above mentioned commitments, you shall be liable for any consequences resulting from such infringement for the Company and undertake to indemnify the Company in respect of all amounts payable by the Company in connection with such infringement.

 

IT IS HEREBY SPECIFIED THAT THE ABOVE FOUR PARAGRAPHS SHALL NOT APPLY TO YOU AS LONG AS YOU DO NOT BECOME A FRENCH TAX RESIDENT.

 

Validity of the Options:

 

The Options will be valid as from the Date of Grant.

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

The Options[, depending on whether they are Base or Performance Options,] may be exercised by the Beneficiary on the basis of the following initial vesting schedule subject to the condition precedent that the Optionee shall have previously returned to the Company the documents referred to under section 2. of Part II of the Stock Option Grant Agreement duly initialed and signed:

 

[ To be adapted by the Board upon the type of Options granted ]

 

[(i) For Base Options: ]

 

2


 

·                   [up to 25% of the Options, i.e. [    ·    ] Options, as from the expiration of a twelve (12)-month period following the Date of Grant, i.e. as from [April 30, 2013],

 

·                   then, up to an additional 6,25% of the Options, i.e. [    ·    ] Options, as from the expiration of each quarter, i.e. each period of three subsequent months, following April 30, 2013 and until the expiration of the 36 th  month from such date, and

 

·                   at the latest within ten (10) years as from the Date of Grant or in case of death or Disability of the Optionee during such ten (10) year period, six (6) months and from the death or nine (9) months as from the Disability of the Optionee.]

 

[(ii) For Performance Options: ]

 

·                   [up to 25% of the Options, i.e. [    ·    ] Options, as from the Date of Grant, i.e. as from [April 30, 2012],

 

·                   then, up to an additional 6,25% of the Options, i.e. [    ·    ] Options, as from the expiration of each quarter, i.e. each period of three subsequent months, following April 30, 2012 and until the expiration of the 36 th  month from such date, and

 

·                   at the latest within ten (10) years as from the Date of Grant or in case of death or Disability of the Optionee during such ten (10) year period, six (6) months as from the death or nine (9) months as from the Disability of the Optionee.]

 

The number of Options that could be exercised pursuant to the above vesting schedule will always be rounded down to the nearest full number.

 

If the Beneficiary fails to exercise the Options in whole or in part within the above period of five (5) years (as may be extended to six (6) months from the death or nine (9) months from the Disability of the Optionee), the Options will lapse automatically.

 

Unless the Board otherwise decides no later than immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event (as defined below), in the event of a merger of the Company into another corporation or of the sale by one or several shareholders, acting alone or in concert, of the Company to one or several third parties of a number of Shares resulting in a transfer of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the Shares of the Company to said third parties or of first listing of the Shares of the Company on a regulated marked of the European Union, on the Alternext marked of NYSE Euronext Paris, on the AIM of the London stock exchange or on the NASDAQ or on the New York Stock Exchange (a “Liquidity Event”), the Optionee’s right to exercise the Options will be accelerated so that the Optionee may exercise all of them with effect immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event.

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board no later than on the date of completion of a Liquidity Event:

 

· the Options that may be exercised shall have to be exercised no later than immediately prior to the completion of the Liquidity Event, it being specified that the Board shall inform the Optionee of any proposed Liquidity Event at least 15 days prior to the completion thereof; and

 

3



 

· any Options not exercised for any reason on or prior to the date of completion of a Liquidity Event will automatically lapse.

 

Termination Period:

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board prior to their expiration, the Options may be exercised for one (1) month after termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary, to the extent the Options are exercisable at the time of termination and if such Termination is due to the Optionee.

 

If the termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as Beneficiary is due to the Company, the Options will lapse at the date of termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary unless otherwise decided by the Board on or prior such termination.

 

Upon the death of the Optionee, the Options may be exercised during a period of six (6) months as provided in the Plan.

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board, upon the Disability of the Optionee, the Options may be exercised during a period of nine (9) months as provided in the Plan.

 

Save as provided in the Plan, in no event shall the Options be exercised later than the Term/Expiration Date as provided above.  Should the Options expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unsubscribed Shares which were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan.

 

By his signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, the Optionee and the Company agree that the Options are granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.  The Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option Agreement in their entirely, has had the opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Option Agreement.  The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Option Agreement.  The Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

4



 

TALEND
STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT
Part II
TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1.                                       Grant of Options .

 

1.1.                             The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant attached as Part I of this Agreement (the “Optionee”), a total number of [    ·    ] [Options (the “ Options ”)][, corresponding to] [[    ·    ] Options called “ Base Options ”] [and] [[    ·    ] Options called “ Performance Options ”][,] to subscribe the number of ordinary Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

 

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option , this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code although the Company makes no representation as to the tax status of the Option.  However, if this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option , to the extent that it exceeds the U.S.$ 100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) the excess shall be treated as a Non-Statutory Stock Option

 

1.2.                             An Option will be valid as from the Date of Grant.

 

1.3.                             In the event of any tax liability arising on account of the Grant of the Options, the liability to pay such taxes shall be that of the Beneficiary alone.  The Beneficiary shall enter into such agreements of indemnity and execute any and all documents as the Company may specify for this purpose, if so required at the time of the Grant and at any other time at the discretion of the Company, on such terms and conditions as the Company may think fit, for recovery of the tax due, from the Beneficiary.

 

2.                                       Exercise of Options

 

(a)                                  Right to Exercise .  An Option[                               , whether a Base or Performance Option,] is exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, subject to the condition precedent that the Optionee shall have previously returned to the Company (i) Part I and Part II of the Stock Option Grant Agreement and (ii) two copies of the short-form shareholders’ agreement (“ pacte d’actionnaires simplifié ”) provided to you by the Company, in each case duly initialed (all pages but for the signature page) and signed (signature page).  In the event of Optionee’s death, Disability or other termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary, the exercisability of an Option is governed by the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

 

5



 

(b)                                  Method of Exercise .  An Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached hereto (the “Exercise Notice”), comprising a share subscription form ( bulletin de souscription ) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.  The Exercise Notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Company or its designated representative or by facsimile message to be immediately confirmed by certified mail to the Company.  The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares.  An Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the proof of payment of such aggregate Exercise Price.

 

No Share shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and exercise complies with all relevant provisions of law as set out under Section 14(a) of the Plan.

 

Upon exercise of an Option, the Shares issued to the Optionee shall be assimilated with all other Shares of the Company and shall be entitled to dividends for the fiscal year in course during which the Option is exercised.

 

3 .                                       Method of Payment .  Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

 

(1)                                  wire transfer with the execution of the corresponding exchange contract;

(2)                                  check; or

(3)                                  any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

Where the exercise of an Option would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when (a) the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and (b) the Optionee provides the Company with either (i) the receipt stating the payment by the Optionee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, (ii) the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

The Company and its Affiliated Companies may not be held responsible in any way if the Beneficiary for any reason not attributable to the Company or its Affiliated Companies was not able to exercise the Option or purchase the Shares.  The payment for the purchase of the shares shall be made by the Optionee under his/her own responsibility according to these Terms and Conditions.

 

4.                                       Non-Transferability of Option .  An Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee.  The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

 

6



 

5.                                       Term of Options .  Subject as provided in the Plan, an Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

 

6.                                       Prohibition to sell.  However, as an exception to the above, the Shares sold or issued, as a result of the exercise of an Option, pursuant to the exercise of an Option to a Beneficiary who is, as at the Date of Grant of the Option, a French tax resident, shall be held in the nominative form and shall not be sold prior to the earliest of four (4) years from the date of grant of the Option without exceeding three (3) years from the date of exercise of the Option even if, in the meantime, the Beneficiary loses the Continuous Status as a Beneficiary or ceases to be a French tax resident.  This prohibition of sale will also apply to a Beneficiary who becomes a French tax resident during the term of an Option, but only to the extent of the then unvested portion (if any) of such Option.  This restriction shall be mentioned in the shareholder’s accounts of the Company as from the date of exercise of the relevant Options.  However, it will not be applicable in case of death or Incapacity of the Beneficiary.  In addition, this restriction will not be applicable in case of Dismissal or Retirement of the Beneficiary if the Options have been exercised at least three months before the Date of Dismissal or Retirement.

 

It is as a consequence, hereby, given mandate to the authorized financial intermediary holding the individual shareholders’ accounts of the Company not to register any assignment or transfer of Shares resulting from the exercise of Options occurring prior to the expiration of the above-mentioned period of four ( 4 ) years.

 

In the event that a Beneficiary infringes one of the above mentioned commitments, such Beneficiary shall be liable for any consequences resulting from such infringement for the Company and undertakes to indemnify the Company in respect of all amounts payable by the Company in connection with such infringement.

 

The above three paragraphs shall not apply to you as long as you do not become a French tax resident.

 

7.                                       Entire Agreement; Governing Law .  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference.  The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.  This agreement is governed by the laws of the Republic of France.

 

Any claim or dispute arising under the Plan or this Agreement shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the court competent for the place of the registered office of the Company.

 

7


 

8.                                       Tax Obligations .  Regardless of any action the Company or Optionee’s employer (the “Employer”) takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, or other tax-related withholding (“Tax-Related Items”), Optionee acknowledges that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due by Optionee is and remains Optionee’s responsibility and that the Company and/or the Employer (1) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Option grant, including the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends; and (2) do not commit to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate Optionee’s liability for Tax-Related Items.

 

Prior to exercise of the Option, Optionee will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all withholding obligations of the Company and/or the Employer, if any.  In this regard, Optionee authorizes the Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable Tax-Related Items legally payable by Optionee from Optionee’s compensation paid to Optionee by the Company and/or Employer or from proceeds of the sale of Shares.  Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under local law, the Company may sell or arrange for the sale of Shares that Optionee acquires to meet the withholding obligation for Tax-Related Items.  Finally, Optionee will pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold as a result of Optionee’s participation in the Plan or Optionee’s purchase of Shares that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described.  The Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Options if Optionee fails to comply with Optionee’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items as described in this section.

 

9.                                       Nature of Grant .  In accepting the grant, Optionee acknowledges that:

 

(a)                                  the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, unless otherwise provided in the Plan and this Agreement;

 

(b)                                  the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted repeatedly in the past;

 

(c)                                   all decisions with respect to future option grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

 

(d)                                  Optionee’s participation in the Plan shall not create a right to further employment with the employer and shall not interfere with the ability of the Employer to terminate Optionee’s employment relationship at any time with or without cause;

 

(e)                                   Optionee is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

 

(f)                                    the Option is an extraordinary item that does not constitute compensation of any kind for services of any kind rendered to the Company or the Employer, and which is outside the scope of Optionee’s employment contract, if any;

 

8



 

(g)                                   the Option is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments and in no event should be considered as compensation for, or relating in any way to, past services for the Company or the Employer;

 

(h)                                  the Option grant will not be interpreted to form an employment contract with the Company, the Employer or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company;

 

(i)                                      the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty;

 

(j)                                     if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

 

(k)                                  if Optionee exercises Optionee’s Option and obtains Shares, the value of those Shares acquired upon exercise may increase or decrease in value, even below the exercise price;

 

(l)                                      in consideration of the grant of the Option, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from termination of the Option or diminution in value of the Option or Shares purchased through exercise of the Option resulting from termination of Optionee’s employment the Company or the Employer (for any reason whatsoever) and Optionee irrevocably releases the Company and the Employer from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen, then, by signing this Agreement, Optionee shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived Optionee’s entitlement to pursue such claim; and

 

(m)                              in the event of termination of Optionee’s employment, Optionee’s right to receive the Option and vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate effective as of the date that Optionee receives notice of termination regardless of when such termination is effective; furthermore, in the event of termination of employment, Optionee’s right to exercise the Option after termination of employment, if any, will be measured by the date on which the Optionee receives notice of termination; the Company shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Optionee is no longer actively employed for purposes of Optionee’s Option grant.  In addition, any period of notice or compensation in lieu of such notice, that is given or ought to have been given under any contract, statute, common law or civil law shall be excluded.

 

10.                                Data Privacy.  Optionee hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Optionee’s personal data as described in this document by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Optionee’s participation in the Plan.

 

9



 

Optionee understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Optionee, including, but not limited to, Optionee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Optionee’s favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”).

 

Optionee understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Optionee’s country.  Optionee understands that Optionee may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting Optionee’s local human resources representative.  Optionee authorizes the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing Optionee’s participation in the Plan.  Optionee understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Optionee’s participation in the Plan.  Optionee understands that Optionee may, at any time, view the Data, request additional information about the storage processing of the Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing Optionee’s local human resources representative.  Optionee understands, however, that refusing or withdrawing Optionee’s consent may affect Optionee’s ability to participate in the Plan.  For more information on the consequences of Optionee’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Optionee understands that Optionee may contact Optionee’s local human resources representative.

 

11.                                Electronic Delivery .  The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Option and participation in the Plan or future options that may be granted under the Plan by electronic means or to request Optionee’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means.  Optionee hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

10



 

12.                                Severability .  The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

 

OPTIONEE:

 

TALEND

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residence Address

 

 

 

11



 

EXHIBIT A

 

TALEND

 

Société Anonyme having a share capital of EUR.[      ]
Registered office: [      ]
484 175 252 R.C.S. [      ]

 

2012 STOCK OPTION PLAN
EXERCISE NOTICE
(Share subscription form)

 

TALEND

[      ]

[      ]

France

[            ], [    ]

 

Attention: [        ]

 

1.                                       Exercise of Options .  Effective as of Today,                 ,      the undersigned (“Optionee”) hereby elects to subscribe                   (      ) ordinary shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of TALEND (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Company’s 2012 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) adopted by the board on April 25, 2012 and the Stock Option Agreement dated             ,      (the “Option Agreement”).  The subscription price for the Shares shall be EUR.         , as required by the Option Agreement.

 

2.                                       Delivery of Payment .  Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full subscription price for the Shares.

 

3.                                       Representations of Optionee .  The Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions , in particular the Optionee agrees to abide and be bound by the obligation to hold and the prohibition to sell the Shares provided for in articles 9.(a) of the Plan and 6 of the Option Agreement as well as by the obligation to indemnify which stems from it (to the extent applicable) .

 

4.                                       Rights as Shareholder .  Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company) of the Shares, the Optionee shall have, as an Optionee, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, except those the Optionee may have as a shareholder of the Company.  No adjustment will be made for rights in respect of which the record date is prior to the issuance date for the Shares, except as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.

 



 

5.                                       Tax consultation .  The Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s subscription or disposition of the Shares.  Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the subscription or disposition of the Shares.  The Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

6.                                       Entire Agreement; Governing Law .  The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.  This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.  This agreement is governed by the laws of the Republic of France.

 

*

 

*   *   *

 

This Exercise notice is delivered in two originals one of which shall be returned
to the Optionee.

 

Submitted by:

 

Accepted by:

OPTIONEE (*)

 

TALEND

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


*                  The signature of the Optionee must be preceded by the following manuscript mention “accepted for formal and irrevocable subscription of [        ] ordinary Shares” .

 

2


 

TALEND

 

2011 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 



 

SUMMARY

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

Purposes of the Plan

1

 

 

 

2.

Definitions

1

 

 

 

3.

Shares subject to the Plan

6

 

 

 

4.

Administration of the Plan

6

 

 

 

 

(a)

procedure

 

 

(b)

powers of the Administrator

 

 

(c)

effect of Administrator’s decision

 

 

 

 

5.

Limitations

7

 

 

 

6.

Term of the Plan

8

 

 

 

7.

Term of the Options

8

 

 

 

8.

Options exercise price and consideration

9

 

 

 

 

(a)

subscription or purchase price

 

 

(b)

waiting period and exercise dates

 

 

(c)

form of consideration

 

 

 

 

9.

Exercise of Options

10

 

 

 

 

(a)

procedure for exercise; rights of the shareholders

 

 

(b)

termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as Beneficiary

 

 

(c)

disability of Optionee

 

 

(d)

death of Optionee

 

 

 

 

10.

Non-transferability of Options

12

 

 

 

11.

Adjustments upon changes

12

 

 

 

 

(a)

changes in capitalization of the Company

 

 

(b)

dissolution or liquidation of the Company

 

 

(c)

merger or asset sale

 

 

 

 

12.

Grant

13

 



 

13.

Amendment and termination of the Plan

14

 

 

 

 

(a)

amendment and termination

 

 

(b)

shareholders’s approval

 

 

(c)

effect of amendment or termination

 

 

 

 

14.

Conditions upon issuance of shares

14

 

 

 

 

(a)

legal compliance

 

 

(b)

investment representations

 

 

 

 

15.

Liability of the Company

15

 

 

 

16.

Shareholder’s approval

15

 

 

 

17.

SAR for PRC Beneficiarioes

15

 

 

 

18.

Law, jurisdiction

15

 

 

 

Stock Option Grant Agreement (for non PRC citizen)

 

 

 

 

Part I - Notice of stock options grant

 

 

Part II - Term and conditions

 

 

Exercise notice

 

 

 

Stock Appreciation Right Grant Agreement (for PRC citizen)

 

 

 

 

Part I - Notice of stock appreciation right grant

 

 

Part II —Term and conditions

 

 

Exercise notice

 

 



 

TALEND

 

2011 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

In accordance with the authorization granted by the extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting of July 25, 2011, the board of directors decided on September 15, 2011, in compliance with the provisions of articles L. 225-177 et. seq. of the French Commercial Code, to adopt the 2011 stock option plan of TALEND, the terms and conditions of which are set out below.

 

1.                                       PURPOSES OF THE PLAN

 

The purposes of the Plan are:

 

·                                           to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility;

 

·                                           to provide additional incentive to Beneficiaries; and

 

·                                           to promote the success of the Company’s business.

 

Options granted under the Plan to U.S. Beneficiaries are intended to be Incentive Stock Options or Non-Statutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an Option, and shall comply in all respects with Applicable Laws in order that they may benefit from available tax advantages.

 

2.                                       DEFINITIONS

 

(a)                                  Administrator ” means the board of the Company which shall administer the Plan in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Affiliated Company ” means a company which conforms with the criteria set forth in article L. 225-180 of the Law as follows:

 

·                                           companies of which at least ten per cent (10%) of the share capital or voting rights is held directly or indirectly by the Company;

 

·                                           companies which own directly or indirectly at least ten per cent (10%) of the share capital or voting rights of the Company; and

 

·                                           companies of which at least fifty per cent (50%) of the share capital or voting rights is held directly or indirectly by a company which owns directly or indirectly at least fifty percent (50%) of the share capital or voting rights of the Company,

 

(c)                                   Applicable Laws ” means for the US the legal requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under state corporate and securities laws and the Code in force in the United States of America.

 



 

(d)                                  Beneficiary ” means the president of the board of directors ( président du conseil d’administration) , the general manager ( directeur général) and the deputy general managers ( directeurs généraux délégués) or, as the case may be, the president and the members of the management board ( président et membres du directoire) of the Company as well as any individual employed by the Company or by any Affiliated Company under the terms and conditions of an employment contract, it being specified that a term of office of director of the Company or director of an Affiliated Company (remunerated or not) shall not be deemed to constitute an employment relationship.

 

(e)                                   Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

(f)                                    Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(g)                                   Company ” means TALEND, a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of France.

 

(h)                                  Continuous Status as a Beneficiary ” means as regards the president of the board of directors, the general manager, the deputy general manager(s) or, as the case may be, the president and the members of the management board that the term of their office has not been terminated and, as regards an employee that the employment relationship between the Beneficiary and the Company or any Affiliated Company is not terminated.  Continuous Status as a Beneficiary shall not be considered terminated in the case of (i) any leave of absence having received a prior approval from the Company or requiring no prior approval under U.S. laws, or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company or any Affiliated Company or the contrary or also from an Affiliated Company to another Affiliated Company.  Leaves of absence which must receive a prior approval from the Company for the non-termination of the Continuous Status as a Beneficiary shall include leaves of more than three (3) months for illnesses or conditions about which the employee has advance knowledge, military leave, or any other personal leave.  For purposes of U.S. Beneficiaries and Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute contract or Company policies.  If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, on the 91st day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by a U.S. Beneficiary shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for U.S. tax purposes as a Non-Statutory Stock Option.

 

(i)                                      Date of Dismissal ” means the date the employee received its dismissal letter.

 

(j)                                     Date of Grant ” means the date of the decision of the Board to grant the Options.

 

2



 

(k)                                  Disability ” means a disability declared further to a medical examination provided for in article L. 4624-21 of the French Labour Code or pursuant to any similar provision applicable to a foreign Affiliated Company.

 

(l)                                      Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(m)                              Fair Market Value ” means the value for one Share as determined in good faith by the Administrator, according to the following provisions, as provided in the Shareholder Authorization:

 

(i)                                      as long as the Shares will not be listed on a regulated market of the European Union or on a Swiss stock exchange market or on the National Association of Securities Dealers Inc. Automated Quotation (“NASDAQ”) System or on the New York Stock Exchange in the United States of America, the subscription or purchase price will be determined in accordance with the provision of article L. 225-177 of the French commercial Code and will be at least equal to the price per share retained at the time of the last operation affecting the share capital of the Company, unless otherwise decided by the Board by a well-founded decision;

 

(ii)                                   from the date on which the Company shall be listed on a regulated market of the European Union or on a Swiss stock exchange market or on the National Association of Securities Dealers Inc. Automated Quotation (“NASDAQ”) System or on the New York Stock Exchange in the United States of America, the Board may determine the subscription or purchase price of a share by reference to the closing sales price of one share on such regulated market for the day prior to the day of the decision of the Board to grant the Options.  However, the purchase or subscription price shall in no case be less than ninety five per cent (95%) of the average of the closing sales price for a share as quoted on said stock exchange market during the twenty market trading days prior to the day of the Board’s decision to grant the Options,

 

(iii)                                for US Beneficiaries, the subscription or purchase price shall not be less than the fair market value of the Shares on the Date of Grant, determined as follows (a) if the Shares are listed or quoted for trading on an exchange, the value will be deemed to be the closing or last offer price, as applicable, of the Shares on the principal exchange upon which such securities are traded or quoted on such date, provided, if such date is not a trading day, on the last market trading day prior to such date; and (b) if the Shares are not listed or quoted for trading on an exchange, the fair market value of the Shares as determined by the Board, consistent with the requirements of Sections 422 with respect to Incentive Stock Options, and 409A of the Code with respect to Options not intended to be Incentive Stock Options,

 

3



 

it being specified that, when an Option entitles the holder to purchase shares previously repurchased by the Company, the exercise price, notwithstanding the above provisions and in accordance with applicable law, may not be less than 80% of the average purchase price paid by the Company for all shares so previously repurchased.

 

This price settled for the subscription or purchase of Shares shall not be modified during the period in which the Option may be exercised.  However, if the Company makes one of the operations mentioned in article L. 225-181 of the French Commercial Code, it must take all necessary measures to protect Optionee’s interests in the conditions provided for by article L 228-99 of the French Commercial Code.  In case of issuance of securities granting access to the share capital of the Company, as well as in case of the Company’s merger or spin off ( scission ), the Board may decide, for a limited period of time, to suspend the right to exercise the Options.

 

(n)                                  Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(o)                                  Law ” means the French Commercial Code.

 

(p)                                  Non-Statutory Stock Option ” means an Option which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(q)                                  Notice of Grant ” means a written notice evidencing the main terms and conditions of an individual Option grant.  The Notice of Grant is part of the Option Agreement.

 

(r)                                     Officer ” means either a U.S. Beneficiary designed by the Company or an Affiliated Company, as the case may be, as an officer (as defined in section 16 of the Exchange Act and its regulations),

 

(s)                                    Option ” means an option to purchase or subscribe Shares granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(t)                                     Optionee ” means a Beneficiary who holds at least one outstanding Option.

 

(u)                                  Option Agreement ” means a written agreement entered into between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant.  The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(v)                                  Option Exchange Program ” means a program whereby outstanding Options are surrendered in exchange for Options with different exercise conditions.

 

(w)                               Parent ” means a “parent corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

4



 

(x)                                Plan ” means the 2011 Stock Option Plan as approved by the Board on September 15, 2011.

 

(y)                                Retirement ” means, pursuant to article L. 1237-5 of the French labor code, the retirement, upon the employer’s decision, at full rate of an employee who has reached the age giving right to retirement, or any similar provision applicable to a foreign Affiliated Company.

 

(z)                                 Share ” means a share of the Company

 

(aa)                           Shareholders Authorization ” means the authorization given by the shareholders of the Company in the combined ordinary and extraordinary general meeting held on July 25, 2011 as increased or amended from time to time by a further general meeting of the shareholders permitting the Board to grant Stock Options.

 

(bb)                         Share Capital ” means the issued and paid up capital of the Company.

 

(cc)                           Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

(dd)                          U.S. Beneficiary ” means a Beneficiary of the Company or an Affiliated Company residing in the United States or otherwise subject to United States’ laws, regulations or taxation.

 

5



 

3.                                       SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan and pursuant to the Shareholder Authorization, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be optioned and issued under the Plan is equal to 7,962,150 with a nominal value of 0.01 Euro each, as may be adjusted to take into account any operation of split or grouping of Shares.  For “Incentive Stock Options”, the maximum number of Shares which may be optioned and issued is equal to 7,962,150.  The Shares optioned and issued under the Plan may be newly issued Shares, treasury Shares or Shares purchased on the open market.

 

Should the Option expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unsubscribed Shares which were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available again for future grant under the Plan.

 

4.                                       ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

(a)                                  Procedure

 

The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.

 

(b)                                  Powers of the Administrator .

 

Subject to the provisions of the Law, the Shareholders Authorization, the Plan, and the Applicable Laws, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

 

(i)                                     to determine the Fair Market Value of the Shares, in accordance with Section 2(m) of the Plan;

 

(ii)                                 to determine the Beneficiaries to whom Options may be granted hereunder;

 

(iii)                             to select the Beneficiaries and determine whether and to what extent Options are granted hereunder;

 

(iv)                               to approve or amend forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

 

(v)                                   to determine the terms and conditions of any Options granted hereunder.  Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or the Shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine with the exception of the exercise price; it being specified that the Administrator’s discretion remains subject to the rules and limitations set forth in this Plan and in the Law;

 

6


 

(vi)                               to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Options granted pursuant to the Plan;

 

(vii)                           to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws;

 

(viii)                       to modify or amend each Option (subject to the provisions of Section 13(c) of the Plan), including the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercise period of Options after the termination of the employment agreement or the end of the term of office, longer than is otherwise provided for in the Plan;

 

(ix)                               to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Option previously granted by the Administrator;

 

(x)                                   to implement an Option Exchange Program;

 

(xi)                               to determine the terms and restrictions applicable to Options; and

 

(xii)                           to make all other determinations deemed necessary or appropriate for administering the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Effect of Administrator’s Decision .

 

The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations shall be final and binding on all Optionees.

 

5.                                       LIMITATIONS

 

(a)                                  In the case of U.S. Beneficiaries, each Option shall be designated in the Notice of Grant either as an “Incentive Stock Option” or as a “Non-Statutory Stock Option” .  Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to Beneficiaries of the Company or a Subsidiary who meet the definition of “employees” under Section 3401(c) of the Code.

 

Nevertheless, the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares covered by Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan or any other stock option program of the Company (or any Parent or subsidiary of the Company) that become exercisable for the first time in any calendar year shall not exceed U.S. $100,000: to the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value of such Shares exceeds U.S. $100,000, the Options covering those Shares the Fair Market Values of which causes the aggregate Fair Market Value of all such Shares to be in excess of U.S. $100,000 shall be treated as Non-Statutory Options.

 

7



 

Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the Date of the Grant.

 

(b)                                  The Options are governed by articles L. 225-177 and following of the Law.  They are not part of the employment agreement or of the office which has allowed the Optionee to be granted the Option.  Neither do they constitute an element of the Optionee’s remuneration.

 

Neither the Plan nor any Option shall confer upon an Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee’s employment or his term of office with the Company or any Affiliated Company, nor shall they interfere in any way with the Optionee’s right or the Company’s or Affiliated Company’s right, as the case may be, to terminate such employment or such term of office at any time, with or without cause.

 

(c)                                   Other than as expressly provided hereunder, no member of the board of directors of the Company or of the supervisory board (in the event of change of management formula of the Company) or of an equivalent management body of an Affiliated Company shall be as such eligible to receive Options under the Plan.

 

6.                                       TERM OF PLAN

 

Subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company in accordance with Section 16 of the Plan, the Plan shall be effective and Options may be granted as of September 15, 2011, the date of the Plan’s adoption by the Board.  Options may be granted hereunder until September 25, 2014.  It shall continue in effect until the date of termination of the last Option in force, unless terminated earlier under Section 13 of the Plan.

 

7.                                       TERM OF OPTIONS

 

The term of each Option shall be stated in the Notice of Grant as ten (10) years from the date of grant, in accordance with the Shareholders Authorization or, in case of death or Disability of the Optionee during such 10-year period, six (6) months from the death or Disability of the Optionee in accordance with French law.

 

8



 

8.                                       OPTIONS EXERCISE PRICE AND CONSIDERATION

 

(a)                                  Subscription or purchase Price

 

The per Share subscription or purchase price for the Shares to be issued or sold pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Administrator on the basis of the Fair Market Value.

 

(i)                                      In the case of an “Incentive Stock Option” granted to a U.S. Beneficiary who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting rights of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and, to the extent such Beneficiary is permitted by the Law to receive Option grants, the per Share subscription or purchase price shall be no less than 110% of the fair market value per Share on the Date of Grant as defined in Section 2(m)(iii);

 

(ii)                                   In the case of a “Non-Statutory Stock Option” or “Incentive Stock Option”, not covered by Section 8(a)9i) above, granted to any U.S. Beneficiary, the per Share subscription or purchase price shall be no less than 100% of the fair market value per Share on the Date of Grant as defined in Section 2(m)(iii).

 

(b)                                  Waiting Period and Exercise Dates

 

At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator shall fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and shall determine any conditions which must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.  In so doing, the Administrator may specify that an Option may not be exercised until the completion of a service period in the Company or an Affiliated Company.

 

(c)                                   Form of Consideration

 

The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued or purchased upon exercise of Options, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator.  Such consideration shall consist entirely of an amount in Euro corresponding to the exercise price which shall be paid either by:

 

(1)                                  wire transfer;

(2)                                  check; or

(3)                                  any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

9



 

Where the exercise of an Option would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and the Optionee provides the Company with either the receipt stating the payment by the Optionee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

9.                                       EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

(a)                                  Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder

 

Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement.

 

An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) written notice of exercise (in accordance with the provisions of the Option Agreement) together with a share subscription or purchase form ( bulletin de souscription ou d’achat ) duly executed by the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised.  Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan.

 

1.                                       Where the exercise of an Option would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and the Optionee provides the Company with either the receipt stating the payment by the Optionee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

2.                                       Upon exercise of an Option, the Shares issued or sold to the Optionee shall be assimilated with all other Shares of the Company of the same class and shall be entitled to dividends once the Shares are issued for the fiscal year during which the Option is exercised.

 

However, as an exception to the above, the Shares sold or issued, as a result of the exercise of an Option, pursuant to the exercise of an Option to a Beneficiary who is, as at the Date of Grant of the Option, a French tax resident, shall be held in the nominative form and shall not be sold prior to the earliest of four (4) years from the date of grant of the Option without exceeding three (3) years from the date of exercise of the Option even if, in the meantime, the Beneficiary loses the Continuous Status as a Beneficiary or ceases to be a French tax resident.  This prohibition of sale will also apply to a Beneficiary who becomes a French tax resident during the term of an Option, but only to the extent of the then unvested portion (if any) of such Option.  This restriction shall be mentioned in the shareholder’s accounts of the

 

10



 

Company as from the date of exercise of the relevant Options.  However, it will not be applicable in case of death or Incapacity of the Beneficiary.  In addition, this restriction will not be applicable in case of Dismissal or Retirement of the Beneficiary if the Options have been exercised at least three months before the Date of Dismissal or Retirement.

 

In the event that a Beneficiary infringes one of the above mentioned commitments, such Beneficiary shall be liable for any consequences resulting from such infringement for the Company and undertakes to indemnify the Company in respect of all amounts payable by the Company in connection with such infringement.

 

Granting of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares which thereafter may be available for purposes of the Plan, by the number of Shares as to which the Option may be exercised.

 

(b)                                  Termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as Beneficiary

 

Upon termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary, other than upon the Optionee’s death or Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Options, but only within such period of time as is specified in the Notice of Grant, and only for the part of the Options that the Optionee was entitled to exercise at the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Options as set forth in the Notice of Grant and, in the case of an “Incentive Stock Option”, three (3) months following the Optionee’s termination of Continuous Status as a Beneficiary).  Unless a longer period is specified in the Notice of Grant or otherwise resolved by the Board, an Option shall remain exercisable for one (1) month following the Optionee’s termination of Continuous Status as a Beneficiary if such termination is due to the Optionee.  In case of termination due to the Company’s decision, the Option will expire at the date of termination of Continuous Status as a Beneficiary unless otherwise decided by the Board on or prior such termination.

 

If, at the date of termination, the Optionee is not entitled to exercise all his or her Options, the Shares covered by the unexercisable portion of Options shall revert to the Plan.  If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise all of his or her Options within the period specified by the Administrator, the Options shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Options shall revert to the Plan.

 

11



 

(c)                                   Disability of Optionee

 

In the event that an Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary terminates as a result of the Optionee’s Disability, unless otherwise resolved by the Board, the Optionee may exercise his or her Options at any time within nine (9) months from the date of such termination, but only to the extent these Options are exercisable at the time of termination (and in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Options as set forth in the Notice of Grant).  If, at the date of termination, the Optionee is not entitled to exercise all of his or her Options, the Shares covered by the unexercised portion of Options shall revert to the Plan.  If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise all of his or her Options within the time specified herein, the Options shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Options shall revert to the Plan.

 

(d)                                  Death of Optionee

 

In the event of the death of an Optionee during the term of the Options, unless otherwise resolved by the Board, the Options may be exercised at any time within six (6) months following the date of death, by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent these Options are exercisable at the time of death.  If, at the time of death, the Optionee was not entitled to exercise all of his or her Options, the Shares covered by the unexercised portion of Options shall immediately revert to the Plan.  If, after death, the Optionee’s estate or a person who acquired the right to exercise the Options by bequest or inheritance does not exercise the Options within the time specified herein, the Options shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Options shall revert to the Plan.

 

10.                                NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS

 

An Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.

 

11.                                ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, DISSOLUTION, MERGER OR ASSET SALE

 

(a)                                  Changes in capitalization

 

In the event of the carrying out by the Company of any of the financial operations pursuant to article L. 225-181 of the Law as follows:

 

·                                           amortization or reduction of the share capital,

·                                           amendment of the allocation of profits,

·                                           distribution of free shares,

·                                           capitalization of reserves, profits, issuance premiums,

 

12



 

·                                           the issuance of shares or securities giving right to shares to be subscribed for in cash or by set-off of existing indebtedness offered exclusively to the shareholders;

 

the Company shall take the required measures to protect the interest of the Optionees in the conditions set forth in article L. 228-99 of the Law.

 

(b)                                  Dissolution or Liquidation

 

In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, to the extent that an Option has not been previously exercised, it will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.  The Administrator may, in the exercise of its sole discretion in such instances, declare that any Option shall terminate as of a date determined by the Administrator and give each Optionee the right to exercise his or her Options as to Shares for which the Options would not otherwise be exercisable.

 

(c)                                   Merger or Asset Sale

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board no later than immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event (as defined below):

 

· in the event of a merger of the Company into another corporation or of the sale by one or several shareholders, acting alone or in concert, of the Company to one or several third parties of a number of Shares resulting in a transfer of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the Shares of the Company to said third parties or of first listing of the Shares of Company on a regulated marked of the EU, on the Alternext marked of NYSE Euronext Paris or on the AIM of the London stock exchange or on the NASDAQ or on the New York Stock Exchange (a “Liquidity Event”), the Optionee’s right to exercise the Options will be accelerated so that the Optionee may exercise all of them with effect immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event;

 

· the Options that may be exercised shall have to be exercised no later than immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event, it being specified that the Board shall inform the Optionee of any proposed Liquidity Event at least 15 days prior to the completion thereof; and

 

· any Options not exercised for any reason on or prior to the date of completion of a Liquidity Event will automatically lapse.

 

For Incentive Stock Options, all assumptions and substitutions shall be determined in accordance with Sections 422 and 424 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

12.                                GRANT

 

12.1.                      The Date of Grant of an Option shall be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator decides to grant such Option.  Notice of Grant shall be provided to each Optionee within a reasonable time after the Date of Grant.

 

13



 

12.2.                      In the event of any tax liability arising on account of the Grant of the Options, the liability to pay such taxes shall be that of the Beneficiary alone.

 

The Beneficiary shall enter into such agreements of indemnity and execute any and all documents as the Company may specify for this purpose, if so required at the time of the Grant and at any other time at the discretion of the Company, on such terms and conditions as the Company may think fit, for recovery of the tax due, from the Beneficiary.

 

13.                                AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

 

(a)                                  Amendment and Termination

 

The Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Shareholders’ approval

 

The Company shall obtain shareholders’ approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws (including the requirements of any exchange or quotation system on which Shares may then be listed or quoted).  Such shareholders approval, if required, shall be obtained in such a manner and to such a degree as is required by the applicable law, rule or regulation.

 

(c)                                   Effect of amendment or termination

 

No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.

 

14.                                CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES

 

(a)                                  Legal Compliance

 

Shares held by a US Beneficiary shall not be sold or issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option, and the issuance or sale and delivery of such Shares shall comply with all relevant provisions of law including, without limitation, the Law, the “ Securities Act ” of 1933, as amended, the “ Exchange Act ”, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, Applicable Laws and the requirements of any stock exchange or quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted.

 

14



 

(b)                                  Investment Representations

 

As a condition to the exercise of an Option by a US Beneficiary, the Company may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being subscribed or purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

15.                                LIABILITY OF COMPANY

 

15.1.                      The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by any counsel to the Company to be necessary to the lawful issuance or sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

15.2.                      The Company and its Affiliated Companies may not be held responsible in any way if the Beneficiary for any reason not attributable to the Company or its Affiliated Companies was not able to exercise the Options or acquire the Shares.

 

16.                                SHAREHOLDERS’ APPROVAL

 

The Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.  Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under the Law and Applicable Laws.

 

17.                                LAW, JURISDICTION

 

This Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of France.

 

The relevant court of the registered office of the Company shall be exclusively competent to determine any claim or dispute arising in connection herewith.

 

The Grant of Options under this Plan shall entitle the Company to require the Beneficiary to comply with such requirements of law as may be necessary in the Options of the Company from time to time.

 

*

*   *   *

 

15


 

TALEND
STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT
Part I
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

[Optionee’s Name and Address]

 

You have been granted Options to subscribe ordinary Shares of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the 2011 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) and this Option Agreement.  Options are governed by articles L. 225-177 and following of the French Commercial Code.  They are not part of the employment agreement or of the office which has allowed the Optionee to be granted the Options.  Neither do they constitute an element of the Optionee’s remuneration.  Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.

 

Grant Number(1):

 

Date of Grant(2):

 

Vesting Commencement Date(3):

 

Exercise Price per Share:

EUR

Total Number of Shares Granted:

 

Total Exercise Price:

EUR

Type of Options(4):

[Incentive Stock Option]

 

[Nonstatutory Stock Option]

Term/Expiration Date(5):

 

 

We draw your attention upon the fact that should you be a French tax resident as at the Date of Grant, the Shares sold or issued, as a result of the exercise of an Option shall be held in the nominative form and shall not be sold prior to the earliest of four (4) years from the date of grant of the Option without exceeding three (3) years from the date of exercise of the Option even if, in the meantime, the Beneficiary loses the Continuous Status as a Beneficiary or ceases to be a French tax resident.  This prohibition of sale will also apply to you if you become a French tax resident during the term of an Option, but only to the extent of the then unvested portion (if any) of such Option.  This restriction shall be mentioned in your shareholder’s accounts of the Company as from the date of exercise of the relevant Options.  However, it will not be applicable in case of death or Incapacity.  In addition, this restriction will not be applicable in case of Dismissal or Retirement if the Options have been exercised at least three months before the Date of Dismissal or Retirement.

 


(1)  reference number to be allocated by the Company, if it wishes so

(2)  date of the board meeting having allocated the Option

(3)  date chosen by the board as the date of beginning of the vesting schedule or, if not, date of granting of the Option by the board

(4)  for U.S. Beneficiaries only

(5) date of termination of the Option (article 7 of the Plan), which shall not exceed 5 years for an ISO granted to a 10% owner and 10 years for a US grantee (NQSO or ISO°.

 



 

It is as a consequence, hereby, given mandate to the authorized financial intermediary holding the individual shareholders’ accounts of the Company not to register any assignment or transfer of Shares resulting from the exercise of Options occurring prior to the expiration of the above-mentioned period of four ( 4 ) years.

 

Where the exercise of an Option, as described under Article 9.(a) of the Plan, would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and the Optionee provides the Company with either the receipt stating the payment by the Optionee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

In the event that you infringe one of the above mentioned commitments, you shall be liable for any consequences resulting from such infringement for the Company and undertake to indemnify the Company in respect of all amounts payable by the Company in connection with such infringement.

 

IT IS HEREBY SPECIFIED THAT THE ABOVE FOUR PARAGRAPHS SHALL NOT APPLY TO YOU AS LONG AS YOU DO NOT BECOME A FRENCH TAX RESIDENT.

 

Validity of the Options :

 

The Options will be valid as from the Date of Grant.

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

The Options may be exercised by the Beneficiary on the basis of the following initial vesting schedule subject to the condition precedent that the Optionee shall have previously returned to the Company the documents referred to under section 2. of Part II of the Stock Option Grant Agreement duly initialed and signed:

 

[To be adapted by the Board upon grant, as the case may be:

 

·                   up to 25% of the Options, i.e. [   •   ] Options, as from the first anniversary of the Date of Grant, i.e. as from [   •   ],

 

·                   then, up to an additional 6,25% of the Options, i.e. [   •   ] Options, as from the end of each quarter following the first anniversary of the Date of Grant until the fourth anniversary of the Date of Grant, and

 

·                   at the latest within ten (10) years as from the Date of Grant or in case of death or Disability of the Optionee during such ten (10) year period, six (6) months as from the death or nine (9) months as from the Disability of the Optionee.]

 

2



 

The number of Options that could be exercised pursuant to the above vesting schedule will always be rounded down to the nearest full number.

 

If the Beneficiary fails to exercise the Options in whole or in part within the said period of five (5) years (as may be extended to six (6) months from the death or nine (9) months from the Disability of the Optionee), the Options will lapse automatically.

 

Unless the Board otherwise decides no later than immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event (as defined below), in the event of a merger of the Company into another corporation or of the sale by one or several shareholders, acting alone or in concert, of the Company to one or several third parties of a number of Shares resulting in a transfer of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the Shares of the Company to said third parties or of first listing of the Shares of the Company on a regulated marked of the European Union, on the Alternext marked of NYSE Euronext Paris, on the AIM of the London stock exchange or on the NASDAQ or on the New York Stock Exchange (a “Liquidity Event”), the Optionee’s right to exercise the Options will be accelerated so that the Optionee may exercise all of them with effect immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event.

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board no later than on the date of completion of a Liquidity Event:

 

· the Options that may be exercised shall have to be exercised no later than immediately prior to the completion of the Liquidity Event, it being specified that the Board shall inform the Optionee of any proposed Liquidity Event at least 15 days prior to the completion thereof; and

 

· any Options not exercised for any reason on or prior to the date of completion of a Liquidity Event will automatically lapse.

 

Termination Period:

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board prior to their expiration, the Options may be exercised for one (1) month after termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary, to the extent the Options are exercisable at the time of termination and if such Termination is due to the Optionee.

 

If the termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as Beneficiary is due to the Company, the Options will lapse at the date of termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary unless otherwise decided by the Board on or prior such termination.

 

Upon the death of the Optionee, the Options may be exercised during a period of six (6) months as provided in the Plan.

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board, upon the Disability of the Optionee, the Options may be exercised during a period of nine (9) months as provided in the Plan.

 

Save as provided in the Plan, in no event shall the Options be exercised later than the Term/Expiration Date as provided above.  Should the Options expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unsubscribed Shares which were subject

 

3



 

thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan.

 

By his signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, the Optionee and the Company agree that the Options are granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.  The Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option Agreement in their entirely, has had the opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Option Agreement.  The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Option Agreement.  The Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

4



 

TALEND
STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT
Part II
TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1.              Grant of Options .

 

1.1.         The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant attached as Part I of this Agreement (the “Optionee”), [        ] options (the “Options”) to subscribe the number of ordinary Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

 

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option , this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code although the Company makes no representation as to the tax status of the Option.  However, if this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option , to the extent that it exceeds the U.S.$ 100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) the excess shall be treated as a Non-Statutory Stock Option

 

1.2.         An Option will be valid as from the Date of Grant.

 

1.3.         In the event of any tax liability arising on account of the Grant of the Options, the liability to pay such taxes shall be that of the Beneficiary alone.  The Beneficiary shall enter into such agreements of indemnity and execute any and all documents as the Company may specify for this purpose, if so required at the time of the Grant and at any other time at the discretion of the Company, on such terms and conditions as the Company may think fit, for recovery of the tax due, from the Beneficiary.

 

2.              Exercise of Options

 

(a)            Right to Exercise .  An Option is exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, subject to the condition precedent that the Optionee shall have previously returned to the Company (i) Part I and Part II of the Stock Option Grant Agreement and (ii) two copies of the short-form shareholders’ agreement (“ pacte d’actionnaires simplifié ”) provided to you by the Company, in each case duly initialed (all pages but for the signature page) and signed (signature page).  In the event of Optionee’s death, Disability or other termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary, the exercisability of an Option is governed by the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

 

5



 

(b)            Method of Exercise .  An Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached hereto (the “Exercise Notice”), comprising a share subscription form ( bulletin de souscription ) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.  The Exercise Notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Company or its designated representative or by facsimile message to be immediately confirmed by certified mail to the Company.  The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares.  An Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the proof of payment of such aggregate Exercise Price.

 

No Share shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and exercise complies with all relevant provisions of law as set out under Section 14(a) of the Plan.

 

Upon exercise of an Option, the Shares issued to the Optionee shall be assimilated with all other Shares of the Company and shall be entitled to dividends for the fiscal year in course during which the Option is exercised.

 

3 .              Method of Payment .  Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee :

 

(1)                                  wire transfer with the execution of the corresponding exchange contract;

(2)                                  check; or

(3)                                  any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

Where the exercise of an Option would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when (a) the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and (b) the Optionee provides the Company with either (i) the receipt stating the payment by the Optionee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, (ii) the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

The Company and its Affiliated Companies may not be held responsible in any way if the Beneficiary for any reason not attributable to the Company or its Affiliated Companies was not able to exercise the Option or purchase the Shares.  The payment for the purchase of the shares shall be made by the Optionee under his/her own responsibility according to these Terms and Conditions.

 

4.              Non-Transferability of Option .  An Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee.  The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

 

6



 

5.              Term of Options .  Subject as provided in the Plan, an Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

 

6.              Prohibition to sell.  However, as an exception to the above, the Shares sold or issued, as a result of the exercise of an Option, pursuant to the exercise of an Option to a Beneficiary who is, as at the Date of Grant of the Option, a French tax resident, shall be held in the nominative form and shall not be sold prior to the earliest of four (4) years from the date of grant of the Option without exceeding three (3) years from the date of exercise of the Option even if, in the meantime, the Beneficiary loses the Continuous Status as a Beneficiary or ceases to be a French tax resident.  This prohibition of sale will also apply to a Beneficiary who becomes a French tax resident during the term of an Option, but only to the extent of the then unvested portion (if any) of such Option.  This restriction shall be mentioned in the shareholder’s accounts of the Company as from the date of exercise of the relevant Options.  However, it will not be applicable in case of death or Incapacity of the Beneficiary.  In addition, this restriction will not be applicable in case of Dismissal or Retirement of the Beneficiary if the Options have been exercised at least three months before the Date of Dismissal or Retirement.

 

It is as a consequence, hereby, given mandate to the authorized financial intermediary holding the individual shareholders’ accounts of the Company not to register any assignment or transfer of Shares resulting from the exercise of Options occurring prior to the expiration of the above-mentioned period of four ( 4 ) years.

 

In the event that a Beneficiary infringes one of the above mentioned commitments, such Beneficiary shall be liable for any consequences resulting from such infringement for the Company and undertakes to indemnify the Company in respect of all amounts payable by the Company in connection with such infringement.

 

The above three paragraphs shall not apply to you as long as you do not become a French tax resident.

 

7.              Entire Agreement; Governing Law .  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference.  The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.  This agreement is governed by the laws of the Republic of France.

 

Any claim or dispute arising under the Plan or this Agreement shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the court competent for the place of the registered office of the Company.

 

7



 

8.              Tax Obligations .  Regardless of any action the Company or Optionee’s employer (the “Employer”) takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, or other tax-related withholding (“Tax-Related Items”), Optionee acknowledges that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due by Optionee is and remains Optionee’s responsibility and that the Company and/or the Employer (1) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Option grant, including the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends; and (2) do not commit to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate Optionee’s liability for Tax-Related Items.

 

Prior to exercise of the Option, Optionee will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all withholding obligations of the Company and/or the Employer, if any.  In this regard, Optionee authorizes the Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable Tax-Related Items legally payable by Optionee from Optionee’s compensation paid to Optionee by the Company and/or Employer or from proceeds of the sale of Shares.  Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under local law, the Company may sell or arrange for the sale of Shares that Optionee acquires to meet the withholding obligation for Tax-Related Items.  Finally, Optionee will pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold as a result of Optionee’s participation in the Plan or Optionee’s purchase of Shares that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described.  The Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Options if Optionee fails to comply with Optionee’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items as described in this section.

 

9.              Nature of Grant .  In accepting the grant, Optionee acknowledges that:

 

(a)           the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, unless otherwise provided in the Plan and this Agreement;

 

(b)           the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted repeatedly in the past;

 

(c)           all decisions with respect to future option grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

 

(d)           Optionee’s participation in the Plan shall not create a right to further employment with the employer and shall not interfere with the ability of the Employer to terminate Optionee’s employment relationship at any time with or without cause;

 

(e)           Optionee is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

 

(f)            the Option is an extraordinary item that does not constitute compensation of any kind for services of any kind rendered to the Company or the Employer, and which is outside the scope of Optionee’s employment contract, if any;

 

8


 

(g)           the Option is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments and in no event should be considered as compensation for, or relating in any way to, past services for the Company or the Employer;

 

(h)           the Option grant will not be interpreted to form an employment contract with the Company, the Employer or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company;

 

(i)            the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty;

 

(j)            if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

 

(k)           if Optionee exercises Optionee’s Option and obtains Shares, the value of those Shares acquired upon exercise may increase or decrease in value, even below the exercise price;

 

(l)            in consideration of the grant of the Option, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from termination of the Option or diminution in value of the Option or Shares purchased through exercise of the Option resulting from termination of Optionee’s employment the Company or the Employer (for any reason whatsoever) and Optionee irrevocably releases the Company and the Employer from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen, then, by signing this Agreement, Optionee shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived Optionee’s entitlement to pursue such claim; and

 

(m)          in the event of termination of Optionee’s employment, Optionee’s right to receive the Option and vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate effective as of the date that Optionee receives notice of termination regardless of when such termination is effective; furthermore, in the event of termination of employment, Optionee’s right to exercise the Option after termination of employment, if any, will be measured by the date on which the Optionee receives notice of termination; the Company shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Optionee is no longer actively employed for purposes of Optionee’s Option grant.  In addition, any period of notice or compensation in lieu of such notice, that is given or ought to have been given under any contract, statute, common law or civil law shall be excluded.

 

10.           Data Privacy.  Optionee hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Optionee’s personal data as described in this document by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Optionee’s participation in the Plan.

 

9



 

Optionee understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Optionee, including, but not limited to, Optionee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Optionee’s favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”).

 

Optionee understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Optionee’s country.  Optionee understands that Optionee may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting Optionee’s local human resources representative.  Optionee authorizes the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing Optionee’s participation in the Plan.  Optionee understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Optionee’s participation in the Plan.  Optionee understands that Optionee may, at any time, view the Data, request additional information about the storage processing of the Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing Optionee’s local human resources representative.  Optionee understands, however, that refusing or withdrawing Optionee’s consent may affect Optionee’s ability to participate in the Plan.  For more information on the consequences of Optionee’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Optionee understands that Optionee may contact Optionee’s local human resources representative.

 

11.           Electronic Delivery .  The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Option and participation in the Plan or future options that may be granted under the Plan by electronic means or to request Optionee’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means.  Optionee hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

10



 

12.           Severability .  The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

 

OPTIONEE:

 

TALEND

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

Residence Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

11



 

EXHIBIT A

 

TALEND

 

Société Anonyme having a share capital of EUR.[      ]
Registered office : [      ]
484 175 252 R.C.S. [      ]

 

2011 STOCK OPTION PLAN
EXERCISE NOTICE
(Share subscription form)

 

TALEND
[      ]
[      ]

France                                                                                                                    [             ], [    ]

 

Attention: [         ]

 

1.              Exercise of Options .  Effective as of Today,                 ,      the undersigned (“Optionee”) hereby elects to subscribe                   (      ) ordinary shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of TALEND (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Company’s 2011 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) adopted by the board on June 11, 2011 and the Stock Option Agreement dated             ,      (the “Option Agreement”).  The subscription price for the Shares shall be EUR.          , as required by the Option Agreement.

 

2.              Delivery of Payment .  Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full subscription price for the Shares.

 

3.              Representations of Optionee .  The Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions , in particular the Optionee agrees to abide and be bound by the obligation to hold and the prohibition to sell the Shares provided for in articles 9.(a) of the Plan and 6 of the Option Agreement as well as by the obligation to indemnify which stems from it (to the extent applicable) .

 

4.              Rights as Shareholder .  Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company) of the Shares, the Optionee shall have, as an Optionee, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, except those the Optionee may have as a shareholder of the Company.  No adjustment will be made for rights in respect of which the record date is prior to the issuance date for the Shares, except as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.

 



 

5.              Tax consultation .  The Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s subscription or disposition of the Shares.  Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the subscription or disposition of the Shares.  The Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

6.              Entire Agreement; Governing Law .  The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.  This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.  This agreement is governed by the laws of the Republic of France.

 

*

 

*   *   *

 

This Exercise notice is delivered in two originals one of which shall be returned to the Optionee.

 

 

Submitted by:

 

Accepted by:

OPTIONEE (*)

 

TALEND

 

 

 

Signature

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 


*                  The signature of the Optionee must be preceded by the following manuscript mention “accepted for formal and irrevocable subscription of [        ] ordinary Shares” .

 

2


 

ANNEXE 1

 

REGLEMENT DU PLAN D’OPTIONS DE SOUSCRIPTION ET D’ACHAT D’ACTIONS 2010

 

TALEND

 

2010 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 



 

SUMMARY

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

Purposes of the Plan

1

 

 

 

2.

Definitions

1

 

 

 

3.

Shares subject to the Plan

6

 

 

 

4.

Administration of the Plan

6

 

 

 

 

(a)

procedure

 

 

(b)

powers of the Administrator

 

 

(c)

effect of Administrator’s decision

 

 

 

 

5.

Limitations

7

 

 

 

6.

Term of the Plan

8

 

 

 

7.

Term of the Options

8

 

 

 

8.

Options exercise price and consideration

9

 

 

 

 

(a)

subscription or purchase price

 

 

(b)

waiting period and exercise dates

 

 

(c)

form of consideration

 

 

 

 

9.

Exercise of Options

10

 

 

 

 

(a)

procedure for exercise ; rights of the shareholders

 

 

(b)

termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as Beneficiary

 

 

(c)

disability of Optionee

 

 

(d)

death of Optionee

 

 

 

 

10.

Non-transferability of Options

12

 

 

 

11.

Adjustments upon changes

12

 

 

 

 

(a)

changes in capitalization of the Company

 

 

(b)

dissolution or liquidation of the Company

 

 

(c)

merger or asset sale

 

 

 

 

12.

Grant

13

 



 

 

 

 

13.

Amendment and termination of the Plan

14

 

 

 

 

(a)

amendment and termination

 

 

(b)

shareholders’s approval

 

 

(c)

effect of amendment or termination

 

 

 

 

14.

Conditions upon issuance of shares

14

 

 

 

 

(a)

legal compliance

 

 

(b)

investment representations

 

 

 

 

15.

Liability of the Company

15

 

 

 

16.

Shareholder’s approval

15

 

 

 

17.

SAR for PRC Beneficiarioes

15

 

 

 

18.

Law, jurisdiction

15

 

Stock Option Grant Agreement (for non PRC citizen)

 

 

 

 

 

Part I - Notice of stock options grant

 

 

Part II - Term and conditions

 

 

Exercise notice

 

 

 

Stock Appreciation Right Grant Agreement (for PRC citizen)

 

 

 

 

 

Part I - Notice of stock appreciation right grant

 

 

Part II —Term and conditions

 

 

Exercise notice

 

 



 

TALEND
2010 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

In accordance with the authorization granted by the extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting of June 11, 2010, the board of directors decided on June 11, 2010, in compliance with the provisions of articles L. 225-177 et. seq. of the French Commercial Code, to adopt the 2010 stock option plan of TALEND, the terms and conditions of which are set out below.

 

1.                                       Purposes of the Plan

 

The purposes of the Plan are:

 

·                                           to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility;

 

·                                           to provide additional incentive to Beneficiaries; and

 

·                                           to promote the success of the Company’s business.

 

Options granted under the Plan to U.S. Beneficiaries are intended to be Incentive Stock Options or Non-Statutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an Option, and shall comply in all respects with Applicable Laws in order that they may benefit from available tax advantages.

 

2.                                       Definitions

 

(a)                                  Administrator ” means the board of the Company which shall administer the Plan in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Affiliated Company ” means a company which conforms with the criteria set forth in article L. 225-180 of the Law as follows:

 

·                                           companies of which at least ten per cent (10%) of the share capital or voting rights is held directly or indirectly by the Company;

 

·                                           companies which own directly or indirectly at least ten per cent (10%) of the share capital or voting rights of the Company; and

 

·                                           companies of which at least fifty per cent (50%) of the share capital or voting rights is held directly or indirectly by a company which owns directly or indirectly at least fifty percent (50%) of the share capital or voting rights of the Company,

 

(c)                                   Applicable Laws ” means for the US the legal requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under state corporate and securities laws and the Code in force in the United States of America.

 



 

(d)                                  Beneficiary ” means the president of the board of directors (président du conseil d’administration), the general manager (directeur general) and the deputy general managers (directeurs généraux delégués) or, as the case may be, the president and the members of the management board (président et membres du directoire) of the Company as well as any individual employed by the Company or by any Affiliated Company under the terms and conditions of an employment contract, it being specified that a term of office of director of the Company or director of an Affiliated Company (remunerated or not) shall not be deemed to constitute an employment relationship.

 

(e)                                   Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

(f)                                    Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(g)                                   Company ” means TALEND, a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of France.

 

(h)                                  Continuous Status as a Beneficiary ” means as regards the president of the board of directors, the general manager, the deputy general manager(s) or, as the case may be, the president and the members of the management board that the term of their office has not been terminated and, as regards an employee that the employment relationship between the Beneficiary and the Company or any Affiliated Company is not terminated.  Continuous Status as a Beneficiary shall not be considered terminated in the case of (i) any leave of absence having received a prior approval from the Company or requiring no prior approval under U.S. laws, or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company or any Affiliated Company or the contrary or also from an Affiliated Company to another Affiliated Company.  Leaves of absence which must receive a prior approval from the Company for the non-termination of the Continuous Status as a Beneficiary shall include leaves of more than three (3) months for illnesses or conditions about which the employee has advance knowledge, military leave, or any other personal leave.  For purposes of U.S. Beneficiaries and Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute contract or Company policies.  If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, on the 91st day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by a U.S. Beneficiary shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for U.S. tax purposes as a Non-Statutory Stock Option.

 

(i)                                      Date of Dismissal ” means the date the employee received its dismissal letter.

 

(j)                                     Date of Grant ” means the date of the decision of the Board to grant the Options.

 

(k)                                  Disability ” means a disability declared further to a medical examination provided for in article L. 4624-21 of the French Labour Code or pursuant to any similar provision applicable to a foreign Affiliated Company.

 

2



 

(l)                                      Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(m)                              Fair Market Value ” means the value for one Share as determined in good faith by the Administrator, according to the following provisions, as provided in the Shareholder Authorization:

 

(i)                                      as long as the Shares will not be listed on a regulated market of the European Union or on a Swiss stock exchange market or on the National Association of Securities Dealers Inc. Automated Quotation (“NASDAQ”) System or on the New York Stock Exchange in the United States of America, the subscription or purchase price will be determined in accordance with the provision of article L. 225-177 of the French commercial Code and will be at least equal to the price per share retained at the time of the last operation affecting the share capital of the Company, unless otherwise decided by the Board by a well-founded decision;

 

(ii)                                   from the date on which the Company shall be listed on a regulated market of the European Union or on a Swiss stock exchange market or on the National Association of Securities Dealers Inc. Automated Quotation (“NASDAQ”) System or on the New York Stock Exchange in the United States of America, the Board may determine the subscription or purchase price of a share by reference to the closing sales price of one share on such regulated market for the day prior to the day of the decision of the Board to grant the Options.  However, the purchase or subscription price shall in no case be less than ninety five per cent (95%) of the average of the closing sales price for a share as quoted on said stock exchange market during the twenty market trading days prior to the day of the Board’s decision to grant the Options,

 

(iii)                                for US Beneficiaries, the subscription or purchase price shall not be less than the fair market value of the Shares on the Date of Grant, determined as follows (a) if the Shares are listed or quoted for trading on an exchange, the value will be deemed to be the closing or last offer price, as applicable, of the Shares on the principal exchange upon which such securities are traded or quoted on such date, provided, if such date is not a trading day, on the last market trading day prior to such date; and (b) if the Shares are not listed or quoted for trading on an exchange, the fair market value of the Shares as determined by the Board, consistent with the requirements of Sections 422 with respect to Incentive Stock Options, and 409A of the Code with respect to Options not intended to be Incentive Stock Options,

 

3



 

it being specified that, when an Option entitles the holder to purchase shares previously repurchased by the Company, the exercise price, notwithstanding the above provisions and in accordance with applicable law, may not be less than 80% of the average purchase price paid by the Company for all shares so previously repurchased.

 

This price settled for the subscription or purchase of Shares shall not be modified during the period in which the Option may be exercised.  However, if the Company makes one of the operations mentioned in article L. 225-181 of the French Commercial Code, it must take all necessary measures to protect Optionee’s interests in the conditions provided for by article L 228-99 of the French Commercial Code.  In case of issuance of securities granting access to the share capital of the Company, as well as in case of the Company’s merger or spin off (scission), the Board may decide, for a limited period of time, to suspend the right to exercise the Options.

 

(n)                                  Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(o)                                  Law ” means the French Commercial Code.

 

(p)                                  Non-Statutory Stock Option ” means an Option which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(q)                                  Notice of Grant ” means a written notice evidencing the main terms and conditions of an individual Option grant.  The Notice of Grant is part of the Option Agreement.

 

(r)                                     Officer ” means either a U.S. Beneficiary designed by the Company or an Affiliated Company, as the case may be, as an officer (as defined in section 16 of the Exchange Act and its regulations),

 

(s)                                    Option ” means an option to purchase or subscribe Shares granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(t)                                     Optionee ” means a Beneficiary who holds at least one outstanding Option.

 

(u)                                  Option Agreement ” means a written agreement entered into between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant.  The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(v)                                  Option Exchange Program ” means a program whereby outstanding Options are surrendered in exchange for Options with different exercise conditions.

 

(w)                                Parent ” means a “parent corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

(x)                                  Plan ” means the 2010 Stock Option Plan as approved by the Board on June 11, 2010.

 

4



 

(y)                                  Retirement ” means, pursuant to article L. 1237-5 of the French labor code, the retirement, upon the employer’s decision, at full rate of an employee who has reached the age giving right to retirement, or any similar provision applicable to a foreign Affiliated Company.

 

(z)                                   Share ” means a share of the Company

 

(aa)                           Shareholders Authorization ” means the authorization given by the shareholders of the Company in the combined ordinary and extraordinary general meeting held on June 11, 2010 as increased or amended from time to time by a further general meeting of the shareholders permitting the Board to grant Stock Options.

 

(bb)                           Share Capital ” means the issued and paid up capital of the Company.

 

(cc)                             Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

(dd)                           U.S. Beneficiary ” means a Beneficiary of the Company or an Affiliated Company residing in the United States or otherwise subject to United States’ laws, regulations or taxation.

 

5



 

3.                                       SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan and pursuant to the Shareholder Authorization, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be optioned and issued under the Plan is equal to 6,691,650 with a nominal value of 0.01 Euro each, as may be adjusted to take into account any operation of split or grouping of Shares.  For “Incentive Stock Options”, the maximum number of Shares which may be optioned and issued is equal to 6,691,650.  The Shares optioned and issued under the Plan may be newly issued Shares, treasury Shares or Shares purchased on the open market.

 

Should the Option expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unsubscribed Shares which were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available again for future grant under the Plan.

 

4.                                       ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

(a)                                  Procedure

 

The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.

 

(b)                                  Powers of the Administrator.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Law, the Shareholders Authorization, the Plan, and the Applicable Laws, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

 

(i)                                     to determine the Fair Market Value of the Shares, in accordance with Section 2(m) of the Plan;

 

(ii)                                   to determine the Beneficiaries to whom Options may be granted hereunder;

 

(iii)                                to select the Beneficiaries and determine whether and to what extent Options are granted hereunder;

 

(iv)                               to approve or amend forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

 

(v)                                   to determine the terms and conditions of any Options granted hereunder.  Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or the Shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine with the exception of the exercise price; it being specified that the Administrator’s discretion remains subject to the rules and limitations set forth in this Plan and in the Law;

 

6


 

(vi)                               to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Options granted pursuant to the Plan;

 

(vii)                           to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws;

 

(viii)                       to modify or amend each Option (subject to the provisions of Section 13(c) of the Plan), including the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercise period of Options after the termination of the employment agreement or the end of the term of office, longer than is otherwise provided for in the Plan;

 

(ix)                               to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Option previously granted by the Administrator;

 

(x)                                   to implement an Option Exchange Program;

 

(xi)                               to determine the terms and restrictions applicable to Options; and

 

(xii)                           to make all other determinations deemed necessary or appropriate for administering the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Effect of Administrator’s Decision.

 

The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations shall be final and binding on all Optionees.

 

5.                                       LIMITATIONS

 

(a)                                  In the case of U.S. Beneficiaries, each Option shall be designated in the Notice of Grant either as an “Incentive Stock Option” or as a “Non-Statutory Stock Option” .  Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to Beneficiaries of the Company or a Subsidiary who meet the definition of “employees” under Section 3401(c) of the Code.

 

Nevertheless, the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares covered by Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan or any other stock option program of the Company (or any Parent or subsidiary of the Company) that become exercisable for the first time in any calendar year shall not exceed U.S. $100,000: to the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value of such Shares exceeds U.S. $100,000, the Options covering those Shares the Fair Market Values of which causes the aggregate Fair Market Value of all such Shares to be in excess of U.S. $100,000 shall be treated as Non-Statutory Options.  Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the Date of the Grant.

 

7



 

(b)                                  The Options are governed by articles L. 225-177 and following of the Law.  They are not part of the employment agreement or of the office which has allowed the Optionee to be granted the Option.  Neither do they constitute an element of the Optionee’s remuneration.

 

Neither the Plan nor any Option shall confer upon an Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee’s employment or his term of office with the Company or any Affiliated Company, nor shall they interfere in any way with the Optionee’s right or the Company’s or Affiliated Company’s right, as the case may be, to terminate such employment or such term of office at any time, with or without cause.

 

(c)                                   Other than as expressly provided hereunder, no member of the board of directors of the Company or of the supervisory board (in the event of change of management formula of the Company) or of an equivalent management body of an Affiliated Company shall be as such eligible to receive Options under the Plan.

 

6.                                       TERM OF PLAN

 

Subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company in accordance with Section 16 of the Plan, the Plan shall be effective and Options may be granted as of June 11, 2010, the date of the Plan’s adoption by the Board.  Options may be granted hereunder until August 11, 2013.  It shall continue in effect until the date of termination of the last Option in force, unless terminated earlier under Section 13 of the Plan.

 

7.                                       TERM OF OPTIONS

 

The term of each Option shall be stated in the Notice of Grant as ten (10) years from the date of grant, in accordance with the Shareholders Authorization or, in case of death or Disability of the Optionee during such 10-year period, six (6) months from the death or Disability of the Optionee in accordance with French law.

 

8



 

8.                                       OPTIONS EXERCISE PRICE AND CONSIDERATION

 

(a)                                  Subscription or purchase Price

 

The per Share subscription or purchase price for the Shares to be issued or sold pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Administrator on the basis of the Fair Market Value.

 

(i)                                      In the case of an “Incentive Stock Option” granted to a U.S. Beneficiary who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting rights of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and, to the extent such Beneficiary is permitted by the Law to receive Option grants, the per Share subscription or purchase price shall be no less than 110% of the fair market value per Share on the Date of Grant as defined in Section 2(m)(iii);

 

(ii)                                   In the case of a “Non-Statutory Stock Option” or “Incentive Stock Option”, not covered by Section 8(a)9i) above, granted to any U.S. Beneficiary, the per Share subscription or purchase price shall be no less than 100% of the fair market value per Share on the Date of Grant as defined in Section 2(m)(iii).

 

(b)                                  Waiting Period and Exercise Dates

 

At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator shall fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and shall determine any conditions which must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.  In so doing, the Administrator may specify that an Option may not be exercised until the completion of a service period in the Company or an Affiliated Company.

 

(c)                                   Form of Consideration

 

The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued or purchased upon exercise of Options, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator.  Such consideration shall consist entirely of an amount in Euro corresponding to the exercise price which shall be paid either by:

 

(1)                                  wire transfer;

(2)                                  check; or

(3)                                  any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

9



 

Where the exercise of an Option would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and the Optionee provides the Company with either the receipt stating the payment by the Optionee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

9.                                       EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

(a)                                  Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder

 

Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement.

 

An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) written notice of exercise (in accordance with the provisions of the Option Agreement) together with a share subscription or purchase form (bulletin de souscription ou d’achat) duly executed by the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised.  Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan.

 

Where the exercise of an Option would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and the Optionee provides the Company with either the receipt stating the payment by the Optionee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

Upon exercise of an Option, the Shares issued or sold to the Optionee shall be assimilated with all other Shares of the Company of the same class and shall be entitled to dividends once the Shares are issued for the fiscal year during which the Option is exercised.

 

However, as an exception to the above, the Shares sold or issued, as a result of the exercise of an Option, pursuant to the exercise of an Option to a Beneficiary who is, as at the Date of Grant of the Option, a French tax resident, shall be held in the nominative form and shall not be sold prior to the earliest of four (4) years from the date of grant of the Option without exceeding three (3) years from the date of exercise of the Option even if, in the meantime, the Beneficiary loses the Continuous Status as a Beneficiary or ceases to be a French tax resident.  This prohibition of sale will also apply to a Beneficiary who becomes a French tax resident during the term of an Option, but only to the extent of the then unvested portion (if any) of such Option.  This restriction shall be mentioned in the shareholder’s accounts of the

 

10



 

Company as from the date of exercise of the relevant Options.  However, it will not be applicable in case of death or Incapacity of the Beneficiary.  In addition, this restriction will not be applicable in case of Dismissal or Retirement of the Beneficiary if the Options have been exercised at least three months before the Date of Dismissal or Retirement.

 

In the event that a Beneficiary infringes one of the above mentioned commitments, such Beneficiary shall be liable for any consequences resulting from such infringement for the Company and undertakes to indemnify the Company in respect of all amounts payable by the Company in connection with such infringement.

 

Granting of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares which thereafter may be available for purposes of the Plan, by the number of Shares as to which the Option may be exercised.

 

(b)                                  Termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as Beneficiary

 

Upon termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary, other than upon the Optionee’s death or Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Options, but only within such period of time as is specified in the Notice of Grant, and only for the part of the Options that the Optionee was entitled to exercise at the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Options as set forth in the Notice of Grant and, in the case of an “Incentive Stock Option”, three (3) months following the Optionee’s termination of Continuous Status as a Beneficiary).  Unless a longer period is specified in the Notice of Grant or otherwise resolved by the Board, an Option shall remain exercisable for one (1) month following the Optionee’s termination of Continuous Status as a Beneficiary if such termination is due to the Optionee.  In case of termination due to the Company’s decision, the Option will expire at the date of termination of Continuous Status as a Beneficiary unless otherwise decided by the Board on or prior such termination.

 

If, at the date of termination, the Optionee is not entitled to exercise all his or her Options, the Shares covered by the unexercisable portion of Options shall revert to the Plan.  If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise all of his or her Options within the period specified by the Administrator, the Options shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Options shall revert to the Plan.

 

11



 

(c)                                   Disability of Optionee

 

In the event that an Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary terminates as a result of the Optionee’s Disability, unless otherwise resolved by the Board, the Optionee may exercise his or her Options at any time within nine (9) months from the date of such termination, but only to the extent these Options are exercisable at the time of termination (and in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Options as set forth in the Notice of Grant).  If, at the date of termination, the Optionee is not entitled to exercise all of his or her Options, the Shares covered by the unexercised portion of Options shall revert to the Plan.  If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise all of his or her Options within the time specified herein, the Options shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Options shall revert to the Plan.

 

(d)                                  Death of Optionee

 

In the event of the death of an Optionee during the term of the Options, unless otherwise resolved by the Board, the Options may be exercised at any time within six (6) months following the date of death, by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent these Options are exercisable at the time of death.  If, at the time of death, the Optionee was not entitled to exercise all of his or her Options, the Shares covered by the unexercised portion of Options shall immediately revert to the Plan.  If, after death, the Optionee’s estate or a person who acquired the right to exercise the Options by bequest or inheritance does not exercise the Options within the time specified herein, the Options shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Options shall revert to the Plan.

 

10.                                NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS

 

An Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.

 

11.                                ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, DISSOLUTION, MERGER OR ASSET SALE

 

(a)                                  Changes in capitalization

 

In the event of the carrying out by the Company of any of the financial operations pursuant to article L. 225-181 of the Law as follows:

 

·                                           amortization or reduction of the share capital,

·                                           amendment of the allocation of profits,

·                                           distribution of free shares,

·                                           capitalization of reserves, profits, issuance premiums,

·                                           the issuance of shares or securities giving right to shares to be subscribed for in cash or by set-off of existing indebtedness offered exclusively to the shareholders;

 

12



 

the Company shall take the required measures to protect the interest of the Optionees in the conditions set forth in article L. 228-99 of the Law.

 

(b)                                  Dissolution or Liquidation

 

In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, to the extent that an Option has not been previously exercised, it will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.  The Administrator may, in the exercise of its sole discretion in such instances, declare that any Option shall terminate as of a date determined by the Administrator and give each Optionee the right to exercise his or her Options as to Shares for which the Options would not otherwise be exercisable.

 

(c)                                   Merger or Asset Sale

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board no later than immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event (as defined below):

 

· in the event of a merger of the Company into another corporation or of the sale by one or several shareholders, acting alone or in concert, of the Company to one or several third parties of a number of Shares resulting in a transfer of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the Shares of the Company to said third parties or of first listing of the Shares of Company on a regulated marked of the EU, on the Alternext marked of NYSE Euronext Paris or on the AIM of the London stock exchange or on the NASDAQ or on the New York Stock Exchange (a “Liquidity Event”), the Optionee’s right to exercise the Options will be accelerated so that the Optionee may exercise all of them with effect immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event;

 

· the Options that may be exercised shall have to be exercised no later than immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event, it being specified that the Board shall inform the Optionee of any proposed Liquidity Event at least 15 days prior to the completion thereof; and

 

· any Options not exercised for any reason on or prior to the date of completion of a Liquidity Event will automatically lapse.

 

12.                                GRANT

 

12.1.                      The Date of Grant of an Option shall be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator decides to grant such Option.  Notice of Grant shall be provided to each Optionee within a reasonable time after the Date of Grant.

 

12.2.                      In the event of any tax liability arising on account of the Grant of the Options, the liability to pay such taxes shall be that of the Beneficiary alone.

 

13



 

The Beneficiary shall enter into such agreements of indemnity and execute any and all documents as the Company may specify for this purpose, if so required at the time of the Grant and at any other time at the discretion of the Company, on such terms and conditions as the Company may think fit, for recovery of the tax due, from the Beneficiary.

 

13.                                AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

 

(a)                                  Amendment and Termination

 

The Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Shareholders’ approval

 

The Company shall obtain shareholders’ approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws (including the requirements of any exchange or quotation system on which Shares may then be listed or quoted).  Such shareholders approval, if required, shall be obtained in such a manner and to such a degree as is required by the applicable law, rule or regulation.

 

(c)                                   Effect of amendment or termination

 

No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.

 

14.                                CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES

 

(a)                                  Legal Compliance

 

Shares held by a US Beneficiary shall not be sold or issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option, and the issuance or sale and delivery of such Shares shall comply with all relevant provisions of law including, without limitation, the Law, the “Securities Act” of 1933, as amended, the “Exchange Act”, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, Applicable Laws and the requirements of any stock exchange or quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted.

 

14


 

(b)            Investment Representations

 

As a condition to the exercise of an Option by a US Beneficiary, the Company may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being subscribed or purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

15.           LIABILITY OF COMPANY

 

15.1.       The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by any counsel to the Company to be necessary to the lawful issuance or sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

15.2.       The Company and its Affiliated Companies may not be held responsible /in any way if the Beneficiary for any reason not attributable to the Company or its Affiliated Companies was not able to exercise the Options or acquire the Shares.

 

16.           SHAREHOLDERS’ APPROVAL

 

The Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.  Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under the Law and Applicable Laws.

 

17.           LAW, JURISDICTION

 

This Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of France.

 

The relevant court of the registered office of the Company shall be exclusively competent to determine any claim or dispute arising in connection herewith.

 

The Grant of Options under this Plan shall entitle the Company to require the Beneficiary to comply with such requirements of law as may be necessary in the Options of the Company from time to time.

 

*

*   *   *

 

15



 

TALEND
STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT
Part I
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

[Optionee’s Name and Address]

 

You have been granted Options to subscribe ordinary Shares of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the 2010 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) and this Option Agreement.  Options are governed by articles L. 225-177 and following of the French Commercial Code.  They are not part of the employment agreement or of the office which has allowed the Optionee to be granted the Options.  Neither do they constitute an element of the Optionee’s remuneration.  Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.

 

Grant Number(1):

 

Date of Grant(2):

 

Vesting Commencement Date(3):

 

Exercise Price per Share:

EUR

Total Number of Shares Granted:

 

Total Exercise Price:

EUR

Type of Options(4):

[Incentive Stock Option]

 

[Nonstatutory Stock Option]

Term/Expiration Date(5):

 

 

We draw your attention upon the fact that should you be a French tax resident as at the Date of Grant, the Shares sold or issued, as a result of the exercise of an Option shall be held in the nominative form and shall not be sold prior to the earliest of four (4) years from the date of grant of the Option without exceeding three (3) years from the date of exercise of the Option even if, in the meantime, the Beneficiary loses the Continuous Status as a Beneficiary or ceases to be a French tax resident.  This prohibition of sale will also apply to you if you become a French tax resident during the term of an Option, but only to the extent of the then unvested portion (if any) of such Option.  This restriction shall be mentioned in your shareholder’s accounts of the Company as from the date of exercise of the relevant Options.  However, it will not be applicable in case of death or Incapacity.  In addition, this restriction will not be applicable in case of Dismissal or Retirement if the Options have been exercised at least three months before the Date of Dismissal or Retirement.

 


(1) reference number to be allocated by the Company, if it wishes so

(2) date of the board meeting having allocated the Option

(3) date chosen by the board as the date of beginning of the vesting schedule or, if not, date of granting of the Option by the board

(4) for U.S. Beneficiaries only

(5) date of termination of the Option (article 7 of the Plan), which shall not exceed 5 years for an ISO granted to a 10% owner.

 



 

It is as a consequence, hereby, given mandate to the authorized financial intermediary holding the individual shareholders’ accounts of the Company not to register any assignment or transfer of Shares resulting from the exercise of Options occurring prior to the expiration of the above-mentioned period of four ( 4 ) years.

 

Where the exercise of an Option, as described under Article 9.(a) of the Plan, would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and the Optionee provides the Company with either the receipt stating the payment by the Optionee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

In the event that you infringe one of the above mentioned commitments, you shall be liable for any consequences resulting from such infringement for the Company and undertake to indemnify the Company in respect of all amounts payable by the Company in connection with such infringement.

 

IT IS HEREBY SPECIFIED THAT THE ABOVE FOUR PARAGRAPHS SHALL NOT APPLY TO YOU AS LONG AS YOU DO NOT BECOME A FRENCH TAX RESIDENT.

 

Validity of the Options :

 

The Options will be valid as from the Date of Grant.

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

The Options may be exercised by the Beneficiary on the basis of the following initial vesting schedule subject to the condition precedent that the Optionee shall have previously returned to the Company the documents referred to under section 2. of Part H of the Stock Option Grant Agreement duly initialed and signed:

 

·                   up to 25% of the Options, i.e. [    ·    ] Options, as from the first anniversary of the Date of Grant, i.e. as from [    ·    ],

 

·                   then, up to an additional 6,25% of the Options, i.e. [    ·    ] Options, as from the end of each quarter following the first anniversary of the Date of Grant until the fourth anniversary of the Date of Grant, and

 

·                   at the latest within ten (10) years as from the Date of Grant or in case of death or Disability of the Optionee during such ten (10) year period, six (6) months as from the death or nine (9) months as from the Disability of the Optionee.

 

The number of Options that could be exercised pursuant to the above vesting schedule will always be rounded down to the nearest full number.

 

2



 

If the Beneficiary fails to exercise the Options in whole or in part within the said period of five (5) years (as may be extended to six (6) months from the death or nine (9) By his signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, the Optionee months from the Disability of the Optionee), the Options will lapse automatically.

 

Unless the Board otherwise decides no later than immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event (as defined below), in the event of a merger of the Company into another corporation or of the sale by one or several shareholders, acting alone or in concert, of the Company to one or several third parties of a number of Shares resulting in a transfer of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the Shares of the Company to said third parties or of first listing of the Shares of the Company on a regulated marked of the European Union, on the Alternext marked of NYSE Euronext Paris, on the AIM of the London stock exchange or on the NASDAQ or on the New York Stock Exchange (a “Liquidity Event”), the Optionee’s right to exercise the Options will be accelerated so that the Optionee may exercise all of them with effect immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event.

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board no later than on the date of completion of a Liquidity Event:

 

· the Options that may be exercised shall have to be exercised no later than immediately prior to the completion of the Liquidity Event, it being specified that the Board shall inform the Optionee of any proposed Liquidity Event at least 15 days prior to the completion thereof; and

 

· any Options not exercised for any reason on or prior to the date of completion of a Liquidity Event will automatically lapse.

 

Termination Period:

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board prior to their expiration, the Options may be exercised for one (1) month after termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary, to the extent the Options are exercisable at the time of termination and if such Termination is due to the Optionee.

 

If the termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as Beneficiary is due to the Company, the Options will lapse at the date of termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary unless otherwise decided by the Board on or prior such termination.

 

Upon the death of the Optionee, the Options may be exercised during a period of six (6) months as provided in the Plan.

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board, upon the Disability of the Optionee, the Options may be exercised during a period of nine (9) months as provided in the Plan.

 

Save as provided in the Plan, in no event shall the Options be exercised later than the Term/Expiration Date as provided above.  Should the Options expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unsubscribed Shares which were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan.

 

3



 

By his signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, the Optionee  and the Company agree that the Options are granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.  The Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option Agreement in their entirely, has had the opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Option Agreement.  The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Option Agreement.  The Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

4



 

TALEND
STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT
Part II
TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1.              Grant of Options.

 

1.1.         The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant attached as Part I of this Agreement (the “Optionee”), [        ] options (the “Options”) to subscribe the number of ordinary Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

 

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option, this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code although the Company makes no representation as to the tax status of the Option.  However, if this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, to the extent that it exceeds the U.S.$ 100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) the excess shall be treated as a Non-Statutory Stock Option

 

1.2.         An Option will be valid as from the Date of Grant.

 

1.3.         In the event of any tax liability arising on account of the Grant of the Options, the liability to pay such taxes shall be that of the Beneficiary alone.  The Beneficiary shall enter into such agreements of indemnity and execute any and all documents as the Company may specify for this purpose, if so required at the time of the Grant and at any other time at the discretion of the Company, on such terms and conditions as the Company may think fit, for recovery of the tax due, from the Beneficiary.

 

2.              Exercise of Options

 

(a)            Right to Exercise .  An Option is exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, subject to the condition precedent that the Optionee shall have previously returned to the Company (i) Part I and Part II of the Stock Option Grant Agreement and (ii) two copies of the short-form shareholders’ agreement (“pacte d’actionnaires simplifie”) provided to you by the Company, in each case duly initialed (all pages but for the signature page) and signed (signature page).  In the event of Optionee’s death, Disability or other termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary, the exercisability of an Option is governed by the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

 

5



 

(b)            Method of Exercise .  An Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached hereto (the “Exercise Notice”), comprising a share subscription form (bulletin de souscription) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.  The Exercise Notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Company or its designated representative or by facsimile message to be immediately confirmed by certified mail to the Company.  The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares.  An Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the proof of payment of such aggregate Exercise Price.

 

No Share shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and exercise complies with all relevant provisions of law as set out under Section 14(a) of the Plan.

 

Upon exercise of an Option, the Shares issued to the Optionee shall be assimilated with all other Shares of the Company and shall be entitled to dividends for the fiscal year in course during which the Option is exercised.

 

3.              Method of Payment .  Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee :

 

(1)                                  wire transfer with the execution of the corresponding exchange contract;

(2)                                  check; or

(3)                                  any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

Where the exercise of an Option would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when (a) the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and (b) the Optionee provides the Company with either (i) the receipt stating the payment by the Optionee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, (ii) the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

The Company and its Affiliated Companies may not be held responsible in any way if the Beneficiary for any reason not attributable to the Company or its Affiliated Companies was not able to exercise the Option or purchase the Shares.  The payment for the purchase of the shares shall be made by the Optionee under his/her own responsibility according to these Terms and Conditions.

 

4.              Non-Transferability of Option .  An Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee.  The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

 

6



 

5.              Term of Options .  Subject as provided in the Plan, an Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

 

6.              Prohibition to sell.  However, as an exception to the above, the Shares sold or issued, as a result of the exercise of an Option, pursuant to the exercise of an Option to a Beneficiary who is, as at the Date of Grant of the Option, a French tax resident, shall be held in the nominative form and shall not be sold prior to the earliest of four (4) years from the date of grant of the Option without exceeding three (3) years from the date of exercise of the Option even if, in the meantime, the Beneficiary loses the Continuous Status as a Beneficiary or ceases to be a French tax resident.  This prohibition of sale will also apply to a Beneficiary who becomes a French tax resident during the term of an Option, but only to the extent of the then unvested portion o f  any) of such Option.  This restriction shall be mentioned in the shareholder’s accounts of the Company as from the date of exercise of the relevant Options.  However, it will not be applicable in case of death or Incapacity of the Beneficiary.  In addition, this restriction will not be applicable in case of Dismissal or Retirement of the Beneficiary if the Options have been exercised at least three months before the Date of Dismissal or Retirement.

 

It is as a consequence, hereby, given mandate to the authorized financial intermediary holding the individual shareholders’ accounts of the Company not to register any assignment or transfer of Shares resulting from the exercise of Options occurring prior to the expiration of the above-mentioned period of four ( 4 ) years.

 

In the event that a Beneficiary infringes one of the above mentioned commitments, such Beneficiary shall be liable for any consequences resulting from such infringement for the Company and undertakes to indemnify the Company in respect of all amounts payable by the Company in connection with such infringement.

 

The above three paragraphs shall not apply to you as long as you do not become a French tax resident.

 

7.              Entire Agreement; Governing Law .  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference.  The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.  This agreement is governed by the laws of the Republic of France.

 

Any claim or dispute arising under the Plan or this Agreement shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the court competent for the place of the registered office of the Company.

 

7


 

8.              Tax Obligations .  Regardless of any action the Company or Optionee’s employer (the “Employer”) takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, or other tax-related withholding (“Tax-Related Items”), Optionee acknowledges that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due by Optionee is and remains Optionee’s responsibility and that the Company and/or the Employer (1) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Option grant, including the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends; and (2) do not commit to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate Optionee’s liability for Tax-Related Items.

 

Prior to exercise of the Option, Optionee will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all withholding obligations of the Company and/or the Employer, if any.  In this regard, Optionee authorizes the Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable Tax-Related Items legally payable by Optionee from Optionee’s compensation paid to Optionee by the Company and/or Employer or from proceeds of the sale of shares.  Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under local law, the Company may sell or arrange for the sale of Shares that Optionee acquires to meet the withholding obligation for Tax-Related Items.  Finally, Optionee will pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold as a result of Optionee’s participation in the Plan or Optionee’s purchase of Shares that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described.  The Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Options if Optionee fails to comply with Optionee’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items as described in this section.

 

9.              Nature of Grant .  In accepting the grant, Optionee acknowledges that:

 

(a)            the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, unless otherwise provided in the Plan and this Agreement;

 

(b)            the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted repeatedly in the past;

 

(c)            all decisions with respect to future option grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

 

(d)            Optionee’s participation in the Plan shall not create a right to further employment with the employer and shall not interfere with the ability of the Employer to terminate Optionee’s employment relationship at any time with or without cause;

 

(e)            Optionee is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

 

(f)             the Option is an extraordinary item that does not constitute compensation of any kind for services of any kind rendered to the Company or the Employer, and which is outside the scope of Optionee’s employment contract, if any;

 

8



 

(g)            the Option is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments and in no event should be considered as compensation for, or relating in any way to, past services for the Company or the Employer;

 

(h)            the Option grant will not be interpreted to form an employment contract with the Company, the Employer or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company;

 

(i)             the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty;

 

(j)             if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

 

(k)            if Optionee exercises Optionee’s Option and obtains Shares, the value of those Shares acquired upon exercise may increase or decrease in value, even below the exercise price;

 

(1)            in consideration of the grant of the Option, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from termination of the Option or diminution in value of the Option or Shares purchased through exercise of the Option resulting from termination of Optionee’s employment the Company or the Employer (for any reason whatsoever) and Optionee irrevocably releases the Company and the Employer from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen, then, by signing this Agreement, Optionee shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived Optionee’s entitlement to pursue such claim; and

 

(m)           in the event of termination of Optionee’s employment, Optionee’s right to receive the Option and vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate effective as of the date that Optionee receives notice of termination regardless of when such termination is effective; furthermore, in the event of termination of employment, Optionee’s right to exercise the Option after termination of employment, if any, will be measured by the date on which the Optionee receives notice of termination; the Company shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Optionee is no longer actively employed for purposes of Optionee’s Option grant.  In addition, any period of notice or compensation in lieu of such notice, that is given or ought to have been given under any contract, statute, common law or civil law shall be excluded.

 

10.           Data Privacy.  Optionee hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Optionee’s personal data as described in this document by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Optionee’s participation in the Plan.

 

9



 

Optionee understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Optionee, including, but not limited to, Optionee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Optionee’s favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”).

 

Optionee understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Optionee’s country.  Optionee understands that Optionee may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting Optionee’s local human resources representative.  Optionee authorizes the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing Optionee’s participation in the Plan.  Optionee understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Optionee’s participation in the Plan.  Optionee understands that Optionee may, at any time, view the Data, request additional information about the storage processing of the Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing Optionee’s local human resources representative.  Optionee understands, however, that refusing or withdrawing Optionee’s consent may affect Optionee’s ability to participate in the Plan.  For more information on the consequences of Optionee’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Optionee understands that Optionee may contact Optionee’s local human resources representative.

 

11.           Electronic Delivery .  The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Option and participation in the Plan or future options that may be granted under the Plan by electronic means or to request Optionee’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means.  Optionee hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

10



 

12.           Severability .  The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

 

 

OPTIONEE:

 

TALEND

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residence Address

 

 

 

11



 

EXHIBIT A

 

TALEND

 

Société Anonyme having a share capital of EUR.[        ]
Registered office : [        ]
484 175 252 R.C.S. [        ]

 

2010 STOCK OPTION PLAN
EXERCISE NOTICE
(Share subscription form)

 

TALEND

 

[        ]

 

[        ]

 

France

[            ], [    ]

 

Attention: [        ]

 

1.              Exercise of Options .  Effective as of today,                 ,      the undersigned (“Optionee”) hereby elects to subscribe                   (      ) ordinary shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of TALEND (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Company’s 2010 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) adopted by the board on June 11, 2010 and the Stock Option Agreement dated             ,      (the “Option Agreement”).  The subscription price for the Shares shall be EUR.          , as required by the Option Agreement.

 

2.              Delivery of Payment .  Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full subscription price for the Shares.

 

3.              Representations of Optionee .  The Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions, in particular the Optionee agrees to abide and be bound by the obligation to hold and the prohibition to sell the Shares provided for In articles 9.(a) of the Plan and 6 of the Option Agreement as well as by the obligation to indemnify which stems from it (to the extent applicable) .

 

4.              Rights as Shareholder .  Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company) of the Shares, the Optionee shall have, as an Optionee, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, except those the Optionee may have as a shareholder of the Company.  No adjustment will be made for rights in respect of which the record date is prior to the issuance date for the Shares, except as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.

 



 

5.              Tax consultation .  The Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s subscription or disposition of the Shares.  Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the subscription or disposition of the Shares.  The Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

6.              Entire Agreement; Governing Law .  The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.  This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.  This agreement is governed by the laws of the Republic of France.

 

*

 

*       *

 

This Exercise notice is delivered in two originals one of which shall be returned to the Optionee.

 

Submitted by:

 

Accepted by:

OPTIONEE (*)

 

TALEND

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


*                  The signature of the Optionee must be preceded by the following manuscript mention “accepted for formal and irrevocable subscription of [        ] ordinary Shares”.

 

13




Exhibit 10.23

 

TALEND

Société anonyme au capital de 1.817.195,93 euros

Siège social : 9, rue Pages - 92150 Suresnes

484 175 252 R.C.S. Nanterre

 


 

SUBSCRIPTION FORM

 

Amount and terms of the issuance of the warrants

 

Issuance at a total price of EUR.              of              warrants (hereafter the “ Warrants” ), giving the right to subscribe a maximum number of              ordinary shares, at a fixed price of EUR              each (issue premium included), to be fully paid up in cash or by way of offset against receivables and the subscription of which has been reserved to the subscriber.

 

The issuance has been decided by the board of directors of TALEND on                        pursuant to the authorization granted to it by the shareholders’ meeting of                                  .

 

The terms and conditions of the Warrants are described in the warrant agreement executed by the subscriber and TALEND on                         .

 

The subscription period is opened from                         to                        included.

 

—ooOoo—

 

The undersigned:

 

, residing at                                                          ,

 

acknowledging the terms and conditions of the Warrants,

 

hereby subscribe the Warrants and pay the amount of its subscription, i.e. EUR.                                   by offset against a receivable due by the Company to me in connection with the payment of board attendance fees ( jetons de présence) equal to EUR                        , decided by the board held on           .

 

Executed in

On

In two copies

 

 

 

 

*

 

 


* Signature preceded by: “Approval for formal and irrevocable subscription of                       Warrants”

 




Exhibit 10.24

 

TALEND

 

NOTICE OF GRANT OF EMPLOYEE WARRANTS

 

Section I

 

ADDRESSEE

 

We are pleased to inform you that the board of directors, making use of the delegation granted to it by virtue of the          resolution of the extraordinary general meeting of shareholders of TALEND (the “ Company ”) held on          has decided to grant you a total of          Employee Warrants, governed by the terms of the corresponding resolution submitted to the vote of the above-referenced shareholder meeting and to a meeting of the Board of Directors held on           , copies of which are attached as Schedule 1 hereto and of the present notice of grant (“ Notice of Grant ”) :

 

·                   Date of Grant:

·                   Vesting Start Date:

·                   Total number of warrants :

·                   Total number of shares that may be subscribed upon exercise of the warrants:

·                   Strike price per share:

·                   Total strike price:

·                   Expiration of warrants:

 

Effective date of the warrants:

 

The warrants are effective as of the date of grant.

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

The warrants vest and may be exercised by the recipient according to the following schedule:

 

·                   In the amount of 25% of the warrants following the expiration of 12 months the          , i.e.

·                   Thereafter, 6.25% of the warrants shall vest each quarter following

·                   At the latest, 10 years after the date of grant. Any warrants which have not been exercised by this time shall be cancelled.

 

The number of warrants that may be exercised according to the vesting schedule shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless the board of directors decides otherwise at the latest immediately prior to the closing of a Transaction (as defined below), in the event of a merger into or acquisition by another company, or the sale by one or more shareholders of the Company to one or more third parties, acting alone or in concert, of shares representing at least 50% of the share capital of the Company (“Transaction”), the vesting of the warrants shall be accelerated such that any warrants that have not vested as of the date of the Transaction shall be exercisable.

 

In addition, absent a decision to the contrary by the Board of Directors, the warrants must be exercised by the holders or their beneficiaries as set forth below, barring which the warrants shall be cancelled:

 



 

(a)          Within a period of three months following the termination of employment of the holder with the Company or any of its affiliates, whether such termination is at the initiative of the holder of the Company or its affiliate as the case may be;

 

(b)          At the latest immediately upon the closing of a Transaction as defined above, provided however that the Company shall be required to provide no less than 15 days’ notice to the holders of the warrants of the closing of any Transaction of which they may not be aware;

 

(c)           Within a period of 9 months following the incapacity of the holder; or

 

(d)          Within a period of 6 months following the death of the holder.

 

Provided, however, that any warrants that have not vested as of the occurrence of one of the dates mentioned above shall be automatically cancelled as of such date, and that the nothing herein shall be deemed to extend the 10-year expiration period of the options as noted above.

 

The other applicable terms and conditions of the warrants are those set forth in the          resolution of the extraordinary general meeting of                .

 

*                              *

 

*

 

2



 

TALEND

 

NOTICE OF GRANT OF EMPLOYEE WARRANTS

 

Section II

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1.                                       Grant of the Warrants .

 

The Company grants to the holder identified in Section 1 hereof (“Holder”)          warrants allowing for the subscription of          shares at the subscription price set forth in Section 1 (“Subscription Price”), in accordance with the decision of the Board of Directors dated          and the provisions of the          resolution of the extraordinary general meeting of shareholders of          attached hereto in Exhibit 1, which are an integral part of this Notice of Grant.

 

In the event of a conflict between the terms of the decisions and resolutions and this Notice of Grant, the terms of the decisions and resolutions shall control.

 

The warrants are governed by the provisions of Article L 228-91 of the French Commercial Code and Article 163 bis G of the French Tax Code.

 

2.                                       Exercise of the Warrants

 

(a)                                  The warrants may be exercised during their term in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in Section 1 as well as the terms of the resolution set forth below. In the event of the termination of the holder’s status as an employee, the right to exercise the warrants will be governed in accordance with the terms of the applicable decision set forth in Section 1 above.

 

(b)                                  Exercise of the Warrants

 

To exercise the warrants, the holder shall send an exercise form in the form set forth in Exhibit 2 of this Notice of Grant (“ Exercise Form ”), which includes the share subscription form setting forth the decision to exercise the warrants and the number of warrants being exercised (the “ Subscribed Shares ”). The Exercise Form shall be signed by the holder and delivered by hand or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Company or via facsimile promptly confirmed by certified mail, return receipt requested, sent to the Company. The Exercise Form must be received by the Company no later than midnight on the expiration date of the warrant. The exercise form must be accompanied by the full subscription price of the Subscribed Shares. When payment is by check, the check shall be attached to the request. In the event payment is not made by a cashier’s check, it shall be considered paid only of duly provisioned. In the event payment is made via wire transfer, the subscription price must be credited to the account of the Company no later than 10 days following the date of reception by the Company of the subscription form.

 

The issuance of the Shares upon the exercise of the warrants is only permitted on the condition that the full subscription price shall have been paid and compliance with the mandatory provisions of Book II of the French Commercial Code.

 

Upon the exercise of a warrant, the shares issued to the holder shall be assimilated with the other shares of the Company and shall have dividend rights as from the fiscal quarter in which the warrant was exercised.

 

3



 

3.                                       Modes of payment . Payment of the full subsctipion price shall be made, at the discretion of the holder, by the following means:

 

(1)                                  bank wire transfer;

(2)                                  check;

(3)                                  offset of amounts receivable; or

(4)                                  any combination of the above.

 

4.                                       Non-transferability of Warrants. In accordance with the provisions of Article 163 bis G-II of the French Tax Code, the warrants are non-transferable.

 

5.                                       Validity of Warrants.  The warrants may only be exercised during the period set forth in Section 1 of this Notice of Grant.

 

6.                                       Limitations

 

The grant of the warrants shall not impart to the holder a right to continued employment by the company or its affiliates within the meaning of Article L. 233-3 of the French Commercial Code (hereafter “ Affiliate ”). The grant of the warrants shall not therefore in any manner limit the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate in any circumstances the employment of the holder.

 

The warrants shall not constitute an agreement of employment or compensation of the beneficiary.

 

4



 

Section III

 

7.                                       Applicable Law. This Notice of Grant is governed by French law. Any disputes arising out of this Notice of Grant shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Trial Court with venue of the Company’s corporate headquarters.

 

Done at Suresnes, on

 

 

 

 

 

HOLDER:

 

TALEND

 

Represented by Emmanuel Samson

 

Authorized Signatory

 

5




Exhibit 10.25

 

TALEND

STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT

Part I

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

You have been granted a total number of Options (the “ Options ”) to subscribe ordinary Shares of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) and this Option Agreement. Options are governed by articles L. 225-177 and following of the French Commercial Code. They are not part of the employment agreement or of the office which has allowed the Optionee to be granted the Options. Neither do they constitute an element of the Optionee’s remuneration. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.

 

Total number of Options :

 

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

EUR

 

 

Total Number of Shares Granted:

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

EUR

 

 

Type of Options:

Incentive Stock Option

 

 

Term/Expiration Date:

10 years —

 



 

We draw your attention upon the fact that should you be a French tax resident as at the Date of Grant, the Shares sold or issued, as a result of the exercise of an Option shall be held in the nominative form and shall not be sold prior to the earliest of four (4) years from the date of grant of the Option without exceeding three (3) years from the date of exercise of the Option even if, in the meantime, the Beneficiary loses the Continuous Status as a Beneficiary or ceases to be a French tax resident. This prohibition of sale will also apply to you if you become a French tax resident during the term of an Option, but only to the extent of the then unvested portion (if any) of such Option. This restriction shall be mentioned in your shareholder’s accounts of the Company as from the date of exercise of the relevant Options. However, it will not be applicable in case of death or Incapacity. In addition, this restriction will not be applicable in case of Dismissal or Retirement if the Options have been exercised at least three months before the Date of Dismissal or Retirement.

 

It is as a consequence, hereby, given mandate to the authorized financial intermediary holding the individual shareholders’ accounts of the Company not to register any assignment or transfer of Shares resulting from the exercise of Options occurring prior to the expiration of the above-mentioned period of four (4) years.

 

Where the exercise of an Option, as described under Article 9.(a) of the Plan, would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and the Optionee provides the Company with either the receipt stating the payment by the Optionnee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

In the event that you infringe one of the above mentioned commitments, you shall be liable for any consequences resulting from such infringement for the Company and undertake to indemnify the Company in respect of all amounts payable by the Company in connection with such infringement.

 

IT IS HEREBY SPECIFIED THAT THE ABOVE FOUR PARAGRAPHS SHALL NOT APPLY TO YOU AS LONG AS YOU DO NOT BECOME A FRENCH TAX RESIDENT.

 

Validity of the Options:

 

The Options will be valid as from the Date of Grant.

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

The Options may be exercised by the Beneficiary on the basis of the following initial vesting schedule subject to the condition precedent that the Optionee shall have previously returned to the Company the documents referred to under section 2. of Part II of the Stock Option Grant Agreement duly initialed and signed:

 

2



 

·                   up to 25% of the Options, i.e. Options, as from the expiration of a twelve (12)-month period following the Date of Grant (or the Vesting Commencement Date if earlier), i.e. as from       ,

 

·                   then, up to an additional 6.25% of the Options, i.e. Options, as from the expiration of each quarter, i.e. each period of three subsequent months, following and until the expiration of the 36 th  month from such date, and

 

·                   at the latest within ten (10) years as from the Date of Grant or in case of death or Disability of the Optionee during such ten (10) year period, six (6) months as from the death or nine (9) months as from the Disability of the Optionee.

 

The number of Options that could be exercised pursuant to the above vesting schedule will always be rounded down to the nearest full number.

 

If the Beneficiary fails to exercise the Options in whole or in part within the above period of ten (10) years (as may be extended to six (6) months from the death or nine (9) months from the Disability of the Optionee), the Options will lapse automatically.

 

Unless the Board otherwise decides no later than immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event (as defined below), in the event of a merger of the Company into another corporation or of the sale by one or several shareholders, acting alone or in concert, of the Company to one or several third parties of a number of Shares resulting in a transfer of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the Shares of the Company to said third parties (in each case, a “ Liquidity Event ”), the Optionee’s right to exercise the Options will be accelerated so that the Optionee may exercise all of them with effect immediately prior to the completion of the relevant Liquidity Event.

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board no later than on the date of completion of a Liquidity Event:

 

·  the Options that may be exercised shall have to be exercised no later than immediately prior to the completion of the Liquidity Event, it being specified that the Board shall inform the Optionee of any proposed Liquidity Event at least 15 days prior to the completion thereof; and

 

·  any Options not exercised for any reason on or prior to the date of completion of a Liquidity Event will automatically lapse.

 

Termination Period:

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board prior to their expiration, the Options may be exercised for three (3) months after termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary, to the extent the Options are exercisable at the time of termination and if such Termination is due to the Optionee.

 

If the termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as Beneficiary is due to the Company, the Options will lapse at the date of termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary unless otherwise decided by the Board on or prior such termination.

 

3



 

Upon the death of the Optionee, the Options may be exercised during a period of six (6) months as provided in the Plan.

 

Unless otherwise decided by the Board, upon the Disability of the Optionee, the Options may be exercised during a period of nine (9) months as provided in the Plan.

 

Save as provided in the Plan, in no event shall the Options be exercised later than the Term/Expiration Date as provided above. Should the Options expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unsubscribed Shares which were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan.

 

By his signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, the Optionee and the Company agree that the Options are granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. The Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option Agreement in their entirely, has had the opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Option Agreement. The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Option Agreement. The Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

4



 

TALEND

STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT

Part II

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1.                                       Grant of Options .

 

1.1.                              The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant attached as Part I of this Agreement (the “Optionee”), a total number of Options (the “ Options ”), to subscribe the number of ordinary Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

 

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option , this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code although the Company makes no representation as to the tax status of the Option. However, if this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option , to the extent that it exceeds the U.S.$ 100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) the excess shall be treated as a Non-Statutory Stock Option

 

1.2.                             An Option will be valid as from the Date of Grant.

 

1.3.                             In the event of any tax liability arising on account of the Grant of the Options, the liability to pay such taxes shall be that of the Beneficiary alone. The Beneficiary shall enter into such agreements of indemnity and execute any and all documents as the Company may specify for this purpose, if so required at the time of the Grant and at any other time at the discretion of the Company, on such terms and conditions as the Company may think fit, for recovery of the tax due, from the Beneficiary.

 

2.                                       Exercise of Options

 

(a)                                  Right to Exercise . An Option is exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, subject to the condition precedent that the Optionee shall have previously returned to the Company (i) Part I and Part II of the Stock Option Grant Agreement and (ii) two copies of the short-form shareholders’ agreement (“ pacte d’actionnaires simplifié ”) provided to you by the Company, in each case duly initialed (all pages but for the signature page) and signed (signature page).  In the event of Optionee’s death, Disability or other termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status as a Beneficiary, the exercisability of an Option is governed by the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

 

5



 

(b)                                  Method of Exercise . An Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached hereto (the “Exercise Notice”), comprising a share subscription form ( bulletin de souscription ) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Company or its designated representative or by facsimile message to be immediately confirmed by certified mail to the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercice Price as to all Exercised Shares. An Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the proof of payment of such aggregate Exercise Price.

 

No Share shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and exercise complies with all relevant provisions of law as set out under Section 14(a) of the Plan.

 

Upon exercise of an Option, the Shares issued to the Optionee shall be assimilated with all other Shares of the Company and shall be entitled to dividends for the fiscal year in course during which the Option is exercised.

 

3 .                                       Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

 

(1)                                 wire transfer with the execution of the corresponding exchange contract;

(2)                                 check; or

(3)                                 any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

Where the exercise of an Option would lead the Company to be liable for any payment, whether due to fees, taxes or to charges of any nature whatsoever, in place of the Optionee, such Option shall be deemed duly exercised when (a) the full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised is executed by the Optionee and (b) the Optionee provides the Company with either (i) the receipt stating the payment by the Optionee of any such fee, tax or charge, as above described that would otherwise be paid by the Company upon exercise of the Option, in place of the Optionee or, (ii) the full payment, under the same conditions, of any amount due upon the exercise of the Option to be borne by the Company.

 

The Company and its Affiliated Companies may not be held responsible in any way if the Beneficiary for any reason not attributable to the Company or its Affiliated Companies was not able to exercise the Option or purchase the Shares.   The payment for the purchase of the shares shall be made by the Optionee under his/her own responsibility according to these Terms and Conditions.

 

4.                                       Non-Transferability of Option. An Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

 

6



 

5.                                       Term of Options. Subject as provided in the Plan, an Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

 

6.                                       Prohibition to sell. However, as an exception to the above, the Shares sold or issued, as a result of the exercise of an Option, pursuant to the exercise of an Option to a Beneficiary who is, as at the Date of Grant of the Option, a French tax resident, shall be held in the nominative form and shall not be sold prior to the earliest of four (4) years from the date of grant of the Option without exceeding three (3) years from the date of exercise of the Option even if, in the meantime, the Beneficiary loses the Continuous Status as a Beneficiary or ceases to be a French tax resident. This prohibition of sale will also apply to a Beneficiary who becomes a French tax resident during the term of an Option, but only to the extent of the then unvested portion (if any) of such Option. This restriction shall be mentioned in the shareholder’s accounts of the Company as from the date of exercise of the relevant Options. However, it will not be applicable in case of death or Incapacity of the Beneficiary. In addition, this restriction will not be applicable in case of Dismissal or Retirement of the Beneficiary if the Options have been exercised at least three months before the Date of Dismissal or Retirement.

 

It is as a consequence, hereby, given mandate to the authorized financial intermediary holding the individual shareholders’ accounts of the Company not to register any assignment or transfer of Shares resulting from the exercise of Options occurring prior to the expiration of the above-mentioned period of four ( 4 ) years.

 

In the event that a Beneficiary infringes one of the above mentioned commitments, such Beneficiary shall be liable for any consequences resulting from such infringement for the Company and undertakes to indemnify the Company in respect of all amounts payable by the Company in connection with such infringement.

 

The above three paragraphs shall not apply to you as long as you do not become a French tax resident.

 

7.                                       Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This agreement is governed by the laws of the Republic of France.

 

Any claim or dispute arising under the Plan or this Agreement shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the court competent for the place of the registered office of the Company.

 

7



 

8.                                       Tax Obligations. Regardless of any action the Company or Optionee’s employer (the “Employer”) takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, or other tax-related withholding (“Tax-Related Items”), Optionee acknowledges that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due by Optionee is and remains Optionee’s responsibility and that the Company and/or the Employer (1) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Option grant, including the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends; and (2) do not commit to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate Optionee’s liability for Tax-Related Items.

 

Prior to exercise of the Option, Optionee will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all withholding obligations of the Company and/or the Employer, if any.  In this regard, Optionee authorizes the Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable Tax-Related Items legally payable by Optionee from Optionee’s compensation paid to Optionee by the Company and/or Employer or from proceeds of the sale of Shares.  Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under local law, the Company may sell or arrange for the sale of Shares that Optionee acquires to meet the withholding obligation for Tax-Related Items.  Finally, Optionee will pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold as a result of Optionee’s participation in the Plan or Optionee’s purchase of Shares that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described.  The Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Options if Optionee fails to comply with Optionee’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items as described in this section.

 

9.                                       Nature of Grant.   In accepting the grant, Optionee acknowledges that:

 

(a)          the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, unless otherwise provided in the Plan and this Agreement;

 

(b)          the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted repeatedly in the past;

 

(c)           all decisions with respect to future option grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

 

(d)          Optionee’s  participation in the Plan shall not create a right to further employment with the employer and shall not interfere with the ability of the Employer to terminate Optionee’s employment relationship at any time with or without cause;

 

(e)           Optionee is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

 

(f)            the Option is an extraordinary item that does not constitute compensation of any kind for services of any kind rendered to the Company or the Employer, and which is outside the scope of Optionee’s employment contract, if any;

 

8



 

(g)           the Option is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments and in no event should be considered as compensation for, or relating in any way to, past services for the Company or the Employer;

 

(h)          the Option grant will not be interpreted to form an employment contract with the Company, the Employer or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company;

 

(i)              the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty;

 

(j)             if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

 

(k)          if Optionee exercises Optionee’s Option and obtains Shares, the value of those Shares acquired upon exercise may increase or decrease in value, even below the exercise price;

 

(l)              in consideration of the grant of the Option, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from termination of the Option or diminution in value of the Option or Shares purchased through exercise of the Option resulting from termination of Optionee’s employment the Company or the Employer (for any reason whatsoever) and Optionee irrevocably releases the Company and the Employer from any such claim that may arise; if, not withstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen, then, by signing this Agreement, Optionee shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived Optionee’s entitlement to pursue such claim; and

 

(m)      in the event of termination of Optionee’s employment, Optionee’s right to receive the Option and vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate effective as of the date that Optionee receives notice of termination regardless of when such termination is effective; furthermore, in the event of termination of employment, Optionee’s right to exercise the Option after termination of employment, if any, will be measured by the date on which the Optionee receives notice of termination; the Company shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Optionee is no longer actively employed for purposes of Optionee’s Option grant.  In addition, any period of notice or compensation in lieu of such notice, that is given or ought to have been given under any contract, statute, common law or civil law shall be excluded.

 

10.                                Data Privacy.  Optionee hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Optionee’s personal data as described in this document by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Optionee’s participation in the Plan.

 

9



 

Optionee understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Optionee, including, but not limited to, Optionee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Optionee’s favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”).

 

Optionee understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Optionee’s country.  Optionee understands that Optionee may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting Optionee’s local human resources representative.  Optionee authorizes the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing Optionee’s participation in the Plan.  Optionee understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Optionee’s participation in the Plan.  Optionee understands that Optionee may, at any time, view the Data, request additional information about the storage processing of the Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing Optionee’s local human resources representative.  Optionee understands, however, that refusing or withdrawing Optionee’s consent may affect Optionee’s ability to participate in the Plan.  For more information on the consequences of Optionee’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Optionee understands that Optionee may contact Optionee’s local human resources representative.

 

11.                                Electronic Delivery.   The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Option and participation in the Plan or future options that may be granted under the Plan by electronic means or to request Optionee’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means.  Optionee hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

10


 

12.                                Severability.   The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

 

 

OPTIONEE:

 

TALEND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residence Address

 

 

 

 

11



 

EXHIBIT A

 

TALEND

Société Anonyme having a share capital of EUR.[      ]

Registered office: [      ]

484 175 252 R.C.S. [   ]

 

Stock Option Plan

EXERCISE NOTICE

(Share subscription form)

 

TALEND

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

France

[              ], [ ]

 

Attention: [           ]

 

1.                                       Exercise of Options . Effective as of today,                   ,   , the undersigned (“Optionee”) hereby elects to subscribe                 (     ) ordinary shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of TALEND (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Company’s           Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) adopted by the board on        and the Stock Option Agreement dated            ,    (the “Option Agreement”). The subscription price for the Shares shall be EUR.       , as required by the Option Agreement.

 

2.                                       Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full subscription price for the Shares.

 

3.                                       Representations of Optionee . The Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions , in particular  the Optionee agrees to abide and be bound by the obligation to hold and the prohibition to sell the Shares provided for in articles 9.(a) of the Plan and 6 of the Option Agreement as well as by the obligation to indemnify which stems from it (to the extent applicable) .

 

4.                                       Rights as Shareholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company) of the Shares, the Optionee shall have, as an Optionee, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, except those the Optionee may have as a shareholder of the Company. No adjustment will be made for rights in respect of which the record date is prior to the issuance date for the Shares, except as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.

 



 

5.                                       Tax consultation . The Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s subscription or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the subscription or disposition of the Shares. The Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

6.                                       Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This agreement is governed by the laws of the Republic of France.

 

*

*     *

 

This Exercise notice is delivered in two originals one of which shall be returned to the Optionee.

 

Submitted by:

 

Accepted by:

OPTIONEE (*)

 

TALEND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(*)                                 The signature of the Optionee must be preceded by the following manuscript mention “accepted for formal and irrevocable subscription of [          ] ordinary Shares” .

 

2




Exhibit 10.26

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Executive Employment Agreement (“Agreement”), dated October 1, 2013 (“Effective Date”), is between Talend, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Mike Tuchen (“Executive”).

 

1.                                       POSITION, RESPONSIBILITIES, AND TERM

 

a.               Position .  Executive is employed by the Company to render services to the Company in the position of President and Chief Executive Officer.  Executive shall perform such duties and responsibilities as are normally related to such position in accordance with the standards of the industry and any additional duties consistent with Executive’s position now or hereafter assigned to Executive by the Board of Directors of Talend, S. A. (“Board”) (“Services”) and/or Executive’s supervisor.  Executive shall abide by the rules, regulations, and practices as adopted or modified from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion.  Executive will devote Executive’s full time efforts to the provision of Services under this Agreement.

 

b.               Other Activities .  Except upon the prior written consent of the Company, Executive will not, during the term of this Agreement: (i) be employed elsewhere; (ii) engage, directly or indirectly, in any other business activity (whether or not pursued for pecuniary advantage) that might interfere with Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder or create a conflict of interest with the Company; or (iii) acquire any interest of any type in any other business which is in competition with the Company, provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to prohibit the Executive from acquiring solely as an investment up to one percent (1%) of the outstanding equity interests of any publicly-held company.

 

c.                No Conflict .  Executive represents and warrants that Executive’s execution of this Agreement and performance of Services under this Agreement will not violate any obligations Executive may have to any other employer, person or entity, including any obligations to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge, or data acquired by Executive in confidence or in trust prior to becoming an employee of the Company.

 

2.                                       COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

 

a.               Base Salary .  In consideration of the Services to be rendered under this Agreement, the Company shall pay Executive a gross salary at the rate of $300,000 per year, less applicable withholdings (“Base Salary”).  The Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices.  Executive’s Base Salary will be reviewed from time to time in accordance with the established procedures of the Company for adjusting salaries for similarly situated employees and may be adjusted in the sole discretion of the Company.

 

b.               Annual Bonus .  In further consideration of the Services to be rendered under this Agreement, Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual discretionary bonus of up to $200,000, less applicable withholdings, based on achievement of goals and objectives established by the Board, such as ACV bookings, EBITDA and other management business objectives (“Annual Bonus”).  Any Annual Bonus earned by Executive will be paid within two-and-one-half

 

Employee Initials:

/s/ MHT   

 

Employer’s Initials:

/s/ JDB     

 

 

1



 

months of the end of the year in which it was earned.  Executive must remain employed with the Company through the end of the calendar year at issue in order to be eligible to receive the Annual Bonus.  For calendar year 2013 only, Executive shall be eligible to receive a maximum Annual Bonus of $50,000 (a pro rata share based on the Effective Date of the Agreement) and a minimum of $30,000, less applicable withholdings.

 

c.                Equity Awards .  The Company will grant Executive an option to purchase 4,411,417 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an exercise price of Euro 0.57 ($0.76) per share (“Stock Option”), as of the date of grant for U.S. beneficiaries under the Company’s 2013 Stock Option Plan (the “2013 Plan”).  The Stock Option will be subject to the terms and conditions of the 2013 Plan, Stock Option Agreement and related documents adopted by the Board, except as expressly provided herein.  The Stock Option will also be conditioned upon the Executive’s execution of the Stock Option Agreement and any other related documents requested by the Company (e.g., shareholder’s agreement etc).  Vesting in the Stock Option will be subject to the Executive’s continued service, as discussed below and to the extent permitted in the 2013 Plan.

 

The Company will also grant Executive restricted stock (“Restricted Stock”) in the amount of 3,431,102 shares of Company Common Stock, with a purchase price equal to €0.01 per share.  The Restricted Stock will be subject to the terms and conditions contained in the applicable Short-Form Shareholder’s Agreement (“Shareholder’s Agreement”) and vesting restrictions based on Executive’s continued employment in the form of a call option in favor of the Company, which will be included in the applicable Short-Form Shareholder’s Agreement (“Shareholder’s Agreement”).  The Restricted Stock grant will be conditioned on the Executive’s execution of a Shareholder’s Agreement and any other applicable documents requested by the Company.

 

The Restricted Stock and shares of Common Stock underlying the Stock Option will represent in the aggregate fully-diluted ownership — including any currently contemplated financing events that may occur within the next 6 months — of approximately 4% of the Company, in the proportion of 43.75% Restricted Stock and 56.25% Stock Options.  Both the Stock Options and Restricted Stock will vest as follows: 25% on the first anniversary of the Effective Date (as defined in the governing documents) and the remaining 75% on a monthly basis over the following 36 months (i.e. 2.083% per month), in each case so long as the Executive continues his service with the Company pursuant to the 2013 Plan.  Vesting of any unvested portion of the Stock Options and the Restricted Stock shall accelerate (i) upon the consummation of a change in control of the Company if such change of control of the company occurs on or prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date of this Agreement (as a change in control is defined in the applicable Shareholder’s Agreement for the Restricted Stock and 2012 Plan for the Stock Option, and other documents governing the terms of the Restricted Stock and Stock Option awards), or (ii) upon termination of Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause (as defined below) or Executive’s resignation for Good Reason (as defined below) each occurring within 12 months following a change of control (within the meaning of clause (i) above) of the Company occuring after the first anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

Employee Initials:

/s/ MHT   

 

Employer’s Initials:

/s/ JDB     

 

 

2



 

Beginning January 1, 2014, Executive will have the opportunity to purchase up to $1,000,000 of the Company’s series H preferred shares (the “Preferred Stock”) at a price per share equal to Euro 1.05, subject to the execution of the applicable Shareholder’s Agreement and any other applicable documents requested by the Company, provided that, such purchase must be completed no later than December 31, 2014.

 

d.               Employment Benefits Plans .  The Executive will be entitled to participate in pension, profit sharing and other retirement plans, incentive compensation plans, group health, hospitalization and disability or other insurance plans, and other employee welfare benefit plans generally made available to other similarly-situated employees of the Company, in accordance with the benefit plans established by the Company, and as may be amended from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion.

 

e.                Vacation .  Executive shall be eligible to receive paid vacation subject to the policies and procedures in the Company’s Employee Handbook, as may be amended from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion.

 

f.                 Expenses .  The Company will pay or reimburse Executive for all normal and reasonable travel, entertainment, and other business expenses incurred by Executive in connection with Executive’s responsibilities to the Company upon submission of proper vouchers and documentation in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy.  The Company will also reimburse Executive for reasonable relocation expenses relating to customary temporary housing, interim travel, and travel and moving expenses to relocate Executive’s family and primary residence from Boston, Massachusetts to Los Altos, California, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $75,000, upon submission of proper vouchers and documentation in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy.

 

3.                                       AT-WILL EMPLOYMENT

 

The employment of Executive shall be “at-will” at all times.  The Company or Executive may terminate Executive’s employment with the Company at any time, without any advance notice, for any reason or no reason at all, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in or arising from any statements, policies or practices of the Company relating to the employment, discipline or termination of its employees.  Following the termination of Executive’s employment, the Company shall pay to Executive all compensation, less applicable withholdings, to which Executive is entitled up through the date of termination.  Thereafter, all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall cease other than those set forth in Sections 2(c) and 4.

 

4.                                       COMPANY TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS

 

a.               Termination by Company for Cause .  Where the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall cease, other than those set forth in Section 3.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean: (i) Executive engages in a material act of willful misconduct with respect to Executive’s obligations under this Agreement or otherwise relating to the business of the Company, including but not limited to misappropriation of trade secrets, fraud, or embezzlement, which, if curable, Executive fails or refuses to cure after written notice thereof from the Board and

 

Employee Initials:

/s/ MHT   

 

Employer’s Initials:

/s/ JDB     

 

 

3



 

an opportunity to cure of at least thirty (30) days; (ii) Executive is convicted of a crime involving dishonesty, breach of trust, or physical harm to any person that the Board reasonably believes has had or will have a material detrimental effect on the Company’ reputation or business; (iii) Executive materially breaches this Agreement and, after written notice thereof from the Board and an opportunity to cure of at least thirty (30) days, Executive fails or refuses to cure such breach; (iv) Executive refuses, after written notice thereof from the Board and an opportunity to cure of at least thirty (30) days, to implement or follow a lawful policy or directive of the Company with respect to Executive’s obligations under this Agreement; (v) Executive engages in willful misfeasance or malfeasance demonstrated by Executive’s failure, after written notice thereof from the Board and an opportunity to cure of at least thirty (30) days, to perform Executive’s job duties diligently and/or professionally; or (vi) Executive violates a Company policy or procedure which is materially injurious to the Company, including violation of the Company’s policy concerning sexual harassment, discrimination or retaliation, which, if curable, Executive fails or refuses to cure after written notice thereof from the Board and an opportunity to cure of at least thirty (30) days.

 

b.               Termination by Company without Cause .  Where the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause, and Executive’s employment is not terminated due to death or Disability (as defined below), Executive will be eligible to receive: (i) a lump sum payment of Base Salary for six (6) months less applicable withholdings; and (ii) a lump sum payment equal to the number of months worked by Executive during the calendar year in which the termination takes place divided by twelve (12), with the resulting fraction multiplied by the Annual Bonus Executive is eligible to receive during the calendar year at issue (payable following the end of the calendar year at issue) contingent on the Company accomplishing the goals and objectives established by the Board pursuant to Section 2(b) above (collectively “Severance”).  Executive’s eligibility to receive the Severance set forth in this Section 4(b) is conditioned on Executive having first signed a mutual release in the form provided by the Company (to include, among other things, a provision by which Executive will agree that he will not disparage, defame or otherwise detrimentally comment upon the Company and the Company will agree that it will not disparage the Executive, in each case for one (1) year after Executive’s separation from employment with the Company) (the “Release”), and the Release becoming irrevocable by its terms within fifty five (55) calendar days following the date of Executive’s termination of employment (or, if applicable, the date of Executive’s Separation from Service, as such term is defined in Section 4(h)) and Executive’s continued compliance with any continuing obligations under this Agreement and the Confidential Information Agreement referenced below in Section 6.  All other obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall cease.

 

c.                Termination Due to Disability .  Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically if Executive becomes Disabled.  Executive shall be deemed Disabled if Executive is unable for medical reasons to perform Executive’s essential job duties for either ninety (90) consecutive calendar days or one hundred twenty (120) business days in a twelve (12) month period and, within thirty (30) days after a notice of termination is given to Executive, Executive

 

Employee Initials:

/s/ MHT   

 

Employer’s Initials:

/s/ JDB     

 

 

4



 

has not returned to work.  If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company due to Executive’s Disability, all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall cease, other than those set forth in Section 3.

 

d.               Termination Due to Death .  Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically upon Executive’s death.  If Executive’s employment is terminated due to Executive’s death, all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall cease, other than those set forth in Section 3.

 

e.                Termination By Executive for Good Reason .  Executive’s termination of Executive’s employment shall be for “Good Reason” if (a) Executive provides written notice to the Company of the Good Reason within thirty (30) days of the event constituting the Good Reason and provides the Company with a period of thirty (30) days to cure the event constituting the Good Reason, (b) the Company fails to cure the Good Reason within the applicable thirty (30) day period, and (c) Executive terminates Executive’s employment with the Company within forty-five (45) days of the event constituting Good Reason.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean: (i) material breach of this Agreement by the Company; (ii) a material diminution of Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities ; (iii) a reduction in Executive’s Base Salary, annual bonus or other amounts for which Executive is eligible in accordance with this Agreement; (iv) failure by the Company to require any successor entity to the Company to specifically assume all of the Company’s obligations to Executive under this Agreement; or (v) the relocation of Executive to a facility or location more than fifty (50) miles from Executive’s then current location (after giving effect to Executive’s relocation to the Company’s offices in Los Altos, California).  Notwithstanding the above, Good Reason shall not be triggered by the Executive no longer holding a Chief Executive Officer position pursuant to a change of control (within the meaning provided in Section 2(c) above), provided a portion of the Company remains a going concern and provided Executive’s duties, position and responsibilities with respect to the remaining business operations are not materially reduced.  Where the Executive terminates Executive’s employment for Good Reason, Executive will be eligible to receive the Severance set forth in Section 4(b) above.  Executive’s eligibility to receive the Severance is conditioned on Executive having first signed the Release and the Release becoming irrevocable by its terms within fifty five (55) calendar days following the date of Executive’s termination of employment (or, if applicable, the date of Executive’s Separation from Service) and Executive’s continued compliance with any continuing obligations under this Agreement and the Confidential Information Agreement referenced below in Section 6.  All other obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall cease.

 

f.                 Executive’s Resignation Without Good Reason .  Executive may resign Executive’s employment at any time without Good Reason pursuant to Section 3, and thereafter, all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall cease, other than those set forth in Section 3.

 

g.               Timing of Payments .  In the event that Executive becomes entitled to receive continued payment of Base Salary portion of the Severance pursuant to Section 4(b) or 4(e), Executive shall not be entitled to receive any such payments until the Company’s first payroll

Employee Initials:

/s/ MHT   

 

Employer’s Initials:

/s/ JDB     

 

 

5



 

date that is coincident with or next following the date that is fifty five (55) calendar days following the date of Executive’s termination of employment (or, if applicable, the date of Executive’s Separation from Service) and any payments that otherwise would have been paid to Executive during such period shall be paid to Executive with the first installment paid to Executive following the end of such period.  Any pro-rated Annual Bonus that becomes payable to Executive pursuant to Section 4(b) or Section 4(e) shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum payment within two and one-half months following the end of the calendar year at issue.

 

h.               Section 409A; Delayed Payments .  To the extent applicable, the provisions in Section 2 and this Section 4 are intended to be exempt from, or otherwise comply with, Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and guidance promulgated thereunder (“409A”) and this Agreement shall be administered and construed in a manner consistent with this intent.  In the event that any compensation that becomes payable to Executive pursuant to Section 2 or this Section 4 qualifies as a deferral of compensation within the meaning of and subject to 409A, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (i) such compensation shall be paid to Executive only in the event of Executive’s “separation from service” with the Company within the meaning of 409A (“Separation from Service”) and (ii) payment of that compensation shall be delayed if Executive is a “specified employee,” as defined in 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), and such delayed payment is required by 409A.  Such delay shall last six (6) months from the date of Executive’s Separation from Service.  On the Company’s first payroll date that occurs after the end of such six-month period, the Company shall make a catch-up payment to Executive equal to the total amount of such payments that would have been made during the six-month period but for this Section 4(h).  To the extent applicable, each and every payment to be made pursuant to Section 2(b), 2(c), 2(f), 4(b) or 4(e) shall be treated as a separate payment and not as one of a series of payments treated as a single payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii).

 

5.                                       EXECUTIVE TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS

 

a.               Return of Property .  Executive agrees that all property (including without limitation all equipment, tangible proprietary information, documents, records, notes, contracts and computer-generated materials) furnished to or created or prepared by Executive incident to Executive’s employment belongs to the Company and shall be promptly returned to the Company upon termination of Executive’s employment.

 

b.               Resignation .  Upon termination of Executive’s employment, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices and directorships then held with the Company.

 

c.                Continuing Obligations .  Executive understands and agrees that Executive’s obligations under Sections 6 and 7 herein (including Exhibit A) shall survive the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason and the termination of this Agreement.

 

Employee Initials:

/s/ MHT   

 

Employer’s Initials:

/s/ JDB     

 

 

6



 

6.                                       INVENTIONS AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

 

Executive agrees to sign and be bound by the terms of the At Will, Non-Competition and Confidentiality Agreement, which is attached as Exhibit A (“Confidential Information Agreement”).

 

7.                                       ARBITRATION

 

The Company and Executive agree that any and all disputes or controversies between them of any nature, including but not limited to any arising out of, relating to, or in connection with this Agreement, or the interpretation, validity, construction, performance, breach, or termination thereof shall be settled by arbitration to be held in Santa Clara County, California, in accordance with the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service/Endispute, Inc. (“JAMS”) rules for employment disputes then in effect (the “Rules”).  The Company will pay for the fees and costs of the arbitrator to the extent required by law.  The arbitrator may grant injunctions or other relief in such dispute or controversy.  The decision of the arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and binding on the parties to the arbitration.  Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s decision in any court having jurisdiction.  The arbitrator shall apply California law to the merits of any dispute or claim.  Executive hereby expressly consents to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Santa Clara County, California for any action or proceeding arising from or relating to this Agreement or relating to any arbitration in which the parties are participants.  The parties may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction, or other interim or conservatory relief, as necessary, without breach of this arbitration agreement and without abridgment of the powers of the arbitrator.  EXECUTIVE HAS READ AND UNDERSTANDS THIS SECTION, WHICH DISCUSSES ARBITRATION.  EXECUTIVE UNDERSTANDS THAT BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, EXECUTIVE AGREES TO SUBMIT ANY FUTURE CLAIMS AGAINST THE COMPANY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THOSE ARISING OUT OF, RELATING TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH HIS EMPLOYMENT OR TERMINATION THEREOF, OR THE INTERPRETATION, VALIDITY, CONSTRUCTION, PERFORMANCE OR BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT, TO BINDING ARBITRATION, AND THAT THIS ARBITRATION CLAUSE CONSTITUTES A WAIVER OF EXECUTIVE’S RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL AND RELATES TO THE RESOLUTION OF ALL DISPUTES RELATING TO ALL ASPECTS OF THE EMPLOYER/EXECUTIVE RELATIONSHIP, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DISCRIMINATION CLAIMS.

 

8.                                       AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS; REMEDIES

 

This Agreement may not be amended or waived except by a writing signed by Executive and by the Company’s Board.  Failure to exercise any right under this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of such right.  Any waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall not operate as a waiver of any subsequent breaches.  All rights or remedies specified for a party herein shall be cumulative and in addition to all other rights and remedies of the party hereunder or under applicable law.

 

Employee Initials:

/s/ MHT   

 

Employer’s Initials:

/s/ JDB     

 

 

7



 

9.                                       ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT

 

a.               Assignment .  The performance of Executive is personal hereunder, and Executive agrees that Executive shall have no right to assign and shall not assign or purport to assign any rights or obligations under this Agreement.  This Agreement may be assigned or transferred by the Company; and nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the consolidation, merger or sale of the Company or a sale of any or all or substantially all of its assets.

 

b.               Binding Effect .  Subject to the foregoing restriction on assignment by Executive, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon each of the parties; the affiliates, officers, directors, agents, successors and assigns of the Company; and the heirs, devisees, spouses, legal representatives and successors of Executive.

 

10.                                NOTICES

 

All notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered: (a) by hand; (b) by a nationally recognized overnight courier service; or (c) by United States first class registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the principal address of the other party, as set forth below.  The date of notice shall be deemed to be the earlier of (i) actual receipt of notice by any permitted means, or (ii) five business days following dispatch by overnight delivery service or the United States Mail.  Executive shall be obligated to notify the Company in writing of any change in Executive’s address.  Notice of change of address shall be effective only when done in accordance with this paragraph.

 

Company’s Notice Address:

 

Talend Inc.,

5150 El Camino Real, Suite C31

Los Altos, CA 94022

 

Executive’s Notice Address:

 

 

11.                                SEVERABILITY

 

If any provision of this Agreement shall be held by a court or arbitrator to be invalid, unenforceable, or void, such provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law, and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.  In the event that the time period or scope of any provision is declared by a court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to exceed the maximum time period or scope that such court or arbitrator deems enforceable, then such court or arbitrator shall reduce the time period or scope to the maximum time period or scope permitted by law.

 

Employee Initials:

/s/ MHT   

 

Employer’s Initials:

/s/ JDB     

 

 

8



 

12.                                TAXES

 

All amounts paid under this Agreement shall be paid less all applicable state and federal tax withholdings and any other withholdings required by any applicable jurisdiction.

 

13.                                GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

14.                                INTERPRETATION

 

This Agreement shall be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not in favor of or against any party.  Sections and section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any manner the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  Whenever the context requires, references to the singular shall include the plural and the plural the singular.

 

15.                                COUNTERPARTS

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

16.                                AUTHORITY

 

Each party represents and warrants that such party has the right, power and authority to enter into and execute this Agreement and to perform and discharge all of the obligations hereunder; and that this Agreement constitutes the valid and legally binding agreement and obligation of such party and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

17.                                ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement is intended to be the final, complete, and exclusive statement of the terms of Executive’s employment by the Company and may not be contradicted by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous statements or agreements, except for agreements specifically referenced herein (including the Confidential Information Agreement attached as Exhibit A, and any applicable Company Stock Option Plan, Company Stock Option Agreement, and Short-Form Shareholder’s Agreement).  To the extent that the practices, policies or procedures of the Company, now or in the future, apply to Executive and are inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.  Any subsequent change in Executive’s duties, position, or compensation will not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.

 

Employee Initials:

/s/ MHT   

 

Employer’s Initials:

/s/ JDB     

 

 

9


 

18.                                EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES EXECUTIVE HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT LEGAL COUNSEL CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT, THAT EXECUTIVE HAS READ AND UNDERSTANDS THE AGREEMENT, THAT EXECUTIVE IS FULLY AWARE OF ITS LEGAL EFFECT, AND THAT EXECUTIVE HAS ENTERED INTO IT FREELY BASED ON EXECUTIVE’S OWN JUDGMENT AND NOT ON ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR PROMISES OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Talend, Inc.

 

/s/ John D. Brennan

 

/s/ Michael H. Tuchen

By:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

Feb 18, 2014

 

Dated:

Jan 29, 2014

 

Employee Initials:

/s/ MHT   

 

Employer’s Initials:

/s/ JDB     

 

 

10



 

EXHIBIT A

 

AT WILL, NON-COMPETITION AND CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

 

This At Will, Non-Competition and Confidentiality Agreement is entered into by and between Mike Tuchen (hereinafter “Employee”) and Talend, Inc. a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as “Employer”) as of this 1 st  day of October, 2013 in regard to the following facts:

 

A.                                     As part of Employee’s employment with Employer, Employee has or will be exposed to and /or provided with confidential information relating to the operation of Employer’s business and its customers that are “Confidential Information/Trade Secrets” (as defined below) belonging exclusively to Employer.

 

B.                                     Employee acknowledges that a part of the consideration Employee is providing Employer in exchange for his/her employment and continued employment with Employer is Employee’s agreement to maintain the confidentiality of Employer’s “Trade Secrets” in the manner provided herein below.

 

In consideration of the foregoing Employee agrees as follows:

 

1.                                       Information and Recommendations to Benefit Employer .  Employee shall provide Employer with all information and recommendations regarding Employer’s business, of which Employee has knowledge that could reasonably be considered to benefit Employer.  Employee shall not usurp, for personal gain, information which could reasonably be considered to benefit Employer.

 

2.                                       Non-Competition Covenant .  Employee promises that during his/her employment with Employer, he/she shall not, directly or indirectly, either as an employee, employer, consultant, agent, principal, partner, stockholder, corporate officer, board member, director, or in any other individual or representative capacity, engage or attempt to engage in any competitive activity relating to the subject matter of his/her employment with Employer.

 

3.                                       Customer Lists, Trade Secrets, and Unfair Competition .  Employee acknowledges and agrees that the names and addresses of Employer’s customers and prospective customers (“Customers”) and all other confidential information relating to those actual or prospective customers as well as all other information that has or could have commercial value or other utility in the business in which Employer or its Customers are engaged or in which they contemplate engaging and information, that, if disclosed without authorization, could be detrimental to the interests of Employer or its customers, whether or not such information is identified as confidential information by Employer or its Customers constitutes Confidential Information/Trade Secrets of Employer.  By example, and without any limitation, Confidential Information/Trade Secrets includes all information such as information on the profitability of the Employer, Employer’s Customer lists and potential leads Customer lists, information relating to Employer’s Customers such as pricing information or contract terms, any other information relating to Employer or Employer’s customers that have been obtained or made known to Employee solely as a result of Employee performing his services for the Employer, developing, production and/or design techniques, product designs, scheduled, and/or drawings containing Employer’s product designs, techniques and inventions (whether patentable or not), copyrighted materials and software created for the benefit of Employer, as well as the Employer’s business plans, strategy plans, sales figures, sales reports, accounting/financial records (including, but not limited to, balance sheets, profit and loss statements, tax returns, payable and receivable information, bank account information and other financial reporting information), personnel policies, marketing plans, buying habits or practices of Employer’s Customers not specifically aforementioned, Employer’s marketing methods and related data, the names of any of Employer’s vendors, or suppliers, information relating to costs, sales or services provided to Employer by such vendors, the prices Employer obtains or has obtained for Employer’s products or services, compensation paid to Employer’s employees and other terms of employment, information regarding Employer’s relations with its employees, information regarding other employees or agents of Employer, or confidential Customer information and/or other confidential information regarding the manner of business operations and actual or demonstrably anticipated business, research or development

 

Employee Initials:

/s/ MHT   

 

Employer’s Initials:

/s/ JDB     

 

 

11



 

of the Employer are provided in confidence and constitute Confidential Information/Trade Secrets (as defined in the state in which Employee resides) of Employer.  Employee acknowledges and agrees that the sale or unauthorized use or disclosure of any of Employer’s Confidential Information/Trade Secrets obtained by Employee during his employment with Employer constitutes unfair competition.  Employee promises not to engage in any unfair competition with Employer.

 

4.                                       Non-Solicitation Covenant .  Employee agrees that during his/her employment with the Employer and for one year following his/her termination or cessation of employment, Employee shall not directly or indirectly solicit or attempt to solicit any business from any of Employer’s Customers through use of any Confidential Information, including actively sought prospective Customers.

 

5.                                       Non-Recruiting Covenant .  Employee agrees that Employer has invested substantial time and effort in assembling its present personnel.  Employee agrees that for one year following his/her termination or cessation of employment, Employee will not directly or indirectly recruit, or attempt to recruit, any other employee of Employer or its affiliates, or induce or attempt to induce any employee of Employer to terminate or cease employment with Employer.

 

6.                                       Covenant Not to Disclose Employer’s Trade Secrets or Confidential Information During or After Term of Employment .  Employee will not, except as required in the conduct of Employer’s business or as authorized in writing by Employer, publish or disclose, during Employee’s term of employment or subsequent thereto, any Confidential Information/Trade Secret as defined herein or other confidential information, including information concerning any invention, or any other matter relating to Employer’s business that Employee may in any way acquire through his employment with Employer.  All records, files, plans, documents and the like relating to the business of Employer which Employee shall prepare, use, or come on contact with shall be and shall remain the sole property of Employer and shall not be copied without written permission of Employer and shall be returned to Employer on termination of employment or at Employer’s request at any time.

 

7.                                       Covenant Not to Compete by Use of Employer’s Confidential Information/Trade Secrets After Termination of Employment .  Employee will not engage in competition with Employer, at any time after the termination of this Agreement, while making use of Employer’s Confidential Information/Trade Secrets or confidential information including information concerning any invention, or any other matter relating to Employer’s business that Employee may in any way acquire by reason of his employment with Employer.

 

8.                                       ASSIGNMENT OF INTEREST IN INVENTIONS :

 

A.                                     Employee agrees that any inventions made by Employee solely or jointly with others during the term of this contract, that are (1) made with Employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, trade secrets, or time, or (2) that relate, at the time of conception or of reduction to practice, to the business of Employer or Employer’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (3) that result from any work performed by Employee for Employer or result from the use of premises owned, leased or otherwise used or acquired by Employer (hereafter “inventions”), shall belong to Employer, and promises to assign any and all rights in such inventions to the Employer.

 

B.                                     Employee agrees that any inventions made by Employee solely or jointly with others, made after the date that this Employment Agreement terminates, that are based on trade secrets of Employer, shall belong to Employer, and Employee promises to assign any and all rights in such inventions to Employer.  For the purposes of this paragraph, an invention is based on the trade secrets of the Employer if the invention incorporates any such secrets in design or principal.

 

C.                                     Employee also agrees the Employer shall have the right to keep any inventions covered by this Agreement as trade secrets, and Employee agrees not to disclose such invention to any third parties except as specifically authorized by Employer.

 

D.                                     Employee agrees to assign to Employer all rights in any other inventions made by Employee of Employer as required to grant those rights to the United States government or any of its agencies.

 

Employee Initials:

/s/ MHT   

 

Employer’s Initials:

/s/ JDB     

 

 

12



 

E.                                      Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, Employee shall not be required to assign, nor shall he be deemed to have assigned, any of Employee’s rights in any invention, as set forth in Labor Code Section 2870 (reprinted in its entirety as Exhibit “A”), (and/or any other applicable statute under the law of the state in which Employee resides) that Employee develops entirely on his own time without using Employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information, except for inventions that either (1) relate, at the time that the invention is conceived or reduced to practice, to Employer’s business or to actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of Employer; or (2) result from any work performed by Employee for Employer.

 

F.                                       In order to permit Employer to claim rights to which it may be entitled, Employee agrees to disclose to Employer in confidence (1) all inventions that Employee makes, either solely or jointly with others, during the term of his employment, and (2) all patent applications filed by Employee during his employment with the Company.  Employee also agrees to submit to a reasonable and confidential review process under which Employer may determine such as issues may arise under this Agreement.

 

G.                                     Employee shall assist Employer in obtaining patents or copyrights on all inventions, designs, improvements, and discoveries deemed patentable or copyrightable by Employer in the United States and in all foreign countries, and shall execute all documents and do all things necessary to obtain letters of patent, to vest Employer with full and extensive titles to those patents, and to protect the same against infringement by others, from, during and after the termination of this Agreement.  In the event that assistance of the employee is needed after the termination of this Agreement, Employee will be paid for that assistance at the hourly rate he earned when this Agreement terminated.

 

H.                                    For the purpose of this Agreement, an invention is deemed to have been made during the Employee’s period of employment if the invention was conceived or actually first reduced to practice during that period.

 

9.                                       Prior Knowledge and Prior Relationships .

 

A.                                     Except as disclosed in Exhibit “B,” Employee has no knowledge of any of Confidential Information/Trade Secrets or other confidential information referenced and defined in this Agreement other than the information Employee has learned from Employer.

 

B.                                     Employee has disclosed in Exhibit “B” a complete list of all inventions that are proprietary to Employee and that Employee wants to exclude from the application of this Agreement.  Employer will receive and hold all such disclosures in confidence.

 

C.                                     Employee has no agreements, relationships, or commitments to any other person or entity that conflict with or would prevent Employee from performing any of Employee’s obligations to Employer under this Agreement.

 

D.                                     Employee will not disclose and has not disclosed to Employer and will not use or induce Employer to use any proprietary information or Trade Secrets of others.  Employee represents and warrants that Employee has returned all property and confidential or trade secret information belonging to others and is not in possession of any documents or data containing such confidential or trade secret information.

 

E.                                      Employee agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Employer and its officers, directors and employees from any and all claims, damages, costs, expenses or liability, including reasonable attorney’s fees incurred in connection with or resulting from any breach or default of the representations and warranties contained in this paragraph.

 

10.                                Termination of Employment .

 

A.                                     Employee’s employment with Employer is at will and Employee’s employment and compensation can be terminated or modified in any way, with or without cause, with or without notice, at any time, subject to the rights and obligations set forth in that certain Employment Agreement between Employer and Employee dated as of October 1, 2013.

 

Employee Initials:

/s/ MHT   

 

Employer’s Initials:

/s/ JDB     

 

 

13



 

B.                                     If Employee’s employment with Employer is terminated for any reason, Employee shall promptly deliver and without request:

 

(i)                   Inform Employer of and deliver to Employer all documents and data pertaining to Employee’s employment and the Confidential Information/Trade Secrets, whether prepared by Employee or otherwise coming into Employee’s possession or control; and

 

(ii)                Sign the Termination Certificate in Exhibit “C.” Employee shall not retain any written or other tangible material containing any information concerning or disclosing any Confidential Information/Trade Secrets.

 

11.                                Injunctive Relief .  Employee agrees that breach of the restrictive covenants in this Agreement will irreparably harm Employer for which Employer may not have an adequate remedy at law.  As such, Employee agrees that Employer shall be entitled to any proper injunction, including but not limited to temporary, preliminary, final injunctions, temporary restraining orders, and temporary protective orders, to enforce said covenants in the event of breach or threatened breach by Employee, in addition to any other remedies available to Employer at law or in equity.  The Confidentiality, Non-Solicitation, Non-Competition, and Non-Recruiting restrictive covenants contained in this agreement are independent of any other obligations between the parties, and the existence of any other claim or cause of action against Employer is not a defense to enforcement of said covenants by injunction.

 

12.                                Waiver .  No waiver by Employer of any breach of this Agreement shall be a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach.  No waiver by Employer of any right under this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver of any other right.

 

13.                                Tolling and Suspension .  In the event of a breach by Employee of any restrictive covenant contained in this Agreement, the running of the period of restriction shall automatically be tolled and suspended for the amount of time the breach continues, and shall automatically commence when the breach is remedied so that Employer shall receive the benefit of Employee’s compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

14.                                Confidential Information of Others .  Employee will not use, disclose to Employer or induce Employer to use any confidential, proprietary or trade secret information or material belonging to others which comes into Employee’s knowledge or possession at any time, nor will Employee use any such information or material in the course of my employment with Employer, and Employee will not ask any applicant, employee or other person to engage in such activities, absent written authorization from the third-party that owns the information and Employer.  Except as disclosed to Employer in writing, Employee has no other agreements or relationships with or commitments to any other person or entity that conflict with Employee’s obligations to Employer as an employee of Employer or under this Agreement, and Employee represents that Employee’s employment will not require Employee to violate any obligation to or confidence with another.  In the event Employee believes that Employee’s work for Employer would make it difficult for Employee not to disclose to Employer any confidential, proprietary or trade secret information or materials belonging to others, Employee will immediately inform Employee’s supervisor.  Employee has not entered into, and Employee agrees Employee will not enter into, any oral or written agreement in conflict with this Agreement.

 

15.                                This is the entire agreement between Employer and Employee regarding confidentiality of Employer’s Confidential Information/Trade Secrets and this agreement supersedes any and all prior agreements regarding these issues.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws.  This Agreement consists of a series of separate covenants.  If any separate covenant, word or provision of this Agreement is found unenforceable it may be severed from this Agreement with the remainder of the Agreement remaining in full force and effect.

 

Employee Initials:

/s/ MHT   

 

Employer’s Initials:

/s/ JDB     

 

 

14



 

MY SIGNATURE BELOW ATTESTS TO THE FACT THAT I HAVE READ, UNDERSTAND, AND AGREE TO BE LEGALLY BOUND TO ALL OF THE ABOVE TERMS.

 

Signed at 12:50am, CET, this 30 day of January, 2014.

 

 

/s/ Michael H. Tuchen

 

 

Mike Tuchen

 

 

FOR EMPLOYER:

 

Signed at  2:05pm, PDT, this 18 day of February, 2014.

 

 

/s/ John D. Brennan

 

 

Employer Representative’s Signature

 

 

Employee Initials:

/s/ MHT   

 

Employer’s Initials:

/s/ JDB     

 

 

15



 

EXHIBIT 1

 

COMPANY’S WRITTEN NOTIFICATION TO EMPLOYEE OF
LABOR CODE §2870

 

In accordance with California Labor Code §2870, you are hereby notified that your At Will Employment and Confidentiality Agreement does not require you to assign to Company any Invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility or trade secret information of Company was used and that was developed entirely on your own time, and does not relate to the business of Company or to Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or does not result from any work performed by you for Company.

 

The following is the text of California Labor Code §2870:

 

“(a)  Any provision in an Employment Agreement which provides that an Employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her right to an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for inventions that:

 

`(1)  Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

 

(2)  Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.”‘

 

“(b) To the extent a provision in the employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.”

 

I hereby acknowledge receipt of this written notification.

 

 

Date:

Jan 29, 2014

 

/s/ Michael H. Tuchen

 

 

[Employee’s Signature]

 

Employee Initials:

/s/ MHT   

 

Employer’s Initials:

/s/ JDB     

 

 

16



 

EXHIBIT 2

 

PRIOR KNOWLEDGE AND INVENTIONS

 

1.                                       I acknowledge that I know nothing about the Confidential Information/Trade Secrets or Inventions of Employer other than the information that has been disclosed to me by Employer except the following (if none, so state):

 

2.                                       I acknowledge that I have not conceived, made, or reduced to practice (alone or jointly with others) any Inventions other than the following, which are excluded from application of this Agreement (if none, so state):

 

3.                                       I acknowledge that I have no other current or prior Agreements, relationships, or commitments that conflict with this Agreement or with my relationship with Employer other than the following:

 

 

Date: 

Jan 29, 2014

 

/s/ Michael H. Tuchen

 

 

 

[Employee’s Signature]

 

Employee Initials:

/s/ MHT   

 

Employer’s Initials:

/s/ JDB     

 

 

17



 

EXHIBIT 3

 

TERMINATION CERTIFICATE

 

I hereby certify that I have complied with and will continue to comply with all the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement of Talend, Inc. a Delaware corporation (“Agreement”), which I signed.  All capitalized terms used but not defined in this certificate will have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

 

I further certify that I do not have in my possession, nor have I failed to return, any Confidential Information/Trade Secrets or copies of such information, or other documents or materials, equipment, or other property belonging to Employer or its Customers.

 

I agree that, in compliance with the Agreement, I will preserve as confidential and not use any Confidential Information/Trade Secrets or other information that has or could have commercial value or other utility in the business in which Employer or its Customers are engaged or in which they contemplate engaging, I will not participate in the unauthorized disclosure of information that could be detrimental to the interest of Employer or its Customers, whether or not such information is identified as Confidential Information/Trade Secrets by Employer or its Customers.

 

On termination of my employment with Employer, I will be employed by                            in its                          Division and will be working in connection with the following projects:                               .

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Name]

 

Employee Initials:

/s/ MHT   

 

Employer’s Initials:

/s/ JDB     

 

 

18




Exhibit 10.27

 

 

Talend, Inc.

 

105 Fremont Av Suite F
Los Altos California
94022

 

Voice:

714-786-8140

Fax:

714-786-8139

 

www.talend.com

 

December 13th, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas Tuchscherer

 

Sent via E-Mail

 

 

 

Dear M. Tuchscherer,

 

 

 

Per our discussion, we are pleased to offer you the position of VP Corporate Development , conditional on the satisfactory completion of your background check. We believe your skills and experience will add significantly to the growth of Talend, Inc. Your anticipated start date is Monday, January 4 th  2010, Our controller Olivier Poissonnier will be in contact with you regarding the status of the background verifications and actual start date.

 

Your per payroll $9,583,33 salary will be $230 000 . This is an exempt position. You will be eligible to participate in a variable bonus plan of an annual amount of up to $100 000. The payment of this bonus plan will be every semester and be conditional on achieving jointly defined objectives. Your scheduled working days and hours will be Monday through Friday from 9:00am to 6:00pm . . Please remember that all salary arrangements are confidential and compensation plans are subject to change under corporate direction.

 

On your first day of employment, you will be given a new hire packet, including our Employee Handbook with a detailed explanation of your employee benefits. At that time, you will need to present an original document or documents that establish your identity and employment eligibility in order to complete the required 1-9 form. As a condition of your employment, you will need to sign a Confidentiality Agreement within seven days of your start date. You will also be required to bring a copy of the declaration page of your car insurance policy for proof of insurance.

 

This letter does not alter the “At-Will” nature of your employment, which is presumed by law to be in effect in all employment relationships. The doctrine of “At-Will” employment provides you with the right to terminate your employment at any time, with or without cause or notice, and in exchange the company has a similar right.

 

Please sign below to signify your acceptance of these terms and return one copy of this letter to my email. We look forward to working with you. Please call me if you have any questions at (650) 644-5590.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

Bertrand Diard

CEO

 

 

Agreed and accepted:

 

/s/ T. Tuchscherer

 

12/27/2009

 

 

Employee’s Signature

 

Date

 




Exhibit 10.28

 

 

February 12, 2016

 

Thomas Tuchscherer

 

Dear Thomas,

 

This letter amends and modifies certain terms of your offer letter dated December 13 th  2009 with Talend Inc. (together with its affiliates referred to as the “Company”). Specifically, it will be amended as follows:

 

Severance Benefits . You shall be entitled to receive severance benefits if your employment is terminated without Cause (as defined below) or for Good Reason (as defined below). You, or your estate or representative, will be entitled to receive payment of severance benefits on the date of termination equal to a lump sum payment of six (6) months worth of base salary (the “ Severance Payment ”). Your benefits will be continued under the Company’s then existing benefit plans and policies to the extent permitted under such plans and policies and in accordance with such plans and policies in effect on the date of termination and in accordance with applicable law.

 

Double trigger stock option acceleration . In the event of a Change in Control Transaction (as defined below), and if your employment with the Company (or the Company’s successor) is either (i) terminated by the Company (or the Company’s successor) other than for Cause (as defined below) within twelve (12) months after the Change of Control Transaction or (ii) terminated by you for Good Reason (as defined below) within twelve (12) months after the Change of Control Transaction, one hundred percent (100%) of unvested options granted to you shall automatically vest.

 

Annual Travel Benefits . As it has been the case since the start of your employment with Talend Inc., the Company will pay once a year, for you and your family round trip fares in economy class to Paris, France.

 

For purposes of this letter, your employment termination shall be for “Good Reason” if (a) Executive provides written notice to the Company of the Good Reason within thirty (30) days of the event constituting the Good Reason and provides the Company with a period of thirty (30) days to cure the event constituting the Good Reason, (b) the Company fails to cure the Good Reason within the applicable thirty (30) day period, and (c) Executive terminates Executive’s employment with the Company within forty-five (45) days of the event constituting Good Reason. “Good Reason” shall mean, without your written consent, (i) a significant reduction of your duties or responsibilities relative to your duties, position or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such reduction, the removal of you from such position, duties and responsibilities, unless you are provided with comparable duties, position and responsibilities, (ii) a significant reduction (thirty percent (30%) or more) by the Company in your base salary as in effect immediately prior to such reduction.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean: (i) You engage in a material act of willful misconduct with respect to your obligations under this Agreement or otherwise relating to the business of the Company,

 

Talend Inc., 800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 20, Redwood City CA 94065

www.talend.com

 



 

including but not limited to misappropriation of trade secrets, fraud, or embezzlement; (ii) you are convicted of a crime, or the entering a plea of guilty or no contest (or pleas or accepts deferred adjudication or receives unadjudicated probation) to or for, any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude, involving dishonesty, breach of trust, or physical harm to any person that the Board reasonably believes has had or will have a material detrimental effect on the Company’ reputation or business; (iii) you materially breach your Employment Agreement; (iv) you refuse to implement or follow a lawful policy or directive of the Company with respect to your duties; (v) you engage in willful misfeasance or malfeasance demonstrated by your failure to perform your job duties diligently and/or professionally; or (vi) you violate a Company policy or procedure which is materially injurious to the Company, including violation of the Company’s policy concerning sexual harassment, discrimination or retaliation, as determined by the Board, in its reasonable sole discretion.

 

For the purposes of this letter, a “Change in Control Transaction” shall mean either: (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation or stock transfer), unless the Company’s stockholders of record immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions hold, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity (provided that the sale by the Company of its securities for the purposes of raising additional funds shall not constitute a Change of Control Transaction hereunder); or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

Your eligibility to receive the Severance set forth in this Section 4(b) is conditioned on having first signed a mutual release in the form provided by the Company (to include, among other things, a provision by which Executive will agree that you will not disparage, defame or otherwise detrimentally comment upon the Company and the Company for one (1) year after your separation from employment with the Company) (the “Release”), and the Release becoming irrevocable by its terms within fifty five (55) calendar days following the date of your termination of employment, and your continued compliance with any continuing obligations under this Agreement and the Confidential Information Agreement.

 

All other terms of your offer letter will remain unchanged.

 

Best,

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mike Tuchen

 

Mike Tuchen

 

CEO

 

 

 

 

 

Agreed and accepted:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas Tuchscherer

 

Thomas Tuchscherer

 

 




Exhibit 10.29

 

 

Talend, Inc.

 

April 10 th , 2014

 

Ashley Stirrup

 

Dear Ashley:

 

I am pleased to extend to you an offer of employment with Talend. Inc. (together with its affiliates referred to as “Company”), for the position of Chief Marketing Officer.  You will report directly to me in this role.

 

Details of this offer shall include the following:

 

·                   Base Salary - $240,000 per annum paid in semi-monthly increments.

 

·                   Quarterly Bonus — Effective May 1, 2014, you shall be eligible to participate in Talend’s quarterly bonus program.  Your target bonus shall be $17,500 per quarter ($ 70,000 total per annum).  Attainment of the quarterly bonus shall be based on the attainment of quarterly objectives defined for the leadership team of the Company.

 

·                   Talend Stock Option Program — In conjunction with your employment with Talend, we will recommend to the Board of Directors, at the first Board meeting following the date on which you become an employee, that you be granted 882,248 stock options representing 0.45% of Talend SA’s fully diluted capital.  The options shall vest as to 25% of the shares after one year and quarterly thereafter, so that they are fully vested and exercisable four (4) years from the grant date, subject to your continued status as an employee with the Company on the relevant vesting dates.  Should the Company be acquired prior to the full vesting of this stock option grant, and your employment be subsequently terminated within 12 months of that change of control, 50% of this stock option grant will immediately vest.  In all other respects, the Options shall be subject to the terms, definitions, and provisions of the Company’s Stock Option Plan and the stock options agreement by and between you and the Company.  The exercise price of this stock option grant shall be 0.57 EUR per share.

 

·                   Employee Benefits - As an employee, you will be eligible to participate in the Talend U.S. Employee Benefits Program on your date of hire with Talend.  Benefits include medical, dental and vision insurance, paid time off, life insurance, short and long term disability insurance and a Flexible Spending Account in accordance to company policy.  On the first of the month following your first three months of service with Talend you will also be eligible to make contributions to a matching 401(k) retirement savings account.  You should note

 

Talend, Inc — 5150 El Camino Real, Suite C31, CA 94024
www.talend.com — P: 714-421-4316 — F: 714-242-7503

 



 

that that the Company may modify benefits from time to time as it deems necessary.

 

·                   Work Location — Your work location will be Los Altos or a soon to be Redwood Shore offices.  You will be afforded the latitude to exercise discretion on your work schedule in a manner you deem most productive.

 

We are very excited about you joining Talend and look forward to a beneficial and fruitful relationship.  Nevertheless, you should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment.  As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason.  Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.

 

The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees.  Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any.

 

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States.  Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

 

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed.  It is the Company understands that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case.  Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company.  Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

 

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by company rules and standards.  You will be specifically required to sign an acknowledgment that you have read and that you understand the Company’s rules of conduct which are included in the Company Handbook, As a condition of your employment, you will also be required to sign and comply with an Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment Agreement which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, and non-disclosure of proprietary information.

 



 

To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to me.  A duplicate original is enclosed for your records.  If you accept our offer, your first day of employment is tentatively set for Monday, April 28 th , 2014 .  This letter, along with any agreements relating to proprietary rights between you and the Company, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral.  This letter, including, but not limited to the at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the Company Chief Financial Officer and you.  This offer of employment will expire if it is not accepted by April 12 th , 2014.

 

I’m excited about the possibility of you joining the team at Talend and look forward to our mutual success.  I believe your will find your association with the company both challenging and rewarding.  Please feel free to contact me directly if we can be of any assistance at this time.  We look forward to your favorable reply.

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Michael Tuchen

 

 

Mr. Michael Tuchen

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agreed to and accepted:

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Ashley Stirrup

 

 

 

 

 

 

Printed Name:

Ashley Stirrup

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

April 10 th , 2014

 

Start Date:

May 5 th , 2014

 




Exhibit 10.30

 

 

Talend, Inc.

 

October 27, 2014

 

Brad Stratton

 

Dear Brad:

 

I’m pleased to extend you an offer of employment with Talend, Inc. (together with its affiliates referred to as the “Company”) for the position of Senior Vice President of Worldwide Sales. You will report directly to me in this role.

 

Details of this offer include the following:

 

·                   Base Salary — $250,000 per annum paid in semi-monthly increments.

 

·                   Quarterly Bonus — Effective November 15, 2014, you shall be eligible to participate in Talend’s quarterly bonus program. Your target bonus shall be $50,000 per quarter ($200,000 total per annum). Attainment of the quarterly bonus shall be based on the attainment of quarterly objectives defined within your first two weeks in the company.

 

·                   Talend Stock Option Program — In conjunction with your employment, we will recommend to the Board of Directors at the first Board meeting following the date on which you become an employee, that you be granted 1,764,495 stock options representing 0.9% of Talend SA’s fully diluted capital. The options shall vest as to 25% of the shares after one year and quarterly thereafter, so that they are fully vested and exercisable four (4) years from the grant date, subject to your continued status as an employee with the Company on the relevant vesting dates. Should the Company be acquired prior to the full vesting of this stock option grant, and your employment be subsequently terminated within 12 months of that change of control, 100% of this stock option grant will immediately vest. In all other respects, the Options shall be subject to the terms, definitions, and provisions of the Company’s Stock Option Plan (the “Stock Plan”) and the stock options agreement by and between you and the Company (the “Option Agreement”). The exercise price of this stock option grant shall be at the then current market price as defined by the Board of Directors.

 

·                   Right to purchase — Upon hiring, you will have the right to purchase up to $500,000 of common stock at the then-market current market price.

 

·                   Severance for termination without Cause — Should your employment with Talend, Inc. be terminated without cause, the Company agrees to provide a 60 day notice period. Additional terms:

 

·                   Should employment be terminated within the first 18 months of employment, you are eligible for 4 months of base pay.

 

Talend, Inc – www.talend.com | P: 650-676-4018

800 Bridge Parkway. Suite 200 | Redwood City, CA 94065

 



 

·                   Should employment be terminated after the first 18 months, you are eligible for 6 months of base pay.

 

·                   Any severance amount would be paid as a lump sum.

 

·                   Employee Benefits — As an employee, you will be eligible to participate in the Talend U.S. Employee Benefits program on your date of hire with Talend. Benefits include medical, dental and vision insurance, paid time off, life insurance, short and long term disability insurance, a Flexible Spending Account, and contributions to a matching 401(k) retirement savings account. You should note that the Company may modify benefits from time to time as it deems necessary.

 

We are very excited about you joining Talend and look forward to a beneficial and fruitful relationship. Please note that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.

 

The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees. Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any.

 

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

 

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

 

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by company rules and standards. You will be specifically required to sign an acknowledgment that you have read and that you understand the Company’s rules of conduct which are included in the Company Handbook. As a condition of your employment, you will also be required to sign and comply with an Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment Agreement which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, and non-disclosure of proprietary information.

 



 

To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below. If you accept our offer, your first day of employment is tentatively set for Monday, November 10, 2014 . This letter, along with any agreements relating to proprietary rights between you and the Company, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral. This letter, including, but not limited to, its at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the Company Chief Executive Officer and you. This offer of employment will terminate if it is not accepted, signed and returned by Friday, October 31, 2014 .

 

I’m excited about the possibility of you joining the team at Talend and look forward to our mutual success. I believe you will find your association with the Company both challenging and rewarding. Please feel free to contact me directly if we can be of any assistance at this time. We look forward to your favorable reply.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

/s/ Michael Tuchen

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Tuchen

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Agreed to and accepted:

 

Signature:

/s/ Bradley J. Stratton

 

 

 

 

Printed Name:

Bradley J. Stratton

 

 

 

 

Date:

10/31/2014

 

 

 

 

Start Date:

11/10/2014

 

 



 

AT WILL, NON-COMPETITION AND CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

 

This At Will and Confidentiality Agreement is entered into by and between Brad Stratton (hereinafter “Employee”) and Talend, Inc. a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as “Employer”) as of this 10 day of 30 , 20 14 in regard to the following facts:

 

A.                                     As part of Employee’s employment with Employer, Employee has or will be exposed to and /or provided with confidential information relating to the operation of Employer’s business and its customers that are “Confidential Information/Trade Secrets” (as defined below) belonging exclusively to Employer.

 

B.                                     Employee acknowledges that a part of the consideration Employee is providing Employer in exchange for his/her employment and continued employment with Employer is Employee’s agreement to maintain the confidentiality of Employer’s “Trade Secrets” in the manner provided herein below.

 

In consideration of the foregoing Employee agrees as follows:

 

1.                                       Information and Recommendations to Benefit Employer . Employee shall provide Employer with all information and recommendations regarding Employer’s business, of which Employee has knowledge that could reasonably be considered to benefit Employer. Employee shall not usurp, for personal gain, information which could reasonably be considered to benefit Employer.

 

2.                                       Non-Competition Covenant . Employee promises that during his/her employment with Employer, he/she shall not, directly or indirectly, either as an employee, employer, consultant, agent, principal, partner, stockholder, corporate officer, board member, director, or in any other individual or representative capacity, engage or attempt to engage in any competitive activity relating to the subject matter of his/her employment with Employer.

 

3.                                       Customer Lists, Trade Secrets, and Unfair Competition . Employee acknowledges and agrees that the names and addresses of Employer’s customers and prospective customers (“Customers”) and all other confidential information relating to those actual or prospective customers as well as all other information that has or could have commercial value or other utility in the business in which Employer or its Customers are engaged or in which they contemplate engaging and information, that, if disclosed without authorization, could be detrimental to the interests of Employer or its customers, whether or not such information is identified as confidential information by Employer or its Customers constitutes Confidential Information/Trade Secrets of Employer. By example, and without any limitation, Confidential Information/Trade Secrets includes all information such as information on the profitability of the Employer, Employer’s Customer lists and potential leads Customer lists, information relating to Employer’s Customers such as pricing information or contract terms, any other information relating to Employer or Employer’s customers that have been obtained or made known to Employee solely as a result of Employee performing his services for the Employer, developing, production and/or design techniques, product designs, scheduled, and/or drawings containing Employer’s product designs, techniques and inventions (whether patentable or not), copyrighted materials and software created for the benefit of Employer, as well as the Employer’s business plans, strategy plans, sales figures, sales reports, accounting/financial records (including, but not limited to, balance sheets, profit and loss statements, tax returns, payable and receivable information, bank account information and other financial reporting information), personnel policies, marketing plans, buying habits or practices of Employer’s Customers not specifically aforementioned, Employer’s marketing methods and related data, the names of any of

 

Employee Initials:

BJS

 

Employer’s Initials:

 

 

 

1



 

Employer’s vendors, or suppliers, information relating to costs, sales or services provided to Employer by such vendors, the prices Employer obtains or has obtained for Employer’s products or services, compensation paid to Employer’s employees and other terms of employment, information regarding Employer’s relations with its employees, information regarding other employees or agents of Employer, or confidential Customer information and/or other confidential information regarding the manner of business operations and actual or demonstrably anticipated business, research or development of the Employer are provided in confidence and constitute Confidential Information/Trade Secrets (as defined in the state in which Employee resides) of Employer. Employee acknowledges and agrees that the sale or unauthorized use or disclosure of any of Employer’s Confidential Information/Trade Secrets obtained by Employee during his employment with Employer constitutes unfair competition. Employee promises not to engage in any unfair competition with Employer.

 

4.                                       Non-Solicitation Covenant . Employee agrees that during his/her employment with the Employer and for one year following his/her termination or cessation of employment, Employee shall not directly or indirectly solicit or attempt to solicit any business from any of Employer’s Customers, including actively sought prospective Customers, with whom Employee has material contact for purposes of providing products or services that are competitive with those provided by Employer, provided that “material contact” is agreed to exist between Employee and each customer or potential customer: (1) with whom the Employee deals; (2) whose dealings with Employer are coordinated or supervised by Employee, or (3) about whom Employee has obtained confidential information in the ordinary course of business as a result of such Employee’s association with Employer.

 

5.                                       Non-Recruiting Covenant . Employee agrees that Employer has invested substantial time and effort in assembling its present personnel. Employee agrees that for one year following his/her termination or cessation of employment, Employee will not directly or indirectly recruit, or attempt to recruit, any other employee of Employer or its affiliates, or induce or attempt to induce any employee of Employer to terminate or cease employment with Employer.

 

6.                                       Covenant Not to Disclose Employer’s Trade Secrets or Confidential Information During or After Term of Employment . Employee will not, except as required in the conduct of Employer’s business or as authorized in writing by Employer, publish or disclose, during Employee’s term of employment or subsequent thereto, any Confidential Information/Trade Secret as defined herein or other confidential information, including information concerning any invention, or any other matter relating to Employer’s business that Employee may in any way acquire through his employment with Employer. All records, files, plans, documents and the like relating to the business of Employer which Employee shall prepare, use, or come on contact with shall be and shall remain the sole property of Employer and shall not be copied without written permission of Employer and shall be returned to Employer on termination of employment or at Employer’s request at any time.

 

7.                                       Covenant Not to Compete by Use of Employer’s Confidential Information/Trade Secrets After Termination of Employment . Employee will not engage in competition with Employer, at any time after the termination of this Agreement, while making use of Employer’s Confidential Information/Trade Secrets or confidential information including information concerning any invention, or any other matter relating to Employer’s business that Employee may in any way acquire by reason of his employment with Employer.

 

8.                                       ASSIGNMENT OF INTEREST IN INVENTIONS :

 

A.                                     Employee agrees that any inventions made by Employee solely or jointly with others during the term of this contract, that are (1) made with Employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities,

 

Employee Initials:

BJS

 

Employer’s Initials:

 

 

 

2



 

trade secrets, or time, or (2) that relate, at the time of conception or of reduction to practice, to the business of Employer or Employer’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (3) that result from any work performed by Employee for Employer or result from the use of premises owned, leased or otherwise used or acquired by Employer (hereafter “inventions”), shall belong to Employer, and promises to assign any and all rights in such inventions to the Employer.

 

B.                                     Employee agrees that any inventions made by Employee solely or jointly with others, made after the date that this Employment Agreement terminates, that are based on trade secrets of Employer, shall belong to Employer, and Employee promises to assign any and all rights in such inventions to Employer. For the purposes of this paragraph, an invention is based on the trade secrets of the Employer if the invention incorporates any such secrets in design or principal.

 

C.                                     Employee also agrees the Employer shall have the right to keep any inventions covered by this Agreement as trade secrets, and Employee agrees not to disclose such invention to any third parties except as specifically authorized by Employer.

 

D.                                     Employee agrees to assign to Employer all rights in any other inventions made by Employee of Employer as required to grant those rights to the United States government or any of its agencies.

 

E.                                      Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, Employee shall not be required to assign, nor shall he be deemed to have assigned, any of Employee’s rights in any invention, as set forth in Labor Code Section 2870 (reprinted in its entirety as Exhibit “A”), (and/or any other applicable statute under the law of the state in which Employee resides) that Employee develops entirely on his own time without using Employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information, except for inventions that either (1) relate, at the time that the invention is conceived or reduced to practice, to Employer’s business or to actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of Employer; or (2) result from any work performed by Employee for Employer.

 

F.                                       In order to permit Employer to claim rights to which it may be entitled, Employee agrees to disclose to Employer in confidence (1) all inventions that Employee makes, either solely or jointly with others, during the term of his employment, and (2) all patent applications filed by Employee during, or within one year after termination of his employment. Employee also agrees to submit to a reasonable and confidential review process under which Employer may determine such as issues may arise under this Agreement.

 

G.                                     Employee shall assist Employer in obtaining patents or copyrights on all inventions, designs, improvements, and discoveries deemed patentable or copyrightable by Employer in the United States and in all foreign countries, and shall execute all documents and do all things necessary to obtain letters of patent, to vest Employer with full and extensive titles to those patents, and to protect the same against infringement by others, from, during and after the termination of this Agreement. In the event that assistance of the employee is needed after the termination of this Agreement, Employee will be paid for that assistance at the hourly rate he earned when this Agreement terminated.

 

H.                                    For the purpose of this Agreement, an invention is deemed to have been made during the Employee’s period of employment if the invention was conceived or actually first reduced to practice during that period.

 

Employee Initials:

BJS

 

Employer’s Initials:

 

 

 

3



 

9.                                       Prior Knowledge and Prior Relationships .

 

A.                                     Except as disclosed in Exhibit “B,” Employee has no knowledge of any of Confidential Information/Trade Secrets or other confidential information referenced and defined in this Agreement other than the information Employee has learned from Employer.

 

B.                                     Employee has disclosed in Exhibit “B” a complete list of all inventions that are proprietary to Employee and that Employee wants to exclude from the application of this Agreement. Employer will receive and hold all such disclosures in confidence.

 

C.                                     Employee has no agreements, relationships, or commitments to any other person or entity that conflict with or would prevent Employee from performing any of Employee’s obligations to Employer under this Agreement.

 

D.                                     Employee will not disclose and has not disclosed to Employer and will not use or induce Employer to use any proprietary information or Trade Secrets of others. Employee represents and warrants that Employee has returned all property and confidential or trade secret information belonging to others and is not in possession of any such confidential or trade secret information.

 

E.                                      Employee agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Employer and its officers, directors and employees from any and all claims, damages, costs, expenses or liability, including reasonable attorney’s fees incurred in connection with or resulting from any breach or default of the representations and warranties contained in this paragraph.

 

10.                                Termination of Employment .

 

A.                                     Employee’s employment with Employer is at will and Employee’s employment and compensation can be terminated or modified in any way, with or without cause, with or without notice, at any time.

 

B.                                     If Employee’s employment with Employer is terminated for any reason, Employee shall promptly deliver and without request:

 

(i)              Inform Employer of and deliver to Employer all documents and data pertaining to Employee’s employment and the Confidential Information/Trade Secrets, whether prepared by Employee or otherwise coming into Employee’s possession or control; and

 

(ii)           Sign the Termination Certificate in Exhibit “C” Employee shall not retain any written or other tangible material containing any information concerning or disclosing any Confidential Information/Trade Secrets.

 

11.                                Injunctive Relief . Employee agrees that breach of the restrictive covenants in this Agreement will irreparably harm Employer for which Employer may not have an adequate remedy at law. As such, Employee agrees that Employer shall be entitled to any proper injunction, including but not limited to temporary, preliminary, final injunctions, temporary restraining orders, and temporary protective orders, to enforce said covenants in the event of breach or threatened breach by Employee, in addition to any other remedies available to Employer at law or in equity. The Confidentiality, Non-Solicitation, Non-Competition, and Non-Recruiting restrictive covenants contained in this agreement are independent of any other obligations between the parties, and the existence of any other claim or cause of action against Employer is not a defense to enforcement of said covenants by injunction.

 

Employee Initials:

BJS

 

Employer’s Initials:

 

 

 

4



 

12.                                Waiver . No waiver by Employer of any breach of this Agreement shall be a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach. No waiver by Employer of any right under this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver of any other right.

 

13.                                Tolling and Suspension . In the event of a breach by Employee of any restrictive covenant contained in this Agreement, the running of the period of restriction shall automatically be tolled and suspended for the amount of time the breach continues, and shall automatically commence when the breach is remedied so that Employer shall receive the benefit of Employee’s compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

14.                                This is the entire agreement between Employer and Employee regarding confidentiality of Employer’s Confidential Information/Trade Secrets and this agreement supersedes any and all prior agreements regarding these issues. The provisions of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws. This Agreement consists of a series of separate covenants. If any separate covenant, word or provision of this Agreement is found unenforceable it may be severed from this Agreement with the remainder of the Agreement remaining in full force and effect.

 

MY SIGNATURE BELOW ATTESTS TO THE FACT THAT I HAVE READ, UNDERSTAND, AND AGREE TO BE LEGALLY BOUND TO ALL OF THE ABOVE TERMS.

 

Signed at October ,                    , this 30 th  day of                               , 20 14 .

 

 

 

/s/ Bradley J. Stratton

 

 

Employee’s Signature

 

 

 

FOR EMPLOYER:

 

 

Signed at            ,                , this      day of                      , 20  .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employer Representative’s Signature

 

 

Employee Initials:

BJS

 

Employer’s Initials:

 

 

 

5



 

EXHIBIT A

 

COMPANY’S WRITTEN NOTIFICATION TO EMPLOYEE OF
LABOR CODE §2870

 

In accordance with California Labor Code §2870, you are hereby notified that your At Will Employment and Confidentiality Agreement does not require you to assign to Company any Invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility or trade secret information of Company was used and that was developed entirely on your own time, and does not relate to the business of Company or to Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or does not result from any work performed by you for Company.

 

The following is the text of California Labor Code §2870:

 

“(a) Any provision in an Employment Agreement which provides that an Employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her right to an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for inventions that:

 

‘(1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer, or

 

(2) Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.”’

 

“(b) To the extent a provision in the employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.”

 

I hereby acknowledge receipt of this written notification.

 

Date:

10/30/2014

 

/s/Bradley J. Stratton

 

[Employee’s Signature]

 

Employee Initials:

BJS

 

Employer’s Initials:

 

 

 

6



 

EXHIBIT B

 

PRIOR KNOWLEDGE AND INVENTIONS

 

1.                                       I acknowledge that I know nothing about the Confidential Information/Trade Secrets or Inventions of Employer other than the information that has been disclosed to me by Employer except the following (if none, so state):

 

2.                                       I acknowledge that I have not conceived, made, or reduced to practice (alone or jointly with others) any Inventions other than the following, which are excluded from application of this Agreement (if none, so state):

 

3.                                       I acknowledge that I have no other current or prior Agreements, relationships, or commitments that conflict with this Agreement or with my relationship with Employer other than the following:

 

Date:

10/30/2014

 

/s/Bradley J. Stratton

 

[Employee’s Signature]

 

Employee Initials:

 

 

Employer’s Initials:

 

 

 

7




Exhibit 10.31

December 18 th , 2015

 

Barb Cadigan

 

Dear Barb.

 

I am pleased to offer you a position with Talend, Inc. (the “Company”), as Senior Vice President of People and you will be reporting to Mike Tuchen, Chief Executive Officer.  If you decide to join us, you will receive an annual salary of $250,000 which will be paid semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures.  You will also be eligible to receive a bonus of $75.000 per annum, to be paid quarterly in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures.

 

Furthermore, we will recommend to the Board that at the first Board meeting following the date on which you become an employee, you be granted stock options.  The Options shall be exercisable upon vesting in the amount of 400,000 shares.  The Options shall vest as to 25% after one year from the employment start date and quarterly thereafter, so that the Options shall be fully vested and exercisable four (4) years from the employment start date, subject to your continued status as an employee with the Company on the relevant vesting dates.  In all other respects, the Options shall be subject to the terms, definitions, and provisions of the Company’s Stock Option Plan and the stock option agreement by and between you and the Company.

 

As an employee, you will be eligible to receive certain employee benefits with Talend starting your first day of employment including medical, dental and vision insurance, paid time off, life insurance, short and long term disability insurance, Flexible Spending Account.  Additionally, you will be eligible to make contributions to a matching 401(k) retirement savings account 60 days from the first day of employment.

 

We are excited about your joining us and look forward to a beneficial and fruitful relationship.  Nevertheless, you should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment.  As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason.  Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.

 

The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees.  Since you will be a direct report to the CEO your offer must be approved by the board’s compensation committee.  Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation as well as the compensation committee approval.

 

Talend, Inc.

800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 200

Redwood City, CA 94065

P — 650-676-4018

 

1



 

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States.  Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

 

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed.  It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case.  Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company.  Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

 

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by company rules and standards.  You will be specifically required to sign an acknowledgment that you have read and that you understand the Company’s rules of conduct which are included in the Company Handbook.  As a condition of your employment, you will also be required to sign and comply with an Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment Agreement which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, and non-disclosure of proprietary information.

 

To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below.  If you accept our offer, your first day of employment will be January 8 th  2016.  This letter, along with any agreements relating to proprietary rights between you and the Company, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral.  This letter, including, but not limited to, its at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the Company Chief Executive Officer and you.  This offer of employment will terminate if it is not accepted, signed and returned by December 24 th , 2015.

 

2



 

We look forward to your favorable reply and to working with you at Talend, Inc.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

/s/ Mike Tuchen

 

Mike Tuchen

 

 

CEO

 

 

 

 

Agreed to and accepted:

 

 

 

Signature: 

/s/ Barbara Cadigan

 

 

 

 

Printed Name: 

Barbara Cadigan

 

 

 

 

Date: 

Dec. 24, 2015

 

 

3




Exhibit 10.32

 

Talend, Inc.

 

December 10, 2013

 

Nello Franco

 

Dear Nello:

 

I am pleased to offer you a position with Talend, Inc. (the “Company”), as a VP, Global Client Success.  If you decide to join us, you will receive an annual salary of $175,000, which will be paid semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures.  You will also be provided with a compensation plan which will detail potential annual on-target bonus earnings of $100,000 per annum, to be paid quarterly in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures.  Also a non-recoverable draw on 75% of the variable potential for the first 6 months to be paid monthly in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures.

 

We will recommend to the Board that, at the first Board meeting following the date on which you become an employee eligible for stock options, you be granted stock options (“Options”).  The Options shall consist of 480,000 options, at an exercise price as determined by the Board at that meeting.  The Options shall vest as to 25% of the shares one year after your start date, and 6.25% of the remaining Options will vest quarterly thereafter, so that the Options shall be fully vested and exercisable four (4) years from your start date, subject to your continued status as an employee with the Company on the relevant vesting dates.

 

In the event of a Change in Control Transaction (as defined below), and if your employment with the Company (or the Company’s successor) is either (i) terminated by the Company (or the Company’s successor) other than for Cause (as defined below) within twelve (12) months after the Change of Control Transaction or (ii) terminated by you for Good Reason (as defined below) within twelve (12) months after the Change of Control Transaction, one hundred percent (100%) of the unvested Options (or its successor plan) shall automatically vest.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean (i) the conviction of, or the entering a plea of guilty or no contest (or pleas or accepts deferred adjudication or receives unadjudicated probation) to or for, any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude, (ii) the commission of a material breach of any of the covenants, terms and provisions of the Company’s Confidential Information Agreement, (iii) the commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, willful misconduct or breach of

 

Talend, Inc — 6 Executive Circle, Suite 200, Irvine, CA 92614
www.talend.com — P: 714-421-4316 — F: 714-242-7503

 



 

fiduciary duty against the Company or other similar conduct materially harmful or potentially materially harmful to the Company’s best interest, as determined by the Board, in its reasonable sole discretion, (iv) the material failure to perform assigned duties or responsibilities as the Executive Vice President, Sales & marketing (other than a failure resulting from Disability), provided , however , that you shall be given written notice of, and shall have a ten (10) day period following such notice to cure a failure or refusal under this subclause (iv)) or (v) the violation of any federal or state law or regulation applicable to the Company’s business.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean, without your written consent, (i) a significant reduction of your duties or responsibilities relative to your duties, position or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such reduction, the removal of you from such position, duties and responsibilities, unless you are provided with comparable duties, position and responsibilities, or a significant reduction in the number of employees who report directly to you relative to the number of employees who reported directly to you immediately prior to such reduction, (ii) a significant reduction (thirty percent (30%) or more) by the Company in your base salary as in effect immediately prior to such reduction, or (iii) a significant reduction by the Company in the kind or level of employee benefits to which you are entitled immediately prior to such reduction with the result that your overall benefits package is significantly reduced.  (iv) a material change of at least thirty (30) miles in the geographic location at which you must perform your services; (v) a material breach of this Agreement by the Company or (vi) any failure of the Company to obtain the assumption of this Agreement by any successor or assign of the Company.

 

For the purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control Transaction” shall mean either: (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation or stock transfer, but excluding any such transaction effected primarily for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company), unless the Company’s stockholders of record immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions hold, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity (provided that the sale by the Company of its securities for the purposes of raising additional funds shall not constitute a Change of Control Transaction hereunder); or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

In all other respects, the Options shall be subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Company’s Stock Option Plan (the “Stock Option Plan”) and the stock option agreement by and between you and the Company (the “Option Agreement”).

 

As an employee, you will be eligible to receive certain employee benefits on the first of the month following your first full month of service with Talend including medical, dental and vision insurance, paid time off, life insurance, short and long term disability insurance and a Flexible Spending Account in accordance to company policy.  On the first of the month following your first three months of service with Talend you

 



 

will also be eligible to make contributions to a matching 401(k) retirement savings account.  You should note that that the Company may modify salaries and benefits from time to time as it deems necessary.

 

We are excited about you joining us and look forward to a beneficial and fruitful relationship.  Nevertheless, you should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment.  As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason.  Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.

 

The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees.  Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any.

 

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States.  Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

 

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed.  It is the Company understands that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case.  Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company.  Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

 

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by company rules and standards.  You will be specifically required to sign an acknowledgment that you have read and that you understand the Company’s rules of conduct which are included in the Company Handbook.  As a condition of your employment, you will also be required to sign and comply with an Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment Agreement which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, and non-disclosure of proprietary information.

 

To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below.  A duplicate original is enclosed for your records.  If you accept our offer, your first day of employment will be December 12, 2013.  This letter, along with any agreements relating to proprietary rights between you and the Company, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any

 



 

prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral.  This letter, including, but not limited to, is at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the Company Chief Executive Officer and you.  This offer of employment will terminate if it is not accepted, signed and returned by December 11, 2013.

 

We look forward to your favorable reply and to working with you at Talend, Inc.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

/s/ Emily Charlton

 

 

 

 

 

Emily Charlton

 

 

 

 

 

Human Resources Manager Americas

 

 

 

 

Agreed to and accepted:

 

 

 

 

Signature: 

/s/ Nello Franco

 

 

 

 

Printed Name: 

Nello Franco

 

 

 

 

Date:

12/11/2013

 

 




Exhibit 10.33

 

[Logo: Talend]

www.talend.com | info@talend.com

 

INDEFINITE TERM

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

BY AND BETWEEN:

 

Talend SA

 

Public-limited Company with a share capital of 1,429,954.31 euros, with headquarters located at 9, rue Pagès — 92150 Suresnes, registered with the Register of Trade and Companies of Nanterre under number 484 175 252, registered with the URSSAF of Paris Hauts de Seine in Montreuil (93518) under number 920 922 232 001011.

 

Represented by Jennifer BOS, duly empowered for this purpose,

 

Hereinafter “the Company”

 

On the one hand

 

AND:

 

Laurent Bride

 

Born on                                      AT                                     , with French citizenship

 

Residing at:

 

Social Security No.:

 

Hereinafter “the Employee”

 

On the other hand

 

Talend SA, capital €1,775,886.20

 

9 rue Pages, 92150 Suresnes, France

[Initials]

RCS 484 175 252 Nanterre

 

Phone: +33 1 46 25 06 00

 

 

1



 

This agreement has the purpose of defining the terms and conditions of the commitment of Laurent Bride with the Company in his role as employee.

 

FIRST. FREEDOM FROM ANY NON-COMPETITION CLAUSE

 

Laurent Bride formally declares he is free of any commitment and not subject to any applicable non-competition clause regarding the activity carried out by the Company.

 

Any false statement on his part would make him liable for it and would expose him to the payment of damages, in particular in application of Article L 1237-3 of the Labor Code and would justify the immediate termination of this employment agreement, without prior notice or compensation.

 

SECOND. DUTIES

 

Laurent Bride is engaged by the Company in the role of Chief Technical Officer (CTO) within the Talend group as of September 15, 2014.

 

Under this title, Laurent Bride will have the following duties:

 

·                   Planning and Strategy:

 

·                   Lead the strategic planning of roadmaps made in order to achieve the operational goals defined by the management team as well as the board of directors for the identification and prioritization of development initiatives and the establishment of timetables for the design, construction, and testing/classification of products.

 

·                   In partnership with the Senior Management of the Company, identify opportunities and risks for the delivery of the products of the Company in accordance with the agreed strategy, including the identification of competing solutions, the possibilities for innovation and evaluation of market barriers and technical barriers to the success of the Company.

 

·                   Evaluate and identify the relevant technology platforms to support the development cycles of the products.

 

·                   Participate as a member of the management team in the establishment of processes of governance of direction and control to ensure that the goals are defined and achieved, risks are managed appropriately and the resources of the organization are used in a responsible and optimal way. Quality will also be a key performance indicator to be defined as a goal and measured regularly to check achievement.

 

·                   Work in partnership with the CFO of Talend S.A. as well as the leadership team to create annual and quarterly budgetary goals, as well as clear reports regarding the use of the budget.

 

[Initials]

 

2



 

·                   Implementation and Delivery:

 

·                   Work with the “product management” team as well as the leadership in engineering in order to create a product roadmap over 2 years for all product lines and work with all the teams to deliver high quality “releases”, in time and in accordance with the planned budget.

 

·                   Build a reproducible, high quality engineering process, which will lead to the delivery of high quality product versions, in accordance with the deadlines and budget. Define the support tools as well as the methodology in order to best achieve the process defined.

 

·                   Create and strengthen the coding conventions as well as the standards of documentation.

 

·                   Organize and lead a group of professionals in world class engineering and continue to build the team through strategic hiring if necessary. Ensure that the standards of technology, the engineering process, related tools, methodology, as well as all the best practices defined, are respected throughout the organization, in particular with all the development teams and within the different countries.

 

·                   Implement and supervise a quality assurance process including the integration and testing of the system, in order to ensure a measurable high level of product quality.

 

·                   Operational Management:

 

·                   Lead the strategic integration and technical cooperation between different development and geographical teams. Create the tools for monitoring and common key performance indicators in order to assess the progress and the quality of the production of each of the teams.

 

·                   Contribute to the development of open source software via the Apache team and ensure the visibility of the Company and the position as a technological visionary leader in our area.

 

·                   Collaborate with the sales and business development teams as well as with strategic OEM partners/prospects of a high level in order to conclude affairs and manage after-sales monitoring.

 

·                   Manage the relationship with the leaders of key technical and OEM partners.

 

·                   Share knowledge and act as a mentor and educate investors of the organization, management, staff, partners, customers, and stakeholders with respect to the technological vision, opportunities, and challenges of the business.

 

Laurent Bride may be assigned to other posts and carry other duties corresponding to the nature of his employment, according to the needs of the Company.

 

He will follow the general and specific guidelines of the general management of the Company, or all officers appointed by it, and more particularly he will be under the direct responsibility of Mike Tuchen - Chief Executive Officer (CEO).

 

[Initials]

 

3



 

He will be subject to the SYNTEC (engineering offices) collective agreement, which the Company follows. He will have a managerial status, position 3.2, coefficient 210.

 

THIRD. SALARY AND WORK TERM

 

The annual gross salary of Laurent Bride is fixed at the sum of 300,000.00 euros payable in 13 months.

 

To this fixed salary, the Company will add a variable annual gross remuneration of 100,000.00 euros, which will be paid according to the achievement of goals defined annually by the Talend management team.

 

This compensation is agreed upon taking into account the nature of the duties and responsibilities entrusted to Laurent Bride.

 

Laurent Bride will also benefit from the allocation of 360 388 BSPCE from the meeting of the first board of directors of the Company, following the 15 September 2014. These BSPCE will be fully exercisable after 1 year. On September 15, 2015, Laurent Bride will also benefit from an allocation of 882,248 shares, with an option to purchase these shares in the event of his departure (“restricted stock”). These shares (“restricted stock”), will be permanently acquired at the amount of 8.33% per quarter. These two allocations represent 0.63% of the diluted share capital of Talend S.A.

 

With regard to the duties entrusted to Laurent Bride and the large autonomy he has in the organization and management of his working time in order to fulfill them, he falls under the category of managerial staff with complete autonomy, as mentioned in Article 4 of the SYNTEC sectoral agreement of June 22, 1999, under the modality “achievement of duties with complete autonomy”.

 

In these conditions, in accordance with the Company agreement of February 1, 2012 on the development and the reorganization of working time, Laurent Bride will work on the basis of 217 working days per year, without a reference schedule.

 

It is expressly agreed that this limit of 217 days is defined for a full calendar year of activity and subject to the full acquisition of rights as regards paid leave.

 

The fixed salary laid down in this article is fixed and based of the fixed annual number of working days of this agreement, with an exception for solidarity day.

 

The working time in days during the year is based on the mutual confidence and on a declarative system. Laurent Bride commits to provide an annual statement on the number of full-time and part-time days worked.

 

It is expressly agreed that the Working days are the five working days of the week, Monday thru Friday, and that public holidays mentioned in Article L.3133-1 of the Labor Code will be nonworking days.

 

Laurent Bride will benefit from the weekly rest on Saturday and Sunday.

 

[Initials]

 

4



 

In the light of the autonomy that Laurent Bride has within the organization as regards his working time, he commits himself to respect, in all circumstances, the minimum daily resting periods of 11 hours and the weekly rest.

 

The modalities of application of this working agreement are defined by the aforementioned Company agreement on the development and reorganization of working time, which Laurent Bride declares to know.

 

In application of this Agreement, Laurent Bride will benefit annually from 10 working days on a reduction of working time (RTT), which must be taken in accordance with the terms defined in the agreement.

 

FOURTH. PLACE OF WORK

 

Laurent Bride will be based in the premises of the Company, 9, rue Pagès at Suresnes (92150). The place of work of Laurent Bride may however be modified according to the needs of Company, which Laurent Bride expressly accepts without being able to avail himself of such a modification to request the modification of an essential element of this agreement and/or justify a cause for the termination of this agreement.

 

The nature of the duties of Laurent Bride involve many trips in France as well as abroad. He expressly undertakes to perform all necessary travel during the exercise of his duties, which could be requested by his supervisor according to the needs of the business.

 

FIFTH. TERM — TRIAL PERIOD

 

This agreement lasts for an indefinite period.

 

It is understood between the parties that Laurent Bride will not be subject to a trial period. Laurent Bride will therefore be confirmed in his position on the first day of employment.

 

SIXTH. COSTS

 

The costs incurred by Laurent Bride for the exercise of his duties will be reimbursed upon the presentation of supporting documents in the conditions currently laid down by the Company, which Laurent Bride confirms to know.

 

If Laurent Bride has to move, he may use his personal vehicle. The Company will reimburse his travel expenses, in accordance with the scales in force in the Company. For this purpose, Laurent Bride should have insurance covering any liability resulting from accidents caused in the framework of his business travel with the aforementioned vehicle, both for third parties (unlimited insurance) as well as for the persons inside his vehicle.

 

[Initials]

 

5


 

SEVENTH. SALARY ADVANCE

 

In the assumption that advances on wages would have been paid and in the event of the departure of Laurent Bride, for whatever reason, the latter undertakes to immediately repay the entire amount of the advances on wages that he would have been granted.

 

EIGHTH. PAID LEAVE — SOCIAL BENEFITS

 

Laurent Bride will benefit from paid leave as provided for by the applicable collective Agreement.

 

The periods in which Laurent Bride will take his leave will be fixed by mutual agreement with his supervisor.

 

Leave acquired under a reference year will not be taken or carried over beyond the term of the following reference year. No deferral will be accepted unless there is a written agreement from the supervisor on an exceptional basis.

 

Laurent Bride will be linked to the supplementary pension fund of the Company, the IONIS group, under No.

 

The share of employee contributions for Laurent Bride will be subtracted from his monthly salary.

 

Laurent Bride will be affiliated to a group health plan and the supplementary system of reimbursement of medical expenses incurred by the Company.

 

The share of employee contributions for Laurent Bride will be subtracted from his monthly salary.

 

NINTH. OBLIGATIONS

 

a/ Laurent Bride commits himself for the term of his agreement to adhere to the instructions he will receive and to comply with the rules governing the operation of the Company.

 

b/ Laurent Bride is also obliged to inform the Company, without delay, of any change that could occur in his personal situation.

 

c/ Laurent Bride is obliged to work exclusively for the Company. During the term of this agreement, it is prohibited to be interested, directly or indirectly, in any manner whatsoever and for whatever reason, in any business affair likely to compete, due to its activity, with the Company.

 

d/ Laurent Bride is obliged, throughout the duration of his employment agreement and after its termination, to act with absolute discretion regarding the life of the Company, the information concerning the Company, its working methods, rates, customers, partners, suppliers, know-how etc. Any breach of this obligation constitutes a serious misconduct that justifies his immediate dismissal without prior notice or compensation.

 

[Initials]

 

6



 

The Company also reserves the possibility to seek reparation of the damage that could result from an indiscretion on his part.

 

e/ Any customer acquired through Laurent Bride will be a customer of the Company and will remain so after the term of this agreement.

 

f/ Laurent Bride undertakes to continue studying regularly, in order to keep up with technological developments and all the training that may be requested by the Company.

 

g/ Overall, Laurent Bride undertakes to take all the provisions necessary to carry out the duties entrusted to him.

 

h/ Laurent Bride must comply with any medical visits required by the Company.

 

Laurent Bride authorizes Talend SA to use his professional information about as well as his image, in particular with its customers, without him receiving any compensation,

 

These provisions are essential to the commitment of Laurent Bride. Any failure on his part in this regard will be grounds for the immediate termination of his employment agreement.

 

TENTH. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

A.             INVENTIONS AND PATENTS

 

Laurent Bride undertakes to immediately declare, by registered letter with acknowledgment of receipt to the Company, all the inventions of which he is the author or coauthor, carried out in the course of the execution of this agreement, in accordance with the provisions of article R.611-1 of the Intellectual Property Code and to communicate to the Company all useful information concerning them, in order to enable the latter to assess their classification, in application of Article R. 611-2 of the Code.

 

All the inventions made by Laurent Bride, either in the framework of the inventive duties corresponding to the actual duties provided for in this agreement or within the framework of studies and research that he will be explicitly entrusted with, shall be registered under the name of the Company, in application of the provisions of Article L. 611-7 1° of the Intellectual Property Code.

 

Nonetheless, in his capacity as the author of the aforementioned inventions that belong to the Company, Laurent Bride will be able to benefit from additional compensation under the conditions laid down by Article 75 of the collective agreement of the engineering offices, consulting engineers, and consulting firms.

 

All other inventions shall belong to Laurent Bride. Nonetheless, the Company will have the right to assign the property or the enjoyment of all or part of the rights attached to the patents (and potential use certificates) that protect inventions that will be carried out by Laurent Bride in the course of the execution of his duties, either in the field of the activities of the Company, or through the knowledge or the use of techniques

 

[Initials]

 

7



 

or means specific to the Company, or data supplied by them, in application and under the provisions of Article L. 611-7 2° of the Intellectual Property Code, and Laurent Bride shall not present obstacles to the exercise of this right.

 

Laurent Bride acknowledges the right of the Company to choose not to file a patent of invention when it is an invention it owns or whose ownership it has claimed according to Article L 611-7 1° and 2° of the Intellectual Property Code.

 

Laurent Bride also undertakes to cooperate with obtaining the patents, in France as well as abroad, on the inventions the Company owns or whose ownership it has claimed according to Article 611-7 of the Intellectual Property Code, by providing him with all the documents and studies it owns that allow one to assess patentability in advance.

 

Laurent Bride also undertakes not to remove patents on inventions that the Company owns or whose ownership it has claimed in application and under the provisions of Article L 611-7 of the Intellectual Property Code.

 

Laurent Bride finally commits himself not to invoke a right of personal possession prior both on the inventions made by him and belonging to the Company in application of the aforementioned Article L.611-7 1° of the Intellectual Property Code, as well as on work-related inventions, when the Company claims ownership in application of Article L.611-7 2° of the aforementioned Code.

 

B.             SOFTWARE

 

The patrimonial rights on the software, developments, and their documentation created by Laurent Bride, either with his assistance in the exercise of his duties or by following the instructions of his employer, will be vested in the Company, which will be the owner of all the rights thereto and the only authority empowered to exercise them.

 

C.             COPYRIGHTS

 

Laurent Bride undertakes, in addition, to grant exclusively to the Company the whole of its intellectual property rights linked to the works carried out in the framework of his employment agreement (i.e. including, without limitation, flowcharts, graphic charts, interfaces, technical, informative or commercial documentation, database architecture, logos) (hereinafter the “Creations”), whether or not they are followed by the respective use, as and to the extent of the regulation of the amounts laid down in Article 4 “Salary” of this agreement, which the Company accepts.

 

This assignment has the following goals:

 

·                  The right of reproduction: right to reproduce all or part of the creations on any present or future media, including paper, digital, computer, or online media, for any use whatsoever, specifically informational or commercial purposes,

 

·                   The right to representation: right to represent in whole or in part the Creations through any present or future media, including paper, computer, or online media,

 

[Initials]

 

8



 

via Hertzian waves, cable, or satellite and for any use whatsoever, specifically for informational or commercial purposes,

 

·                   The right of adaptation: right to adapt in whole or in part the creations under all graphics forms and in any environment, especially the online environment, including integrating the rights totally or partially from other works and for any use whatsoever, especially for informational or commercial purposes,

 

·                   The right of translation: right to translate all or part of the Creations in any language, for any use whatsoever, specifically for informational or commercial purposes

 

The models, sketches, drafts, projects, illustrations, drawings, texts and more generally all the media of the Creations will be the property of the Company and at the same time the latter will receive the intellectual property rights regarding the content of such media.

 

Laurent Bride undertakes to send, upon the first request from the Company, all the documents kept by him.

 

This assignment is granted for everyone and for the maximum term of protection of the rights.

 

The Company will not make any additional payment to Laurent Bride for these Creations.

 

ELEVENTH. TERMINATION

 

This agreement may be terminated by each of the Parties at any time, except to comply with the applicable legal and contractual obligations.

 

Laurent Bride will then return to the Company all the documents, files, materials kept by him, and shall not retain any copy.

 

The documents and databases created or written by Laurent Bride will remain the property of the Company.

 

In the event of the termination of the employment agreement, at the initiative of Talend S.A., Laurent Bride will benefit from compensation for a year of gross base salary, with the exception of cases of dismissal for personal reasons (real and serious motive, serious misconduct, gross negligence, disciplinary reasons...) or retirement.

 

TWELFTH. NON-COMPETITION CLAUSE

 

The Employee acknowledges that the duties he carries out under the terms of its agreement of work give him access to important documents and confidential information on the activities and the customers of the Company and of the Group of Companies. Accordingly, the parties agree to insert this non-competition clause, specifying that the restriction of the professional activities of the Employee after the end of his duties has the sole goal of safeguarding the legitimate interests of the Company

 

[Initials]

 

9



 

and it does not have the goal of, and will not result in, prohibiting the exercise of the professional activity of the Employee, which the Employee expressly acknowledges.

 

In light of his duties, the Employee undertakes explicitly and irrevocably not to, directly or indirectly, in particular by proxy or through a Company or other entity, as long as he remains in his capacity as employee of the Company and until the expiration of a maximum period of twenty-four (24) months from his departure from the Company:

 

(i) occupy the position of administrator, member of the board of directors or the management, manager, CEO, director, corporate officer, or exercise the duties of an employee or a consultant or, more generally, any duty, whether remunerated or not, in another Company or entity that carries out an activity (a) in the field of the edition of ETL (Extract Transform Load) software, MDM (Master Data Management), DQ (Data Quality) and Enterprise Service Bus (ESB); in or from the territories of Europe and North America, (ii) solicit or engage any of the customers and/or suppliers with which the Company or its subsidiaries would have maintained business relations or that the Company or its subsidiaries would have searched for, as appropriate, for projects that are likely to compete with those of the Company or its subsidiaries.

 

In consideration of the commitment on non-competition and in the assumption of the termination of his duties, the Employee will collect from the Company a monthly allowance equal to 30% of fixed gross average monthly salary during the twelve (12) months preceding the date of the end of the agreement, except for an exceptional bonus, benefit in kind, or premium.

 

This compensation will be paid at the end of each month following the Date for a maximum period of twenty-four (24) months. Nonetheless, the Company will not be required to pay this allowance if it decides not to request the application of all or part of the commitments mentioned above.

 

As expressly acknowledged by the Employee, the Company will be able to unilaterally waive in writing the non-competition obligation of the Employee or reduce the duration of the prohibition and, therefore, release him from the obligation of payment of the compensation envisaged in this regard, always during the execution of the employment agreement, and no later than in the course of the two (2) months following the notification of the termination of the Employment Agreement to the Employee or by the Employee.

 

In the event of a breach of this non-competition clause by the Employee, the Company will automatically be released from any obligation to pay the aforementioned compensation and the Employee shall immediately cease the activity in question through a mere notification from the Company.

 

Penal clause: in the event that he contravenes the non-competition clause directly or indirectly, Laurent Bride will automatically be liable to pay a fixed sum of six (6) months of gross salary, including social contributions. This sum shall be paid to the Company for each infringement.

 

[Initials]

 

10



 

The payment of this sum does not exclude other rights of the Company to sue the Employee for the payment of damages for the monetary, professional, and moral loss actually suffered, and to order under penalty the cessation of the competitive activity.

 

THIRTEENTH. NON-SOLICITATION CLAUSE

 

In the event of leaving the Company for whatever cause or due to any specific person, Laurent Bride undertakes not to call and not to engage, either directly, indirectly or through an intermediary, any person working or having worked for less than 24 months in the Company or in one of the companies associated with it, during a period of one year from the date of his departure.

 

Penal clause: in the event that he contravenes the non-solicitation clause directly or indirectly, Laurent Bride will automatically be liable to pay a fixed sum of 1 (one) year of gross salary, including social contributions. This sum shall be paid to the Company for each infringement.

 

The payment of this sum does not exclude other rights of the Company to sue Laurent Bride for the reimbursement of the actual loss suffered and to order under penalty the cessation of the competitive activity.

 

In Suresnes, on July 3, 2014, in two originals, with one for each Party.

 

 

TALEND SA

Jennifer BOS

Senior Human Resources Officer

[signature]

Laurent Bride

(Signature preceded the reference

“Read and approved, GOOD FOR AGREEMENT”)

 

[Handwritten: “Read and approved, GOOD FOR AGREEMENT”, followed by signature]

 

[Initials]

 

11




Exhibit 10.34

 

[Logo: Talend]

 

www.talend.com | info@talend.com

 

AGREEMENT ON THE EXPATRIATION OF AN

EMPLOYEE TO A SUBSIDIARY ABROAD

 

By and between:

 

On the one hand,

 

Talend SA , with headquarters located at 9 rue Pages — 92150 Suresnes

Represented by Jennifer BOS, duly empowered for this purpose,

 

On the other hand

 

Talend Inc. with headquarters at 800 Bridge Parkway Suite 200

Redwood City California 94065 USA

Represented by Michael TUCHEN, duly empowered for this purpose,

 

And:

 

Laurent Bride

Born on

 

at

 

with French citizenship

 

Residing at:

 

according to the following articles and provisions:

 

FIRST — EXPATRIATION AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

Laurent Bride has made a request to Talend in order to assume his role of Chief Technical Officer at Talend Inc., with headquarters located at 800 Bridge Parkway Suite 200 Redwood City California 94065 — United States. He will therefore be working at the American subsidiary Talend Inc.

 

After several discussions, Talend SA gave him a favorable response.

 

Furthermore, effective June 1, 2015, Mr. Bride will carry out his role of Chief Technical Officer at Talend Inc.

 

The period of expatriation of the employee is expected to be three years and may be renewed by mutual agreement. It is expressly stipulated that this agreement for the renewal of the period of expatriation may be tacit.

 

Therefore, his employment agreement with Talend SA is hereby suspended by mutual agreement.

 

Talend SA accepts the expatriation of Mr. Bride to the American subsidiary Talend Inc.

 

[Initials]

 

Talend SA, capital €1,775,886.20
9 rue Pages
92150 Suresnes

 

RCS 484 175 252 Nanterre
Intra-community VAT FR 44 48 41 75 252

 



 

Therefore, Mr. Bride agrees to sign a new employment agreement with his American employer, Talend Inc.

 

This agreement is governed by American law and will resume the seniority acquired by the employee within Talend SA since September 4, 2014.

 

REMUNERATION

 

Salary and variable remuneration

 

Talend Inc. sets the annual gross salary of Mr. Bride at $429,000.00 (four hundred twenty-nine thousand dollars). To this fixed remuneration, it will add a gross annual variable remuneration of $143,000.00 (one hundred forty-three thousand dollars), payable quarterly based on the achievement of goals defined annually by the Talend management team. The remuneration of Mr. Bride will be paid in US dollars, which is the currency of the country of the subsidiary in question.

 

SOCIAL PROTECTION

 

Social Security

 

The employee will be affiliated to the American social security for the duration of expatriation. The terms and conditions of contribution of the Company to the applicable social protection systems will be those in force within Talend Inc.

 

Group health benefits

 

The Company will not affiliate the employee to a group health plan. In the event that the employee chooses to affiliate himself and/or affiliate a member of his family to a group health plan, the payment of contributions thereto is the sole responsibility of the employee.

 

Old-age insurance

 

The Company will not affiliate the employee to the old-age insurance benefits of the French social security department in charge of medical insurance for French citizens living abroad ( Caisse des Français de l’étranger , EFE). In the event that the employee chooses to affiliate himself and/or affiliate a member of his family to an old-age insurance plan, the payment of contributions thereto is the sole responsibility of the employee.

 

TAXATION

 

The employee will be subject to the tax rules applicable to his place of residence and work during the entire duration of expatriation. It is the sole responsibility of the employee to pay any applicable taxes during the period of expatriation. The Company does not have in place any equalization or tax protection agreement and may not be held liable for the personal taxation of the employee, regardless of the origin of the tax revenue of the employee.

 

WORKING TIME, LEAVE AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS

 

During the expatriation period, the employee will benefit from the rules in force within the American subsidiary in terms of working time, leave, and public holidays.

 

Exceptionally, the employee will be entitled to leave acquired under the exercise of the 2014/2015 French leave during the first year of expatriation, namely 17 days. It is

 

[Initials]

 



 

expressly understood between the parties that the accumulated leave of his employment in France must be enjoyed before December 31, 2016. The employee expressly declares to agree that any day of leave from the French agreement not taken by this date will be lost.

 

The acquisition of new days of leave will be according to the rules applicable within the American subsidiary from the effective date of the employment agreement with Talend Inc.

 

RELOCATION AND TRANSPORTATION

 

The costs of relocating to the United States related to the expatriation will be covered by Talend up to the amount of $30,000.00.

 

REPATRIATION

 

In addition to the legal obligation provided for in Article L 1231-5 of the Labor Code, Talend SA commits to repatriate Mr. Bride in the following two cases:

 

·                   If he resumes his role within Talend SA at the request of the Talend Group.

·                   Repatriation of the Bride family in the event of death or permanent disability of the employee at the request of the employee or his family.

 

In this assumption, Talend SA will cover the costs of transportation and relocation of the employee up to the amount of $30,000.

 

END OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT DURING EXPATRIATION PERIOD

 

In the event of resignation by the employee during the expatriation period, the employee must respect a notice period of 3 months. It is expressly agreed between the parties that the Company is entitled to claim the pro-rata reimbursement of any sum disbursed for the expatriation of Mr. Bride if this resignation should occur before June 1, 2016.

 

In the event of dismissal of the employee by the American Company, the French Company undertakes to repatriate the employee and his family if requested by him and to reintegrate him to the French parent Company.

 

[Initials]

 



 

RESPONSE TIME

 

Mr. Bride declares to have benefited from an adequate response time before signing this agreement.

 

In Suresnes, on June 22, 2015, in three original copies.

 

TALEND SA
Jennifer BOS
Senior Human Resources Officer
[signature]

 

TALEND Inc.
Michael Tuchen
CEO

 

Laurent Bride

(Signature preceded the reference

“Read and approved, GOOD FOR AGREEMENT”)

 

[Handwritten: “Read and approved, GOOD FOR AGREEMENT”, followed by signature]

 

[Initials]

 




Exhibit 10.35

 

SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

TALEND S.A.

 

AND

 

THE OTHER PARTIES NAMED HEREIN

 


 

Dated as of June 24, 2016

 


 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

 

Section 1.1

Certain Definitions

1

Section 1.2

Interpretive Provisions

5

 

 

 

ARTICLE II CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

6

 

 

 

Section 2.1

Board of Directors

6

Section 2.2

Voting Agreement

8

Section 2.3

Major Shareholder Transfer

9

Section 2.4

Applicable Law and Stock Exchange Requirements

9

 

 

 

ARTICLE III REGISTRATION RIGHTS

9

 

 

 

Section 3.1

Demand Registration

9

Section 3.2

Company Registration

14

Section 3.3

Holdback Agreement

16

Section 3.4

Registration Procedures

17

Section 3.5

Offering Procedures

21

Section 3.6

Expenses

22

Section 3.7

Indemnification

22

Section 3.8

Underwritten Offerings

25

Section 3.9

Information by Eligible Holders

26

Section 3.10

Delay of Registration

26

Section 3.11

Exchange Act Compliance

26

Section 3.12

Termination of Registration Rights

26

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV GENERAL

27

 

 

 

Section 4.1

Assignment

27

Section 4.2

Term and Effectiveness

27

Section 4.3

Severability

27

Section 4.4

Entire Agreement; Amendment

27

Section 4.5

Counterparts

29

Section 4.6

Governing Law

29

Section 4.7

Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Jurisdiction

29

Section 4.8

Specific Enforcement

29

Section 4.9

Notices

29

Section 4.10

Binding Effect; Third Party Beneficiaries

31

Section 4.11

Further Assurances

31

Section 4.12

Table of Contents, Headings and Captions

31

Section 4.13

No Recourse

32

 

 

 

ANNEXES

 

 

 

 

Annex A

Form of Joinder Agreement

 

 

i



 

SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT

 

This SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT (as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of June 24, 2016, by and among (i)  Talend S.A., a société anonyme organized under the laws of France (the “ Company ”), (ii) Balderton Capital IV, L2 S.à.r.l., a private limited company incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (“ Balderton ”), (iii) ETI 2020, a French Fonds Professionnel de Capital Investissement organized under the laws of France, represented by its managing company ( société de gestion ), Bpifrance Investissement (“ Bpifrance ”), (iv) FCPR Galileo III, a French Fonds Commun de Placement à Risques organized under the laws of France, represented by its managing company ( société de gestion ), Galileo Partners (“ Galileo ”), (v) FCPI Allianz Innovation 6, FCPI Allianz Innovation 7, FCPI Idinvest Croissance 2005, FCPI Poste Innovation 8, FCPI Capital Croissance, FCPI Objectif Innovation Patrimoine, FCPI La Banque Postale Innovation 5, FCPI Allianz Innovation 10, FCPI Objectif Innovation 2, FCPI Allianz Eco Innovation, FCPI Objectif Innovation 3, FCPI Allianz Eco Innovation 2, FCPI Objectif Innovation 4 and FCPI Idinvest Flexible 2016, each, a French Fonds Commun de Placement dans l’Innovation organized under the laws of France, represented by their managing company ( société de gestion ), Idinvest Partners (collectively, “ Idinvest ”) and (iv) Toro Acquisition S.à.r.l., a private limited liability company organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (“ Silver Lake ”).

 

RECITALS

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I


DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1                                     Certain Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

 

ADSs ” means American depositary shares of the Company, each of which represents one (1) Ordinary Share.

 

Aggregate Balderton Ownership ” means the total number of Company Securities owned, in the aggregate and without duplication, by the Balderton Parties.

 

Aggregate Bpifrance Ownership ” means the total number of Company Securities owned, in the aggregate and without duplication, by the Bpifrance Parties.

 

1



 

Aggregate Idinvest Ownership ” means the total number of Company Securities owned, in the aggregate and without duplication, by the Idinvest Parties.

 

Aggregate SL Ownership ” means the total number of Company Securities owned, in the aggregate and without duplication, by the SL Parties.

 

Balderton Parties ” means Balderton and any investment fund or related alternative investment vehicle managed, sponsored, controlled or advised by Balderton Capital (UK) LLP or any Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, Balderton Capital (UK) LLP, in each case so long as any such Balderton Party (i) is managed, sponsored, controlled or advised by an investment fund affiliated with Balderton Capital (UK) LLP and (ii) owns Company Securities.

 

Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

Bpifrance Parties ” means Bpifrance and any investment fund or related alternative investment vehicle managed, sponsored, controlled or advised by Bpifrance Investissement or any Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, Bpifrance Investissement, in each case so long as any such Bpifrance Party (i) is managed, sponsored, controlled or advised by an investment fund affiliated with Bpifrance Investissement and (ii) owns Company Securities.

 

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks located in Paris, France or New York City, New York are authorized or required by law to close.

 

Change in Control ” means any transaction or series of related transactions (whether by merger, consolidation, recapitalization, liquidation or sale or transfer of Company Securities (or securities then convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, Company Securities) or assets (including Equity Securities of the Company’s Subsidiaries) or otherwise) as a result of which any Person or group, within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3)  of the Exchange Act (other than the Major Shareholders and their respective affiliates, any group of which the foregoing are members and any other members of such a group), obtains ownership, directly or indirectly, of (i) Company Securities (or securities then convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, Company Securities) that represent more than 50% of the total voting power of the outstanding share capital of the Company or applicable successor entity or (ii) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

Company By-laws ” means the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, as in effect on the date hereof.

 

Company Securities ” means the outstanding Ordinary Shares and any Equity Securities representing the Ordinary Shares (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the ADSs).

 

Director ” means any of the individuals elected or appointed to serve on the Board.

 

Eligible Holders ” means the Major Shareholders and the holders of Other Securities.

 

Eligible Securities ” means the Registrable Securities and the Other Securities.

 

2



 

Equity Securities ” means, with respect to any Person, any (i) membership interests or shares of share capital, (ii) equity, ownership, voting, profit or participation interests or (iii) similar rights or securities in such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, or any rights to securities convertible into or exchangeable for, options or other rights to acquire from such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, or obligation on part of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries to issue, any of the foregoing.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Form 8-A Effective Time ” means the date and time on which the registration statement on Form 8-A filed by the Company under the Exchange Act with the SEC to register the class of Ordinary Shares and ADSs becomes effective (which will occur after the Board determines to price the IPO), as determined by the Company.

 

Galileo Parties ” means Galileo and any investment fund or related alternative investment vehicle managed, sponsored, controlled or advised by Galileo Partners or any Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, Galileo Partners, in each case so long as any such Galileo Party (i) is managed, sponsored, controlled or advised by an investment fund affiliated with Galileo Partners and (ii) owns Company Securities.

 

Idinvest Parties ” means Idinvest and any investment fund or related alternative investment vehicle managed, sponsored, controlled or advised by Idinvest Partners or any Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, Idinvest Partners, in each case so long as any such Idinvest Party (i) is managed, sponsored, controlled or advised by an investment fund affiliated with Idinvest Partners and (ii) owns Company Securities.

 

IPO ” means the first Underwritten Offering for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form F-4 or Form S-8 (each, as hereinafter defined)).

 

IPO Date ” means the date on which the IPO is consummated.

 

Major Shareholders ” means the (i) Balderton Parties, Bpifrance Parties, Galileo Parties, Idinvest Parties or SL Parties and (ii) any third party to whom such Person has duly and validly assigned its rights under this Agreement in accordance with Section 2.3 and Section 4.1 (collectively, the “ Major Shareholder Group ”); provided that a Person shall cease to be a Major Shareholder at the time such Person ceases to hold Registrable Securities.

 

Major Shareholders’ Counsel ” means the counsel selected to represent the Major Shareholders in any registration and/or offering pursuant to this Agreement by (i) the Requesting Equity Holders in the case of a Demand Registration and any offering effected pursuant to Section 3.1(c) , (ii) the Initiating Equity Holders in the case of a Takedown Demand or (iii) the Majority Shareholders holding a majority of Registrable Securities being registered and/or sold (as applicable) in any other registration and/or offering, provided that the other Major Shareholders participating in any registration and/or offering may select a separate counsel to represent them in connection with such registration and/or offering.

 

3



 

Marketed Underwritten Takedown Offering ” means an Underwritten Takedown Offering involving a customary “road show” (including an “electronic road show”) or other substantial marketing effort by the underwriters over a period of at least 48 consecutive hours.

 

Necessary Action ” means, with respect to a specified result, all actions necessary to cause such result, including (i) voting or providing a written consent or proxy with respect to the Company Securities, whether at any general or special meeting, (ii) causing the adoption of shareholders resolutions and amendments to organizational documents of the Company, (iii) causing members of the Board (to the extent such members were elected, nominated or designated by the Person obligated to undertake the Necessary Action) to act (subject to any applicable fiduciary duties) in a certain manner or causing them to be removed in the event they do not act in such a manner, (iv) executing agreements and instruments and (v) making, or causing to be made, with governmental, administrative or regulatory authorities, all filings, registrations or similar actions that are required to achieve such result.

 

Nominating Parties ” means each of the Major Shareholders, other than Galileo.

 

Other Securities ” means, at any time, those Company Securities which do not constitute (i) Company Securities proposed to be included in a registration by the Company on its own behalf or (ii) Registrable Securities, and as to which the Company has a contractual obligation, approved by the Board, to include such securities in a registration statement under the Securities Act pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement applicable to Other Securities.

 

Ordinary Shares ” means ordinary shares, nominal value €0.08 per share, of the Company (or any successor of the Company by combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization) and any shares into which any such ordinary shares shall have been changed or any shares resulting from any reclassification of any such ordinary shares.

 

Overnight Underwritten Takedown Offering ” means an Underwritten Takedown Offering other than a Marketed Underwritten Takedown Offering.

 

Person ” means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, a trust, an incorporated or unincorporated association, a joint venture, a joint stock company or any other entity or body.

 

Registrable Securities ” means any and all Company Securities now owned by the Major Shareholders; provided , however , that Registrable Securities shall not include any Company Securities which have previously been registered or which have been sold to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, or, with respect to registration rights under this Agreement, which have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not validly assigned in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto.

 

Rule 145 ” means Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto.

 

4



 

Rule 415 ” means Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

 

Shelf Participant ” means any Eligible Holder listed as a potential selling securityholder on a Form F-3 in connection with a Shelf Registration or any Eligible Holder that could be added to such Shelf Registration without the need for a post-effective amendment thereto or added by means of an automatic post-effective amendment thereto.

 

SL Parties ” means Silver Lake and any investment fund or related alternative investment vehicle managed, sponsored, controlled or advised by Silver Lake or any Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, Silver Lake, in each case so long as any such SL Party (i) is managed, sponsored, controlled or advised by an investment fund affiliated with Silver Lake and (ii) owns Company Securities.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of share capital entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity, a majority of the partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof.  For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the managing director, manager or general partner of such partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity.

 

Stock Exchange ” means the NASDAQ Stock Market or other national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which the ADSs are at any time listed or quoted.

 

Underwritten Offering ” means an offering of Company Securities in which such securities are sold to an underwriter or underwriters on a firm commitment basis for reoffering to the public.

 

Underwritten Takedown Offering ” means an Underwritten Offering pursuant to a Takedown Demand.

 

Section 1.2                                     Interpretive Provisions .  The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any

 

5



 

particular provision of this Agreement.  The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof.  References to Articles and Sections are to Articles and Sections of this Agreement unless otherwise specified.  Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular.  Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”, whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import.  “Writing”, “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form.  References to any statute shall be deemed to refer to such statute as amended from time to time and to any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.  References to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.  References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person.  References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively.  References in this Agreement to a number or percentage of Equity Securities shall take into account and give effect to any split, combination, dividend or recapitalization of such Equity Securities.

 

ARTICLE II


CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

Section 2.1                                     Board of Directors

 

(a)                                  Composition; Company Recommendation .  The rights of the Nominating Parties to nominate Directors shall be as follows:

 

(i)                            So long as (A) the Aggregate Balderton Ownership continues to be at least 7.5% of the Company Securities and (B) the Balderton Parties have not sold more than 50% of the Registrable Securities held by the Balderton Parties as of the IPO Date, the Balderton Parties shall be entitled to nominate one Director.  Each Director so nominated may be referred to as a “ Balderton Director ”.

 

(ii)                         So long as (A) the Aggregate Bpifrance Ownership continues to be at least 5.0% of the Company Securities and (B) the Bpifrance Parties have not sold more than 50% of the Registrable Securities held by the Bpifrance Parties as of the IPO Date, the Bpifrance Parties shall be entitled to nominate one Director.  Each Director so nominated may be referred to as a “ Bpifrance Director ”.

 

(iii)                      So long as (A) the Aggregate Idinvest Ownership continues to be at least 7.5% of the Company Securities and (B) the Idinvest Parties have not sold more than 50% of the Registrable Securities held by the Idinvest Parties as of the IPO Date, the Idinvest Parties shall be entitled to nominate one Director.  Each Director so nominated may be referred to as an “ Idinvest Director ”.

 

6



 

(iv)                     So long as (A) the Aggregate SL Ownership continues to be at least 7.5% of the Company Securities and (B) the SL Parties have not sold more than 50% of the Registrable Securities held by the SL Parties as of the IPO Date, the SL Parties shall be entitled to nominate one Director.  Each Director so nominated may be referred to as an “ SL Director ”.

 

(v)                        Each Nominating Party hereby agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause their respective Directors (A)  to vote to include the nominees of the Nominating Parties nominated pursuant to this Section 2.1(a)  as the nominees to the Board on each slate of nominees included in the Company’s annual general shareholders’ meeting agenda (or proxy statement or similar document), (B) to vote to recommend the election of such nominees to the shareholders of the Company and (C) without limiting the foregoing, to otherwise vote to cause such nominees to be elected to the Board, including providing at least as high a level of support for the election of such nominees as it provides to any other individual standing for election as a director.

 

(b)                                  Nominations .

 

(i)                            The initial Balderton Director nominee is Bernard Liautaud (whose initial term shall expire in 2018).  The initial Bpifrance Director nominee is Thierry Sommelet (whose initial term shall expire in 2019).  The initial Idinvest Director nominee is Matthieu Baret (whose initial term shall expire in 2019).  The initial SL Director nominee is John D. Brennan (whose initial term shall expire in 2019).

 

(ii)                         With respect to any Director to be nominated by the Nominating Parties other than the initial Directors listed in Section 2.1(b)(i)  above or the then-serving Balderton Director, Bpifrance Director, Idinvest Director or SL Director, a Nominating Party shall nominate its Director by delivering to the Company its written statement at least 60 days prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding annual general shareholders’ meeting nominating its Director and setting forth such Director’s business address, telephone number, facsimile number and e-mail address; provided , that if a Nominating Party shall fail to deliver such written notice, such Nominating Party shall be deemed to have nominated the Director previously nominated (or designated pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) ) by such Nominating Party who is currently serving on the Board.  Pursuant to the Company By-laws, any Director nominee elected to the Board will be elected for a three-year term.

 

(c)                                   Removal .

 

(i)                            Directors shall serve until their resignation or removal or until their successors are nominated; provided , that if a Nominating Party is no longer entitled to nominate a Director pursuant to Section 2.1(a) , then such Nominating Party shall, to the extent requested by the Company, promptly use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Nominating Party’s Director to resign from service on the Board (and all committees thereof) or any board or other similar governing body of any Subsidiary of the Company (and all committees thereof).  Each Nominating Party shall cause any Director nominated by it to resign from service on any committee of the Board, if at any time, as a result of such Director’s service on such committee, such committee does not satisfy any applicable requirements of applicable law or the Stock Exchange rules for service on such committee.

 

7


 

(ii)                         If (A) a Nominating Party is no longer entitled to nominate a Director pursuant to Section 2.1(a) , (B) such Nominating Party’s Director has been included in the slate of nominees included in the Company’s annual general shareholders’ meeting agenda (or proxy statement or similar document) for an annual general shareholders’ meeting that has not yet been held, and (C) the Company has requested pursuant to Section 2.1(c)(i)  that such Director resign from the Board, then the Company and such Nominating Party will use commercially reasonable efforts to remove such Director as a nominee at the annual general shareholders’ meeting (or any postponement, adjournment or other delay thereof).

 

(d)                                  Vacancies .

 

(i)                            If any Director previously nominated by a Nominating Party dies or is unwilling or unable to serve as such or is otherwise removed or resigns from office (other than pursuant to the proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.1(c) ), then the Nominating Party whose previously nominated Director shall have been removed or shall have resigned shall promptly nominate a successor to such Director, in accordance with this Section 2.1 ; provided , that if such Nominating Party fails to nominate a Director to fill such vacant Director position within a reasonable period of time (for the avoidance of doubt, not to exceed 30 days), then such Nominating Party’s right to nominate any Director pursuant to this Agreement shall terminate automatically; provided , further , that if none of the Nominating Parties are entitled to fill such vacant Director position, such vacant Director position shall be filled by the Board, upon the recommendation of the nominating and corporate governance committee of the Board (the “ Nominating Committee ”), and subject to the approval by the Company’s shareholders at the next shareholders’ meeting, in accordance with the Company By-laws.

 

(ii)                         If the shareholders of the Company vote to increase the size of the Board, the vacant Director position(s) created as a result of such newly created directorship(s) shall be filled by the Board, upon the recommendation of the Nominating Committee, in accordance with the Company By-laws.

 

(iii)                      Any other vacant Director position(s) shall be filled by the Board, or the Board shall nominate a replacement Director, in each case, upon the recommendation of the Nominating Committee, in accordance with the Company By-laws.

 

Section 2.2                                     Voting Agreement .

 

(a)                                  Each Major Shareholder agrees, at any time it is then entitled to vote for the election of Directors to the Board, to take all Necessary Action, including casting all votes to which such Major Shareholder is entitled in respect of its Company Securities, whether at any general or special meeting, so as to ensure that the composition of the Board complies with (and includes all of the requisite nominees in accordance with) this Article II and to otherwise effect the intent of this Article II .

 

(b)                                  Each Major Shareholder then entitled to vote for the election of any successor as a Director agrees to take all Necessary Action, including casting all votes to which such Major Shareholder is entitled in respect of its Company Securities whether at any general or special

 

8



 

meeting, so as to ensure that any such successor determined in accordance with Section 2.1(d)  is elected to the Board as promptly as practicable.

 

(c)                                   Each Major Shareholder agrees that if, at any time, it is then entitled to vote for the removal of Directors, it will not vote any of its Company Securities in favor of the removal of any Director who shall have been nominated in accordance with Section 2.1 , unless (1) the Person or Persons entitled to nominate such Director shall have consented to such removal in writing or (2) the Person or Persons entitled to nominate any Director pursuant to Section 2.1 shall request in writing the removal, with or without cause, of such Director (in which case, each such Major Shareholder shall vote its Company Securities in favor of such removal).

 

(d)                                  Each Major Shareholder agrees not to grant, or enter into a binding agreement with respect to, any proxy to any Person in respect of its Company Securities that would prohibit such Major Shareholder from casting votes in respect of such Company Securities in accordance with this Section 2.2 .

 

Section 2.3                                     Major Shareholder Transfer .  In the event that any Major Shareholder transfers, directly or indirectly, any Company Securities (or securities then convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, Company Securities) to any Person that is not already a party to this Agreement and who is or becomes a Major Shareholder, such transferring party shall, as a condition to any such transfer, require such transferee to enter into a Joinder Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex A to become party to this Agreement and be deemed to be a “ Major Shareholder ” and either a Balderton Party (if the transferring Major Shareholder is a Balderton Party), a Bpifrance Party (if the transferring Major Shareholder is a Bpifrance Party), a Galileo Party (if the transferring Major Shareholder is a Galileo Party), an Idinvest Party (if the transferring Major Shareholder is an Idinvest Party), or an SL Party (if the transferring Major Shareholder is an SL Party) for all purposes herein; provided , that for the avoidance of doubt, the rights of the Nominating Parties to nominate Directors under Section 2.1(a)  are specific to Balderton, Bpifrance, Idinvest and Silver Lake and shall not be transferrable.

 

Section 2.4                                     Applicable Law and Stock Exchange Requirements .  Notwithstanding anything in this Article II to the contrary, the Board will operate in such a way to permit the Company to comply with applicable law and maintain its listing on the Stock Exchange.

 

ARTICLE III

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

Section 3.1                                     Demand Registration .

 

(a)                                  Request for Registration .  If the Company shall receive from any Major Shareholders holding Registrable Securities (the “ Requesting Equity Holders ”) a written request that the Company effect a registration with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities held by the Requesting Equity Holders (a “ Demand Registration ”), then the Company will:

 

9



 

(i)                            within ten (10) days after the date of such request, give written notice of the proposed registration to all Major Shareholders (other than the Requesting Equity Holders) and the holders of Other Securities; and

 

(ii)                         use its reasonable best efforts to, as soon as practicable, and in any event within ninety (90) days, in the case of any registration of securities conducted on a registration statement on Form F-1 or Form S-1 (as applicable) under the Securities Act (or any comparable or successor form or forms thereto) (any such form, a “ Form F-1 ”), or within forty-five (45) days, in the case of a registration of securities conducted on a registration statement on Form F-3 or Form S-3 (as applicable) under the Securities Act (or any comparable or successor form or forms thereto) (any such form, a “ Form F-3 ”), effect such registration (which shall, in the case of a secondary offering, be on Form F-3 if the Company is qualified for registration on Form F-3 at such time) (including, without limitation, the execution of an undertaking to file post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws and appropriate compliance with applicable regulations issued under the Securities Act) as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of (A) the other Registrable Securities joining in such request as are specified in a written request from any Major Shareholder received by the Company, (B) any Other Securities entitled to participate therein as are specified in a written request from the holders of such Other Securities received by the Company, and/or (C) any Company Securities proposed to be included in such registration by the Company on its own behalf by notice from the Company to the Requesting Equity Holders, in each case within twenty (20) days after written notice from the Company is given under Section 3(a)(i)  above; provided that the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 3.1(a) :

 

(1)                                  in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act or applicable rules or regulations thereunder;

 

(2)                                  with respect to any particular Requesting Equity Holder, if all the Registrable Shares proposed to be registered by such Requesting Equity Holder and its affiliates pursuant to this Section 3.1(a)  could be sold without volume limitations or other restrictions on transfer pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 145;

 

(3)                                  after the Company has initiated two (2) such registrations pursuant to this Section 3.1(a)  in any twelve (12) month period; provided that beginning on the date that is twelve (12) months after the IPO Date, if the Company is ineligible to use Form F-3 to effect a registration in accordance with Section 3.1(b) , the Company shall register the applicable securities on a replacement registration statement, which shall be on Form F-1; provided , further , that the Company shall not be required to initiate more than two (2) such registrations on a replacement registration statement on Form F-1 in any twelve (12) month period;

 

10



 

(4)                                  during the ninety (90) day period following the effective date of a Company-initiated registration (or ending on the subsequent date on which the Holdback Period (as hereinafter defined) applicable to the offering has terminated);

 

(5)                                  if the Company shall furnish to the Requesting Equity Holders a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer (or other authorized officer) of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be detrimental to the Company or its shareholders for a registration statement to be filed in the near future, in which case the Company’s obligation to use its reasonable best efforts to comply with this Section 3.1(a) , and its related obligations under Section 3.4 , shall be deferred for a period not to exceed forty-five (45) days from the date of receipt of written request from the Requesting Equity Holders ( provided that the Company shall only be permitted one (1) deferral pursuant to this Section 3.1(a)(ii)(5)  or Section 3.1(b)(iv)  in any twelve (12) month period) and each Eligible Holder shall keep confidential the fact that such a deferral is in effect, as well as the certificate referred to above and its contents, unless and until otherwise notified by the Company, except (A) for disclosure to such Eligible Holder’s employees, officers, directors, agents, legal counsel, accountants, auditors and other professional representatives and advisers who reasonably need to know such information solely for purposes of assisting the Eligible Holder with respect to its investment in Company Securities and agree to keep it confidential, (B) for disclosures to the extent required in order to comply with reporting obligations to its limited partners or other direct or indirect investors who have agreed to keep such information confidential, (C) if and to the extent such matters are publicly disclosed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any other Person (except to the extent that such other Person learned of such confidential information as a result of disclosure by the Eligible Holder in violation of this Agreement) that, to the knowledge of such Eligible Holder after inquiry, was not subject to a similar obligation or duty of confidentiality to the Company and its subsidiaries and (D) as required by law, rule or regulation ( provided that the Eligible Holder gives prompt notice of such use in writing, to the extent permitted by law, rule or regulation, and reasonably cooperates with the Company should the Company, at the Company’s sole expense, desire to seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy to protect the confidentiality of such confidential information prior to disclosure); or

 

(6)                                  if the Requesting Equity Holders propose to register Registrable Securities in connection with an offering for expected gross proceeds of less than $30,000,000 in the aggregate.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.1(c)  below, the Company may, in its sole discretion, include Other Securities in the registration statement filed pursuant to the request of the Requesting Equity Holders pursuant to this Section 3.1(a) .

 

(b)                                  Shelf Registration .

 

(i)                            At any time and from time to time when the Company is eligible to utilize Form F-3 to sell securities in a secondary offering on a delayed or continuous basis in accordance with Rule 415 (a “ Shelf Registration ”), any demand made pursuant to Section 3.1(a)  may, at the option of the Requesting Equity Holders, be a demand for a Shelf Registration; provided that the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 3.1(b) :

 

11



 

(1)                                  in the circumstances described in any of Sections 3.1(a)(ii)(1) , Sections 3.1(a)(ii)(2)  or 3.1(a)(ii)(4) ;

 

(2)                                  after the Company has initiated three (3) such registrations pursuant to this Section 3.1(b)  in any twelve (12) month period;

 

(3)                                  if the Requesting Equity Holders propose to register Registrable Securities in connection with an offering for expected gross proceeds of less than $25,000,000 in the aggregate; provided that this clause (3) shall not apply to a Shelf Registration covering an unspecified number of securities in accordance with Section 3.1(b)(iii) .

 

(ii)                         For the avoidance of doubt, except as provided in Section 3.1(b)(i) , the rights of Eligible Holders to receive notice of any Demand Registration and to include Eligible Securities in any such Demand Registration otherwise set forth in Section 3.1(a)  hereof shall apply in connection with any such Shelf Registration; provided , that notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, registrations effected pursuant to this Section 3.1(b)  shall not be counted as requests for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 3.1(a) .

 

(iii)                      If at the time of such request the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, (x) if the Company so elects, such Shelf Registration may also cover an unspecified number of securities to be sold by the Company, and (y) if the Requesting Equity Holders so elect, such Shelf Registration may cover an unspecified number of Company Securities to be sold by the Major Shareholders.

 

(iv)                     The Company may suspend the use of any effective Shelf Registration by written notice to the holders of Registrable Securities listed as potential selling securityholders therein under the circumstances, for the period and subject to the limitations set forth in Section 3.1(a)(ii)(5) .

 

(c)                                   Underwriting .  In the case of any offering made in accordance with this Section 3.1 , other than an offering made pursuant to a Takedown Demand:

 

(i)                            if the Requesting Equity Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities by means of an Underwritten Offering, they shall so advise the Company as a part of its request made pursuant to Section 3.1(a)  and the managing underwriter for such Underwritten Offering shall be chosen by the holders of a majority in aggregate amount of the Registrable Securities being registered by members of the Major Shareholder Group, with the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. If the holders of Other Securities request inclusion of such securities, the Major Shareholders agree that the Company may include such securities in the Underwritten Offering so long as such holders agree to be bound by the applicable provisions of this Article III . The Requesting Equity Holders and the Company shall (together with all other Eligible Holders proposing to distribute their Eligible Securities through such Underwritten Offering) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form and reasonably acceptable to the Company with the underwriter or underwriters. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article III , if the managing underwriter selected as provided in this Section 3.1(c)  determines that marketing factors require a limitation on the number

 

12



 

of securities to be underwritten in such Underwritten Offering, the managing underwriter may limit the number of securities proposed to be included in such registration and Underwritten Offering as follows:

 

(1)                                  first, the Company Securities proposed to be included in such registration by the Company on its own behalf shall be excluded from such registration to the extent so required by such limitation;

 

(2)                                  second, to the extent further limitation is required by the managing underwriter, the Other Securities shall be excluded from such registration to the extent so required by such limitation such that the number of securities to be included by such holders of Other Securities shall be determined on a pro rata basis based upon the aggregate number of Other Securities held by each such holder seeking registration; and

 

(3)                                  third, to the extent further limitation is required by the managing underwriter, the remaining Registrable Securities held by Major Shareholders shall be excluded from such registration to the extent so required by such limitation such that the number of Registrable Securities held by Major Shareholders to be included in the offering shall be determined on a pro rata basis based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities held by each Major Shareholder seeking registration.

 

(ii)                         No Company Securities proposed to be included in such registration by the Company on its own behalf, Other Securities or Registrable Securities excluded from the Underwritten Offering by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such Underwritten Offering, and any Eligible Holder who has requested inclusion in such Underwritten Offering as provided above (including the Requesting Equity Holders) may elect to withdraw therefrom at any time prior to the effectiveness of such registration statement by written notice to the Company, the managing underwriter and the Requesting Equity Holders; provided that, if the underwriters’ counsel reasonably determines that such withdrawal would materially delay the registration or require a recirculation of the prospectus, then no Eligible Holder shall have the right to withdraw unless the Requesting Equity Holders have elected to withdraw.

 

(d)                                  Shelf Takedowns .  At any time when a Shelf Registration statement is effective and its use has not been suspended by the Company pursuant to Section 3.1(b)(iv) , upon the demand (a “ Takedown Demand ”) by any member of the Major Shareholder Group that is a Shelf Participant holding Registrable Securities at such time (the “ Initiating Equity Holder ”), the Company will facilitate in the manner described in this Agreement a “takedown” of securities off of such Shelf Registration; provided that (i) the Company shall not be obligated to effect more than two (2) Marketed Underwritten Takedown Offerings in any twelve (12) month period; (ii) the Company shall not be obligated to effect a Marketed Underwritten Takedown Offering unless the securities requested to be sold in such offering have an aggregate market value (based on the most recent closing price of the ADSs at the time of the demand) of at least $25,000,000 (net of Registration Expenses); and (iii) the Company will provide (x) in connection with any Overnight Underwritten Takedown Offering at least two (2) Business Days notice to any Major Shareholder (other than the Initiating Equity Holder) that is a Shelf Participant, and (y) in connection with any Marketed Underwritten Takedown Offering, at least five (5) Business Days notice to any Eligible Holder

 

13



 

(other than the Initiating Equity Holder) that is a Shelf Participant entitled to participate therein. If any Shelf Participants entitled to receive a notice pursuant to clause (iii) of the preceding sentence request inclusion of their Eligible Securities (by notice to the Company, which notice must be received by the Company no later than (A) in the case of an Overnight Underwritten Takedown Offering, the Business Day following the date notice is given to such participant or (B) in the case of a Marketed Underwritten Takedown Offering, three (3) calendar days following the date notice is given to such participant) the Company shall include such securities in the Underwritten Takedown Offering so long as such participants agree to be bound by the applicable provisions of this Section 3.1 ; provided that (1) the Initiating Equity Holder shall maintain the right to select the managing underwriter for such offering (with the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) and (2) if such managing underwriter determines that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities to be underwritten, the managing underwriter may limit the number of securities proposed to be included in such offering such that the number of Eligible Securities to be included shall be determined in the manner set forth in Section 3.1(c) .  The Shelf Participants participating in such offering and the Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters of such offering.  Any Shelf Participant who has requested inclusion in such Underwritten Takedown Offering as provided above (including the Initiating Equity Holder) may elect to withdraw therefrom at any time prior to the consummation of the takedown by written notice to the Company, the managing underwriter and the Initiating Equity Holder; provided that, if the underwriters’ counsel reasonably determines that such withdrawal would require a recirculation of the prospectus, then no Eligible Holder shall have the right to withdraw unless the Initiating Equity Holder has elected to withdraw.

 

(e)                                   Effective Registration Statement .  Should a Takedown Demand not be consummated due to the failure of the Initiating Equity Holder to perform its obligations under this Agreement, or in the event the Initiating Equity Holder withdraws or does not pursue the offering contemplated by the Shelf Takedown request as provided for in Section 3.1(d)  above, then such Takedown Demand shall be deemed to have been effected for purposes of clause (i) of Section 3.1(d)  unless such offering does not proceed because (x) a material adverse change occurred in the condition (financial or otherwise), business, assets, properties, operations or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole subsequent to the date of the delivery of the Takedown Demand referred to in Section 3.1(d)  above, (y) use of the Shelf Registration was subsequently suspended by the Company as provided in Section 3.1(b)(iv) , or (z) the Shelf Registration statement did not remain continuously effective until all the Registrable Securities subject to such Takedown Demand were sold because (i) the Company was not in compliance in all material respects with its obligations under this Agreement, or (ii) the Shelf Registration was interfered with by any stop order, injunction, or other order or requirement of the SEC or other governmental agency or court, in which event such Takedown Demand shall not be deemed to have been effected for purposes of clause (i) of Section 3.1(d) .

 

Section 3.2                                     Company Registration .

 

(a)                                  Company Registration .  If the Company shall determine to register any Company Securities on its own behalf or Other Securities under the Securities Act, other than (A) in an IPO, (B) pursuant to a registration statement on Form F-4 or S-4 (as applicable) or any

 

14



 

comparable or successor form or forms thereto (any such form, a “ Form F-4 ”), or on Form S-8 or any comparable or successor form or forms thereto (any such form, a “ Form S-8 ”), (C) pursuant to a registration relating solely to an offering and sale to employees, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to any employee stock plan or other benefit plan arrangement, (D) pursuant to a registration relating to a Rule 145 transaction, (E) pursuant to a registration by which the Company is offering to exchange its own securities for other securities, (F) pursuant to a registration statement relating solely to dividend reinvestment or similar plans or (G) pursuant to a registration statement by which only the initial purchasers and subsequent transferees of debt securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries that are convertible or exchangeable for Company Securities and that are initially issued pursuant to an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act may resell such notes and sell the Company Securities into which such notes may be converted or exchanged, then in each case, the Company will:

 

(i)                            within five (5) Business Days of the Company’s determination to register Company Securities pursuant to this Section 3.2(a) , give to the Eligible Holders a written notice thereof (which shall include a list of the jurisdictions in which the Company intends to attempt to qualify such securities under the applicable blue sky or other state securities laws and the number of securities intended to be disposed), provided that in no event shall such written notice be delivered later than fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the filing of the Form F-4 or Form S-8; and

 

(ii)                         use its commercially reasonable efforts to include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Eligible Securities specified in a written request or requests by any Eligible Holder ( provided that such Eligible Holder has indicated within ten (10) days after written notice from the Company described in clause (i) above is given that such Eligible Holder desires to sell Eligible Securities in the manner of distribution proposed by the Company) except as set forth in Section 3.2(b)  below.

 

(b)                                  Underwriting .

 

(i)                            If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Eligible Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 3.2(a)(i) . In such event, the right of each Eligible Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 3.2(b)  shall be conditioned upon such Eligible Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Eligible Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. The participating Eligible Holders shall (together with the Company and the other securityholders distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters participating in the underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.2 , if the managing underwriter determines that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities to be underwritten, the managing underwriter may limit the number of Eligible Securities proposed to be included in such registration and underwriting as follows:

 

(1)                                  first, the Other Securities shall be excluded from such registration to the extent so required by such limitation such that the number of securities to be

 

15



 

included by such holders of Other Securities shall be determined on a pro rata basis based upon the aggregate number of Other Securities held by each such holder seeking registration; and

 

(2)                                  second, to the extent further limitation is required by the managing underwriter, the remaining Registrable Securities held by Major Shareholders shall be excluded from such registration to the extent so required by such limitation such that the number of Registrable Securities held by Major Shareholders to be included in the offering shall be determined on a pro rata basis based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities held by each Major Shareholder seeking registration; provided , that in no event shall the remaining Registrable Securities be limited to less than thirty-three percent (33%) of the securities included in such underwritten offering.

 

(ii)                         Any Eligible Holder or other securityholder may elect to withdraw from such underwriting at any time prior to the consummation of the offering by written notice to the Company and the underwriter. Any Eligible Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration; provided that, if the underwriter’s counsel reasonably determines that such withdrawal would materially delay the registration or require a recirculation of the prospectus, then the Eligible Holders shall have no right to withdraw. In the event that any Eligible Holder has requested inclusion of Eligible Securities in a Shelf Registration initiated by the Company, such Eligible Holder shall have the right, but not the obligation, to participate in any offering of the Company’s equity securities under such shelf registration.

 

(c)                                   Right to Terminate Registration .  The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 3.2 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Major Shareholder has elected to include securities in such registration.

 

Section 3.3                                     Holdback Agreement . The Eligible Holders shall not offer for sale (including by short sale), grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise transfer (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement, derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks of ownership of Company Securities or otherwise), any Company Securities (or interests therein) in the Company without the prior written consent of the Company for a period designated by the Company in writing to the Eligible Holders, which shall begin (i) in the case of a Takedown Demand, the earlier of the date of the underwriting agreement and the commencement of marketing efforts or (ii) for any other offering, seven (7) days before the effective date of the registration statement, and shall not last longer than ninety (90) days following such effective date, subject, in each case, to reasonable extension as determined by the Company to the extent necessary to avoid a blackout of research reports under applicable regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) (each such period, a “ Holdback Period ”); provided that no Holdback Period shall apply to any Major Shareholder who does not participate as a selling securityholder in such registered offering (disregarding the effect of any underwriter cutbacks imposed on such Major Shareholder in an Underwritten Offering). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may effect a public sale or distribution of securities of the type described above and during the periods described above if such sale or distribution is made pursuant to a registration on Form F-4 or Form S-8 or as part of any

 

16



 

registration of securities for offering and sale to employees, directors or consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries pursuant to any employee share plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement. If requested by the managing underwriter of any such offering and subject to the approval of the Company, the Company and the Eligible Holders shall execute a separate agreement to the foregoing effect. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Company Securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of the Holdback Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the managing underwriters in connection with any such offering waive all or any portion of the Holdback Period with respect to any Eligible Holders, the Company, or the Requesting Equity Holders, as applicable, will use reasonable best efforts to cause such managing underwriters to apply the same waiver to all other Eligible Holders. The obligations of any person under this Section 3.3 are not in limitation of holdback or transfer restrictions that may otherwise apply by virtue of any other agreement or undertaking.

 

Section 3.4                                     Registration Procedures .  If and whenever the Company is under an obligation pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement to effect the registration of any Eligible Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

(a)                                  prepare the required registration statement, including all exhibits and financial statements required under the Securities Act to be filed therewith, and before filing a registration statement or prospectus (including a free writing prospectus), or any amendments or supplements thereto, furnish to the underwriters, if any, and the Major Shareholders participating in such offering, if any, copies of all documents prepared to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review of such underwriters, such Major Shareholders and the Major Shareholders’ Counsel;

 

(b)                                  use its reasonable best efforts to cause a registration statement that registers such Eligible Securities to become and remain effective for a period of 120 days (subject to any extension provided for in Section 3.4(c) ) or until all of such Eligible Securities have been disposed of (if earlier), including by preparing and filing with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to cause such registration statement to become effective; provided , however , that in the case of any Shelf Registration, the 120 day period shall be extended, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Eligible Securities are sold;

 

(c)                                   furnish, without charge, at least five (5) Business Days before filing a registration statement that registers such Eligible Securities, a prospectus relating thereto or any amendments or supplements relating to such a registration statement or prospectus to the Major Shareholders’ Counsel and fairly consider such reasonable changes in any such documents prior to or after the filing thereof as such Major Shareholders’ Counsel may request;

 

(d)                                  prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be (i) reasonably requested by any Eligible Holder participating in such registration (to the extent such request relates to information relating to such Eligible Holder), (ii) necessary to keep such registration statement effective for at least a period of 120 days or until all of such Eligible Securities have been disposed of (if earlier) and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the sale or other disposition of such Eligible Securities; provided , however , that in the case of any Shelf Registration,

 

17


 

such 120 day period shall be extended, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Eligible Securities are sold, (iii) requested by the Eligible Holders (or required in the case of a Shelf Registration unless the Company elects to suspend use of such Registration Statement pursuant to Section 3.1(b) ), so that the prospectus used in connection with such registration shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing or (iv) requested jointly by the managing underwriter or underwriters and the Requesting Equity Holders or the Initiating Equity Holders, as applicable, relating to the plan of distribution therein; and, with respect to a Shelf Registration, if during such period the Company ceases to be eligible to continue such Shelf Registration on the original registration statement (whether by virtue of ceasing to be eligible to use Form F-3, by virtue of expiration of such registration statement pursuant to Rule 415(a)(5), or otherwise), the Company shall register the applicable securities on a replacement registration statement, which shall be on Form F-3 if the Company is then eligible for such registration statement or, otherwise, on Form F-1, and shall continue such Shelf Registration, and amend and supplement such replacement registration statement from time to time, as required by this Agreement;

 

(e)                                   notify the Major Shareholders’ Counsel and each Major Shareholder in writing (i) when the applicable registration statement or any amendment thereto has been filed or becomes effective, and when any applicable prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto has been filed, (ii) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to any comments by the SEC with respect to such registration statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or any request by the SEC for the amending or supplementing thereof or for additional information with respect thereto, (iii) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose, and (iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of such Eligible Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purposes; and, upon occurrence of any of the events mentioned in clauses (iii) and (iv) use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or obtain the withdrawal thereof as soon as possible;

 

(f)                                    use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Eligible Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Eligible Holders reasonably request and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the Eligible Holders to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Eligible Securities owned by the Major Shareholders; provided , however , that the Company will not be required to qualify to do business, subject itself to taxation or consent to general service of process in any jurisdiction, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

(g)                                   furnish to the Eligible Holders such number of copies of such registration statement and of each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case, including all exhibits), the prospectus, if any, contained in such registration statement or other prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus or any free writing prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act;

 

18



 

(h)                                  without limiting Section 3.4(f)  above, use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Eligible Securities to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company to enable the Eligible Holders (to the extent the Eligible Holders then hold such Eligible Securities) to consummate the disposition of such Eligible Securities;

 

(i)                                      notify the Eligible Holders on a timely basis at any time when a prospectus relating to such Eligible Securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act upon discovery that, or upon the happening of any event as a result of which, the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

 

(j)                                     provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar (which may be the same entity) for such Eligible Securities and a CUSIP number for such Eligible Securities, in each case no later than the effective date of such registration statement;

 

(k)                                  use its reasonable best efforts to cause all such Eligible Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement to be listed on any national securities exchange or to be authorized for quotation on an automated quotation system on which any Company Securities are listed or quoted, or, if the Company Securities are not then listed or quoted, use its reasonable best efforts to list such Eligible Securities on a national securities exchange, or to authorize them for quotation on an automated quotation system;

 

(l)                                      use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or the use of any preliminary or final prospectus;

 

(m)                              reasonably cooperate with each Eligible Holder and each underwriter, and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA, and any securities exchange on which such Eligible Securities are traded or will be traded;

 

(n)                                  take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act; provided , however , that to the extent that any prohibition is applicable to the Company, the Company will take such action as is necessary to make any such prohibition inapplicable;

 

(o)                                  in the case of an offering pursuant to a registration that is not an Underwritten Offering, cooperate with the sellers of Eligible Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates, to the extent permitted by applicable law, not bearing any restrictive legends representing the Eligible Securities to be sold, and cause such Eligible Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names in accordance with the instructions of the sellers of Eligible Securities at least three (3) Business Days prior to any sale of Eligible Securities and instruct any transfer agent and registrar of Eligible Securities to release any stop transfer orders in respect thereof;

 

19



 

(p)                                  make such representations and warranties to the Eligible Holders participating in such offering and the underwriters or agents, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers in secondary Underwritten Offerings;

 

(q)                                  obtain for delivery to the Eligible Holders participating in such offering and to the underwriter or underwriters, if any, an opinion or opinions from counsel for the Company dated the effective date of the registration statement or, in the event of an Underwritten Offering, the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, in customary form, scope and substance, which opinions shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Major Shareholders or underwriters, as the case may be, and their respective counsel; and

 

(r)                                     make available upon reasonable notice at reasonable times and for reasonable periods for inspection by any Major Shareholder, by any underwriter participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such registration statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such Major Shareholders (including the Major Shareholders’ Counsel) or any such underwriter in connection with such registration statement (collectively, “ Representatives ”), all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause all of the Company’s officers, directors and employees and the independent public accountants who have certified its financial statements to make themselves available to discuss the business of the Company and to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Person or its Representatives in connection with such registration statement (“collectively, “ Confidential Information ”) as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility; provided that any such Person or Representative gaining access to Confidential Information pursuant to this Section 3.4(r)  shall agree to hold in strict confidence and shall not make any disclosure or use any Confidential Information, unless (w) the release of such information is requested or required by law or by deposition, interrogatory, requests for information or documents by a governmental entity, subpoena or similar process ( provided that such Person shall give prompt and timely written notice prior to such release, to the extent permitted by law, and shall reasonably cooperate with the Company should the Company, at the Company’s sole expense, desire to seek a protective order prior to disclosure), (x) such information is or becomes publicly known other than through a breach of this or any other agreement of which such Person has knowledge after inquiry, (y) such information is or becomes available to such Person on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company who is not known by such Person, after inquiry, to be prohibited or restricted from disclosing such information to such Person by contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation or (z) such information is independently developed by such Person without the use of or access to any Confidential Information, and each Person shall be responsible for any breach of the terms of this Section 3.4(r)  by such Person or its Representatives, and shall take all appropriate steps to safeguard Confidential Information from disclosure, misuse, espionage, loss and theft.

 

Each Eligible Holder, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of any event of the kind described in Section 3.4(i)  hereof, shall forthwith discontinue disposition of the Eligible Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Eligible Securities until such holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3.4(i)  hereof ( provided that, in the case of a Shelf Registration, if such suspension lasts for longer than ten (10) consecutive Business Days, it shall count as a suspension for purposes of the limits set forth in Section 3.1(a)(ii)(5) ), and, if so directed by the Company, such Eligible Holder shall destroy all

 

20



 

copies, other than permanent file copies then in such holder’s possession, of the prospectus covering such Eligible Securities at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

If the disposition by any Eligible Holder of its securities is discontinued pursuant to the foregoing sentence, the Company shall extend the period of effectiveness of the registration statement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when such Eligible Holder shall have received, in the case of Section 3.4(e)(iv) , notice from the Company that such stop order or suspension of effectiveness is no longer in effect and, in the case of Section 3.4(i) , copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3.4(i) .

 

Section 3.5                                     Offering Procedures .  If and whenever the Company is under an obligation pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement to facilitate (x) an Underwritten Offering pursuant to a Demand Registration or (y) an Underwritten Takedown Offering (including a Marketed Underwritten Takedown Offering), the Company shall, as expeditiously as practicable:

 

(a)                                  use its reasonable best efforts to obtain, and to furnish to the Eligible Holders and each underwriter, “cold comfort” letters from its independent certified public accountants in customary form and at customary times and covering matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters;

 

(b)                                  cooperate with the sellers of Eligible Securities and the managing underwriter to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates, to the extent permitted by applicable law, not bearing any restrictive legends representing the Eligible Securities to be sold, and cause such Eligible Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names in accordance with the underwriting agreement prior to any sale of Eligible Securities to the underwriters;

 

(c)                                   make reasonably available its employees and personnel for participation in “road shows” and other marketing efforts and otherwise provide reasonable assistance to the underwriters (taking into account the needs of the Company’s businesses and the requirements of the marketing process) in the marketing of Eligible Securities in such Underwritten Offering;

 

(d)                                  if at any time the information conveyed to a purchaser at the time of sale includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, promptly file with the SEC such amendments or supplements to such information as may be necessary so that the statements as so amended or supplemented will not, in light of the circumstances, be misleading;

 

(e)                                   execute an underwriting agreement in customary form and reasonably acceptable to the Company; and

 

(f)                                    subject to all the other provisions of this Agreement, use its reasonable best efforts to take all other steps necessary or advisable to effect the sale of such Eligible Securities contemplated hereby.

 

21



 

Section 3.6                                     Expenses .  All fees and expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions relating to the Eligible Securities, as provided in this Section 3.6 ) incurred by the Company in complying with Section 3.4 and Section 3.5 , including (i) all registration and filing fees, and any other fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with the SEC, FINRA and if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter,” as such term is defined in FINRA Rule 5121 (or any successor provision), and of its counsel, (ii) all fees and expenses in connection with compliance with any securities or “Blue Sky” laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with “Blue Sky” qualifications of the Eligible Securities), (iii) all printing, duplicating, word processing, messenger, telephone, facsimile and delivery expenses (including any expenses of printing certificates for the Eligible Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing prospectuses), (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of all independent certified public accountants of the Company (including the expenses of any special audit and cold comfort letters required by or incident to such performance), (v) Securities Act liability insurance or similar insurance if the Company so desires or the underwriters so require in accordance with then-customary underwriting practice, (vi) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of Eligible Securities on any securities exchange or quotation of the Eligible Securities on any inter-dealer quotation system, (vii) all applicable rating agency fees with respect to the Eligible Securities, (viii) any reasonable fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, (ix) all fees and expenses of any special experts or other Persons retained by the Company in connection with any registration, (x) all of the Company’s internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (xi) all reasonable expenses related to the “road-show” for any Underwritten Offering, including all travel, meals and lodging of Company personnel or advisors to the Company (not including the underwriters and their advisors), and (xiii) any other fees and disbursements customarily paid by the issuers of securities (collectively, the “ Registration Expenses ”), shall be paid by the Company; provided , however , that all underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the Eligible Securities shall be borne by the Eligible Holders selling such Eligible Securities, in proportion to the number of Eligible Securities sold in the offering by each such Eligible Holder.  In addition, in connection with each registration or offering made pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall pay the fees and expenses of one (1) Major Shareholders’ Counsel, up to an aggregate maximum of $60,000 for each registration of Eligible Securities..

 

Section 3.7                                     Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  In connection with any registration of any Eligible Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Eligible Holder, their respective directors, managers, officers, fiduciaries, employees, shareholders, members or general or limited partners (and the directors, managers, officers, employees and shareholders thereof), each underwriter, broker or any other Person acting on behalf of each Eligible Holder and each other Person, if any, who controls any of the foregoing Persons within the meaning of the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), joint or several, and expenses reasonably incurred (including reasonable fees of counsel and any amounts paid in any settlement effected with the Company’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned if such settlement is solely with respect to monetary damages) to which any of the

 

22



 

foregoing Persons may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) and expenses arise out of or are based upon: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement under which such securities were registered under the Securities Act or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary, final or summary prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, together with the documents incorporated by reference therein, or any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact in the information conveyed to any purchaser at the time of the sale to such purchaser, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein in order to make the statements therein not misleading, (iv) any violation by the Company of any federal, state or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company and relating to action required of or inaction by the Company in connection with any such registration (including any violation or alleged violation of state “blue sky” laws) or (v) any failure to register or qualify Eligible Securities in any state where the Company or its agents have affirmatively undertaken or agreed in writing that the Company (the undertaking of any underwriter being attributed to the Company) will undertake such registration or qualification on behalf of the Eligible Holders ( provided that in such instance the Company shall not be so liable if it has undertaken its reasonable best efforts to so register or qualify such Eligible Securities), and shall reimburse any such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 3.7(a)  shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), and that the Company shall not be liable to any such indemnified party in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action (including any legal or other expenses incurred) arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement of a material fact or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact or omission of a material fact or alleged omission of a material fact made in said registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, amendment, supplement, free writing prospectus or document incident to registration or qualification of any Eligible Securities in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such indemnified party, any affiliate of such indemnified party or their counsel specifically for use in the preparation thereof.  This indemnity shall be in addition to any liability the Company may otherwise have.  Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Eligible Holder or any indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Eligible Holder.  The Company shall also indemnify underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the indemnified parties.

 

(b)                                  In connection with any registration of Eligible Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, each holder of Eligible Securities shall

 

23



 

severally and not jointly indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in Section 3.7(a) ) to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, each director or manager of the Company, each officer of the Company who shall sign such registration statement, their respective directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, shareholders, members or general or limited partners (and the directors, officers, employees and shareholders thereof), and each Person who controls any of the foregoing Persons within the meaning of the Securities Act with respect to any untrue statement of a material fact or omission of a material fact required to be stated therein in order to make the statements therein not misleading, from such registration statement, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or otherwise filed with the SEC, any amendment or supplement thereto, any free writing prospectus utilized thereunder or any document incident to registration or qualification of any Eligible Securities, but only if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such holder specifically for use in connection with the preparation of such registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, amendment, supplement or document; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 3.7(b)  shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Eligible Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), and that the maximum amount of liability in respect of such indemnification shall be limited, in the case of each seller of Eligible Securities, to an amount equal to the net proceeds actually received by such seller from the sale of Eligible Securities effected pursuant to such registration giving rise to such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or expense.

 

(c)                                   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding that may involve a claim referred to in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 3.7 , such indemnified party will give written notice to the latter of the commencement of such action.  The failure of any indemnified party to notify an indemnifying party of any such action shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability in respect of such action that it may have to such indemnified party on account of this Section 3.7 , except to the extent the indemnifying party is materially prejudiced thereby.  In case any such action is brought against an indemnified party, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense thereof, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified to the extent that it may wish, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be responsible for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided , however , that if (i) the indemnifying party fails to take reasonable steps necessary to defend diligently the action or proceeding within twenty (20) days after receiving notice from such indemnified party; or (ii) counsel to an indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be one or more legal or equitable defenses available to such indemnified party which are additional to or conflict with those available to the indemnifying party; or (iii) representation of both parties by the same counsel is otherwise inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct, then in any such case the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party (but shall have the right to participate therein with counsel of its choice at its own expense) and such indemnifying party shall reimburse such indemnified party and any Person controlling such indemnified party for the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by the indemnified party which is reasonably related to the

 

24



 

matters covered by the indemnity agreement provided in this Section 3.7 .  If the indemnifying party is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim, it will not be obligated to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one counsel with respect to such claim.

 

(d)                                  No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (A) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim, and (B) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

(e)                                   If the indemnification provided for in this Section 3.7 is unavailable to or is insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party with respect to any loss, claim, damage, liability, action or expense referred to herein, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amounts paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the untrue or alleged untrue statements of a material fact or omissions or alleged omissions to state a material fact which resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in any communications in order to make the statements therein not misleading, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant hereto were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method or allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to herein.  No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.7(e)  to the contrary, no Eligible Holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the proceeds (net of expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions) received by such Eligible Holder from the sale of the Registrable Securities in the offering to which the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses of the indemnified parties relate less the amount of any indemnification payment made by such Eligible Holder pursuant to Section 3.7(b) .

 

Section 3.8                                     Underwritten Offerings . In the case of a registration pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.2 hereof, if the Company is entering into a customary underwriting or similar agreement in connection therewith, all of the Eligible Securities to be included in such registration shall be subject to such underwriting agreement.  To the extent required, the Eligible Holders shall enter into an underwriting or similar agreement, which agreement may contain provisions covering one or more issues addressed herein, and, in the case of any conflict with the provisions hereof, the provisions contained in such underwriting or similar agreement addressing such issue or issues shall control.  In

 

25



 

the case of an Underwritten Offering under Section 3.1 hereof, the price, underwriting discount and other financial terms for the Eligible Securities shall be determined by the Requesting Equity Holders or the Initiating Equity Holders, as applicable, in such Underwritten Offering.

 

Section 3.9                                     Information by Eligible Holders . Each Eligible Holder shall furnish to the Company such written information regarding such Eligible Holder and the distribution proposed by the Eligible Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Agreement.

 

Section 3.10                              Delay of Registration . No Eligible Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Agreement.

 

Section 3.11                              Exchange Act Compliance . With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of restricted securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to:

 

(a)                                  make and keep public information available (as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144), at all times from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the registration statement with respect to the IPO;

 

(b)                                  use its reasonable best efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements; and

 

(c)                                   so long as the Eligible Holders own any Registrable Securities, furnish to the Eligible Holders upon request, a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the registration statement with respect to the IPO), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent periodic report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed as an Eligible Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing such Eligible Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

 

Section 3.12                              Termination of Registration Rights .  With respect to each Eligible Holder, the registration rights set forth in this Agreement will terminate on the earlier of (i) such date, on or after the IPO Date, on which all Registrable Securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such Major Shareholder may immediately be sold under Rule 144 during any ninety (90) day period, and the Registrable Securities beneficially owned (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) by such Eligible Holder together with its affiliates represents less than one percent (1%) of the Company Securities, and (ii) on the seven (7) year anniversary of the IPO Date.

 

26



 

ARTICLE IV

GENERAL

 

Section 4.1                                     Assignment .  The rights and obligations hereunder shall not be assignable without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto; provided , however , any Balderton Party, Bpifrance Party, Galileo Party, Idinvest Party or SL Party, respectively, without the consent of any other party, may assign, in whole or in part, any of its rights hereunder to any Person who is (or who contemporaneously becomes) a Balderton Party, Bpifrance Party, Galileo Party, Idinvest Party or SL Party, respectively, in accordance with the terms of Section 2.3 .  Any attempted assignment of rights or obligations in violation of this Section 4.1 shall be null and void.

 

Section 4.2                                     Term and Effectiveness .

 

(a)                                  This Agreement shall become effective on the day immediately preceding the date of the Form 8-A Effective Time.  This Agreement shall automatically terminate if the IPO Date is not on or before the 90th Business Day following the date of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the earlier of (A) such time as the Major Shareholder Group ceases to own, in the aggregate, at least ten percent (10%) of the Company Securities and (B) the consummation of a Change in Control; provided , that the provisions of Article III of this Agreement shall terminate as to an Eligible Holder as set forth in Section 3.12 ; provided , further , that the provisions of Section 2.2 of this Agreement shall terminate as to a Nominating Party when such Nominating Party is no longer entitled to nominate a Director pursuant to Section 2.1 .

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this Article IV shall survive any termination of any provisions of this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  The termination of any provision of this Agreement shall not relieve any party from any liability for the breach of its obligations under this Agreement prior to such termination.

 

Section 4.3                                     Severability .  If any term or other provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party.  Upon a determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

Section 4.4                                     Entire Agreement; Amendment . (a)   This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and

 

27


 

supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both oral and written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Major Shareholders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities (excluding any of such Company Securities that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144, and excluding, with respect to Article III (other than Section 3.3 ), any of such Company Securities held by any Major Shareholder whose rights to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Article III have terminated in accordance with Section 3.12 ); provided , however , that in the event that any Major Shareholder transfers, directly or indirectly, any Company Securities to any Person that is not already a party to this Agreement, such transferee shall, by executing a Joinder Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex A , become party to this Agreement without any amendment of this Agreement pursuant to this paragraph or any consent or approval of any other party hereto.  Any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Major Shareholder and each future transferee of all such Company Securities of such Major Shareholder. Each Major Shareholder acknowledges that by the operation of this paragraph, the Major Shareholders that hold a majority of the Registrable Securities (excluding any of such Company Securities that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144, and excluding, with respect to Article III (other than Section 3.3 ), any of such Company Securities held by any Major Shareholder whose rights to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Article III have terminated in accordance with Section 3.12 ) will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of such Major Shareholder under this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   No waiver of any breach of any of the terms of this Agreement shall be effective unless such waiver is expressly made in writing and executed and delivered by the party against whom such waiver is claimed.  The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a further or continuing waiver of such breach or as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no failure on the part of any party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder, or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or in equity, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of such right, power or remedy by such party preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

 

(d)                                  No waiver of a right under this Agreement shall be effective unless such waiver is expressly made in writing and executed and delivered by the party against whom such waiver is claimed.  The waiver of a right under this Agreement in a specified instance or in specified circumstances shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of such right in other instances or circumstances.

 

(e)                                   Any nomination or consent right or other consent or action under this Agreement exercisable by the Balderton Parties under this Agreement, may be exercised on their behalf by Balderton Capital (UK) LLP; any nomination or consent right or other consent or action under this Agreement exercisable by the Bpifrance Parties under this Agreement, may be exercised on their behalf by Bpifrance Investissement; any nomination or consent right or other consent or

 

28



 

action under this Agreement exercisable by the Galileo Parties under this Agreement, may be exercised on their behalf by Galileo Partners; any nomination or consent right or other consent or action under this Agreement exercisable by the Idinvest Parties under this Agreement, may be exercised on their behalf by Idinvest Partners; and any nomination or consent right or other consent or action under this Agreement exercisable by the SL Parties under this Agreement, may be exercised on their behalf by Silver Lake.

 

Section 4.5                                     Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Section 4.6                                     Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law rules of such State that would result in the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

 

Section 4.7                                     Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Jurisdiction .  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.  Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts located in the State of Delaware or the Delaware Court of Chancery for the purpose of adjudicating any dispute arising hereunder.  Each party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court any objection to such jurisdiction, whether on the grounds of hardship, inconvenient forum or otherwise.  Each party further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to such party’s respective address set forth in Section 4.9 shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding with respect to any matters to which it has submitted to jurisdiction in this Section 4.7 .

 

Section 4.8                                     Specific Enforcement .  The parties hereto acknowledge that the remedies at law of the other parties for a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement would be inadequate and, in recognition of this fact, any party to this Agreement, without posting any bond, and in addition to all other remedies that may be available, shall be entitled to equitable relief in the form of specific performance, a temporary restraining order, a temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy that may then be available.

 

Section 4.9                                     Notices .  All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile transmission and electronic mail (“ e-mail ”) transmission, so long as a receipt of such e-mail is requested and received by non-automated response).  All such notices, requests and other communications shall be delivered in person or sent by facsimile, e-mail or internationally recognized overnight courier and shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. on a Business Day in the place of receipt.  Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt.  All such notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be given to such party as follows:

 

29



 

If to any of the Balderton Parties, addressed to it at:

 

c/o Balderton Capital IV, L2 S.à.r.l.

2-8, Avenue Charles de Gaulle

L-1653 Luxembourg

Attention: The Managers

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Balderton Capital (UK) LLP

The Stables

28 Britannia Street

London WC1X 9JF

United Kingdom

Attention: Jerome Misso / Simon Williams

 

If to any of the Bpifrance Parties, addressed to it at:

 

c/o Bpifrance Investissement,

6/8 Bd Haussmann

75009 Paris, France

Attention : Thierry Sommelet

 

If to any of the Galileo Parties, addressed to it at:

 

c/o Galileo Partners

109, boulevard Haussmann

75008 Paris, France

Attention: François Duliège

 

If to any of the Idinvest Parties, addressed to it at:

 

c/o Idinvest Partners

117 avenue des Champs-Élysées

75008 Paris, France

Attention: Matthieu Baret

 

If to any of the SL Parties, addressed to it at:

 

c/o Toro Acquisition S.à.r.l.

63 rue de Rollingergrund

L-2440 Luxembourg

 

30



 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

3330 Hillview Avenue

Palo Alto, California 94034

Attention: Adam D. Phillips, P.C.

 

If to the Company, to:

 

c/o Talend, Inc.

800 Bridge Parkway

Suite 200

Redwood City, California 94065

Attention: Aaron Ross, General Counsel

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

Attention: Mark Baudler, Esq.

 

or to such other address or to such other Person as any party shall have last designated by such notice to the other parties.

 

Section 4.10                              Binding Effect; Third Party Beneficiaries .  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns.  Except as provided in those provisions hereunder applicable to Other Securities and holders of Other Securities (with respect to which any holder of Other Securities shall be a third party beneficiary if and to the extent such holder of Other Securities has agreed to be bound by such provisions), Section 3.7 and Section 4.13 , no provision of this Agreement is intended to confer any rights, benefits, remedies, obligations or liabilities hereunder upon any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

 

Section 4.11                              Further Assurances .  The parties hereto will sign such further documents, cause such meetings to be held, resolutions passed, exercise their votes and do and perform and cause to be done such further acts and things necessary, proper or advisable in order to give full effect to this Agreement and every provision hereof.

 

Section 4.12                              Table of Contents, Headings and Captions .  The table of contents, headings, subheadings and captions contained in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only, and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Agreement or the intent of any provision hereof.

 

31



 

Section 4.13                              No Recourse .  This Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claims or cause of action that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement may only be made against the entities that are expressly identified as parties hereto and no past, present or future affiliate, director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, partner, shareholder, controlling person, fiduciary, agent, attorney or representative of any party hereto, or any past, present or future affiliate, director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, partner, shareholder, controlling person, fiduciary, agent, attorney or representative of any of the foregoing shall have any liability for any obligations or liabilities of the parties to this Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

32



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Shareholder Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

By: TALEND, S.A. ,

 

Represented by

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael Tuchen

 

Michael Tuchen,

 

Duly authorized for the purpose hereof

 

[Signature Page to Shareholder Agreement]

 



 

By: BALDERTON CAPITAL IV, L2 S.à.r.l.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Simon Henin

 

Name: Simon Henin

 

Title: Manager,

 

Duly authorized for the purpose hereof

 

 

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Christophe Ponticello

 

Name: Christophe Ponticello

 

Title: Manager,

 

Duly authorized for the purpose hereof

 

 

[Signature Page to Shareholder Agreement]

 



 

By: ETI 2020

 

represented by its manager ( société de gestion )

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thierry Sommelet

 

Bpifrance Investissement

 

itself represented by Thierry Sommelet,

 

duly authorized for the purpose hereof

 

 

[Signature Page to Shareholder Agreement]

 


 

By: FCPR Galileo III,

 

represented by its manager ( société de gestion )

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ François Duliège

 

Gailieo Partners,

 

itself represented by François Duliège,

 

duly authorized for the purpose hereof

 

 

[Signature Page to Shareholder Agreement]

 



 

By:

 

FCPI Allianz Innovation 6,

 

FCPI Allianz Innovation 7,

 

FCPI Indinvest Croissance 2005,

 

FCPI Poste Innovation 8,

 

FCPI Capital Croissance,

 

FCPI Ojbectif Innovation Patrimoline,

 

FCPI La Banque Postale Innovation 5,

 

FCPI Allianz Innovation 10,

 

FCPI Objectif Innovation 2,

 

Allianz Eco Innovation,

 

Objectif Innovation 3,

 

Allianz Eco Innovation 2,

 

Objectif Innovation 4, and

 

Idinvest Flexible 2016

 

Each represented by its manager ( société de gestion )

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Matthieu Baret

 

Idinvest Partners,

 

Itself represented by Matthieu Baret,

 

duly authorized for the purpose hereof

 

 

[Signature Page to Shareholder Agreement]

 



 

By: TORO ACQUISITION SàRL

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Wolfgang Zettel

 

Name: Dr. Wolfgang Zettel,

 

 

Duly authorized for the purpose hereof

 

 

[Signature Page to Shareholder Agreement]

 



 

Annex A

 

FORM OF

 

JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

The undersigned is executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement pursuant to that certain Shareholder Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2016 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Shareholder Agreement ”) by and among Talend S.A., a société anonyme organized under the laws of France, (ii) Balderton Capital IV, L2 S.à.r.l., a private limited company incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, (iii) ETI 2020, a French Fonds Professionnel de Capital Investissement organized under the laws of France, represented by its managing company ( société de gestion ), Bpifrance Investissement, (iv) FCPR Galileo III, a French Fonds Commun de Placement à Risques organized under the laws of France, represented by its managing company ( société de gestion ), Galileo Partners, (v) FCPI Allianz Innovation 6, FCPI Allianz Innovation 7, FCPI Idinvest Croissance 2005, FCPI Poste Innovation 8, FCPI Capital Croissance, FCPI Objectif Innovation Patrimoine, FCPI La Banque Postale Innovation 5, FCPI Allianz Innovation 10, FCPI Objectif Innovation 2, FCPI Allianz Eco Innovation, FCPI Objectif Innovation 3, FCPI Allianz Eco Innovation 2, FCPI Objectif Innovation 4 and FCPI Idinvest Flexible 2016, each, a French Fonds Commun de Placement dans l’Innovation organized under the laws of France, represented by their managing company ( société de gestion ), Idinvest Partners, and (iv) Toro Acquisition S.à.r.l., a private limited liability company organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, and any other Persons who become a party thereto in accordance with the terms thereof. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder Agreement shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Shareholder Agreement.

 

By executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement to the Shareholder Agreement, the undersigned hereby adopts and approves the Shareholder Agreement and agrees, effective commencing on the date hereof and as a condition to the undersigned’s becoming the beneficial owner and/or transferee of Company Securities (or securities then convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, Company Securities), to become a party as a Major Shareholder and as a Balderton Party (if the transferring Major Shareholder is a Balderton Party), a Bpifrance Party (if the transferring Major Shareholder is a Bpifrance Party), a Galileo Party (if the transferring Major Shareholder is a Galileo Party), an Idinvest Party (if the transferring Major Shareholder is an Idinvest Party), or an SL Party (if the transferring Major Shareholder is an SL Party), to, and to be bound by and comply with the provisions of, the Shareholder Agreement applicable to the Major Shareholders and the Balderton Parties, Bpifrance Parties, Galileo Parties, Idinvest Parties or SL Parties, as applicable, in the same manner as if the undersigned were an original signatory to the Shareholder Agreement.

 

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that Article IV of the Shareholder Agreement is incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis .

 

A- 1



 

Accordingly, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Joinder Agreement as of the      day of                    , 20      .

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature of Transferee)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print Name of Transferee)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone:

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

Email:

 

 

 

 

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

as of the      day of   , 20

 

 

.

 

 

 

 

TALEND S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

A- 2




Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Talend SA

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Talend Australia Pty Ltd.

 

Australia

Talend Beijing Technology Co. Ltd.

 

China

Talend (Canada) Limited

 

Canada

Talend Germany GmbH

 

Germany

Talend GmbH

 

Switzerland

Talend, Inc.

 

United States

Talend Italy S.r.l

 

Italy

Talend KK

 

Japan

Talend Limited

 

Ireland

Talend Limited

 

United Kingdom

Talend Netherlands BV

 

Netherlands

Talend Singapore Pte. Ltd.

 

Singapore

Talend Sweden AB

 

Sweden

Talend USA, Inc.

 

United States

 




Exhibit 23.1


GRAPHIC
  KPMG Audit
Tour EQHO
2 Avenue Gambetta
CS 60055
92066 Paris La Défense Cedex
France
  Téléphone : +33 (0)1 55 68 68 68
Télécopie : +33 (0)1 55 68 73 00
Site internet : www.kpmg.fr

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors
Talend S.A.

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.

Paris La Défense, France

June 27, 2016

KPMG S.A.

/s/ Grégoire Menou   /s/ Jacques Pierre
Grégoire Menou
Partner
  Jacques Pierre
Partner



Exhibit 99.1

 

March 11, 2016

 

Talend SA

800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 200

Redwood City, CA 94065

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Talend SA (the “ Company ”) has requested that McKnight Consulting Group Global Services (“ MCG ”) execute this letter in connection with a proposed initial public offering by the Company (the “ IPO ”).  In connection with the IPO, the Company will be filing a registration statement on Form F-1 (the “ Registration Statement ”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  In response to such request, please be advised as follows:

 

1.                                       MCG consents to the use and reference to MCG’s name and to the report entitled “Hadoop Integration Benchmark” dated October 2015.

 

2.                                       MCG consents to the use by the Company of the research data substantially in the form furnished hereto as Exhibit A , which will be included as part of the Registration Statement.  In granting such consent, MCG represents that, to its knowledge, the statements made in such research data are accurate and fairly present the matters referred to therein.

 

We understand the need for confidentially with respect to the Company’s planned initial public offering, and we agree to not discuss the planned offering with any third parties

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

MCKNIGHT CONSULTING GROUP GLOBAL SERVICES

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William McKnight

 

Name:

William McKnight

 

Title:

President

 



 

Exhibit A

 

“Our technology is disruptive to existing incumbent players because it can run up to seven times faster on big data platforms than certain legacy integration products, according to an MCG study we commissioned, with a dramatically more flexible architecture and lower cost of ownership”

 

“This gives customers the ability to create rich, powerful data integration and data cleansing flows that can run up to seven times faster than certain incumbent integration products, according to an MCG study we commissioned.”

 

“Specifically, the study showed that for a particular data set, Talend Big Data Integration ran the most complex, largest data integration flows up to seven times faster, and indicated that the larger the data set, the wider the gap in execution time between the two products.”